Bibliotheque botanique

EMILE BURNAT

Ca(alot|ii<- !V"

Tri'VlCJ/t Jft:

Li\r(>s provt'iumt dc In hihliollirfiiic hotiiiiique
(TEmile BurnaK I8-2.S-I9-20), inseivs en orlohiv 1920
(Inns la i)il)li()Uie(|n(' dii (loiiservatoirt' l)()tniii([ne de
(!(
I?i

THE

JOUKNAL OF BOTANY,

BRITISH AND FOREIGN.

EDITED BY

JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.L.S.,

Senior Assistant, Department of Botany, British Museum (Natural History).

VOL. XXXV.

ILLUSTRATED WITH PLATES AND CUTS.

LHVAW

HEW YO«K

BOTANICAL

OAWtiHM

LONDON :
WEST, NEWMAN & CO., 54, HATTON GAKDEN.

1897.

xr

LONDON :

WEST, NEWMAN AND CO., PBINTERS,

HATTON GARDEN, E.G.

CONTEIBUTOES

TO THE PRESENT VOLUME.

E. G. Baker, F.L.S. •

Ethel S. Barton.

E. A. L. Batters, LL.B.,

F.L.S.
Arthur Bennett, F.L.S.
V. H. Blackjian, B.A., F.L.S.
James Britten, F.L.S.
G. L. Bruce, M.A.
Cedric Bucknall, Mus.Bac.
Harold J. Burkill.
I. H. Burkill, M.A., F.L.S.
J. W. Carr, M.A., F.L.S.
C. B. Clarke, F.E.S.
J. H. Davie s.

H. N. Dixon, M.A., F.L.S.
G. C. Druce, M.A., F.L.S.
S. T. Dunn, B.A., F.L.S.
Karl Fritsch.
David Fry.
Alfred Fryer.
Antony Gepp, M.A., F.L.S.
John Gerard, S.J.
Henry Groves, F.L.S.
James Groves, F.L.S.
H. C. Hart, B.A.
W. P. Hiern, M.A., F.L.S.
E. M. Holmes, F.L.S.
A. B. Jackson.
Thomas Kirk, F.L.S.
H. W. Lett, M.A.
AuGUSTiN Ley, M.A.
E. F. Linton, M.A.
W. R. Linton, M.A.

Arthur Lister, F.L.S.
Symers M. Macvicar.
E. S. Marshall, M.A., F.L.S.
Spencer lk M. Moore, F.L.S.
G. E. M. Murray, F.E.S.

E. P. Murray, M.A., F.L.S.
Greenwood Pim, M.A., F.L.S.
A. B. Eendle, M.A., F.L.S.
May Eoberts.

F. A. Eogers.

W. MoYLE Eogers, F.L.S.

C. E. Salmon.

E. S. Salmon.

James Saunders.

E. Schlechter.

E. F. Shepherd.

W. A. Shoolbred, M.E.C.S.

Annie L. Smith.

A. Somerville, B. Sc.

Otto Staff, Ph.D.

E. J. Tatum.

E. F. TOWNDROW.

Frederick Townsend, M.A.,

F.L.S.
C. H. Waddell, B.D.
John Weathers.

G. S. West, A.E.C.S.
W. West, F.L.S.
James W. White.

W. Whitwell, F.L.S.
J. Lloyd Williams.
W. P. Winter.
J. Medley Wood, A.L.S.

Directions to Binder.

Tabs. 365-370
Tab. 371

„ 372

., 373
Tabs. 374-380

to face page 1
257
289
369
417

Portrait of Charles Card.\le Babington title
Or all may be placed together at the end of the volume.

Tsl1o.36B.

G S.West adna-tcLsl.
R.MorgaxL In.th .

West Nevrman imp-

A Ft- 1 c a/n Al g 36 .

XMRAKT
new YOKK
BOTANICAL
THE OAHUKW

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

BRITISH AND FOREIGN.

WELWITSCH'S AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALGiE.

By W. West, F.L.S., and G. S. West, A.R.C.S.

(Plates 365-369.)

The algfB which form the subject of this paper were collectecl
some forty years ago by Dr. Welwitsch during his eight years'
residence in Angola. They are chiefly from the latter region, but
a few are from Benguella and Sierra Leone. The specimens are all
dried ones, and for the most part are mounted on paper. Portions
of all had to be soaked out for investigation, the results of which
have been very gratifying, as by this means, after a detailed exami-
nation, many of the smaller species have been observed. These
latter, however, had not been collected, but, independently entangled
among other conspicuous species, had been collected with them.
The Desmids had practically all been unconsciously obtained in
this way, few, if any, collections having been made from places
in which one would expect to find Desmids in abundance ; and yet
about 130 fine species (including fifty undescribed onesj have been
found as intruders amongst other algfe. From these mere samples
one is led to wonder as to the richness of the Desmid-flora of
Tropical Africa.

Very little is known concerning the Freshwater Algre of Africa,
only a few small scattered papers having as yet been published ;
and this extensive collection — one in which almost all the groups
are represented — very considerably enlarges our knowledge of the
geographical distribution of these plants. The Diatoms, which are
numerous in a few of the gatherings, are left for future investigation.

At the time these algfe were collected the great majority of the
species were as yet undescribed. They form part of the Welwitsch
collection deposited in the British Museum, and the numbers after
the species refer to the numbers on the sheets of this collection.
A few of the species can hardly be considered as freshwater ones,
but as they were in the collection we have included them.

It is interesting to note that the earliest collection of algse made
in Africa has been found to be more extensive and representative

Journal of Botany. — Vol. 85. [Jan. 1897.] b

2 WELWITSCH S AFRICAN FRESHWATEE ALG^.

than any hitherto described. The species are localized under the
various districts of the region, exactly as indicated by Welwitsch
on his herbarium labels.

FLOEIDE^.

I. — Batrachosperme^.

1. Batrachospermum Eoth (1800).

1. B. angolense, sp. n. Lemanea anf/oIejisis'Welw.'M^. Name

with observation on gross characters of living plant ; the following

description is ours : —

B. subcartilagineum, fronde base scutatim radiata, vivum viridi-
Cferulescens, gracillimum, mox flaccidum, more Floridearum non-
nullis viscoso-collapsum, chartte parum adh^erens ; fila primaria
5-8 cm.; ramis numerosissimis solitariis biuisve (raro ternatis),
ramis ordinis secundi tertiique numerosis et delicatissimis ; axe
primario e serie singula cellularum magnarum formato et seriebus
multis cellularum appressarum multe minor um vestito ; ramulis
lateralibus densissimis et per axem totum regulariter dispersis, e
cellulis elliptico-globosis circiter 3 formatis, ramulis sublongioribus
ad nodos subnumerosos, ramis juvenibus cum ramulis principaliter
ad nodos approximatos. Diam. fil. prim. (c. ramul. lat.) 150-158 /x,
ad nod. 266-308 jj. ; diam. ax. fil, prim. 62 /x, ad nod. 100 fj..

Pungo Andongo. Freq. ast unico loco ad rupes submersas in
rivulo de Cabondo socialis cum Podostemaceis ; med. Febr. 1857.
No. 1.

This may well be taken at first sight for a Lemanca with very
numerous nodes, the short lateral branches which clothe the axes
of the filaments being so very dense and of such uniform length
that a surface view appears almost parenchymatous. The filaments
are not much thicker at the nodes than between them.

2. B. nigrescens, sp. n. B. l^ete viride in vivo, exsiccata
nigrescens ; fila primaria circiter 7-10 cm., ad saxa graminumque
culmos demersas adnata base radiata ; ramis solitariis, binis
ternisve, subpenicillatis, numerosissimis et ordinum trium, ultimis
delicatissimis; axe primario ut in B. amiolense sed seriebus exteri-
oribus cellularum numerosioribus ; ramulis lateralibus brevissimis,
e cellulis rotundato-quadratis 1-3 formatis, longioribus et confertis-
simis ad nodos numerosissimos, uodo superiori ad nodum inferiorem
gradatim brevioribus. Diam. fil. prim. (c. ramul. lat.) 137-141 /x,
ad nod. 216-233 //; diam. ax. fil. prim. 86 /x, ad nod. 112 /x.

Pungo Andongo. Freq. ast unico loco in brachio lateral! flum.
Cuanza prope ejus cataract, ad Condo ; Mar. 1857. No. 2.

This is a rather noteworthy species, being so much branched
that in well-developed specimens the branches aggregate to form
narrow pencils ; the plant when dry is almost black, and looks like
some of the marine Floridea.

8. B. gracillimum, sp. n. B. multe gracillimum et delicatis-
simum, non radiatum, viridi-flavescens in vivo, subcferuleo-viride
exsiccata, basi nudiusculum ; fila primaria 10-15 cm. (interdum e
filo breviori et crassiori nata) ; ramis ordinum duorum, iis ordinis

WELWITSCH S AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG^. 6

primarii longis et uumerosis, iis ordinis secundi brevibus sparsisque ;
axe primario e seriebus multis uuiformibus parallelis cellularum
elongatarum constituto, leviter dilatato ad nodos; ramulis laterali-
bus brevibus uniformibusque, nonnullis leviter ramosis, per axem
totum regulariter (et non dense) dispersis ; fasciculis densis globosis
magnis ramnlorum ramosissimorum e nodo bine inde (3-5 ram.)
ortis. Diam. fil. prim. (c. ramul. lat.) 150-166 //, ad nod. 250-
275 fji ; diam. ax. fil. prim. 42-59 fj., ad nod. 66-91 /x ; diam. fascic.
glob, ramul. 208-480 /x.

Pungo Andongo. Ad lapides submersas in rivulo de Tangue;
May 1857. No. 3.

This very beautiful species is characterized by its numerous
elongate and delicate branches, which bear the short uniform lateral
branches evenly without interruption along their whole length. The
globose clusters of lateral branches, which are developed on every
7th to 12th node, are no doubt connected with the fructification ;
their terminal cells are of a different form to the others, being
larger and mostly subglobose. The axis of the filament does not
pass through the centre of this dense mass of branches, but the
attachment of the globular mass is at one side of the node from
which they arise.

4. B. huillense (Welw. MS., name only). B. subradiatum,
in vivo hiete viride, extra aquam mox violaceum, exsiccata nigresceus ;
fila primaria rubra, dense ramosa ; ramis ordinum trium vel quat-
tuor, ultimis plerumque geminatis, brevibus et confertissimis, brevi-
oribus apices versus ; axe primario e seriebus parallelis numerosis
appositis cellularum formato serie centrali cellularum multe
majorum ; ramulis lateralibus brevibus deusisque plus minusve
uniformibus, ad nodos densioribus, axe juxta supra nodos sub-
glabro; ordine iutermedio ramornm submouiliformi, ramis juveui-
bns nodis approximatis submoniliformibusque. Diam. fil. prim,
(c. ramul. lat.) 191-325 //, ad nod. 275-400 /u.; diam. ax. fil. prim.
125-275 /x, ad nod. 175-325 fx.

Huilla. Freq. ad riipes lapidesque submersas in rivulis prope
Lopollo; May 1860. No. 4. Also fragments from No. 187.

This species is well marked by its peculiar and dense branching,
specimens dried on paper appearing hypnoid. It reminds one of a
delicate B. atnun Harv., except as to its branching. This species
and B. ijracilliinuin adhere very well to paper, while B. nujrescens
and B. aiujolense adhere but slightly.

II. HiLDENBRANDTIACE.E.

1. HiLDENBRANDTiA Nardo (1845).

1. H. RivuLARis (Liebm.) J. Ag. Species Ahjar. ii. 495 ; Eabeuh.
Fl. I'Au-iip. Ah/, iii. 408. Diam. cell. 3*5-4 /x.

Goluugo Alto. Macalis magnis belle sanguiueis rupes siliceo-
arenosas juxta Fontem de Capopa oruat ; Sept. 1855. No. 149.

2. H. ANGOLENsis Welw. MS. ; name with partial description ;
the following description is ours : —

B 2

4 WELWITSCH S AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG.E,

H. roseo-purpurea, saxa silicacea rivulorum colore amoenissime
roseo ornans ; cellulis quadratis, interdum subquadratis sed semper
angularibus, in seriebus verticalibus ordinatis. Diam. cell. 3-5-5 //.

Golungo Alto. Ad silices in rivulis sylv. primit. de Quibanga
pr. Sange, June 1857. No. 150 (I. and II.). Welwitsch remarks
that the rocks were of a most beautiful rose-colour for half an hour's
walk along the stream.

CHLOROPHYCE^.
III. — (Edogoniace.e.
1. BULBOCH^TE Ag. (1817).
1. B. ANGULOSA Wittr. & Lund, in Wittr. Prodr. Monoy. (Edog.
45(1874). Crass, cell, veget. 12-5-15 /j.; altit. l^-2i-plo major ;
crass, oogon. 40-44 /x ; altit. 35-40 /x ; crass, naunandr. G-7-5 /x ;
altit- 23-27 /x; crass, audrosporang, 10-12 /x ; altit. 9-5-13-5 //.
Huilla. In paludibus exsiccaudis ; April 1860. No. 176.
In these African plants the oogonia were under the andro-
sporangia, and were rotundo-rhomboid, with the superior margins
straight (not retuse) ; the naunaudria were not epigynous, but
scattered.

2. (Edogonium Link (1820) ; Wittr. em.

1. CE. CRYPTOPOEUM Wittr. Disjws. Q'Jdog. Suec. 19 (1870).
Crass, cell, veget. 7*5 /x; altit. 3^-4i-plo major; crass, oospor.
22-23 IX ; altit. 21-22 /x.

Loanda. Represa do Maghelano pr. Boa vista ; Feb. 1854.
No. 194.

2. (E. CEISPUM (Hass.) Wittr. Prodr. Monoy. (Edog. 10 (1874).
Var. Uruguayense Magn. & Wille, Bidraq til Sydamerik. Alq.-ji.

39, t. ii. fig. 63 (1884). Crass, cell, veget. 13-5-15 /x; altit. 2i-o-
plo major; crass, oogon. 31-34 /x ; altit. 28-32 /x ; crass, oospor.
28-32 fx ; altit. 27-31 yu.

Loanda. Represa do Maghelano pr. Boa vista, c. ffi. crypto-
porum; Febr. 1854. No. 194.

3. CE. GRAciLLiMUM Wittr. & Lund, in Wittr. Prodr. Monoyr.
(Edog. 15 (1874).

Forma major. Crass, cell, veget. 6-5-7 /x; altit. 3|— 6-plo major;
crass, oogon. 20-23 /x ; altit. 32-35 /x ; crass, oospor. 17 /x ; altit.
24/*.

Huilla. In udis sylvaticis et apricis inter Moniuo et lac. Ivan-
tala, c. Porpliyrosiphon Notarisii Kiitz. ; April 1860. No. 14.

4. CE. Itzigsohnii De Bary, Ueb. OH dog. und Bulb. 56, t. iii.
fig. 29-32 (1864) ; Wittr. Prodr. Monogr. (Edog. 16.

Var. BiiNOR West, Notes on Scotch Freshw. Alg., Jonrn. Bot.
April, 1893. Crass, cell, veget. 4-8-5-7 /x; altit. 5-8-plo major;
crass, oogon. 21-29 /x ; altit. 17-30 /x ; crass, oospor. 13-5-18 /« ;
altit. 13-18 /x.

Pungo Andongo. Freq. c. Scytonema myochroiis (Dillw.) Ag.
var. chorograpldcum, temp. pluv. (i. e. Dec. usque Apr.) liete vege-
tans, ad Pedras negras in summis rupibus ; Febr. 1857. No. 6.

"U'ELWITSCH S AFKICAN FRESHWATER ALG.Ti;. O

The specimens were even a little smaller than those originally
described from the Orkney Isles.

5. CE. huillense, sp. n. (tab. 365, figs. 7, 8). CE. monoicum (?)_;
oogoniis singulis, subrhomboideis, augulis lateralibus mammiformi-
bus, a vertice visis stellatis cum processubus sequalibus 8 ; oosporis
globosis, oogonia non complentibus. Crass, cell, veget. 7*5 /a;
altit. 4-5-plo major; crass, oogon. 24-26 /x ; altit. 24-26 /x ; crass,
oospor. 17 /v. ; altit. 17 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176.

The nearest species to this is <E. mammiferum Wittr. (Prodr.
Monogr. (JbJdoi/. 16j, from which it difiers in having eight equal
processes round the subrhomboid oogonia, and in the globose oospores.

6. (E. EoTHii (Le CI.) Pringsh. Beitr. zur Morph. d. (Edog. i. •
69, t. V. fig. 4 (1858) ; Wittr. Prodr. Monn;/r. (Edog. 18.

Forma MAJOR. Crass, cell, veget. 8-5-10'5/^. ; altit. 3^-4i-plo
major; crass, oogon. 25-30 //; altit. 19-25 /x: crass, naunandr. 4-5-
9-5 /x; altit. 8-5-ll'5 /x; crass. androsporang.7-5/x; altit. 9-5-11'5/x.

Pungo Andongo. Alga Ijete viridis parce vel submucosa, ad
ramulosPodostemacearuminrivulis(Casalale); March 1857. No. 105.

The small obovate nannandria occurred singly or 2-4 on the
under side of the oogonia.

7. CE. hormosporum, sp. n. (E. dioicum, nannandrium ;
oogoniis 3-10 contiuuis, subglobosis vel ovato-ellipsoideis, apicem
versus circumscissilibus ; oosporis subglobosis vel ellipsoideis,
oogonia complentibus, membrana crassa glabraque ; cellulis sufful-
toriis tumidis ; androsporangiis 11-15-cellularibus ; cellula termi-
nali obtusa, iuterdum oogonium est ; nannandribus curvatis,
2-('?)-cellularibus, in cellulis suflultoriis sedentibus. Crass, cell,
veget. 22-27 /x ; altit. 4-|-6-plo major ; crass, oogon. 48-56 /x ;
altit. 56-75 /x ; crass, oospor. 46-54 /x; altit. 54-61 /x ; crass,
nanuandr. 9-11*5 /x; altit. 47-54 /x; crass, androsporang. 18-19 /x ;
altit. 21-24 /;..

Huilla. Alga lubrica, viridis, socialis cum Nltella sp. in stagnis
pr. Catumba; April 1860. No. 189.

8. (E. Welwitschii, sp. n. CE. dioicum, macrandrium ;
oogoniis singulis gemiuisve, tumidissimis, prope apicem circum-
scissilibus ; oosporis globosis (vel raro subglobosis), pa^ne oogonia
complentibus, membrana crassa glabraque ; filis masculis paullo
gracilioribus quam femineis. Crass, cell, veget. (<?) 17-19 /x ;
altit. 3-4-plo major; crass, cell, veget. ( $ ) 18-24 /x; altit. 2-3-plo
major ; crass, oogon. 40-46 /x ; altit. 37-50 /x ; crass, oospor.
35-38-5 /x ; altit. 36-37 /x.

Libongo. Freq. ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

9. CE. TAPEiNOSPORUJi Wittr. Prodr. Monogr. (Edog. 36 (1874).
Var. ANGOLENSE, var. n. Var. cellulis vegetativis paullo crassi-

oribus, oosporis oogonia complentibus. Crass, cell, veget. 3-8-4-5 /x ;
altit. 5-6-plo major; crass, oogon. 18-19 /x ; altit. 13*5-15 /x.

Pungo Andongo. Ad latera boreal, et occid. de Pedra Songue,
C. Scgtonema myochroiis var. chorographicwn Qi Dichnthrix (jijpsophUa ;
April 1857. No. 12.

6 WELWITSCH S AFRICAN FKESH'«=ATER ALG^.

10. (E. LONDiNENSE Wittr. J. c. 39 (187-i). Forma oogoniis supra
medium circumscissilibus, cellulis sufi'ultoriis saepe iuflatis. Crass,
cell, veget. 12-5-13*5 /x; altit. 4-6-plo major; crass, oogon. 26-31 /x ;
altit. 27-31 /x ; crass, oospor. 24-28 /x ; altit. 24-28 /x.

Pungo Audongo. In pascuis spongiosis breve graminosis juxta
rapes gig. pr. Catete, sparsis c. BichotJirix fjijpsopldla; May 1857.
No. 111.

11. CE. angustissimnm, sp. n. (E. monoicum (?) ; fills vege-
tativis irregulariter flexis et angustissimis; oogoniis binis, transverse
iuflatis ; oosporis transverse ellipticis, partem inflatam oogonii com-
pleutibus, membrana glabra. Crass, cell, veget. 1-8-2 /x; altit.
7-14-plo major; crass, oogon. 9-5 /x ; altit. 10-5-14-5 /x ; crass,
oospor. 9'5 /x ; altit. 6*5 /x.

Huilla. lu uligiuosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo, plagas spougiosas unacum Eriocauloneis, Xyridibus et
Utriculariis constituens ; May 1860. No. 15.

This species comes nearest to Gi. tenuissimum Hansg. (in
Notarisia, 1888, 398), but differs in being narrower, in having
longer cells, binate oogonia, and smaller oospores which completely
fill the latter.

12. CEdogonium sp. Crass, cell, veget. 2-3-3-2 /x ; altit. 5-12-
plo major.

Huilla. Epiphyticum in Zygncma sp., in paludibus exsiccandis ;
April 1860. No. 176. This species may be a form of (E. tenuis-
simum Hansg. with longer cells, or oi (E. minutissimum Gruu. (in
Eabenh. Fl. Europ. Algar. hi. 352).

13. (Edogonium sp. Crass, cell, veget. 8*5 /x; altit. 6-7-plo
major; crass, oogon. 24-30 /x ; altit. 26-33 /x ; crass, oospor.
23-29 /x ; altit. 23-29 /x.

Huilla. In uligiuosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca,
et Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 15. Insufficient for accurate determi-
nation.

14. (Edogonium sp. Crass, cell, veget. 25-32 /x ; altit. 1^-3-plo
major.

Mossamedes. Freq. in stagnis puris ad ripas flum. Bero; Aug.
1859. No. 190.

15. (Edogonium sp. Crass, cell, veget. 56-63 /x ; altit. 1-2-plo
major.

Pungo Andongo. Stirps amcenissime viridis, ad limum justa
rivulum Casalale crescens ; Febr. 1857. No. 106. Ad ramulos
Podostemacearum in rivulis (Casalale) ; Mar. 1857. No. 105.

IV. — Ulvace.e.
1. Enteeomorpha Link (1820) ; em. J. Ag. (1883),

1. E. WELWiTSCffli J. Ag. Till Algernes Systemat. vi. 143 (1883).
Rntcromorpha sp. Welw. Phyc. Lusit. n. 289. Long, usque 4-5 mm. ;
lat. 21-61 /x ; diam. cell. 5-ll'5 /x.

Loanda. Ad folia palmarum (Cocos nucif.) diutius in oceano
agitata, prope Praia de Nazareth ; Febr. 1854. No. 29.

MICROSCOPIC FUNGI NEW TO, OR RARE IN, BRITAIN. 7

The occurrence of this species is noteworthy, as Welwitsch had
previously collected it in Portugal on Scirpus maritimus.

2. E. TUBULosA Klitz. Tab, Phyc. vi. 32, f. 2. Long, usque
3-4 cm. ; lat. 60-270 // ; diam. cell. 8-21 fx.

Loanda. On a floating Adansonia diijitata on the shore of
S. Jago, forming a green layer all over it , Nov. 1853. No. 31.

(To be continued.)

MICROSCOPIC FUNGI NEW TO, OR RARE IN, BRITAIN.
By Annie Lokrain Sjiith,

The Fungi included in the following list have heen sent to me
at various times for identification or verification, or they have been
collected by myself. Nine species (to which an asterisk is prefixed)
are new to Britaui, and two genera — Piptocephalis and Lizonia. For
the discovery of the former we are indebted to C. F. Jenkin, Esq.,
Newport, Monmouth, who is specially to be congratulated for the
interesting additions he has made to our too scanty records of
Phycomycetes. The various species of Hyphomycetes I have ob-
tained from the culture of material in the Botanical Laboratory of
the British Museum, Cromwell Road. I have recorded in each case
the district from winch the leaves, &c., were gathered. It is almost
certain that most or indeed all of them are of frequent occurrence,
but from their microscopic nature they have easily been overlooked
by field- workers. '

Gonatohotrijs simplex has been found growing on decaying fruits
of black bryony ; I got it growing very plentifully on the stalks and
fruits of white bryony. The two hosts have something of the same
habit of growth, which accounts for the appearance of the fungus.

'■'Peronospora Radii De Bary. On leaves of Chrysanthemum
segetum. Dalton, Dumfriesshire, Aug. 1894, A. L. S.

Sporodinia grandis Link and Syzigites megalocarpus Ehrenb.
On decaying fungi. Annan, Dumfriesshire, Aug. 1896. Rare.

"'■'Mortierella Rostafinskii Bref. On a dead fir-stump at
Strathpefier, Ross-shire, N.B., Aug. 1896, Mr. Jenkin.

M. CANDELABRUM Van Tiegh. & Le Hon. On a decaying fungus.
Strathpeffer, Aug. 1896, Mr. Jenkin. ,

'■'Syncephalis Cornu Van Tiegh. & Le Mon. On a patch of earth
and moss. Newport, j\[r. Jenkin.

■ "^^ Piptocephalis Freseniana De Bary. Parasitic on Pilar ia on
rabbit-dung. Strathpefier and Newport, Mr. Jenkin.

"■•'P. cYLiNDRospoRA Baiuicr. On a patch of earth and moss, along
with Syncephalis. Newport, Mr. Jenkin.

*AcHYLA apiculata De Bary. On the mouths of Utricularia
bladders. Strathpefier, Aug. 1896, Mr. Jenkin.

8 INTOXICATION OF HUMBLE-BEES ON CEKTAIN CAPITULATE FLOWERS.

*LizoNiA EMPORiGONiA De Not, Oil the flower-heads of Pohjtrichum
commune. Found by Mr, Lloyd WilUams on material m the laboratory
of the Pharmaceutical Society.

Okdocephalum Preussii Sacc. On decaying herbaceous stalks,
leaves, &c. Annan, Dumfriesshire, Aug. 1896, A. L. S.

Cephalosporium AcREiioNiUM Corda. On stalks of UmhellifercB,
&c. Annan, Aug. 1896, A.L.S.

Ehinotrichum repens Preuss. On a stump. Newport, Oct.
1896, Mr. Jenkin.

BoTRYTis VULGARIS Fr. var. plebeja Fres. On sweet chestnuts.
London, Nov. 1896, A. L. S.

Acrostalagmus cinnabarinus Corda. On leaves of CratcEijus
Oxi/acantha. Bowness, Cumberland, Aug. 1896, A. L. S.

*A. albus Preuss. On stalks of Bryonia dioica from Cambridge,
Nov. 1896, A.L.S.

Clonostachys Araucaria Corda. On stalks of Cratagus Oxy-
acantha. Bowness, Cumberland, Aug. 1896, A.L. S.

GoNATOBOTRYS SIMPLEX Corda. On stalks of Bryonia dioica.
Cambridge, Nov. 1896, A. L. S.

Cephalothecium candidum Bon. On herbaceous stalks. Annan,
Aug. 1896. The plant is tinged with rose-colour; the conidiophores
are frequently septate. A. L. S.

MucRospoEiuM sphseocephalum Sacc. On a stump. Newport,
Oct. 1896, Mr. Jenkin.

*Periconia pycnospora Fres. On dead herbaceous leaves. Annan,
Aug. 1896, A. L. S.

AcREMONiELLA PALLIDA Cke. & Mass. On dead herbaceous stalks,
leaves, &c. Annan, Aug. 1896, A. L. S.

Stachybotrys alternans Bon. On packmg-straw from Edin-
burgh. June, 1896. This plant subsequently covered the moist
blotting-paper with a plentiful black growth. A.L. S.

INTOXICATION OF HUMBLE-BEES ON CERTAIN
CAPITULATE FLOWERS.

By J. Lloyd Williams.

On July 18th, 1889, I happened to be botanizing on the Great
Orme, Carnarvonshire. The day was very sunny and warm, and
large numbers of humble-bees were gathering honey among the
flowers of thistles, chicory, and particularly of Centaurea Scabiosa.
The latter was visited chiefly by neuter Bomhus lapidurius, and
I observed with surprise that many of the insects on alighting
became quite inert and helpless. On watching more closely, the
following facts were observed. The bee rapidly examined the florets
one by one, leaving them immediately if they had no honey, but
stoppiug some little time if honey was found. In the latter case it

INTOXICATION OF HUMBLE-BEES ON CERTAIN CAPITULATE FLOWERS. 9

invariably happened that the insect suddenly turned on its side,
and moved the second pair of legs convulsively in the air ; some
even turned on their backs, or rolled about on the capitula. After
a time a few tried to fly away, but their wings seemed powerless to
raise them into the air, so that they fell on the ground instead. Most
of them, however, dragged themselves over the florets, greedily
searching the same ones over and over again for honey.

I shut one of the bees thus affected in a tin box, and after about
fifteen minutes opened the box. Close by was a large plant of
Centaurea Scahiosa, on' which were five helpless bees. The one
which had been imprisoned flew away with a loud buzzing noise,
described a circle in the air about nine feet above the Centaurea,
pounced down upon one of the flower-heads, and in a few seconds
was as incapable as ever. On this day the above experiment was
many times repeated with similar results.

On Sept. 8th, about six o'clock in the evening, I was botanizing
in a part of South Carnarvonshire where Centaurea Scahiosa does
not grow. A Bombus alighted on Scahiosa Succisa, and immediately
became helpless. I placed it in my vasculum, putting with it a
number of the flower-heads of Scahiosa, and opened the box at
intervals of fifteen minutes for two hours. During the whole of
that time the bee kept dragging itself from one flower to another,
greedily searching the florets for honey, and repeatedly examining
the same flowers. It took no notice of any attempts to drive it away
further than to raise the second pair of legs, moving them aimlessly
in the air. In its inability to fly, and its tendency to fall on one
side, it behaved exactly like the bees on the Orme. When, however,
the box was opened next morning, the bee had gone as far as it
could from the flowers ; when put back upon them, it flew upon
the window ; when caught again and prevented from leaving the
flowers, it exhibited a most comical appearance of disgust, raising
its head and its fore legs as high as it could above the plants, then
precipitately hurrying away as soon as released. The greed and
avidity shown by the insect the previous evening when persistently
keeping its head in the florets, and its helplessness when tumbling
about on the flower-heads, were in striking contrast to the dislike
and even disgust shown by the same insect the next morning, and
its vigorous efforts to fly away from the same flowers.

On Sept. 13th I was again on the Orme. A Bombus alighted on
Centaurea nif/ra, and in two or three seconds showed the usual
symptoms of incapacity. Ultimately it fell down to the ground, but
in a few minutes it was able to fly again. '

The number of humble-bees observed getting intoxicated on
C. Scahiosa was so large, and they behaved in a manner so similar
to that of those described above, that it would be useless to quote
my notes on each individual case observed. In every instance the
bees became covered with pollen, and when taken away from the
plant they soon recovered so as to be able to fly vigorously, but they
alighted again on the first Centaurea available.

When these observations were first made, the following seemed
to be the most striking facts : —

10 INTOXICATION OF HUMBLE-BEES ON CERTAIN CAPITULATE FLOWERS.

(1) All the plants whose flowers produced this deleterious effect
had capitula, and in the one on which ninety per cent, of the phe-
nomena were observed the heads were very large.

(2) The bees in rolling helplessly over the flower-heads became
most efl'ectually covered with pollen.

(3) When the insects rolled off the plant, they soon recovered
their power of flight. They then flew to other plants of the same
species, greedily searching for the substance that had produced this
curious eftect upon them. Their whole behaviour showed clearly
that this particular honey possessed a strong attraction for them.

(4) During the season mentioned above, the intoxication of
humble-bees on Ceniaurea and Scabiosa was such a common occur-
rence as to seem perfectly normal.

There could be no doubt whatever as to the effectiveness of the
phenomenon in causing the cross-fertilization of the flowers. Both
on account of the large amount of pollen carried on the bodies of
the bees, and of the inevitable transfer of much of it to the stigmas,
which would be brought about by the rolling and dragging of the
insects over the tops of the florets, it might be said that the
arrangement was far more effective than many of those recognized
as normal.

The natural deduction then seemed to be that particular capitu-
late flowers were normally cross-fertilized by the agency of insects
which were habitually intoxicated by the honey secreted by the
florets.

Before publishing any observations on the subject, it seemed
desirable to secure a sufficient amount of the deleterious substance
for examination, so I determined to wait another season for this
purpose. Strange to say, however, five summers passed without
my being able to observe an undoubted instance of the phenomenon,
and, when it was observed, it was impossible to get the honey in
sufficient quantity for examination. My inability to repeat the
observation may have been due to want of opportunity : still, had
it been as common as it had seemed at first to be, I ought to have
seen it over and over again. It is true that towards the close of the
season and on cold days it is a very common occurrence to find bees
inert and helpless on flowers. When these are disturbed, they raise
the second pair of legs by way of protestation in the way described
above, but, as I never succeeded in seeing them alighting on the
plant and actually becoming incapable of flight, or, on the other
hand, regaining their power of flight when removed from the plant,
it seems pretty certain that they were either benumbed with cold
or suffering from starvation.

On Sept. 3rd, 1893, at two o'clock in the afternoon, I was again
botanizing on the Orme. It was exceedingly sunny and warm, and
many humble-bees were busily searching the flowers of Centaurea
Scabiusa for honey. On a large plant of this species there were six
helpless bees. I remained here an hour, but failed to observe one
of the many bees visiting the plant actually becoming helpless, nor
did I see any of the helpless ones recovering so as to be able to fly
away. It seems then unlikely that these were intoxicated, and yet

ISLE OF MAN PLANTS. 11

ou any other hypothesis it is difficult to see why they should con-
gregate on the particular species of plant which had been observed
to produce intoxication.

Undoubted instances of intoxication were not seen until the
following summer (1891). Ou Aug, 18th, an exceedingly warm and
sunny day, I was at Abersoch, in iS. Carnarvonshire. A number of
humble-bees were observed showing the usnal symptoms of intoxi-
cation after visiting the flowers of Carduus lanceolatus and of Centaurea
Scabiosa. By far the largest number, however, were seen on Canlnus
nutans. Several of the intoxicated bees were taken off the fiower-
heads and imprisoned in small boxes ; they were released after
intervals of five to fifteen minutes. In every instance they had
perfectly regained their power of flight and made their way straight
to other plants of Carduus nutans.

It may be well to state that all the above observations were
carefully entered in a notebook ou the spot. I have been told that
the hive-bee often gets intoxicated, but I failed to obtain any trust-
worthy accounts of the phenomenon from those who professed to
have seen it. I have also been unable to find any published
accounts of it, and this note is written chiefly for the purpose of
eliciting further information on the subject.

The following would seem to be a fair summary of the facts and
of deductions to be drawn from them : —

(1) That at certain seasons the honey of some capitulate plants
contains a deleterious substance which produces an intoxicating
effect on the bees visiting the flowers.

(2j That the phenomenon must materially assist in producing
cross-fertilization of those flowers.

(3) That this is not a normal arrangement for producing cross-
fertilization. It is conceivable, however, that in the course of time
the success of the arrangement might cause it to become normal.

It may be suggested that the curious effect of the honey may be
due to fermentation consequent on the attack of some fungus. It is
highly desirable that the honey should be carefully examined, in
order to find the nature of the change and of the agent producing it.

ISLE OF MAN PLANTS.
By W. p. Hiern, M.A.

I

At the suggestion of some of the foreign botanists who joined
last September the Botanical section of the excursion to the island,
in connection with the Liverpool Meeting of the British Association,
I give a list of the determined plants which were noticed as wild by
the party. The advanced period of the season, the stormy, rough,
and rainy weather, and the rapid movement of the excursion were
all unfavourable for obtaining a good supply of specimens. The
determination of the parasitic fungi and of some few other plants
has been kindly forwarded by Prof. P. Magnus, of Berlin, who was

12

ISLE OF MAN PLANTS.

a very useful member of the party. The leaders were Prof. F. E.
Weiss, of Manchester, and the Eev. S. A. P. Kermode, of the Isle
of Mau ; and the program was as follows : — Thursday, Sept. 24th :
Mr. Okell's garden near Douglas ; by rail to Port Erin. Friday,
25th : drive by the Eound Table to Niarbyl Point, Glen Meaye, and
Peel, and back by Foxdale to Port Erin. Saturday, 2Gth : by rail
to Castletown and back ; walk to Meayll Hill and Chasms, and back

to Port Erin. Sunday, 27th : . Monday, 28th : by rail to

Douglas ; drive to Laxey, thence by electric rail part way up Snae-
fell ; drive to Tholt-y-Will, down glen, through Curraghs to Balla-
moar, Jurby, and Ballaugh Station ; thence by rail to Douglas.
As most of the flowering plants are very common, it seems un-
necessary to add definite localities for them.

I}a)nmculus Drouctii F. Schultz
(form approaching 77. tricho-
phyllus Choix).
R. hederaceus L. (forma hedercc-

foUa).
R. Flammula L.
R. acris L.
R. repens L.
Papaver hyhridum L.
Fumaria coufusa Jord.
F. muralis Sond.
Cheiranthus Cheiri L.
Rorippa Xasturtinm Kusby {Xa-

sturtium officinale Br.).
Cardamine pratensis L.
Sisymbrium, officinale Scop.
Brassica Sinapistrum Boiss.
B. alba Boiss.

Cocldearia officinalis L.
Lepidium hirtum Sm.
Bursa pastoris Weber.

Viola palustris L.

V. sylvestris Lam.

V. tricolor L. a. pratensis.
,, fl. arvensis.

Polygala vulgaris L., var. minuti-
Jiora Gren. & Godr.

Silene maritima With.

Lychnis Flos-cuculi L.

L. dioica L.

Sagina procumbens L.

Stellaria media Cyr.

Cerastium glomeratuvi Thuill.

C. triviale Link.

Buda marina Dumort.

B. rupestris F. J. Hanb.

Spergula arvensis L.

Malva iylvestris L.
Lavatera arborea L.
Hypericum Androsccmum L.
H. humifusum L.
H. pulchrum. L.
H. Elodes Huds.
Acer Pseudo-platanus L.
Geranium molle L.
Erodium moschatum L'Herit.
Fj. maritimnm L'Herit.
Oxalis Acetosella L.
Linum catharticum L.

Ulex europaus L.

U. Gallii Planch.

,, var. humilis Planch.

Cytisiis scoparius Link.
Medicago lupulina L.

Trifolium pratense L.

T. repens L.

T. dubium Sibth. (T. miyius Sm.

Lotus corniculatus L.

L. nliginosus Schkuhr.

Vicia hirsuta S. F. Gray.

V. sepiitm L.

V. sativa L.

Lathyrus pratensis L.

Ornithopus perpusillus L.

Prunus spinosa L.

P. insititia L.

SSpiraa Ulmaria L.

Potentilla Anserina L.

P. reptans L.

P. silvestris Neck.

P. Fragariastrum Ehrli.

Ruhus hlcBUs L.

R. pidcherrimus Neumann.

R. corylifolius Sm.

ISLE OF MAN PLANTS.

13

it., (prob.) Sehueri Lindeb.

R. ulmi/oUiis Willd.

Rosa spinosissima L.

R. tomentosa Sm.

R. canina L.

Cratcpgus CKvijacantha L.

Pyrus Aucuparia Ehrh.

P. rotundifulia 1 Bechst.

Lythnun Salicaria L.

Epilohium muntnnum L.

E. tetragonum L.

Sedum angliciun Huds.

Sempervivum tectorum L.

Cotyledon Umbilicus L.

ChrysQsplenium oppositifolium L.

Hydrocotyle vulgaris L.

Apium nodifiorum Keichb. f.

Carum Petfoselimim Btli. & Hk. f.

CEiuinthe crocata L.

Angelica sylvestris L.

Heracleum Sphondylium L.

Daiicus C a rota L.

D. guinmifer Lam.

Conium maculatum L.

Smyrnium Olusatrum L.

Hedera Helix L.

Sambucus nigra L.

Lonicera Periclymenum L.

Sherardia arvensis L.

Galium Ajmrine L.

G^. verum L.

G^. sa.vatile L.

Centranthus ruber DC.

Valeriana sambucifolia Willd.

Scahiosa arvensis L.

<S. succisa L.

Petasites officinalis Moencli.

P. fragrans Presl.

Tussilago Farfara L.

Bell is perennis L.

Solidago Virgaurea L.

Gnaplialium nliginosum L.

(7. sylvaticum L.

Achillea Ptarmica L.

^. Millefolium L.

Matricaria inodora L.

,, ^. salina Bab.

Chrysanthemum segetum L.
Artemisia vulgaris L.
Senecio vulgaris L.
<S'. Jacobcea L.

Arctium ma jus Bernh.
Centaurea nigra L.
Cnicus lanceolatus Willd.
C. arvensis Hoffm.
(7. palustris Willd.
JLapsana communis L.
Hypochceris radicata L.
Taraxacum officinale Weber.
Sonchus oleraceus L.
iS. asjjer Hoffm.
*S'. arvensis L.
Hieracium Pilosella L.
Jasione montana L.
Campamda rotundifolia L.
Calluna Erica DC.
Erica Tetralix L.
£*. cinerea L.
Vaccinium Myrtillus L.
I^^.i' Aquifolium L.
Ligustrum vulgare L.
Fraxinus excelsior L.
Volvulus sepium Junger.
Myosutis caspitosa F. Schultz.
iV. arvensis (Lehm.j Lam.
Holanum Dulcamara L.
Digitalis purpurea L.
Linaria vulgaris Mill.
Scrophularia nodosa L.
Pedicularis sylvatica L.
Euphrasia officinalis L.
Bartsia Odontites Huds.
Veronica Beccabunga L.
F. Chamadrys L.
F. serpyllifulia L.
F. agrestis L.
F. polita Fries.
F. Tournefortii Gmel.
Mentha aquatica L.
Thymus Serpyllum Fr.
Prunella vulgaris L.
Nepeta Glechoma Bentb.
Lamium purpureum L.
Galeopsis Tetrahit L.
Stachys palustris L.
;S. arvensis L.
Teucrium Scorodonia L.
Primula acaidis L.
Lysimachia neDwrum Ij.
Glaux maritima L.
Anagallis ((rvensis L.
J. tenclla L.

14

ISLE OF MAN PLANTS.

Samoliis Valerandi L.

Armena maritima Willd.

Plantago Coronopiis L.

P. maritbua L.

P. lanceolata L.

P. major L.

Chenopodinm album L.

(7. ruhrum L.

P('i(f maritiiiia L.

Atriplex patula L., c. am/ustifulia

(Sm.). .
J. deltoidea Bab., /3. salina Bab.
PiUmex obtusifolins L.
i?. Acetosa L.
1?. Acetosella L.
Polygonum Persicaria L.
P. avicidare L.
Euphorbia Helioscopia L.
£". Peplus L.
Callitriclie ver)ta L.
Urtlca wens L.
[/. dioica L.
Hiumdtis Lupulus L.
Ulmus montana Stokes.
Salix fragilis L.
>S'. «iia L.

6'. purpurea L. (cult.).
/S'. Smithiana Willd. (cult.).
5. cinerea L.
>S'. Caprea L.
Bctida alba L.
Alnus f/liitinosa Medik.
Fayiis sylvatica L.
Castanea saliva Mill.
Quercus Fiobur L.
Corylus Avellana L.
7r/s Psendacorus L.
Alisma Plantayo L.
.4. ramincaloides L.
Scilla festalis Salisb.
Narthecium Ossifrafium Huds.
Junciis maritimus Lam.
tT". efusus Li.
J. conglomeratus L.
J. acutifiorus Ebrli.
J. lampocarpus Elirh.
X squarrosus L.
J", bufonius L.
Luzxda maxima DC.
Sparganium minimum Fr.

Arum maculatum L.

Lemna minor L.

Potamogeton polygonifolius Pour.

P. pectinatus L.

Scirpus lacustris L.

/S. cernuus Vahl, Enum. ii. 245
(1806); S. /Sflm Sebast. &
Mauri, F/. Jilo??!. Pro(//-. 22
(1818), var. monostachys Syme.

Isoh'pis pygnura Kuutli.

Eriophorum polystachyum L.

Carex flacca Scbreb.

Phalaris canariensis L.

Nardus stricta L.

Phragmites communis Trin.

Agrostis vulgaris With.

^. rt/kf L.

Holcus lanatus L.

H. mollis L.

^-l/rrt caryopliyllea L.

^. pracox L.

Arrhenatherum avenaceum P.
Beau v., /3. J. bxdbosum. Lindl.
b. nodosum Eeiebb.

Sieglingia decumbens Bernli.

Cynosurus cristatus L.

Port annua L.

P. pratensis L.

Dactylis glomerata L.

Festuca ovina L.

Serrafalcus racemosus Pari.

Brachypodium sylvaticum Beauv.
Agrost. 101.

Triticum repens L.

Lolium perenne L.

Equisetum arvense L.

i?. limosum L.

Polypodiurn vulgare L.

Lastroia Filix-mas Presl.

L. dilatata Presl.

Athyrium Filix-fcemina Roth.

Lomaria Spicant Desv.

Pteris aquilina L.

Piccia glauca L.

Ascophylhwi nodosum Le Jolis.

Pellia epipliylla Corda.

P. calycina Nees.

Fegatella conica Corda.

Marchantia polymorpha L.

ISLE OF MAN PLANTS. 15

Pucclnia Malvacearum Mont. On ]\fah-a sylvestris, Eushen and

Castletown.
P. Umbilici Guep. On Cotyledon Umbilicus, Eushen.
P. Taraxaci Plowr. On Taraxacum officinale, Port Erin.
P. CentaurecB Plowr. On Ccntaurea nigra, Port Erin.
P. Hieracii Mart. On HypocJueris radicata, neighbourhood of Port

Erin.
P. Smyrnii Corda. The fficidium on SiiiyrniuiH Olusatnuu , Glen

Meaye.
P. Cirsii-lanceolali Schroet. On Cnicus lanceolatiis, Eushen.
P. obscura Schroet. On, Litzula maxima, Glen Meaye.
P. Eubif/o-vera (DC). Wint. On Triticum repens, Castletown.
P. poarum Nielsen. On Poa, Port Erin ; the aecidium [/Ecidium,

Tiissilaginis Gmel.) on Tussilayo Farfara, Port Erin.
Phragmidium violaceuiii (Schultz) Wint. (syn. P. asperum Wallr.).

On FiUbus sp., Port Erin.
P. ejfusiim Auersw. On Pubus Idaus, Sulby Glen.
Coleosporium Sonchi (Pers.) Wint. On So7ichus arvensis, Balla-

more.
C. Tussilaginis (Pers.) Kalchbr. On Tussilago Farfara, Castle-
town.
C. Senecionis (Pers.) Fr. On S'enccio vulgaris, Castletown.
C. Synantherarum Fr. On Petasites, Ballamore.
C. Euphrasia (Schum.) Wint. On Euphrasia officinalis, Eound

Table.
Melampsora Euphorbia Cast. On Euphorbia Peplus, Castletown.
Uredo hypericorum DC. On Hi/pericam AndroscBmwn, Douglas.
Exoascus betulinus (Eostr.) P. Magn. Had formed numerous

" Hexenbesen " (witches' brooms) on a Birch near Douglas.
Podosphmra Oxyacanthce (DC.) De Bary. On Cratagus Oxyacantha,

Foxdale.
Ovularia obliqua (Cooke) Oudem. On Pumex obtusifolius, Eushen.
Ramidaria sambucina Sacc. On Sambucus nigra, Ballamore.
E. gibba Fuckel. On Pununculus repens. Port Erin.
Cladosporium graminum Corda. On Triticum repens, Castletown.
Septoria Pnbi Westand. On Riibus sp., Port Erin.
Phyllosticta maculiformis Sacc. On Castanea sativa. Glen Meaye.
Darluca Filum Cast. In Puccinia Rubigo-vera (DC.) Wint. on

Triticum repens, Castletown ; and in P. obscura Schroet. on

Luzula maxima. Glen Meaye.
Placosphceria graminis Sacc. & Eoum. On Holcus mollis, Sulby

Glen.
Marsonia PotentillcB (Desm.) Fisch. On Potentilla Anserina, neigh-
bourhood of Port Erin.
Cladonia rangiferina Hoffm. Eound Table.
Piamalina cuspidata (Ach.). Fleshwick Bay and Eound Table.

16

THUIDIUM PHILIBERTI Limpe., A NEW BEITISH MOSS.
By H. N. Dixon, M.A., F.L.S.

In a note on Thuidium recognitum Lindb. in the recently pub-
lished Student's Handbook of British Mosses, p. 386, I referred to
Thuidium intermedium Phil. (= T. Philiberti Limpr.) as of doubtful
specific status, and probably equivalent to T. reco(jnitum. This
conclusion was based upon the full description of the plant by
Philibert in the Revue Brijolo(jique, 1893, p. 33, the only source of
information I then possessed. I have recently, however, received
from Dr. G. N. Best, of Eosemont, N3w Jersey, his Bevision of the
North American Thuidiums, and by the kindness of the same
bryologist an authentic fruiting specimen of the moss in question ;
and a study of the plant, together with the fresh light thrown upon
it by Dr. Best's description, has shown ^hat Philibert's account
is somewhat inadequate, and has induced me to alter my opinion
and to recognise in T. rhiliherti at least as good a right to specific
status as in the case of T. delicatulum Mitt, and T. recognition Lindb.

Having once grasped the salient points of T. Philiberti, 1 had
little hesitation in referring to it a moss which I gathered on wet
rocks near the summit of Craig Chailleach, Perthshire, in 1893.
The plant, however, was without fruit, and bore only a few young
perichfetia, some of the more important distinguishing characters
being for this reason unavailable. I sent a specimen therefore to
Dr. Best, and his reply is as follows : — " Your Thuidium is indeed
T. Philiberti. I congratulate you on being the first to find it in
Scotland. Now that you know what it is, you will probably not be
long in finding it in England. It always grows in wet places, and
is usually sterile. As to its rank, I have to say that the more I
study it the more I am satisfied that it is a good species."

As the moss has not been described in any of the systematic
works most in use, and the original description by Philibert is
difi'use and fails to point out or at any rate to lay stress upon some
of the leading characters (and in one point at least is slightly
inaccurate), I here subjoin Dr. Best's diagnosis of the species,
extracted from the Bulletin of the Torreg Bot. Club, xxiii. 84 (1896).

Thuidium Philiberti Limpr.
Thuidium intermedium. Philib. Bev. Bryol. xx. 33 ; 1893. Not
Mitt. 1851. T. Philiberti Limpr. in Babenh. Krgptog. iv. 2, 835 ; 1895.
Medium-sized plants, yellow to dark green, in intricate mats ; stem
4-8 cm. long, creeping, pinnately branched ; branches pinnate or
bipinnate : paraphyllia multiform ; stem-leaves triaugular-cordate-
acuminate, usually with a hgaline jiliform. point, margins revolute
or recurved, at least below ; leaf-cells oblong-quadrate to oblong-
rhomboidal. Dioicous ; perichfetia! bracts loose, ftexuous spreading
or reflexed, serrate, rarely with a few short cilia on the innermost,
acumen about three times as long as the short, scarcely costate
body ; capsule oblong-cylindrical, curved, horizontal ; annulus
narrow, indistinct, tardily or imperfectly deciduous ; operculum

THUIDIUM PHILIBERTI LLMPE., A NEW BRITISH MOSS. 17

conic-rostrate, curved; spores •012--016 mm., almost smooth,
maturing in October. (Plate 260.)

In wet swampy places on the ground or the base of small trees.
New Jersey (Best) ; Pennsylvania (Porter).

Dr. Best remarks that it is probably an involute form of T. deJi-
catuluiii Mitt. I think, however, it may be doubted whether its
relationship to T. recognitum Lindb. is not at least as close.

It may be as well to point out that the re -naming of the species
by Limpricht was necessitated by the fact that the name T. inter-
meduim was already preoccupied by a species of Mitten's.

Like most of its aUies, ThnUium Philiherti is usually found
barren; it will therefore be helpful to indicate the characters by
which, even without fruit, it may be recognised from T. ddicatubim
and T. recof/nituw, the only two British species with which it could
be confused. (The simply acute apical cell of the branch-leaves of
2'. tamariscinum at once separates that species.) In the branching
it is somewhat intermediate between the two, being frequently tri-
pinnate, though less regularly and distinctly so than in T. delica-
tidum. It also grows in more or less damp situations, whereas
T. recognitum is usually found on dry calcareous soil.

But the most characteristic feature, and the one that to my
thinking gives it one of its best claims to distinction, is the long-
drawn-out, filiform point of the stem-leaves, forming a fine hyaline
jointed hair composed of a single row of linear cells, and of some
considerable length. In the older leaves it is often broken off, but
otherwise it is probably always present, and is especially noticeable
in the tuft of leaves at the apex of a growing steui or new shoot.
In this character the plant shows an approach to some exotic
species, such as T. ci/tnhifoliutn Dozy & Molk.

The stem-leaves in T. rccognituw, more rarely in T. delicatuhim,
are occasionally tipped with a short point of a similar nature ; but
it rarely consists of even two or three cells in length, and is never
prolonged into a long flexuose hair-point, as in T. FhUiherti. T.
delicatulum difi'ers from both the other species in the stem-leaves
more erect and less spreading, indeed when dry appressed to the
stem with the point scarcely showing ; in T. recognitum and T.
I'hUiherti they are, on the other hand, widely spreading when
moist, and even when dry the long acumen is frequently recurved,
and always forms a much more distinct feature than in T. delicatulum,
which in this respect resembles T. t<niiariscinum. The long spreading
acumen is indeed quite enough to separate the two former species
from these two, with the lens alone ; the difference being most
marked when the plant is dry.

r. Philiherti has only been figured (and there not quite satis-
factorily) by Dr. Best in the publication referred to. It has been
found in several localities in France and Switzerland, as well as in
the localities in the U.S.A. mentioned above, where it was inde-
pendently distinguished by Dr. Best. I have not heard of its
occurrence elsewhere, but it is not unlikely that it will be found
more or less widely distributed now that attention has been called
to its distinguishing characters.

J0URN.VL OF Botany. — Vol. 35. [Jan. 1897.] c

18

BROMUS INTEREUPTUS Druce.

As was mentioued in our last number, Mr. G. C. Druce has
published in the Journal of the Linnean Society (xxxii. 426-30) a
full account of this new grass, of which we printed a brief
diagnosis in this Journal for 1895 (p. 314). As was there stated,
the plant had been published in the Report of the Botanical
Exchange Club for 1888 (not 1880 as printed) as B. mollis var.
interruptus Hackel, but the following note, which Mr. Druce has
kindly sent us, supplementing his Linnean paper, shows that it had
previously attracted attention as a British plant. Mr. Druce
writes : — ■

" I have found a specimen in the Watson Herbarium at Kew
labelled B. mollis var. pseudo-velatinus, dated 1849, which was com-
mented on by Mr. Watson in Phi/tologist, iii. p. 807 (1850), as
follows: — ' B. pseudo-velutimis. This is sent by Miss Barnard, from
a field at Odsey, in Hertfordshire (or Cambridgeshire?). It much
resembles that usually dwarf and littoral state of B. mollis which
has been erroneously called B. relutinus by several British botanists.
These inland specimens have culms fully four times as tall as the
shore plant, and the pubescence of the glumes or pales is shorter.
They are, indeed, simply examples of B. mollis, with the pedicels
and spikelets much shortened, and the panicle rendered more close
and compact. The specimen from Odsey, Avhich I at once recog-
nized as B. interruptus from the panicle, was found when examined
to have the split palea ; so that we now know that it is not a very
recent introduction to Britain. Professor Hackel assents to my
giving it specific rank.' "

The full description of the plant, as given in the Linnean
Society's Journal, runs thus : —

" Hei'ba annua, biennis aut perennis, stepius perenuis. Spicul^e
in pedicellis brdvibus rigidis singillatim (alteruatim dextrorsum et
sinistrorsum) in rhachide dispositse; singuli pedicelli cum 3-5 sessi-
libus aut subsessilibus spiculis apice pedicelli racemosim dispositi.
Panicula, florem et fructum gerens, erecta angusta evidenter
interrupta. SpiculaB, florem et fructum gerentes, erectfe primum
ovali-lanceolatiB acutas ; proventu ovales et obtusfe cum 6-12 flori-
bus glauco-viridis pubescentes. Gluma interior et vacua dimidia
non supra in partem sexti floris (tertii floris in eodem latere) pro-
ducta. GlumiB, florem et fructum gerentes, arete imbricatEie. Pal^a
inferior exterior marginibus dimidia parte inter mediam paleam et
apicem utroque latere obtuse angulata, 5-7-costata ; apice non-
nihil emarginata, pubescens aut subglabra marginibus late scariosis.
Arista ex una emarginatione inferioris paleaB precedens, fere directa
aut erecta, palea nonnihil brevior. Palea superior interior [fjiwna
florens superior) pmie ad basin in binas amjustas lanceolatas partes paled
inferiore vel exteriore dimidia parte aut duabus partibus minus lonr/as,
divisa."

Mr. Druce adds : —

" The most striking feature of this plant when first seen is the
inflorescence, which difl'ers from all other species of Bromus known

BROMUS INTERRUPTUS DRUCE. 19

to me, in that single short stiff pedicels arise, alternately right and
left of the main rachis, each bearing at its extremity 3-5 sessile (or
in some cases shortly stalked) spikelets= To this fact is due the
peculiar and strikingly interrupted and compact appearance of the
whole inflorescence, which is made up of two rows of clustered
groups of 3-5 spikelets. This peculiar feature does not obtain in
its nearest allies, since in them 4-5 slender pedicels of various
lengths arise at the same level on the rachis, each bearing one or
two, rarely more, spikelets ; hence the inflorescence in these
species is more loosely continuous. As will be seen, the alliance of
B. interruptus is essentially with B. mollis, since the larger or inner
glume extends half way to the apex of the sixth floret (the third on
the same side), whereas in B. racemosus and B. commutatus it
reaches only to the fourth flower (the second on the same side).
The texture and pubescence too of the spikelets of B. intemiptus
are similar to those of B. mollia. The character which at once
separates B. interruptus from B. mollis, B. commutatus, B. racemosus,
&c., is to be found in the upper pale (the inner palea of Parnell),
wliich is uniformli/ split to the base, and is much shorter than the
outer or lower pale."

The spht palea cannot, as may be suggested, proceed from an
accidental rupture during the growth of the fruit, as examination
shows that the pales are split from the early flowering stage. The
following note, added by Mr. C. B. Clarke to Mr. Druce's paper as
printed by the Linnean Society, shows that this character is of
exceptional interest : —

"In all the examples of B. interruptus Druce, the upper pale is,
even in the young flower, divided to the base or at least yg^'^^s of
its length into two subequal lanceolar lobes ; each of these has the
green nerve down its middle (not exactly median), and the two
lobes stand soon rather divaricately apart. There is nothing in
any other species of Bromus approaching this ; and no such
complete division of the upper pale is well established in the whole
order. Dr. Stapf has lately examined into the few alleged cases of
the occurrence of a split upper pale in grasses ; and he cannot find
in verifying these any case i)arallel to that of Bromus interruptus ;
the split is either only partial, hardly half-way down, or it is
mechanical, i.e. does not exist in the young flower. . . .

"Dr. Stapf argued, when Mr. Druce's paper was read, that
Bromus interruptus Druce must be treated as a monstrosity and
could in no case be made a new species. It may iudeed be main-
tained that the character of the completely bifid upper pale is
either generic or monstrous, one or the other, and cannot bft
specific. The remarkable uniformity with which the upper pale is
split to the base in every flower, in every specimen yet got from
diverse localities, may be held to negative for the present the view
that B. interruptus is a monstrosity. Of all the innumerable
species proposed as split-offs from Bromus vudlis, there is no one so
well worth a specific name as B. interruptus Druce, and no one to
be compared with it in morphologic interest."

Bromus interruptus was first found by Mr. Druce in Berkshire in

c 2

20 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTES.

1888, and he has since seen numerous specimens from Oxfordshire,
Buckinghamshire, W. Kent, and Norfolk. Mr. Tufuail says he has
found it rather plentiful near Lowestoft, in Suffolk, and that he
has seen specimens from Lincolnshire. It will prohably prove to
be not uncommon, now that its characters have been pointed out.
Mr. Druce has had the plant under observation for seven years,
and finds that it comes true from seed.

BIBLIOGEAPHICAL NOTES.
XIV. — SwARTz's ' Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium.'

An interesting relation exists between the book which is the
subject of this note and the herbarium in the Department of Botany
of the British Museum. As this relation may not be generally
known, and as it also explains certain citations which would other-
wise be hard to understand, it may be worth while putting it on
record. The title-page of the work reads as follows: — "Nova
genera et species plantarum seu Prodromus descriptionum vegeta-
bilium, maximam partem incognitorum qute sub itinere in Indiam
occidentalem annis 1783-87 digessit Olof Swartz M.D." The book
was published at Stockholm, Upsala and Abo, in 1788. It must
not be inferred from the title that Swartz was in the West Indies
till 1787. He himself says in his Preface, "Angliam repetebam
Anno 1786," and goes on to refer to the great kindness he received,
during his stay in London, from Sir Joseph Banks, " qui nee ipse
suam mihi denegabat benevolentiam, quin suis me consiliis, sua
inspectione juvare dignaretur." In Banks's collections he found a
number of plants which had previously been brought to England,
" ibique statim a def. Doct. Solandro descripta, et eorum exempla
in Museum illata." Among these plants, Swartz goes on to say,
he found one or two new genera, which he has indicated by an
asterisk in his own list. One of these, Hepetis, runs the genus
Pitcairnia of L'Heritier very close indeed, and it seems an open
question as to which has priority.

Pitcairnia was published in the Scrtum AngJicum, which, like
Svvartz's Prodromus, bears the date 1788 on the title-page.
L'Heritier's preface is dated from Paris, April 20th, 1788. In
view of this proximity of dates, it is interesting to note the
opinion of writers more or less contemporary. Schreber [Gen.
PI. no. 1741) in 1791 keeps up Hepetis, and cites Pitcairnia as
a synonym on the authority of Swartz himself. But in the
Flora Ind. Occid. (i. 578), published in 1797, we find Swartz
preferring Pitcairnia and reducing his own genus Hepetis, and
this practice has been generally folloAved, though remarks by
certain writers lead one to suspect that priority may not have
been the reason. Thus Redoute [Liliacces, vol. ii., before tab. 78)
says: — " Ce genre a ete dedie par L'Heritier h un Anglais (Wil-
liams Pitcairn), amateur de la Botanique, et dans le jardin

SHORT NOTES. 21

daquel la premiere espece counue a ete observee ; il avait deja
ete nomme Hepetis par Svvartz et Solander : L'Heritier lui-meme
le designait dans ses manuscrits sous le nom de Spirastigma, qui
indique son principal caractere ; mais le nom de Pltcairnia k
prevalu, et a ete adopte par Swartz lui-meme, qui aurait pu
reclamer la priorite " ; and in Eees's CijdopcBdia (1819), under
Pltcairnia, we read: " The name of Hepetis, appropriated by Swartz,
from Solander's manuscripts, to the same genus, lias by common
consent been given up, in favour of the claims of so eminent a
benefactor to botany as Dr. Pitcairn." Besides Hepetis, nine
other genera are indicated as found in the Banksian herbarium.
Three of them, Xiphidium Loefl., Rui/schia Jacq., and Apeiba Aubl.,
were already in existence, and are among the few genera of other
authors to which reference is made in the preface as " nova genera
necdum Systemati Vegetabilium iuserta," which Swartz determined
afresh, and carefully examined and described.

Sloane's Jamaica plants supplied him with many novelties.
Thus, out of nineteen species of Panicam, we are referred for no
less than six to the History of Jamaica, while two are based on
Patrick Browne's work. In three cases, namely. Panic wii pilosiini,
P. diffmum, and P. nnjzoidcs, no mention of the plant cited by
Swartz will be found in Sloane's History, the references being to
MS. notes at the bottom of the given page in Sloane's own copy
in the Department of Botany at the British Museum. In each case
there is a marginal reference to the volume and folio in the Sloane
herbarium, wherein the plant is duly labelled by Sloane himself.

A. B. Kendle.

SHORT NOTES.

Hymenophyllum tunbridgense Sm. in the South Ebudes,
v.-c. 102. — I am pleased to be able to furnish confirmation of
the old doubted record of this fern from the South Inner Hebrides
(Islay, Jura, &c.). On October 21st I received from Dr. T. F.
Gilmour, of Port Ellen, fresh fruiting specimens gathered by him
in the Kildalton Woods, Islay. These have been submitted to
Mr. Arthur Bennett, who states that this confirmation raises to
twenty-nine the number of vice-counties in which the plant is
known to grow. We have now authentic record of the occurrence
of this fern in the following seven vice-counties on the West Coast
of Scotland, viz. (7G) Ilenfrew ; (97) Westerness; (98) Argyle,
Main; (99) Dumbarton; (100) Clyde Isles; (102) South Ebudes;
and (103) Mid-Ebudes; besides in (80) Stirling, an inland county.

A. SOMERVILLE.

E. Suffolk Charas. — In June last we collected a Chara in two
places near Southwold, which Messrs. Groves identified as C. can-
csccns Loisel. This plant has hitherto been recorded only from
Cornwall and Dorset, and from Ireland ; so its occurrence in
Norfolk very considerably extends its range. The plants bore

22 SHORT NOTES.

nucules iu both stations, and in one were gre}'ish and incrusted,
but green and unincrusted in the other. C. contra na Kuetz,,
which grew with it in one phice, has been recorded from West,
but not from East Suffolk before. Messrs. Groves also named
this. — E. S. & C. E. Salmon.

New Dorset Station for Erica ciliaris L. — In the case of so
rare a plant, hitherto only recorded for E. and W. Cornwall and
Dorset iu Britain, and in Dorset restricted to the heaths south
of Wareham, it may be worth reporting its occurrence in the parish
of Parkstone, on the cast side of Poole Harbour. Extending over
about an acre of bog in profuse quantity, it is clearly not a recent
introduction ; more probably a relic of the ancient flora. The marvel
that so conspicuous a plant in no very out-of-the-way spot has been
so long overlooked is, I think, explained in a way suggested to me
by Dr. A. R. Wallace; namely, that it occupied an impervious part
of the morass, only recently made accessible by a new cut of a local
Waterworks Company. With the species grows a fair amount of
E. ciliaris X Tetralix (E. Watsoni Benth.), which was blooming
freely in October, after E. ciliaris had gone over. This is now the
easternmost station for the species, being within about a mile and
a quarter of the Hants border. — Edward F. Linton.

Varieties of Hypochceris glabra L. {Journ. Bot. 1896, 510). —
With respect to Mr. Bennett's note, I may remark that I also have
in my herbarium a small plant of Hi/pochwris qlahra L., labelled
" Sandy field E. of Eillington, S.E. Yorks. G. Webster, 1892."
This agrees well with the description given of the var. tuhjaris in
Mr. Bennett's note. If Mr. Bennett's plants were gathered iu the
same locality as my own, possibly both the ordinary typical
specimens of II. glabra and var. crostris may occur in close proximity,
or at any rate in neighbouring stations. — A. B. Jackson.

Hypochceris glabra var. — The words "destitute of woolly
hairs " were applied by me [Journ. Bot. 1896, 476) to the pappi of
a var. of Ilypochairis glabra, L., and the implied character was used
in classifying forms with erostrate achenes. Mr. Arthur Bennett
(p. 510) takes exception to the phrase, assuming it to mean an
absence also of the usual plumose hairs characteristic of the genus.
A similar expression has been used by Poiret, Petermann, and
others, in dealing with segregates of the species, and appeared to
me sufficient to convey my meaning to anyone acquainted with
these forms. The misunderstanding is the more to be regretted
because it detracts from the value of Mr. Bennett's criticism of a
classification of forms based on that character. The interesting
E. Yorkshire specimens, for instance, which have some pappi
plumose, some pilose (the hairs being deciduous), need not "repre-
sent two varieties on one plant " if the classification be taken
literally. — S. T. Dunn.

Lathyrus Boissieri [Journ. Bot. 1896, 484). — This name,
which Messrs. Autran and Durand propose for Orobus grandijiorus
Boiss., is anticipated in my paper " Ueber einige Orobus- Arten und

CATALOGUE OF WELWITSCH's AFRICAN PLANTS. 23

ihre geographische Verbreitimg." The synonymy of the plant is
therefore :- — Lathyrus Licani Fritsch in Situngsber. d. Wiener
Akad. d. Wiss. civ. p. 517 (1895). Orubiis fjramUjlorHs Boissier,
Flora Orientalis, ii. p. G22 (1872), non Latlujrus (jrandijlorus Sibth,
et Sm. (1813). Lathi/nis Boissieri Autran at Durand, Hortus
Boissierianus, p. 73 (1896). — Karl Fritsch.

NOTICES OF BOOKS.
The Welwitsch Herbarium.

CataUtijue of the African Plants collected bij Dr. Friedrich Welwitsch
in 1853-61. Dicotyledons, Part I. [Eanunculacefe — Rhizo-
phoraceffi] . By William Philip Hiern, M. A., F.L.S. London :
British Museum (Natural History) ; Dulau & Co, 1890. 8vo,
pp. xxvi, 336. Price 7s. 6d.

It is more than twenty years ago since the plants enumerated
in this Catalogue were the subject of proceedings in the English
law-courts. Br. Welwitsch bequeathed the first, or "study," set
of his collections to the British Museum, and his bequest was
disputed by the Portuguese Government, whose servant he had
been, and who claimed possession of all his collections. The
executors — Mr. Carruthers, then Keeper of the Department of
Botany in the British Museum, and Mr. F. Justen — resisted this
demand at their own personal risk. The suit resulted in a com-
promise, by which it was agreed that the Portuguese Government
should be considered as entitled to the collections, on the under-
standing that they Avould give to the British Museum the best set,
next after the study set, of the botanical specimens and other
objects of natural history, with a copy of all Welwitsch's notes
and descriptions, the Museum contributing to the costs of separation
and transcription. The work of separation was entrusted to Mr.
Hiern, and it was arranged that he should prepare a catalogue of
the botanical descriptions. Shortly after this, however, Mr. Hiern
left London, and although he made some progress towards the
proposed enumeration, the matter for the time fell through.
Fortunately, however, and very appropriately considering his con-
nection with the acquisition of the collections, Mr. Carruthers,
shortly before his retirement from the Museum, was able to induce
Mr. Hiern to resume his work, and we have now before us the first
instalment of the Catalogue of Welwitsch's African plants. '

This brief summary of what took place is practically identical
with the short preface which Mr. Murray has prefixed to the volume,
and is a sufficient record of what took place. Those who desire
further details of this botanical cause celebre will find them in this
Journal for 1875, pp. 380-2. Future botanical historians will fiud
it worth their while to consult the affidavits made by various emi-
nent botanists upon points connected with the case ; the extracts
from these which we were enabled to give' in an article *' Dr. See-

24 CATALOGUE OF WELWITSCU's AFRICAN PLANTS.

manu's Study-set" {Journ. Bot. 1889, pp. 102-5) are sullicicnt to
show that much of interest may be gleaned from these depositions.

Of the set of specimens thus obtained for the National Herbarium
it is impossible to speak too highly. Many good collectors are not
botanists ; certainly many botanists are very bad collectors : but
Welwitsch combined in himself the qualifications of each, to an
extent which is rare, if not unique. From his abundant and well-
selected material it was possible to carry out with the most satis-
factory results the arrangement that the British Museum series
should correspond as nearly as possible with the study set ; and the
former remains absolutely intact, while the latter has, we believe,
to some extent been distributed to various herbaria. London is
more readily accessible than Lisbon, and as the British Museum set
is the basis of the Catalogue now begun, it is practically the standard
collection of Welwitsch's plants. Judging from monographs in
which Welwitsch's collections are cited, the distributed sets are (as
was necessarily the case) very incomplete, while if the plants now
at Kew may be taken as a sample, the material sent out has been
but meagre.

There is no need to enlarge on Mr. Hiern's numerous qualifica-
tions for the task he has undertaken. In former years he worked
assiduously at African botany ; tlie third volume (and the most recent,
although published twenty years since) of the Flora of Tropical
Africa was mainly from his pen. He is, as every one who has
seen his work knows, painstaking and logical to a fault, thorough and
accurate in all his researches, whether botanical or bibliographical.
In this latter particular this Catalogue will come as a shock to those
whose nomenclature is regulated by (supposed) "convenience," for
Mr. Hiern — a firm believer in that form of priority which recognizes
as the right name for a plant that under which it has been described
in the genus in which it is retained — has rigidly carried out his
principles, with, it must be allowed, somewhat startling results.
He has followed — sometimes at a safe distance — Dr. Otto Kuntze's
licvisio Generwn, and it must be confessed that the result is to con-
firm the opinion, already expressed in these pages, that the licvisio
contains excellent work which cannot be ignored by systematists.
Mr. Hiern, in adopting Dr. Kuntze's nomenclature, has carefully
tested it in every instance ; in some cases — for example, as the
adoption of names published prior to 1753, and in a certain
indifference to niceties of spelling — he (we think properly) declines
to follow him. Probably no systematist — certainly no Lnglish
systeraatist — has hitherto taken Dr. Kuntze so seriously and tested
his work so thoroughly ; and it will be interesting to see how the
bringing of this revolution to our own doors will be received by
English-speaking botanists.

Even the most hardened followers of the laws of priority will
feel a pang of regret at the disappearance of Weltvitsckia in favour
of Welwitsch's earlier name Tuinhoa ; while Camoensia is in many
respects preferable to (iitj/nithemuni, which has six years' priority.
Maximilianea Mart. (1819) for Cochlospermuni Kunth (1822) ;
Calceolaria Loefling (17'58) for lonidium Vent. (1803) ; iiinorea

CATALOGUK OF WELWITSCIl's AFEICAN PLANTS. 25

Aubl, (1775) for Ahodeia Tliouars (1807) ; Damapana Adans.
(17G3) for Smithia Ait. (1789) ; Coluteastmm Heistr. ex Fabric.
(1763) for Lessertia DC. (1802) ; Cacara Thouars (1806) for Pachy-
rhiziis Rich. (1825) ; Botor Adans. (1763) for Fsophocarpus Neck.
(1790) — are samples of the substitutions which will provoke the
advocates of "convenience" to use strong language : occasionally,
indeed, it must be owned that there seems some excuse for the plea,
if any but a logical course were followed — as when Dollcholns Medik
(which is certain to be confused with Dolichos) replaces RlujncJwaia ,
which it antedates by three years. To such alterations in speUing
as Cajan and Scsban for what have been more recently known as
Cajanm and t^csbania we sball soon become accustomed, just as
British botanists have come to accept the return to Atenaria trinervia
in the name which Smith altered to trinervis (the latter form does
not even appear in Jackson's Index). Those who would criticize
Mr. Hiern's action will lind the best opportunity for doing so in
Crassuvia, which is substituted for BnjophijlUun ; in this instance
alone, as it seems to us, he has "strained principles until they are
in danger of snapping."

As a result of following Dr. Kuntze, the initials "O.K." are
appended to a vast number of species, for that author, encroaching
as it seems to us on the province of tlie monographer, took to him-
self all the species contained in the genera which he superseded,
without that careful examination which alone can justify such
wholesale transference. In some genera, however. Dr. Kuntze
missed certain species which are first allocated there by Mr. Hiern,
and of course take his name; while others — Dolicholiis, for instance
— are here for the first time restored.

But something must be said about the plants themselves. It
is evidence of what has been said earlier in this notice that so many
new species yet remained to be described : this occurs mainly,
though by no means entirely, in the orders for which Welwitsch
did not lend his material to the authors of the Flora of Tropical
Africa. There is one new genus — Epinetrum, in Menispennacrcc, of
which only the male plant is known, so that its position in the
order is doubtful. Only the novelties are fully described, but to
almost every species are added the copious notes which Welwitsch
attached to his specimens— notes which testify as forcibly as the
plants themselves to the extraordinary care and labour which he
bestowed upon his collections. It may be said that these, and the
very minute descriptions of the localities, might have been further
condensed ; but they contain noteworthy remarks, and it would, not
have been easy to decide what to omit. Many of the orders are
preceded by an interesting summary by Welwitsch, dealing with
the general appearance of the plants, their position in the local
flora, their characteristics, uses, names, and the like. Mr. Iliern
has carefully embodied with the MS. notes those published by
Welwitsch in the Aiiontawenti),' and the Si/nopse ; he has cpioted every
number, not only of the herbarium, but of the supplementary
carpological collection. A complete bibliography of the species
would have been out of place ; but Mr. Hieru has cited for each

26 AN INTRODUCTION TO STRUCTURAL BOTANY.

the place of original publication, with date ; the Flora of Tropical
Africa, so far as the plants are included therein ; and any book or
paper in which Welwitsch's specimens are especially mentioned.

The Catalogue is preceded by certain introductory matter,
including a biography of Welwitsch, mainly derived from that
published in this Journal for 1871, pp. 1-11 ; a note on the divisions
of Angola ; and a very complete bibliography, in which are enume-
rated Wehvitsch's own writings, and other publications devoted to
special parts of his collections. There is also an excellent portrait,
taken, like that which formed the frontispiece to this Journal for
1871, from a photograph executed In August, 1865.

We have only to express a hope that the remainder of this
valuable contribution to our knowledge of the African flora may be
concluded at as early a date as possible. Mr. Hiern will complete
the Dicotyledons ; Mr. Kendle has undertaken the Monocotyledons ;
Dr. Stephani will describe the Hepatic* ; Mr. W. West begins in
this number of the Journal the description of the Freshwater Algfe;
and the remaining groups will be undertaken by the staff of the
Department of Botany. It may be hoped that the blight which
has for so many years hindered the continuation of the African
floras for which Kew is responsible will not descend upon this
important undertaking, for which botanists have to thank the
Trustees of the British Museum.

An Introduction to Structural Botany. Part II. — Flowerless Plants.
By D. H. ScoTT, M.A., F.R.S. London: A. & C. Black.
1896. Pp. XV, 312; figs. 114. Price 3s. 6d.

Tnii first part of this book was welcomed in these pages as a
companion volume to Mr. Oliver's Lessons, and It would have been
hard to find a heartier form of welcome. Students and teachers of
Botany will be equally grateful for this part. It was more needed
than the other, and the subject is much harder, and perhaps the
gratitude should therefore be greater — but, on the other hand, it is
not quite such a good book. How could it be? The subject of
Part I. lent Itself to simplicity of treatment; the subject of Part II.
lends Itself to all manner of pitfalls, to a choice of types and treat-
ment that would bewilder anybody. Dr. Scott has guided himself
through a very tortuous channel in a masterly way, and, even apart
from the botanical merit, has given us an excellent elementary
Cryptogamic Botany. One is tempted to regret that it is, as it
professes to be, purely structural. All that is wanted to make it
delightful reading Is a judicious mixture with It of the general
natural history of Cryptogams. But this is not fault-finding — It Is
mere sighing after another ideal.

To give an Idea of the scope of this book It may be recalled that
Part I. had three types ; Part II. begins with Type IV. and finishes
with Type XXVI. It is all done with the accuracy and lucidity
Dr. Scott has led us to expect in his expositions, and teachers and
students may safely work with it as a bed-rock of sure stability.
For some of the types one might have chosen others, perhaps with

AN INTRODUCTION TO STEUCTUKAL BOTANY. 27

advantage — e. g. (J'ldogonium — since this is an elementary work
seeking after simplicity ; but it cannot be denied the author uses
(Edo(joniiun well. There are a few minor faults or rather omissions
that might have been supplied in revision. For example, the
citation of authorities. Selar/ineUa Krmtssiana A. Br. has a foot-
note explaining that A. Br. is Alexander Braun, the authority for
the name. But subsequent types — e. g. Pellia epiphjUa and Funaria
hi/;/rometrica — have neither authority nor footnote. They have a
grievance like that of the "poor tiger that had not got a Christian"
in the picture.

Those of us who had been loyal or obstinate (any other adjective
of the kind will do) on the subject of the sexuality of the Ascomy-
cetes through very hard and bitter times will smile with triumph
at the recognition bestowed on SpJuBrothcca. Here it is, in an
elementary book for the teaching of the innocent young botanist at
the outset of his career.

Of all botanical writers, at all points of the compass. Dr. Scott
is esteemed by his fellow- botanists as a man of caution, a foe to
wild speculation. But apparently he has half-holidays or other
brief periods of recreation in which he disports himself among
untamed reflections. After commenting on the " close relationship
of such a fungus as Fi/thiuia to such an alga as Vaucheria," he says
(p. 291), " The most important difference is the disappearance of
the spermatozoids, which are no longer differentiated in the fungus,
the male protoplasm being carried to the ovum by the fertilizing-
tube. This change has been compared to the change from fertili-
zation by a pollen-tube, in passing from cryptogams to phanerogams.
In both cases the disappearance of motile male cells is correlated
with the loss of aquatic environment," &c. Now all this may be so,
and if the types of a well-regulated morphology alone existed, it
would be acceptable and comforting. But what about SaproU'ijnia,
for example ? It also is a fungus with a similar likeness to Vaucheria.
It also has a fertilizing tube, though it be an imperfect one. But it
has not lost its aquatic environment. It is more aquatic, as a rule,
than many species of Vaucheria. Are we then to suppose Sapro-
lec/nia to be a prophet ? — or has it been doing its poor best to lose its
fertilizing tube, with the result of impotency — or is it a mere un-
successful toiler after Pi/tltiuiii., which it views from its watery
home ? or has it repented and gone back to the deep only to find it
could never resume its full functional activity in this respect?
Alas ! these things may be amusing, but it is difficult to emancipate
oneself from a moist environment of tears. Br. Scott has permitted
himself to state this one little apparently harmless bit of speculation
unchecked by his habitual stern criticism. However, readers will
not (as assuredly he will not) misunderstand our poking fun at so
trivial a matter. The book has been greatly needed, and fulfils
the expectations of those who have looked for it. The figures are
excellent, and the "get-up" and price of the book satisfactory. It
will, beyond doubt, have the long career of usefulness we cordially
wish for it.

G. M.

28 LEHKBUCH DEE OKOLOGISCHE PFLANZENGEOGEAPHIE.

Lehrbuch der vkologische Pjianzemjeographie. Eine Einfuhrumj in
die Kenntnis der Pjianzenvereine. Von Dr. Eugen Warming.
Deutsche Ausgabe von Dr. Emil Knoblauch. Berlin : Born-
trager. 1896. Pp. xii, 412. Price 7 Mark.

The German translation of Warming's Plantescaiifund. Grund-
triik af den okologiske Phintegeof/rqfi will be welcomed in this
country by not a few botanists who are unable to read the original.
It is a valuable work, for it indicates the direction in which we
must look for future development in botany. The laboratory
worker and the naturalist converge. The key to our plant-lists and
floras, and the general facts of geographical distribution, lies partly
in the internal and external structure of the plants themselves,
and the careful observation of the relations of anatomy and
morphology to surrounding conditions will help us to find it.
We should like to see an English translation, for it is a book
which should be read by all botanists and naturalists. It would
open up long vistas of useful work for men who are now wasting
their thne in the multiplication of brambles or in equally futile
occupations.

Oecological plant-geography, as defined by the author, teaches
us how plants and plant-societies adapt their form and their
domestic economy to the factors acting upon them ; for instance,
to the amounts of warmth, light, food, water, &c., at their disposal.
The most casual glance shows that in any given plant-area species
are not equally divided, but are grouped in societies with widely
differing physiognomies, each of which offers a three-fold problem.
We must first determine what species occur together in similar
stations, next the general appearance of the vegetation, and finally
we have to attack the question, "Why are the species thus associ-
ated, and why has the vegetation its peculiar physiognomy ? " As
species are the units of the systematist, so for the oecological plant-
geographer are the " Lebensformen," which nearly correspond with
Humboldt's plant-forms and Grisebach's vegetation-forms. Rarely
do we find the same "Lcbensform" common to the species of a
family, as in the Nymph(Bacem, where in harmony with the same
conditions the same habit has been assumed. On the other hand,
the same life-form may characterise families which are widely
separated from a systematic point of view. A familiar example is
the cactus type, which occurs also in the cactus-like euphorbias
and stapelias. It is of importance to define a limited number of
easily recognizable life-forms, and here again we meet a difficulty.
What biological points are of the greatest importance and to form
the basis for our oecological system ? "It cannot be enough
emphasized that the greatest advance, not only for biology in the
broader sense, but also for oecological geography, will be the
definition of the different life-forms : a goal from which we are still
far distant."

The last task is the investigation of the plant-societies (" Plante-
samfund") occurring in nature. These generally contain many
species with widely differing forms. Such are meadows with their

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS. 29

grasses and herbage, or a beech wood with the " red beech and all
the species which usually accompany it." The members of such
societies must bear the same relation to their environment, or
must be closely interdependent — there must be a sort of symbiosis
or syntrophy.

Having stated his case, the author treats his subject in seven
sections. In the first (pp. 12-93) he discusses "the oecological
factors and their operation." The composition of the air, light,
temperature, mist, rain, wind, the physical and chemical properties
of the soil, and the like, are taken in order. Section 2 (pp. 94-120)
deals with symbiosis in general, and plant-societies in particular ;
while in the next four sections (pp. 120-350) the different societies
are treated under four heads — Hydrophytes, Xerophytes, Halo-
phytes, and Mesophytes. The first three groups are sufficiently
defined by their names ; Mesophytes are by contrast adapted to soil
and air containing a moderate amount of moisture, and to soil
which is not remarkable for the amount of salt, that is to say, this
class comprises ordinary vegetation. The last section (pp. 350-
382) is entitled "the struggle between the plant-societies," and
the closing chapter is on the origin of species. The whole concludes
with a bibliography and a copious index.

A. B. Eendle.

ARTICLES ly JOURNALS.-

Annals of Botany (Dec). — D. H. Campbell, ' Development of
Geothallus ' (2 pL). — A. J. Pieters, ' Influence of fruit-bearing on
development of mechanical tissue.' — H. M. Richards, ' Respiration
of wounded plants.' — F. A. F. C. Went, 'Notes on Sugar-cane
diseases' (1 pi.). — W. C. Worsdell, 'Anatomy of stems of Macro-
zamia compared with other genera of CycadecB' (2 pi.). — 'Report of
discussion on ascent of water in trees.'

Bot. CentraJblatt (Nos. 48-51). — H. Rothdanscher, ' Ueber die
anatomischen Verhaltnisse von Blatt und Axe der Phyllantheen '
(concl.). — W. Futterer, ' Zur Anatomic und Entwicklungsgeschichte
der Ziii;/iberace(B' (1 tab.). — (No. 50). W. Johannsen, 'Aether-
und Chloroform-Narkose und deren Nachwirkung.'

Botanical Gazette (Nov. 23). — B. M. Davis, ' Development of
procarp and cystocarp in Ptilota' (2 pi.). — E. A. Burt, 'Systematic
account of the PhaUoidecc of United States.' — N. M. Glatfelter,
^ Salix cordata X sericea.' — T. Holm, ' Amphicarpwn' [1 pli). —
L. M. Underwood, ' Ferns of Alabama ' (1 pi.).

Bot. Notiser (haft 6). — P. Dusen, ' Den eldsliinska ogruppens
vegetation.' — L. M. Neuman, ' Studier ofver Skunes och Hallands
Flora ' (cont.).

* The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers
or title-pages, but it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date of
publication.

30 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC.

Bot. Zeitung (Dec. 16). — A. Meyer, 'Die Plasmaverbindungen
und die Membraneu von Yolmx (jlohator, aureus, uud tertius mit
Rucksiclit auf die thieriscben Zellen ' (1 pi.).

Bull, de VHerh. Boissier (Nov.). — A. Jaczewsld, * Monograpbie
des Erysipbees de la Suisse.' — E. Buser, ' Sur quelques Alcbimilles
du Caucase.' — J. Briquet, ' Fragmenta Monograpbie Labiatarum '
(cont.).

Gardeners' Chronicle (Sept. 28). — J. Weatbers, ' Monograpli of
Ertjthronium.' — (Oct. 3). Acalypha Sanderi N. E. Br., sp. n. —
(Oct. 10). C. T. Druery, ' Percristate Ferus.' — (Oct. 17). Gongora
Sanderiuna Kranzl., sp. n. — .J. G. Baker, ' Brodicea and allies'
(cont.). — 'Baron von Mueller' (portr.). — (Oct. 24). G. J. Burcb,
' Kontgen illustrations of Flowers.' — (Nov. 7). Passijiora galbana
Mast., sp.n. (fig. 97). — (Nov. 11). Camoensia maxima (figs. 105,
100). — (Nov. 28). W. B. Hemsley, ^Botanical Magazine wrappers.'
— Id., Vipladenia Sanderi, sp.n. — C. T. Druery, Ceterach officinarum.
— (Dec. 5). J. G. Baker, ' Brodiaa and allies' (concL). — (Dec. 12).
Trichomanes roraimense Jenm., sp. n. — D. Morris, ' Hassan Jack-
fruit ' (fig. 125).

Journal de Butanique (Nov. 16, Dec. 1). — C. Sauvageau, ' Observa-
tions relatives a la sexualite des Pbeosporees.' — A. Francbet, ' Com-
positre novsB e Flora Sineusi.' — (Dec. 1). N. Patouillard, ' Note
sur une cone de Pin deforme par une Uredinee.' — E. Malinvaud,
' Questions de Nomenclature.'

Oesterr. Bot. Zeitsclirift (Dec). — A. v. Degen, ' tJber eiuige
orientaHscbe Pflauzenarten ' (cont.). — L. J. Celakovsky, ' Ueber
die ramosen Sparganien Bobmens ' (concl.) — C. Baenitz, ' Ueber
seltene und neue scblesiscbe liuhi und i?)/ii-Hybriden.'— V. Scbiff-
ner, ' Bryologiscbe Mittbeilungen aus Mittelbobmen.' — J. Murr,
' Zur systematiscben Stellung der Galeopsis Murriana.' — F. J.
Slavicek, ' Morphologiscbe Apborismen iiber einige Coniferen-
zapfen.'

Trans. Linn. Soc. (Botany) : 2nd ser. v. pt. 5 (Dec). — W.
West & G. S. West, ' Some Nortb American Desmidbe ' (7 plates).
— (pt. 6 : Nov.). B. G. Cormack, ' Polystelic roots of certain
Palms ' (2 pi.).

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dtc.

We learn from tbe MS. Report of Moss Excbange Club for 1896,
wbicb is cii-culated among tbe members, tbat over 2000 specimens
of Mosses and Hepatica3 were contributed to tbe Club tbis season
and excbanged. It bas been found most belpful to beginners ; and
many rare species and varieties bave also been sent in, among
wbicb tbe following interesting plants may be noticed : — Camptilopus
Shawii and ]>idijtaodnn culindricus var. Holtii, collected in Kerry,
and sent by Rev. C. H. Binstead. Leptodon Smithii (Dicks.) Mobr.,'
collected by Dr. Ferguson and Prof. T. Baker in Cumberland.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 31

Amhlystet/ium fallax Brid., from Stroud, E. J. Elliott; this is the
var. vallis-dausce of Hypmcm filiciniim. Mitten's var. scahrellum of
H. tenellum, known by its rough seta, was sent from Lewes by
W. E. Nicholson ; aad the new Hijpnum prucerruiiuni from Perth-
shire by E. H. Meldrum. Only a few Hepaticfe were sent, which
included P. cocldeariforme Weis., from Moidart by S. M. Macvicar ;
and Lejeunea minutissima and Forella hcvitjata from Gloucestershire
by E. J. Elliott. Any person wishing to join the Club should com-
municate with the Hon. Sec, Rev. C. H. Waddell, Saintfield, Co.
Down.

Another part (xxii.) of the Flora of British India appeared in
December. Sir Joseph Hooker continues his elaboration of the
GraminecB. Dr. Stapf contributes certain genera — Poa, Erat/rostis,
Festiica, Bromus, L'atahrosa ; and the BanihusecE, are condensed from
Mr. J. S. Gamble's monograph of the Bamboos of British India.

The Messrs. Linton have issued the second fascicle of their Set
of British Hieracia. As in the first fascicle, the greater number of
specimens are endemic, consisting of ten species and three varieties.
Of the remainder, six are common to Britain and Scandinavia, and
six are found throughout Europe. The following note accompanies
the specimens : — " We include //. pratmse, though doubtfully native,
as it has been known for many years in its Scotch locality. H. siiiuans
is a recently-defined species of the yif/ri'sceutia, not infrequent on
the Breadalbanes. H. riibiciuuluin is allied to H. phunheum Fr., our
plant beiug from the Moffat Hills, where it is fairly abundant.
H. murorum vars. pellucidum and lepistodes, and H. riijidiim var.
scabrescens, have been recently identified as British by Dr. M.
Elfstrand of Upsala. H. holophyllum seems confined to the lime-
stone cliffs of Derbyshire. H. suhanfractum is closely allied to
H. anfractiforme Almq. H. diaphanoides var, apiculatiim has been
thought to resemble H. diaphanuin Fr. var. stenolepis Lindeb., but
their identity is denied both by Herr Dahlstedt and the author of
the British variety. H. umbeUatum, the form supplied is one with
livid styles, but in other respects fairly typical."

Mr. I. H. BuRKiLL has been appointed an assistant in the Kew
Herbarium.

At the Linnean Society's meeting on Dec. 3rd, Mr. E. M.
Holmes exhibited specimens of Liebmannia viajor, a seaweed not
hitherto delected in Britain, and, so far as is known, recorded
only from Finisterre. The specimens were collected at Lossie-
mouth, in August, 1896. He also showed Bonninnaiaonia hamifera,
collected in May last by Mr. E. George, and in August last by
himself. In 1895 living specimens of this seaweed, a native
of Japan, were found at Falmouth by the late Mr. T. H. Buft'ham,
and during the present year other examples had been found at
Shanklin, Isle of Wight, showing that the plant had apparently
become naturalized.

In the Annals of Botany for December, Mr. G. C. Druce has a
note on a British hybrid Gentian [G. Amarella x yermanica) and

32 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC.

on the well-known hybrids between Linaria repens and L. vulgaris.
Notes on British plants are so infrequent in the Annals that it
seems well to call attention to these, which might otherwise be
overlooked.

David Robertson, LL.D., F.L.S., " The Naturalist of Cumbrae,"
died at Millport, Cumbrae, on the 20th November. He needed but
a week to attain his ninetieth birthday, having been born in
Glasgow on the 28fch November, 1806. The Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing
has told the story of his life in The Naturalist of Cumbrae: how he
struggled with adversity, commenced a medical education, forsook
it, went into business, and by the time he was fifty-four years old had
made enough money to enable him to retire and devote himself to
his beloved marine zoology. However, it is as a botanist that he
is commemorated here. His knowledge of British Seaweeds was
intimate, and in many cases critical, and he was the valued corre-
spondent of students of this subject. He was a man of fascinating
character, and of wonderful influence over the young people who
during recent years went to work in the " Ark " at Millport. The
progress of the new Zoological Station and Museum at Millport,
which will be a permanent memorial of him, engaged his interests
to the end.

The death is announced of Frederick Isaac Warner, F.L.S., of
Winchester, on the 8th November last, at the age of fifty-five.
Though for many years past incapacitated by ill-health for much
out-of-doors botany, he retained the keen interest in the study
which made him an ardent botanist in the years gone by. He was
a contributor to this Journal, and, as his notes testify, a careful
observer and student both of flowering plants and mosses, and the
minuter fungi. Perhaps his most active work was done in connec-
tion with the Winchester and Hampshire Scientific and Literary
Society, of the Botanical Section of which he was in 1871 secretary,
and in 1872 became the general secretary, an ofiice which he held
till the end of 1876. In the Journal of the Proceedings of this
Society he published, in 1871, a list of plants found within seven
miles of Winchester, wath the localities. He formed a very good
and complete herbarium of Hampshire plants, and he furnishes
lists of localities for Mr. Townsend's Flora of Hampshire, in which
work his name is constantly given as the authority for localities.
He became a Fellow of the Linnean Society in 1872. — F. S.

Alfred Chandler, who is included in the Bior/raphical Index
of Botanists, was born at Vauxhall on Jan. 31st, 1804, and died
on Nov. 10th last. Although he cannot strictly claim rank as a
botanist, his name is associated with the beautiful Illustrations
of Camellia published in 1831, for which he prepared the
drawings. We learn from the Gardeners' Chronicle for Nov. 21st,
where a fuller notice of Chandler will be found, that he leaves
behind him an extensive collection of drawings, which form an
interesting record of horticultural progress. He died at East
Pulwich.

■Talo SSS.

G S .West acLnat del .
RMorgan. litki

West,Newma.Ti imp

Afri c a-ti Al g as .

G.SWest a.cL-Ti ajt oLel .

Africsun Alg^.

WestNewmaTi imip

33

WELWITSCH'S AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG^.

By W. West, F.L.S., and G. S. West, A.R.C.S.

(Plates 365-369.)

(Continued from p. 7.)

V. — Ulotrichace^.
1. HoRMisciA Fries (1835) ; em. Aresch. (1866).

1. H. suBTiLis (Kiiiz.) De Toni, Syll. Ak/. 159, 160 (1889).
Ulnthrix subtilis Kiitz. Phi/c. German. 197 ; Rabeuli. Flor. Eump.
Alf/ar. iii. 365. Crass, fil. 5-5-6 fx.

Huilla. Frequens in pascuis pluv. autumnalibus frequentius
iuundatis, demum exsiccautibus ad lacum magnum de Ivantala,
inter Pi)ri>hy)-osiphoneiii Xotarisii; March 1860. No. 18.

Pungo Andongo. In pascuis spongiosis breve graminosis juxta
rupes gig., May 1857. No. 111.

Var. VARIABILIS (Kiitz.) Kirclui. in Cohn, Krypto/j.- Flora van
Schles. 77 (1878). UlothrLv variabilis Kiitz. Species Alyar. 346;
Rabenh. I. c. Crass, fil. 6*5 //.

Pungo Andongo. Freq. temp. pluv. in summis rupib. ; Febr.
1857. No. 6.

2. Stigeoclonium Kiitz. (1843).

1. Stigeoclonium ? sp.

Huilla. Fragments amongst Gonatonema tropicus, &c., Morro de
Lopollo ; Febr. 1860. Nos. 172 and 186.

3. Psephotaxus, gen. n.

Tballus subfilamentosus, epiphyticus ; fila brevissima, serie
3-7 cellularum formata, solitaria, subirregularia et flexuosa,
simplices vel pseudoramosa, in muco firmo achroo nidulantes ;
celluljB formarum et mngnitudinum variorum, subglobosa), elliptical,
oblougae vel subpyriformes, sfepe curvatos ; membraua cellularum
crassissima et insigne lamellosa ; contentum cellularum granu-
losum. Incremc ntum plantarum bipartitione cellularum intercalari.

1. P. lamellosus, sp. unica. Character idem ac generis. Diam.
cell. 15-29 jx; long. cell. 15-45 jjl ; crass, membr. cell. 3-4 fx.

Pungo Andongo. Alga epipliytica in Dichotriche (/j/jisophila (inter
ScytiDU'nia iiiijoclinius var. c/thnttf/rajilticimi et (iLdoyoniiDn tapcino-
sporum var. ani/olcnse) ad latera boreal, et occid. de Pedra Songue ;
April, 1857. No. 12.

Huilla. In Scliizotriche natante in graminosis paludosis juxta
rivulum de Lopollo ; April 1860. No. 180.

This is a most remarkable confervaceous alga, more especially
on account of its short filaments of irregular cells with thick
lamellose walls ; the filaments are enclosed in an irregular mucus
which seems to be formed from the outer lanielht of the cells.
One method of propagation is by the breaking up of the filaments
into their component cells, each of which by division then forms a
short irregular filament.

Journal of Botany. — Vol. 35. [Feb. 1897.] d

34

WELWITSCH S AFRICAN FRESHWATER AL.GM.

4. Conferva L. (1737) ; em. Lagerb. (1887).

1. C. BOMBYciNA Ag, St/st. Ahjaf. 88 ; Wille in Ofo. K. Vel.-Akad.
Forhandl. (1881), no, 8, 20-1.

Forma minor Wille, I.e. 21, t. i. fig. 36-40, t. ii. fig. 55, 56
(1881). Crass, fil. 6 ^i.

Pungo Andongo. Ad ramulos Podostemacearam in rivulis
(Casalale) ; March 1857. No. 105.

2. C. SANDwicENSis Ag. Sijst. Altjcir. 92 (1824); Nordst. Aly. et
Char. Smidwic. 18, t. i. fig. 25. Crass, fil. 25 /x.

Mossamedes. Freq. in stagnis puris ad ripas flum. Bero, inter
(Edogonium sp. ; Aug. 1859. No. 190.

5. Microspora Tbur. (1850) ; em. Lagerh. (1887).

1. M. AMffiNA (Kiitz.) Rabenh. Fl. Europ. Ahjar. iii. 321 (1868).
Conferva avuena Kiitz. Species Algar. 372 (1849). Crass, fil. 24-27 /x.

Golmigo Alto. Ad rupes m flumine Luinba fluctuans ; July
1856. No. 203.

2. M.WiTTROCKii (Wille) Lagerh. in i>cric/ti.Z)e»isc/i. Bot. Gesellsch.
V. 417 (1887). Conferva Wittrockii Wille in Of v. K. Vet.-Akad. For-
handl. (1881), no. 8, 20, t. i. fig. 1-11 (1881). Crass, fil. 24 [jl.

Golungo Alto. In stagnis parvis circa Fonte de Ban^a de
Quilombo Quiacatubia, ast sparsim ; Jan. 1855. No. 202.

3. M. ABBREviATA (Rabeuh.) Lagerh. I.e. 417 (1888). Conferva
ahhreviata Eabenb. Kn/pt. Flor. v. Sachs. 246 (1863) ; Flor. Eiirop.
Algar. iii. 323. Crass", fil. 8-5-10 ji.

Huilla. Alga l?etissima viridis, lubrica, nebulosa, ad Batracho-
spermum Huillense in rivulis prope Lopollo ; May 1860. Nos. 187
and 4.

4. M. LoFGRENii Nordst. in Botaniska Nutiser, 1882, 55. Con-
ferva Ldffjrenii Nordst. in Wittr. & Nordst. AU). aq. dale, exsic.
No. 421(1882). Crass, fil. 15-20 //.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo, i)lagas spongiosas unacuni Eriocauloneis, Xyridibus et
Utriculariis constituens ; May 1860. No. 15. Etiam Morro de
Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 182.

Most of the plants had formed or were forming hypnospores,
"which when fully mature were globose or subglobose, with very thick
lamellose walls ; a few of these had evidently been formed from but
part of the contents of a cell, and were externally nodulose. The
cells bad a very lamellose membrane, which character is most con-
spicuous during the formation of the hypnospores, the filaments
becoming at this period more or less irregular, and the cell-septa
also growing very greatly in thickness by the addition of lamellte on
each side. The filaments do not appear to break u}) in the manner
of other species of Microspora and Conferva.

5. M. FONTiNALis (Berk.) De Toni, %//. Ahj. 230 (1889). Con-
ferva fontinalis Berk. Glean, t. xiv. fig. 1. Crass, til. 15-17 p^; a
variety agreeing with var. ochracea Zanard. in the relative length
of its cells, but occurring in dark green masses.

Loanda. In aquis puris stagnantibus subsalsis urbis Loandje ;

WELWITSCH's AFRICAN FKESHWATER ALG^. 35

June 1858. No. 198. Also drawn up from the bottom of the drain
at. Welvvitsch's house in Loanda, a stream which hardly receives
the light of day through a narrow slit in the cover ; April 1859.
No. 145.

VI. — CnROOLEPIDACEiE.

1. Trentepohlia Mart. (1817).

1. T. lagenifera (Hildebr.) Wille, in Priugsh. Jahrb. xviii. 427
(1887). Ckruolepus lageniferum Hildebr. in But. Zeit. 85, t. iii. (1861).
Crass, fil. 12-5-15 /a; crass, zoogonidang. 23 /x, altit. 38 //.

Golungo Alto. Inter Scytonema inslyne ad rupes rivul. Coango
humect. ; June 1856. No. 140.

2. T. phyllophila, sp. n. T. epiphytica et phyllophila, in vivo
et exsiccato viridis, filamenta rigidula patentim ramosa ; cellulis
diametro 1-1^-plo longioribus, leviter constrictis ad dissepimenta ;
ramis brevibus plerumque imilateralibus, filo primario jequalibus,
erectis (angulos rectangulos formantes) interdum subdeflexis, cellu-
lis diametro 1-2-plo longioribus ; zoogonidangeis magnis obovatis
vel pyriformibus, sessilibus, apicalibus vel lateralibus, granulis
minutissimis viridibus farctis. Crass, cell, veget. 4'5-5*7 /a; long,
zoogonidang. 20-26 /x, lat. 13-5-15*5 /x.

Golungo Alto. Ad folia plantfe aculis monocotyl. (quam non-
dum fiorentem vidi) in Mata de Quisuscula, prope Bango ; July

1857. No. 148.

The green contents entirely fill the cells when living, but when
dry they contract into a double-cone-shaped or dumb-bell-shaped
mass in each cell. The branches rarely bear branchlets, except
very short ones consisting of one or two cells. The species which
most nearly approaches it is T. tenuis (Zell.) De Toni, from which
it differs in its green colour, in its rather smaller size, in the equal
thickness of its primary filaments and branches, and in its obovate
zoogonidangia.

Forma subuana, fuscescens, cellulis paullo tumidis; crass, fil.
5-6 /x.

Golungo Alto. Ad muscorum surculos in rupibus juxta rivulos
de Zengos do Queta ; July 1856. No. 143.

VII. — Cladophorace^ .
1. RnizocLONiuM Kiltz. (1843).

1. R. crassipellitum, sp. n. K. terrestre, cjespitosum, flavo-
virescens, flaccidula; filamentis crispulis, simplicibus (ramulis radi-
cantibus nullis), cellulis diametro 1^-3-plo longioribus, hinc inde
ventricoso-inflatis, curvatis et genuflexis ; meuibrana crassissima
et valde lamellosa ; cellulis apicalibus subatteuuatis et rotundatis ;
cellulis basalibus sjupe inflatis et interdum in rhiziuis sublongis
productis; zoogonidiis (ut observatis cl. Welw.) parvis, subspha;ricis.
Crass, fil. 33-43 /x; crass, niembr. cell. 7-10'5 f..

Loanda. In terra humida umbrosa locis cultis, Loanda ; Aug.

1858. No. 205.

This species is characterized by its terrestrial habit, its very
thick cell-Wiills, and the absence o*" rhizoids.

D 2

36 wklwitsch's African freshwater alg^.

2. Cladophora Kiitz. (1843).

1. C. CRisPATA (Roth) Kiitz. Phijc. Gener. 264 (1843) ; Cooke,
BHt. Freshiv. Alg. 143, t. 55, fig. 3. A form with the filaments not
more than 1-li cm. high ; branching suhdichotomous, subsecund
towards the apex ; cells 6-12 times longer than broad.

Loanda. From the bottom of the well at Welwitsch's house in
Loanda; Jan. 1859. No. 144.

2. C. amplectens Welw. MS. ; name with partial description.
0. ctespites duriusculos rigidos formaus, laete virides, diametro
circiter 12-15 cm., ericaceo-hiapidulos, basin truncorum prope
terram limoso arenosam circa circum amplectentes ; filis carti-
lagineo-elasticis, dense intertextis, subdichotome et sparsim ramosis,
cellulis plerumque diametro 20-plo (vel usque) longioribus ; ramis
paullo angustioribus quam filamenta primaria, cellulis diametro
14-20-plo longioribus, granulis intense viridibus laxe repletis ;
cellulis teiminalibus obtusis ssepe subclavatis ; membrana delicate
plicato-striata. Crass, fil. prim. 100-150 fj.; crass, ram. 75-92 /j..

Loanda. Ad imam basis truncorum lihizophoranun tempore
refluxus oceani aeri expositarum ad littora Loandeusia frequens ;
Nov. 1853. No. 23.

This species belongs to the section (Egagropila, and has rather
a peculiar habit ; Welwitsch likens the appearance of a tuft to that
of a child's head.

3. Cladophora sp. A minute fragment, insufiicient for accurate
determination; filaments about 1-5 mm. in length, branched re-
peatedly and irregularly ; cells 1^-3 times as long as broad, mostly
somewhat inflated, terminal cells acutely conical. Crass, cell.
33-56 /x. On Helices in Lagoa de Quibonda; Sept. 1857. No. 200.

VIII . — Pithophorace^e .
1. PiTHOPHORA Wittr. (1877).

1. P. radians, sp. n. P. gracilis et radiata, elegantissima (13-18
cm.) ; foliis primariis plantarum fertilium thalli cauloidei crassitudine
circiter 114 /^ (104-130 jx) ; ramos ordinis primarii etiam paucos
ordinis secundi (crass, circ. 64 /x) gereus ; cellulis vegetativis
diametro 6-16-plo longioribus; sporis solitariis, intercalaribus
termiualibusque ; sporis intercalaribus subcylindricis et leviter
iuflatis, long. 150-200 /x, lat. 100-120 /x ; sporis terminalibus
ovato-ellipticis base truncato, apice conico et obtuse subacuminato,
long. 200-266 /x, lat. 91-116 /x ; sporis subfrequentibus his locis
ubi rami oritur.

Loanda. Copiose in aquariis aquae subdulcis insulns Cassanga
prope Morro da Cruz ; April 1854. No. 197. " Stirps vegetationis
suae luxuria et vitae fugacitate aeque insignis."

The nearest species to this is P. G^Jdogonia (Mont.) Wittr., from
which it differs in its much greater thickness, in having no branches
of a third order, in never having binate spores, and in the inter-
calary spores being much less inflated.

WELWITSCH's AFRICAN FRESHWATKR ALG^. 37

IX. — Temnooametace^.

Ordo novus Conjuoatarum, conjugatio solum inter cellulis

speciatim abstrictas.

1. Temnogametum, gen. n.

Cellulfe vegetativae ut in Mougeotia, cylindricse, chromatophoro
elongate complanato pyrenoidibus uniseriatim dispositis ; propagatio
zygosporis conjugatione scalariformi lateralive cellularum brevium
specialium abstrictarum formatis.

1. T. heterosporum, sp. unica. T. cellulis vegetativisdiametro
6-12-plo lougioribus, cbromatophoris pyi-enoidibus parvis globosis
1-6 (plerumque 5) ; cellulis conjugantibus diametro l|^-2i-plo
longioribus ; zygosporis ubi conjugatione scalariformi productis
paene x -formibus, robustis cum angulis truncatis, ubi conjugatione
laterali oblique subcylindricis, latere altero recto concavove, altero
convexo, polis truncatis. Crass, cell, veget. 14-5-17 z^; lat. zygosp.
conj. seal. form. 48-59 //, long. 39-50 /x; lat. zygosp. couj. later.
form. 20-26 /x, long. 61-67 /x.

Huilla. Forming dense intricate masses with Gonatonema
tropicnm, Zijgncma apontaneum, and StUjeoclonium? sp., Morro de
Lopollo ; Febr. 1860. No. 172.

This is a remarkable plant more particularly on account of its
special conjugating cells ; these are short, and cut off either singly
or in pairs at intervals along the filaments. In the former case the
conjugation is scalariform ; these special cells in two contiguous
filaments put out short rounded conjugating tubes which unite,
the cells themselves becoming bent towards each other, and very
soon the two cells coalesce and form the zygospore. In this way a
zygospore is produced which at first sight very much resembles the
central cell of the five cells constituting the spore of a Mougeotia
of the section Staurospermece. In those filaments in which the
pairs of cells are cut off the conjugation is lateral, the two cells
forming a zygospore much resembling the aplanospore of a Gonato-
nema. In fact, these zygospores are oblique, and the convexities
and concavities alternate along the filament precisely as in the case
of a sporiferous filament of the latter genus.

Both scalariform and lateral conjugation occur in the same
filaments. In all the specimens observed (which had been dry for a
long period) the contents of the thick-walled spores appeared to
have contracted into two approximate rounded masses ; whether
the latter had ever been perfectly united or had yet to unite within
the wall of the spore is a matter that could not be definitely decided
from the material.

On account of the peculiar conjugation, this plant must be
placed as the type of a new order — iemnngametacea — of Cunjiigatce.

X. ZYGNEMACEiE.

. 1. Mougeotia Ag. (1824); em. Wittr. (1878).
1. M. (§ Staukospermum) uberosperma, sp. n. M. cellulis
vegetativis diametro 4-8-plo longioribus, cellulis conjugatis genu-
flexis ; zygosporis maturis angulari-globosis (cum angulis 5-6),

38 welwitsch's African freshwater alg^.

membrana crassissima et lamellosa, acliroa, cum processibns solidis
mamillatis achrois 4, plerumque in^qualibus, unoquoque in unum
cellulfB coujugattTB pvojecto. Crass, cell, veget. 6-8 /a; diam. zygosp.
siue proc 21-27 /^ ; crass, membr. 3-6 jx; long. proc. 3-18 yu..

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccaudis ; April 1860. No. 176.

This cliaractei'istic species belongs to the section Staurospermum ;
in maturely conjugated specimens this can only be inferred from
the genuflexed conjugating ceils, but the young zygospores are sub-
rectangular or subquadrate. The four processes present on the
zygospores are developed very early, considerably before the zygo-
spores are ripe, and are rarely of equal langth ; they are of the
same diameter as the vegetative cells, and fit into them very closely.

2. M. (§ Staurospermum) irregularis, sp. n. M. cellulis
vegetativis diametro 5-6 plo longioribus, cellulis conjugatis sub-
curvatis ; zygosporis maturis irregularibus, subrectangularibus vel
trapeziformibus, exospora crassa achroaque, ad angulos in processus
longitudiuum varium (nonnunquam cum 1-3 processum usque 29 /a)
productis, mesospora crassa, flava vel flava-brunnea, punctata.
Crass, cell, veget. 13*5-15 /x; long. max. zygosp. c. proc. irreg.
38-63 /x, lat. max. 42-48 /x.

Pungo Andongo. In pascuis spongiosis breve graminosis juxta
rapes gigant. prope Catete ; May, 1857. No. 111.

The nearest species to this is M. cdpucina (Bory) Ag., from
which it is distinguished by its size, its colour, and its curious
zygospores.

3. M. (§ Craterospermum) angolensis, sp. n. M. cfespitibus
laete viridibus dense intricatis ; cellulis vegetativis diametro 4-5-plo
longioribus, pyrenoidibus minimis 4-6 (plerumque 5), serie plus
minusve irregulari intra chromatophorum ; zygosporis parvis breviter
cylindricis (a fronte visis quadratis), lateribus coucavis, angulis
acutis ; cellulis conjugatis genuflexis. Crass, cell, veget. 25-29 /a ;
diam. zygosp. 19-21 fx.

Pungo Andongo. Ad ramulos Podostemacearum in rivulis
(Casalale), inter (Edo(/onium Rothii f. major ; March 1857. No. 105.

This species differs from M. Itetevirens (A. Br.) Wittr. chiefly in
the chromatophores each possessing a much fewer number of
pyrenoids, and in the much smaller zygospores.

4. MouGEOTiA sp. Crass, cell, veget. 19-21 //, ; diametro 4-6-
plo longioribus.

Huilla. Ad culmos Eleocharidis fluitantis in rivulis de Morro
de Lopollo (5300 ped. altit.) ; Febr. 1860. No. 188.

Mossamedes. Freq. in stagnis puris ad ripas flum. Bero; Aug.

1859. No. 190.

5. MouGEOTiA sp. Crass, cell, veget. 20-25 //.

Huilla. Inter Utriculariam ecalcanitam, Morro de Lopollo; April

1860. No. 179.

Conjugation incomplete ; conjugating cells much bent.

2. GoNATONEMA Wittr. (1878).
1. G. tropicum, sp. n. G. cellulis vegetativis diametro circiter
7- (6-8)-plo longioribus ; aplanosporis permagnis, a fronte visis

WELWITSGH S AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG^E. 39

oblique spbericis, cum processu mamillato solido projectente intra
extremitates curvatas cellulte ad polum unumquemque, a latere
visis globosis cum processibus exacte oppositis ad polos ; sporis
membranis tribus, membrana mediana luteo-fusca et scrobiculata,
membrana exterior! acbroa et ad polum unumquemque uuus pro-
cessuura fit. Grass, cell, veget. 6-7 //■ ; long, aplanosp. sine proc.
27-29 /x, cum proc. 42-46 /x ; lat. aplanosp. 27-28 /x.

Huilla. Alga late viridis, lubrica ad rapes submersas de Morro
de Lopollo ; Febr. 1860. No. 186. Inter Temnoganietwn hetero-
sponim, Morro de Lopollo ; Febr. 1860. No. 172. In paludibus
exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176. Inter Microspuram Ldfiji-enii,
Morro de Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 182.

Tbis is a most cbaracteristic species ; spores witb processes of
tbis nature are possessed only by two otber algas in tbe order
Zyr/nemacctB, viz, Mour/eotia uherosperina and M. irregularis. Tbe
consecutive spores, wbicli are very large, are alternately oblique,
the cells containing tbem being very slightly bent alternately to the
right and left.

3. Pyxispora, gen. n.

Cellulte vegetativfe ut in Zipinema, conjugatione scalariformi ;
zygosporae tubam conjugantem totam inter filamenta complentes ;
zygospore e parte solum contenti cellularum formatae, elliptico-
oblongte vel ellipsoidfe cum porca cingente in plauitie diametrorum
brevissimorum et rima circumscissa secundum porcam,

1. P. mirabilis, sp. unica. P. cellulis vegetativis diametro
14^-4^-plo longioribus, chromatophoris subdistinctis, pyrenoide
parvo subgloboso ellipticove in chromatophoro unoquoque ; tuba
conjugante supra porcam zygospore iudistincte visa. Crass, cell,
veget. 12-13-5 p.; long, zygosp. 19-23 p, lat. 13-5-17 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176.

The fact that only a portion of the contents of the conjugating
cells participates in the formation of the zygospore indicates a
relationship to the fam. Mesocarpece, although the arrangement of
the chromatophores in the ordinary vegetative cells much resembles
the arrangement in the genus Zyynema (fam. Zi/(jnemece). The
character of the zygospores is, however, quite unique, and the
plant must therefore be placed in a new family, Pyxisporece.

4. Zygnema Ag. (1824).

1. Z.ERicETORUM (Kiitz.) Hansg. in.:I;-c/i/y. Naturw. Landesdurchf.
von Buhmen, Bd. vi. 155-6 (1888). Zygogonium ericetorum Kiitz.
Phyc. Gener. 280 (1843). Crass, cell, veget. 27-32 /x ; diametro
lJ-3 plo longioribus.

Pungo Andongo. Inter (Edogonium sp. ad limum juxta rivulum
de Casalale ; Febr. 1857. No. 106. Inter (Edogonium Hothii f.
major ad ramulos Podostemacearum in rivulis (Casalale) ; March
1857. No. 105. Ad Podostemaceas in riv. de Cabondo ; Febr.
1857. No. 108.

Huilla. In udis sylvaticis et apricis inter Monino et lac. Ivan-
tala ; April 1860. No. 14. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860.
No. 176 ; crass, cell, veget. 27-34 p ; diametro 1-3-plo longioribus.

40 WELWITSCH's AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG.E.

2. Z. SPONTANEUM Noi'dst. Ah/, et Ch(i)\ Sandi'ic. 17, t. i. f. 23-24
(1878). Z, celluiis vegetativis diametro li-4-plo longioribus ;
conjugatione scalariforrai, celluiis fructiferis uon (vel levissime)
inflatis : zygosporis plerumque oblongis vel rotundo-ellipticis (raro
globosis), membraua crassa el aureo-brunnea, lamina mediana cum
scrobiculis magnis ; aplanosporis (cfr. cl. Nordst. 1. c.) zygosporis
similibus sed minoribiis, globosis, et membrana tenuiori. Crass,
cell, veget. 16-18 f/. ; crass, cell, fructif. 19-25 jt* ; long, zygosp.
24-31 /x, lat. 21-24 ^a.

Huilla. Inter Goiiatimema trojncmii, TemnogameUnn heterosponnn,
&c., Morro de Lopollo ; Febr. 1800. No. 172.

This most interesting species has very remarkable spores both
with regard to tiieir colour and markings. The original specimens
from the Sandwich Islands described by Dr. Nordstedt had only
aplanospores (hence the specific name) ; the African specimens
have only zygospores, and on account of their presence it has been
required to amend the description. The relationship between the
aplanospores and zygospores in this species is in all respects com-
parable to that between those of Z. pdchijdcrmnm West; in the
latter species the aplanospores are also smaller, globose, and possess
a thinner membrane.

3. Zygnema sp. Crass, cell, veget. 15-21 /x ; diametro 3-6-plo
longioribus.

Pungo Andongo. Cum Scytouemate in Pedra Songue ; April
1857. No. 153.

5. Spirogyra Link (1820).

1. Spirogyra sp. Cellulae vegetativae diametro (23 fx) circiter
3-plo longioribus, extremitatibus uon replicatis, chromatophoro uno,
anfractibus 1^ ; zyyosporis ellipticis, polls subacutis, membrana
glabra, luteo-fusca ; celluiis fructiferis subinflatis ; long, zygosp.
38-52 jji., lat. 23-30 [a. Prope .S'. arcttt (Ag.)Kiitz. var. catanijoriuis
(Hass.) Kirchn.

Huilla. Inter alias algas in uligiuosis editioribus prope Hum-
pata, Empalanca et Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 15. Not in sufficient
quantity for absolute specific determination.

2. Spirogyra sp. Cellulie vegetative^ diametro (36-5-46 fjt.) 2-3-
plo longioribus, extremitatibus non replicatis, chromatophoris 2,
anfractibus 3-4.

Pungo Andongo. Inter Batrachospennuni nigrescens in flum.
Cuanza ; March 1857. No. 104. Ad rupes humidas juxta flum.
Cuanza; March 1857. No. 156.

Golungo Alto. Cellulse vegetativse diametro (43-48 /*) 2-3|-plo
longioribus, extremitatibus non replicatis, chromatophoris 2, an-
fractibus circiter 4. Freq. in semistagnantibus ad ripas Rivi
Quiapoze, Camiuho pr. Mussengue ; Sept. 1855. No. 207.

3. Spirogyra sp. Crass, cell, veget. 44-53 fx.

Pungo Andongo. Ad ramulos Podostemacearum in rivulis ;
Marcb, 1857. No. 109. Nothing can be made out of the speci-
mens with any precision. Chromatophores 3 (?), edges smooth (?),
spirals lax.

WELWITSCH's AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG^. 41

4. 8. NEGt.ECTA(H.ajSS.)Iintz. Species Algar. HI {I8i9) ; Eabenh.
Fl. Eurup. Alijar. iii. 248 ; Petit, Spirori. \le Paris, 26, t. ix. f. 1-5.
Zygnema neylecta Hass. Brit. Freshw. Alrj. 142, t. 23, f. 1-2 (1845).

Var. TERNATA (Ripart). .S'. ternata Ripavt iu Bull. Soc. Bot.
Fr. xxiii. 162 (1876); Petit, I.e. 26, t. viii. f. 4-7. S. ternata
Ripart seems to us to be but a variety of S. neylecta, differing only
in its inflated fructiferous cells. The length of the cells agrees in
both. Cfr. also W. & G. S. West in Journ. lint, xxxiv. 378 (1896) ;
crass, cell, veget. 52-57 jm. ; long, zygosp. 107-127 i^, lat. 68-67 /*.

Huilla. Frequentissima post pluv. autumnal, ad margines rivu-
lorum prope Lopollo ; April, 1860. No. 185.

5. Spirogyra sp. CellultB vegetativfe diametro (52-61 fji.) l|-2-
plo longioribus, extremitatibus non replicatis, chromatophoris 3,
anfractibus 1^-2.

Pungo Andongo. Inter BatracJiuspenmua niqresccns in riv.
Ciiauza ; March 1857. No. 104.

6. S. angolensis Welw. MS. (name with partial description).
S. nubeculiformiter cresceus, mox subuatans, sordide viridis, adulta
fuscescens ; cellulis vegetativis diametro 1-2-plo longioribus, ex-
tremitatibus non replicatis ; chromatophoris 2 (raro 3), latis cum
marginibus asperis et pyrenoidibus magnis, anfractibus 2-3 ; fila-
mentis fractiferis atro- vel fusco-purpureis, rigidis, cellulis fructiferis
non inflatis (vel leviter subintiatis) ; zygosporis magnis, psene
cellulas complentibus, ellipticis cum apicibus subacutis, diametro
1^-lf-plo longioribus. Crass, cell. veg. 49-63 ^ ; long, zygosp.
84-100 fj,, lat. 52-57 /^.

Loanda. Cum Octogonis aequinoctiali in aquis stagna puris
(Cazimba) urbis Loanda; June 1858. No. 124. In stagnis arti-
ficialibus (Repressas) circa Loandam ; July 1854. No. 193. Etiam
No. 103.

The very dark-coloured conjugating filaments and the form of
the zygospores cliaracterize this species. S. arcta (Ag.) Kiitz., to
which No. 193 was referred by Welwitsch, is a much smaller plant
with but one chromatophore, and the conjugating filaments are not
dark- coloured.

7. S. Welwitschii, sp. u. S. cellulis vegetativis diametro
^-2-plo longioribus, extremitatibus non replicatis ; chromatophoris
2 (raro 3), magnis, cum marginibus serratis et pyrenoidibus magnis,
anfractis arctis, 1-2 ; cellulis fructiferis non inflatis ; zygosporis
late ellipticis, diametro l^-plo longioribus, cellulas fructiferas non
complentibus. Crass, cell, veget. 65-75 ^ ; long, zygosp. 69-71 fji.,
lat. 57-58 (A..

Loanda. " Sp. dense agmine crescens, nubecularum amoeniss.
virid. ad instar aquis innataas ; in stagnis artificialibus circa
Loandam" (c. S. a)iyolensi Welw.); July 1854. No. 103.

This species approaches .S'. deciinina (Miill.) Kiitz. (to which
Welwitsch had referred it) and S. neylecta (Hass.) Kiitz. ; it differs
from the former in its much greater thickness, shorter cells, and
larger zygospores ; from the latter in its somewhat thicker filaments,
shorter cells, the character of its chromatophores, and in its shorter
zygospores.

42 ON SOME SCOTTISH RUBI.

The following may belong to this species : —

Pungo Andongo. Cellule vegetativfe diametro (63-82 ia.) li-2|-
plo longioribus, extremitatibus non replicatis; chromatophoris 3 (?),
magnis cum marginibus serratis et pyreuoidibus maguis. In stagnis
ad latera rivulorum ; Febr. 1857. No. 206.

8. Spirogyra sp. Cellulfe vegetativfe diametro (67-78 /a) 3-4^
(usque 7)-plo longioribus, extremitatibus non replicatis; chromato-
phoris 3, cum marginibus subglabris et pyrenoidibus parvis spar-
sisque, anfractibus 2-3 (vel pluribus).

Loanda. "In Angolje stagnis agri Loandensis" ; Febr. 1854.
No. 125.

9. S. cylindrospora, sp. n, S. cellulis vegetativis diametro
l-|-4-plo longioribus, extremitatibus non replicatis ; chromato-
phoris 4, angustis, laxissimis, cum marginibus subglabris, an-
fractibus 1-3 ; conjagatione scalariformi et laterali, cellulis
fructiferis non inflatis ; zygosporis breviter cylindricis, polls
rotundatis, lateribus cellularum fructiferarum zygosporas arctis-
sime taugentibus, tarn longis quam latis (s^epius longioribus) ;
membrana zygosporte matur^a crassa, lutea, lamina mediana
crassissima, scrobiculata-punctata. Crass, cell, veget. 70-77 /a ;
long, zygosp. 78-98 /x, lat. 70-77 i^; crass, membr. 6-6-5 /x.

Pungo Andongo. In stagnis prope Anbilla (Condo) ; March
1857. No. 177.

The shortly cylindrical zygospores are very characteristic,
fitting the cells like plugs pushed into them.

10. Spirogyra sp. Cellulae vegetativte, diametro (115-126 /^)
1-1^-plo longioribus, extremitatibus non replicatis; chromatophoris
multis, anfractibus arctis.

Golungo Alto. Freq. in semistagnantibus ad ripas rivi Quia-
poze, Caminho pr. Mussengue ; Sept. 1855. No. 207.

(To be continued.)

ON SOME SCOTTISH RUBI.
By the Rev. W. Moyle Rogers, F.L.S.

A FIRST visit to Scotland last summer gave me a long- desired
opportunity of studying some of the living Rubi north of the Tweed.
Numerous bundles of specimens received in the course of the last
few years had shown me that the forms most commonly met with
in Scotland are practically identical with those tbat prevail in the
South of England; but I was hardly prepared to find how general
the similarity really is.

Day after day, for a month, nenrbj all the brambles that I saw,
as I moved about in five counties, were literally indistinguishable
from those one commonly meets with in the south. A few were
unfamiliar ; glandular foi'ms were exceptionally scarce ; and it was

ON SOME SCOTTISH RUBI. 43

a surprise to me to see no R. nisticamis* or Fl. leucostachys* any-
where ; but ordinarily each bramble was familiar enough, and
might have been growing in England.

The only neighbourhood that I was able to explore at all
thoroughly was that of Callander, in West Perth, where I stayed
three weeks. I found the Callander Crags exceeduigly good
bramble ground, and the shores of Loch Earn, Loch Venuachar,
and Lake of Monteith, all in W. Perth. In Mid-Perth, the Knock
of Crieff and the neighbourhood of Killin and Loch Tay proved to
be happy bunting grounds for me, though my visits to them were
provoldngly hurried. At Oban (Argyle) I had only two hours, and
scarcely more at Balloch (Dumbarton). To Cramond Bridge (Lin-
lithgow) I went twice, for two or three hours at a time ; but there
brambles were few and far between. In Stirlingshire I had espe-
cially unfavourable weather, but under the guidance of Mr. Robert
Kidston and Colonel Stirling was able to examine Stirling Castle
Hill and the Gargunnock neighbourhood.

During my stay at Callander I was helped by my son, F. A.
Eogers, who brought me fresh specimens from a few localities
beyond my reach. In the following notes W.P. stands for West
Perth, M.P. for Mid Perth, A. for the comity of Argyle, D. for
Dumbarton, L. for Linlithgow, and S. for Stirling. From all the
places named I saw last July newly gathered pieces, and, with very
few exceptions, the living plant in situ. As on so many previous
occasions, I am again indebted to Dr. Focke for helping me to name
forms not before certainly detected in Britain, and for reducing my
other difiiculties.

liubus Idmis L. The ordinary form was remarkably abundant,
and very generally distributed ; and on Callander Crags I also saw
several patches of var. aspeirinnis Lees (with "white" fruit).

SUBERECTI.

ii. /7',s,s».s Liudl. W.P. Locally abundant in open heathy places
about Callander, L. Vennachar, Stralhyre, and L. Earn. M.P.
Knock of Crieff.

II. sube rectus Andevs. W.P. In two spots near Callander ; in one
place between Strathyre and L. Lubnaig. M.P. By L. Tay, one
bush. Nowhere seen in any quantity.

E. /ilicatus W. & N. W.P. Fairly widespread, but not usually
in great quantity, except between Callander and Lake of Monteith ;
the Crags ; near Lochs Vennachar, Lubnaig, and Earn ; . near
Aberfoyie. M.P. Knock of Crieff. D. Balloch.

B. Boi/ersii Linton. I think the most abundant and most con-
spicuous suberect bramble in W.P., though on the Crags and in two
or three other places E. Jissus may be locally as plentiful. From
L. Earn to Callander, and from Callander to Aberfoyie, occurring

* Ayr, Kincardine, Clyde Isles, and Hebrides are, I believe, the only
Scottish counties from which R. riisticanus has yet been recorded; and I
know of two only (Berwick and E. Sutherland) for JR. leticostachiji>.

44 ON SOME SCOTTISH RUBI.

frequently and ■witbout variation, so as to constitute one of the
marked features of the Buhus-Qora, of the vice- county. After careful
study of the living bushes, I am inclined to think this species
almost or quite as near to R. Jissits as to B. plicatiis ; and although
I occasionally came on all tbree as near neighbours, I saw no inter-
mediate forms. It is evidently a very early fiowerer, and all the
later panicles are more leafy and prolonged than the first. Its
leaves are greyish green, and the whole plant of a paler tint than
its allies. M.P. Knock of Crieff.

jR. latifulius Bab. L. Near Bridge of Cramond ; in very small
quantity, and not quite so strongly marked a plant as the /.'. lati-
folius of Anglesea, though not, I think, specifically distinct from it.

As compared with the brambles of most other groups, suberect
plants seem to be exceptionally abundant in Perthshire ; but even
there, and still more in other parts of Scotland, the number of
species as yet found in this group is comparatively small.

Rhamnifolii.

I should suppose that quite half of the bramble plants that
I saw growing in Scotland last July belonged to this group. More
than half of the Rhamnifolians known for Britain occurred in the
localities I visited, and many of them in great quantity.

B. incurvatns Bab. W.P. By L. Earn ; well-marked examples
of this species, though with narrower panicle than is usual in the
typical Welsh plant.

jR. Lindleianus Lees. W.P. By L. Earn, in great quantity ;
near Aberfoyle ; Callander Crags. M.P. By L. Tay, abundant.
D. Balloch. Just the typical plant everywhere.

R. rhamnifoUns W. & N. (sp. collect.). W.P. Only on the Crags,
and there in no great quantity. A rather small form, not very con-
spicuously different from the common British plant [B. cardiopJnjUus
Lefv. & Muell.), but I thought showing rather closer affinity with
B. pulcheniiitus Neum. than is usual in England. S. Near Stirling,
by the King's Pai-k and the Cemetery (B. canliophi/llns).

B. lumoralh P. J. Muell. W.P. Black Cock Hill, near Callander.
I did not see this growing, but my son brought me fresh specimens.
I think the ordinary Dorset form.

B. pnlcherrwms Neum. W.P. By L. Vennachar ; Strathyre ;
Callander ; not very abundant, but quite characteristic. A. Oban ;
very luxuriant and handsome plants, close to the town and in rocky
places above. D. Balloch, by L. Lomond.

R. ScHEUTZii Lindeb. [= B. Lindehergu P. J. Muell., var. viridis
Aresch.). Dr. Focke has thus named one of the most abundant
and most constant brambles seen by me in Mid- Scotland, and he
adds, "As far as I can see from dried specimens, exactly the same
as the Swedish plant." I had been able to send him characteristic
pieces in excellent condition, with careful notes from the living
plant, and had called his attention to its affinity with his B. Maassii;
and this drew from him the further remark, " B. Matissii is very near
it." W.P. Exceedingly common about Callander, L. Vennachar,

ON SOME SCOTTISH BUBI. 45

Lake of Monteith, and between it and Aberfoyle. M.P. Knock of
Crieff. S. About Stirling and Gargunnock ; in great quantity.

D. Ballocb. I also bave dried specimens collected by tbe Rev.

E. S. Marsball last summer at Crianlaricb (M.P.). I do not
remember baving ever seen living busbes of tbis species out of
Scotland; but some 1893 and 1895 specimens from Mr. J. E. Grififitb,
collected at Valley, near Holybead (Anglesea), seem identical -witb
tbe Scottisb plant. I sbould say tbat its nearest allies in our list
are B. jndcherrinnts Neum. and R. Lindeber(jii P. J. Muell. ; but its
peculiar leaves, glabrous stem, and very different colouring make it
recognizable from botb at a glance ; nor do I tbiuk it possible for
any careful observer to confuse tbe living busb witb otber British
forms. Tbe following are its most marlied characters : — It grows
in large, ratber low, circular masses, wicb glabrous sbining stem,
green rbamnifolian nearly glabrous leaves, a remarkably broad sub-
rotund-cuspidate terminal leaflet, and a long very narrow more or
less flexuose panicle witb large flowers, long stamens, pinkisb-lilac
petals, and grey-green sepals, wbich are only loosely reflexed on tbe
fall of tbe petals, and become more or less subpatent afterwards.

R. Lmdehergli P. J. Muell. W.P. In tbe bigber part of tbe
Callander Crags ; just tbe continentcil and ordinary Englisb form.
Also brought to me fresh by my son from the neighbourhood of
Aberfoyle.

R, duwnoniensis Bab. A. Oban ; extraordinarily abundant in
rocky places above tbe town, in very handsome wide-spreading
masses, usually to the exclusion of all otber brambles. Tbis is
proving to be one of our most widely distributed and most constant
species.

R. villicaulis Koehl. The form wbich I described in Juurn. Bot.
1894, 43, 44, as "var. c. insularis (F. Arescb.)'' is one of the most
abundant and most characteristic of Scottisb brambles. As I showed
when describing it, it is very distinct from vars. Sehneri and calvatm;
but I had to own then that I was "at a loss to name any very
defiinte characters by which to separate this var. from tbe typical
plant." Now, on my sending to Dr. Focke a good series of the
Scottish form labelled " /i'. villicaulis Koehl. var. insularis (F.
Arescb.), or form near it," he writes to me, " Tbe form called
/('. insularis Arescb. is the true typical R. villicaulis, first described
from Silesia, E. Germany. The common form of N. Germany is
much more like your English R. calvatm." I am not sure tbat we
have quite this " common form of N. Germany " in Britain ; but we
have something very near it, if not identical with it, in S. Dejvon,
and probably sparingly elsewhere. Omitting tbat for the present,
our list of forms is reduced to typical R. villicaulis (= R. insularis
F. Arescb.), and tbe two very strongly marked varieties or sub-
species, R. Selmeri Lindeb. and //. calvaius Blox. R. calratus has not
yet been observed in Scotland, but R. Selmeri is extraordinarily
abundant, and tbe typical plant hardly less so. Thus in W.P. tbis
type is especially strong and handsome on tbe Crags and elsewhere
about Callander, extending to L. Earn northwards and to Aberfoyle
westwards. I also saw it about Killin in M.P., at Oban in A., and

46

ON SOME SCOTTISH RUBI.

near Cramond Bridge in L. ; and I have received dried specimens
of it in most of my Scottish Eubus parcels. Other distinctive
characters which may be added to my description of this form in
Jourji. But. 1894, 44, are — Stem hairy, with crowded long short-
based straight prickles, and petals white or very faintly pinliish,
narrow, long-clawed. IL Selmeri seems to be the commonest fruti-
cose bramble in Scotland, as in most parts of the British Isles.
Wherever, in the five counties I visited last July, I saw brambles
in considerable quantity, I invariably came on this; and usually
as one of the most conspicuous, as always one of the most easily
recognized forms. For this var. therefore I abstain from giving
localities in detail.

Ii. rho)nbifuliiis Weihe. I think certainly a strong form of this
in one place between L. Vennachar and Callander (W.P.).

SiLVATICI.

It. iiiacruphi/llus W. & N. (sp. collect.). Not seen in good quantity,
nor in typical form. W.P. On a plant occurring between Callauder
and Lake of Monteith, which I thus named somewhat hesitatingly,
Dr. Focke writes, "/?. viticrophi/llns: a small and very hairy variety,
corresponding to a similar variety of R. pi/raniidalis." M.P. J3et\veen
Killin and L. Tay, for some distance along a steep and partially
shaded bank, occurs a large handsome form with glandular panicle
and ascending sepals. Here also Dr. Focke agreed with me in
giving this name in an aggregate sense, adding the note, "leaves
tapering towards the base as in E. HchlechtendaUi, sepals patent
after flowering. Somewhat off type." S. Garguunock, wood-border.
A weak shade form.

R. hirtifoUus Muell. & Wirtg., var. danicus Focke. Dr. Focke
accepts this name that I gave to a frequent and very handsome
Scottish bramble, for which I as yet know no certain English
locality, though I have so named Westmeath specimens collected
by the Eev. E. F. Linton in 1895. The following is Dr. Focke's
note on my W.Perth specimens: — " This is indeed my Ruhus
danicus, which I put as a variety under R. hirti/ulius Muell. & Wirtg.
It is a plant that is nearly intermediate between R. macruphyllus
and R. pijrainidalis. Terminal leaflet much more rounded than in
either species." It seems to me much nearer to var. Schlechtendalii
than to typical viacrophijlliis, though distinguished from both
without difficulty by the ascending sepals (common to it and to
R. hirtifoUus) and the very differently shaped terminal leaflet.
This more roundish cuspidate-acuminate terminal leaflet is also
one of the characters by which danicus is distinguished from typical
Jiirtifulius, together with the more hairy under surface of the leaves
and the luxuriant panicle with more conspicuously hairy rachis and
more showy flowers. The bracts are usually somewhat gland-
ciliate, and the pedicels occasionally a little glandular; but generally
it seems a more nearly eglandular plant than the type, though that
also, like many of its allies, is variable in this respect. The petals
are white, and the sepals reflexed in flower, but quickly becoming
patent. W.P. Common ; Callander, L. Earn, Lake of Monteith,

ON SOME SCOTTISH RUBI. 47

&c. M.P. Knock of Crieff; a form intermediate between type and
var. I have also seen dried specimens collected at Crianlaricli in
this vice-county, and at Dalmally in A., by the Eev. E. S. Marshall ;
at two localities in S. by Messrs. Kidston and Stirling; and on the
Island of Coll, M. Ebudes, by Mr. S. M. Macvicar ; and I think now
that a plant collected at Tongue, in W. Sutherland, by Mr. F. J.
Hanbury, which I formerly put to my R. moUissiimis, belongs more
probably to R. dmiicus.

R. jyyranndalis Kalt. W.P. By L. Earn, a hairy form with long
narrow leaflets. M.P. .Near Killin ; the type.

Egregii.

R. mucronatus Blox. W.P. Frequent and locally abundant.
The type. Callander; about L. Venuachar and L. Earn ; Strathyre;
near Port of Monteith.

E. MELANOXYLON Muell. & Wlrtg. W.P. Fairly common, and
seemingly distinct, in spite of considerable variation in armature.
Callander Crags ; near L. Vennachar and L. Earn ; moor between
Callander and Port of Monteith. From all these localities, except
the last, Dr. Focke has seen my specimens and thus named them,
adding, "The species is not well known, and its limits are quite
uncertain. Your plant from Scotland, however, is more like the
original specimens than anything I met with under this name."
A translation of Dr. Focke's brief description of this species (Koch's
St/ii. Fl. Germ. ed. 3) will be found in Journ. Rot. 1892, 268, and a
fuller account in Si/ii. R. G. 257, 258. It seems nearly allied to
Pi. mucronatus Blox. and R. podophyllus P. J. Muell., coming between
them and the more glandular states of R. calratus Blox., and dis-
tinguishable from the two former by its strong larger prickles,
more mixed armature, gradually acuminate leaflets, compound
panicle, and dark purplish-brown colour of stem and rachis ; and
from R. calvalus by the close even toothing and soft under surface
of its more roundish-acuminate terminal leaflet, as well as by the
mixed armature. The great range of variation in armature ob-
servable in the different bushes of this species is of course charac-
teristic of the group in which we find it ; but at times it is so
marked as to cause no little difficulty. I have no other British
specimens that quite match these Scottish ones ; but a plant that
the Rev. A. Ley finds at Moseley Mere, Herefordshire, may possibly
belong to the aggregate species. Of the Derbyshire plants that
have been thus named, Bloxam's from Dovedale is certainly typical
R. radala Weihe, and I agree with Messrs. Purchas and ^V. R.
Linton in thinking that the Shirley and Edlaston one is more
probably a glandular state of R. calvatiis Blox. Mr. Painter's
Staffordshire plant (Horton, and Lask Edge, Biddulph Moor), for
which Dr. Focke formerly suggested this name, looks (if I may
judge from rather indifferent specimens) as if it would go better to
R. podopliijllus P. J. Muell. ; while my very distinct Hants and
Dorset plant, described as R. melanoxylon by Prof. Babington in
Journ. L'of.-1890, 133, is R. melanodermis Focke.

R. infestus Weihe. W.P. About Callander, in plenty ; by

48 ON SOME SCOTTISH RUBI.

L. Vennachar ; between Callander and Aberfoyle, in several places.
S. Ou Castle Hill (in' one place); Gargunnock, in good quantity.
Everywhere a strong handsome characteristic form.

R. Drejeri G. Jensen. W.P. By Lochs Earn and Vennachar.
S. Stirling, on Castle Hill, and among rocks beyond King's Park.
Thus named for me by Dr. Focke, with the additional note (in
letter), "i?. Drejeri, I think, is exactly the same plant as the type
from Slesvig and Denmark." This is not quite the plant described
by me in Jouni. Bot. 1892, 271, under the same name, then
suggested for it by Dr. Focke ; that being the li. Leyaniis Rogers,
Loud. Cat. ed. 9, 482, a widespread and locally abundant form
with us, which appears to be unknown on the Continent. The
true R. Drejeri, as I have seen it in the living bushes in Scotland,
and in dried Slesvig and Holstein specimens of Messrs. Gelert's
and Friderichsen's collecting, differs from E. Leyanus in its dull-
coloured more hairy stem, its chieBy 3-nate leaves and shorthj
pointed roimdish or ohocate leaflets, with less formal outline looser
toothing and harsher greener under surface, its much longer and more
cylindrical panicle with hairier and more densely prickly rachis and
broader less attenuate sepals. Thus the shining neat look and
yellowish colour so chai'acteristic of B. Leyanus give place to a
rough shaggy look and dull brownish colour in R. Drejeri, and the
close alliance between them is by no means striking at first sight.
On the other hand, it must be owned, a few of our many widely
distributed Leyanus bushes (and especially some of the Welsh and
S. Devon ones) are in some of these particulars less distinctly
different ; and so, I think, that form had best be placed as a
strongly marked variety under i?. Drejeri. Whether the typical
plant of N. Germany occurs in England as well as in Scotland, I
cannot positively say ; but a Loxley (Yorks.) specimen that I saw
a few months ago (before my visit to Scotland) in the " B. New-
boiddii" packet in the Cambridge University Museum may, I
suspect, represent LI. Drejeri better than it. Newbouldii, as lately
understood amongst us. I may add, a very distinct-looking Irish
form that I have received from two independent collectors (Revs.
C. H. Waddell and H. W. Lett) from Saintfield and Aghaderg,
Co. Down, might well rank as a second variety of Drejeri, under the
name hibernicus, var. n., distinguished from both type and var.
Leyanus by its nnich laxer and more slightly armed but very
glandular and very lovg panicle with straighter prickles and nearly
patent branches, together with leaf- toothing remarkably loose and
siiniate, the more prominent teeth being frequently patent or
recurved. Its peculiar panicle is as conspicuously narrowed above
as in jR. fjeyanus, and its leaflets as long-pointed. The specimens
in my herbarium were collected in 1894 and 1895. The confident
restoration to our British list of typical LI. Drejeri and its ally
Pi. melanoxylon at the same time and from the same p-irt of
Scotland is remarkable.

Radul^.

B. radula Weihe. The only species in this large group that I
saw in Scotland. Locally abundant, and representmg our three

ON SOME SCOTTISH RUBI. 49

best-marked British forms. Typical radula : — M.P. Knock of
Crieff. S. Castle Hill, Stirling ; Gargiinnock ; plentiful. D. Bal-
loch. Var. nmiUcanns Rogers: — W.P. Not seen growing by me ;
but my son brought me fresh specimens from the Aberfoyle neigh-
bourhood. Var. echinatoidt's Rogers : — Locally the most abundant
form, as seems usual in the north. W.P. Callander; by L. Ven-
nachar; near Lake of Monteith. M.P. Between KilUn and L. Tay.
S. Gargunnock ; in considerable quantity. L. Near Cramond
Bridge and the R. Station. In the last locality not quite the
usual form. At Gargunnock also a very handsome form rather
approaching my var. raduloides of 11. aixjlosaxonicus Gelert.

KOEHLEEIANI.

I saw no well-marked representatives of this group ; but at
Ballocli (D.), by the shore of L. Lomond, occurs in quantity what
may be a form of my infecundus var. of R. rosaceus W. & N. ; and on
the hill opposite the Crags at Callander and near the Lake of
Monteith I saw what seemed a weak form of R. Koehleri W. & N.,
var. i^allidus Bab.

Bellardiani.

R. hritannicus Rogers. W.P. Callander Crags and neighbour-
hood, in plenty ; by L. Earn, and near Lochearnhead R. Station.
M. Knock of Crieff; in considerable quantity. S. Castle Hill,
Stirling (only one large patch seen for certain). A strong, very
handsome bramble in sunny places, and, I believe, a well marked
distinct species. The sole representative of the group that I met with.

CiESII.

R. coriiUfoUm Sm. (sp. collect.). W.P. By L. Earn. M.P. Near
Killin. S. Castle Hill, Stirling; in some quantity, and part of it
fairly typical (i.e. R. snbhistris Lees).

R. casiits L. (sp. collect.). W.P. By L. Earn; near Callander.
M.P. Near Killin. S. Castle Hill, Stirling. L. Near Cramond
Bridge.

Of the species and varieties referred to in the foregoing notes,
I saw, in July, 1896, either the living bushes or (in tbe few
instances where my son was the sole collector) pieces freshly
gathered from the living plant. I add two lists which may be
of some interest. In these, where the name of a county or vice-
county in brackets follows the name of a plant, it is implied that
that is the oidi/ Scottish county for which the species or variety
referred to is known or has been reported.

(1) Other Rubi from Scotland, dried specimens of which I have
examined within the last four or five years : —

R. IdceuH var. ohtusifolius Willd. R. nemoraJis var. (jlahratus Bab.
R. j)UcatHs var. hemhtemon P. J. (Stirlmg).

Muell. R. f/ratiix Focke.

R. nitidus W. &N. (Westerness). R. 'carpini/oliuH W. & N.
Journal, of Botany. — Vol. 35. [Feb. 1897.] k

50 NOTES ON THESPESIA.

B. macrophyllus var. Schlechten' B, rosaceusyax.wfecimdas'Rogevs,

(lain Weihe. (Westerness).

B. SpremieVd Weihe. \B. dumetorum vai'. / diversifolius
B. echhiatns Lindl. Lindl. (E. Ross).]

[B. ? Newboiddii (Fife).] ii. ctfstMs var. a?T<?ws/s Wallr.(Rox-

^. f%raV/6rBab.,var. (N.Ebudes) B. saxatiUs li. [burgh).

B. rosaceus W. & N. B. Chamamonis L.

(2) Other Eubi reported from Scotland, but not seen by me,
either living or in dried specimens : —

B. sulcatus Vest. (Perth). B. Koelderi W. & N.

[i?. affinis W. & N. (Perth). Pro- B. plinthostyJus Genev. (Kirkcud-

babiy B. Selmeri.] bright).

7?. thyrsoideus Wimm. (S. Aber- B. Jiirtns W. & N. (Kirkcud-

deen). bright).

it. viacrophyllus var. ainplificatiis B. dnmetontm var. tuhetcnhitus

Lees. ' Bab. (Perth).

B. micans Greu. & Godr. B. dumetorum var. fascindatus
B. Lejeanei W. & N. (M. Perth). P. J. Muell.

B. rosaceus XAV.hystrix (y^ . k^.) B. corylifolius Sm. var. cyclo-

(E. Perth). phylliis Lindeb.

B. rosaceus \a.v. Purchasianus^o- B. Balfourianus Blox.

gers(as "J?. BeuteriMevc").

These two lists, added to mine of species and varieties seen by
me in July, 1896, leave fifty-five species and thirty-six varieties of
British Rubi (as given in Lond. Cat. ed. 9) still unrecorded from
any part of Scotland.

NOTES ON THESPESIA.
By Edmund G. Baker, F.L.S.

The genus Thesiusia was first described in print in a paper by
Correa de Serra in the Annales du ]\[iiseum d'Flistoire yaturelle, ix.
290 (1807), The name was taken from Solander's MSS., and, as
these are in the Natural History Museum, I transcribe a portion of
the original description : —

"Novum constitui genus ob calycem exteriorem triphyllum &
baccam siccam, hisce ab Hibiscis discedit etsi in reliquis fere omnibus
partibus fructificationis & habitu congruit. Ab Hibisco Malvavisco
Linn, cujns fructus etiam baccatus est, nostra differt calyce &
seminibus quaternis ; a Malca & Malope quibus calyce convenit
fructu distinctissima. Fere ubique ad ccemiteria hoc arbor occurrit
forte quasi sacra ibidem plantata ; semper enim dum precibus vel
pro mortuis vel cum fegrotis Deos suos adorant, ilUs placandis
libamenta offeruntur, inter ilia ramuli hujas primum fere obtinent
locum. Uti signum pacis seu amicitiae etiam una cum plantulis
Mtisa rami ThespesicB nostrfe porriguntur ; saepe illud nobis apparuit,
et quidem dum ad Insulam Otaheite primum accessuri eramus,
incola?que uonnulli Lisula adhuc e longiuquo lintribus suis navem

NOTES ON THESPESIA. 51

nostram appropinquebant, termetes liujus arboris propinantes, iis-
demque primitias nobis adferentes Qovse per plagas amoenissimas
sceptra florida gerentis. Prima enim baec erat pbmta insularum
Oceaui Pacifici quae oculis nostris perlustrare licuit."

The species described above is Thespeda populnea, founded by
Solauder on Hibiscus populneus L. (Mcdvctviscus popubieus Gaertn.) ;
he cites the coloured drawing by Sidney Parkinson in 1769, made
from a plant gathered at Otaheite during Cooke's first voyage.

Tbe characters of Thespesia are so well known that it seems
unnecessary to recapitulate them here. Considerable difference of
opinion exists on tbe limitation of the genus. The type (7\ populnea)
has a scarcely dehiscent capsule, whereas in T. Lampas Dalz. the
capsule is loculicidally 5- or 4-valved. I have followed Bentham &
Hooker in the (lenera Plantarum in retaining this latter plant and
its allies in Thespesia, although some authorities, not without reason,
consider these species better placed under Hibiscus. I append an
enumeration of the species, delimiting the genus in the wider sense.

A. Bracts of the involucre obsolete, or 5, oblong-lanceolate,
deciduous.

1. T. POPULNEA Solaud. ex Correa in Ann. JMus. ix. 290, t. 25,
fig. 1 (1807) ; DC. Prod. i. 456 (1824) ; Masters in Fl. Brit. India,
i. 345 (1875) ; Beddome, Fl. Sylv. t. 63 (1869-73). Hibi.scns popul-
neus L. Sp. PI. 694 (1753) ; Cav. Diss. iii. 152, tab. 56, fig. 1 (1787) ;
Koxb. Hort. Benij. 51 (1814). H. hacciferus Forst. Prod. 48 (1786) ;
H. populifolius Salisb. Prod. 383 (1796).

Hab. A widely spread small tree of tropical shores, occurring
in Tropical Asia ! Pacific Islands ! Philippines ! Africa ! Mada-
gascar ! Australia (North, and N. S. Wales), West Indies, and main-
land of Central America, possibly naturalized in two latter localities.

(3. GUADALUPENsis DC. Prod. i. 456 (1824).

Hab. Guadalupe, perhaps cultivated.

y. AcuTiLOBA, var. nov. Folia parva, acute lobata.

Hab. Africa, Delagoa Bay, Mrs. Mnnteiro !

"A shrub with yellow flowers." Petals IJ in. long. Leaves
1^ in. long, li- in. wide, somewhat triangular, base subcordate.
Peduncles longer than petioles.

Dr. Pierre, in his Flora of Cochin China (Fasc. xi. sub t. 173),
describes the three following forms : —

^. Rheedii Pierre, /. c. Rheede, Hort. Malah. i. t. 29. Malva-
viscus populneus Gaertn. Friu;t. ii. 253, t. 135 (1791). Thespesia
populnea Wight, Ic. t. 8 (1840). Peduncle shorter or nearly same
length as petiole. Fruit nearly spherical. Endocarp inseparable
from mesocarp.

Hab. Very common in India. Herb. Pierre, No. 3727.

£. POPULNEOiDES Pierre, I.e. Hibiscus pnpulneoides'Roxh. Fl. hid.
iii. 191 (1832). Nerves glandular at the back of the limb. Endo-
carp separable from mesocarp. Seeds with very short hairs.

Hab. Bengal; Menam, Phu-Quoc, Pulo Condor. Herb. Pierre,
No. 4866.

£ 2

52 NOTES ON THESPESIA.

^. MACEOCAKPA PleiTe, /. c Pecluucle longer than petiole. Glands
present or absent from back of the limb. Fruit oval. Endocarp
fibrous, inseparable from mesocarp. Seeds tomentose, larger than
in ^. or e.

Hab. Island of Phu-Quoc, Herb. Pierre, No. 3726.

2. T. MACROPHYLLA Blume, Bijdr. 73 (1825). Hibiscus Blumei
0. Kuntze, llevisio Genemm, 69.

Hab. Java; New Guinea, //oZ/r/(?(r/, No. 11. Doubtless occurs
elsewhere; Miquel states {Linnmi, xviii. 356) that some specimens
from Surinam seem to possess the characters.

This plant is founded on a figure of Eumphius (Herb. Amb. ii.
t. 74). It is closely allied to the preceding, from which it is said
to differ by the leaves being 5- instead of 7-nerved, and the peduncle
shorter instead of about as long as the petioles.

Thespena Banalo Blanco 7*7. Filip. ed. 3, ii. 338 (cum ic.) (1878),
from the Philippines, will probably have to be referred to the above.
Judging from the figure, the flowers and calyx seem to be larger
than those figured by Rumphius.

8. T. GRANDIFLORA DC. Prod. \. 156 (1821).

Hab. Porto Rico ; Bayamon, Sintenis, No. 1050 ! San German,
No. 3937 !

Differs from T. populnea in the larger calyx (9-10 lines) ; the
leaves are cordate-ovate, not tapering so much to a point, and the
peduncles are longer (4-6 in.).

B. Bracts of the involucre 4-8, subulate, deciduous.

4. T. Lampas Dalz. ex Dalz. & Gibs. Bomb. Fl. 19 (1861):
Masters in Fl. Brit. India, i. 345 (1875). Hibiscus Lampas Cav.
Diss. iii. 154, t. 56, fig. 2 (1787) ; Wight, Ic t. 5 (1810). H. caUusus
Blume, Bijdr. i. 67 (1825). H. tetral ocular is Roxb. Fl. Ind. iii. 198
(1882). H. ganfjeticus Roxb. ex Wight & Arn. Prod. 49 (1834).
Paritium. (/ani/eticwii Don, Gen. Syst. i. 485 (1831).

Hab. India, from Kumaon eastwards ! Bengal ! Birma Pegu !
Cochin-china ! Ceylon ! Java ! Timor Laut ! North Borneo !

Dr. Alefeld, in Bot. Zeitung, 1861 (pp. 297-299), proposes the
genus Azanza, to include three species — A. Lampas [H. Lampas
Cav.); A. Zollimjeri, described from a plant collected by Zollinger
in Java; and A. aciuninata, from plants collected at Mangalor by
Hohenacker. The two latter can, I think only be considered as
forms of the preceding, differing in the shape of the leaves and
bracts, and, according to Dr. Alefeld, in the pollen.

The Index Keivensis reduces T. Lampas to T. macroplujlla.

As pointed out by Dr. Masters (in Fl. Trap. Africa, i. 210), it
seems doubtful whether the plant collected by Sir John lurk on the
Livingstone expedition at Moramballa can be correctly referred to
T. Lampas, even as a variety ; fruiting specimens are necessary to
decide this point.

C. Bracts of the involucre 9-12, subulate, longer than the calyx.

5. T. trilobata, n. sp. Arbor alt. 20-pedalis, ramorum apices
versus tenuiter stellato-piiberulus, foliis coriaceis ovatis sfepissime

NOTES ON THESPESIA. 53

palmati-trilobatis lobo medio majore interdum baud lobatis basi
subcordatis superne glabris subtus minute pubescentibus reticulato-
venosis e basi palmatim 7-9-uerviis, lamina 3-5^ poll, longa,
2^-4|- poll, lata, petiolis teuuiter stellato-puberulis, 1^-2^ poll,
longis, floribus axillaribus solitariis pedunculatis, peduuculis super
medium articulatis, bracteolis subuliformibus 9-12, subremotis ad
basin in cupulum coalitis quam calyce longioribus, sepalis circiter
J poll, longis ad apicem truncatis externe ferrugineo-pubesceutibus,
pe talis If -2 poll, longis pracipue ad dorsum pubescentibus, ovario
5-loculare, externe dense hirsuto, loculis 3-4-ovulatis.

Hab. Eastern shore of Lake Tanganyika, near Kareni. "A tree
20 ft.," October (in flower and very young fruit), No. 8356, Li. F.
Scott Elliot !

A tree with branchlets of a greyish colour, towards the extremi-
ties stellately puberulous. Leaves coriaceous, of a rather grey or
cinereous colour above, generally palmately trilobed, middle lobe
longest, except for the lobing, the margin almost entire, occasion-
ally sub-5-lobed or hardly lobed at all, glabrous above, below between
the network of veins finely pubescent, palmately 7-9-nerved from
the base, the nerves being prominent below, base subcordate.
Flowers axillary ; peduncles grooved, jointed above the middle,
generally 2-2^ in. long. Bracts 9-12, subulate, rather distant
from each other, puberulous, forming a cup below. Calyx in bud
forming a cup, dividing by fission into generally four sepals, ex-
ternally fei'ruginous, stellately pubescent, internally paler, strigose
pubescent. Petals thick, pubescent on both sides, but especially
on the back, lf-2 in. long. Staminal column f in. long, the
stamens being given off at a point one-third of an inch from the
base, and from theuce to the apex. Stigmas confluent, longitudi-
nally stigmatose. Style and stigmas IJ in. long, stigmatic portion
about I in. Style pubescent at the base. Ovary externally hairy.
Young capsule pointed ; loculi 2-3-seeded. Seetls brown.

Oiu- specimens do not show whether or no the capsule is woody
when fully developed, but the trunk being 20 ft. high, and the
stigmas confluent, show that the plant must be placed in this genus.

Four species of Thespemi have already been recorded from
Tropical Africa — T. populnea Cav., T. Lampaa Dalz., T. Danis
Ohv,, and T. Garckeana F. Hoffm. — to which last the present
species is most nearly allied. It differs, however, in its involucral
bracts and in the shape of the leaves.

D. Bracts of the involucre persistent, numerous (12-15), linear,

acuminate.

G. T. Gauckeana F. Hoffm. Beitr. zur Kmntniss von Central
Afrika, ex Engler, Pjlanzenw. Cht Aj'rikos, Theil C, 268 (1895).

Hab. Tropical Africa : Kilimanjaro District, Dschallasee,
6r. Volkens, No. 301 ! Kitui, Uganda.

E. Bracts of the involucre 3, persistent, ovate-lanceolate, patent.
7. T. Danis Ohv. in Hook. Iron. I'hint. t. 1336 (1881).

Hab. East Tropical Africa : Nyika, Ribe, also in the Galla

54

PLANTS OF TIREE AND COLL.

Country. R-v. T. Wakelield ! Shebele Kiver, James Thriipp !
Usambara, Hoist, No. 2376 ! Duga, Ilolst, No. 3199 !

Tue form collected by Hildebrandt (No. 1929) on Mombassa
Island has broader and larger bracts, and tbe leaves are more
rounded at the apex. There is in the Kew Herbarium an allied
plant collected by Sir John Kirk in Somali-land, Tola River ; the
leaves are more lepidote, and tbe bracts are also broader.

F. Bracts of the involucre 5, persistent, ovate, patent, or
somewhat reflexed.

8. T. CAMPYLOsiPHON Rolfc in Jonin. Linn. Soc. xxi. 308 (1886).
H. vampijlosiphon Turcz. in Mosc. Bull., 1858, 193. H. Vidalianus
Naves in Blanco, Fl. Fid}), ed. 3, 45, t. 333 (1877-78) ; Nov.
Appendix, 24 (1880). H. grewiafolins Villar, I.e. 24, non Hassk.

Hab. Philippines, Cuming, No. 1063 !

The following species is only known to me from description.

9. T. Rehmanni Szyszylowicz in Rozprawy i Sprawoz z. Posieden,
xvii. 136 (1888).

Hab. Natal : Ladysmith, llehmann, No. 7128.

Doubtful and Excluded Species.

T. ALTissiMA Spreng. Syst. iv. Cur. Post. 257 (1827).

= Neesia altissivia Bl.

T. BRAsiLiENSis Spr. Syst. iii. 96 (1826).

This, according to Dr. Garcke = Luhea divaricata Mart.

T. suBLOBATA Blauco, FL. Filip. ii. 338, t. 51 (1878).

Probably identical with T. Lampas.

T. TOJIENTOSA Presl, Reliq. Haeiik. ii. 136 (1835-36). Hibiscus
Preslii 0. Kuutze, Revisio Generum, 69.
Hab. Mexico occ.

PLANTS OF TIREE AND COLL.

By Symees M. Macvicar.

The following notes refer to a visit of a fortnight last summer,
from June 24th to July 7th, to these islands, which form part of the
Mid Ebudes, v.-c. 103. As there does not appear to have been any
previous botanical visit to Tiree, some description of the island may
be given. It is ten miles long, and has an average breadth of about
two and a balf miles, one-third being under tillage, the remainder
in pa^ture and waste land. With the exception of three small hills
of about 400 ft. in height at the west end, where there are also a
few sea-cliffs, tbe island is very low-lying and flat, a part in the
centre being only about 6 ft. above sea-level, though the shore-banks
on both sides are 6-12 ft. high. At this place the island was in
danger of being cut in two, but last century a barricade of stones.

PLANTS OF TIREE AND COLL. 55

&c., was erected at the weakest spot. Being so flat, there is no
shelter from the Atlantic storms, so that gardens are entirely absent,
and most of the native vegetation is dwarfed. Though the remains
of former trees were at one time to be found in peat mosses, there
are now no trees on the island. The small amount of heather is
prostrate, nor could I find any Rubi, and the only Roscb seen were
three dwarf bushes, clinging to the face of a rock, of "A', canina
L.," too immature to be determined. The soil is largely sand,
which in places, chiefly on the west side, has drifted for some
distance inland, and spoiled many acres formerly under culti-
vation. There is very little peaty soil; what there was at one
time has been used for fuel, and the bare rock left exposed. Some
peat-loving plants, as Scirpus aespitosus L., were not seen. The
sand dunes are mostly covered with AmmopJiila arundlnacea Host,
among which grow principally Agropyron junceiun Beauv., Thalic-
trum dtinense Dum., Centstium tetrandnun Curtis, and, locally, Silene
inaritima With. ; also scattered plants of Anthyllis Vulneraria, var.
marUima Koch, and Erynijimit. maritimum L. Further inland the
pasture is very short, and is mainly composed of Festiica ovina L.,
and Lolimn perenne L., with abundance of Bellis perennislj., Galium
veriim L., Kceleria cristata Pers., and Trifolium repens L.,with some
T. pratense L. Geranium mulle L., Medicayo lupulina L., Trifolium
dubium Sibth., Daucus Carota L., and Antennaria dioica R. Br. are
locally very common ; while Salix repens L. occurs in quantity over
nearly the whole island, and is apparently the only member of the
genus present.

There are several lochs on the island, around the edges of which
are to be found Alisma ranunculoidesh., common; Apium intmdatum
Reiclib. fil., A. nudijluruui, var. ocreatum Bab., Hippuris vuhjuris L.,
rather common ; and occasionally CEnaiitke Lachenalii C. Gmel.
Batrachian rutnunculi, especially II. Baudotii Godr., are also com-
mon. These plants are likewise found at the outlet of streams as
they enter the sandy shores, where there are also large masses of
Xasturtium officinale E. Br., Veronica Anayallis-aqnatica L., and,
more rarely, Slum erectum Huds. Among the more interesting
plants noticed were Ranunculus marimis Fries, the first "satis-
factory" specimens Mr. Arthur Bennett has seen from Scotland;
Potentilla reptans L., growing on sand dunes remote from culti-
vation ; Erythraa Centaurium, var. capitata Koch, also on sand
dunes; Scilla verna Huds., Aiisinn Flantayo-aqualica, var. lanceo-
latum Afz., Potanwyeton nitens Web., P. Jili/ormis Nolte, Carex
disticha Huds., C. flava, var. cyperoides Marsson, the variety being
more common than the type.

Coll is also low-lying, but not so level, there being in many
places undulating ground, which gives some shelter. There are
gardens at. several of the cottages, and some young conifers of
about 8 ft. in height are growmg well at the estate manager's
house. A few trees are indigenous on the island ; Betula pubescens
Ehrh., two erect bushes about 6 ft. high ; a few small trees of
Populus tremuta L. in fissures of rocks, and still fewer examples
of Pyrus Aucuparia Ehrh., Corylus Avellana L., and Quercus Robur

56 PLANTS OF TIREE AND COLL.

L., the last three bemg all prostrate. There is much prostrate
Juniperus communis L., and some Salix aurlta L. aud S. repens L.
A considerable number of Rubi occur, mostly confined to roadsides.
Four species were noticed : Rubus dninnoniensis Bab. and II. vilii-
caiilis, var. Sdineii (Liudeb.), rather common ; R. plicntus W. & N.,
and R. danlcns Focke, rare. Specimens of these have been named
or verified by the Eev. W. Moyle Eogers. A few plants of Rosa
tumentosa Sm. and " /?. canina L." also occur. The soil is to
a considerable extent peaty, and on this account there are several
plants to be found which are apparently absent from Tiree, as
Utricularia minor L., U. intermedia Hayne, and Rijnchospora alba
Vahl. Calluna is abundant, and Erica Tetralix L,, and E. cinerea
L., are common. Ferns, very scarce in Tiree, are fairly common in
Coll, Lastrea dilatata Presl seemingly the most plentiful. Part of
the west and south shores are bordered with sand dunes in which
are many depressions, giving shelter to a most beautiful flora. On
the shore itself are found Cukile maritima Scop., Atriple.v Babini/tonii
Woods, Pohjijimwn Rait Bab., Afpopi/ron jiiiiceuni Beauv., and more
rarely A. acutum, B. & S.? A few yards inland is Ammophila, with
nearly the same vegetation as in Tiree, but more luxuriant, espe-
cially in the sheltered depressions, where also occur Vicia sepinm. L.,
dwarf, with bright- coloured flowers; C/ni/santhemum Leucantheuium
Li., as a small-leaved form, and with usually only one stem ; Sonchus
oleraceus L., and Orchis pyramidal is L., the last being very rare in
Scotland, and this its most northerly known locality m this country.
Ammophila grows over the greater part of the dimes, but has fewer
flowering stems as it extends inland to the less pure sand. At the
junction of the dunes and cultivated fields are found Fumaria con-
fusa Jord., Papavcr dubium, L., P. Anjemone L., and Anagallis
arvensis L. The streams running through the dunes are partly
choked with quantities of Nasturtium ojjiciuale R. Br., and Veronica
Anagidlis-aquatiea L., while at the edges grow Epilobiuin obscurum
Schreb., Festuca elatior L., or Caj-ex distans L., the last being always
close to the shore, A yard or two of grassy ground on either side
of the stream gives room for Orchis macnlata L., O. latifolia L., and
0. mcarnata L. Where the stream joins the shore there is usually
to be found Catabrosa aquatica, var. littoralis Parn. Here also is the
most common locality for Tussilago Farfura L. In some of the other
islands Retasites takes its place.

The most noticeable herbaceous plants of Coll which were not
observed in Tiree are Castalia speciosa Salisb. ; Melampynun pratense,
var. hians Druce, in quantity at the side of a loch ; Orchis pyramidulis
L. ; Potamof/eton coloratus Hornem., an extension of range northwards
from the Clyde, I believe ; Scirpus lacustris L. — in Tiree, where all
the lochs are almost at sea-level, S. Tabernamontani Gmel. only is
found; Cladium jamaicense Crantz, Aira car i/ophy Ilea Ju., Phragmites,
Carex Jiliformis L., Osmunda regalis L,, and E(]uisetum> si/lvaticumlj.
Batrachian Ranunculi are scarce in Coll, but common in Tiree. Ana-
gallis tenella L. is vei'y common on both islands. No Hieracia were
seen on either island, except H. Pilosella L., on the sand dunes on
both. Drusera rotundifolia L., and D. intermedia Hayne are common

SHORT NOTES. 57

to both, the former the more common in Tiree, the latter much the
commoner in Coll, occurring locally in abundance, and sometimes
as a caulescent form. D. anglica Huds. was not seen. Among the
Tiree plants should have been mentioned Plantcujn Coroiwptis, var.
mantima Gren. & Godr. It is a distinct-looking plant with broad,
thick, Heshy leaves when growing. Mr. Arthur Bennett, on naming
it as above, remarked, " it is certainly the var. marithna Gren. &
Godr., Flore de la France, vol. ii." It has not been previously
recorded from Britain, I believe.

There were 357 species and varieties noticed on the two islands;
of this number there were upwards of sixty limited in each case to
one island, but another visit will of coarse alter this relationship
considerably. The number of species not previously recorded for
the vice-county was about forty, as I am informed by Mr. Bennett,
to whom I am greatly indebted for having examined and named
several bundles of plauts sent to him in the fresh state from both
islands.

The Characece gathered were Cliara fragilis Desv., and var.
delicatula Braun, C. aspera Willd., and var. siihinermis Kuetz., also
a form approaching var. curta Braun, C. contraiia Kuetz., C. hispida
L., C. vulgaris L., and var. papillata Wallr., Nitella translucens
Agardh, N. opnca Agardh, all of which are, I believe, new to the
vice-county, with the exception of 0. fragilis. I am indebted to
the Messrs. Groves for having kindly named most of the above.

So far, it seems as if the flora of Tiree, especially, resembled
more that of the Outer than that of the Inner Hebrides, at least
of those islands from Mull to Skye. Tiree and Coll have in the
main the same geological formation (Lewisian gneiss) as the
Outer Hebrides, while the islands from Mull to Skye aie mainly
composed of tertiary basalts, and have their floras corresponding
to one another closely ; but further searching is necessary before
an accurate estimate can be made of the relative effects of geo-
logical formation and of latitude.

Since the above was written, the following additional Characece
from Tiree and Coll have been kindly named for me by Messrs.
Groves : — Cliara fragilis, var. delicatula Braun ; C. aspera, var.
isubiitermis Kuetz. ; also a form approaching var. curta Braun ; C.
cuntraria Kuetz. ; C. hii:pida L. ; C. vulgaris, var. papillata Wallr.

SHORT NOTES.

New Fungal Disease of Kape. — A few weeks ago I was sent
some leaves of rape, extensively diseased, from near Tullamore,
King's Co. These leaves were covered with pallid spots, about a
third of an inch in diameter, but usually becoming confluent, and
so forming much larger patches. In these the parasite had almost
entirely destroyed the chlorophyll, rendering the part nearly or quite
transparent. Microscopic examination revealed numerous long
slender conidia, at once suggesting Fumularia ; but as none of the

58 SHORT NOTES.

species described in Saccardo's Syllnr/e seemed to agree with the
present form, and as noue were described as being parasitic on rape,
I forwarded specimens to Mr. Massee, who considers it " a typical
Puimulana, but there is no described species that agrees with it,
whicii I should have no hesitation in considering a new and very
fine species." I accordingly venture to describe it as new. The
only species of Ramnlaria parasitic on Crucifers are those on
Cochlearia and Armoracia, and they differ markedly from the present
species.

Ramularla rapae, sp. n. Spots irregular, soon coalescing into
large patches, pallid, transparent. Hypha scarcely distinguishable;
conidia fasciculate, very long and slender, slightly curved, obtuse,
40-60 jj, by 1-2 /x, usually triseptate, hyaline. The chief charac-
teristic is the extreme length and slenderness of the conidia. Type
specimens have been sent to the Herbaria at the British Museum
and Kew, and to the National Museum, Dublin. — Greenwood Pim.

Euphrasia Salisburgensis Funk, in Galway. — In August, 1892,
while botanizing in the rough limestone country by the south-
eastern shore of Lough Corrib, near the little village of Menlough,
we noticed a curious-looldug Euphrasia, and collected a few speci-
mens of it. These were sorted away and forgotten until recently,
when, having occasion to turn through our Euphrasia cover, we
were struck by their resemblance to Mr. Townsend's figure and
description of E. Salisburgensis in this Journal for 189G (p. 442,
t. 363). We have forwarded specimens to Mr. Townsend, who
writes: — "They are more typical than the Mayo plant gathered by
Mr. Marshall ; bracts narrower ; teeth longer, more patent, and
aristate. The finding of this species in another county is a very
valuable confirmation of Euphrasia Salisburgensis Funk being native
in Ireland." — H. & J. Groves.

Hypericum lixarifolium in Carnarvonshire. — In his recently
published (but undated) Flora of Anglesey and Carnarronshire, Mr.
J. E. Griffith apparently refuses to admit the claim of Hypericum
li)i(irifoliuni Vahl to rank as a Carnarvonshire plant, as he omits it
ffom the "List of Species not recorded in Watson's 2'op. Bat. for
Carnarvonshire." In the text (p. 28) he says of it : " This plant is
stated in the Journal of Botany, June, 1889, to have been found on
a rocky bank at the angle of the road to Bodfean from Pwllheli.
Mr. J. LI. Williams has searched the place carefully in 1889, and
I have been there in 1891, but neither of us could find it." I am
much surprised at the failure of Mr. Williams and Mr. Griffith to
find the plant at the spot indicated, for although, when I discovered
it on July 19th, 1888, it was _by uo means abundant, yet it certainly
was in sufficient quantity to render its accidental eradication ex-
tremely unlikely, and, as a matter of fact, it did not disappear, for
on July 23rd, 1894, five years after I first found it, Mr. G. Goode,
of Cambridge, visited the locality and readily found tlie plant in
exactly the same place. He gathered some tine specimens, one of
which he sent to me. As there can hardly be any doubt of the
nativity of this species in such a remote spot, I think it will be

FLORA OF SYRIA, PALESTINE, AND SINAI. 59

admitted that H. linanfulium — to my mind one of the most in-
teresting constituents of the Carnarvonshire flora, owing to the
remarkable extension given to its range in Great Britain by its
occurrence in North Wales — has a very much stronger claim to be
regarded as a native of that county than Mr. Griffith seems wilhng
to allow. — J. W. Cakr.

[As Prof. Babington stated in his note {J own. Bot. 1889, 185),
one of the specimens originally collected by Mr. Carr is in the
British Herbarium of the Natural History Museum. Mr. Griffith's
Flora was published in 1895. — Ed. Joukn. Bot.]

NOTICES OF BOOKS.

Flora of Syria, Palestine, and Sinai. By the Eev. G. E. Post,
M.A., &c., Syrian Protestant College, Beirut, Syria. 8vo,
pp. 919, figg. 441, map. Price £1 Is. Od., post free from the
Author, as above.
There are many who will welcome this handbook, the cheapness
of which is remarkable. The English-speaking traveller in Palestine
who possesses some smattering of botany, as well as the home
student who finds it convenient to have at his elbow some com-
pendious and not too costly summary of the flora of auy region of
interest, will be grateful to Dr. Post for this work, which has been
produced, as his preface informs us and as we can readily believe,
under circumstances of considerable difficulty. The formation of a
herbarium, the undertaking of numerous and costly journeys, can
have been no trifling addition to the work of a man whose time was
already fully occupied ; and it was rendered more difficult, although
that difficulty was partly overcome by the help of brother botanists
more fortunately situated, by the absence of any large reference
library — an indispensable adjunct, one would have thought, to the
satisfactory carrying-out of such an undertaking. "The printing,
which has been achieved in spite of the limited typographical
resources of the Mission Press, has been a labour of no trifling
magnitude"; "the task of drawing most of the illustrations, and
superintending the execution of the woodcuts, has fallen on him."
Dr. Post trusts that "a lenient judgment will be passed on im-
perfections"; but it seems to us that these, where they exist, are
but few, in comparison with the interest and importance of the
contribution to the Flora of the Mediterranean region for which lie
has made us his debtors.

The district embraced by the book extends from the Taurus to
Eas Muhammad, and from the Mediterranean to the borders of the
Syrian and Arabian Desert. The volume begins with an intro-
duction— or, more strictly, with the somewhat numerous "addendcX,"
consisting mainly of plants which have been discovered since the
printing of the Flora was begun in 1883. Then comes a general
analytical key to all the orders ; special keys are also provided to
the larger tribes and genera. The species, to the number of nearly

60

THE TRUE GRASSES.

3500, are carefully described ; " many of the latter," says the pro-
spectus, "are new to science." In connection with these we fear
some difficulty may arise, as it is not clear what meaning Dr. Post
attaches to "sp. uov." For example, on reading '' Statice palmi/-
rensis, sp. nov.," one would think that plant was here first published;
but following the name is a reference to " Plautae Postian. fasc. iii.
p. 16" — in which pamphlet the species was included in 1892. It
IS hardly fair to demur to the omission of bibliographical references
to the species, but we think the author might have been more
explicit as to his own discoveries. " Atrijil ex Amanum 'Post,''' for
example, may either be a novelty here first published, or a species
previously described by him elsewhere ; and numerous species are
in this doubtful condition, notably among the addenda. The
Jackson of the future will need to examine the volume carefully,
lest he should overlook some of the novelties.

Such Scriptural plants as can be identified with any degree of
certainty are noted in the text ; and the Arabic names, even the
most trivial, have been carefully collected. The descriptions of the
species seem to have been drawn up with care, mostly from living
specimens ; the distribution of each is briefly laut sufficiently indi-
cated.

The cuts are the least satisfactory feature of the book. Allow-
ance must of course be made for the difficulties attending their
production, but it seems to us that they are selected on no principle,
and many of them are of very slight value. They must have added
considerably to the cost and trouble of production, without, as it
seems to us, adding materially to the usefulness of the book. But
Dr. Post is entitled to the thanks of botanists for this cheap and
convenient enumeration, and we trust that its sale will in some
measure compensate him for the time, trouble, and cost which he
has expended upon it.

J. B.

The True Grasses. By Eduard Hackel. Translated from Die
Natilrlichen Pjianzenfamillen by F. Lamson Scribner & Effie
A. SouTHwoRTH. Westminster : Constable. 1896. 8vo,
pp. viii, 228, tt. 110. Price 10s. 6d.

Everyone who works seriously at Grasses knows Eduard
Hackel as the greatest living authority on the subject, and knows
that his account of the order in Engler & Prantl's Pfianzenfamilien
is the best and most scientific which has hitherto appeared. We
wish for the credit of the English publisher that that were the
extent of the student's knowledge. But anyone who preferred an
English translation has had it within his reach for the past six
years. A botanist who is particular as to the shade of green in
which his books are bound, or who prefers somewhat stouter boards,
will welcome Messrs. Constable's "new" and extensively advertised
volume. He who is not so fastidious will stick to Messrs. Holt's
publication of 1890. When we received by the penny post the
announcement of this "new" work, we expected at least an edition
brought up to date, which would take note of j-ecent and important

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS. 61

contributions to agrostology by workers in our own country. We
cei-tainly had a right to expect something beyond a re-issue of the
old slieets with a slightly different binding — for such is the book
now under review. If the transfer of the sheets from a New York
to a London house means that the translation was selling badly
because English workers are quite able to use the German original,
we are glad ; for the sooner our systematists recognize the fact that
ability to read German is an essential towards good work, the
better for them and the better for botany. A translation, under
such circumstances, is an edition tie luxe, a weakness for which may
be pardoned. To the wealthy and extravagant, who possess not
the American issue, we would heartily recommend the one in
question at the present moment.

" True Grasses " are what we understand by the natural order
Gmmineip. of Bentham & Hooker's Genera Plantanim, and the
arrangement adopted by Bentham in that work is the basis of
Hackel's system. After the number of each genus, the translators
insert its number in Bentham's arrangement. This facilitates
reference, and shows the diversity between the two systems. It
also shows what a very excellent piece of work Bentham's was,
considering the material at his disposal, and the confusion in which
he found this most difficult of orders. For it is surprising to note
what a great amount of agreement there is in the limitation of
genera in the two cases. As Sir Joseph Hooker points out in his
introductory remarks to the GraminecB of the Flora of British India,
it is in the reduction of species and the working out of synonyms
that the student of the family will find that his work chiefly lies,
and the painstaking manner in which this has been done in the
two recently published portions which form the completion of the
Indian "Flora" make the monograph of Graminece perhaps the most
valuable in the whole work.

A. B. E.

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.-

A7in. Scottish Xat. Hist. (Jan.). — J. W. H. Trail, ' Florula of
waste ground at Aberdeen.' — A. Bennett, '■ J uncus tenuis in Wester-
ness.' — S. M. Macvicar, ' Flora of Eigg.'

Bat. Centralblatt (No. 1). — S. Ikeno, 'Vorliiufige Mittheilung
iiber die Spermatozoiden bei Ci/ras revoluta.' — (Nos. 1-3). W. Fut-
terer, ' Zur Anatomie und Entwickeluugsgeschichte der Zitu/ihera-
cea: — (Nos. 2-3). S. Hirase, 'tJber das Verhalten des Pollens von
Ginhjo biloha.' — (Nos. 2-4). E. Kiister, 'Die anatomischen
Charaktere der Chrysobalaneen ' (1 pi.).

Bot. Gazette (Dec. 24). — B. T. Galloway, 'A rust and leaf
casting of pine leaves ' (2 pi.). — L. H. Bailey, ' The Philosophy of

* The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers

or title-pages, but it must not always be inferred that this is tlie actual date of
publication.

62 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC.

Species-making.' — J. C. Arthur, 'Laboratory app.irafcns in vegetable
physiology' (2 pL). — F. D. Bergen, 'American Plant-names.' —
C. V. Piper, ' New Washington Plants.' — Id., 'Another Compass-
plant' [Wyethia amplexic/ailis).

Bot. Zeitung (Jan. 16). — H. Solms-Laubach, ' Ueber Exormo-
theca Mitten, eine wenig bekannte Marchantiaceengattimg.'

Bull, de VHerb. Bnissier (Dec). — H. Schinz, &c., ' Beitrage zur
Kenntnis der Afrikanischen-Flora ' (cont.). — J. Briquet, ' Frag-
menta Monographic Labiatarum ' (concl.). — R. Cliodat, ' Sur la
Flore des neiges du Col des Ecandies/ (1 pi.). — Id., ' L'action des
basses-temperatures du Mucor Mucedo.' — Id., ' Polygalaceae novse
parum cognitae.'

Bull. Torreij Bot. Club (Dec. 28). — E. G. Britton, Rusby's
Bolivian Mosses. — -C. MacMillan, 'Formation of Circular Muskeag
in Tamarack swamps' (3 pi.). — E. P. Bicknell, ' N. American
species oi At/rlmonid' (2 pi.). — Id., * Geum Canadense flavum a valid
species.' — L. M. Underwood, ' Terminology among the orders of
Thallophytes.' — T. F. Allen, New species of Nitclla (3 pi.).—
G. McCloskie, ' Internal Antidromy.'

Erythea (Dec. 19).— W. A. Setchell, 'The Elk-Kelp' {Nereocystis
gigantea; 1 pi.). — Id., 'Notes on Cyanophycea.'

Gardeners' Chronicle (Jan. 23). — Bulbophyllum Ericssoni (fig. 16).

Journal de Bntanique (Dec. 16). — R. Chodat, ' Sur la structure
et la biologic de deux Algues pelagiques ' (concl.). — A. Frauchet,
' Compositfe novfe ' (cont.). — E. Roze, 'Amylotrogus, gen. nov.'
(Myxomycetes). — (Jan. 1). E. Drake del Castillo, ' Les Araliees
des lies de I'Afrique occidentale.' — C. Sauvageau, ' La sexualite des
Pheosporees ' (cont.). — E. Bonnet, ' Le Haricot avant la decouverte
de I'Amerique.*

Oesterr. Bot. ZeitscJirift (Jan.). — W. Lipsky, Enphorhia soongarica
auf der Balkan-halbinsel.' — K. Fritsch, ' Saponaria Wiemanni
[casspitosa x lutea).' — A. Waisbecker, ' Flora des Eisenburger Comi-
tates.'— F. Bubak, 'Zur Pilzflora der Umgegend von Hohenstadt in
Mahren.' — L. Dergane, ' Zwei vielverkaunte C/-oci6.s-Arten der
Krainer Flora.' — F. J. Slavicek, 'Morphologische Apliorismen iiber
einige Coniferen-Zapfen ' (concl.).

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dc.

The dearest publication we have seen is No. 12 of Mr. Christy's
New Commercial Plants and Drugs, which deals with Dimorphandra
Mora. It consists of six pages (without wrapper) ; the first is
occupied by the title, on the back of which is a plate ; then follow
3^ pages of letterpress. The plate is adopted from the figures
published in Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xviii., and about half of the
letterpress is reprinted from the description in the same place.
Mr. Christy says, "in the library of the Linnean Society I dis-
covered (!) that a paper had been read," &c., but he omits any

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 63

reference to its place of publication. The only additional information
supplied by the author is that the "nuts" of the Dimorphmulra ap-
peared in commerce last year as "kola nuts." Mr. Christy is
" continuing the research with the hopes of being able to find that
the Diniorphandra Mora contains some food product which may be
turned to account. Perhaps," he adds, "I may receive this before
this paper is printed." But he didn't, and we may be allowed to
wonder why the paper was printed at all, and still more why a
shilling should be charged for it.

A Parliamentary paper has just been issued regarding a new
food for cattle — a compound of molasses and peat powder — which
has been perfected in Germany. The latter ingredient, we are
informed by the Daily Graphic of Jan. 15th, is obtained from
"the dried roots of the familiar mosses ' sphagnum cuspidatum '
and ' eriophorum latifolium.' " Sphagnum has no roots, and Erio-
phorxim is hardly a moss.

Moss-STUDENTS will notc with satisfaction the appearance of
Part xvii. of Dr. Braithwaite's British Moss-Flora (London : 303,
Clapham Eoad, S.W. pp. iv, 36 ; tabb. 85-90. Price 6s.), in which
is begun the consideration of the pleurocarpous mosses. The first
family treated — Ht/pnacea; — is a difficult one to arrange satis-
factorily, owing to the strong family likeness prevalent among
its members ; and the generic systems adopted by authors have
varied between the one extreme of condensation into a single genus
to the other extreme of disruption into scores of genera often
separated from one another on the flimsiest of pretexts. Dr.
Braithwaite, it appears, will follow a middle course. The present
part contains the subfamily LeskecB (Thuidium with six species,
Leskea with three, Anomodon with three), and part of Awblystegitim
— the beginning of subfamily Hypnea. Amblysteyium has been
vastly augmented by the addition of five groups of Hypna (e. g.
Harpidiiwi and Limnobium). In the present part, however, beyond
the thirteen species of EiuDiiblystcf/ium, only one of the additional
groups appears — CawpyUadeJphus, with five species. To return to
Thuidium, Dr. Braithwaite is to be congratulated for repairing an
omission of which other books and lists of British Mosses are
guilty. He has not failed to include in the genus T. hystricosum
Mitt., which was published in this Journal in 1863. Wilson
separated the plant in his herbarium under the manuscript name
Hypniim calcicola ; but Mitten's name seemed to have become
forgotten. Husnot, however, just mentioned it in his Muscoloyia
Gallica, and Limpricht acknowledged and redescribed it in Raben-
horst's Kryptoijamen- Flora. As to another species of Tliuidiun), it
will be fresh in the memory of readers that in the last number of
this Journal T. Philiberti Limpr. was recognized by Mr. H. N.
Dixon as a species which he has found in this country. This
notice was, however, too late for Dr. Braithwaite to figure the
plant in the newly published part of his Moss- Flora. — A. G.

Another important contribution to the literature of Mosses is
Part iii. of General Paris's Index Bryoloyicus (Paris : Klinksieck.
Dec. 1896. pp. 645-964. Price fr. 12-50). 'Beginning with Hypnum

64

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC.

giimsulanum, it makes such good progress that it reaches Plagio-
thecinm nitidulnm. Tlie most valuable achievement in the present
part is the completion of the index of the species of Hi/puum which
have always been difficult to trace owing to the vast number of
names in use, and the perplexing and ever-changing systems in
which they have been classified. It is to be hoped that we have
now a trustworthy clue to the synonymy and literature of tha
genus. — A. G.

Owing to an accident, as we learn from Prof. Britton, we have
only just received our exchange copy of the Bulletins of the Torrey
Club from May last, the absence of which has prevented their
inclusion in our list of "Articles in Journals." We mention this
because our erroneous but not unnatural conclusion, based upon a
similar failure of exchange, that Erythea had ceased to appear, has
occasioned some comment, not of the most courteous kind, in our
transatlantic contemporaries. Dr. Britton says [Taney Bulletin,
1896, p. 283) that our statement was "about as accurate as [ourj
recently printed tabulation of the dates of the publication of the
Bulletin during 1895" — thereby implying that both statements
were equally inaccurate.

There can be no doubt as to which Bulletin he intends, for
Dr. Britton prints the word in small capitals ; and he may perhaps
be excused for recognizing no other Bulletin than his own. " Such
pride," like that of Lieutenant Belaye in the Bab Ballads, "is hardly
wrong"; yet if the accomplished editor had not been in such a
hurry to criticize, or had taken the trouble to read the article which
he censures, he would have seen that the "tabulation" refers, not
to his journal, but to the Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information issued
at irregular intervals in connection with Kew Gardens. This
tabulation, as we then pointed out, is based on the Stationery
Office date printed on each number, and cannot be otherwise than
accurate. No doubt Dr. Britton will be as ready to withdraw his
misstatement as we were to correct ours regarding Erythea.

We note that Dr. Britton (Torrey Bulletin, 1896, 215) commends
Mr. Druce's * Notes on the Ninth Edition of the London Catalogue '
as "critical and valuable," and quotes "a few sentences in order to
show that Mr. Druce is sound on principles of nomenclature." We
do not observe that Dr. Britton has subsequently modified this
opinion ; probably he has not noticed the criticisms of Mr. Arthur
Bennett and the Rev. E. S. Marshall (Ami. Scott. Xat. Hist. April,
1896, pp. 109-112) or our own examination of Mr. Druce's paper
in this Journal (1896, pp. 271-3). Those who have read either of
these notices will be able to form their own opinion as to the
critical value and soundness of the procedure which is thus stamped
with the approval of the great American reformer of nomenclature.

The Proceedinys of the Somersetshire Archaeological and Natural
History Society for 1896 (3rd series, vol. ii.) contains the completion
of the Eev. R. P. Murray's Flora of Somerset. Our readers will be
glad to know that the Rev. E. S. Marshall has begun to write
out his Flora of Kent for press.

65

HIGHLAND PLANTS COLLECTED IN 1896.
By Rev. E. S. Marshall, M. A., F.L.S., & W. A. Shoolbred.M.R.C.S.

We stayed in the comfortable hotel at Roy Bridge, v.-c. 97,
W. Inverness, from July 15th to August 6tli, chiefly in order to
collect Hieracia, W. A. S. during a previous visit having found it to
be a good centre for working ; several of the stations given below
were then discovered by' him. Glen Spean has been botanized by
members of the Scottish Alpine Club, Mr. G. C. Druce, and others,
so that some of the plants noted have no doubt been previously
found; therefore we have not attempted to discriminate "new
county records." Part of a day was spent on Ben Dothaidh, v.-c. 98,
Argyle. Former hunting-grounds (Corrie Ardran and Glen Falloch)
were again visited from Crianlarich, v.-c. 88, Mid-Perth : and we
gathered some brambles during an afternoon stroll near Ardlui,
at the head of Loch Lomond, v.-c. 99, Dumbarton.

With his never-failing kindness, Mr. Arthur Bennett has ex-
amined various critical plants. Mr. Hanbury and Rev. E. F. Linton
gave us much help with the hawkweeds, and Rev. W. Moyle Rogers
with the brambles. We have also to thank Prof. Hackel, Mr.
Townsend, and Dr. 0. Nordstedt, who was good enough to submit
two or three difficult forms to Swedish specialists.

Cochlearia alpina H. C. Wats. A form with the pouches globose
or orbicular-ovate was met with on Aonach Beg, 97, a magnificent
mountain, which is very remote, and would require fully two days
for the proper examination of its corries. We are much indebted
to the Earl of Abinger and Mr. R. Kynaston Cross for access to this
and other hills sacred to the deer. — C. micucea E. S. Marshall.
Micaceous ravine on Aonach Beg, at 3200 ft. The pods were not
ripe, but its habit is exactly that of the Perthshire type. A scurvy-
grass growing in some quantity on the shore near Fort William does
not agree at all well with any one of our British species, though
bearing considerable resemblance in particular points to anijlica,
alpina, and ojflcinalis ; we hope to raise it from seed. Specimens
were sent to Prof. Th. M. Fries through Dr. Nordstedt, but no
opinion has yet been received from him.

Viula triculur L. A peculiar hispid variation is frequent in Glen
Spean, about Roy Bridge, making a considerable approach towards
V. Idspida Lam. (!'. rutJiunuKjoisis Desf.) in this respect, and in the
cutting of the stipules, but not having quite the corolla of that
plant. — V. lulea Hudson, var. amcma (Symons). Glen Spean,
between TuUoch and Inverlair.

Polyrjala vultjuris L. Shingles of the Spean, below Tulloch.

CerctHtium tiivitde Link. A striking variety, with bright green
foliage, umbellate inflorescence, and long capsules, locally abundant
in wet, stony ground on Aonach Beg, at about 2700 or 2800 ft., has
been named by Dr. Svante Murbeck as follows : — " C. vuhjare Hartm.
subspec. fontanum Baumg. (= C. triviale Link, subsp. alpestre

.Journal of Botany. — Vol. 35. [March, 1897.] f

66 HIGHLAND PLANTS COLLECTED IN 1896.

Liudblom = C. meter ophyllnm Sclaur)." Nyman places C. macro-
carpum (an earlier synonym of C. lonf/irostre Wicliura) as a sub-
species of C. tnviaJe. Our plant is certainly not the variety
d. alpinnni Mert. & Koch of the present London Catalofjne, which
used (rightly or wrongly) to be called var. alpestre Liudbl. —
C. alpinum L., var. pubescens Syme. Fine and characteristic on
Stob Coire-an-Easain, Glen Spean, above 3400 ft., associated with
C. arcticiim Lange ; the latter also grows on the adjoining Ben
Socaich range. C. triiji/nnm Vill. was seen on Aonach Mor, Aonach
Beg and Stob Coire-an-Easain.

Anthijllis Yulneraria L. Glen Koy.

Lotns ulifiinosiia Schkuhr. Glen Spean, near Eoy Bridge.

Vicia syh-atica L. At 1300 ft. on the rocky banks of the main
stream in Coire Coille, Glen Spean ; flowers almost pure creamy-
white. Mr. Bennett writes that it "seems to differ from the
normal form by the ciliate calyx, more subulate sepals, and the
great development of the tendrils."

Primus Avium L. Eoy Bridge; probably bird-sown, rather than
planted. — P. Padus L. Banks of the Spean, near Roy Bridge.

Piuhus Jissus Lindl. and PI. suherectus Anders. Both remarkably
abundant about Roy Bridge. Pi. pUcatus is much scarcer ; a plant
growing close to the railway- station, of which we unfortunately
omitted to take specimens, had stamens falling short of the styles,
and may be var. hemistemon. — B. Lindleianus Lees. Ardlui, 99. —
R. puh'herrimus Neum. Fort William ; Ardlui. — E. villicaulis
Koehl. Eoy Bridge. Mr. Rogers named this as var. insidaris,
but from a recent letter of his it seems that Dr. Focke considers
Areschoug's variety to be the typical Silesian plant. What we have
recently been regarding as typical villiraulis (from Ross and Suther-
land) appears identical with the usual German form, the stems of
which are more hairy than in Koehler's original specimens. —
E. Selmeri Lindeberg. Abundant in Glean Spean ; also observed
at Fort William and Ardlui. This, one of the most marked and
widely distributed British brambles, surely deserves specific rank,
apart from E. villicaulis. — E. gratus Focke. Near Ardlui. —
E. macrophyllua Wh. & N. (sp. coll.). Roy Bridge. — E. mncronatus
Blox. Plentiful in Glen Roy and Glen Spean ; also gathered near
Ardlui. — E. infestus Whe. Fort William. — E. radula Whe. Both
the type and a form of var. amjlicanus Rogers were collected at
Ardlui.

PotentiUa procumhens Sibtli. Near Tulloch, Glen Spean.

Alchemilla arvensis Scop. Fields, Glen Roy.

Eosa tomentosa Smith. A variety with leaves very glandular
beneath is frequent in Glen Spean and Glen Roy ; in one case the
glands extended on to the upper surface as well. About a mile
below Roy Bridge we met with the smooth- leaved variety formerly
named E. mollis var. (jhihratn Fr. by Scheutz, on which M. Crepiu
remarks: " C'est certainement une des curiosites rhodologiques
du nord de I'Ecosse." 7i'. f/lauca Vill. and E. roriifolia Fr. are both
fairly common about Roy 13ridge.

Pi/rvs Mai us L., a. acerha DC. Glen Roy; looking like a native.

HIGHLAND PLANTS COLLECTED IN 1896. 67

Saxifrar/a nivalis L. Stob Coire-au-Easain, at 3400 ft., associ-
ated with S. riviilaris L., which also grows on Aonach Beg. —
S. ccEspitosa L. The true plant was obtained on one of the Glen
Spean mountains, very scarce and small ; we believe that the
locality is one in which it was met with by some Scottish botanists
a few years ago.

Epilohium angustifuUam L. At 2700 ft. on Garbh Bheinu,
Fersit Forest, 97 ; not seen elsewhere.

Circiea alpina L. Glen Eoy.

Canim verticUlatum Koch. By Loch Lomond, at Ardlui.

Senecio viscosus L. Corrour, 97 ; Bridge of Orchy, 98 ; Crian-
larich (in great plenty), 88 ; and Ardlui, 99; growing in each case
on cinders or other railway debris, and unquestionably introduced.

Hieracium alpinum L. Aonach Mor and Ben Socaich, 97 ;
locally abundant in the second station. — H. holosericeum Backh.
Frequent on the hills about Roy Bridge. Ben Chlinaig ; Garbh
Bheinn ; Stob Ban ; Stob Coire-an-Easain More ; Aonach Beg ;
Ben Socaich, &c. — //. eximiwii Backh. Most rare ; a single speci-
men only was gathered on Aonach Mor. Its place is taken by
//. calendulifionim, which is far more general and abundant than in
any district that we have ever visited. Fersit Forest (descending
to 1700 ft.) : Coire-an-Easain More (very plentiful) ; Stob Ban ;
Coire Coille ; Aonach Mor ; Aonach Beg, &c. — H. gracHentum
Backh. Very sparingly on the top of Ben Chlinaig, 97. Ben
Dothaidh, 98. — H. nigrescens Willd., var. (jmcilifoliiim F. J. Hanb.
Aonach Beg; scarce. GlenFalloch; "Just like the original Ben
Lawers specimens" (Hanbury in sched.). — //. atratiuii Fr. Ben
Socaich. An Aonach Beg plant may also belong here, and we refer
to this species a hawk weed found in some quantity, at 2800 ft., in
Glen Falloch. — H. curcatum Elfstrand. Aonach Mor, locally
abundant. Seen sparingly on Aonach Beg ; but time only allowed
us to examine a small part of this mountain. — H. Backhousei F. J.
Hanb. Ben Socaich, in considerable quantity. — H. liiundatnm
Backh. Frequent. — H. senescens Backh. Frequent, and abundant
in several of its stations. Aonach Beg ; Garbh Bheinn ; Stob
Ban ; Coire Coille; Stob Coire-an-Easain More. — H. chri/santhion
Backh. Almost as general and locally plentiful as H. calcndiili-
florum, in the Glen Spean mountains. Garbh Bheinn ; Stob Coire-
an-Easain More ; Stob Ban ; Ben Socaich ; Aonach Beg. A plant
from Ben Socaich has been named var. viicrocephalum Backh. by
Mr. Hanbury. — H. centripetale F. .J. Hanb. Coire-an-Easain More,
at 2700 ft. ; Aonach Beg, at 3000 ft. Very scarce in both these
stations. — hi . subinururiun Lindeberg. Aonach Beg, very rare ; more
plentiful by streamlets descending from Stob Ban. — H. calliato-
jihijlluin F. J. Hanb. Stream-sides, Coire Coille ; Stob Ban. Var.
creninanthes F. J. Hanb. occurs with the type in Coire Coille, and is
rather plentiful near the head of Glen Falloch, Perthshire. —
//. (iiujiicum Fr. Var. luiKjibnicteatum F. J. Hanb. is the prevailing
form about Glen Spean ; typical toit/licum was only noticed in two
stations, and H. triciDii Fr. must be extremely rare ; indeed, we did
not meet with a single specimen of it. — //. cerinthiforme Backh.

F 2

68 HIGHLAND PLA.NTS COLLECTED IN 1896.

Locally abundant ; Sgorr-na-Insse, Glen Spean ; Coire Coille ;
Fersit Forest. — H. flocculosum Backb. Aouacb Beg, between 2500
and 3000 ft. ; Coire-an-Easain More. Very scarce. — H. Langwel-
Icnse F. J. Hanb. (?) A plant whicb, wben dried, seems to us in-
distingnisbable from type-specimens of tbe above, was gatbered in
quantity by the stream descending into the Lairige-an-Leacan from
IStob Ban, and more sparingly in Coire-an-Easain More and Coire
Coille. — H. argentcum Fr. Glen Spean, near Inverlair ; scarce, —
H. iiuitlnm Baclvh. Lairige-an-Leacan and Coire-an-Easain More
(W. A. S., 1891). — H. Sommerfeltii Lindeberg. Coire-an-Easain
More ; Stob Ban. A plant with unspotted leaves, from shingles by
the Spean below TuUoch, is (we believe rightly) placed here by
Mr. Hanbury. — Var. tadiim F. J. Hanb. Ascent of Aonach Mor;
fairly plentiful, between 1800 and 2000 ft.— H. Pictorim F. J. Hanb.
Aonach Beg ; ascending to 3000 ft. Mountain (not named in the
ordnance-map, but probably Ben-na-Van) west of the Lairige-an-
Leacan. Head of Glen Falloch (2700 ft.). — Var. chii^i/tlirLv Linton.
Aonach Beg ; Coire Coille ; Stob Ban, 97. Ben Dothaidh, 98.
Head of Glen Falloch. A good and well-marked variety, usually
growing mixed with the type ; separable by its yellow styles, more
dingy pappus, and more shaggy heads. — //. rivale F. J. Hanb.
Apparently quite common on the Glen Spean mountains, the name
being applied in a wider sense than usual; but we find it difficult
to consider all the plants grouped under it by Mr. Hanbury as
properly referable to one species. Stob Ban ; Coire Coille, very
pleutiful ; Garbh Bheinn ; Coire-an-Easain More ; Glen Falloch
(2700 ft.j. — Var. mikirtura F. J. Hanb. By streams descending
from Stob Ban to the Lairige-an-Leacan, in good quantity. —
H. muroriun L., var. sarcoiihi/llurn Stenstrup. By streams, rather
uncommon and scarce, between 400 and 2500 ft. Beside the Roy,
two or three miles up the glen ; Stob Ban ; Garbh Bheinn ; Coire
Coille. The leaves were blotched with dark purple in all the
specimens observed. — H, euprepcs F. J. Hanb. Scarce. Aonach
Beg. A form with fairly typical heads, bat peculiarly toothed root-
leaves, was found by the main stream descending from Aonach Mor
into Glen Spean, at 1500 ft. — H. ciesinm Fr. A plant from Coire-
an-Easain More (2700 ft.), having yellow styles, is placed here by
Mr. Hanbury.— /J. insulare F. J. Hanb. Coire Coille, at 2500 ft. ;
not quite typical. — H. stenoplujes W. R. Linton, " or very near it "
(Hanbury in litt.). Plentiful in a porphyritic gully on the north
side of Sgorr-na-Insse, Glen Spean. — H. suhanfractuin E. S. Mar-
shall. Stream-side, Fersit Forest ; locally abundant. Streams
descending to the Lairige-an-Leacan, on the west side. — H.
spdisifoliitm Lindeberg. Glen Spean, near Inverlair ; both tbe
unspotted and the more usual Scottish plant {'■'■iovixiQ, cruentata"
Lindeb.) with purple-blotched or marbled leaves. — H. dovrense Fr.
Busby places. Glen Roy ; in some plenty, but very local. — ■ H.
Deivari Boswell. By the Spean at Roy Bridge, very scarce.
Locally abundant by the burn in Coire Coille, from 1300 to 1500 ft.
— H. strictiun Fr. (type). In the last-mentioned locality, above
1500 ft. — Var. subcrocatum Linton. Very abundant in Glen Roy,

HIGHLAND PLANTS COLLECTED IN 1896. 69

and frequent by the Spean at (and below) Roy Bridge ; usually
occurring as a sti/lose form. We incline to consider this rather a
good "species," and cannot think it rightly placed under the same
aggregate as var. amplidentatnm F. J. Hanb., which differs widely
in habit, shape, colour and texture of leaves, styles (yellow, not
sooty), and involucral clothing. The latter is abundant at intervals
by the Spean from near Tulloch to within a mile of Spean Bridge,
below which point we did not work. — H. anyustum Lindeberg. To
this Mr. Hanbury refers a handsome and characteristic yellow-
styled plant, abundant by the Spean at Roy Bridge and about a
mile lower down. We place it with some confidence under
H. salicifolitiiii Lindeberg; it does not at all closely resemble
either Prof. Lindeberg's type-specimen of amiustum in Hiev.
Exsiccata Scand. or a specimen gathered at Lawers, Perthshire,
in 1887, which he named "H. (tii(/ustuin mihi, optimum!" The
leaves are much broader, more coriaceous, less narrowed above the
base, less hairy, and more shortly ciliate ; indeed, the whole facies
of the Glen Spean plant, which (in hundreds of specimens seen)
was remarkably uniform, appears to us decisive against the former
identification. — H. auratum Fr. Plentiful in Glen Spean and
- Glen Roy.

Arctostaphi/los alpina Spreng. Fersit Forest. Abundant on the
top of Ben Chlinaig, together with Loiseleuria procumhens Desv.,
and on the moorland between this hill and Sgorr-na-Insse.

Tiientalis eitropaa L. Wood near Roy Bridge, Glen Spean
(W. A.S., 1891).

Samolus Valerandi L. Near Inverlair ; a good many miles from
the sea.

Hcrophularia nodosa L. Glen Roy. Not recorded for W. Inver-
ness in Top. Bot. ed. 2, so we mention it in case it has escaped
observation.

Veronica alpina L. Glen Spean mountains, not very rare.
Aonach Mor ; Aonach Beg ; Stob Coire-an-Easain More ; Ben
Socaich ; Garbh Bheinn, &c. The var. hnmifusa of V. serpyllifolia
was well marked in a cold, wet gully on Aonach Beg, at 3200 ft.

Euphrasia PiostJcoviana Hayne, and FJ. gracilis Fr. are frequent
about Glen Roy ; E. scottica Wettst. [E. paludosa Townsend, non
R. Br.) is also plentiful, and ascends to fully 2000 ft., preferring
wet grassy or sedgy spots.

Illiinanthus ('rista-rjalli L., var. Dnnnmnnd-Hayi B. White. On
several of the micaceous Glen Spean mountains ; unusually luxuriant
on the cliffs of Aonach Beg.

Melampijrum sylvaticum L. Thickets by the river. Glen Roy,
and in a wood near Roy Bridge, Glen Spean.

Utricidaria intermedia Hayne. Moorland between Roy Bridge
and Aonach Mor.

Mentha hirsuta Huds. Glen Spean; evidently native. M. rubra
Sm. grows by a ditch in Strath Fillan, between Tyndrum and Crian-
larich, 88 ; doubtless an escape from a neighbouring farmhouse.

Littorella juncea Berg. In the stream called Amhainu Reidh,
descending from the watershed of Glen Nevis to Lochtreighead.

70 HIGHLAND PLANTS COLLECTED IN 1896.

AtiipJex palula L. aud A. hastata L. Shore of Locli Liuiibe,
near Fort William ; Suada maritbna L. and Salicornia herbacea L.
also occur here.

Polygonum lapathifolium L. A weed in the gardens of Koy
Bridge Hotel.

liumcx. Acetosa L. ascends to 3400 ft. in Glen Spean.

Salix Mijrsinitrs L. The form (S'. proctimbens Forbes was met
with on Garbh Bheiim, Htob Coire-an-Easain More, and Aonach
Beg, in small quantity. — *S'. purpurea L. By the Spean near
Inverlair ; locally plentiful, and looking thoroughly wild. A single
tsmall bush of S. aurita x purpurea was found here ; it is a very
good leaf-intermediate. — .S'. eilha xfror/Uis. In Glen Spean, about
a mile and a half below Roy Bridge ; a shrubby bush, apparently
not an intentional introduction, but very unlikely to be a native
here. — S. aurita x Caprea and 8. aurita x cinerea were gathered by
the river between Tyndrum and Crianlarich, 88.

Malaxis paludosa Swartz. Boggy ground. Glen Roy. In this
glen we also noticed Habenaria conopsea Benth., H. albida R. Br.,
and H. chloroleuca Ridley.

Sparijanium / ajjine Schnizl. Flowering, in a tarn about an acre
in extent, on the divide between the Lairige-au-Leacan (Glen
Spean) and the head of Glen Nevis, near the source of the Allt
Coire-an-Radh, at fully 2800 ft. by aneroid. This is 600 ft. higher
than any British record that we know of; but Rev. E. F. Linton
informs us that he has gathered it at about the same level near the
head of Canlochan Glen. The appearance of the plant was so
peculiar that we thought it not unlikely to be one of the other
Scandinavian species, but this may be due to the icy-cold water in
which it grows. "Too young; either Sp. ^///fwe (sensu Neuman)
or Sp. speirocephalum Neum. " (Pastor L. M. Neuman, ex 0. Nord-
stedt in litt.).

Scirpus setaceus L. Glen Roy ; uncommon in the Highlands,
according to our experience.

Eriophorum latifoliuin Hoppe. Moors on the south side of Glen
Spean, not far from Lionachan.

Carex paucijiora Lightf. Frequent in similar situations to that
of Kriophorum. latifuUum. — C. curta Good., var. alpicola (Wahlenb.).
At 2700 ft. in a swamp on the east side of Ben-na-Van ('? name) ;
not seen elsewhere. — C. var/inata Tausch. Garbh Bheinu, at
2700 ft. C. pulla Good, is frequent in Glen Spean.

A<jroslis scabra Willd. {teste Hackel). Alien. Apparently quite
established on the West Highland Railway banks between Tulloch
and Fersit siding, and between Corrour and Loch Treig ; a very
elegant grass. We were disposed to think American timber the
most probable source of its introduction ; a conjecture which is
favoured by what Mr. Miller Christy ('Notes on the Botany of
Manitoba') says of the plant (he adopts A. laxijiora Richards, as its
name) in Journ. Bat. 1887, p. 298: — "It often grows in large
patches, and generally it is the first species to spring up in old dis-
used cart-trails. During August the heads break off at one of the
joints of the stalk, aud are driven about the prairie by the wind,

DISTRIBUTION OF THREE SEDGES. 71

doubtless to distribute the seed. After a high wind, it may some-
times be found clinging to fences and trees."

Poa Dalfouri Parnell. Garbh Bheinn (no. 1649), at 2700 ft.—
Var. montana Parnell. Aonacli Beg (no. 1648), at about 3000 ft.
Both were named by Prof. Hackel, who adds the following im-
portant note : — " 1649 is, however, so near to what in our Alps we
call Foa nemnralis var. montana Gaud., that I can find no marked
difference. But, again, no. 1648 only differs from no. 1649 by the
longer ligula, and by the uppermost node being placed lower down
the stem ; so that probably no clear line can be drawn between
P. Balfourii and the alpine forms of neworalis. We shall only be
able to determine typical specimens with certainty, and shall often
meet with specimens which must remain doubtful, or in which it
will depend more upon the skill of the observer than upon real
positive characters, how we are to designate them." P. alpina L.
was only seen on Aonach Beg.

Aspleiiimi vlride Huds. Aonach Beg. Remarkably rare in this
district, considering how largely the mountains consist of mica-
schist.

Addendum. — Since this paper was written, Dr. Focke has identi-
fied a bramble collected by the railway near Crianlarich Station, 88,
as 7i. Scheutzii Lindeberg, " a form or subspecies of R. rhaninifolius."
It differed widely in appearance from all British rhamnifolius that
we have met with, when fresh. Cf. the remarks on this plant and
Pi. villicaidis by Rev. W. Moyle Rogers, pp. 44-5.

DISTRIBUTION OF THREE SEDGES.
By C. B. Clarke, F.R.S.

1. Cyperus vegetus Willd. (Sp. PL i. 283) is abundant from
Patagonia throughout Argentina and Chili, reaching north as far
as Bolivia and Rio Janeiro. It also occurs (perhaps only intro-
duced, in my opinion) both in California and Florida, but rarely.
C virois Mich, is common in North America, and is the C. vef/etna
of Pursh, as N. L. Britton has discovered. The Santee Canal in
Florida and the coast of California are particularly rich in ballast
plants from various parts of the world ; I do not try to prove JDut
that C. vegetus Willd. may be indigenous in Warm Temperate North
America, though its home is certainly Warm Temperate South
America.

C. verjetus Willd. is one of the few Chili plants that shows great
capacity for colonizing remote lands. It is well established in the
Azores. It has appeared in New Zealand under such circumstances
that it has been described as a new indigenous species — being
C. (jraciUs Buchanan or (J. Buchanani T. Kirk. It was collected
near Constantinople by Noe (n. 384), and in Sicily by Tineo. It is
well established on the Atlantic coast of Europe from Coimbra up

72 DISTRIBUTION OF THREE SEDGES.

to Bordeaux. Finally, I liave it collected as wild by Jeniier near
Seabrook, in Kent. It has maintained itself for a series of years in
most places where it has once been introduced.

2. Pycreus tremulus C. B, Clarke (in Dur. & Scbinz, Consp.
Fl. Afr. V. 542) has been frequently collected and long known
(since Poiret's time) in Madagascar, Mauritius, and Bourbon.
I have lately received it from Mozambique, Uganda, and the
Central Congo (Hens. n. 358). It is ('i/penis chlorostachys Boeck.

C. Koch described in Lhnma, xxi. (1848), 623, two new Cyperi,
viz. Cijpenis colchicm C. Koch and C. stacJn/ophnnis C. Koch, from
Mingrelia and Trebizond. These two species are one, viz. our
Pi/creus treundus. I for some time imagined that this was a
herbarium mixture ; but the plant appears to be truly collected
from the south of the Caspian to Colchis. Pi/creus tremulus is a
very "critical" species," it is true; but I think the Mascarene and
Mingrelian plants are identical. It increases the difficulty with me
that none of the allied species to P. tremulus inhabit Europe, West
Asia, or North Africa ; they inhabit America, Africa south of
Tropic of Cancer, South-east Asia, and Australia. I think the true
home of P. tremulus is certainly Mascarenia and Tropical Africa.
If, then, it is an introduced plant in Mingrelia, the wonder is how
it got introduced to such a place ; and still more that it should have
been able to establish itself there.

3. Mariscus congestus Vahl [Enum. ii. 350), sub Cypero, is
abundant throughout the Cape Colonies, common in Temperate
Australia. It appears to have been introduced into European
botanic gardens at an early date ; I have seen many garden
examples. It is Cyperus Paramatta Martins (Cat. Hort. ErlaiKjen,
24) ; it is C. patulus Hort. Mouspel. (Spreng. Syst. i. 225, partly) ;
it is C. spectahilis Link, Hort. Berol. i. 318 ; ii. 321 ; Hort. Erfurt.
n. 346. (Cyperus spectahilis Boeck. is a totally different American
species.) Like many botanic garden plants, it has been
wrongly named, issued with wrong name, and redescribed under
a new name ; I have twenty synonyms for it. But, excluding the
numerous garden specimens, or possible escapes, this species is
frequently collected in remote localities. I have seen examples
collected in Anatolia, Macedonia, Italy, and Lake of Geneva ; and
it is reported from Transcaucasia, Byzantium, Coimbra, and
Potsdam. It is, I think, a species which is endowed with a
capacity for colonization.

The books teem with unaccountable distributions: e.g. R/iyncho-
spora Drou-nii Eoem. & Sch., according to Boeckeler, inhabits
Brazil, Orinoco, New Holland, and Nepal ; while the closely-allied
Wiynchospora chinensis Nees & Meyen, according to Boeckeler,
inhabits China, Ceylon, and Sikkim up to 10,000 ft. elevation.
But these two species (and many allied ones) are hardly separable
from Itkynchospora ylauca Vahl. If the whole are treated as one
series, the distribution is "general"; and, if the series is sub-
divided on different characters from those relied upon by Boeckeler,
the anoaialies in the distribution disappear,

NOTE ON PLECTOCOMIA GRIFFITHII BECC. 73

The three cases I call attention to are, I think, quite different ;
the near allies of Cijpenis vegetw^, for instance, are all American
l^lants ; no way of writing out or of redistributing into subspecies
this American material would affect the remarkable establishment
of C. vegetus Willd. in Europe and in New Zealand.

NOTE ON PLECTOCOMIA GRIFFITHII Becc.
By a. B. Rendle, M.A., F.L.S.

In rearranging the Palm-case in the public gallery of the
Department of Botany at the British Museum, I found among
the Calamem a specimen of somewhat unusual interest. It had
been previously exhibited as Plectoconiia elongata Mart., sent by
Griffith from Malacca, and was thus labelled in Griffith's hand-
writing. As it was obviously different from other specimens of
P. elom/ata, it was necessary to investigate further. Reference to
Griffith's Pithns of British P'ast India showed the plant to be the
P. elongata of that work ; and tab. ccxvii a might have been drawn
from the British Museum specimen. A fruiting specimen had also
been exhibited under the same label, and that is equally well
represented by tab. ccxvii c. Our plant is therefore Plectocomia
(irijfithii Becc. in Flor. Brit. India, vi. 478, of which Sir Joseph
Hooker says, in a note, that he has seen no specimen.

The only difficulty is in relation to tab. ccxvii e, which forms
part of Griffith's P. elongata, and its relation to tab. ccxvii a
Tab. ccxvii a is inscribed Plectocomia elongata (foem.), and on the
opposite page is this footnote: — "Dr. Martins' figures represent
the spathes of the male and female alike ; in the female specimens
before me, though the flowers are open, the spathes are so closely
imbricated and so concave that the branches are strictly subulate
in form." This implies a difference between the form of the
spathels ("spathes" of Griffith) in the two sexes, and tends to
the conclusion that tab. ccxvii b represents a male plant (though
this is not stated), a conclusion which is supported by the appear-
ance of the flowers, which, although the spathels are spreading
open, show no indication of styles. Our male specimens have,
however, precisely the appearance of tab. ccxvii a ; the branches
of the inflorescence are narrowly cylindrical in form, and the
spathels have their margins united to the top ; and as the flowers
seem quite mature, it is difficult to understand how the plate in
question (ccxvii b) can refer to P. Grijfithii Becc. Is it some
other species — e. g. true P. elongata Mart. ? If it belongs to
P. iiri^ffitliii, we must suppose that it represents part of a female
inflorescence, and in the footnote on p. 104 and on the plate
ccxvii A must read male ior female. Unfortunately we have no young
female inflorescence at the Museum ; a few flowers occur in the
fruiting specimen, but the spathels are all widely spreading, as
drawn in t. ccxvii c, and whether or no they were ever in the
condition of tab. a it is impossible to conjecture.

74

NOTE ON PLECTOCOJIIA GRIFFITHII BECC.

A comparison of the following description, drawn up from our
specimens, will prove their identity with the plant of Griffith's
book : —

P. Griffithii Becc. MSS. apud Hook. fil. in Fl. Brit. Ind. vi.
478. P. elon<iata Griff, (uon Mart.) in Calc. Jotirn. Nat. Hist. v.
96 ; Palms Brit. East hid. 104, t. 217 a, b (?), c. Branch of male
inflorescence 1 in. or more in diameter ; beariug regularly arranged
distichous spathes 4 in. long by li across. Spadices narrow,
cylindrical, longest 18 in., diameter f in. Spathels closely imbri-
cated, distichous, margins connate, forming a tube widening gradu-
ally towards the mouth, where it is produced obliquely into a very
broad obtuse apex, H-1^ in. long, and about the same in circum-
ference at the mouth. Flowers closely crowded in a dense panicle,
shorter than the spathel, between the concave sides of which, the
axis of the spadix, and the next higher spathel, they are so com-
pressed as to become oblique in form. Generally 16 in number,
the short branches bearing a pair of subsessile flowers. Bracts
small, sharply acuminate. Eachis furfuraceous (scales dark chest-
nut-brown). Calyx dark-coloured; sepals forming a cup with a
shortly ciliate margin and three shallow teeth ; 1^ line long.
Petals lanceolate, less abruptly pointed than in P. elojujata Mart. ;
3-3^ by 1-lf lines. Anthers 6, linear-oblong, 1| lines long,
attached a little above the base to the filament, which is 1^ lines
long, and tapers rapidly above the middle. The flowers are rather
rotten, and allow no rudiment of a pistil to be seen.

Female flowers very shortly stalked, arranged distichously
(8 in number) on the spike, which is completely protected by the
broadly ovate obtuse spathel, which measures If in. in length and
breadth. Calyx similar to but larger than in the male {\ in. long);
petals united below into a shallow cup, 1 line long, above which
they narrow into a broadly-linear limb with a subacute tip, 3^ by
1^ lines. Filaments 6, triangular-subulate, bearing smaller anthers
(apparently barren) than in the male. Styles 3, free to the base,
5 lines long.

Fruits still seated in the persistent perianth, 4 to 5 in each
spathel which is now widely spreading. Globose, about 8 lines in
diameter. Scales quadrate, polished, dark cbestnut-brown in
colour, with a lighter thin fimbriated edge ; produced above into
a long membranous tapering fimbriated tip. Seeds one or more.

P. Griffithii differs from P. eloiujala in the narrow cylindrical
spadices and tubular spathels of the male inflorescence, and in its
smaller fruits and the greater number which are borne in one
spathel.

A fruiting spadix received from Mr. Ridley, and collected by him
on Penang Hill, Pulau Penang,in Dec. 1895 (No. 7098), also belongs
to this species.

75

ISLE OF MAN PLANTS.
By Arthur Bennett, F.L.S.

The list of Manx plants given by Mr. Hiern {Jonni. Bot. 11-15)
fills lip a good many gaps in the common plants. It records forty-two
species not in Top. Bot. ed. 2, and adds two varieties that I believe
have not been reported in Great Britain before — Foli/c/ala vulr/aris
L. var. minutijhrra Gren. & Godr., and Ulex Gallu Planch, var.
htiiiiilis Planch, in Ann. 8ci. Nat. 1819 (a translation of Planchon's
excellent paper on Ulex will be found in the Botanical Gazette, 281-
290, 1819).

There are still fifty-five species of common plants — /. e. those
not having their counties noted in detail in Top. Bot. — unrecorded
for the island. As so many visit the Isle of Man in the summer
months, it may be of use to give the names of these : research is so
much facilitated if one knows what to look for. The names are
those of the 2nd ed. of Top. Bot. : —

Pianunculus sceleratus.
Arenaria trineivia.
Hypericum perforatum .
Genista anglica.
Trifolium medium .
Geum urbanum.
Epilohium hirsutum.
Peplis Portuta.
Helosciadiwn inundatum.
^(jopodium Podaiiraria .
Pimpinella Saxi/raya.
JEthusa Cynapium.
Torilis Anthriscus.
Anthriscus sylvestris,
Asperula odorata.
Leontodon autumnalis.
Hieracium horeale.
Carduus crispus.
Centaur ea Cyanus.
Filayo minima.
Veronica Anayallis.
V. hcderifolia.
Mentha sativa.
M. arvensis.
Lamium album.
Lit/iospermum arvense.
Atriplex hastata.
Rumex nemorosus.

Mercurialis perennis.
Ulmus montana.
Salix alba.
S. fragilis.
S. viminalis.
Listera ovala.
Orchis mascula,
O. Conopsea.
Luzula multijiora.
Carex remota.
G. vulpina.
C. hirta.

Phalaris arundinacea.
Phleum pratense.
Alopecurus pratensis.
Agrostis canina.
Psamma arenaria.
Air a caspitosa.

A. Jiexuosa.
Catabrosa aquatica.
Glyceria Jiuitans.
Poa trivialis.
Festuca scitiroides.
F. elatior.

F. pratensis.
Bromus giganteus.

B. asper.
Equisetum palustre.

It is impossible yet to say whether the flora of the Isle shows
more affinity with the nearest Scotch, Irish, or English county
until the lists are much more complete. That the majority or all

76 ISLE OF MAN PLANTS.

of the fifty-five species named will be found seems most likely, as
the species already on record show such an affinity with Watson's
British type that the major portion of those wanting can hardly be
absent.

In an interesting anonymous paper on the Isle of Man Flora
in the Phytolnijist, iv. n. s., 161-169 (1860), dated from "Christ's
Church Parsonage, Manghold, Isle of Man," the following species
are given, but they were not accepted in Top. Hot. : —

Stellaria nemorum. Ballure Glen ; Ballaglass Waterfall.

Geranium piisilliun. Scarlett, near Castletown.

Tri folium fragiferum. Near the Dog Mills, Kirk Bride ; Bal-
laugh, &c.

Lactuca muralis. Ballure Hill.

Carduus acanthoides. Fields and waste ground, but not common.

Orohanche major. " Near Ramsey," Forbes.

Lamium intermedium. Common.

Mijosotis repens. Ditches on the Curraghs.

Atriplex Uttoralis. Sandy shores of the north.

Juncus maritimus. Scarlett. (In Mr. Hiern's list.)

Scirpus maritimus. The Lhen, Andreas. Mr. Holt also records
this, and S. setnceus.

Polypodiiim Dryopteris. Mountains and glens, frequent.

Lastrea Thehjpteris. Ballure Glen, &c.

In any future Flora of the Isle this paper must not be over-
looked; it bears internal evidence of care, and there are very
interesting remarks on the geology and climate of the Isle. There
is also a general notice of its Flora by Prof. E. Forbes in the Rev.
J. G. Cumming's IsJe of Man (Van Voorst, 1848). See also Kew
Botanist's Guide, p. 407; and Winch, Contributions to the Flora of
Cumberland. A paper on the Mosses will be found in the Phytolo-
qist, ii. 20, 109 (1857), by J. H. Davies.

In Journ. Bot. 1874, 183, Dr. Trimen says, " Mr. J. F. Robinson,
of Frodsham, Cheshire, is preparing a Flora." I do not know if
any MSS. were found after his death in 1884, or whether anyone
else took up the work.

A note on some "absentees" will be found in P%toZo^ts/;,N.s. vi.
127 (1862).

[We believe that Mr. Robinson never proceeded with his pro-
jected Flora, and the inaccuracy of his statements as to Welsh
plants prevents any feeling of regret that he did not carry out his
proposal. The county records standing on his authority in Top. Bot.
all need confirmation before they can be accepted as accurate. —
Ed. Journ. Bot.]

77

WELWITSCH'S AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG^E.

By W. West, F.L.S., and G. S. West, A.R.C.S.

(Plates 365-369.)

(Continued from p. -12.)

XI. — Desmidiace^.
1. Gonatozygon De Bary (1856).
1. G. Ralfsii DeBary, Couj. 76-7, t. iv. f. 23-25 (1858). Long,
cell. 217 fj- ; lat. 18-5 /j. ; lat. apic. 15 n-

Pungo Audougo. Inter Bittfachasjiermiim [iracilliiituin , ad lapides
submersas in rivulo de Tangue ; May 1857. No. 3.

2. Cylindrocystis Menegh. (1838).

1. C. CRASSA DeBary, I.e. 74, t. vii. C (1858). Long. 35 iu. ;
lat. 25 ju.

Pungo Andongo. Ad latera boreal, et occid. de Pedra Songue ;
April, 1857. No. 12.

3. Penium Breb. (1846).

1. P. OBLONGUM De Bary, /. c. 73, t. vii. G, f. 1, 2 (1858). Long.
65-80 ^ ; lat. 22-24 i^.

Golungo Alto. Ad margines stagnorum rivi Cuango ; Aug. 1857,
No. 155.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176. Morro
de Lopollo ; Febr. 1860. No. 192.

2. Penium sp. Long. 28 n* ; lat. 11*5 /^ ; this is probably P.
Mooreanum Arch., but not seen in sufficient quantity for accurate
identification.

Huilla. Inter VtrUulariam ecalcatatam, Morro de Lopollo;
April, 1860. No. 179.

8. Penium sp. Long. 26 f*. ; lat. 16 /x.

Huilla. Prope lacum Ivantala ; March, 1860. No. 17.

4. P. cuRTUM Breb. in Kiitz. Species Abjitruni, 167 (1849).
Clusteriuin 6'?<^f(f/u Breb. (1840) ; Kiitz. (1845). (Josniariion curium
Ralfs, Brit. Desm. 109, t. xxxii. f. 9 (1848). Long. 31-36 /x ; lat.
18-19 f*.

Pungo Andongo. In pascuis spongiosis breve graminosis juxta
rupes gigant. pr. Catete ; May 1857. No. 111.

Huilla. Morro de Lopollo ; Febr. 1860. No. 192.

5. P. adelochondrum Elfv. in Acta Soc. Fauna et Flora Fenn.
V. 2, no. 2, 17, t. i. f. 13 (1881). All the examples have a faintly
retu.se apex; long. 38-5— 12 /x ; lat. 14-15 /x ; lat. apic. 8-5-9'5 /x.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo, plagas spongiosas unacum Eriocauloneis, Xyridibus et
Utriculariis constituens ; May 1860. No. 15.

6. P. variolatum, sp. n. (tab. 368, fig. 23). P. parvum,
diametro 4-plo longius, ad medium leviter constrictum, apices sub-

78 welwitsch's African freshwater alg.e.

truncates versus sensim efc gradatim attenuafcum, lateribus rectis ;
merabraua tenuis et dense scrobiculata. Long. 34-37 /x; lat.
8*5-9 yu. ; lat. apic. 5*5 [i.

Huilla. Inter Utriculariam ecalcaratam, Morro de Lopollo ;
April 1860. No. 179.

7. P. MiNUTUJi (Ralfs) Cleve in Op. K. Yet.-Akad. Fork. 1863,
Arg. 20, no. 10, 493 (1864). Docidium minutum Ealfs, Brit. Desm.
158, t. xxvi. f. 5 (1848). Cfr. P. minutum forma gcnuina West, in
Journ. Linn. Soc. xxix. 129 (1892). Long. 126-138 /^ ; lat. bas.
semicell. 15-18 fi; apic. 10-11 {j..

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 15. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April
1860. No. 176. Inter Utriculariam eccdcaratam, Movvo deLiOjiollo;
April 1860. No. 179. In graminosis paludosis juxta rivulum de
Lopollo; April 1860. No. 180.

Forma minor Racib. in Pamietnik Aluid. Umiej. w Krahowie,
Wydz. matem.-prz. x. (60-1), (1885) ; West, /. c. Long. 69-85 /x ;
lat. bas. semicell. 5-5-9 /a; apic. 4-5-5-5 /x.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo; May 1860. No. 15. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April
1860. No. 176.

Var. GRACiLE Wille in Vid.-Selsk. Forhandl. Christiania, No. 11,
51, t. ii. f. 33 (1880); West, I.e. Long. 110-123 /x; lat. bas.
semicell. 7*5-9 /x, apic. 5-5-7 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis; April 1860. No. 176. Morro
de Lopollo. No. 179.

Var. cRAssuM West, I.e. 130, t. xx. f. 1. Long. 98 /x ; lat. bas.
semicell. 17 /x, apic. 13 /x.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo; May 1860. No. 15. Morro de Lopollo; M-ay 1860.
No. 182.

4. Closterium Nitzsch (1817).

1. C. PusiLLUM Hantzsch in Eabenh. Ahj. Fait. no. 1008 (1861) ;
Rabenb. Fl. Europ. Ahjar. iii. 125 (1868).

Var. suBRECTUM, var. u. (tab. 368, fig. 24). Var. cellulis pauUo
crassioribus quam in forma typica, diametro 4-plo longioribus,
ventre recto, dorso leviter curvato, apicibus subtruncatis. Long.
46-49 /x; lat. 11-11-5 /x.

Pungo Andongo. Inter Scytonema mi/oehrous v. ehoroyrapldcum
et Dichotrichem yypsophilani ad latera boreal, et occid. de Pedra
Songue ; April 1857. No. 12.

2. C. PERACEROSUM Gay, Fssai Monoyr. Conj. 75, t. ii. f . 18 (1883) ;
Bidl. Soc. Dot. Fr. xxxi. 339 (1884).

Var. ^TmopicuM, var. n. (tab. 365, fig. 9). Var. cellulis apices
subtruncatos versus plus attenuatis. Long. 200-205 /x ; lat. 14-15 /x ;
lat. apic. 3 /x.

Pungo Andongo. In sfcagnis prope Anbilla (Condo) ; March
1857. No. 177.

3. C. ACEROsuM (Scbrank) Ebrenb. Ahhandl. Akad. Wissenschaft.

WELWITSCH's AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG^E.' 79

Berlin (1831), 68 (1832); Ralfs, Brit. Desm. 1G4, t. xxvii. f. 2.
Vibrio acerosus Schrank.

Var. ANGOLENSE, vai". n. Var. major, cellulis lateribus parallelis
prope apices rotuudatos atteuuatis ; membrana achroa glabraqiie.
Long. 780 // ; lat. 38 /x.

Golungo Alto. Ad margines stagnorum livi Cuango; Aug.
1857. No. 155,

4. C. TURGiDUM Ehreub. Infus. 95, t. 6, f. 7 (1838) ; Ralfs, /. c.
165, t. xxvii. f. 3 (1848). A shorter form than the typical one ;
long. 504 /v. ; lat. 61 /x.

Mossamedes. In stagnis exsiccatis ad ripas flum. Bero ; June
1859. No. 171.

5. C. Leibleinii Kiitz. in Linnaa, viii. 596, t. xviii. f. 79 (1833) ;
Ralfs, he. 167-8, t. xxviii. f. 4 (1848). Two forms :—

Loanda. In stagnis ; Febr. 1858. No. 136. Lat. 38 /x.
Pungo Andongo. In stagnis prope Anbilla (Condoj ; March
1857. No. 177. Lat. 22 fx.

6. C. REGULARS Brcb. in Mem. Soc. Imp. Sciences, Clierhoitn/, iv.
148-9, 304, t. ii. f. 35 (1856).

Forma minor. Lat. 18 /x ; apicibus 173 /x inter se distantibus ;
striis (ut visis) 15.

Huilla. Cum Nitella sp. in stagnis pr. Catumba ; April 1860.
No. 189.

Some algologists appear to confuse this plant with C. costatum
Corda ; it is, however, very distinct from it.

5. DociDiuM Breb. (1844).

1. D. trigeminiferum, sp. n. (tab. 368, figs. 32-34). D. medi-
ocre, diametro 16-21 -plo longius ; semicellulte elongat;^, levissime
inflatae ad basin, apices subtruncatos versus sensiin attenuatae,
lateribus subrectis ; granulis 6 circa inflationem levem ad basin
semicellularum in paribus distinctis tribus ordinatis, base semi-
cellulae leviter augulari ; membrana dense punctata. Long. 230-
322 /x; lat. has. semicell. 16-18 /x, med. semicell. 14-14-5 /x, apic.
9-5-10-5 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176. Etiam
inter Utricidariam ecalcaratam, Morro de Lopollo ; April 1860.
No. 179.

This species is readily distinguished from D. haculum Breb. by
the much slighter basal inflation with no constriction above it, and
by the different basal granules.

6. Pleurot^nium Niig. (1849).
1. P. sparsipunctatum, sp. n. (tab. 365, fig. 10). P. raagnUm,
diametro circiter 22-plo longius ; seraicellulaB levissime attenuata?,
cum inllatione basali permagna, lateribus cum undulis minime
profundis circiter 5 supra inflationem basalem, undulis gradatim
minoribus apicem versus continuis ; apicibus truucatis, tuberculis
magnis rectangularibus 14 (visis 8) insti'uctis; membrana delicate
scrobiculata, scrobiculis 5-6-5 /x inter se distantibus. Long. 730 /x ;
lat. bas. inflat. semicell. 50 /x ; lat. apic. 28 /x.

80 WELWITSCH's AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALGiE.

Pungo Andongo. In stagnis prope Anbilla (Condo) ; March
1857. No. 177.

This species can be compared with P. subcoronidation (W. B.
Turn.) West, and P. conjimctum (W. B. Turn.).

2. P. Ehrenbergii (Breb.) De Bary, Couj. 75 (1858). Docidmm
Ehrenbeniii Breb. (1844) ; Ealfs, Brit. Desm. 157, t. xxvi. f. 4 (1848).
Long. 408 n ; lat. bas. semicell. 22 /x, apic. 16 /x.

Pungo Andongo. In stagnis prope Anbilla (Condo) ; March
1857. No. 177.

3. P. MAXIMUM (Eeinsch) Lund, in Acta Pi. Soc. Sclent. Ups.
ser. 3, viii. no. ii. 89 (1871). Ihciilium maximum Eeinsch in
Abhandl. Si'nckenb. Naturforsch. Gesellsch. vi. 140, t. xx. C ii. f. 1-2
(1866-7); in AbhancU. Naturhist. Gesellsch. zu Nurnbenj, iii. 184,
t. xii. f. 4 (1866). Long. 762-779 /x; lat. bas. semicell. 43-44 fx,
med. semicell. 38-5-40 /x, apic. 25-27 fj-.

Libongo. Ad raargines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.
The shorter semicells (which are sometimes only 175 ^ in
length) have only one basal inflation ; the longer ones have two.

7. Ichthyocercus, gen.n.
Cellalte cylindrico-fasiformes, subelongatte, ad medium leviter
constrictfe; a f route visae lateribus subparallelis, apicibus basibusque
semicellularum in latitudine subaequalibus (uonnunquam apicibus
paullo angustioribus vel paullo latioribus), depressione lata minime
profunda ad apices per latitudinem totam, spina brevi leviter di-
vergente ad angulum uuumquemque iastractfe ; a vertice vis^e
subcirculares.

1. I. angolensis, sp. unica. (tab. 368, figs. 26-31). I. sub-

parvum, diametro 3-5-plo longior (sine spinis) ; semicelluliB a fronte

visffi oblougte, lateribus leviter convexis, infra apices leviter dilatatos

interdum angustatje ; a latere visas elongato-ovata?, apice acute

rotundato cum spina brevi instrncto ; membrana tenuissima delicate

punctata vel punctato-scrobiculata ; cet. charact. ut in genere.

Zygosporas globosae vel late elliptical; membrana crassa, glabra,

bilamellata, lamella interiori scrobiculata.

Long, (sine spin.) 46 ;

Lat. bas. semicell. 15 ;

Lat. apic. semicell, 12-5;

Lat. isthm. . . 18-5;

Long. spin. . . 1-6;

Diara. zygosp. 21-33-5 /x.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca

et Lopollo, plagas spongiosas unacura Eriocauloneis, Xyridibus et

Utriculariis constituens ; May 1860. No. 15. In graminosis palu-

dosis juxta rivulum de Lopollo ; April 1860. No. 180, Morro de

Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 182.

This genus seems to be near Tetmemorus and Euastrum. It
resembles the former in its elongate form, in being but slightly
constricted in the middle, and in possessing a circular (or very
nearly circular) vertical view; it differs from it, however, in the

54 ;

55-5 ;

58 ;

61-5 ;

63-5 11.

17 ;

14-5 ;

19 ;

12'5 ;

16 IX.

14 ;

12-5 ;

14 ;

13-5 ;

17 IX.

15-5;

12-5 ;

17 ;

11 ;

14-5 [x.

1-7;

2 ;

3;

1-9 ;

2-8 /x.

welwxtsch's afkican freshwater alg.e. 81

absence of the deep linear notch at the apex, in the presence of a
spine at each apical angle, and in the general conformation of the
upper half of the semicells, which are somewhat wedge-shaped,
with convex surfaces. From Euastruiji, it differs in its very slight
constriction, its more parallel sides in front view, and in its circular
vertical view.

The cell membrane appears to be much less firm than that of a
Tetmemorus. The punctulations on it are in some specimens dense
and in others distant from each other, and occasionally they are so
well developed at the apical angles as to give them a faintly rough
appearance. In one example the spine at one of the apical angles
was duplicated, the two spines being placed close together, and of
different lengths.

It also approaches the genus Triploceros, but the delicate cha-
racter of the membrane, which is also destitute of warts, and the
somewhat different apex distinguish it.

8. Tetmehorus Kalfs (1844).

1. T. GRANULATUs (Breb.) Ealfs in Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist. xiv. 257,
t. viii. f. 2 (1844); Brit. Besin. 147, t. xxiv. f. 2, t. xxxiii. f. 1 (1848).
Closteriiun fjranulatum Breb. (1839). Long. 19G /x; lat. 34 /x; lat.
isthm. 31 jj..

Huilla. Inter Utricnlaiiam ecalcaratam, Morro de LopoUo ;
April 18G0. No. 179.

2. T. L^vis (Kiitz.) Ealfs, Brit. Desm. 146, t. xxiv. f. 3 (1848).
Closteriiun lave Kiitz. Phyc. Gerni. 132 (1845).

Var. coNTiNuus Nordst. Ahj. Samlvic. 10 (1878). Long. 67 /* ;
lat. 25 II.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccaudis ; April 1860. No. 176.

8. T. fissus, sp. n. (tab. 868, fig. 25). T. parvus, diametro
2^--plo longior, ad medium leviter constrictus ; semicellulfe breviter
oblongfc, lateribus convexis, apicibus incisura mediana profunda
late aperta fissis, lateribus iucisurje convexis, angulis apicalibus
obtuse acutis ; niembrana densissime et minutissime pauctata.
Long. 42 /x ; lat. max. 18 // ; lat. isthm. 15 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176.

This small species has somewhat unique characters that readily
distinguish it from the otlier species of the genus.

9. EuASTRUJi Ehrenb. (1832).

1. E. acmon, sp. n. (tab. 366, ligs. 11, 12). E. subraediocre,
pa!ue Ifi-plo longius quam latins, profunde constrictum, sinu lineari
in parte niediiino, cxtremo ampliato, extrorsum aperto; scmiccllula)
trapezifornies lateribus multe concavis vel incadiformcs, apicibus et
basibus latitudine saba'(puilibus, apicibus late truncatis leviter retusis
ad medium ; a vertice vis;e rhomboideo-ellipticne polis subacutis ; a
latere visa^ rectangulares anguhs superioribus leviter rotundatis ;
membrana glabra. Long. 46 /x; lat. 28-31 /x; lat. apic. 23-27 /x ;
lat. constrict, sub apic. 15-17'5 /x ; lat. isthm. 8-9 /x ; crass. 18 /x.
Huilla. In uligiuosis editioribus propo Humpata, Empalanca
Journal of Botany. — Vol. 35. [M.\Rcn, 1897.] g

82 welwitsch's African freshwater alg.e.

et LopoUo, plagas spongiosas uuacum Eriocauloneis, Xyridibus et
Utriculariis constituens; May 1860. No. 15.

The front view of this species is considerably different from that
of E. intermediuw Cleve, a depressed form of which it somewhat
resembles at first sight, and the vertical and lateral view^s readily
distinguish it from all Euastra of this class.

Var. cLAusuM (tab. 3G6, fig. 13). Var. minor, sinu linear! ex-
trorsum non aperto; membrana punctata. Long. 38"5/x; lat. 25 /x;
lat. apic. 22 /x ; lat. constrict, sub apic. 13 /x ; lat. isthm. 7*5 /x ;
crass. 15 /x.

Huilla. In graminosis paladosis juxta rivulam de LopoUo;
April 18G0. No. 180.

2. E. holoscherum, sp. n. (tab. 3G6, fig. 11). E. submediocre,
duplo longius quam latius, profundissime constrictum, sinu angusto-
lineari extremo ampliato ; semicellula? quadrato-ovatte, angulis ba-
salibus rectangulares, lateribus parallelis sed gradatim (vel potius
siibito) apicem versus angustatis, iucisura profunda lineari mediana
ad apicem ; a latere visfe elongato-ovatte lateribus retusis ; mem-
brana glabra. Long. 51 /x ; lat. 25 /x; lat. isthm. 8 /x; crass. 15 /x.

Huilla. Inter Micros/wram ahhreviatam et Balrachospermum.
huillense, in rivulis prope Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 187.

3. E, ANSATUM Ehrenb. Abhaiidl. Akad. Wisseitschaft. Beiiin
(1831), 82 (1832) ; lufas. 162, t. xii. f. vi. 2 (1838) ; Ralfs, Brit. Des,n.
85, t. xiv. f. 2. Long. 81 /x ; lat. 36 /x, apic. 17 /x.

Pungo Andongo. In stagnis prope Anbilla (Condo) ; March
1857. No. 177.

4. E. huillense, sp. n, (tab. 366, figs. 15, 16). E. submediocre,
2i-plo lougius quam latius, profunde constrictum, sinu angusto-
lineari extremo subampliato ; semicelluUe anguste truncato-pyra-
midata:!, angulis basalibus leviter rotuudatis, lateribus subrectis vel
leviter concavis elevatione mediana parva incrassata et leviter
emarginata, angulis superioribus oblique subtruncatis et incrassatis,
apicibus leviter convexis (nonnumquara subrectis) incisura profunde
lineari in medio, ad basin juxta supra isthmum tumore prominenti ;
a vertice vis;^ oblougo-elliptica\ tumore truncato-emarginato promi-
nenti ad medium utrobique; a latere visie oblong;^ angulis basalibus
rectangiilaribus et angulis apicalibus rotundatis ; membrana dense
et delicate punctata, cum scrobiculis paucis sparsis (circiter 6-9 in
semicellula unaquaque) plerumque intra marginem uinimquemque
aggregatis et a latere visis distinctis. Long. 43-57 /x; lat. 20-26 /x ;
lat. apic. 13-5-16 /x ; lat. islhm. 7'5-!J"5 /x ; crass. 18-19 /x.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et LopoUo; May 1860. No. 15. Etiam in paludibus exsiccandis;
AprU 1860. No. 176.

E. ansatuin Elirenb. var. tnniiduni. Brerg. (in Videnah. Medd.
Natuili. Foren. Kjobcii. (1890), 33, t. iii. f. 15) is somewhat near
this species in outline, but its dimensions and other characters are
very different.

5. E. siNuosuji Leuorm. (1845) ; Ralfs, /. c. 85, t. xiii. f. 5a,b,c
(1848).

WELWITSCH's AFRICAN FRESHWATER .\1.G.5. 83

Var. REDUCTUM, vai'. n. Var. multe minor, sinibus miuime pro-
fundis, lobis polaribus rotuudioiibus et non dilatatis ad apicem ;
tumoribus a vertice visis multe reductis ; membraua punctata.
Long. 46-50 //. ; lat. 24-20 />- ; lat. isthm. 8-y-9-5 /x ; crass. 15 //.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo; May 18G0. No. 15. Morro de Lopollo ; May 1860.
No. 182.

6. E. HYPOCHONDRuir Nordst. in Acta Univers. Lund. xvi. no. iv.
8, t. 1. f. 11 (1880). A form with slightly different lateral lobes;
this difference, however, may be owing to the specimens having
been dried for a long period. Long. 46 /j. ; lat. 42 /v. ; lat. apic. 15 /x;
lat. isthm. 11-5 /x ; crass. 20 /x.

Libongo. Ad margiues flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

7. E. HYPocHONDRomEs Wcst & G. S. West in Tram. Linn. Soc.
2 Ser. V. 49, t. vi. f. 8 (1895). Long. 49 /x; lat. 38 /x; lab. apic.
13'5 /x; lat. isthm. 9 /x ; crass. 17 /x.

Pungo Andongo. In stagnis prope Anbilla (Condo) ; March
1857. No. 177.

8. E. subpersonatum, sp. n. (tab. 366, fig. 19). E. sub-
mediocre, H-plo longius quam latins, profande constrictum, sinu
lineari extremo ampliato ; semicelluho subtrilobie, coustrictione
levi ad basin lobi polaris ; lobis lateralibus subrectangularibus,
angulis basalibns dente minuto instructis, lateribus snbretusis sub-
divergentibusque, angulis superioribus truncatis ; lobo polari trans-
verse rectaugulari cum lateribus convexis, spina parva divergenli
ad angulum superiorem unumquemque, incisura mediana profunda
aperta ad apicem convexum ; cum verruca magna rotundata in
centro semicellularum : membrana delicate punctata. Long. 39 /x ;
lat. 27 /x; lat. apic. 19-21 /x; lat. isthm. 7*5 /x.

Pungo Andongo. In stagnis prope Anbilla (Condo) ; March
1857. No. 177.

This differs from E. personatum West & G. S. West (I.e. 52-3,
t. vi. f. 19) in having one median wart nearer the middle of the
semicells and no accompanying scrobiculatious, in the lateral lobes
being widest in their upper portion, and in the wide gaping apical
notch.

9. E. ELEGANS (Breb.) Kiltz. Pliyc Germ. 135 (1845) ; Ralf^j,
/. e. 89, t. xiv. f. 7. HeterocarpeUa eleqons Breb. (1839). Long.
26-29 /x; lat. 16-19 /x ; lat. isthm. 4-5-5 /^ ; crass. 11-5 /t.

Iluilla. In uhginosis editioribus prope llumpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo ; May 1H60. No. 15.

Pungo Andongo. In stagnis prope Anbilla (Condo) ; March
1857. No. 177.

K. liiritrriituiii W. B. Turn, (in A'. iS'c. IV/.- J/.w-/. Ilnuill. Bd. 25,
No. 5, 83, t. xi. f. 1) and K. annuhaum W. 15. Turn. (/.<•. 80, t. x.
f. 36, 52) seem to us to belong to E. eleyans. Turner's drawing of
the "lateral view" of E. annulatiun (t. x. f. 52) shows that it is
somewhat oblique, and not strictly a lateral view. The zygospore
of E. incurviituni is also that of some forms of A', elfijans.

G 2

84 WELWITSCH'S AFRICAN FRESHES ATER ALG.E.

10. E. subinerme, sp. u. (tab. 366, fig. 18). E. iDarvum,
circiter l|-plo longius quam latins, profuude constrictum, sinu
angusto-lmeari ; seraicellulii? truncato-pyramidat?e, angulis basali-
bus rotuudatis, lateribus excavationibus duabus projectione mediana
rotundata, angulis apicalibus rotuudatis, incisura mediana profunda
liueavi ad apicem rectum, tumoribus tribus trans basin semicellulae
uniuscujusque et tumoribus duobus alternantibus trans medium (ut
in K. sinnoso) ; a vertice viste anguste oblongo-ellipticfe, j)olis obtuse
conicis, projectionibus rotundatis tribus et projectionibus duabus
alternantibus supra utrobique instructfe, lobo polari oblongo-
elliptico; membraua minute et sparsissime scrobiculata. Long.
35 /x ; lat. 22 ji; lat. apic. 10-5 /x ; lat. isthm. 8 /x; crass. 12 ji.

Pungo Andongo. In pascuis spongiosis breve graminosis juxta
rupes gig. pr. Catete ; May 1857. No. 111.

This species is in outline very similar to E. inerme (Ealfs) Lund.
{Nom Acta B. Soc. Scient. Ups. ser. 3, viii. no. ii. (1871), 20, t. ii.
f. 3), but it is much smaller and shorter, has different basal angles,
and also a very different arrangement of surface tumors. From
E. sinuosuni Lenorm. it differs in its much smaller size and its
short rectangular polar lobe as seen in front view ; from the vertical
view the polar lobe is oblong-elliptical, and not sinuate-quadrate.

11. E. ERosuM Lund. /. c 22, t. ii. f. 6 (1871).

Forma minor. Long. 19-21 //. ; lat. 13-5-15-5 /x; lat. isthm.
3-5-4 /x; crass. 10 /x.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 15.

12. E. cosMAEioiDES West & G. S. West in Trans. Linn. Soc.
2 Ser. V. 54, t. vi. f. 23 (1895).

Var. cuETUM, var. n. Var. cellulis brevioribus. Long. 23 /x ;
lat. 18 /x; lat. isthm. 5*5 /x ; crass. 13-5 /x.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 15.

13. E. BiNALE (Turp.) Ehrenb. in Bericht. Veih. Preuss. Akad.
Wissensch. Berlin, 208-9 (1840); Ralfs, Brit. Desm. 90, t. xiv. f. 8
(1848). Heterocarpella binalis Turp. (1820), Cosmariuin Aitcliisonii
as figured by W. B. Turner in K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. Bd. xxv.
no. 5 (1893), t. viii; f. 54r<, i {a is obhque) ; non C. Aitcliisonii
Schaarschm. (1884).

Var. ANGOLENSE var. n. (tab. 366, fig. 8). Var. minor, angulis
apicalibus productis et late rotuudatis, angulis basalibus rotundatis;
cellulis a vertice visis subglobosis, polis productis ; a latere visis
semiellipticis. Long. 19 /x; lat. 10 /x ; lat. isthm. 2-5 // ; crass. 8-5 /x.

Huilla. lu uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 15.

14. E. DENTicuLATUM (Kirchn.j Gay in Bull. Soc. But. France,
xxxi. 335 (1884). E. binale v. denliciilatiDii Kirchn. in Cohn, Kn/pto(i.
Flora Schlesiai, 159 (1878). Long. 17-18//.; lat. 13-13-5 /x"; lat.
isthm. 3-5-4 /x,

Pungo Andongo. In staguis prope Anbilla iCoudo); March
1857. No. 177.

WELWITSCH's AFRICAN FBESHWATER ALG/E. 85

Huilla. lu uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 15.

Forma. A form with the lateral lobes partly subdivided. Long.
26 IX ; lat. 17 /x; lat. apic. 14-5 /jl; lat. isthm. 5-5 /x ; crass. 9*5 /x.
(Cfr. W. & G. S. West in Trans. Linn. Soc. 2 8er. v. t. ix. f. 16.1

Huilla. Inter Gonatonema tropicum, Morro de Lopollo ; Febr.
1860. No. 186.

15. E. tetragonum, sp. n. (tab. 366, fig. 10). E. minutum,
circiter l^^-plo longius quam latius, profnnde constrictum, sinu
linear! ; semicellulffi subrectangulares, apicem versus latiores, angulis
basalibus leviter rotundatis, lateribus subretusis in medio, dente
minuto ad angulum superiorem unumquemque, apice leviter con-
vexo et retuso in medio, seriebus duabus granulorum parvorum
trans angulum superiorem unumquemque, granulis 4 intra angulum
basalem unumquemque, et papilla in centro; a vertice visa ellipticte,
polls acutis dente parvo instructis, seriebus duabus transversis
granulorum ad polum unumquemque, papilla mediana utrobique
instructiB. Long. 18-19 /x; lat. has. semicell. 13-13'5 /x; lat. apic.
14-15 /x ; lat. isthm. 3'8-4-8 /;- ; crass. 9-5 /x.

Libongo. Ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.
Compare with E. denticidatuvi v. rectangulare West & G. S. West
in Tracts. Linn. Soc. 2nd ser. v. 53, t. vi. f. 21.

16. E. bimorsum, sp.n. (tab. 366, fig. 17). E. subparvum,
If-plo longius quam latius, profunde constrictum, sinu angusto
extremo ampliato ; semicellulfe pyramidato-trapeziformes, angulis
basalibus rotundatis, lateribus rectis, incisuris parvis duabus et
promontoriis ^qualibus denticulatis tribus ad laterem unumquem-
que, dente parvo ad angulum superiorem unumquemque, incisura
profunda lineari ad medium apicis recti undulato-denticulati, intra
promontoria denticulis paucis, lis intra promontorium basalem
insignibus, verruca magna in centro infra incisuram apicalem ;
a vertice visje elliptico-oblongas excavationibus latis duabus utro-
bique, projectione centrali truncato-emarginata, polls late rotundatis
et undulato-denticulatis ; a latere visfe pyramidato-oblongffi apice
truncato denticulatoque, angulis basalibus denticulatis, projectione
truncato-emarginata in medio lateris glabri uniuscuj usque ; mem-
brana minute punctata. Long. 38 /x; lat. 23 /x ; lat. apic. 18 /x ;
lat. isthm. 6 /x ; crass. 17 /x.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo, plagas spongiosas unacum Eriocauloneis, Xyridibus et
Utriculariis constitueus ; May 1860. No. 15.

This is very similar in outline to E. Turnerii West (in Jou);n.
Linn. Soc. xxix. 141, t. xx. f. 18), but differs totally in both vertical
and lateral views.

17. E. subdivaricatum, sp.n. (tab. 366, fig. 9). E. parvum,
circiter 1^-plo longius quam latius, profunde constrictum, sinu
lineari et extrorsum leviter aperto ; semicellulre pyramidato-trapezi-
formes, sinibus duobus utrobique (eo infra apicem insigui), pro-
jectione mediana emarginata, angulis inferioribus superioribusque
mucronatis, granulis parvis 4 in margine apicis subconvexi, de-

86 welwitsch's African freshwater alg.e.

presslone mediana ad apicem et intra marginem verruca qiiadii-
granulata utrobique, verruca trigranulata intra angulum basalem
unumquemque, verruca majori triloba in centro ; a vertice visae
rectangulari-oblongae verruca lata emarginata in medio utrobique,
aagulis emarginatis, polis unidentatis. Long. 34-5 /x; lat. 27 /a ;
lat. apic. 18 /x; lat. isthm. 8 // ; crass. 15 /a.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis; April 1860. No. 17G.

This approaches F. divarkatum Lund, (in ]<!oi-a Acta R. Soc.
Sclent. Ups. ser. 3, viii. (1871) no. ii. 21, t. ii. f. 5), but differs from
it in its broader apex with a very shallow notch, its trilobed median
wart, in the two quadrigranulate warts within the apex, and in the
trigranulate wart within each basal angle, which latter feature
causes the vertical view to be rectangular- oblong.

10. MiCRASTERIAS Kg. (1827).

1. M. ARCUATA Bail, in Sniithson. Contrib. ii. Art. 8, 37, t. i, f. G
(1851) ; Nordst. iu O/vers. K..Vet.-Akad. Fork. no. 3 (1877), 22-23,
li. 1-2. Long. 77 /x ; lat. 90 /x; lat. isthm. 18 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176.

Var. suBPiNNATiFiDA, var. n. (tab. 366, fig. 7). Var. robustior
quam forma tjpica ; lobis lateralibus crassioribus prsesertim ad
basin, marginibus superioribus subrectis et horizontalibus, mar-
giuibus inferioribus subsigmoideis ; processibus loborum polarum
crassioribus et horizontalibus, apicibus leviter retusis in medio.
Long. 59-62 ju ; lat. (c. spiu.) 65-68 /x ; lat. isthm. 9-5-13-5 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176. Inter
JJtriculariam eralcarataiii, Morro de Lopollo ; April 1860. No. 179.

This variety appears to connect AI. arcuata with M. pinnatifida ;
its lobes are thicker and more horizontal than in typical examples
of the former, and the basal ones much resemble those of the latter.
The lobes, however, are not so thick and have not the same form
as those of M. pmnatijida, the apex of the polar lobe is refuse in
the middle, and the lobes all possess that small terminal sharp
spine characteristic of all specimens of M. arcuata.

2. M. TROPICA Nordst. in Vidensk. Medd. Naturh. Foren. Kjohen.
1869, no. 14-15, 219, t. ii. f. 15 (1870). il/. eximnsa var. y. Wallich
in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, v. 276-7, t. xiii. f. 9 (1860).

Forma. Apical processes almost horizontal ; also with two
large granules, one on each side of the extremity of each shius.
Long. 136 /x; lat. bas. 116 /x ; lat. apic. 87 /x ; lat. isthm. 20 /x
(tab. 366, fig. 1).

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176.

This form has the four larger granules (or papillae) possessed by
var. (juianense Eacib. (in Flora (1895), Ixxxi. 34, t. iii. f. 15), but
has not the teeth at their apex.

Var. ELEGANs, var. n. (tab. 366, fig. 2). Var. processibus
tenuioribus graciUoribusque marginibus minutius denticulatis,
denticulis numerosioribus intra inargines ; membrana delicate
punctata. Long. 112 /x ; lat. bas. 103 /a; lat. apic. 56 ju ; lat.
isthm. 17 /x.

WELWITSCH's AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG.E. 87

Pungo Anclongo. In stagnis prope Anbilla (Coudo); March
1857. No. 177.

Var. cRAssuM, var. n. (tab. 3G6, fig. 3). Var, robustior quam
forma typica ; processibus brevioribus et crassioribus, deuticulis
obtasis 4 ad apices processuum basalum. Long. 131 ix ; lat. bas.
Ill //; lat. apic. 77-86 /x; lat. isthm. 20 /x.

Huilla. Inter Utriculariam ecalcaratam, Morro de Lopollo ;
April 1860. No. 179.

3. M. robasta, sp.n. (tab. 366, figs. 5, 6). M. mediocris,
circiter l|-plo longior quam iatior, profunde constrictum, siuu
aperto et semi-elliptico ad extremum acuminato ; semicellulfe tri-
lobas ; lobo polari magno, late expanso et extento utrobique ultra
lobos laterales, subincudiformi cum collo brevi crasso et parte
apicali subfusiformi, apice convexo serie dentium magnorum (cir-
citer) 12 (maximis in medio) pra^dito, margine inferiori subrecto
denticulis 2-3 utrobique prasdito, truncato ad extremitatem unam-
quamque et cum denticulis 4 ; lobis lateralibns brevibus crassisque,
arcuatis, margine superiori multe convexo denticulis acumiuatis 3
instructo, margine inferiori concavo et glabro, extremitate truncata
dentis parvis 3 instructa ; semicellulte serie granulorum (iiiterdum
geminatorum) intra marginem unumquemque colli lobi polaris,
serie irregnlari granulorum infra apicem et seriebus duabus irregu-
laribus intra lobum lateralem unumquemque, in centro granulis
sparsis 4-5 (nonnunquam majoribus) ; a vertice vis£e parte basali
late ellipticfe polls truncatis, parte apicali fusiforme-ellipticfe polls
truncatis. Long. 88-106 /x ; lat. bas. 57-63 /x ; lat. apic. 61-69 /x;
lat. isthm. 15-21 /x ; crass. 29 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176.

This beautiful and characteristic species has a very robust
appearance on account of the shortness and thickness of the lobes ;
the subuncinate form of the lateral lobes is also peculiar.

4. M. poLONicA West & G. S. West in Jouni. Bat. xxxiii. 66
(1895). M. Kitclielii Wolle, forma polonica B. Eichl. & Gutw. in
Iiospr. Akadem. Umie jet. Krakow. Wijdz. matem.-prz. Ser. ii. tom. viii.
vol. xxviii. 173, t. v. f. 41 (1895). Long. 46 /x ; lat. 36-5 /x ; lat.
apic. 21 /x ; lat. isthm. 11 /x (tab. 366, fig. 4).

Huilla. Lopollo ; Febr. 1860. No. 192.

The African form has a higher polar lobe than the Polish one,
and the infra-apical incision is a little more open. Eichler & Gut-
winski's measurement given in the text, "long. cell. = 86 /x," is
evidently a mistake, as their figure measures but 39 ji.

5. M. CRENATA Breb. in Ralfs, Btit. Desni. 75, t. vii. f. 2 & t. x.
f. 4 (1848). This plant is proportionately longer than M. truncata
Breb. ; it has a more robust and deeper polar lobe, which is never
retuse in the middle, though often flattened ; it is also a very much
rarer species. Long. 75-83 /x ; lat. 54-58 /x ; lat. isthm. 17-19 /x.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo; May 1860. No. 15. Etiam inter (lonatoncma trnphuni
et Teinnix/aiiietnin heteronporuw , Morro de Lopollo ; Feb. 1860.
No. 172. '

88 WELWITSCH S AFEICAN FRESHWATER ALG.E,

11. Xanthidium Ebrenb, (1834),

1. X. fasciculatum Ebrenb. In/as. 147-8, t. x. f. 24 i (1838) ;
Ealfs, Brit. Desni. 114-5. Forma tumore mediano truncato-crenato
spinam brevem gereus. Lat. sine spin. 42 // ; lat. cum. spin. 70 /x ;
crass, (c. spin.) 46 /i (tab. 368, fig. 16).

Huilla. In pabidibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176.

2. X. cRisTATUM Breb. in Ralfs, Brit. Desm. 115, t. xix. f. 3
(1848).

Var. TROPicuM, var. n. (tab. 368, fig. 15). Var. siuu leviter
aperto et acutangulo ; semicellulis subsemicircularibus et leviter
angularibus ; spinis brevioribus, paribus apicalibus duabns quam
in forma typica, spinis duabus ad angulos laterales, una supra
alteram (superiori suberecta, inferior! horizontali), et cum spina una
utrobique inter eas ; membrana minute puuctulata, scrobiculis
centralibus nullis. Long, sine spin. 38-42 jx, cum spin. 50-52 /x ;
lat. sine spin. 33-36-5 ju, cum. spin. 38-44 /x ; lat. isthm. 12-5 jj.\
crass. 19 fj,.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 15.

In tbis variety tbere are two more spines on eacb semicell tban
in typical specimens of A', cristatwn, and tbe semicells are of a
somcAvbat different form; it may perhaps be another species.

3. X. subtrilobum, sp. n. (tab. 368, fig. 14). X. mediocre,
paullo longius quam latius (sine spin.), profunde constrictum, sinu
angusto-lineari ; semicellulae distincte trilobfe, lobis quadrangulari-
bus ; lobo polari latissimo, apice leviter concavo, angulo unoquoque
spina valida erecta et leviter incurvata instructo ; lobis lateralibus
spina valida divergenti ad angulos superiores, angulis inferioribus
leviter incrassatis, spina minori horizontali acuta (long. 7 fj) in
medio marginis lateralis uniuscujusque ; in centro cum annulo
granulorum quadratorum 10 circum granulum majus central! ; a
vertice visfe anguste oblongae spina acuta ad polos rotundatos,
spina utrobique ejus intra marginem, umbone magno granulato ad
apicem in medio utrobique, lobo polari rectangular! cum spina
valida ad angulum unumquemque ; membrana punctata. Long,
sine spin. 50 /x, cum. spin. 69 fx; lat. sine spin. 45 /x, cum spin.
60 jtx ; lat. isthm. 17 /x ; crass. 26 /x.

Pungo Andongo. In stagnis prope Anbilla (Condo) ; March
1857. No. 177.

It differs from X. trilohum Nordst. (in Vidensh. Medd. Naturli.
Foren. 1869, no. 14-15, 230-1, t. iii. f. 35 (1870j ) in being more
distinctly trilobed with a rectangular sinus between the terminal
and lateral lobes, in the lobes being more rectangular, in the
presence of a spine in the middle of the outer margin of each
lateral lobe, in tbe absence of crenulation at the inferior angles of
the latter, in the rectangular polar lobe having but one spine at
each angle (as seen in vertical view), and in the narrower vertical
view with a more prominent central protuberance.

Tbis species is close"ly allied to A', (aharatu-acideatum {HuJo-

JOHN WHITEHEAD. 89

canthiim culcarato-aculeatum Hieronymus in Eugler, Pfiunzenwelt
Ost-Afrika, Theil C, 20 (1895) ), desoribed from the opposite side of
the African continent at about the same latitude.
(To be continued.)

JOHN WHITEHEAD.

We have to deplore the loss of another of the working-men
botanists who have conti^ibuted so much to the knowledge of our
flora, mainly those of Lancashire and Cheshire — the two counties
the manufacturing centres of which have been especially productive
of this class of men. Perhaps we are wrong in supposing that the
class is becoming extinct, for such men are usually content to work
away quietly by themselves, or in company with a few congenial
spirits of their own station of life, until some accident brings them
into contact with more prominent workers in science. But in any
case it is well to put on permanent record the trials and achieve-
ments of such men. Kichard Buxton's autobiographical sketch
prefixed to his Botanical Guide to Manchester plants is full of
information regarding his contemporaries and himself ; John
Whitehead, who passed away at Oldham on May Gth, 1890, was
a man of the same stamp, and some sketch of his career can
hardly be uninteresting to the readers of this Journal.

John Whitehead was born in 1833 at Dukinfield, Cheshire, and
lived there for the greater part of his life. He was employed in a
cotton mill, and used to tell how, when Wilson came to see him
about mosses, he was directed to the mill, where he found White-
head in that state of "undress" which is usual in those warm
regions. Mosses were his particular hobby, and his eye-knowledge
of them was remarkable. We do not know at what period he took
up the subject, but in 1862, writing to ask Wilson's help in naming
a collection of mosses which had come from Australia as packing,
he says he is "deeply engaged" in the study.

This was the year of the Lancashire cotton famine, and White-
head and his fellow botanists were among the sufferers. The editors
of the Journal of Horticulture suggested that something might be
done by the sale of specimens, and the appeal which was issued on
behalf of these men contains the following reference to Whitehead :
" Whitehead has earned about four shillings per week for a long
time, out of which, with some little savings, he had to keep his
mother and two sisters. His stock is done, and now he has bfeen
compelled to apply for [parish] relief. He is, without exception,
the best muscologist we have in this district, and a very steady man.
He is prevented from following out his researches, although he has

j)lenty of time on hand, through want of a little help [He]

told me he had been out last week collecting, and his shoes being
done he got wet feet."* Whitehead's specimens were put on sale
at a guinea per hundred, or three shillings per dozen.

' Journal of Horticulture, Oct. 26, 1862, p. 585.

90

JOHN WHITEHEAD.

After a time Whitehead gave up cotton-spinuing, and obtained
employment with a Mr. Ashtou, a master builder in Oldham, who,
himself a botanist, helped and encouraged Whitehead in many
ways, and took him on excursions to Wales aud Scotland. White-
head availed himself to the full of the opportunities afforded him by
these and later excursions, and added much to our knowledge of
British mosses ; in 1875 he collected on Ben Nevis Junijennannia
neviceiisis, a species new to science. In 1887 he contributed Lanca-
shire and Cheshire specimens to Dr. Braithwaite's Spluuinacea;
Exsiccata : it is from a photograph sent by Whitehead to Dr.
Braithwaite about this period that our portrait is taken. His

correspondence with English bryologists was somewhat extensive;
and his letters in the Wilson correspondence show considerable
critical knowledge. Mr. J. A. Wheldon writes : ' ' My correspondence
with Whitehead covers a period of about twelve years. I made his
personal acquaintance about four years before his death. His activity
as a field botanist had then given way to rheumatic troubles, the
penalty of frequent inclement weather in his search after his beloved
mosses. The first time I called upon him I found him residing in
Oldham in a small house such as usually occupied by respectable
artizans. He was not well enough to go out, but he welcomed me
as an old correspondent very cordially. With the usual hearty
hospitality of Lancashire folk, he urged me to stay for tea, which
I drank with his wife and him. On the table was a saucer con-
taining several mosses floated out, which he informed me he had
been showing to some of the members of the local Botanical Society,

JOHN WHITEHEAD. 91

and explaining how to detach and examine the leaves. Although
not in a position to spend much money on his hobby, he had
collected personally many of our rarest British plants."

A letter from Prof. Barker, formerly of the Owens College, who
purchased Whitehead's herbarium, gives further particulars as to
Whitehead's personality: — " Whitehead worked hard all the week,
and took long walks on Saturday afternoons and Sundays in quest
of plants. With no help for many years beyond a pocket-lens, he
gained an eye-knowledge of the species of mosses which was to me
wonderful, and when at last he got a compound microscope, he was
delighted with the new "world of cell- structure, &c., opened up to
him. It was a firm article of his faith that every one should have
the credit for any discovery which was his due, and when he found
any other person transgressing in this respect, he would not hesitate
to express his opinion forcibly and freely. The late Dr. Wood, of
Manchester, who seemed to have been the local authority on mosses
in Whitehead's early collecting days, used to come in for severe
censure for giving Schimper inaccurate or wrong information, and
claiming credit for himself which belonged to others. Dr. Wood,
I imagine, had patronizing airs which a man of Mr. Whitehead's
sturdy independence would be sure to resent. On one occasion Dr.
W^ood explained to a few of them that they were his jackals ! and
Mr. Whitehead said he claimed the lion's share of the prey too.
With probably little schooling to start with, he evidently educated
himself. He could of course speak the dialect of his fellow workmen,
but he could also speak and write good English with scarcely a trace
of dialect. I think he could even understand pretty well the de-
scription of a moss in Schimper's Si/nopsis, though of course he had
never learned Latin. He was an excellent example of the educational
value of scientific pursuits. His conduct was in all respects tliat of
a man of culture. He also took a keen interest in workmen's
questions, and on opening a newspaper usually looked first at the
cricket or football column. His enforced leisure was occupied
almost altogether in working at mosses, and when he died we felt
that we had lost the chief authority on that subject in this district.
Tlie words on his funeral card seem to me most appropriate —
' One of Nature's nobles, a lover of the meadows, woods, mountains,
and dells, and of the verdant mosses that grow around us.' "

When, a few years back, Whitehead was incapacitated for work
by an attack of rheumatism in one of his knees, a subscription was
raised in his behalf among leading men of science, to which the
lioyal Society contributed £25. This subscription was mainly
organized by the Oldham Microscopical Society and Field Clifb,
to which, in 1894, Whitehead presented a valuable moss-herbarium.
For many years he was the elected president of the Ashton
Linnean Botanical Society, and about this time he was appointed
first president of the Manchester Cryptogamic Society, of which
he was later elected an honorary member. It is to be regretted
that the Linnean Society does not more frequently confer its
Associateship upon men of this class ; a glance at the present list
will show the names of several who from their position might be

92 FERTILIZATION OF SPRING FLOWERS ON THE YORKSHIRE COAST.

expected to become Fellows, thus making way for those for whom
the honour of Associate was originally intended.

Although Whitehead's attention was chiefly directed to mosses,
it was not confined to them. It will be remembered that he was
one of the party which discovered Carex ornithopoda in Miller's
Dale, Derbyshire, thus adding that plant to the British flora ; the
specimens from which the figure and description in this Journal for
1875 (t. 164) were taken were furnished by him. He also added
Cham Braunii to our flora in August, 1883 (see Journ. But. 1883,
249). At this time he was working, with other local botanists, at
a Flora of Ashton-under-Lyne and district, which was published in
1888. His principal publications in connection with his special
subject were, two lists of mosses — one of those of Ashton-under-
Lyne (Xcdiu-alist, 1886, pp. 85-100), the other of the Mosses of
North Derbyshire, in this Journal for 1894, pp. 193-201 ; the latter
was locally printed with a few additions and corrections.

James Britten.

FERTILIZATION OF SPRING FLOWERS ON THE
YORKSHIRE COAST.

By I. H. BuRKiLL, M.A., F.L.S.

The observations contained in this paper only extend over two
years. It had been the writer's intention that for a space of
ten years, if possible, observations should be made in each successive
spring; but this had become impossible. As these first two seasons
proved so very different in climatic conditions, the notes made are
not without interest. Those for 1895 furnished the material for a
table published in the Annah of Botamj.*

No flowers are so at the mercy of climatic conditions as are
those of early spring. They are the pioneers of the season, and,
as pioneers, meet with difficulties which do not endanger those
of June and July ; yet they avoid by their early flowering the
severest of the competition for insect visitors, and some apparently
profit by it. Miiller remarks: " Stellaria media has the greatest
chance of cross-fertilization in early spring, for before that time no
insects are on the wing (in S. Germany), and afterwards many more
attractive flowers compete with it."t And his observations confirm
the statement.

Winter is a wedge driven, in our hemisphere, into the seasons
from the north ; in warm regions a slight barrier, in arctic regions
an impassable barrier. With us autumn and spring may exchange
floras to some extent. Instances of autumn-flowering of Corylus
Avellana, Mercurialis perennis, and others, are familiar to us, and,
on the other hand, in warm open winters the unprotected flower-

* Vol. ix. p. 273 (1895).

t Fertilization of Floioera, -p. 186; London, 1883.

FERTILIZATION OF SPRING FLOWERS ON THE YORKSHIRE COAST. 93

buds of late plants may live through the cold months, and come
into blossom in the spring.*

Two origins then are conceivable for the vernal flora,! as also
two for the autumnal. We may suppose the summer, by the earlier
development of some flowers, yielding up — crowding out — some of
its abundant blossoms to the spring months, and we may suppose
some belated autumnal emigrating to the spring flora. The evidence
for the first hypothesis is conclusive, that for the second insufficient.
In any case the work most necessary at present is the estimating of
the advantage to be gained by such a migration.

The cost to most plants is not inconsiderable ; to make the order
of the production of the important organs — flower, fruit, leaves, or
even flower, leaves, fruit, instead of leaves, flower, fruit, is to make
an alteration of no small moment, in so much as the leaves are the
workshops whence the food-supply is drawn, and there must needs
be a store laid by before the drain comes upon the production of
pollen, honey, scent, the bright parts of the flower, and, greatest of
all, the feeding of the growing seed. To risk severe weather may
not merely mean to risk the destruction by frost of tender growing
seeds, so often the case in our fruit trees, or to risk the scarcity of
insect visits, but, if the suggestion made later in the case of
Capsdla be correct, it means sometimes the destruction of stamens,
so that fertilization becomes an impossibility. These are the con-
siderations which we must put into the scales and attempt to
balance against one another ; and these are the ideas which sug-
gested the observations here recorded. To answer the problem is
impossible. I shall merely be able to add a little which will ulti-
mately help towards its solution.

The Insect-visitors.

There is never throughout the whole cycle of the year a season
absolutely insectless, and the flowers which may be seen flowering
about Christmas get occasional visitors. :[ Yet in the winter months
flower-visiting insects are so scarce that these visits are extremely
few. With the warm days at the beginning of March hybernatiug
insects come out — the hive-bees to begin collecting honey and pollen,
fertilized female humble-bees to nest and make their store of food for
their grubs; the mid-tongued bees, Andrena, etc., appear in abun-
dance; certain early Syrphidse, such as ]\Ielanostoma quadrimacula-
tum, appear on the wing, and others which have hybernated reappear ;
a few beetles may be seen; but more important still are the short-
tonguedfliesof the genera Lucilia, Calliphora.Scatophaga, Sepsis, and

* Instances of this came to my notice during the course of these observa-
tions; Kiii-a TetraUx flowered near Scarborough, on the moors, on March 8th,
and Scahidsa ariensi.^ on tlie cUtfs on March i;Sth, IHUd. The stamens of the
latter were infertile (contabescent).

t Cf. Foerste, " On the relations of certain fall to sprin-; blossoming plants,"
But. Gazette, xvii. (1892), p. 1.

I I have records of visits for January 'iud, 1890, of Apion ulicis Forst. (C)
andThripsto Ulex europans, and of Coelopa sp. (D) a.nAThn]ps to Bellis perennis.

94

FERTILIZATION OF SPRING FLOWERS ON THE YORKSHIRE COAST,

Helomyza. The circle widens as the days get warmer ; the humble-
bees become more numerous ; a few hybernated butterflies appear,
the earliest usually being Vanessa urtica3; ants and wasps appear ;
a long-tongued fly, Volucella, appears, and, in addition, other flies,
as PoUenia rudis, Phorbia, Siphona geniculata, and Dilophus albi-
pennis. These are the insects upon which the flowers have to
depend for their cross-fertilization, and this approximately the order
of their appearance. In Table I. I have tabulated my observations
for periods of seven or eight days, as convenient. The first five
columns give figures of all the insects (individuals) seen visiting
flowers in 1895, and the second five give the same for 1896. The
absolute numbers are, of course, much affected by the state of the
weather, the proportions to a less degree, for the habits of various
insects vary considerably : some, such as the butterflies, usually
fold their wings when a cloud-shadow passes over them ; while
others, like Thrips, are almost always to be found in flowers which
afi'ord them shelter.

Observers hitherto have neglected to study the frequency of
insect-visitors, upon which the amount of cross-fertilization de-
pends, confining themselves to the mere consideration of the
variety of visitors attracted. To the entomologist such facts are
suSicient, but to the botanist the number of individuals is of quite
as great importance.

Table

I.—

Number of Flower-visiting Insects

•

1895.

1896

A.

B.

C.

D.

c.

d.

e.

f.

1

CIS ^^

^ rH

CO ^ ,

S "—I

tn i-H

a 1

ten ^

3* 1

©2

<^ J,

>5! CO

|i

<-l

81

b rj

i [Apis

3

8

1^

10

:{

94

w Bombus ....

—

.

5

5\

5

—

14

54

73

ph J Andrena, &c.

35

12

20

27

94

2

1

:}

9

15

2 1 Vespa

—

0

—

1

1

S Ants

—

2

2

3

7

—

—

—

—

0

M I Ichneumons .
Lepidoptera .

8

—

30

13

51

1

5

2

1

9

—

—

7

—

7

1

.—

—

12

13

{ Syrpliida3 . .
■< EmpidiB ....

27

26

15

80

98

39

4

7

23

73

—

—

—

—

0

—

—

—

2

2

g - Muscida; ....

2t;2

21

38

110

431

21

1]

6

53

91

li Scatophagidse

27

14

15

319

375

147

101

83

260

591

« [ Other Flies . .

83

54

201

194

532

55

37

14

46

152

Coleoptera . .

3

2

3

18

26

2

3

15

23

43

Hemiptera . .

—

—

2

2

4

—

—

■ —

1

1

Thysanoptera

32

41

74

51

198

—

—

252

81

333

Etc

26

2

3

7

38

—

—

—

—

0

506

174

410

787

1877

28:1

162

399

647

1491

A short review of the efficiency of these insects in flower-
fertilization may not be out of place.

FERTILIZATION OF SPRING FLOWERS ON THE YORKSHIRE COAST. 95

Throughout this paper I shall arrange the groups and the
species wilhiu the groups in a sequence which is more or less in
accordance with their efficiency. Firstly, in the Hymenoptera : —
the humhle-hees, with their regular liabits and long tongues
(Bombus hortorum, ^ 14-lG, ? 19-21 mm. ; B. agrorum, ^ 12-13,
? 13-15 ; B. lapidarius, ^ 10-12, 2 12-14 ; and B. terrestris,
^ 8-9, 2 9-11), and also the hive-bee (Apis melHfica, ^ 6 mm.),
are the best of Hower-fertilizers; next come tlie diligent Andrenidae
with tongues of mid-length, and less efficient, because they visit
only to feed themselves, and not to feed their young, the cuckoo-
bees, c.(j. Nomada; the short-tongued wasp, in spite of its diHgence,
is of considerably less use to plants ; and the lounging Ichneumons*
and creeping ants of scarcely any use. The second group of insects,
the Lepidoptera — often extremely long-tongued, but inconstant in
their attentions — are of considerable service to plants, though scarcely
to the spring flora. Proceeding to the flies, we have among them the
hover-tiies or Syrphidae, which in length of tongue and suitability
for flower-fertiUzation rank next to the Andrenidte ; the Empida?,
which follow them, scarcely aflect the early spring flora ; not far
behind come the busy gadding Muscid^e, among which the blue-
bottles (Calliphora) and little green Lucilia are particularly noticeable.
The remainder of the spring flies are of lower specialization as far
as a floral diet is concerned. Of other insects, Hemiptera live on
the juices of plants which they probe, and at times probe the
nectaries in the flowers ; some Coleoptera are regular flower-visitors,
but all are very simply organized in their mouth parts. Thysanoptera
are flower-loungers, just like the Ichneumons mentioned above, and
are more likely to eft'ect self- than cross-fertilization. Lastly, a few
Collembola visit flowers, apparently for the sake of the honey, and
certain crab-spiders, not for any part of the flower, but because
of the flies which they are able to catch. I liave several times
witnessed a struggle take place on the capitulum of a coltsfoot
between Xysticus and a Lucilia wliich had fallen into the open
claws of the spider. Krytluina is fertilized not by the flies which
visit it, but by the sun-birds which come to feed on the flies ; so,
too, ThssHcujo may now and then be fertilized through the agency of
this spider. For this reason — they are more efficient than Thrips —
I prefei- to include them as flower-visitors.

Two things are necessary to the flower : firstly, efficiency in the
habits of the visitors, and, secondly, efficiency in their numbers.
The most desirable species of visitors are those which beyt combine
these two desiderata. In point of habit, Apis, Bombus, Andreija,
Lepidoptera, Syrphidic, Lmpida?, and perhaps Muscid;e are de-
sirable ; in point of numbers. Table I. shows that the Empidfe and
Lepidoptera must be excluded, and to some extent also Apis and
Bombus.

Ahhreviations. — Hi., Hm., Hs. =-- long-, mid-, and short-
tongued Hymenoptera ; L. = Lepidoptera ; Dm. and Ds. = mid-

* Throughout this paper I shall use the word Ichneumon to denote any of
the Terebrantia, and not the one genus of that name.

96 FERTILIZATION OF SPRING FLOWERS ON THE YORKSHIRE COAST.

and short-tongned Diptera ; C. = Coleoptera ; Hem. = Hemiptera;
T. = Thysanoptera. sh. = sucking honey; fp. = feeding on pollen;
cp. = collecting pollen as bees do for their young ; seeking h. =
seeking honey, but not obtaining it. '94, '95, '96 give the years in
which the observations were made. Square brackets [ ] are used
to enclose the names of species which came under observation, but
do not truly belong to the early spring flora.

Distribution of Insect-visitors.

All the plants observed in bloom during the periods of observation
will be mentioned here under their biological classes ; those whose
names are printed in small capitals (without an asterisk) are
flowers which — using a term foresters employ in the same sense —
— may be called "dominant" or "ruling" species; those in
small capitals preceded by an asterisk may be considered as
"subdominant" or "conditionally ruling"; while species whose
names are printed in italics are "dependent." The keenest com-
petition is between species of the same class, and the dependent
Draha verna competes with the subdominant Cochlearia ojpcinalis
and the dominant Itananeulits Ficaria. In a case like this, supposing
other things {e. (j. amount and accessibility of honey, attractiveness
in scent and colour, &c.) equal, the common species is a large host
scarcely harassed by the single regiment on its flank ; while the
scarce species is this single regiment, in constant danger of total
annihilation should the struggle become acute.

■ot>^

Class I. ( W.) Wind-fertilized flowers.

*Mercurialis perennis L. — No visitors.
*Ulmus cabipestris Sm. — No visitors.
CoRYLUs avellana L. — Dm. : Melanostoma quadrimaculatum
Verrall, «? and J , fp., '95.

Alnus glutinosa L.— No visitors.

Popuim nigra L. — Ds. : Calliphora cognata Mg., seeking h. on
S flowers, once, '96.

Empetnoii nigrum L. — No visitors.
Poa annua L. — No visitors.
[Plantago lanceolata L. Luznla campestris DC. — No visitors.]

Class II. (Po.) Flowers offering pollen only to their guests.

*Anemone nemorosa L. — HI.: Bombus terrestris L., '94, '96.
Dm. : Melanostoma quadrimaculatum Verrall, fp., '95. Ds. :
Scatophaga stercoraria L., fp. and seeking h., '95, '96 ; Antho-
myia sp., fp., '95, '96. Hem. : Anthocoris sp., seeking h., '96.
T. : Thrips sp., ? seeking h., '96.

Alcheiiulla (trvensis Lam. — No visitors.

Class III. (A.) Flowers with freely-exposed honey.
'■■Chrysosplenium oi'PosiTii'OLiuM L. — Hs. : a small ichneumon,
'95. Dm. : Melanostoma quadrimaculatum Verrall, '95. Ds. :
Sepsis nigripes Mg., '95 ; Chironoraus ? 2 sp., 95 ; Sciara sp., 95 ;

FERTILIZATION OF SPRING FLOWERS ON THE YORKSHIRE COAST. 97

Lonclioptera sp., '95 ; Exechia sp., '95. T. : Thrips sp., '95.
CoUembola : Lepidocyrtus sp., '95, '96. All the above at honey.
Araneida : 1 sp., lying in wait.

Chnjsosplenium alternifolium L. — Ds. : Cecidomyia sp. ? and 3
other small flies, '95. C. : Tachyporus chrysomeliuus L., '95 ;
Lathrimaeum atrocephalum GylL, '95. Hem. : 1 sp., '95. All sh.

'■'Adoxa Moschatellina L. — Hs. : Pezomachus sp., '95 ; another
small ichneumon, '95. Dm. : Melanostoma quadrimaculatum Ver-
rall, '95. Ds. : Scatophaga stercoraria L., '95 ; Sepsis nigripes
Mg., '95 ; Sciarasp., '95, '96 ; Exechia sp., '95 ; Rhyphus sp., '95;
and 3 other species, '95, '96. C. : Apion fagi K., '95. T. : Thrips
sp., '95. All at honey.

*Salix Caprea L. (including S. cinerea L.) — To <? catkins : —
HI. : Apis mellifica L., '96 ; Bombus terrestris L., sh. and cp.,
'96, frequent. Hm. : Andrena gwynana K., cp., '96. L. : Vanessa
urticfe L., sh., '96. Dm.. : Eristalis pertinax Scop., sh., '96 ;
Melanostoma quadrimaculatum Verrall, '96. Ds. : Lucilia corni-
cina F., '96; Pollenia rudis F., '96; Scatophaga stercoraria L., '96.
To 5 catkins: — HI.: Apis mellifica L., '95; Bombus hortorum L.,
'95 ; B. terrestris L., '96. Hm. : Andrena clarkella K., <? , '95.
Dm. : Eristalis pertinax Scop., '96 ; Melanostoma quadrimaculatum
Verrall, '95 ; Empis sp., '96. Ds. : Calliphora erythrocephala Mg.,
'95 ; Pollenia rudis F., '95. ; Sepsis nigripes Mg., '95 ; another
small fly, '96. All at honey. Acarina : a small acarid running
upon the catkins, '95, To catkins bearing both S" and ? flowers
with transitions: — HI.: Bombus hortorum L., '95. Hm. : Andrena
gwynana K., ? , '95. Hs. : ichneumon, 1 sp., '95. L. : Vanessa
urticae L., '95. Dm. : Melanostoma quadrimaculatum Verrall, '95.
Ds. : Lucilia cornicina F., '95; Lasiops sp.?, '95; Phorbia mus-
caria Mg., '95; Phorbia sp., '95; Actora aestuum Mg., '95; Sca-
topse notata L., '95. All at honey.

*Salix aurita L. — Only observed in '96. To t? catkins : — HI. :
Apis mellifica L., sh., very abundant; Bombus terrestris L., sh. ;
B. agrorum F., sh. Hm. : Andrena gwynana K., sh. and cp. ; A.
clarkella K. Dm. : Eristalis arbustorum L. Ds. : Scatophaga sterco-
rariaL.,sh.; Lasiops sp., fp. To ? catkins: — HI.: Apis mellifica L.,
sh.; Bombus terrestris L., ? sh. Dm. : Melanostoma quadrimacu-
latum Verrall, sh. Ds. : Scatophaga stercoraria L., sh. ; Lasiops sp.
Salix viMiNALis L. — To $ catkins :— Hm.. : Andrena clarkella K.,
(? , '95. Hs. : an ichneumon, '96. Dm. : Syrphus lasiophthalmus
Ztt., '95; Melanostoma quadrimaculatum Verrall, '95. Ds. : Calli-
phora cognata Mg., '95. Scatophaga stercoraria L., '95, '96; Helo-
niyza sp., '95 ; Lasiops sp., '95 ; Tephrochlamys rufiventris Mg., '95 ;
Hylemyiasp., '95; Rhyphus fenestralis Scop., '95 ; Actora jestuum
Mg., '95; Simulium sp., '95; another species, '95, '96. Hem.:
1 sp., '95. All the above, except Simulium, at honey.

*Salix purpurea L. — To <? catkins : — Hm. : Andrena gwynana
K., ?,'95,'96. Dm.: Eristalis pertinax Scop., '96 ; Melanostoma
quadrimaculatum Verrall, '95. Ds. : Scatophaga stercoraria L.,
sh., '95, '96 ; Limnophora septemnotata Ztt., '95 ; Phorbia sp., '96;
Actora aestuum Mg., '95 ; Sepsis nigripes Mg., '96 ; Hylemyia sp.,
Journal of Botany. — Vol. 35. [jNIarch, 1897.] h

98 FERTILIZATION OF SPRING FLOWERS ON THE YORKSHIRE COAST.

'95; Scaptomyza graminum Fin. ?, '96 ; and 3 other small flies, '96.
C. : Tachyporus hvpnonim F., '96. To ? catkins: — Ds. : Mnscid.,
1 sp., '96; Scatophaga stercoraria L.. '96.

[Anthriscus sijlvf'stris Hofl'm. — • Ds. : Sepsis uigripes Mg., sli., '96.
Heracleum SphondijlUun L. and Galium Cruciata Scop. No visitors.]

Class IV. (AB.) Flowers with half-hidden honey.

Ranunculus Ficaeia L. — HI. : Apis mellifica L., cp. and sh.,
once, '95; Bombus agrorum F., sh., once, '96. Hm. : Andrena
gwynana K., S and ? , sh., occasional, '95, '96 ; A. clarkella K., sh.,
'96; A. nigroaenea K., ? , '95. Hs. : Formica fusca L., '95 ; an
ichneumon, sh., '95. L. : Vanessa uiticfe L., sh., '95, '96. Dm. :
Eristalis pertinax Scop., sh. and fp., frequent, '95, '96; E. arbus-
torum, sh., once, '96; Chilosia nebulosa Verrall, '95, '96; Syrphus
lasiophthalmus Ztt., sh., '95 ; Melanostoma quadrimaculatum Ver-
rall, 3 and ? , sh., '95 ; Empis sp., sh., once, '96. Ds. : Calliphora
cognata Mg., sh., once, '96; Lucilia cornicina F., sh. and fp.,
'95, '96 ; Pollenia rudis F., once, '95; Scatophaga stercoraria L.,
sh. and fp., '95, and abundantly visiting in '96 ; Phora sp. ?,
'96; Sepsis uigripes Mg., fp. and sh., occasional, '95, '96. C. :
Meligethes picipes Sturm, sh., abundant, '96 ; Coninomus nodifer
Westw., '95; Thyamis fuscicollis Foudr., '95. T. : Thrips sp., '96.
'•'Caltha palustris L. — HI.: Apis mellifica L., cp., once, '96.
Dm. : Syrphus sp., fp., once, '96. Ds. : Scatophaga stercoraria L.,
sh. with difficulty, '96. C. : Meligethes picipes Sturm, sh., once,
'96. Hem. : Derteocoris sp. ?, puncturing base of the flower, '95.

L'ardamine hirsuta L. — No visitors seen.

ErophUa vuhjdvia DC. — Ds. : one tiny fly seen twice sh., '94.
No visitors seen in '95, '96.

'■'CocHLEARiA OFFICINALIS L. — Hs. : oue sp. of ichneumou sh.,
'95, '96. Ds. : Scatophaga stercoraria L., sh. and fp., '95, '96;
Hylemyia sp. ?, sh., '95; Coelopa sp., sh., '96 ; Scaptomyza grami-
num Flu., sh., '95 ; Sepsis uigripes Mg., sh., '95, '96 ; and another
fly, '95, '96. C. : Meligethes picipes Sturm, sh., '96.

Sisi/»ibrki))i, Tludiana Hook. — No visitors seen.

Capsella Bursa-pastoris Moench. — No visitors seen, though
constantly under observation.

Stellaeia media Cyr. — Hs. : Pezomachus sp., '95. Ds. : Lu-
cilia cornicina F., '95 ; Scatophaga stercoraria L., '95, '96; Phorbia
muscaria Mg., '95 ; Phora sp., '95 ; Sepsis uigripes Mg., '95 ;
Scatopse notata L., '95. T. : Thrips sp. All sh.

Cerastium trlviaJe Link. — Ds. : Helomyza sp., '95; Phora sp.,
sh., '96. T. : Thrips sp., sh., '96.

'•■PoTENTiLLA Fragaeiastrum Ehi'h. — Hm. : Andrena gwynana K.,
(J sh., ? cp.,'95, '96; A. clarkella K., ^ and ? , '95. Hs. : Formica
fusca L., sh., '95 ; 8 small sp. of ichneumon sh., '95. Ds. : Siphona
geuiculata Deg., sh., '96; Calliphora cognata Mg., sh., '96;
Luciha cornicina F., sh., '95, '96; Phora sp., '95; Coelopa sp., fp.,
'95; Sepsis uigripes Mg., sh., '95, '96; and another sp., '95.
C: Apion nigritarse K., sh., '95. T. : Thrips sp., sh., '95, '96.
[Stellaria Hulodea L. — Ds. : Sepsis uigripes Mg., '96. Oxalis

SHORT NOTES. 99

Acetosellah. — C. : Meligethes picipes Sturm, sh., '96. T. : Thrips
sp., '96. Ribes Grossularia L. — Hs. : Vespa sylvestris Scop., sh.,
'96. Ds. : Scatopliaga stercoraria L., sh., '96. To It'Diunciilus
Itulbosiis L., Sisi/iiibriuiii Allhtiia Scop., and Fidijuria vcsca L., no
visitors.]

(To be continued.)

SHORT NOTES.

Bedfordshire Plants. — Fuutinalis dolosa is plentiful in ponds
at Limhury, occasionally fruiting. First record, 1882. I owe it to
Mr. H. N. Dixon that this form has been distinguished by Mr.
Cardot from F. antipijretlca. — Orthotriehuut. pu'chtiluui ft. Winteii.
On elder trees near water, Luton Hoo Park ; July, 1892. First
discovered by my son Edgar. — Riccia Jiuitans. Plentiful in a pond
by the island in Luton Hoo Park; Sept. 1896. Specimens of the
above three species are sent for the British Museum Herbarium. —
James Saunders.

Hybrid Forms of Pyrus. — At the meeting of the Edinburgh
Botanical Society on Jan. 11th, a communication by Prof. Koehne
on some forms of the Aria section of Pyrus was read. The ob-
servations were made on a number of specimens collected by Dr.
Landsborough of Kilmarnock, in Arran, last year (which were
transmitted by Prof. Balfour to Prof. Conwentz, of Dantzic, an
authority on the genus), and also on specimens collected by Kev.
Augustin Ley in Breconshire. According to Prof. Koehne, the
wbole of the forms received by him from Breconshire and Arran
belong to two species, viz. (1) Aria siiecica Koehne [Cratceyus Aria
var. suecica L. ; Pyrus intermedia Ehrh. ; Surbus scandica Fries ;
/'. decipiens Bechst. ; Aria scandica Decne. ; P. scandica Babingt.) ;
{ind (2) Surbm Auciiparia (Pyras Aucuparia Gnevtn.). Of the two
specimens mentioned by Prof. Koehne as having been received from
Breconshire, one (collected from a limestone cliff near Merthyr
Tydvil by Mr. Ley on May 28tb, 1896) he believes to be the typical
Aria suecica Koehne; while the other he considers to be a hybrid
between that species and Sorbus Aucuparia, but very closely related
to the former. All the Arran plants he declares to be hybrids.
Two from Glen Catacol he considers to be the typical hybrid Aria
suecica x Surbus Aucuparia [Cratceyus Aria vav. fennica Ij. ; Sorbus
hybrida L. & W. Koch ; S. fennica G. Koch) ; while all the others hp
considers to be intermediate forms between this and A. suecica. It
would therefore appear that A. suecica Koehne had not been collected
in Arran by Dr. Landsborough ; and as Prof. Conwentz, when he
visited the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, last year, did not find
that species in the herbarium, there seems to bo some doubt as to
its occurrence in Arran, especially as the collection contains a con-
siderable number of specimens of what are supposed to be that
species from various parts of the island. Prof. Koehne further
remarks that, he is persuaded that if a careful search be made,

H 2

100 THE NEW "index KEWENSIS."

intermediate forms between the typical hybrid and S. Aucuparia
will be found, and he states that these forms are scarcely to be dis-
tinguished from S. Aiiciiparin, since they have completely pinnate
leaves, in which, however, the upper leaflets are a little decurrent
on the midrib of the compound leaf, or are slightly fused together.

A Correction. — In the list of microscopic fungi published in
this Journal for January (p. 7) I stated that the genus Piptocephalis
had not been previously recorded for Britain. I relied on a state-
ment in Massee's British Fungi [Plujcomycctes and Ustilaginea), 1891
(p. 106), that Piptocephalis had not yet been found in this country.
There is, however, a record of L'iptocephalis Freseniana De Bary in
tbis Journal for 1884, p. 136. The plant was found by Mr. Grove
at Edgbaston. — A. L. Smith.

NOTICES OF BOOKS.

The New " Index Kewensis."

Boyal Gardens, Kew. Bulletin of MiscelUmeous Information. No. 121.
January, 1897. DXLI. List of Kew Publications, 1841-95.
[Compiled by B. D. Jackson ; preface by W. T. T. Dyer.]
Price Fourpence.

We are sorry that Mr. Jackson, who has done much useful work,
and from whom much more may be expected, should have wasted
any portion of his valuable time over this List. One great achieve-
ment, the curiously-named Index Kewensis, lies behind him ; it is
understood that he has in contemplation another undertaking of
equal usefulness and almost equal magnitude in a new edition of
"Pritzel." If we are not mistaken, too, it was announced long
since that Mr. Jackson had a life of Banks in preparation ; and we
know that Sir Joseph Hooker, who has himself recently done much
to raise Banks in the estimation of scientific men, is most anxious
that this biography should be taken in hand by one who may be
trusted to do justice to his subject. When, therefore, we see Mr.
Jackson's name associated with such a list as this, we feel inclined
to adapt the words of the judge who said — " Prisoner, you have
received a good education, and a brilliant career lay open before
you, instead of which you go about the country stealing ducks."
If Mr. Jackson wanted some lighter work by way of relaxation
before buckling to more important tasks, he might have found it
in the preparation of a general index to the various Kew Journals
of Botany, not one volume of which is adequately indexed ; or
we should have welcomed his help in a similar compilation for
our own Journal. The former might have been included among
the "miscellaneous information" to which the Bulletin is devoted,
and would have been welcomed by botanists in general ; while it is
difficult to see of what possible use this list of Kew publications
can be to any one except those whose names figure in it, who may
like to be reminded of their youthful exploits.

THE NEW "index KEWENSIS.'' 101

Dr. Dyer, in his prefatory remarks, says that the " volume of
work" represented by the List "probably is not surpassed by that
of any other institution in the world." He can hardly mean this
to be taken literally. One section alone of the British Museum —
that of Natural History — has an output which, measured by bulk
alone, enormously exceeds that of Kew Gardens; and the nineteen-
page list of Natural History Catalogues consists mainly of serious
publications of some hundreds of pages, whereas a very large
proportion of the papers in the Kew List are of one or two pages,
or of even less bulk. Moreover, the Museum list is confined to
catalogues of the Museum collections ; and although their authors
contribute to current literature, such contributions are not claimed
as Museum work. If Mr. Jackson had constructed his list on
similar lines, it would have assumed comparatively small dimen-
sions, but would more accurately have represented the work done
at Kew. It is ridiculous to class such papers as Mr. Hiern's 'Note
on Botanical Nomenclature,' Mr. Hemsley's ' School Gardens in
Sweden,' or Mr. Dyer's 'Joseph Decaisne' among the publications
of Kew Gardens. But the climax of absurdity is reached when we
are called upon to regard a speech by Sir John Lubbock in the
House of Commons in 1872 as a Kew publication ; if this finds a
place, it is difficult to see on what grounds Mr. Jackson excludes
the numerous questions and answers in the same illustrious assembly
as to the delay in publishing various Kew Guides and Colonial Floras.

Even from a bibliographical point of view, the List is badly
done. According to the prefatory note, it is confined to "smaller
publications either by members of the Kew staff or by other
botanists working there " — i. e. at Kew ; " articles of merely
ephemeral interest have not been included in the list." Let us
take the various heads of this definition. The "smaller publi-
cations" include the Botanical Matjazine, the Genera Fllicum (these
stand first and third on the list), the JJotamj of the Antarctic Voi/ar/e,
Victoria rcyia (an elephant folio!). The Hhododendrons of Sikkivi
Himalaya, and the like : if these be smaller publications, what are
large ones ? It is not easy to see why such papers as that published
by Mr. Dyer in this Journal for 1871 on Oxford plants are included,
for Mr. Dyer was not then a member of the Kew staff, and the only
herbarium referred to in the paper is that of the British Museum.
But, this being included, one wonders why the excellent adaptation
of Figuier's Vc<ii'tahle World, "revised by an eminent botanist," and
published in 1872, is omitted from the enumeration of Mr. Dyer's
works. The exclusion of " articles of merely ephemeral interest"
is purely theoretical — surely no more extensive collection of pot-
boilers was ever brought together. The Gardeners' Chronicle say's :
"The selection, if anything, errs on the side of over-elasticity";
and every page gives abundant examples of articles harmless
enough, and even useful in their way, which "had their day" and
might well have " ceased to be." Is a column of notes on "Hardy
Water and Bog-loving Plants" of such lasting importance that Mr.
Jackson should have thought it worth while to explain that its
author was " D. D[ewar]"? And— to take half a dozen titles

102 THE NEW "index KEWENSIS."

literally at random — does any one suppose that Mr. J. E. Jackson's
"Pine Wool Carpets," Mr. Nicholson's "History of the White
Lilac Industry," Mr. Watson's " Plants in Flower at Kew," Dr.
Dyer's " Effect of Past Winter on Shrubs at Kew," Mr. Hemsley's
"Ornamental Grasses and Sedges [from the German of C. Bouche] ,"
or the same author's "A Graceful Wall or Eock Shrub," are of
permanent value ? Yet the eighty-four pages absolutely teem with
pot-boilers of this kind — things which assuredly in most cases their
authors will have forgotten almost before the money received for
them has been spent. One wonders what are the " articles of
merely ephemeral interest," if those just cited are of lasting renown.
Their inclusion makes certain omissions the more remarkable — the
Editor of this Journal, for example, during his two years at the Kew
Herbarium, printed several notes which are included in the Eoyal
Society's CaUdoiine of Scientific Papers, but his name does not appear
in Mr. Jackson's list. A more noteworthy omission is that of Mr.
Baker's monograph of Brazilian Ferns, published in the Flora
Brasiliensis in 1870.

It is naturally a matter of gratification to us to notice how large
a proportion of the more important papers in the list have been
published in this Journal. We find, however, no reference to the
fact that for some years Kew was represented on the editorial staff"
by Mr. J. G. Baker (1870-75) and Mr. Spencer Moore (1877-79).

The papers are arranged alphabetically, each year being treated
separately. But instead of the author's name standing boldly at the
beginning of each line, as it does in every good catalogue, it comes
after the title. This arrangement makes the list extremely difficult
to consult, as any one who tries to use it will at once discover.
There is no sort of index, although one is foreshadowed in a some-
what enigmatical sentence in the Gardeners' C/irunicle, which runs :
"The arrangement is chronological, an inconvenience not com-
pensated for by the presence of an index of names and subjects
which we hope may be supplied on another occasion." At present,
supposing that anybody wants to know what some one more or less
connected with Kew wrote upon some subject having some (or no)
connection with the Eoyal Gardens, he may possibly be able to find
it should he happen to know the year in which it was published,
always supposing that the contribution was not too "ephemeral"
for inclusion, or had not been overlooked. It may be possible to
limit the usefulness of any publication more strictly than tljis, but we
doubt it ; yet it must be remembered that the Times has told us that
"no reasonable man can doubt that the publication of the Bulletin
is one of the most useful functions discharged by Kew Gardens " !

A list of this kind might have been of some service if it had
supplied information on sundry small but important points connected
with the dates of publication of certain Kew works — such, for
example, as the dates of the parts of the Flora Antarctica. In any
case, erroneous statements should have been guarded against — such
as entering Nos. 97-108 of the Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information
as published in 1895, when the last bears on its front page the date
of January, 1896.

THE ENERGY OF LIVING PROTOPLASlI. 103

It is, we think, evident tliat Mr. Jackson should have exercised
a more rigorous selection in the papers he has included. Nothing
is more unwise on the part of a biographer than the dragging to
light of early papers which their writer would willingly let die :
early fragments which may indeed have given a promise of genius,
but a promise which has long since been forgotten in the per-
formance. The enthusiastic panegyrist thinks to give credit to his
subject by the unearthing of some newspaper article or unsigned,
essay, unconscious that by this action he can add nothing to a
reputation based on the author's finished work, and may indeed
even detract from it. In a similar way Dr. Dyer has, we think,
reason to complain that the imprudent enthusiasm of his biblio-
grapher has placed him in a somewhat false position. Thus, to take
the entries on one page, he is credited with a paper on "Peat-floods
in the Falklauds," and another bearing the exciting title "Collection
of Hairs after Earthquakes in China." The latter consists of two
extracts — one from Dr. Macgowan, the other from Fortune — Dr.
Dyer's share in the paper attributed to him being practically con-
fined to the sentence — " I think there can be little doubt that Dr.
Macgowan's conclusion is well founded, and that the 'white hairs'
have no real connection with the earthquake." The former is a
reprint of two Colonial Office papers by the Governor and Acting
Governor of the Falklauds, to which Dr. Dyer contributes a
prefatory note of ten lines !

It is only fair to say that Dr. Dyer's contributions to botanical
literature are not to be judged by these examples, which, however,
afford some indication of that versatility which is farther evidenced
by the list of his papers. It is doubtless owing to this, and to the
frequent indulgence of his natural tendency to advise and to direct
the work of others, that we find few papers of more than third-rate
importance among these contributions — none, indeed, worthy of the
capabilities which Dr. Dyer undoubtedly possesses. The control of
a large garden is also no doubt a great tax upon its director,
although Dr. Dyer's illustrious predecessor contrived to find time
for most of his work on the Genera Plantarum, as well as for
numerous memoirs and monographs; audit was under his direction
that Kew attained the important position which it still occupies.
But, considering his splendid opportunities for investigation, we
may yet hope for some work from Dr. Dyer's pen which shall carry
on the traditions of the Hookers, and remain a lasting monument
of his directorate.

The Enenjy of Licimj Protoplasm. By Oscar Loew, Ph. D., Professor
in the Imperial University, Japan. London : Kegan Paul & Co.
1896. 8vo, pp. iv, 115. Price 2s. 6d.

A TREATISE on oue of the most modern questions of modern
science by a German Professor in a Japanese University, printed
in Enghsh at Tokio and published by a London house, is somewhat
of a novelty. To Kokubuusha (the printer) we would suggest that
with a little more pressure when printing and a little care in getting
the type straight he will do very well ; also, if he is responsible for

104 PHYSIOLOGISCHE PFLANZENANATOMIE.

the binding, that, owing to the rough and ready fashion in which the
sheets are wired together, it is difficult to keep the book open. We
have read Prof. Loew's chapters with considerable interest. Many
of the ideas are not new, and there are copious references to peri-
odicals, chiefly German, embodying previous work of the author
and other scientists. It is evident, however, that Prof. Loew has
interested several Japanese men of science in the same train of re-
search, for repeated reference is made to results obtained by them.
This Journal is not the place for an exhaustive account of tbe
contents of this little book. To what does protoplasm owe its
vital properties ? Wherein lies the difference between proteids and
protoplasm? These questions the author seeks to answer. "From
a series of well-established facts, and guided by simple chemical
laws, I have framed," he says, " a hypothesis as to the formation
of albumin, and as to the existence of a labile and stable modifi-
cation of it. The labile form, which would lead to living matter,
was designated by myself as active albumin, in contradistinction to
the stable, ordinary, passive albumin stored up in seeds and eggs."
This " active albumin " is of widespread occurrence in plants, and
plays the part of a reserve material. It is stored generally in the
vacuole, and is separable in the form of droplets, " proteosomes,"
by certain organic bases, such as caffeine or antipyrine in -5 per
cent, solution. Prof. Lofew also says a good deal in support of
formic-aldehyde as the first step in constructive metabolism. But
those who would follow him in his argument must buy the book
and read for themselves. A "R R

Physiolor/ische Pflanzenanatomie. Von Dr. G. Haberlandt. Zweite,
neubearbeitete und vermehrte Auflage. 8vo, pp. xvi, 550;
tt. 235. Leipzig : Engelmann. 1896. Price 16 marks.

Coming generations of botanists will look back to our time
as one characterized by the want, among many other needs, of a
coherent system of plant-anatomy. We have a great many facts,
but we do not know how to arrange and correlate them. We have
our De Bary, but are not satisfied with it, thinking to see in stelar
theories and the like the dawning of more logical days. Whatever
the future may have in store for us ; whether or no the systematist
of twenty years hence may have to include anatomical details in
his diagnoses ; one thing is certain — plant-physiology and plant-
anatomy must always be to some extent studied together. Hence
books like the one which calls for this note will always be extremely
useful to teachers and students. The correlation of structure and
function supplies an intelligent method of study, and makes the
subject of interest to the beginner. It is more than twelve years
since the earlier edition of the book appeared ; it is not therefore
surprising to find that a new edition has involved a considerable
increase in the size, that of 1884 containing only 398 pages and
140 figures. Besides the incorporation of the results of recent
investigations, an introduction to the whole has been added, and a
new section (number eleven), entitled " Appa rate und Gewebe fiir

INDEX DESMIDIACEARUM. 105

besondere Leistungen." The latter deals with means of attach-
ment by hairs, mucilage, &c. ; mechanisms of movement, whether
passive, like hairs or membranous expansions, or active, like hygro-
scopic contractions; means for receiving stimuli (e.tf. the hairs on
the leaves of TJionaa) and tissues along which the stimulus may be
supposed to travel. The chapter on the structure and functions of
the typical plant-cell has been extended ; and the two sections
dealing with normal and abnormal thickening have been united
under a common head, "Secondary Growth in Thickness," so that
the number of sections (twelve) remains the same as in the edition
of 1884. The majority of the additional figures are original.

A. B. R.

Index Desmldiacearum citatiunibus locupletissimus atque Bibliographia.
Auctore C. F. 0, Nordstedt. Berolini : Fratres Borntraeger.
1896. 310 Seiten. 4°. Preis 20 mark.

The author treats of his subject under five sections. The first
of these is the bibliography, and, including the two pages of ad-
denda constituting the third section, it may be said to be complete
up to about September, 1896, being in fulness and general accuracy
of reference much superior to previously published lists of Desmid
literature. The second section, the Index, consists of an alpha-
betically arranged list of the generic and specific names of Desmids
and some doubtful structures which have been described as such.
Under each specific name is a chronological series of records of
that species, varieties and changes of generic position each being
marked by special type, and the nature of each record is indicated
by means of contractions, a list of which is given in the Preface.
Thus, to take an example, on p. 10, under "dissilieiis," is found the
reference "phzf 57 — HoJ'in. Fortpl. p. 35 t. 1 f. 5-8," indicating
that Hofmeister's paper was published in 1857 with some physio-
logical observations, description of zygospores, and figures. The
change of type on the subsequent recording of a variety serves its
purpose very well, but fails to do so in those instances in which
more than one variety has been given the same name by different
authors. Thus on p. 37, under "acerosuvi," there are two varieties
with the name " eloiufatiaii," and as only one of these (the first
mentioned one) is in the usual strong type, the other is liable to
be overlooked. This change of type is accompanied by a change of
the authority from the original describer to the recorder ; thus on
p. 87, under '^ crassion," is found the \a,Y. sciobiculatnin viith the
following authorities,— "Lund.," "Nordst.," " Wolle," "Lagerh.,"
and " Toni." From this one might be led to infer that each of
the above described a var. scrobicidatum, and that it was a similar
case to that mentioned as occurring on p. 37.

The author's suggestions, short notes, and cross-references add
considerably to the usefulness of the Index ; and the last section
of the work, consisting of an alphabetical enumeration of the
genera with their contained specific names, will also be found
extremely useful for purposes of reference.

106 . THE NURSERY BOOK.

A work of this kind has long been needed, and in the absence
of any sfcandai-d up-to-date work on this subject, all students of
Desmids will welcome the appearance of the present ' Index.' In
order to fally appreciate the immense convenience to the working
botanist in thus having collected together all the important records
of a species, together with its varieties and forms, there is required
by the student a considerable amount of previous work, entailing
multitudinous references to the scattered and ever-spreading litera-
ture on the subject. Every credit must be given to the author for
the excellent manner in which the book has been compiled, as well
as for the immense labour expended in its compilatiou, and those
who know with what care and exactitude Dr. Nordstedt has studied
these minute plants, will agree with me in saying that no one was
more competent to produce such a work than the author.

G. S. West.

Tlie Nursery Book: a complete Guide to the Multi plication of Plants.
By L. H. Bailey. 3rd edition. 4s. net. Macmillan & Co.

We have here another of the excellent practical handbooks
of the "Garden Cr.ift" series. It appeals to the practical
gardener whose chief duty is connected with the multiplication-^
or, as it is more technically termel, propagation— of plants. About
156 pages are devoted to the explanation of the varioiis modes of
increasing plants; and in just over 190 pages are mentioned the
principal genera of plants in alphabetical order, with short notes
after each indicating the most suitable mode of treatment. As
many as 152 woodcuts supplement the already lucid explanations.
The work is not a mere compilation ; the facts recorded have been
proved from practical experience in the gardens of the Cornell
University. Anyone who is acquainted with the " bulletins "
issued from that establishment, chiefly under the direction of
Prof. Bailey and his able assistants, will at once recognize the
trustworthiness of the information supplied ; and as the same
principles regulate the growth of plants in England as in America,
the British gardener cannot but gain by consulting them.

Tliere is one small drawback to the "Nursery Book," viz. the
"Americanisms "—-we vise this term for want of a better — -employed.
To gardeners on this side of the Atlantic it sounds exceedingly
strange to talk of " seedage," " layerage," "cuttage," "buddage,"
" graftage," and such-like terms. We have almost got accustomed
to seeing " cion " for scion; but we doubt the wisdom of coining
fresh terms which are at least no improvement on the older ones.
If this sort of thing goes on, we shall soon have "pottage" for
potting, "waterage" for watering, " crockage " for crocking pots,
" prunage " for pruning, and so on.

With the exception of this question of terms we have nothing
but praise for the "Nursery Book" ; and we hope that when the
fourth edition appears there may be a reversion to the ordinary
nomenclature of garden operations. j_ "Weathers.

107

A Gardener Botanist,

Tlie Surviccd of the Unlike, a Collection of Evolution Kssai/s suggested
hg the Stndg of Domestic Plants. By L, H. Bailey. New
York: The Macmillan Company. 1896. .Pp.515.

Having, it must humbly be confessed, had somewhat more than
our fill of theories of evolution, we turn from the first portion of
this book, which deals with yet another hypothesis to explain the
all-embracing process, to the second, which treats a variety of
points connected with the facts of development as they are to be
observed in gardens. Of the more philosophical portion of Mr.
Bailey's work, and especially of the essay from which the whole
collection is named, and which appears to contain the pith of his
system, we need only say that we find it hard to feel sure that we
apprehend his main contention, and that if we have apprehended
it, we are unable to agree with him.

But in the practical portion, where he entertains us with
specimens of his horticultural experience, we find him a delightful
companion, no less instructing than entertaining, and learn many
pregnant circumstances concerning the marvellous plasticity of
nature under the hand of man.

In a charming essay, for example, entitled " The Progress of
the Carnation," we are led to follow the process by which that
handsome flower has been induced to adapt itself to a type
arbitrarily predetermined by man. He made up his mind that its
blossom should be flat, and a century ago forced it to be so by
means of a disc of cardboard beneath the lower petals, on which
all petals were artificially "placed" with tweezers as fast as they
appeared, any which refused to conform being removed. Now
well-bred carnations grow in the same form of their own accord.
Similarly, it has been always held for a j^oint of perfection that
the flower should be full, yet the calyx should remain entire, or
at least should not burst, but to secure this it was necessary to
bind the calyx with cord, or else to slit it with a penknife. Now
a good carnation is expected to be a '* whole flower " without
artificial help.

Another most interesting question is introduced in connection
with grapes and plums. The varieties of these fruits cultivated in
America have been usually of European derivation, the long period
of Old World cultivation having developed qualities which are not
to be obtained, at least in similar perfection, from native stocks.
But experience appears to show that with all their advantages the
immigrants will have to yield to the aboriginals. The former are
liable to diseases which the others can defy, having already out-
grown them in their ancestral experiences of New World conditions.
The thing therefore, Mr. Bailey contends, for American nurserymen
to do, is to make sure of the best native originals upon which to
exert their art. In some instances, where a good variety has
appeared, it has been found difficult or impossible to trace it to its
ultimate source. This has been the case, for example, with the

108 A GARDENER BOTANIST.

" wild-goose plum," the history of which is pictuiesque. A man
shot and buried a wild-goose, and from its grave there sprang up
in the following season a plum-tree, which bore good fruit. The
bird presumably had been feeding on wild plums, and from a stone
concealed about its person at the time of its death the tree had
issued. But wild-geese are wanderers, and their powers of flight
are great, so that it was impossible to say where this one had last
regaled itself, while the sort of plum on which it had fed does not
seem yet to have been identified.

On the subject of the strawberry, Mr. Bailey makes an historical
statement to which we must take exception ; it seems at least
misleading. The earliest attempt, he tells us, at the methodical
amelioration of this fruit by cultivation was made little more than
two centuries ago, about 1660. It is true that the varieties now
cultivated may have been introduced so recently, for they all
come from America, and their merits are not likely to have been
discovered till that continent became well known. But if wild
American strawberries appeared in gardens only in the middle
of the 17th century, wild native strawberries were there two cen-
turies earlier, and to some degree were ameliorated by man's care.
For this we have the evidence of Shakespeare, who makes King
Richard III. remark on the " good strawberries " he had seen in
the Bishop of Ely's garden, in Holborn. This little episode, it is
needless to remark, is not of Shakespeare's imagining. He found it
in Sir Thomas More's history, and Sir Thomas as a youth lived in
the household of Cardinal Moreton, from whom he is supposed to
have obtained his materials, and Moreton was the very Bishop of
Ely in whose garden these strawberries grew. At the same time,
it would appear that our indigenous strawberries were not very
amenable to the cultivator's art, for old Fuchs observes that straw-
berries grow in gardens, but better in woods.

It would be easy to go on in Mr. Bailey's company to the dis-
cussion of other points aud problems, — in fact, the only difficulty
is to stop. We should much like to say somethiug on the vexed
question of the permanence of varietal forms, which suggests itself
in connection with many flowers and fruits, and especially with
the apple. Does a variety which depends for its propagation on
grafting, or any similar process, tend inevitably to run out ? or is
it as stable as if propagated in orthodox fashion, by seed? In
other words, does a graft start a new life, or merely carry on an
old one ? To such a question different answers are given, whether
by theorists or practical men, and accordingly it seems useless to
start a discussion from which probably there will be no definite
result. An interesting question it is, nevertheless, and in this
respect it does but resemble many others which arise from the
perusal of this very interesting book, which we trust we have said
enough to commend to the attention of our readers.

John Gerard.

109

A Manual and Dictionary of the Flowering Plants and Ferns. By J.
C. Willis, M.A. 'Vol. I. pp. xiv, 224 ; Vol. II. pp. xiii, 429.
University Press, Cambridge. 1897. Price 10s. 6d.

Mr. Willis emphasises the importance of the study of evolution
in botany, and deplores the lack of an evolutionary basis in our
existing text-books of morphology. For topsy-turvy evolution in
the matter of manuals, we call to mind none which can equal his
own. Part I., we are told in the Preface, was written as a supple-
ment to Part II., as the latter was "wanting in co-ordination."
Part II. has therefore two supplements, one following it in the
normal position, the other — Part I. The Index to the two volumes
is, according to the table of contents, Part III., though the printer
has forgotten to label it thus. We will arrange our remarks in
phylogeuetic sequence. First, as to the main book, Volume II.
This is one of the most useful works on plants that has ever been
produced. The author modestly admits it to be a mere compilation.
But it is a compilation from the very best sources, with the matter
well selected, and the information given in a clear and concise
manner. Numerous cross-references enable us to get the most out
of the volume itself, and if we want to know more, Mr. Willis tells
us where to look for it. The book consists of an alphabetical
arrangement, under their Latin names, of the classes, cohorts,
orders, and chief genera of seed-plants and ferns. Very full
accounts are given of the larger divisions, and also of the more
important genera, especially those of economic value. The interest
is greatly enhanced by the insertion of facts of biological impor-
tance, so that one can turn over the pages for a long time without
getting bored. To such a list it is of course easy to suggest certain
additions, alterations, &c. Under the monotypic palm-genus
Jubaia reference should have been made to the little coconut-like
fruits which come into the Loudon market, the source of which
often puzzles people. Under Sequoia we are told that "in most
museums in Britain there are sections of a tree cut down in 1882,
and showing 3 335 annual rings." The only place in Britain, or
the Old World for the matter of that, where a complete section
showing 1335 annual rings can be seen, is in the great hall at the
Natural History Museum in the Cromwell Eoad, which, judging
from internal evidence, the author seems never to have visited.
Fragments of the original block have been distributed among a
few other museums, but these can give but little idea of the
immense bulk of the Californian Big-tree.

Before leaving Volume II., we would humbly suggest to, the
people at the University Press, Cambridge, that they would confer
a great boon on students of botany if they would issue it separately
at (say) five shillings.

As to the supplementary Volume I. Authors of text-books
which have appeared during the last two or three years will be
pleased to read that our existing text-books of morpliology are not
only wanting in evolutionary basis, but also " mostly out of date."
To these insufficiences in the modern text-book, and the want of

110 BOTANICAL MICEOTECHNIQUE. — ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.

co-ordination in Part II., we owe the appearance of Part I. As
regards co-ordination, nobody expects co-ordination in a dictionary.
As to the value of Part I. as a text-book, it is a very unequal
production. The portion dealing with the flower is excellent and
suggestive ; the chapter on forms of vegetation and distribution is
useful ; but the account of the morphology of the vegetative organs
is scrappy and uncertain, and reminds us more of lecture notes
than a chapter of a text-book. In the few pages devoted to botanic
gardens will be found an indication of the arrangement at Kew
and Cambridge, and what may be seen in the different houses and
beds. We would like to add, in view of the generally admitted
great dearth of young systematists, to which reference is made in
the Preface, that there is an institution, easy of access, and well-
known to London and even to some Cambridge students, which
still encourages the study of systematic botany. We mean the
Botanical Department of the British Museum, where, and where
alone, the student finds a complete exposition of the natural
orders of seed-plants, as well as a good illustrative series of the
cryptogams. ^ ^ ^

Botanical Microtechnique. By Dr. A. Zimmermann. Translated by
J. E. Humphrey, S.O. 12s. net. Archibald Constable & Co.
1896.

The publishers advertise this book as "a new volume of
exceptional importance and value to students." It is not necessary
to discuss what special meaning the publishers may attach to the
word " new " ; but it must be pointed out that the book is not new
in any ordinary sense of the word, for this translation was published
in New York, by Henry Holt & Co., in 1893. The only difference
in the volume now before us is that the former publisher's name
has disappeared from the title-page, and is replaced by that of
A. Constable & Co. ; and the text and pagination are exactly
the same.

Though a very good and useful book, it can hardly be recom-
mended to students. Those workers to whom it is useful would
either read it in the original German or would know of the
existence of the earlier version in English, so that the object of its
republication in England is not very clear. v TT R

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.-

Bot. CentraMatt (Nos. 5-8). — E. Kiister, ' Die anatomischen
Charaktere der Chrysobalaneen ' (concluded).

* The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers
or title-pages, but it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date of
publication.

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS. Ill

Botanisha Notiser (haft. 1). — N. Wille, ' Om Faeroernes Fern-
skvandsalger og om Fesrkvaudsalgeines Spredningsmaader ' (1 pi.).

— A. H. Nilssou, ' lakttagelser ofver de inorka varmestriilarnes i
soLIjiiset iuflytande pu vaxternas orgauisatiou,'

Bot. Zeituwj (Feb. 16). — L. Jost, ' Ueber die periodiscben
Bewegungen der Biiitter von Mimosa piuUca im duukeln Kaume.'

Bull, de V Heihier Boissier (Jan.). — G. Hochrentiner, ' Phanero-
ganies du Khoae ' (1 pL). — A. Tonduz, ' Hei-borisations an Costa-
Kica.' — P. Conti, ' Du genre Matthiola.' — G. Kouy and J. Briquet,
' Denomination binaire dans la Nomenclature.'

Bull, Soc. But. lie France (Nov. & Dec. : vol. xliii. pt. 8). —
P. Magnin, 'Revision des Potamots de France.' — L. Plauchou,
' Ouverture des fleurs de Y (Enotliera Lama re Ida it a.' — A. Battaudier,
' Quelques plantes d'Algerie.' — A. Franchet, ' Gentiana nouveaux
do la Cliine occidentale.' — E. A. Fiuet, Ornlthochilus Delavayi,
sp. u. — Id., ' Le genre Yoania.' — P. Vuillemin, ' Cladochijtriuui
jndposum, parasite des betteraves.' — H. Coste, ' Cinq plantes nou-
velles decouvertes dans I'AvejTon.' — L. Lutz, ' Goaunose dans
VAralia spino.sa.' — E. Bureau & F. Camus, ' Sphaignes de France.'
— M. Cornu, (Jiiassia africana. — P. van Tiegbem, ' Phanerogames a
ovule sans nucelle ' {Santalacea). — G. Rouy, ' Revision du genre
Onopordoii,^ — D. Cios, Erodium cicutarium & Eehallium Elaterium,

— A. Chabert, Tetraejonolohus Itetjnieri. — A. Cbatin, Terfezia Gen-
nadii.

Bull. Torrey Bot. Club (Jan. 28). — P. A. Rydberg, ' Notes on
Putentilla ' (2 pi.). — A. M. Vail, ' Notes on Farosela ' (Dalea). —
C. Mobr, Alabama Plants (3 pL). — F. S. Earle, 'Fungi imperfecti
from Alabama.' — G. V. Nash, ' New American Grasses.' — J. K.
Small, Prunus Gravesii & Polijijonumfallax, spp. nu. — Id., Tlujsanella
& PobjDoneUa. — B. D. Halstead, Pods of Wistaria. — G. E. Oster-
hout, Gilia laxijlora, sp. n. — N. L. Britton, Cratayus Vailiie, sp. n.

Erythea (Jan. 31). — W. L. Jepson, Peueedannni erosum, sp. u. — -
A. J. Merritt, ' Pollination of Califoruian mountain flowers ' (cont.).
— J. B. Ellis & B. M. Everhart, 'New W. American Fungi ' (cont.).

Gardeners' Clironicle (Jan. 30). — Cleisosloina Zollinyerianum
Kriinzl., sp. n. — (Feb. 13). 'An old Album of Floral Drawings '
(by Holtzbecker, 1660, in Department of Prints and Drawings,
British Museum). — (Feb. 20). Polystachya pleistantha Kriinzl., sp.n.

Nuovo Giorn. But. Ital. (Jan.). — K. MilUer, ' Prodromus Bryo-
logia) Bolivianae.' — F. Tassi, ' Micologia della provincia Senese.' —
E. Baroni & H. Christ, ' Filices planta;que Filicibus affines 'in
Shen-si septentrional! collectic ' (3 pi.). — C. Massalongo, ' Intorno
all' acarocecidio della Stipa pennata' (1 pi.).

Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschrift (Feb.). — W. Schmidle, Gonyrosira
trenteijokliopsis, sp. n. — H. Fritsch, Cardainine Fiahc, sp. n. —
J. Brunnthaler, Poyouatiim nanum x aloides. — A. Hansgirg, ' Zur
Biologic des Pollens.' — A. van Degeu, Peueedanum ulitasi folium. —
V. Schilfner, ' Bryologische Mittheilungen aus Mittelbohmen.'

112

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dtc.

Dr. John Leitch, who died at Sillotb, Cumberland, on Dec.
22ad, at the age of forty-seven, had a large collection of plants,
mainly collected by himself in various parts of Great Britain and
Ireland, and in the Channel Islands. Although he did not publish,
he had an extensive knowledge of British botany, to which he
devoted all his spare time. He was born at Monimail, Fife, and
graduated M.B. at Edinburgh in 1871.

Drs. Errera and E. Laurent have recently published a series
of fifteen diagrams illustrating plant-physiology {Planches de Physio-
loifie Ver/kaJe: Bruxelles, Lamertin), accompanied by a volume of
descriptive text in French, the explanations of the plates being
also in Eughsh and German. Among the subjects illustrated are
nutrition, respiration, transpiration, fermentation, geotropism,
heliotropism, growth ; as well as carnivorous plants, saprophytes
and parasites, twining and climbing plants, and the variability of
species. The diagrams are of the size of the well-known ones of
Kny, and, although not equal to those in execution, they are clear
and telling, and their cheap price renders them additionally service-
able. The text is accompanied by reduced figures of the objects
figured in the diagrams.

A botanical laboratory in the western tropics has long been
greatly needed, and we have much pleasure in announcing that
the establishment of such an institution is completely assured.
This is entirely owing to the euterprize of American botanists, and
in particular of Prof. MacDougal, of the University of Minnesota,
Minneapolis. He has obtained the necessary funds for the labora-
tory, and intends during the summer, with aid of a representative
commission from the United States, to examine various regions in
search of a suitable site. It is believed that cordial co-operation
on the part of botanists in this country would be welcomed. In
order to secure this co-operation, we venture to recommend one of
the lesser Antilles as the site. These islands are only a fortnight
from London, and their botanical attractions for future work are
great — a fact testified to by recent papers by Spruce on the He-
paticfe in the Journal of the Linnean Societi/, and Wainio on the
Lichens of Dominica in tbis Journal for 1896 ; to which may be
added the further fact that Dr. Stephani announces yet more
novelties in the way of Hepaticiie about to be published from the
same island. A site in Mexico, for example, though much to be
recommended on other grounds, would be a hindrance to co-
operation on the part of botanists in tbis country, on account
of the length of the journey. We heartily congratulate American
botanists on this manifestation of their enterprize, and wish it the
success it undoubtedly deserves.

Several reviews stand over : among them notices of the Rev.
R. P. Murray's Flora of Somersetshire, and of Mr. W. R. Clarke's
First Facnrds of British Floweriiu/ Plants, which British botanists
will be glad to have in a connected form.

113

WELWITSCH'S AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG^E.

By W. West, F.L.S., and G. S. West, A.R.C.S.

(Plates 365-369.)
(Continued from p. 89.)

12. CosMARiuM Corda (1834).

1. C. centrotaphridium, sp.n. (tab. 367, figs. 3-6). C. sub-
mediocre, paullo longius quam latins, profande constvictum, sinu
angusto-lineari ; semicellulte subtrapeziformes, angulis iuferioribus
late rotundatis, lateribus leviter divergeutibus ad basin et subretusis
apicem versus, angulis superioribus rotundatis et leviter productis,
apice subtruncato cum elevatione Itevi lata ad medium, seriebus
transversis duabus scrobiculorum trans centrum semiceliularum
(in serie unaquaque 4, srepe snbirregulariter ordinatis) ; a vertice
visfe oblougre apicibus obtuse acutis, scrobiculis 4 in medio utro-
bique ; a latere visa) subrotunda3 elevationibus latis tribus ad apicem ;
membrana minute punctata, pra^sertim ad angulos. Long. 44-46 /x ;
lat. 34-5-40 [j.; lat. apic. 25-28 /* ; lat. istbm. ll'5-12-5 //. ; crass.
21-23-5 [X.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo, plagas spongiosas unacum Eriocauloneis, Xyridibus et
Utriculariis constituens ; May 1860. No. 15.

The apex is subrectangular with a broad elevation at each angle
and another elevation in the centre, the latter not being as high as
those at the angles. The four pairs of scrobiculations are somewhat
variable (cfr. t. 367, f. 4-6) ; sometimes there are three in place of
either or both of the two central pairs.

2. C. suBLOBATUM (Breb.) Arch, in Pritch. In/us. 731 (1861).
E. ? suhlobatum Breb. in Ralfs, Brit. Desm. 91, t. xxxii. f. 4 (1848).

Var. CRispuLUM (Nordst.) DeToui, Syll. Ahj. 1042. Enastrwu.
mhlohalum Breb. ft. crispulum Nordst. in Acta Univ. Lund. ix. 10, t. i.
f. 9 (1873). Long. 25-29 /x ; lat. 16-17 /x; lat. isthm. 4-4-5 [i ;
crass. 9-5 /x. This variety is probably a Euastrum.

Huilla. Inter Utricnlariam, Morro de Lopollo ; April 1860.
No. 179. In paludibus exsiccandis; April 1860. No. 176.

8. C. EETUSiFORME (Willo) Gutw. in Bot. Centmlbl. xliii. 69
(1890). C. Hammeri Reinsch, var. retusiforme Wille in Vid.-SeUl;.
Forhandl., Christiania, no. 11, 32, 1. 1, f. 16 (1880). Long. 15-16 /x ;
lat. 11-12 /a; lat. isthm. 3-3-5 //.; crass. 8 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176.

4. C. RETusuM (Perty) Rabenh. Fl. Enrop. AUj. iii. 167 (1868).
Euafitrwn retusum Perty in Mittheil. Natiirforsch. Gencllsch., Bern,
173 (1849); non Kiitz. P/ujc. Germ. 136 (1845). Long. 30 /i; lat.
24 /x ; lat. isthm. 9 /x ; crass. 13-5 /x.

Libongo. Ad margines Hum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

5. C. GRANATUM Breb. in Ralfs, Brit. Desm. 96, t. xxxii. f. 6
(1848). Long. 36-5-38-5 /x ; lat. 21-23 /x ; lat. isthm. 7-5 /x.

Libongo. Ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.
Journal of Botany. — Vol. 35. [April, 1897.] i

114 WELWITSCH's AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG.E,

We can now add West Central Africa to the distribution of this
species, and this, along with its habitats in East Africa and Mada-
gascar, still further confirms what Lagerheim has stated with regard
to the cosmopolitan nature of the species.

6. C. ANGUSTATUM (Wittr.) Nordst. in 0/oers. K. Vet.-Akad. Fork.
no. 6, 20 (1875). Euastrum bbiale var. angustatum Wittr. in Bih. t.
K. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. 1, no. 1, 50, t. iv. f. 8 (1872). Euastrum
polare Nordst. in Ofo. K. Vet.-Akad. Furh. no. 6, 37, t. vii. f. 24
(1872). A form with the vertical view oblong. Long. 25 /x ; lat.
14 fM ; lat. apic. 7*5 /x ; lat. isthm. 4-5 ju, ; crass. 8 /x.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et LopoUo; May 1860. No. 15.

7. C. MAXIMUM (Borg.). C. ohsoletum (Hantzsch) Reinsch,
subsp. maximum Borg. in Vidensk. Medd. Naturh. Furen. Kjoben.,
1890, 42, t. iv. f. 37 (1891). C. a C. ohsoleto differt celluHs longi-
oribus, multe profuudius constrictis, angulis basalibus spinis
brevibus patentibus instructis non submamiilatis.

Var. MINOR, var. n. (tab. 367, fig. 21). Var. duplo-minor et
angustior. Long. 68-5 /a; lat. sine spin. 46 jj., cum. spin. 48-5 jx;
lat. isthm. 10 /x ; crass. 29 fi.

Huilla. Inter Utriculariam, Morro de Lopollo ; April 1860.
No. 179.

C. palustre W. B. Turn, (in A'. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. xxv.
No. 5, 60-1, t. viii. f. 65 & t. ix. f. 1) has some resemblance to this
species, but is proportionately broader, has a much broader isthmus
like that of C. ohsoletum, and the spines at the basal angles are
strongly convergent.

8. C. LuNDELLii Delp. in Memor. Accad. Sci. Torino, ser. 2,
XXX. 13, t. vii. f. 62-64 (1878). C. subcirculare W. B. Turn, in
K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. xxv. no. 5, 52, t. viii. f. 3 & t. ix.
f. 27, 37 (1892).

Var. ^THiopicuM, var. n. Var. 1^-plo longius quam latius,
semicellulis latioribus apicem versus ; a vertice visis late ellipticis
polis rotundatis (ut in var. madagascariense West) ; membraua dense
et minutissime punctata inter scrobiculos parvos. Long. 71-107 /x ;
lat. 61-80 /x ; lat. isthm. 30-33 /x ; crass, usque 54 /x.

Libongo. Ad margines fium. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

Forma scrobiculata. Forma plus dense scrobiculata, scrobiculis
in medio semicellularum multe majoribus, et isthmo angustiori.
Long. 104 jj. ; lat. 82 /x ; lat. isthm. 27 /x ; crass. 52 /x.

Pungo Andongo. In stagnis prope Anbilla (Coudo) ; March
1857. No. 177.

9. C. Baileyi Wolle, Desm. U. 8. 64, pi. xvi. f. 17, 18 (1884).
C. depressum Bail., non (Niig.) Lund. Forma cellulis dente minuto
ad angulum basalem uuumquemque instructis. Long. 46 /x ; lat.
47 jfx ; lat. isthm. 15 /x ; crass. 23 /x.

Libongo. Ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.
Var. ANGOLENSE, var. n. (tab. 866, fig. 20). Var. major, cellulis
paullo depressioribus, angulis basalibus truncato-i'otundatis, dente

WELWXTSCh's AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG.E. 115

minuto ad angulum uaumquemque. Long. 09 /^ ; lat. 96/^; lat.
istlim. 20 [X ; crass. 40 /x.

Huilla. Inter Utriculariam, Morro de Lopollo ; April 1860.
No. 179.

Compare with C. Baileyi v. major West & G. S. West (in Trans.
Linn. Soc. 2nd Ser. v. 246, t. xiv. f. 36).

10. C. PYRAMiDATUM Breb. in Ralfs, Brit. Desm. 94, t. xv. f. 4
a, h, c (1848). Long. 96 /* ; lat. 55 /x ; lat. istlim. 20 //.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176. Etiam
inter Utriculariam, Morro de Lopollo ; April 1860. No. 179.

Forma tropica. Forma multe major et longior, apice minus
truncato. Long. 165-170 /x; lat. 86-90 jx ; lat. isthm. 29-31 yu.

Huilla. Cum typ. ; Nos. 176 and 179.

Var. PARALLELUM, var. n. Var. semicellulis angustioribus, an-
gulis basalibus rectangularibus et leviter submamillatis, lateribus
subparallelis, apicibus late rotundatis ; membrana densissime scro-
biculata. Long. 127 /x ; lat. 55 /x; lat. isthm. 19 /x.

Huilla. In editis de Morro de Lopollo ; Febr. 1860. No. 192.

11. C. PSEUDOPYRAMiDATUM Luud. in Nova Acta r. Soc. Sclent.
Ups. ser. 3, vol. viii. no. ii. 41, t. ii. f. 18 (1871). Long. 43 /x ; lat.
24 fx; lat. isthm. 7 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176.

12. C. ligoniforme, sp. n. (tab. 367, fig. 12). C. submediocre,
circiter If-plo longius quam latius, profunde constrictum, sinu
linear! ; semicellulfe semiellipticfe, ad apicem depressfe, angulis
basalibus subrectangularibus, leviter rotundatis et levissime pro-
ductis; a vertice et latere visoe ellipticne; membrana dense punctata.

ZygosporfB globosae, elevationibus mamillatis, spina supra eleva-
tionem unamquemque obsessfe. Long. 57*5-59'5 /x; lat. 37 /x;
lat. isthm. 14-5-16 //.; crass. 19 /x; diam. zygosp. sine spin. 47-52 [x,
cum. spin. 59-61 /x.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 15 (freq, c. zygosp.). Morro de Lo-
pollo; April 1860. No. 182.

This species closely resembles some forms of C. pseudopyramidatum.
Lund., but is comparatively broader with wider apices, has different
basal angles, and the zygospore is very different.

13. C. VARioLATUM Lund. I.e. 41, t. ii. f. 19 (1871).

{a.) Forma scrobiculis numerosioribus. Long. 31-34-5 /x ; lat.
17-19 /x; lat. isthm. 5-5-5 /x; crass. 11-13 /x.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 15.

Golungo Alto. Inter Scytonema Arcamjelii ad muscos prope
fontem magn. ad Banca do Soba Bango; Sept. 1855. No. 159.

{b.) Forma semicellulis latioribus. Long. 34-5 /x ; lat. 22 /x ;
lat. isthm. 7-5 /x.

Huilla. Lopollo; Febr. 1860. No. 192.

14. C. africanum, sp. n. (tab. 368, fig. 1). C. subparvum,
l|-plo longius quam latius, profunde constrictum, sinu linear! ;

I 2

116 WELWITSCh's AFKICAN freshwater ALGiE.

semieellulae pyramido-semicirculares, apicibus subtruncatis, angulis
basalibus rotimdatis ; a vertice visae anguste ellipticfe ; a latere
visae ellipticfe, membrana crassa et dense scrobiculata. Long. 86 /j.;
lat. 25-26 fx; lat. isthm. 11-5 jj.; crass. 14 /*.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176.
Lopollo ; Febr. 1860. No. 192.

This is somewhat like C. nitididum De Not. in form, but the
very thick and scrobiculate membrane easily distinguishes it.

15. C. trifossum, sp.n. (tab. 367, fig. 19). C. parvum, 1^-plo
longius quam latius, profundissime coustrictum, siuu angusto-
lineari extreme ampliato ; semicellul^e semiellipticffi et levissime
depressae ad apices, excavatione minime profunda in medio apicis
et excavatioue simili infra et juxta apicem utrobique ; a vertice et
latere vis^ ellipticfe ; membrana dense et minute punctata. Long.
19-23 /x; lat. 13-5-15 /x ; lat. isthm. 2-8-3-5 /u ; crass. 8-5 /u

Huilla. Inter Utricnhriani, Morro de Lopollo ; April 1860.
No. 179. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176. Etiam
in graminosis paludosis juxta rivulum de Lopollo; April 1860.
No. 180.

The three shallow notches seen in the front view of each semi-
cell are due to the presence of three grooves running at right angles
to both the longitudinal and transverse axes.

16. C. GALEEiTuii Nordst. in Vidensk. Medd. Naturh. Form.
Kjohen. 1869, No. 14-15, 209-210, t. iii. f. 26 (1870). A form with
more rounded sides; long. 62 jx; lat. 46 /x; lat. isthm. 16 /x; crass.
28 /x.

Libongo. Ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

17. C. NiTiDULUM Not. Desm. Iial. 42, t. iii. f. 28 (1867).
C. rectosporum W. B. Turn, iu K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. HinuU. Bd. 25,
no. 5, 69, t. X. f. 16 (1893). Var. minor, apicibus cellularum
latioribus et constrictione multe profundiori. Long. 15-23 /x; lat.
12-16 /x; lat. apic. 7"5-ll-5 /x; lat. isthm. 1-8-2-7 /^- ; crass.
6-5-8-5 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176.

18. C. scENEDESMUs Delp. in Memor. Accad. ScL Torino, ser. 2,
XXX. 5-6, t. vii. f. 28-84 (1878).

Var. DORSiTRUNCATUM Nordst. iu K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl.
Bd. xxii. no. 8, 59, t. iii. f. 15 (1888). A small form with a per-
fectly smooth membrane. Long. 22-25 /x ; lat. 26-27 /x ; lat.
isthm. 6"5-7'5 /x ; crass. 11*5 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176.

Libongo. Ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

19. C. sethiopicum, sp.n. (tab. 367, fig. 20). C. subparvum,
circiter IJ-plo longius quam latius, sinu lineari extremo leviter
ampliato; semicellulfe hexagono-semicirculares, angulis inferioribus
rectangularibus, marginibus lateralibus parallelis, marginibus su-
perioribus rectis, apicibus late truncatis, serie plicationum lougi-
tudinalem circiter 10 juxta sed intra apicem et margines superiores ;
a vertice visfe ellipticcis, polls subattenuatis et subtruncatis, a latere
visc^ subglobosfe, elevatione lata levi infra apicem utrobique ; mem

WELWlTaCIl's AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG^. 117

brana punctata. Long. 34-5-42 /x ; lat. 28-33 // ; hit. isthm.
14-5-19 /x; crass. 18-2i //.

Pungo Andongo. Inter Scytonema myochrous v. chorogmphicum
et Dichotrichem qypsopliilam ad latera boreal, et occid. de Pedra
Songue ; April 1857. No. 12.

Huilla. Inter Forphyrosiphonem Notarisii prope lacum Ivantala;
March 1860. No. 17.

In outline this species calls to mind C. rectcnujularc Grun. 1868
(= C'. Gotlandicum Wittr. 1872), but the more angular semicells,
the much broader isthmus, and the plications present on the upper
half of the semicells, at once distinguish it.

20. C. PSEUDOPROTUBERANs Kirchn. in Cohn, Kryptng.-jioia von
Schlesien Ziveit. Bel. 150 (1878); Nordst. in Off. K.Vet.-Akad.
Fork. no. 3, 8, t. vii. f. 3 (1885). A small form agreeing with var.
pyymaum Gutw. [Flora f/lonow oJwUg Licoica, 54, t. ii. f. 9) in
dimensions, but of the same form as the type. Long. 14-5 p- ; lat.
11-5 /x ; lat. isthm. 5 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176.

21. C. POLYGONUM (Nag.) Arch, in Pritch. In/us. 732 (1861).
Euastnim polyyonuiii Nag. Gait. Einz. Ahj. 120, t. 7a, f. 9 (1849).

Var. EXILE, var. n. Var. minor, a vertice visfe sine tumore
central!. Long. 9-5 p; lat. 9 /v.; lat. isthm. 3.8 /x; crass. 4-4 p..

Pungo Andongo. In stagnis prope Anbilla (Condo) ; March
1857. No. 177.

Compare with C. polyyonuni v. viinus Hieronymus.

22. C. ELLiPsoiDEUM Elfv. in Acta Sac. Fauna et Flora Fenn. ii.
no. 2, 13, t. i. f. 10 (1881).

Var. MINOR Racib. in Pamietnik Akad. Uiniej. w Krakoivie, Wydz.
Matem.-jn-z. x. (84), t. x. f. 9 (1885). C. proleiforme W. B. Turn, in
K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. xxv. no. 5, 64, t. ix. f. 26 (1892).
Long. 28 p\ lat. 23 // ; lat. isthm. 6 /x ; crass. 14 //.

Pungo Andongo. In stagnis prope Anbilla (Condo) ; March
1857. No. 177.

23. C. submamilliferum, sp, n. (tab. 368, fig. 8). C. parvum,
tam lougum quam latum, profunde constrictum, sinu lineari; semi-
cellulffi brevissime truncato-pyramidatre, augulis iuferioribus et
superioribus rotundatis, lateribus leviter convexis, granulis duobus
juxta sed intra marginem ad medium apicis latissimi ; a vertice
visae elliptici© granulis duobus ad medium utrobique ; a latere visa?
subglobosfe granulo prope apicem utrobique ; membrana glabra.
Long. 23 //; lat. 21 p; lat. isthm. 8 /a; crass. 11-5 p. ,

Pungo Andongo. In stagnis prope Anbilla (Condo) ; March
1857. No. 177,

This is distinguished from G. mamilUfenim Nordst. in Yidensk.
Medd. Naturh. Furen. Kjoben, 1869, no. 14-15, 212, t. iii. f. 22 (1870)
by the very different form of the semicells in front view.

24. C. meteoronotum, sp. u. (tab. 367, fig. 18). C. mediocre,
1^-plo longius quam latius, profunde constrictum, sinu lineari ;
semicellulie ineequaliter hexagons, marginibus superioribus laterali-
bus longioribus quam inferioribus, apicibus levissime convexia et

118 WELWITSCH's AFBICAN PEESHWATER ALGiE.

angustioribus quam bases, augulis lateralibus leviter submamillatis;
a vertice visie ellipticae polls subacutis ; a latere visje ellipticae ;
membrana delicate punctata. Long. 75 /x; lat. 50//; lat. isthm.
19-5 /x ; crass. 26 /x.

Huilla. In uligiuosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 15.

This differs from C. se.vamjulare Lund, (in }^ova Acta E, Soc.
Scient. Ups. ser. 3, vol. 8, no. ii. 35, t. ii. f. 23) in its larger size,
its relatively greater length, and in its unequal hexagonal semicells.

25. C. SULCATUM Nordst. AJg. Sandvic. 13, t. i. f. 18 (1878).
Long. 33 /a; lat. 29 fj^ ; lat. isthm. 8'5 //; crass. 17'5 //.

Pungo Andongo. In stagnis prope Anbilla (Coudo) ; March
1857. No. 177.

Libongo. Ad margiues flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

26. C. mediogemmatum, sp. n. (tab. 367, fig. 11). C. sub-
parvum, 1^-plo longius quam latius, profuudissime constrictum,
sinu aperto acutangulo ; semicellula^ hexagouo-ellipticse, granulo
prope siuum in margine inferiori utrobique, granulis magnis 6 circa
granulum ceutralem in centre apicem versus, granulis duobus
inferioribus subminoribus et cum scrobiculis perparvis 5 circa
unumquemque ; a vertice visfe ellipticfe polis subacutis, granulis
3 ad margiuem et 2 intra marginem ad medium utrobique; a latere
visfe globosfe, granulis tribus utrobique apicem versus et granulo in
medio juxta isthmam; membrana delicate punctata. Long. 36-
38 fj. ; lat. 29-31 /x; lat. isthm. 9*5 /x ; crass. 20 /x.

Pungo Andongo. In stagnis prope Anbilla (Condo) ; March
1857. No. 177.

The lateral angles of this species are usually finely granulate.

27. C. siNOSTEGOS Schaarschm, in Maayar. Tudom. Akad. Math.
Termeszett. Kozlemcn. xviii. 266, tab, f. 12 (1883).

Var. OBTUsius Gutw. in Sprawozd. Komisi/l fizyoqraphic., Akad.
Uwirj. rv Krakowie, xxviii. pt. ii. 129, t. ii. f. 13 (1893) ; West & G.
S. West in Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2, v. 58, t. vi. f. 33 (1895). Long.
9"5/x; lat. 10'5 /i; lat. isthm. 1'8 /x ; crass. 6 fx.

Libongo. Ad margiues flum. Lifune; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

28. C. EMARGiNATUM West & G. S. West in Trans. Linn. Soc.
ser. 2, V. 58, t. viii. f. 14 (1895). A large form with a narrower
isthmus. Long. 17-18-5 /x ; lat. 12-13-5 /x; lat. isthm. 4-8-5-5 fi.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 15.

29. C. MINIMUM West & G. S. West, /. c. 58, t. viii. f. 10 (1895).
Long. 9-5-10-5 /x; lat. 8-9 /x ; lat. isthm. 3-5 /x ; crass. 4-5-5-5 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176. In
uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca et Lopollo ; May
1860. No. 15. Morro de Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 182.

30. C. EXiGUUM Arch, in Proc. Dubl. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. iv.
pt. i. 49-50, t. i. f. 32-33 (1864) ; Nordst. in K. Sv. Vet.-Akad.
Handl. Bd. 22, no. 8, 58, t. vi. f. 12 (1888). Long. 19 ft; lat.
11-5 /x ; lat. isthm. 6 /x ; crass. 8-5 /x.

WELWITSCh's AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG^. 119

Huilla. In uligiuosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo; May 1860. No. 15.

31. C. NOKiMBERGENSE Reiiisch ill Abhandl. Naturhistor. Gesellsch.
yumberg, Bd. 3, 113, t. ix. f. 2 (1866). C. Hammeri Reiuscb, var.
octogihbosum Reinsch, I.e. 112, t. x, f. 1. 0. octogibbosum (Reinsch)
W. B. Turn, in A'. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. 25, 52 (1892). C. octo-
(jibbosum var. indica W. B. Turn. /. c. t. viii. f. 8.

Forma elongata. C. exlgman Arch. var. norimbergense Sclimidle
in Flora, Ixxviii. 56, t. vii. f. 17 (1891). Forma subduplo lougius
quam latius. Long. 16-18 /x; lat. 9*5 /x; lat. istbm. d (/,; crass.
7 i^ (tab. 368, figs. 4, 5).

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176. Inter
Utriculariam, Morro de Lopollo; April 1860. No. 179. In uli-
ginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca et Lopollo ; May
1860. No. 15.

Forma depressa. Long. 11 ^jl ; lat. 11 jx; lat. istbm. 3*5 jw.

Loanda. In stagnis ; Febr. 1858. No. 136.

32. C. Meneghinii Breb. in Ralfs, Brit. Desm. 96, t. xv. f. 6
(1818). Long. 12-5 -13-5 /x ; lat. 9-5-10 ju ; lat. istbm. 3 ,00;
crass. 6 /x.

Libougo. Ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 201.

Small forms, but otherwise exactly agreeing with the figures in
Ralfs (/. c).

Var. ANGULosuM (Breb.) Rabenh. Fl. Europ. Alg. iii. 163 (1868).
C. angulosum Breb. in Mem. Sciences Nat. Cherbourg, iv. 127, 303,
t. i. f. 17 (1856). Long. 11-12-5 y.; lat. 8-5-9-5 // ; lat. istbm.
3 |W,; crass. 4-5-5-5 ja..

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
ct Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 15.

Pungo Audongo. Ad ramulos Podostemacearum in rivulis ;
March 1857. No. 105.

Var. siMPLiciMUM Wille in Vid.-Selsk. Forhandl. Christiania,
no. 11, 30, t. i. f. 11 (1880). Long. 13-5-20 f^; lat. 9-5-15,*;
lat. istbm. 1-5-4-5 ^^•, crass, usque 9 f/..

Libougo. Ad margines flum. Lifune; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

Pungo Andongo. Ad ramulos Podostemacearum in rivulis ;
March 1857. No. 105.

33. C. L.^vE Rabenh. Fl. Europ. Alg. iii. 161 (1868) ; Nordst.
in Ofv. K. Vet.-Almd. Fdrh. no. 6, 29, t. xii. f. 4 (1876).

Var. MINIMUM, var.n. (tab. 368, fig. 6). Var. multe minor quam
forma ty pica. Long. 11-5 /x; lat. 8-5 /x; lat. istbm. 2 /x ; crass. 5 |X.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo; May 1860. No. 15.

34. C. suBPYRiFORME Lagcrb . in Botan. Notiser, 1887, 197, c. fig.
A very small form with rather broader bases to the semicells than
the type ; other views not obtainable. Long. 23 /^ ; lat. sub. apic.
11 fi; lat. has. semicell. 8-5 /x ; lat. istbm. 2-7 /x.

Huilla. Inter Utriculariam, Morro de Lopollo; April 1860.
No. 179.

120 WELWITSCh's AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG.E.

35. C. AFFiNE Eacib. in Bospratvy Akad. Umiej. Krakow, Wydzial.
viat.-przyr. ser. 2, t. ii. (vol. xxii.) 363, t. vi. f. 25 (1892).

Var. AFRicANUM, vav. n. (tab. 368, fig. 7). Var. minor et
augustior ; membrana glabra. Long. 12-5-14 /x; lat. 9'5-10-5 /x;
lat. isthm. 6'5-7'5 fx.

Libongo. Ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 201.

36. C. BiiNUTissiMUM Arcb. in Q. J. If. S. xvii. (ueAV ser.) 194 et
301 (1877); Cooke, Brit. Desiii. 91. The identification of this is
somewhat uncertain, owing to Archer's meagre description ; the
following is a description of the plants seen : —

C. minutissimum, circiter l^-plo longius quam latins, profunde
constrictum, sinu liueari extremo ampliato ; semicellulffi elliptico-
semicirculares ; a vertice visse ellipticre ; a latere visse siibglobosae ;
membrana achroa et glabra. Long. 11 /x ; lat. 8 /i ; lat. isthm. 2 fx ;
crass. 5 /x.

Hiiilla. Morro de Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 182.

37. C. galeatum, sp. n. (tab. 368, figs. 2, 3). C. parvum, sub-
duplo lougins quam latins, profunde constrictum, sinu lineari
extremo valde ampliato ; semicellulfe semiellipticfe, apicibus sub-
truncatis, angulis inferioribus leviter rotundatis, angulo unoquoque
dentem parvum gerente ; a vertice et a latere viste ellipticre ; mem-
brana glabra. Long. 20-22 /x ; lat. 11-5-13 /x ; lat. isthm. 3-5-4 /x;
crass. 7-5 /a.

Huilla. Lopollo ; Febr. 1860. No. 192.

The form of this species together with its small size and the
presence of a tooth at each basal angle easily distinguish it.

88. C. Libongense, sp. u. (tab. 368, fig. 12). C. mediocre,
circiter 1^-plo longius quam latins, profunde constrictum, sinu
angustolineari, extremo subampliato ; semicellulte pyramidato-
semicirculares, angulis inferioribus subrotundatis, lateribus 4
(vel 5)-crenatis, apicibus truncatis rectisque ; a vertice vis^ sub-
angusto-elliptica3 ; a latere visa? late ellipticfe ; membrana dense
punctata. Long. 46-49 /x ; lat. 38-39 /x ; lat. isthm. 12-5-14-5 /j.;
crass. 20 /x.

Libongo. Ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

This difl'ers from C^. suhnndulatum Wille in its shorter cells, its
truncate apices, its crenate lateral margins, its entire absence of
granules, and in its difi'erent vertical and lateral views. From
C. suhnndulatum var. Beanlandii West it differs in its crenate lateral
margin, its more truncate apices, in the absence of granules, and
in its difi'erent vertical view.

39. C. EEPANDUM Nordst. in Botan. Notiser, 1887, 162; in
A'. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. 22, no. 8, 58, t. vi. f. 14 (1888). A
form with the semicells a little dilated upwards. Long. 56 /x ; lat.
45 /x; lat. isthm. 21 /x ; crass. 25 /x (tab. 368, fig. 13).

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 15.

C. odontopleurum Arch, (in Roy et Biss. in Ann. Scott. Nat.
Hist. (1894), 169, t. ii. f. 13) appears to be only a small form of
C. repandum Nordst.

WELWITSCh's AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG.E. 121

40. C. multiordinatum, sp. n. (tab. 367, fig. 8). C. mediocre,
circiter li-l^-plo longius quam latius, profunde constrictum, sinu
angusto-lineari extremo subampliato ; semicellulae pyramido-trapezi-
formes, apicibus late truncatis, lateribus subrectis (leviter convexis),
angulis leviter rotundatis ; a vertice visse ellipticfe in medio utro-
bique leviter et late tumidfe ; a latere visae globoste ; membrana
uiiiformiter granulata, granulis iu seriebus verticalibus (circ. 8) et
obliqnis, scrobiculis parvis G circa granulum unumquemque in
forma bexagona ordinatis, cum lateribus oppositis duobus form^e
bexagonfe liorizontalibus. Long. 61'5-73 /x; lat. 51-62 /x ; lat.
apic. 25-33 /x; lat. istlim. 1-1-5-21 ji; crass. 35 /x.

Puugo Andongo. In staguis prope Anbilla (Condo) ; March
1857. No. 177.

This is nearest to C. decoratum West & G. S. West (in Trans.
[Attn. Soc. 2ud ser. v. 61, t. vii. f. 21), but it is easily distinguished
by its shorter cells, its smaller size, its round (not triangular)
Ecrobiculations surrounding the granules, as well as its wider apex.

This is the only species we know which has the two opposite
sides of the hexagons of scrobiculations surrounding each granule,
horizontally disposed.

41. C. BiARGARiTATUM (Luud.) Koy & Biss. in Jouin. Bot. xxiv.
194 (1886); Koy in Ann. Scott. Xat. Hist. 167, t. ii. f. 12 (1894j.
(.'. latiun 13reb. var. inan/aritatiiin Lund, in Xovct Acta B. Soc. Scient.
Ups. ser. 3, viii. 26 (1871).

Forma minor Boldt. in Bill, till Sv. Vet-Akad. Handl. Bd. 13,
Afd. 3, no. 5, 26 (1888). Long. 44-60 /x ; lat. 38-47 /x; lat. isthm.
12-5-13-5 /x.

Libongo. Ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

42. C. PoRTiANUM Arch, in Q. J. 21. S. viii. 235-6, t. xi. f . 8, 9 (1860) ;
in Pritch. Inftis. 733 (1861); liabenh. Fl. Exirop. Ahj. iii. 160 (1868).

Var. oRTHosTicHUM Schmidle in Bcricht. Dentsch. But. Ges. Bd. xi.
Heft. 10, 549, t. xxviii. f. 7 (1893). Forma minor, semicellulis
exacte ellipticis (ut in forma typica), granulis in seriebus verticalibus
distinctis 9 (circ.) ordinatis. Long. 25 /x ; lat. 19 /x; lat. isthm.
8-5 /x ; crass. 12-5 /x (tab. 308, fig. 9).

Libongo. Ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

This approaches C. ncphroideum Fioy & Biss. (in Ann. Scott. Nat.
Hist. 1894, 169, t. ii. f. 3), which seems to differ from C. Fortianum
var. nephroidenm Wittr. both in its smaller size and in the regular
arrangement of its granules.

43. C. TRACHYCYRTUiM Reiusch, Contrib. Ahj. et Fang. 83, t. xviii.
f. 1 (1875). Forma lateribus minus retusis. Long. 15/^; lat. 14-5'jtA;
lat. isthm. 4-5 /x ; crass. 7*5 (x.

Huilla, Inter PorpJujrosiiilumein Notarisii Kiitz. in udis sylvaticis
et apricis inter Monino et lac. Ivantala ; April 1860. No. 14.

44. C. PUNcruLATUM Br6b. in Mem. Soc. Sciences Nat. Cherbourg,
iv. 129, 303, t.i.f. 16(1856); Klebs in Schrift. phys.-iikun. Gesellsch.
KiJnignberg, xx. 37, t. iii. f. 50, 51 (1879). Lat. = long. = 18 /x ;
lat. isthm. 6 p. ; crass. 9 /x.

Huilla. Iu rivulis prope Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 187.

122 WELWITSCh's AFEICAN freshwater AI.G;E.

Var. ELONGATUM Klebs, l. c. i. iii. f. 53. Long. 3J:-5-38 /x ; lat.
23-25 /i; lat. isthm. 11-5-12-5 /x; crass. 18-5 /x.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 15.

45. C. coNCENTRicuM W. B. Tum. in A*. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl.
Bd. 25, no. 5, 62, t. ix. f. 11 (1893).

Var. RADiATUM, var. n. (tab. 368, fig. 10). Var. miilte minor,
granulis minutis radiatim et concentrice ordinatis. Long. 13-5-15 /x ;
lat. ll-5-13"5 /x ; lat. isthm. 3-3-5 i/.; crass. 7-5 /x.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 15.

46. C. Blyttii Wille in VUl.-Seisk. Forhandl. Christlania, no. 11,
25, t. i. f. 7 (1880). Long. 15 ^; lat. 12 ^; lat. isthm. 4 /^ ;
crass. 8 /x.

Libongo. Ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

47. C. suBcosTATUM Nordst. in Ofo. K. Vet.-Akad. Fork. no. 6,
37-8, t. xii. f. 13 (1876).

Forma biinor West & G. S. West in Joiirn. Bot. xxxiv. 379,
t. 361, f. 15 (1896). Long. 19 /x; lat. 185 /x ; lat. isthm. 5-5 /x ;
crass. 10-5 /x.

Mossamedes. Inter Charas in rivo Caroca pr. Cabo negro ;
Sept. 1859. No. 19.

48. C. ALATUM Kirchn. in Cohn, Kryptoqamen-flora von Schlesien,
Zweit. Bd., 153 (1878). Long. 23-24 /x; lat. 19-21 /x; lat. isthm.
6-5 /*; crass. 10-5 /x.

Loanda. In stagnis ; Febr. 1858. No. 136.

Libongo. Ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

Var. suBOBLONGUM var. n. Var. semicellulis angustioribus,
angulis basalibus rectangularibus, crenis basalibus tricrenulatis.
Long. 21 /x ; lat. 17 /x; lat. isthm. 5-5 /x; crass. 9*5 [a.

Puugo Andongo. Ad ramulos Podostemacearum in rivulis ;
March 1857. No. 105.

49. C. subtriordinatum, sp. n. (tab. 368, fig. 11). C. parvum,
tarn lougiuu quam latum, profuude constrictum, sinu lineari ex-
trorsum aperto ; semicellulfe transverse oblongo-ellipticje, lateribus
rotundatis cum granulis minimis 9, apicibus rectis glabrisque, intra
margiuem lateralem unumquemque granulis subordinatis instructae,
in centro seriebus tribus verrucarum quadratarum transverse ordi-
natis (3 in seriebus inferioribus, 2 in serie superiori); a vertice visas
ellipticae, ad medium utrobique verrucis tribus instructs, polis
minute granulatis ; a latere visfe depresso-globosfe, lateribus tri-
crenatis, apicibus glabris, intra margines granulis subordinatis
instructae. Long. 26 /x ; lat. 25*5 /x ; lat. isthm. 9-5 /x ; crass. 17 /x.

Pungo Andongo. In stagnis prope Anbilla (Condo) ; March
1857. No. 177.

The nearest species to this is C. triordinatum West and G. S.
West (in Tram. Linn. Soc. ser. 2, v. 66, t. vii. f. 27), from which
it differs in its less wide cells, its rounded and not acute granules,
its smooth apex, and in its quadrate (not rounded) and fewer central
warts.

(To be continued.)

123

NOTES ON BEISTOL PLANTS.

By James W. White, F.L.S., and David Fry.

The following notes of plants observed since 1892, in the area
of the Bristol Coal-field (W. Gloucester and N. Somerset), are in
continuation of those which appeared in this Journal for 1893,
pp. 115-117. Species and varieties not yet recorded (so far as we
are aware) for vice-counties 6 or 31 are distinguished by an asterisk
before the name ; whilst G and S, after the localities, refer to vice-
counties 34 and 6 respectively.

*Fiimaria densiflora DC. Cultivated ground. Wells, S. New to
Somerset.

Nasturtium palustre DC. Bank of River Chew at Compton
Dando, S.

'^'Viola Riviniana Reichb. var. f. villosa (Neum., W. & M.) {Jide
Mr. Beeby). Near Shipham, and in woods at Weston-super-Mare,
S. New to Somerset.

*Cera8thon arvense L. Hillside at Loxton, S. New to Somerset.
Sagina ciliata Fr. Brandon Hill and Mangotsfield, G. Bris-
lington, S.

'■^'Hypericum Elodes L. Mangotsfield Common, G. New county
record. It is remarkable that this widely distributed species has
not been recorded previously for any locality in the county of
Gloucester.

MelUotus indica All. Plentiful in cultivated ground at Corston.
S. This appeared for several years in succession after it was first
observed.

Vicia awjustifuUa L. var. b. Buhartii Koch. Plentifully at Con-
ham, G.

Piuhus fissus Liudl. Abundantly in the Lords Wood, Hound-
street, S. This bramble, which the Rev. W. Moyle Rogers regards
as essentially fissus, has a remarkably different aspect from the
typical form, owing to its extremely luxuriant habit, the stems being
often six feet or even more in height, and the leaves frequently very
large — many of them septennate — with leaflets of a thinner texture
than usual, the terminal one recalling in shape that of Pi. suherectus.
The stem-prickles, though numerous, are fewer and less crowded,
and have much more dilated bases than in fissus, growing at a con-
siderable elevation, "which we have gathered in the Midlands. —
■'■R. sulcatus Vest. Wood near the River Chew at Compton Dando,
and in the Lords Wood, Houndstreet, S. These two stations are
the only ones recorded, so far, for this bramble in the county of
Somerset.— /?. pUcatus W. & N. Near Wyck Rocks, G. ; only two
bushes, but very fine and characteristic. — ''R- nitidus W. & N.
Very plentifully in the Lords Wood, Houndstreet, S. Mr. Rogers
considers this thoroughly goodi nitidus ; but the stamens are remark-
ably short, and in general habit it seems to differ from the southern
type very much as i\\Q fissus, growing in the same wood, does from
the usual form of that species. New to Somerset. — R. dumnoniemis
Bab. Tate Common and Danory Bridge, O.—R. rhombi/ulius Weihe.

124 NOTES ON BRISTOL PLANTS.

Very sparingly on Downhead Common, S. — B. j)i/)-amiclaUs Kalt.
Near Wyck Kocks, G. Clevedon, Corapton Daudo, and Hound-
street, S. — '^li. rudis W. & N. Dr. Fox's Wood, Brisliugton, S.
The only locality as yet recorded for this bramble in Somerset. —
R. adornatus P. J. Muell. By the Avon, near Sneyd Park, G.
Hybrid Rubi : — ''■'R. rhamnl/olius x Lindleianus. Clifton Down, G.
— R. leiicnstachi/s X rusticanus. Near Wyck Rocks, G. Leigh
Woods, S. — *li. rudis x Lindleiimus. Dr. Fox's Wood, Brisling-
ton, S. — R. cor ijlif alius X rusticanus. Near Wyck Eocks, G.
Congresbury, S. — '^'R. casius x cor ijlif alius. Near Stanton Prior, S.

I'otentilla jirocuinbens Sihth. Near Compton Dando, S. — *P.
procumhens x silvestris {fide Mr. A. Bennett and Kev. E. S. Marshall).
Damory Bridge, G. Near Edington, S. — P. argentea L. Near
Faltield, G. The locality where this species occurs, an elevation of
the trap rock — a very rare formation in the district — is the only one
known to us in the Bristol Coal-field at which it can be regarded as
truly native.

Rosa obtusi/oUa Desv. var. b. frondosa Baker. Hedge on the
Locking Road, Weston-super-Mare, S. ; one bush only seen.

Sedum rupestre L. var. b. luinus Syme. Worle Hill, S.

Hybrid Epilobia : — ■^'- Ejrilobium hirsutum x montanum. A garden
weed at Corstou, S. — '^'E. montanum x obscurum. Brislington, S.
— *£'. Lamyi x lanceolatum. Brislington, S. — '''E. Lannji x vwn-
tanwn. A garden weed at Corston, S.

Eri/uffium cainpestre L. In N. Somerset. Some doubt having
been recently expressed as to whether this still exists at Weston-
super-Mare, it may be worth stating that we saw the plant in con-
siderable abundance there in July, 1896 ; certainly not at the spot
where it was first discovered, in 1843, by the late Mr. G. S. Gibson,
of Saffron Walden, Essex (judging from his note in Plujtol. 1st ser.
i. 757), but in another locality on the hill above the town.

(Enanthe pimpinelloides L. Pastures at Compton Dando, S.
Though this occurs at several places in N. Somerset, it has not pre-
viously been found near Bristol. — (E. jiuviatilis Coleman. Abun-
dantly in the canal between Midford and Combehay, S. Not recorded
elsewhere for the Bristol Coal-field.

Crepis biennis L. Abundantly in a field at Weston-super-Mare, S.

Hieracium vah/atum Fr. var. maculatuia (Sm.). Plentifully on
colliery refuse at Camerton, S. — H. rigidum Hartm. var. b. jjm^
latum Dahlst. Sparingly at Ebbor Eocks, near Wells, S. The
Rev. R. P. Murray, in his Elora of Somerset, records H. gothicum Fr.
for Ebbor, on the authority of specimens which were gathered by
the late Prof. Babingtou in 1851, and are now in Mr. F. J. Han-
bury's herbarium. The name "gothicum" for this plant has,
however, for some time past been regarded as doubtful ; but
Babiugton's specimens are in very bad condition, and insufficient
for satisfactory determination. We were therefore glad to be able
to send Mr. Hanbury specimens gathered at Ebbor last July, which
we supposed represented Babiugton's plant. These he considers
belong to H. rigidum var. b. pidlatwn ; an opinion iu which the Rev.
E, S. Marshall concurs.

NOTES ON BRISTOL PLANTS. 125

Vaceiniuin Oxycoccos L. Sparingly on Blackdown (Mendip), S.
Observed by Mr. W. F. Miller, and recorded in tbis Journal for
1896, p. 319. We are informed by Mr. T. Compton, of Winscombe,
tbat be and tbe late Mr. Hallam, of Axbridge, found V. Oxycoccos
on Blackdown in Aug. 1860 ; but since tben it appears to bave been
lost sigbt of at that locality until Mr. Miller rediscovered it in
May last.

Statics auricuJa'foIia Vabl. var. b. intermedia Syme. Birnbeck
Island, Weston-super-Mare, S.

Omenta Epithymum Murr. Railway embankment, Newton St.
Loe, S. Growing on various species of Compositce and Umhelliferfe.

Linarid repens Mill. Growing between tbe metals on tbe
G.W.E., Saltford, S. Undoubtedly an introduction, but tborougbly
established, and constant for many years past.

Euphrasia paludosa Towns, {jide Mr. A. Bennett). Peat Moor,
near Edington, S.

Ohenopodium opulifoJium Scbrad. Bitton ; Clifton and Fish-
ponds, G. Bath and Corston, S. This alien is usually confined to
dust-heaps, being occasionally plentiful and constant. — O.Jici/ulium
Sm. Many plants on rubbish near Bath, S. Perhaps tbe same as
recorded by Mr. S. T. Dunn in this Journal for Nov. 1896.

Sparyaniuin ramosum Huds. var. b. vncrocarpiim, Neum. {fide Rev.
E. F. Linton). Keynsham and Weston-in-Gordano, S.

Eleocharis acicidaris E. Br. Abundantly in many places by tbe
edge of the canal between Bath and Cleverton, S. We believe that
this does not flower excepting when occasionally it becomes exposed
owing to the water receding from the mud.

Scirpiis paiicifionts Lightf. Blackdown (Mendip), S. — .S'. Jiuitans
L. Blackdown (Mendip); also very abundantly in ditches in tbe
moor at Weston-in-Gordano, S. — S. Holoscluemis L. Berrow, S.

Oarex acuta L. Bank of Avon at Hanham, G. Compton Dando
and Saltford, S. — 0. pallescens L. Woods at Compton Dando and
Marksbury, S. — 0. striyosa Huds. Woods at Compton Dando,
Houndstreet, and Marksbury, S.

Lycopodixan clavatum L. Blackdown (Mendip), S. Detected by
Miss Gregory. We believe that the only other locality in N.
Somerset from which this has been recorded is a hill near Clevedon,
where it has been known for a very long period.

Of the plants above recorded, tbe following — many of them of
great interest — were discovered by Mrs. E. S. Gregory, Fairleigh,
Weston-super-Mare : — Viola villosa, Oerastiwn arvense, liosa frondosa,
Orepis biennis, Statice intermedia, and Scirpus HoloscJueincs The (Jis-
covery of 8. Holoschceniis in Oct. 189G, at Berrow, on the shore of
tbe Bristol Channel, is the most important addition which has been
made to the flora of N. Somerset during a very long period ; and all
the more remarkable because the ground where the Srirpus occurs
has been diligently worked over for fully a century past by local and
other botanists. Whilst it can hardly be doubted that S. 1 Loloschienus
grew formerly at Watcbet, in S. Somerset, it is equally certain that
the plant has not been seen there recently; and it therefore seems

126 NOTES ON PENTAS.

likely that Mrs. Gregory's discovery has restored to the flora of the
county a very interesting species, long supposed to have been lost.

With reference to Viola villosa and Scirpiis Holosclmnm, Mrs.
Gregory has sent us the following notes : — " V. villosa. This occurs
on hillocks beyond Wiuterhead Avenue, near Shipham, growing
with the type, from which it differs not only in hairiness of stem
and leaves, but in colour of petals (a bright pink), and in the
smaller and darker spur and toothed bracts. The same form
grows on high ground in the woods at Weston-super-Mare."

"S. Holoschcenus. On Oct. 1st, 1896, I chanced on this rare
plant in a marsh near Berrow, having gone in search of Scirpia
uniiilumia, of which I imagined I had seen specimens on a former
visit. The afternoon was wet and windy, and early twilight soon
cut short my search. Disappointed at having found nothing, I
hastily gathered a handful of the plants nearest to me, and on
looking them through a day or two later I discovered my treasure.
Mr. Beeby and Mr. A. Bennett have kindly examined my specimens,
and confirmed the name. The Berrow plant is very small and
depauperate, and remarkably different from the Scirpus as it grows
at Braunton Burrows, N. Devon,"

We have to thank Mr. Cedric Bucknall, of Clifton, for notes of
Fumaria densi flora, Scirpus pauciflorus, and S. jluitans ; and we are
indebted to Mr. C. Withers, of Saltford, for pointing out to us the
habitats of Hypericum Eludes, Cuscutn Epithymum, and Linaria
re pens.

NOTES ON PENTAS.
By James Bbitten, F.L.S.

A "revision" of a genus which contains no generic description,
no key to the arrangement of the species, no diagnoses of any save
the new species, and an incomplete synonymy, is not likely to add
much to scientific knowledge. When in addition the reviser an-
nounces that he has " examined all the species carefully as a guide
to their African distribution," the reason for the examination is
only less odd than his omission to place on record the results of his
investigations. All these characteristics are to be found in the
" Revision of the Genus Pentas'' by Mr. G. F. Scott Elliot, which
is printed in the Journal of the Linnean Society, vol. xxxii. pp. 431-
438 (1896).

As Mr. Elliot has told us nothing about the genus he purports
to have revised, it is not wonderful that he should have omitted
any reference to its synonymy. I am inclined to think that
Brown's NcurocarpcEa, published in Salt's Abyssinia (Appendix iv,
p. Ixiv, (1814) ), will have to supersede I'entas. True, Brown gives
no description ; but he cites as a synonym Manettia lanccolata Vahl.
{SymbolcB, p. 12 (1790) ), which is based on Ophiorhiza lanceolata
Forsk. {FL TEgypt. Arab. p. 42 (1775)). Of this last we have a
specimen from Forskahl in the British Museum, and Brown's

NOTES ON PENTAS. 127

NeurocarpcBa lanceolata (from Salt) is on the same sheet. There can
therefore be no question as to what Brown meant ; and Mr. Hiern
tells me he intends to restore Neurocarpaa in his Catalogue of the
Welwitsch plants. I do not, however, propose, after the manner of
some German and American botanists, to publish under the restored
name a list of the species which should be transferred to it ; but
I think it may be worth while to print the notes I have made while
endeavouring to arrange the British Museum specimens in accordance
with Mr. Elliot's revision.

The " table of species" which precedes the detailed enumeration
contains no diagnostic characters as a guide to arrangement, and is
apparently based on geographical distribution. Whatever value
might attach to this method is effectually neutralized by Mr.
Elliot's want of acquaintance with the plants enumerated. As
I shall show, his first species from " Central Watershed " is identical
with his ninth, from "Masai and Shire Highlands"; his fifth from
" Comoros and Arabia " is synonymous with his tenth, "General
(not Western)." By this geographical arrangement, moreover,
allied plants are widely separated : thus we are told that species 23
is "allied to" No. 10, and that species 24 is "nearly allied" to
No. 16.

Mr. Elliot's first species is " P. verticillata K. Schum. ined.
MSS. in Herb. Kew.," for which he cites Fischer No. 319 and
Elliot No. 8045. The first only is the type — i. e. the plant so
named by the author of the supposed species. This is a fragmentary
specimen consisting of the upper part of a stem with a head of
flowers and a few leaves ; Elliot No. 8045, identified with it by the
reviser, is a still smaller scrap. Both at once recall P. lomjijiora
Oliv. ; and Dr. Schumann informs me that Fischer No. 319 in the
Berlin Herbarium, whence the Kew specimen was sent, certainly
belongs to that species, and that he has no intention of publishing
that plant as new. It is difficult to understand why Mr. Elliot
did not consult Dr. Schumann before casting upon the world an
entirely new name, without a word of description.

Placed with these fragments at Kew is a handsome plant col-
lected at Kambole, Tanganyika, in 1896, by Mr. W. H. Nutt ; if
this belongs to the genus, it is a very distinct and striking species.

The fact that two other species of Neurocarpaa have been sent out
from Berlin bearing MS. names seems to render necessary some
protest against the circulation of such names, especially when these
are merely temporary, and subsequently abandoned by their authors.
One of these species is cited by Mr. Elliot as " P. rolubilis K. Schum.
MSS.," with an odd note — ' ' no description appended to the spccimeh
— as though such appendage were an ordinary practice. This has
since been published by Dr. Schumann in E7V/I. Bot. Jnhrh, xxiii.
421 (Nov. 24, 1896). The other, sent from "Berlin both to the
British Museum and Kew, Dr. Schumann has no intention of pub-
lishing, having since identified the plant — Preuss No. 664, a number
not cited by Mr. Elliot — with N. {P.) occidentalis. The practice of
circulating MS. names is not a new one — we have in Pallas's
herbarium plants bearing the MS. names under which they were

128 NOTES ON PENTAS.

sent from the Banksian Herbarium, such names being still un-
published : and it is not always easy of prevention. Such instances
as those under notice are, of course, preventible enough : no plants
should be distributed with MS. names unless their publication is
imminent, and even then the practice is of doubtful expediency.
But if a collector is naming his plants from a herbarium, he can
hardly be blamed if he assumes that the names he finds therein
have been duly published ; and in all probability he will distribute
specimens bearing these names, as was done by Mr. Elliot in the
case of his Sierra Leone collections. The mischief does not end
here. The collector's identification may be, and often is, hasty ;
and it may well happen that the plant he distributes as x of Jones,
may prove to be y of Smith, or z of some future monographer. The
name x may in this way have been disposed of before its author has
put it into circulation, and may have been identified with another
species to which the true x bears only a superficial resemblance.

This presents one aspect of the inconveniences which have been
caused by the long delay which has taken place in the continuation
of the Tropical African and Cape Floras. Some orders were mono-
graphed for the latter of these works as much as twenty years ago ;
while a very large number of specimens at Kew and elsewhere are
named in accordance with descriptions which have not yet seen the
light, and are, so far as we can judge, in no immediate likelihood
of doing so. But workers at Kew — Mr. Elliot himself, for example
— have matched their plants with these unpublished species, and
have then distributed them with the MS. names borne by the latter.
In this way a certain proportion of these nomina nuda have found
their way into circulation ; but the plants bearing them may at any
moment be published by other workers under different names,*
which of course will take precedence over the MS. nomenclature.

I have the less hesitation in speaking strongly on this subject,
because I myself fall to some extent under the criticism I am
offering. In 1893, when working at Whyte's Mlanji plants, Mr.
Baker, with characteristic generosity, allowed me access to his
unpublished monograph of the African species of Plectranthus.
Among Whyte's specimens was a plant clearly identical with one of
Mr. Baker's novelties ; and as at that time one of the many state-
ments as to the imminence of a continuation of the Tropical African
Flora was in circulation, I entered the plant on my list as " P. man-
f/anyeiisis Baker in Oliver, Fl. Trop. Afr. iv. ined.," and it so appears
in Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2, iv. 37 (1894). Ordinary courtesy
demanded no less ; but, should some other botanists describe the
same plant under another name, I imagine that Mr. Baker's nomen
malum will not stand.

Mr. Elliot's fifth species, "P. lanceolata K. Schum. MSS.,"
appears to afford another instance of a previously unpublished
name, but it is rather an example of carelessness of citation and
imperfect understanding of synonymy. The name should certainly
not be cited from any "MSS.," for it occurs on the very page of

* See Journ. Bot. 1894, 84-86, for examples of this.

NOTES ON PENTAS. 129

Engler's Pjianzeimelt Ost-Afrikas cited by Mr. Elliot a few lines
above for P. longituha, where it stands — "P. lanceolata (Forsk.)
K. Sch. in Engl.'-Pr. iv. 4, S. 29." Mr. Elliot does not seem to
have looked up this reference— had he done so, he would have
found there a species omitted from his list, and would further have
discovered that P. lanceolata is identical with P. carnea Benth.
(which stands tenth on Mr. Elliot's list), Dr. Schumann having,
in accordance with the practice at Berlin, restored the oldest
specific name.

Mr. Elliot's treatment of P. caenea next demands attention :
but I propose first to tabulate the synonymy of the species, which
is somewhat extensive, and in one instance confused. This plant
is the type of Brown's Neurocarpcpa as well as of Bentham's Pentas,
so that, whichever name be ultimately adopted, the earliest repre-
sentative of the genus is identical in each case. I have arranged
the synonyms in chronological order.

Neurocaep^a lanceolata Br. in Salt, Abyss. Appendix iv. p. Ixiv
(1814).
Ophiorhiza lanceolata Forsk. Fl. ^gypt. Arab, p, 42 (1775).
Manettia lanceolata Vahl, Symbolse, p. 12 (1790).
?Mussaenda sgyptiaca Lam. Encycl. iv. 394 (1795-G).*
Sipanea carnea Neumann in Kev. Hort. 2 S. ii. 445 (1843).
Pentas carnea Benth. ex Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 4086 (1844).
Orthostemma roseum Wall, ex Voigt, Hort. Calcutt. 384 (1845).
Vignaldia Quartiniana A. Rich. Tent. Fl. Abyss, i. 357 (1847).
Mussfenda luteola Hochst. ex A. Rich. 1. c, non Delile.

Pentanisia sufi'ruticosa ] jr, , i • n v. i^r i • /r. i. \

13 ^, • • Klotzsch m Peters, Mossambique (Bot.)

Pentanisia nervosa v . 9Q7_o /'-|qpo\

Pentanisia cymosa J ' \ )•

Pentas Quartiniana Oliv. in Trans. Linn. Soc. xxix. 82 (1873).

Pentas Klotzschii Vatke in Linnaea, xxv. 232 (1875).

Pentas rosea Lanessan in Compte-rendu Assoc. Fran9aise,

Sess. 5, p. 473 (1877).
Virecta carnea Baill. Hist. PI. vii. 331 (1879).
Pentas lanceolata K. Sch. in Engl. & Prantl, iv.pt. 4, p. 29 (1891).

Mr. Elliot divides this species into five varieties, which he intro-
duces with a characteristically vague note : " The following varieties
might almost be considered specifically distinct ; indeed German
botanists seem from MSS. notes to uphold var. c and var. d as distinct
species." Seeing that Klotzsch published a description of var. d
under three names, and that Vatke (uniting them into one) also
printed his description, it is not easy to say why Mr. Elliit
should refer to "MSS. notes " in evidence of German opinion. Here,
as throughout his "revision," Mr. Elliot gives no synonymy. It
may therefore bo convenient to say that, so far as these varieties
go (I confess I have formed no high estimate of their value), the
synonyms in the above list divide among them as follows : —

* Mr. Jackson cites this as of " Poir. in Lam. Encyc": but Poiret's work
begins with vol. v. of tliat work.

Journal of Botany. — Vol. 35. [April, 1897.] ic

130 NOTES ON PENTAS.

a. hortensis includes P. carnea, P. rosea, Sipanea carnea, Vii'ecta
carnea, Orthostemma roseum.

c. Qiiartiniann includes Neurocarpaea (Pentas) lanceolata (Ophio-

rhiza 1., Manettia 1.), Vignaldia Qnartiniana, Musstenda
luteola Hochst. non Del., Pentas Quartiniana.

d. Klotzschii = Pentas Klotzscbii (Pentanisia 3 spp.).

The two remaining varieties, c. comorensis and e. Welwitschii,
appear to be new ; the latter is a nomen midurn, no word of de-
scription being added to differentiate it from its four allies.

The confusion in synonymy wbicb finds place in the hidex
Kewensis originated with Mussmida hitcola Delile (Cent. PI. Meroe,
65 (1826). Delile cites the first three of the above synonyms as
belonging to his plant, but the latter possesses the characteristic
foliaceous calyx-segment of Mmsmidn, and, as his figure shows,
differs in other respects from Forskahl's type, although it is not
excluded by the very brief diagnosis. Mr. Jackson rightly retains
M. luteola Delile as a species and relegates M. luteola Hochst. to
Pentas carnea Benth. ; but he follows Delile in referring to M. luteola
Ophiorhiza lanceolata Forsk., and Manettia lanceolata Vahl, which
are really synonymous with P. carnea. Mussmida cefjyptiaca Lam.
stands in a different position ; Lamarck cites Forskahl's and Vahl's
names as synonyms, but places M. agijptlaca in the section "Calices
appendicules " ; his description, however, contains no reference to
the large foliaceous calyx-segment which is so conspicuous in
M. luteola, so that it is not easy to be certain where M. agyptiaca
should be placed. Sipanea carnea, kept up by Jackson, is certainly
P. carnea.

It may be well to point out that certain synonyms which find
place in the Index Kewensis are hardly entitled even to that position.

" elatior, Benth. in Hook. Niger Fl. 402 in obs. ; et Walp. Eep.
vi. 57 = Virecta procumbens ?"
Bentham's note in Niger Flora, p. 401, runs: " V. elatior, DC,
from Angola, is unknown to me, and may possibly be a Pentas."
This hardly affords ground for the definite citation of "P. elatior
Benth."

'' pentandra Benth. [I.e.] =01denlandia macrophylla."
Bentham's note runs: " Hedyotis pentandra Schum. & Thonn. [has]
been referred to the same genus [Pentas] , though with some doubt."

P. Quartiniana is rightly cited by Mr. Jackson as of "Oliv.,"
although Prof. Oliver, in Trans. Linn. Soc. xxix. 82, gives it as of
"Hook. til. in Benth. & Hook. til. Gen. PI. ii. 54." Sir Joseph
Hooker is not specified in tlie work cited as the author of the
Piubiace(c; moreover, the name Quartiniana is not even mentioned,
although the genus Vignaldia A. Rich., of which it formed part, is
placed under Pentas.

Mr. Elliot's treatment of P. purpurea is remarkable. He rightly
cites it as of _" OHv. in Trans. Linn. Soc. xxix. (1873)83," and
proceeds to divide it into three varieties : a. tgpica, b. Buchanani,
and "c. _?" Of a. and b. he gives short diagnoses ; of c. not a word
of description. Under tliis last, however, he places Johnston's

NOTES ON PENTAS. 131

Kilimanjaro plant, which was identified by the author of the species
with the original P. jmrpurea founded on Grant's plant (which Mr.
Elliot assigns to "Speke") — i.e. with Mr. Elliot's "var. a. ti/pka."
There may, of course, be reasons for difierentiatiug the two plants ;
but Mr. Elliot does not give them. It is to be regretted that he
does not make it clear which of the " Speke" (i. e. Grant) specimens
cited is the type of the species ; the Zanzibar plant which stands
first in the enumeration was not included by Prof. Oliver in his
purpurea, but was doubtfully referred by him to P. carnea ; the
type of pnrj)urea was the Usui plant.

With regard to Mr. Elliot's new species, it is unfortunate that
he gives no indication of their affinities. One would like to know,
for example, how P. Thonisunii contrasts with P. Schhnperiana,
to which the specimens in the Kew Herbarium were originally re-
ferred.

It remams to be said that Mr. Elliot has exhausted neither the
specimens nor the literature which lay ready to his hand. Several
plants in the British Museum Herbarium, named by him in MS.,
find no place in the revision. In his prefatory note, Mr. Elliot
says: "Great difficulty has arisen from the new species which
have been described in the interval betwixt writing and reading
this paper," but difficulties of this kind are incident to every mono-
grapher. Yet as the paper was not published until Nov. 1896, it
would seem that P. modesta Baker, published in December, 1895, in
the Bull. Misc. Ivfurm. for November of that year might have been
added ; and it is impossible to account for the absence of P. War-
liunjiana K. Sch., cited in Engl. & Prantl, Pflanzenfamil. iv. 4, 29
(1891).

At the end of the revision Mr. Elliot deals with the "excluded
species" in a somewhat eccentric manner. He quotes " P. speciosa
Baker," without any reference to its place of publication, and adds:
"This is a new species of Otomeria closely allied to 0. dilatata ;
this latter genus should, I think, be included in Pentas, but it is
distinctly not advisable to make alterations in the genera unless the
entire order is monographed." This, it may be hoped, is to be
regarded rather as a counsel of perfection than as a rule of life, and
clearly Mr. Elliot does not practise what he preaches, otherwise we
should have been spared this "revision." But will it be believed
that after this expression of opinion as to the identity of Otomeria
with Pentas, and these lofty sentiments as to "alterations in genera,"
Mr. Elliot proceeds to coin a new name for P. speciosa, which he
styles "Otomeria speciosa Elliot"! He further darkens counsel by
saying "the original Otomeria dilatata Hiern contains the following
plants " ; most of those he enumerates had not even been collected at
the time when "the original O. dilatata''' was published ! Even in
transcription, both of references and localities, carelessness is ob-
servable— e.(j. " 203 miles south of Niamkolia " should read " 20 miles
south of Niomkoto."

Mr. Elliot omits from the excluded species P. 'I'hojiiiijii/ii Wlprs.
MSS. (= licdi/utis pentandra Schum. k Thonn.), as well as other
exclusions given by Jackson, io whicli I have already referred.

K 2

132

HENRY BOSWELL.

Mr. Elliot says he "found this genus in a very unsatisfactory
state of confusion." I do not myself see that " confusion " can be
otherwise than " unsatisfactory " ; but I think those who work at the
genus, or who read the above comments upon his "revision," will
agree with me that Mr. Elliot has done little to extricate Pentas
from its undesirable condition. Eather has he added with no
sparing hand new elements of chaos, some few of which I have
here tried to reduce.

The responsibility for publishing the paper, however, rests with
the Council of the Linnean Society. The publications of this, as of
all learned bodies, are necessarily unequal in value; but it is always
supposed that a certain standard of excellence is demanded, higher,
at any rate, than that which would be exacted by the editor of a
scientific periodical. Yet it is not easy to believe that a "revision"
marked by the defects which I have mentioned in my opening
sentence would have been passed for publication in any botanical
journal ; and it is astonishing — a stronger word might be applied
with perfect accuracy — that such a paper as this should find a place
among the publications of a body of the standing of the Linnean
Society.

HENRY BOSWELL.

The death of Mr. Henry Boswell, at Oxford, on February 4th,
deprived us of one of our most competent bryologists. He was
born at Oxford, of an old city family : the date of his birth, accord-
ing to information obtained from his sister, being Jan. 27th, 1837.
He was very precocious, and at the age of two was able to read.
From his boyish days he was fond of flowers. At the age of
twenty-five he succeeded, on the death of his father, to the old-
established business of portmanteau-maker in the Corn Market,
which he carried on till the end of 1895. His chief botanical
field-work was done in the fifties, at which time he became well
acquainted with the botany of the district.

The first published note by him with which I am acquainted is
one on "Additions to the Flora Oxoniensis," which appeared on
pp. 99-101 of the Phytologist for 1860, in which several plants
additional to the counties of Oxfordshire and Berkshire are men-
tioned ; also an excellent paper on "Oxfordshire Mosses " appeared
in the same volume, in which about 120 species are enumerated ;
additions to this are given in vol. v. of the same Journal.

Boswell contributed many valuable papers to the Journal
of Botany; the first of these appeared in 1872, entitled "The
Mosses of Oxfordshire and the Neighbourhood of Oxford." His
contributions were mainly restricted to information regarding
British Mosses, but in 1887 he contributed an interesting list of 191
species of Jamaica Mosses and Hepatica?, thirty-eight being new to
the island, and one, Scapania r/randis, before unknown. In 1892, on
p. 97, he contributed a valuable paper on " New Exotic Mosses,"
in which eight new species are described. In 1890 he wrote a

HENRY BOSWTSLL.

133

memoir of his old friend and correspondent Dr. J. Bland Wood, of
Manchester, whose death he deeply felt. In his last paper, which ap-
peared in 1894, he gave an account of " Some New Zealand Mosses
and Hepaticae," in which the doubtful genus Helmsia is established.
To the Naturalist of 1879, p. 33, Mr. Boswell contributed a paper
on Mosses ; in the same year he compiled, for the Botanical Eecord
Club, the London CataUyjac of British Mosses and Hepatics, of which a
second edition appeared in 1881 ; he also acted for several years as
the Moss referee for the same club. The valuable account of the

Mosses and Hepatics in my Flora of Oj-fordshirev^as written by Mr.
Boswell. His work at the flowering plants and ferns of the neigh-
bourhood of Oxford was chiefly done between the years 1856-76 ;
and he was the first to record several species for Oxfordshire.

He contributed a list of plants, chiefly from the north of Berk-
shire, to Mr. Britten's "Contributions to a Flora of Berkshire"
which appeared in the Journal of the Xetvbunj Field Club in 1871.

In conjunction with Prof. Lawson and Mr. H. E. Garnsey, Mr.
Boswell worked with much assiduity at the Moss Herbarium at the
Botanical Gardens. During the interregnum which ensued on
Prof. Lawson's retirement from the botanical chair at Oxford, Mr.
Boswell rendered great assistance to the curators, which was
acknowledged by the acting curator, Mr. E. Chapman, in his

134 HENKY BOSWELL,

" Eeport for 1883," in which he says: " Our best thanks are due to
Mr. Boswell, who, as an acknowledged authority all over Europe,
has freely given us a large portion of his time and skill in naming
and arranging the large collection of Mosses. One instance of his
work will suffice, viz. the identification and arrangement of a large
cabinet of mosses sent to us by the University of Dublin for this
purpose ; this work he has now completed." The Mosses and
Hepatics in the herbarium at the Botanical Gardens at Oxford were
arranged by Mr. Boswell with the accuracy and neatness charac-
teristic of him.

In 1881 Mr. Boswell received the high distinction of being made
a Master of Arts, honoris causa, by the University of Oxford. Mr.
Boswell was one of the few citizens, actually in business in the
city, to whom such a degree has been granted.

I made Mr. Boswell's acquaintance in 1880, shortly after I took
up my residence in Oxford. Even at this time field-work had lost
some of its charms, but in 1883 he visited South Wales in company
with his old friend, the Kev. A. Ley, whose walking powers were a
little beyond his own. His characteristic neatness was manifested
in his packets of mosses, which were arranged with scrupulous care.

Boswell had an extensive correspondence among British bota-
nists, and was in communication with Geheeb and Schimper. He
was an excellent letter-writer, as his letters in the Wilson corre-
spondence (preserved in the Natural History Museum) show. It
may be of interest to publish one of these, as illustrating his range
and methods of work.

-n Q- Oxford, Aug. 29th, 1864.

Dear bu', *=>

Your letter of Saturday remiuds me that I have too long

delaj-ed writing to you, through pressure of various business. Since my

visit to Kew I have again had to be in London as well as in Heading, &c.

I and my friend Miss Mihie (who had a letter of introduction from

Mr. Croall) spent two days at Kew, which we much enjoyed. We did

not see Sir William, but Dr. Hooker was very civil and kind. He

moreover gave me a number of New Zealand and Indian mosses, which

have occupied all my leisure time since then, but the Indian ones are not

named, only numbered ; and, to a letter I wrote him, asking if there were

any published names or catalogue to correspond, I have received no reply.

In a former letter of yours, referring to some other New Zealand
Mosses and Hepatieoe, you spoke of having found a scrap of Polyotus ■•'
among them " which might possibly be new." Is the enclosed the
species referred to ? I meant to have sent it to yoix before, but I forgot
it when writing. I send with it another — a Hypnum,\ apparently
of the hiaiis group, but which I have not yet had under the microscope.
Do you know it ?

These Indian and other mosses have cpiite prevented me from
studying the new Fissidens riq^estris. This morning I have spent half
an hour comparing the leaves, and I confess I do not see much difference
between them, but this perhaps is my own fault. However, I at present
find nothing in the way of clear characters — no other difference than

* [This was, according to Wilson's note, P. claviyerus Gottsche, var. a. —
Ed. Joukn. Bot.]

t [Wilson notes that this was a Eacomitrhnn. — Ed. Jourx. Box.]

HENKY BOSWELL. 135

would be caused by the difference of situation and liabitat, save only in
the bordering of the leaf, which seems really tangibly different.

Is there any other difference? This alone seems little to found a
specific distinction upon. Of course I do not profess, on so slight ex-
amination and so poor specimens, to question your decision ; only I do
not see the proofs of it myself my with own eyes.

It is now some five j^ears since I was at Stokenchurch, and I am not
familiar with the details of the locality; but there is a line of chalk hills
running round the borders of Oxfordshire and Bucks upon which Stoken-
cluu-ch is placed. The slopes of these hills are here and there covered
with wood, chiefly of beech, in which I have found Neottia Nidus-avis,
Monotropa Hypopitys, Hordeum sylvaiicam, Epipactis latifolia and
yrandiflora, Polytrichum formosum, and barren Neckcra crispa. This
Fissidens probably grew in some shaded spot where the earth was bare,
as the side of a pit or some such place.

I do not think there is anything in the way of rocks anywhere there,
save I'ocks of chalk ; and the only stones are tlints. But perhaps a short
distance from the line I traversed would bring one upon gravel, or even
upon the oolitic limestone. I will try to get more exact information by-
and-by, and perhaps when the new railway opens to Thame I may go
there for a day. Is it possible to get more exact information on the spot ?

I have this summer found that my fertile plants of "i?. 2}seiulo-
triqiictriim''' from Bullingdon have all synoicous flowers! and it seems
that B. hlmimi (fruiting) and B. p seitdo-triquetrum (with female flowers
and also I believe with male) grow there, and having found non-fruiting
plants dioicous I had confounded them all together. I have been trying
to find some other tangible difference besides the inflorescence, but fail to
do so. They seem to me undistinguishable without dissection, more so
than B. torquescens and capillare.

I am very sorry to hear that Wybunbury too is going to be cultivated.
What will the next generation of botanists do ? There will be nothing
but cornfield weeds for them to study. Every summer makes a dilference
hereabouts, and many spots where I gathered flowers and mosses within
these four or five years are now destroyed.

Yours very truly,

H. BoSWELL.

One of the reasons which led him to give up field-work was the
encroachment which drainage, cultivation, and building operations
made upon his favourite localities, to which he alludes in this
letter. I scarcely ever talked with him without his referring to the
former glories of Shotover or Bullingdon. This regret he thus
expresses in the Flora of O.rJ'ordsliire: — "During the last thirty or
forty years the increase of drainage and cultivation has continued
at an accelerated pace, and many places once yielding good
botanical prospects have been destroyed. Shotover, the famous
haunt of Oxford naturalists, has sufl'ered great deterioraticto,
though a little yet remains ; Bullingdon Green, once free and open,
has been ploughed and enclosed ; the adjacent bog, so rich in
Howers and mosses a quarter of a century ago, is drained, ami
yields not much now but a wretched crop of bad corn and worse
potatoes. Of Wychwood Forest little is left, and that little con-
stantly diminishing, many acres of pleasant woodland having been
turned into a desert of naked fields intersected by equally naked
and very ugly stone walls, and everywhere similar processes have

136 HENRY BOSWELL.

been more or less actively going on ; nor has the builder's assist-
ance been wanting, many old botanizing grounds being now covered
with houses."

Boswell had no sympathy with the maker of micro-species, and
the unconditional surrender of Braithwaite to Lindberg's nomen-
clature rather prejudiced him against the law of priority. He had
very decided opinions, not only on botanical matters, but also on
political and social matters ; but he took no active part either in
municipal work or in political contests. He behaved with great
generosity to me when I was compiling my O.vfurdshire Flora, and
gave me a large number of localities. In 1894 he allowed me the
use of his note-book, that I might transcribe his records for my
Berkshire Flora, a privilege which I valued very greatly. He was
a member of our local Natural History Society, and read an
important paper on Sphagnums at one of its meetings. I have
asked Mr. H. E. Garnsey, whose friendship with Mr. Boswell was
of older date and closer nature than my own, to express his
estimate of Boswell as a bryologist, and he writes as follows : —

" I can say but little about Mr. Boswell's earlier years, for our
friendship did not ripen into intimacy till within the last twenty
years of his life. He has told me that as a boy he took a pleasure
in the sights and sounds of nature ; and though a botanist chiefly
from the first, he did not confiue his attention to the vegetable
kingdom, but acquired no slight knowledge of other branches
of natural history, the notes of birds being a favourite study with
him among other things. But it was to botany that he especially
devoted his time and labour ; and while still a young man he had
made himself a competent authority on British flowering plants
generally and on those of his own district of England in particular.
His work with the Phanerogams, and his views in dealing with
them, always seemed to me to be conceived more in the modern
spirit than were the labours of most of the English botanists
of that time.

"It was after this period of his life — the exact time I cannot
fix— that he began to give special attention to the Muscinete, and
it was thus that he became associated with the band of Lancashire
botanists, who did so much in the early part of the century to
enlarge our acquaintance with this branch of the vegetable king-
dom. He became the companion and friend of Wilson, of Dr.
Wood of Manchester, and others, and from his written correspon-
dence with them I learnt the opinion which they entertained of his
knowledge and powers, and the value which they set on his judg-
ment in critical questions. It was by the gradual extension of this
opinion among a large number of British bryologists that he came
to occupy for so many years an almost unique position as a general
referee and arbiter in cases of difficulty and division of opinion, a
position which he continued to hold as long as he retained his
powers of mind and body. He was the frequent companion in
what may be called the middle portion of his life of his north
country friends in their botanical rambles, and was in frequent
communication with them on botanical subjects during the time

HENRY BOSWELL, 137

that the Bryologia Britannica was in making ; and I have long been
under the impression that his collection of British Mosses must
contain a large number of Wilson's type-specimens.

"When time had removed or lessened the activity of many of
these earlier friends, he found constant occupation in meeting the
demands made upon him by collectors who sent him mosses from
all quarters of the globe, near and far. To the examining and
naming these specimens he gave his time and labour freely and un-
grudgingly, and he was thus for some years engaged in a botanical
correspondence which few would have been prepared to undertake ;
but neither time, labour, nor cost interfered in his case with the
impulse of natural kindness and profound love of his subject to
assist all who, whether strangers or friends, applied to him for
help. He would say sometimes, in reply to some remark upon the
extent of his labours in this way, that he had his gain from it in
increase or confirmation of knowledge, and in the additions to his
herbarium ; and that if he possessed any special power of discrimi-
nating forms, or any certainty of judgment in these matters, he
owed it in great measure to the large amount of experience which
he had gained in working for others. During these years he was
in the habit of making short botanical excursions to various parts
of the United Kingdom, either alone or with a friend, often with
important results.

" Keceutly, and since the retirement of Mr. Mitten, Mr. Boswell
did some work for the authorities at Kew. In connection with the
services which he rendered to the Herbarium of the Botanic
Garden at Oxford, it should not be forgotten ^hat he not only
arranged and named or verified the collection of the Muscineae
there, but enriched it with many additions from his own stores.

" Mr. Boswell by no means confined his studies to his favourite
subject. He was well-read in general literature ; he had formed
reasoned views on most important topics, and could give interest to
their discussion. It was natural, therefore, that those whom he
admitted to his intimacy enjoyed his society, while his amiable and
generous disposition, his uprightness of character, and his gentle
unassuming way, secured their warm respect and regard."

After the death of his wife, in 1888, Boswell became of more
sedentary habits, and in 1894 it became evident that general
paralysis had asserted itself. From this time his faculties gradually
failed, and he passed away on Thursday, February 4th. He was
buried at the Cemetery of St. Sepulchre on the following Tuesday.
His herbarium has become the property of the Oxford Bot9,nic
Garden.

G. Claridge Druce.

138

FERTILIZATION OF SPEING FLOWEES ON THE
YOEKSHIEE COAST.

By I. H. BuRKiLL, M.A., F.L.S.

(Continued from p. 99.)

Class V. (B.) Flowers with honey completely concealed.

Prunus communis Huds. — ^Hl. : Apis mellifica L., sh. and cp. ;
Bombus terrestris L., sh. Dm.: Volucella bombylans L., sh. ;
Eristalis pertinax Scop., sh. ; E. arbustorum L., sh. Ds. : Calli-
phora erythrocephala Mg., sh. ; Pollenia rudis F., sh., abundant;
Lacilia coruiciua F. ; Stomoxys sp. ?, sh. ; Scatophaga stercoraria
L., sh., abundant; Phora sp. ?; Sepsis nigripes Mg., fp. All ob-
served in '96.

Veiunica ar/restis L. — No visitors.

Veronica peisica Poir. — Hm. : Andrena gwynana K., $ , '95 ; A.
clarkella K., <? , '95. L. : Vanessa urticse L., '95. Ds. : Luciha
cornicina F., '95; Phora sp., '95, '96; Sepsis nigripes Mg., '95.
All at honey.

Veronica arvensis L.— No visitors.

-•"Veronica hederifolia L. — Hm. : Andrena gwynana K., ?.
Hs. : Formica fusca L., 2 spp. of ichneumons. Ds.[: Sepsis nigripes
Mg= C.: Apion nigritarse K. Hem.: 1 sp. T. : Thrips sp. All
sh., '95.

[Geranium Pmhertianum L. — No visitors. Competing garden
s^&ciQs:—Helleborus viridis L. — HI. : Bombus terrestris L., sh., '96.
Cheiranthus Clieiri L. — HI. : Bombus terrestris L., sh., '96. Arahis
caucasica Willd. — Dm. : Eristalis pertinax Scop., sh., a frequent
visitor. Ribes sani/uineuni Pursh. — HI. : Bombus terrestris L., '96.]

Class VI. (B'.) Aggregatedflowerswithhoney completely concealed.

*Bellis perennis L. — HI. : Bombus terrestris L., '95. Hm. :
Andrena gwynana K., $ , '95 ; A. clarkella K., <? , sh., '95. Hs. :
an ichneumon, '95. L. : Pieris rapte L., sh., '95 ; Vanessa urtica?
L., sh., '95. Dm. : Eristalis pertinax Scop., fp., '95, '96 ; Syrphus
lasiophthalmus Ztt., '95; Melanostoma quadrimaculatum Verrall,
'95. Ds. : Calliphora cognata Mg,, sh. and fp., '96 ; Lucilia
cornicina F., sh. and fp., '95, '96, abundant; Pollenia rudis F., '95,
'96; Scatopliaga stercoraria L., sh. and fp., '95, '96, particularly
abundant in the latter year; Helomyza sp., '95; Dilophus albi-
pennis Mg., '96 ; Sepsis nigripes Mg., fp,, '95, '96 ; Ephydrid, '95.
C. : Meligethes sp., '95; Apion striatum K,, '95, Araneida :
Xysticus pini Hahn, lying in wait, '95,

TussiLAGo Farfara L, — HI. : Apis mellifica L., sh. and cp,, '95 ;
Bombus terrestris L,,sh,, '95, '96; B,agrorumF,,sh,,'95, '96, Hm. :
Andrena clarkella K., <? and ? , sh,, '95; A, gwynana K., <? and $ ,
sh,, '95 ; A, nigroaenea K., <? and ? , '95. Hs, : Formica fusca L.,
'95 ; 2 spp. of ichneumon, sh,, '95, '96. L, : Vanessa urticas L.,
sh., '95. Dm.: Eristalis pertinax Scop., sh. and fp., '95, '96;

FERTILIZATION OF SPRING FLOWERS ON THE YORKSHIRE COAST. 139

E. Lorticola Beg., '95 ; Byrpluis lasiophthalmus Ztt., '95 ; S.
maculatus Ztt., '95; Platycliirns sp., '96; Melanostoma quadri-
niaculatum Verrall, sh., '95. Ds. : Calliphora cognata Mg., sh.
'95, '96; C. erytbrocepbala Mg., sh., '95; C. vomitoriaL., sh., '95
C. sepulchrahsMg.,sh.,'95; LuciliacornicinaF.,sh.andfp., '95, '96
Pollenia rudis F., '95 ; Scatophaga stercoraria L., sh. and fp., '95
'96; Hylemyiasp., '95; Lasiops sp., sh., '95 ; Phorbia sp., '95, '96
Coelopa sp.y '96 ; Helomyza sp., fp. and sh., '95 ; Actora sestuum
Mg., fp., '96 ; Sepsis nigripes Mg., sh. and fp., '95, '96 ; Ephydrid,
1 sp., 95; Phora sp., '95, '96; Cecidomyia sp., '95; and 2 other
species of fiy. C : MeHgethes picipes Sturm, fp., '95, '96 ;
Omahnm florale Payk., '96; Thyamis fuscicolhs Foudr., '95. T. :
Thrips sp., '95. Araneida : Xysticus pini Hahn, frequently lying
in wait for flies, '95.

Petasites frayrans Presl. — Dm. : Eristalis pertinax Scop. ;
Melauostoma qn'adrimaculatum Verrall. Ds. : Calliphora cognata
Mg., fp. ; 0. sepulchralis Mg., fp. ; Lucilia cornicina F. All '95.

^■Tetasites vulgaris Desf. — HI. : Bombus terrestris L., sh., '96.
Hm. : Andrena gwynaua K., ?,'95. Ds. : Chironomus sp., '95.
Hem. : Heterocordylus sp., '95.

*Senecio VULGARIS L. — Ds. : Anthomyiid?, '95.

"•'Taraxacum officinale Web. — HI. : Apis mellifica L., sh., in-
frequent, '96 ; Bombus terrestris L., sh., '96 ; B. muscorum F., sh.,
'96; B. agrorum F., sh., '96. Hm. : Andrena gwynana K., sh.,
'96; A. clarkella K., '96; Nomada borealis, sh., once, '96. Hs. :
1 sp. of ichneumon, sh.,' 96. L. : Pieris rapre L., sh., '96; Vanessa
urticje L., sh., '96. Dm. : Eristalis pertinax Scop., sh., '96 ; E. ar-
bustorum L., sh., '96. Ds. : Calliphora erytbrocepbala Mg., '96 ;
Lucilia cornicina F., sh., '96 ; Stomoxys sp. ?, fp., '96 ; Scatophaga
stercoraria L., sh. and fp., '96, most frequently fp. ; Helomyza
sp., sh., '95 ; Sepsis nigripes Mg., sh., '95, '96 ; Dilophus albipennis
Mg., fp., '96; Phora sp., '96. C : Meligethes picipes Sturm,
sh. and fp., '96 ; Apion sp., '96. T. : Thrips sp., '96.

{iSonchus olcraceua L. — No visitors.]

Class VII. (II.) Bee-flowers par e.veellence.

Viola odorata L. — No visitors seen.

Viola canina L. — HI. : Bombus terrestris L., sh., '96. Ds. :
Sepsis nigripes Mg., sh., '95. Each once.

Ulex EUROP.ZEUS L. — Hi. : Apis mellifica L., cp. and sometimes
seeking h., '96, frequent ; Bombus terrestris L., cp. and seeking h.,
'96; B. lapidarius L., seeking b., '96. Hm. : Andrena clarkella
K., cp.?, '96. Dm.: Eristalis pertinax Scop., seeking h., '96;
E. arbustorum, fp., '96; Melanostoma quadrimaculatum Verrall,
fp., '95. Ds. : Lucilia cornicina F., seeking h., '96; Hylemyia
sp., seeking h., '95; Sepsis nigripes Mg., seeking h., '96; and
another species of fly, '96. C : Meligethes picipes Sturm, fp.,
'96; Apion ulicis Forst., '95; Micrambe vini Panz., fp. and
seeking h., '95, '96. T. : Thrips sp., '95, '96; very abundant
in '95. Araneida : Philodromus aureolus Clerck, lying in wait on
uuesploded flowers and within the keel of exploded flowers, '95.

140 FERTILIZATION OF SPRING FLOWERS ON THE YORKSHIRE COAST.

Lathiea squamaria L. — No visitors seen.

sb., '96.

Bombus agrorum F
Tbrips sp., '95.
Bombus agrorum F., sb.,
Ds. : Lucilia cornicina F.

b., '95.

-Hm. : Andrena cbirkella K., $

'96.
fp.,

*Nepeta Glechoma Bentb. — ^Hl.
C. : Meligetbes sp., sb., '95. T. :

"•'Laimium purpureum L.— hi.
L. : Vanessa urticte L., sb., '95.
'95 ; Sepsis nigripes Mg., seeking

Narcissus Pseudo-narcissus L.
seeking b., but unable to reacb it, '95. Dm. : Eristabs pertinax
Scop, (in a garden), seeking b.?, '96. Ds. : Pborbia muscariaMg.,
aimlessly seeking b. in every part of tbe flower, in doing wbicb
it probably would sometimes self-fertilize tbe flower, '95 ; anotber
fly, seeking b., '95. T. : Tbrips sp., '95, '96. Acarina: 1 sp.
wandering in tbe flower, '96.

[To Viola arrensis Murr., Vacciniuin Mijrtillus L., Lamiuni am-
plexicaule L. (only cleistogaraic), — no visitors. Garden competitor : —
tiyacinthus orientalis. — HI.: Apis mellifica L., sb., '96; Bombus
terrestris L., sb., '96. L. : Vanessa urticse L., sb., '96.]

Class VIII. (F.) Butterfly-flowers iiar excellence.

Primula vulgaris Huds. — Hm. : Andrena gwynana K., 5 ,
seeking b., '95, '96, but quite unable to reacb it. C. : Meligetbes
picipes Sturm, sb., '96; Euspalerum primulse Stepb., devouring
antbers, '96. T. : Tbrips sp., '95, '96, extremely abundant.

' Lxjchnis dinrna Sibtb. — No visitors. Garden competitor : —
Crocus spp. — H. : Apis mellifica L., sb. and cp.; it appears to be
just able to reacb tbe surface of tbe boney by a great effort. '95, '96.

Summing up tbe number of species of insects visiting tbe
various species of plants witbiu tbe same class, we get tbe following
table :—

Table II. — Distribution of Species of Insects among the
Classes of Flowers.

HI.

Hm.

Hs.

L.

Dm.

Ds.

C.

Etc.

Total.

w

1
6
3
5

9
8
1

6

5
3

8
2

1

5

I

5

1
1

1
5
2

1

1

11

7

4

l.j

4

1
2
51
29
11
40
7

4

7
1
7
4
2

2

7
6
1
5
5
1

2

Po

6

A

91

AB

67

B

29

B'

92

H

32

F

6

Total

33

25

22

10

41

141

25

27

324

If from tbis table tbe percentages of tbe groups of insects visiting
eacb flower-class be calculated, it will be seen tbat tbe long-tongued
bees associate tbemselves mostly witb Class H, wbere tbey make
25 per cent, of tbe visitors, and tbat tbey associate less witb tbe
others, in the case of Class AB making only 4-5 per cent, of tbe

FERTILIZATION OF SPRING FLOWERS ON THE YORKSHIRE COAST, 141

species-visits. In the same way it will be seen that the mid-tongued
bees visit mostly flowers with more accessible honey ; excluding
Class F from consideration by reason of the insufficiency of the
facts to hand, we find them making 10 per cent, of the visitants
to Class B, 8-7 to Class B', 7-2 to Class AB, and 6-6 to Class A.
The short-tongued Hymenoptera visit most freely Class AB. Thus
do these three divisions of the Hymenoptera make a series. The
Lepidoptera are mostly found on the higher, if not the highest types,
while the mid-tongued flies associate with the mid-tongued bees.
The short-tongued flies, absent on Class F, form 21-9 per cent, of
the species-visits to Class H, 33-3 to Class Po, 37-9 to Class B,
43-3 to Class AB, 43-5 to Class B', 50-0 to Class W, and to Class A,
the simplest which affords them honey, 56-0 per cent. And the
Coleoptera and Thysanoptera, which, by reason of their small
size, can creep into flowers, are found most abundantly in the
highest types, where food and shelter are obtained to the greatest
extent. The law that the higher types of flower and the higher
types of insect are mutually dependent has been so well established
by continental observers that we may pass on without further com-
ment to the consideration of the distribution of the individuals.

Table III. — Distribution of Individuals visiting among the
Classes of Flowers.

HI.

Hm.

Hs.

L.

Dm.

Ds.

C.

Etc.

Total.

w

2

95
2
17
32
31
5

8

22

3

72
2
2

10

37

7

14

2

4

1

11

2

2

19
84
15
93

7

1

7

360

191

56

1540

19

5
18

1
22
15

8

7

12

26

3

33

28:J

210

3

Po

19

A

511

AB

334

B

103

B'

1817

H

359

F

225

Total....

184

109

68

21J

173

2174

69

574

3371

Here we enter almost new ground. Table III. expresses the
number of individuals seen visiting flowers of the different types,
and includes the meagre observations of '94, while Table IV. ex-
presses the same calculated in percentages. We will compare the
result.

In Table IV., the lowest hne, which gives the percentages of
the whole of the flower-visiting insects observed, may be taken as
a standard of comparison. The more widely any of the percentages
given in the lines above differ from them, the more do the insects
under consideration seek or avoid that class of flowers ; thus the
Class B attracts thrice its share of the long-tongued bees, Class AB
twice its share of mid-tongued bees, and Class B' only one-third of
its share of short-tongued Hymenoptera. Considering next the
most numerous insects — Diptera— it is noted that Class A attracted
more than its share of the short-tongued flies, and less than its

142 FERTILIZATION OF SPRING FLOWERS ON THE YORKSHIRE COAST.

share of the mid-tongued flies ; Class A B, with the honey half-hid
from the visiting insects, attracted more of the mid-tongued flies,
and a less percentage of short-tongued flies; Class B attracting
more than its share of long-tongued flies, less of short-tongued
Diptera, makes a thii-d to this series, which here suddenly is
broken by the great numbers of MuscidaB and Scatophagida)
visiting Class B'. Of the other classes, H and F are neglected
by the flies to whom the honey is quite unattainable. Of W and
Po in the scarcity of facts it is unsafe to speak. The long-tongued
bees are noticed to be individually scarce on the Composites, while
on Classes B and A they are fairly numerous. The small per-
centages for the bees on Classes H and F are due to the immense
numbers of Thrips thronging these flowers. The mid- and short-
tongued bees are specially numerous on Class AB.

Table IV.

—Percentage-Distribution of Insects visiting
THE various Classes of Flowers.

HI.

Ilm.

Hs.

L.

Dm.

Ds.

C.

Etc.

w

Po

A

10-53

18-59

-60

16-50

1-76

8-64

2-22

1-57
()-59
2-91

3-96
-56
-89

1-96

1108

6-80

•77

•39
1-20
-97
•61
•56

66-67

15-79

3-72

10-18

14-56

5-12

1-95

33-33
36-84
70-45
57-19
54-37
84-75
5-29

•98
5-.-39

-97
1-21
4-18
3-56

36-84
2^34

AB

B

7-78
2-91

B'

H

1-82

78-83

F

93-33

Total....

5-46

3-24

2-02

•59

5-13

64-49

2-05

17-03

At a season when G4-5 per cent, of the flower-visiting insects
are short-tongued flies, it would seem that the most successful
species should be the flowers fertilized by them. Perhaps it is so,
and Tussilcif/o, Bellis, and Taraxacum may be dominant on that
account.

In Table V. the dominant species of the period under investi-
gation have the proportions of the insects abroad and flower-
visiting assigned to them. Some explanations are necessar}'. In
'95 the long cold winter caused the vegetation to be about a week later
than that of '96, when the winter had been extremely mild. There-
fore the weeks {see Table I.) do not correspond, but that lettered C
(Mch. 80 to Apr. 5, '95) corresponds to c. (Mch. 23 to 29, '96) ;
similarly D. and d. correspond. In Table V. these have been added
together. When a species was at the height of its flowering period,
the percentages of the visiting insects seen on it are in heavy type ;
when only commencing or ceasing to flower, the figures are in italics.
Thus it is seen that Tussiiaf/o began to flower before observations were
commenced, reached its best in weeks B, C, and D, and after this
diminished. At first 83'2 per cent, of the insects abroad visited it,
then Bellis began to compete seriously, then Salix, and then when
Tussilatjo had nearly ceased 'Taraxacum came forward. These
species all were abundantly visited by flies (as will be shown in

FERTILIZATION OF SPEING FLOWERS ON THE YOBKSHIRE COAST. 143

Table VI. for Tmsilago, Bellis, and Salix). Of these dominant
species, which, as shown in Table IV., were alike much frequented
by short-tongued flies, three belong to Class B', and Salix to Class A.

Table V. — Competition among the Dominant Flowers for the

AVAILABLE InSECTS.

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

Salix spp

Not in
3-75

2-37
83-20

0
6-13

0

flower.

6-90

Not in

17-24

4310

0

23-56

0

22-37

2-89

flower.

18-18

2266

■43

9-81

0

10-22
411

32 66
31-51

-4-2
4-74
1-05

7-27
•75

1-50

1028

•50

11-28

2-51
35 34

19-32

Ranunculus Ficaria . .
Prunus communis ....

Bellis perennis

Tussilago

680
1005
24-42

6-03

Taraxacum

1376

Ulex

1-85

Primula

1066

Consideration of some Special Cases.

Ranunculus Ficaria, which so extremely rarely sets seed, is an
enigma. This failure in seed-production cannot be due to want of
fertilization, for the flowers are visited by a considerable variety of
insects, though not very freely. The mid-tongued bees are fewer in
number with us than in Germany or Belgium, and in consequence
we find fewer species on the flowers of this plant. The following is
a comparison of the species visiting. In this and the following
cases the statistics for Low Germany are drawn from the works of
H. Miiller,* those for Belgium from that of MacLeod. t

HI.

Hm.

Hs.

L.

Dm.

Ds.

C.

Etc.

Total.

Yorkshire ...
Belgium ....
Germany ....

2
1
1

3
3

8

2
1

1

G

6
3
4

3
1

1

1

1

24

9

15

Comparing '95 and '96 {see Table VI.), we note that in the
second year insects of mid- tongue length (Andrena and Syrphidfe)
appear to visit less seldom, while the more inefficient fertilizing
agent Scatophaga takes their place.

Cochlearia officinalis. — It is now well established that the
biological features of the flower may differ in difl'erent parts of the
plant's distribution-area. This species offers an instance. Kn'uth
failed to perceive nectaries in the flowers of North Friesian plants, J

* Fertilization of Floivers, and ' Weitere Beobachtungen,' i., ii., & iii. in
Verhandl. d. Nat. Vcrein d, Preuss. llheinlande, xxxv. (1878), xxxvi. (1879), and
xxxix. (1882).

t ' Over de Bevruchting der Bloemen en het Kempisch gedeelte van Vlaan-
deren.' Bot. Jaarboek, v. 15(i (1893), and vi. 119 (1894).

t Bltimen und Iim'kten atif den nordfriesi^chcn Inseln. Kiel & Leipzig, 1894,
p. 29.

144 FERTILIZATION OF SPRING FLOWERS ON THE YORKSHIRE COAST.

but in the Scarborough plants there are four very obvious nectaries at
the base of the flower. The stamens shed their pollen upwards and
inwards at a distance of 1 mm. from the stigma, so that in the
homogamous flowers an insect seeking honey, unless it be very
small, will simultaneously touch with one side of its body a stamen
and with the other the stigma. Small insects like Sepsis leave the
flower abundantly covered with pollen. The plant is restricted to
the most windy, exposed headlands on the coast ; on these, how-
ever, it abounds.

Table VI. — iNDmouALS visiting

Four

Dominant Flowers.

FiCARIA.

Bellis.

TUSSILAGO.

Salix bpp.

'95.

'96.

'95.

'96.

'95.

'9C.

'95.

'96.

K /Anis

1

6

1

54

H

Bombus

1

—

1

5

3

37

s J

Andrena

8

4

2

—

64

—

4

4

W

Ichneumons . . .

S

—

1

—

9

1

5

1

3

1
2

2

1

1

1
1

1

w

Lepidoptera ....

1

, / Syrphidffi

23

9

8

11

45

18

8

7

K EmpidaB

—

1

—

—

—

—

1

g i MuscidsB

18

13

51

34

343

15

9

3

a Scatophagidse . .

3

23

141

294

144

93

8

54

ft lOther Flies

7

7

106

17

180

30

153

49

Coleoptera

2

9

3

—

5

3

—

1

Etc

1

1

1

— ■

28

—

5

—

Total

69

69

215

357

832

165

197

212

Capsella Bursa-pastoris. — It has been suggested that the gyno-
dioecism and gynomonoecism of this plant is brought about by cold.*
My Scarborough observations very strongly support this contention.
The plant soon came into flower after the severe frost of January
and February, '95, but every flower on hundreds of plants which were
examined bore only rudimentary stamens until April 9th, upon and
after which ? flowers began to appear all over the district.! In
'96, after a mild winter, the earliest flowers of all the early-flowering
inflorescences were observed to be ? , but ^ flowers began to appear
towards the end of March. In consequeuce the plant did not lose
much by the absence of visitors, for with or without them fertili-
zation was impossible. Sex- separation such as this is in no way an
adaptation leading to cross-fertilization, as is that in many more
highly-specialized flowers.

* Willis, " On Gynodioecism (third paper), with a preliminary note upon
the origin of this and similar phenomena," Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc. viii.
(1893), p. 130. It may be noted that the plants spoken of in this paper " had
just begun to flower."

t The same state of things was noted in Germany in this year. See
Warnstorf, "Bliithenbiologische Beobachtungen aus der Euppiner Flora in
Jahre 1895," Abhandl. d. hot. Vereins Brandenburg, xxxviii. 1896, p. 15.

SHORT NOTES, 145

The ? flowers averaged about 3 mm. in diameter, and therefore
are not larger than the ^ flowers as were those recorded by Breiten-
bach''= from S. Germany.

The contabescent stamens were at the most 1 mm. long. Conta-
besceuce was seen also in single flowers of Cemstium triviale, Adoxa
Moschatellina, Tussilago Farfara, and CJinjsosplenium oppositifoUum.

Chnjsospleniuni alter nifoUum. — The first-formed terminal flower
of an inflorescence usually has a tendency to become 5-merous.
This results in the formation of a fifth undersized sepal. In front
of it stands a stamen, but one or both of those which should form
on either side of it are absent. Thus we get either eight or nine
stamens in such flowers.

Miiller remarks the similarity of the flower of this to that of
Adoxa, and that it is fertilized in similar insects. t This is so
at Scarborough, where Adoxa, Chrijsosplenium altenii/oUuui, and
C. oppositifoUum all grow together.

(To be continued.)

SHORT NOTES.

" Cakex disticha Huds. b. longibeacteata SchleicJi." — This
name appears in the ninth edition of the London Catalorjue, and as
I wasted the greater part of an afternoon in endeavouring to trace
it, it may be worth while to place its history on record, in order
that others might be spared a fruitless search. The name appears
as cited above in a paper by Mr. Druce on Oxford plants published
in this Journal for 1890 (p. 232). No diagnosis is appended, nor
any other information as to the plant save the locality " Bulling-
don"; and there is nothing to lead one to suppose that this is the
first publication of the varietal name. Such, however, is the case:
Mr. Druce informs me that he knows of no other publication, and adds
that "the name is given in MS. on a plant collected by Schleicher
which is in Herb. Oxon." Here, however, it is not named as a variety,
for Mr. Druce tells me the label runs " Carex disticha var. Carex
Jongibractcata Schleich." The name appears in Schleicher's Cat. PI.
Helvet. ed. 4, p. 11 (1815), where it is indicated as new. Neither
here nor elsewhere is any diagnosis of the plant published. The
name seems to indicate a form rather than a variety, and this
seems true of another plant mentioned by Mr. Druce in his paper
(p. 230) as '^ Pulicaria dysenterica var. lomjiradiata mihi." I had
imagined that this was the first publication of this name, but Mr.
Druce kindly refers me to a note which he published in the Midland
A'aturalist for 1887 (p. 78), where he describes the plant as differing
"considerably from the usual state in having the ray ligules narrow
strap-shaped, half an inch long : the flowers of the disc were normal
and fertile, nor did the plant in habit differ from the type." In

* Einige neue Fiille von Blumen-Polymorphismus, Kosmos, 1884, iii. p. 206.
t Fertilization of Flowers, p. 245.
Journal of Botany. — Vol. 3d. [April, 1897.] l

146 SHORT NOTES.

the same year (but, Mr. Druce tells me, later) the plant was pub-
lished by Mr. F. A. Lees in the Keport of the Botanical Eecord Club
for 1884-6 (p. 129) as P. diisenterica var. jmlcheUa — "a handsome
form, less cottony than the type, with beautiful long-rayed flowers."
It seems to me that if forms such as this are to be raised to the
rank of named varieties, there is no limit to the extension which
our nomenclature may receive. It is unnecessary to dilate on the
extreme impropriety of putting into circulation such nomina mida
as that of the Carc.v referred to, and its inclusion in the London
Catalogue without investigation is to be regretted. I may take this
opportunity of noting that the name Utricularia ecalcaiata Welw.
which has been frequently quoted by Messrs. West from Welwitsch's
MS. notes in their paper on his Freshwater Algae has not hitherto
been, and should not have been, published : Mr. Hiern informs me
that it = U. cymhantha Oliv. — James Bkitten.

Crocus vernus in Berks. — This plant occurs in unusual abun-
dance in a hilly meadow at Inkpen, Berks. I was first informed
that it grew here by Miss M. Beales, of West Woodhay ; but it has
been noticed in this locality by the villagers for at least fifty years
past, and no one seems to be able to account for its introduction.
I visited the place last March in company with my friend Mr. G. C.
Druce, and we found the Crocus in great plenty, forming two ex-
tensive patches which seem to be spreading considerably. The
situation is wild enough, and there are no gardens near from which
the plant can possibly have escaped. The Crocus grew so thickly
that the beautiful mauve colour of the flowers was conspicuous at a
distance of three or four hundred yards. The plant is certainly as
well naturalized at Inkpen as in the other English localities recorded
for it. Mr. Druce informs me that Crocus vernus grows in similar
situations in the hilly districts of France and Switzerland, where it
is of course native. This is an interesting addition to the county
flora, especially as I am informed that the Nottingham station for
the plant is likely to be destroyed by the builder. — A. B. Jackson.

SciRPus Caricis Retz. — Specimens of this species gathered as
long ago as 1871 were only lately suspected of extending the distri-
bution. Mr. Arthur Bennett tells me that this is an addition not
only to N. Devon, but also to the Peninsular Province. — Edward
F. Linton.

PopuLUS canescens Sm. in Somerset. — In my Flora of Somerset
I have treated the records of this tree as of very doubtful authority.
Since the publication of the Flora, my attention has been again
called to the point, and after a very careful examination of the
imperfect material at our disposal, Mr. Linton and I are quite con-
vinced that we were too hasty on a former occasion, and that Mr.
White's plant was this species. — R. P. Murray.

Isle of Man Plants. — I can slightly reduce Mr. Bennett's list
of common plants not yet recorded from the Isle of Man. Geum
urbaniim and ^gojwdium Podagraria were common weeds forty years
ago in a shrubbery near Douglas. Listera ovata was frequent near
Mount Murray. Lamium album occurred in nursery ground at

FIRST KECORDS OF BRITISH FLOWERING PLANTS. 147

Onchau, as aii obvious introduction, A single plant of Pneumaria
maritima was once pointed out to me on the shore of Poolvash Bay,
whither the seed must have been carried by bird or current. Un-
fortunately it was soon destroyed — crushed by a passing cart. —
R. P. Murray.

The Irish Record of Callitriche truncata. — One of the locali-
ties given for this species in Babington's Manual, eds. 7 and 8, is
Glansiskin, Co. Cork, but we do not know of any other record of its
occurrence in Ireland. Mr. Scully recently sent us a Callitriche
from the late Mr. A. G. More's herbarium, collected at Glansiskin,
which was supposed to be the plant, but upon examination we found
it to be C. hamulata. By the kindness of Pi*of. Marshall Ward we
have since had the opportunity of examining the specimen in the
Cambridge Herbarium, collected by Mr. I. Carroll at Glansiskin and
labelled C. truncata by Prof. Babington, and this also proved to be
C. hamulata. There does not therefore appear to be any evidence
that C. truncata is an Irish plant. It is, however, quite likely that
it may yet be found in the south or west, inasmuch as it occurs in
the South of England, Guernsey, and the West of France. — H. &
J. Groves.

Narthecium Ossifragum in E. Gloucestershire. — When staying
at Cheltenham last summer, I found Narthecium Ossifrai/um growiug
near the top of the Cotswolds, at an altitude of between eight and
nine hundred feet. I believe it has not been recorded for East
Gloucestershire. — Harold J. Burkill.

NOTICES OF BOOKS.

First Records of British Flowerimj Plants. Compiled by William
A. Clarke, F.L.S. Reprinted with Additions and Corrections
from the ' Journal of Botany,' 1892-6, together with a Note
on Nomenclature. 8vo, pp. 103. London : West, Newman
& Co. Price 3s. 6d.

Even among those British botanists who already possess this
interesting catalogue in the pages of the Journal, there will, I
think, be many who will be glad to have it in this convenient
form. The issue of such lists in serial form has its conveniences,
no doubt, but it also has serious drawbacks, chief among which is
the difficulty of consultation. Here, however, we have the whole
list brought together, and rendered additionally easy to consult by
the thoughtful provision of an index.

The readers of the Journal need no demonstration of the
interest attaching to these First Pwcords, which, although oc-
casional corrections may bo made,* will take rank as a definite
contribution to the historical side of our knowledge of British

* One such is required in the case of Pyrola secunda, for Mr. F. A. Lees
has shown {Fl. West Yorkshire, p. 3'22) that Eay's record does not refer to this
species.

L 2

148 FIRST RECORDS OF BRITISH FLOWERING PLANTS.

plants. Mr. Clarke has done his work with great care, and the
help which my connection with the National Herbarium enabled
me to give him — help which is more than fully acknowledged
in the preface — has resulted in the addition of many details
gathered from the valuable collection of British plants which that
Herbarium contains.

But Mr. Clarke has appended a "Note on Nomenclature"
which did not appear in the Journal, and from which I learn that
the names in his list, although tolerated by him, do not meet with
his approval. I propose to comment upon this Note somewhat in
detail, as it illustrates the curious confusion of mind which prevails
among many who are opposed to the rule of priority. Mr. Clarke,
I am glad to see, does not countenance the curiously inaccurate
statement of Dr. Dyer* that "it is almost impossible to reach
finality " in matters of nomenclature ; his objections are restricted
to questions of convenience and sentiment. I should be sorry if
anything I may say about the Note should be considered to detract
in the slightest degree from the value and interest of the book, of
which it forms but an insignificant portion.

The Note, indeed, reminds me of Dickens's "Dog of Montargis,"
who occupied one minute in his performance, and two lines in the
bill ; for although it figures prominently in the title, it takes up
little more than a page. It is a " plea for convenience " in its
crudest and most restricted form — a plea, that is to say, for our
present convenience, Mr. Clarke apparently adopting the view that
posterity must look after itself, and that antiquity has no practical
claims on our regard. The rule of priority, he says in effect, is an
excellent one, if you don't carry it out: "it is an abuse of this rule
to make it an excuse for changing the name of any plant which
has been for a long period (say fifty years or more) known by one
name without the active competition of any synonym."

Mr. Clarke "makes [his] meaning quite clear" by means of "a
few instances." (He makes it clearer than he altogether intends,
I think ; for it is apparent that he has objections to names that are
" uncouth," " meaningless," "vexatious," and the like.) Bamm-
cuius sardous, for instance, in place of E. hirsutus Curt. : " who is
the better for such a change as this ? " Mr. Clarke seems to fancy
that some moral principle is involved in nomenclature, such as
that which prefers kind hearts to coronets. " Surely in this case
there was absolutely no occasion or excuse for any change." None,
except the trifling circumstance that Crantz described R. sardous
in 1763, while Curtis did not publish his hirsutus until eleven years
afterwards. " A few continental botanists might choose to call the
plant R. sardous'' — they might, nay, they do! — "and we could
not say they were ivrong " — here I am entirely at one with Mr.
Clarke — " but no confusion could possibly occur from our adhering
to Curtis's long-established and far better name." There is a fine
British flavour about this ; it is clearly the place of the foreigner
to follow the British lead, even if, as an Irishman might say, the

• Journ. Bot. 189G, 114, 117.

FIRST RECORDS OF BRITISH FLOWERING PLANTS. 149

load comes second. It does not seem to have occurred to Mr.
Clarke that some inconvenience might arise if every comitry had
its own nomenclature ; and it is a little hard on Crantz, foreigner
tliough he was, that he should not be credited with the species
which he was the first to diagnose. But what will Mr. Clarke
say when he discovers that even Mr. Jackson — who affords him
"some consolation" as having "in many instances retained a
well-established name notwithstanding the existence of an earlier
one " — places li. hirsutus as a synonym of it', sardous ?

A more pathetic instance follows. "We have quite lately most
unfortunately lost an excellent" — here the unbidden tear rises, but
it is not a dear friend, only a name (to which, indeed, even dear
friends are often reduced in the lapse of years) — "an excellent
name, C'are.v glauca of Scopoli." One wonders how Mr. Clarke
would record the loss of a plant, if the disappearance of a name
awakens such a threnody. But he mingles a manly indignation
with his tears. Why was this outrage perpetrated ? "Because,
forsooth " — an expression of scorn used with deadly effect by the
late Mr. Martin Tupper in one of his spirited denunciations of the
Anglican hierarchy — " Schreber one year earlier gave the plant the
much inferior name C. flacca.'" Mr. Clarke goes on to show that,
half a century ago, C. recurva "had the cry," and that Sir J. E.
Smith, noting that the name Jlacca was "most prevalent on the
Continent" — these foreigners will do anything! — says that he
might have restored it; "but as Willdenow has sanctioned recurva,
this name, being in itself unexceptionable, may as well remain." It
is a little unkind of Mr. Clarke to say that Smith's "reasoning is
not very conclusive," especially as it is indistinguishable from Mr.
Clarke's own. But the moral is plain. If Smith had restored
flacca, Mr. Clarke's feelings would have been spared, and Babing-
ton would not have reintroduced Scopoli's later name glauca, — a
restoration which, apparently because it happened so long ago,
meets with Mr. Clarke's approval, — "I entirely fail," he says, "to
see any good reason for its being disturbed." So might those who
knew and loved recurva have said in their day, ere the rude hand
of a Babiugtou thrust her from her throne ; but the botanists of
that less emotional period seem to have viewed the substitution
with callous indifference, and to have adopted it without a pang.

"Thus bad begins," — and continues, — "but worse remains
behind." " The last edition of the London Catalogue contains several
instances of changes as bad or worse," and — rien nest sacre pour
un sapeur — even Capsella Bursa -pastoris, as well as Mr. Clarke, is
"upset '■ ! "How sad and mad and bad" it all is! Mr. Clarke
sees no hope for the future save in an appeal to "British botanists"
to " protest against such changes being made." Judging from the
response — or want of it — to Mr. Marshall's similar appeal,* I fear
British botanists are not easily moved ; but, as on the former
occasion, I gladly give publicity to Mr. Clarke's call to arms.
Those who agree with him " are mostly of the quiet and long-

• Journ. Bot. 1895, 229.

150 FLORA OF SOMERSET.

suffering class," but even worms will turn (at least so it is reported),
and now that a leader lias appeared, British botanists may arise
and overthrow the tyranny of the bold bad men who drew up the
London Cdtulogue.

"However," concludes Mr, Clarke, '^ Uberavi animam meam."

^°^^^^^I- James Britten.

Flora of Somerset. BytheEev. R. P.Murray,M.A.,F.L.S. Taunton:
Barnicott & Pearce. 1896. 8vo, pp. Ixi, 437. Price 16s. net.

Mr. Murray's Flora, which has appeared in four numbers of
the Proceedincjs of the Somerset Archfeological and Natural History
Society, is now offered to the botanical public in one volume.
Those acquainted with the author's previous work expected nothing
less than a Flora of first-class botanical excellence. This expecta-
tion will be fully realized. The information, moreover, is remark-
ably easy of access ; it is arranged on a clear and simple plan,
printed in good type without crowding or excessive abbreviation,
and above all it is followed by one excellent index of all the species
mentioned. For the neatness and excellent " get-up" of the book
the local publishers deserve high commendation. A good though
somewhat stiff representation of the Cheddar pink faces the title-
page.

The introduction gives agricultural, physical, and meteoro-
logical statistics of the county, lists of species coming under
Watson's various types of distribution (Atlantic 43, Germanic 5,
Scottish 15), an enumeration of the six species (two now extinct)
and one variety peculiar to the county, adding a few more confined
to this and a few other counties. There follows a list of plants of
doubtful occurrence, and finally ten extinctions. Fortunate in-
deed, nowadays, is the author who has not to reveal an increased
number of species exterminated by drainage, building, or collectors'
greediness. The losses of Somerset, however, are really smaller
than the above figure represents, for two (Vicia lutea L. and
V. hi/brida L.) which grew "in a sand-pit," and "potato-grounds"
seem hardly to have deserved the name of "natives." The
undoubtedly wild British stations of V. hitea are on sea-cliffs and
beaches. Its position on Glastonbury Tor in cultivated ground
conforms better with its continental habitat, from which we may
suppose it to have come, as it undoubtedly has in Kent. V.
hybrida is subject to the same criticism, and their disappearance is
far less serious than the extinction of a native. Another of the
ten, Scirpus HoloscJmnus, has been rediscovered, and appears in the
" Further Addenda." The others seem to be really lost. Mr.
Murray draws a pathetic picture of Cypenis lovgus in 1888, " still
dragging on a miserable existence, appearing here and there
among potatoes . . . doomed if not already succumbed in the
struggle for existence." Exemplary reticence with regard to its
exact locality may save Aqileniwn septentrionale from a like fate at
the hand of " fern collectors."

FLORA OF SOMERSET. 151

Following the introduction is a list of books and pamphlets
referred to in the work. Of these Mr. White's excellent little
Flora of the Bristol Coalfield may be said to form the basis of the
Hora of the extreme north of the county. Babington's Flora
Batiioniensis, which also deals with the N.E. corner, should not
perhaps have been quoted so often without comment ; the list was
made by the writer as a schoolboy, destined indeed to future great-
ness, but not free from the blind generosity of youthful observers.
A few references such as Paimex jnilcher, "common on roadsides;
Fl. Bath." are misleading ; they are not now, even if they ever
were, true.

The botanical divisions of the county are next defined, and each
is described geologically, physically, and botanically. The number
of species known in each district shows a variation of from 409 in
the little searched Dulverton division to 876 species in that of
Mendip. The latter owes its superiority to the varied habitats
which it presents on its high ground around Cheddar, flat marshes
on both sides of the range, and sea-coast which itself is varied with
cliffs, sand-dunes and mud-flats. The ten districts are, as usual,
divided by the main water-partings, with the exception of No. 5,
which is separated from 3 and 4 by the River Parret, a happy
arrangement, making the districts more uniform in size and com-
parable with Watson's vice- counties G and 7 which are divided by
the same river. An excellent map makes the plan clear. A "table
showing the distribution of species within the county," and taking
up thirty pages, immediately precedes the actual Flora.

Passing now to the main part of the work, it is noticed that the
sequence is usually that of the London Catalogue, ed. ix. Syno-
nyms are few, and are included in the index in italics. The usual
information as to nativity, habitat, &c., precedes the localities,
special attention being given to the local names of well-known
species. Localities are classified under their district numbers, and
are followed by the name of their recorder, or the work or herbarium
from which the record comes. Those followed by no name are on
the responsibility of the author, and their large number is the best
witness of his intimate knowledge of his subject. More dates
might have been given with advantage, particularly as no list of
contributors with approximate dates is appended. It should be
remarked that Jenyns and L. Blomefield, both frequently men-
tioned, are one and the same person, viz. Rev. L. Jenyns, after-
wards Jenyns Blomefield. The localities are followed by a full
geographical note on local and general range, which should be
studied by any who take an interest in the foreign relations of our
flora, for the author is especially well equipped by his personal
knowledge of the floras of Portugal, the Canaries, and Madeira, for
dealing with this branch of his subject in a county yielding so
many Atlantic species.

A few points of more than usual interest may be indicated.
In the Addenda are given in full Mr. Linton's reasons for
applying the name T/udictrum montannm Wallr. to the Cheddar
plant. It should be noticed that Mr. Murray considers Viola

152 FLORA OF SOMERSET.

arvensis a colonist, after comparing its condition in Somerset with
that in Teneriffe, where it grows in turf amid the indigenous vege-
tation. The distribution of Uiex nanus, given entirely on the
author's authority, is a valuable addition to our knowledge of its
range in the south-western counties. It is pointed out that the name
Primus fruticans, now applied by Dr. Focke to a rare hybrid
(P. insititia x spinosa), must be used more carefully in England
than hitherto. Four localities are recorded for Apiiim nodijioruw
var. repens, but should not these be referred to the much commoner
var. ocreatum, so often mistaken for the first. " The claim of
Senccio saracenicus to be considered native rests on exactly tbe same
evidence as that of Aconitum Napellus.'" This remark should be
compared with DeCandolle's opinion that, considering their range
and history, the former should be admitted as a native, the latter
an introduction, thus differing even more than Mr. Murray from
the views expressed in the London Catalogue. A possible difference
between our blue pimpernel and A nagalUs canilca Schreb. is suggested
by the greater distinctness of the latter from A, arvensis in S. Europe
and Teneriffe, both in form and in range. It is satisfactory to see
the query before .S. ainhigua Sm. as a synonym for Stachys palustris x
sylvestris. Smith's plant was described and figured from a form
plentiful in potato-fields in Orkney, and was doubtless one of the dry-
ground conditions of S. palustris. No mention is made of Babington's
Atriplex microsperma, found near Bath and described by him in his
monograph of the British Atriplicece. An interesting history of
Euphorbia pilosa (which still survives in its one British station near
Bath) will be found on page 295. Elodea canadensis in Somerset,
as elsewhere, appears to be decreasing again. Mr. White's note
on an intermediate between Jnncus compressus and Gerardi is here
put into print for the third time. A new variety of Potamogeton
pusillus, submitted to Mr. A. Bennett from Baltonsborough, was
called by him pseudo-tricJwidcs. The same authority has pro-
nounced a grass from Pensford to be Glyceria plicata var. suhspicata
Parnell.

The list of Puhi, extending to twenty-four pages, must be the
subject of special congratulation to the author. The frequently
occurring names of Focke, Moyle Eogers, and Linton are a suffi-
cient guarantee of its excellence, and the great number of localities
supplied by Mr. White and Mr. Fry attest the energy of local rubo-
logists. The Willows, arranged according to Dr. Buchanan White's
plan, are well worked out. The records, too, of the Ca rices are
unusually complete and, being largely due to the author's unaided
work, bear witness to his long- con tinned researches in the county.

A few points present themselves for criticism. The nomenclature
usually accepted by British writers seems to have been needlessly
discarded. No less than eight genera (including Ficaiia and
Elodes) now generally disused will be found in the first sixty pages.
The same reactionary tendency is shown in the author's protests
against the usual systematic position of Par7iassia and Empetrum.
Changes in specific names are numerous, some of them certainly
necessary on grounds of priority. Numerous errors of omission

INVESTIGATIONS INTO APPLIED NATURE. 153

and commission occur with regard to capitals at the beginning
of specific names; Lathynis aphaca, L. nissolia, Pninus cerasus, P.
avium, P. padiis, Pijrus aria, and P. aucuparia are, unfortunately,
only a few cases out of many ; Brassica Nigra and Lepigonum
Salinum appear. What is " Montia fontinalis, L. " ?

To turn to another subject, Mr. Murray seems to have taken
great pains to weigh the claims of many species to the names of
native, colonist, &c., but inconsistently admits others on evidence
as slender as the former is complete. It seems rash to include as
natives, Galium erectum; from a single locality on a wall ; Silene
conica, a few plants on Minehead Warren ; Chenopodium ficifuUum ,
occurring very rarely in cultivated and waste ground. All three
are reported from other counties under similar conditions as un-
doubtedly introduced. There may be some little doubt about
these, but what must be said of Lythrum Hyssopifolia ? This is
entered as native. "In July, 1882, two plants of this species
appeared in my garden at Baltonsborough, on gravel which had
been brought from Wells a few months previously " ! Again, some
extinctious are included in the list, some excluded, and one casual
[Lolium temulentum) is admitted.

Such slight imperfections cannot be said to mar the usefulness
of this excellent work, and Mr. Murray deserves the gratitude of
all British, and especially West-country botanists, for placing at
their disposal one more really first-class County Flora.

S. T. Dunn.

Investigations into Applied Nature. By William Wilson, Junior.
London: Simpkins. 1896. 8vo, pp. viii, 143.

This little book has been sent us to review, but we regretfully
acknowledge our incapacity to do this. The following extracts give
some idea of its contents, and may perhaps explain our inability to
deal with it.

" Perhaps there is no part of botanic investigation that has
been so little written upon as our indigenous flora as food-plants.
This, I have no doubt, is owing to the fact that most of our leading
botanists are not constantly in the midst of field observations, but
only having occasional rambles in rural or mountainous districts,
whose collections have been carefully arranged according to natural
structure. The physiology has been carefully investigated, while
their life-history and natural uses remain almost unrecorded, their
medicinal properties excepted, if they come within the bounds of
natural uses." (Page 1.)

"It is most remarkable what I have observed cattle eating
greedily, such as Creeping Ivy, which one would think not very
agreeable. Laburnum leaves, and so on, while it is as remarkable
what they refuse. And this is the proof that they know by instinct
what to eat and what to refuse. I am not alone in this view, as
Prof. C. C. Babington, of Cambridge University, told me he had
seen them scraping on the grass fields and looking about them in
such a way as he was convinced that they Avere looking for what

154 DISEASES OF PLANTS INDUCED BY CRYPTOGAMIC PARASITES.

nature would have given them, but wliicli humanity had denied
them. I -will only add that this is the result of my observations (I
mean I have the same views on the subject)." (Page 13.)

"Fungi appear most abundant on the stems and leaves of
herbaceous plants after they decay, and most wood has them when
turned into a semi-putrid state ; and why should not the potato
fungi be a production which is brought about by the effect of
disastrous conditions on the potato plant, and not the real origin of
the potato disease ? " (Page 68.)

"At one time in our world's history mankind were pleased to
look upon the globe as just having always been much in the same
shape as it then was, and that it would always remain much the
same. By and bye it became recognized that the world had passed
through many changes, and the study of such changes came to reach
the dignity of a science, and it was called Geology." (Page 104.)

Diseases of Plants induced by Cryptog antic Parasites, By Dr. Karl
Freiherr von Tubeuf, English Edition by William G. Smith,
B.Sc, Ph.D. London: Longmans. 1897. Pp. xvi, 598;
figs. 330. Price 18s. net.

In the first place it is to be hoped that nothing will ever induce
the translator of this book to announce himself as " W. G. Smith."
He properly styles himself " William G.," and all whom it may
concern may as well take notice that in the subject of diseases of
plants, as in another more momentous sport, there is but one
" W. G." It is an encouraging sign of the progress of Botany that
translations from the German have now to be justified. Time was
when translators were at large seeking what German handbook they
might devour, with the expectation of applause. Now we are so
conceited that we look for a prefatory justification to anything
originally made in Germany. Dr. Smith, however, has rightly
judged that Tubeuf 's Diseases would meet with no vexatious quaran-
tine, but find- a ready welcome in this country and in America.
Until the original book appeared we had no good general textbook
treating of plant pathology. We had good books on plant-diseases,
such as the admirable Frank, Sorauer, Hartig's Bannikrankheiten,
&c., giving us the life-histories of fungal parasites, with details here
and there of their influence on their hosts, but no really scientific
dealing with the whole matter — no pathology, in short. It is the
special merit of Tubeuf that, following in the steps of De Bary,
Wakker, and others, he observed this great gap in botanical
literature, and set himself to produce a book that should fill it.

In the first part he devotes chapters to fungal parasites and
saprophytes, /. e. to a consideration of the limitations of the states
of parasitism and of saprophytism, to the reaction of the host to
parasitic attack, to the relation of the parasite to the substratum,
to the subject of infection in general and the disposition of plants
to disease, to symbiosis and to the consideration of preventive
measures, and other economic matters. That, though not quite
following the order of treatment, should be good news to those

NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES. 165

readers who have not made acquaintance with the origiual. The
second part deals with the parasites according to systematic order,
inchiding pathogenic organisms from among the Mycetozoa — of
which the greater part concerns that doubtful mycetozoon Fltas-
vwdiophora — tlie Bacteria, and the Algfe.

It is only human to have a distrust of translations which are
uot only translated, but edited. The process is generally in-
excusable, and it often means merely that the translator is "too
big for his boots." Dr. Smith has made a number of additions of
a useful, hardworking, conscientious, and unobtrusive character,
for the most part carefully. indicated by "(Edit.)"; he has thereby
distinctly added to the serviceableness of the book, and deserves
credit — but all the same he would have done as well not to give it
the bad name of being edited. If these additions had been "notes
by the translator," praise would have naturally flowed out to him
for his judgment — the state of being edited, claims credit and chal-
lenges criticism at once. However, let us be blind to such minor
considerations. He has done his work all through remarkably well,
and has laid many botanists under an obligation to him for a real
service rendered with care and judgment.

G. M.

Analytic Keys to the Genera and Species of North American Mosses.
By C. R. Barnes & F. D. Heald. Madison, Wis. Dec. 1896.
Pp. X, 212. Price 1 dollar.

Tms work will be found in vol. i. of the Bulletin (Science
Series) of the University of Wisconsin, and as it is of a supple-
mentary nature, its bibliographical position may be most easily
ascertained if we take a brief survey of the history of the study of
Mosses in the United States.

It was more than forty years ago that Sullivant, the leading
bryologist in his country, having made a name for himself in con-
nection with the Mosses of the Eastern States, began to entertain
the notion of compiling a Manual of the Moss-flora of the whole
continent, and to collect and investigate the requisite material,
Lesquereux assisting him in the work. He described a large
number of new species in his beautifully illustrated 7t'o?u'.s Muscnnun.
and elsewhere ; but before he could realize his purpose he died in
1873. Lesquereux then essayed to complete his late colleague's
task, and, being incapacitated by the failure of his sight, secured
the assistance of T. P. James. The work was well-nigh finished in
1882, when James died. With Renauld's help the remaining
determinations were made ; and at last Lesquereux & James's
Manual of the Mosses of North America (Boston, 1884) was passed
through the press under the editorship of Sereno Watson, a com-
petent botanist, but one that lacked the special qualifications of a
bryologist. Under the circumstances it is not surprising that
artificial keys to the genera and species found no place in the
Manual. This regrettable omission has been made good by Prof.
Barnes, who in 1886 issued a key to the genera, and in 1890 keys

156 ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.

to the geuera and species (as was mentioned in tins Journal for

1890, p. 880) ; but now he has with Mr. Heald's aid rendered a

much greater service in supplementing the revised and extended

Keys with a large Appendix containing 603 descriptions of all the

species and varieties which have been added to the North American

Moss-flora since the publication of the Manual up to the end of

1895. During that period large collections from the States and from

Canada have been worked over by European bryologists — Eenauld

and Cardot, and Kindberg. The abundance of the new species with

which Kindberg embelHshed his Canadian Catalogue (1892) has

awakened loud protests in the States, and some of them [e. //.

seventeen out of eighteen in the genus Bicramun) have already

been reduced. Hence the Manual when revised and brought up to

date will not receive by any means so large an addition to its 900

species as seemed likely at the time when Kindberg's Catalogue was

fresh from the printer's hands.

The Kei/s are cleverly planned ; and as they facilitate the use

of the Manual, while the Appendix puts within everyone's reach

descriptions of the species which are not in the Mamial, it is to be

hoped that more Americans will be induced to take an interest in

mosses, and that a wider study of the subject will lead (as Prof.

Barnes says) to a more accurate knowledge of the distribution and

variability of the species, in time to allow the ill-founded species

to be weeded out before the publication of the next edition of the

Manual. . ^

A. G.

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.-

Annals of Botany (March). — M. A. Brannon, ' Structure and
Development of Grinnellia americana ' (4 pL). — H. M. Richards,
' Evolution of Heat by wounded Plants.' — A. C. Seward, ' Lyijino-
dendron ' (2 pi.). — P. Magnus, ' Some Species of Urophlyctls ' (2 pi.).
— R. Chodat, ' Polymorphism of Green Alg^.' — R. J. H. Gibson,
'Anatomy of Selayinella' (1 pi.). — D. H. Scott, ' Cheirostrobus, a
new type of fossil cone from calciferous sandstones.' — W. T. T.
Dyer, ' Note on discovery of Mycorhiza.'

Bot. Centralhlatt (Nos. 9-12). — W. Grevel, ' Anatomische Unter-
suchungen iiber die Familie der Biapensiacea' (1 pi.). — (No. 10).
J. Wiesner, ' Ueber die photometrische Bestimmung heliotropischer
Constanten.' — (No. 11). A. J. J. Vaudevelde, ' Ueber den Einfluss
der chemischen Reagentien und des Lichtes auf die Keimung der
Samen.'

Bot. Gazette (Feb.). — 'Opportunities for Research in Botany
offered by American Institutions.' — J. E. Tilden, ' New species of
Minnesota Algae ' (3 pL). — G. T. Moore, jun., ' Uroglena americana'

* The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers
or title-pages, but it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date of
publication.

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS. 157

(1 pi.). — T. Holm, 'HypoMs erecta ' (1 pi.). — E. J. Hill, 'Zizia
nurea & Thaspium mcreum.' — L. F, Henderson, Isoetes Undenvoodii,
sp. n.

Bot. Zeitmui (March 16). — H. Molisch, ' Der Einflnss des
Bodens auf die Bliithenfarbe der Hortensien.'

Bull, de I'Herb. Boissier (Feb.). — F. Foerster, BellevaUa Freynii,
sp. n. — D. Prain, Onobrychis Belleni, sp.n. (1 pi.). — F. Stephani,
' Hepaticfe Japonic*.' — F. Kranzlin, ' Orchidacefe novae.' — F.
Crepin, ' Roses recueillies en Tbessalie.' — (March). A. Chaberfc,
' Sur la disparition deqnelques plantes en Savoie.' — F. Crepin,
' La question de la priorite des noms specifiques envisagee au point
de vue du genre Rosa. — C. Winkler & J. Bornmiiller, ' Neue Cou-
sinien des Orients' (1 pi.). — C. Miiller, ' Bryologia Guatemalensis.'

Bull. Torrey Bot. Club (Feb. 28). — J. K. Small, ' Shrubs and
Trees of the Southern States.' — F. L. Harvey, ' Myxogasters and
Gasteromycetes of Maine.' — A. Schneider, ' Biological Status of
Lichens.' — H. H. Rusby, 'Affinities of Dendrobanr/ia' (1 pi.). —
L. M. Underwood, 'New Alabama Fungi.' — E. P. Bicknell, Lechea
juniperina, sp. n. — P. A. Rydberg, Lonicera ylaucescens & Geum
turbinatiim. — N. L. Britton, Viola atlantica & Geranium Bicknellii,
spp. nn. — A. A. Heller, Fubes leucoderme, sp. n.

Erythea (Feb. 26). — • A. J. Merritt, ' Pollination of Californian
mountain flowers ' (cont.). — J. G. Lemmon, ' West American Coni-
fers ' (cont.).

Gardeners' Chronicle (Feb. 27). — C. T. Druery, 'Variation and
Environment.' — (March 13). W.Watson, ' Polycarpic Agaves.' —
(March 20). F. Krilnzlin, Eulophiella Peetersiana, sp.n.

Journal de Botanique (Jan. 16). — A. Franchet, ' Compositse
novae e Flora Sinensi.' — (Jan. 16, Feb. 16). C. Sauvageau, 'La
sexualite de Pheosporees.' — (Jan. 16, Feb. 1). E. Bonnet, 'Le
Haricot avant la decouverte de I'Amerique.' — (Feb. 1). P. van
Tieghem, ' Les poils post-staminaux des Santalacees.' — A. de
Coincy, 'Plantes nouvelles de la flore d'Espagne.' — (Feb. 1, 16).
E. Drake del Castillo, 'Les Araliees des lies de I'Afrique occi-
dentale.' — (Feb. 16). ' Une lettre d'Alphonse de Candolle ' (on
nomenclature). — (March 1). G. Rouy, ' Observations sur quelques
Malvacees.' — C. Sauvageau, ' Sur les Antheridies du Taonia
atomaria.' — L. Lutz, ' Recherches sur la gommose de VAralia
spinosa.' — E. Malinvaud, ' Un Stachys hybride.' — (Mar. 1, 16).

E. Bescherelle, ' Leucobryum minus.' . Nadeaud, 'Quelques

plantes rares du Tahiti.' »

Oesterr. Bot. Zeitsclirift (March). — E. Hackel, ' Jh'/aria, eino
neue Section der Gattung Panicum.' — J. Bornmiiller, ' i'alama-
yrostis halesarensis Torg. & Bornm., sp. n.' — F. Matouschek,
' Bryologisch-floristische Beitrilge aus Bohmen ' (cont.). ^ II. v.
Hah'icsy, ' Florula Sporadum ' (cont.).

158

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc.

The Foreign Office has issued a Report on the Botanical Aspects
of British Central Africa by Mr. Alexander Whyte, which, however,
is confined to the economic side of the subject. " The publication
was retarded owing to its needing careful revision at Kew Gardens."
Widdrinfitonia Whi/tei, the " Mlanje cedar," is becoming of consider-
able commercial importance ; this, it will be remembered, was
described by Mr. Rendle in the paper on Mr. Whyte's Mlanje
collection in the Linnean Transactions. It is hardly accurate, by
the way, to say that that collection was " worked out by Mr. Car-
ruthers," although the prefatory note was communicated by him.

We have just received the Report of the Belfast Naturalists'
Field Club for 1894-95, which contains an important supplement,
extending over a hundred pages, to the Flora of North-East Ireland,
compiled by Messrs. S. A. Stewart & R. Lloyd Praeger. Numerous
additions are made both to the flowering plants and cryptogams ;
with regard to the latter further amplification may be expected
when Templeton's MS. "Flora Hibernica" has been carefully gone
through. This Supplement is thoughtfully printed uniformly with
the Flora, which makes it very convenient for reference. We are
sorry, however, to see Robert Brown's localities for Erodium
moschatmn called in question. The authors say it has not been
found in either station by any recent observer, which is not re-
markable in the case of a plant so uncertain in appearance, and
add "it seems probable" that Brown mistook E. cicutarium for it.
Apart from the improbability of a botanist of Brown's stamp
making such a blunder, his full description in the MS. volume
whence the localities are derived renders such a view untenable.

At a meeting of the Royal Botanic Society on Feb. 27th, a
paper was read by Mr. W. C. Martindale "On the Desirability of
establishing an Institute for the Teaching of Botany in the Royal
Botanic Gardens," which has since been issued in pamphlet form.
" The opportunity afforded by a renewal of the lease of the Gardens"
has suggested the desirability of further educational work on the
part of the Society ; and Mr. Martindale's proposal was supported
by Dr. Scott, Prof. Frank Oliver, and others. Apart from the setting
aside any portion of a public park for the benefit of a special class
of the community, which we cannot regard as desirable, there is
much to be said in favour of the continued existence of the Society's
Gardens, which have rendered important help to the London teachers
of botany.

The Rev. Robert Hunter, M.A., LL.D., died on Feb. 25th at
his residence, Forest Retreat, Epping Forest, in his seventy-fourth
year. He graduated in Arts in Aberdeen University, and then
studied theology at the New College, Edinburgh, On completing
his studies he went as a missionary of the Free Church of Scotland

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 159

to Nagpur, India. For some time after his return he resided in
Edinburgh, and afterwards came to London. The great work of
his life was The Encydopcedic Dictionary, to which he devoted
seventeen years' unremitting labour. Although not a botanist, Dr.
Hunter was interested in plants. During a visit to Bermuda, in
1884, he made a small collection, and he published a list of
Bermudian ferns in this Journal for 1877 (p. 367, where the date
is uniformly misprinted 1864). His plants, among which was
the endemic Eriyeron Darretliamis, are in the Botanical Department
of the British Museum..

Mr. Nathaniel Colgan contributes to the Journal of the Pro-
ceedinys of the Eoyal Society of Antiquaries in Ireland (vol. vi. pt. 4,
pp. 211-226, 349-361) a valuable and interesting paper entitled
" The Shamrock in Literature ; a critical chronology."

At the meeting of the Linnean Society on March 4th, Mr. W.
Carruthers exhibited, with the aid of lantern-slides, a series of
portraits of Linnaeus, and gave some account of the history of
each. In the course of a tour which he had made in Sweden and
Holland, he had been fortunate enough not only to see the original
paintings, but also to obtain photographs of them, so that he was
now able to exhibit exact copies. Putting aside " supposed por-
traits," and such as might be termed "fancy portraits" having no
claim to authenticity, he had satisfied himself of the existence of
eight that were certainly painted or drawn from life, and had been
copied more or less frequently by different engravers. The earliest
of these was painted by Hoffman in 1737, while Linnaeus was
working for his patron Cliffort at Hartecamp, and represents him
at the age of thirty in the picturesque dress in which he travelled
through Lapland. Of the next portrait, an engraving by Ehrens-
verd in 1740, no original is known to exist. In 1747, at the age of
forty, two pencil sketches of Linntieus, one being a full length, were
made by Kehn ; and five years later a beautiful pastel was executed
by Lundberg. Scheffel in 1755 painted him at the age of forty-
eight ; and this portrait is preserved at Hammarby in the house of
LinnfBus, now public property under the care of Prof. Fries of
Upsala. Then came the medallion by Inlander, executed in 1773,
of which a copy (one of three) is in the possession of this Society.
The following year, when Linnreus was sixty-seven years of age,
his portrait was painted by Kraft't, and was placed originally in the
Medical College of Stockholm, of which Linujeus was one of the
founders. It was supposed to be lost, but had been removed to
the Eoyal Academy of Sciences in Stockholm, where Mr. Carrutliers
discovered it. The latest portrait was that by Eoslin, painted in
1775, when Linnaeus was in his sixty-eighth year. A fine copy of
this by Pasch, presented to Sir Joseph Banks, and given by him to
Eobert Brown, now hangs in the Society's Library.

We understand that the incompleteness of the enumeration of
Kew pubhcations noticed on pp. 100-103 has been discovered to be

IGO BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. "^

SO serious that a siipplemeutary list is in course of preparation.
Among the works left out may be named Hooker and Baker's
Synopsis FilicHiii, Mr. Baker's monographs of AmpelideoR and C071-
naraceiE in the Flora Brasiliensis, his Ficfiujium Botankum, some of
his important contributions to the Gardeners' Chronicle (such as the
papers on Hellebores and Yuccas), and many more. The numerous
errors of commission and omission render the List of Kew Publi-
cations almost as remarkable as the celebrated Seed-list for 1885.
But that was at least funny !

The Supplementary Fascicle to the Set of British Rubi, which
has just been issued, contains specimens of seven plants which have
been named and described in this Journal since the issue of the Set
began in 1892. So far as is known at present, these are endemic.
They are the following: — Fi. Silurum, described as a variety of
Fi. nemoralis P. J. Muell. ; it. curvidens as a species, and F. vir-
(fultorum as a variety of B. Borreri Bell- Salt., by the Rev. Augustin
Ley in Journ. Bot. 1894, 142-144 ; R. bracteatus described as a
variety of B. ynercicus Bagnall by Mr. J. E. Bagnall, /. c. 1894, 187 ;
B. clivicola as a variety of B. arr/entatus P. J. Muell. by Rev. A. Ley,
/. c. 1896, 158 ; and B. rubrifiorus as a species by the Rev. W. H.
Purchas, I. c. 1894, 139, 187. The last-named is issued as it
appears in the ninth edition of the London Catalogue, as a variety of
B. dumetorum W. & N. B. villicauUs Koehl. (an abundant plant in
Scotland, which also occurs in some Welsh and Enghsh counties)
seems to be indistinguishable from B. insularis Aresch. Skanes FI.
ed. 2. On this Dr. Focke notes: — "The form called Fi. insularis
Aresch. is the true typical Fu villicaidis, first described from Silesia,
E. Germany. The common form of N. Germany is much more
like EngHsh B. calvatus." The Rev. Augustin Ley has taken the
place of the Rev. R. P. Murray, being a large contributor to the set
generally, and in particular to this fascicle, Mr. Murray having been
absent from England when the fascicle was set on foot.

Mr. Schlechter, writing from Cape Town on March 8th,
records his second visit to the Cold Bokkeveld, which, in spite of
the extreme drought under which it has been suffering, proves to
be a very rich place botanically. On his first visit, Mr. Schlechter's
collecting was confined to the plains, as the high mountains were
partly covered with snow. He has now, however, ascended most
of the highest peaks, some of which are above 6000 ft., and has
obtained a large number of novelties.

M. E. RoLLAND, whose Fatine Popnlaire has become a classic
among folklorists, has issued the first part of a companion work
which will do for the vegetable what the former has done for the
animal kingdom. Its full title is " Flore Populaire, ou Histoire
Naturelle des Plantes dans leurs rapports avec la Linguistique et
le Folklore." We hope to notice it in an early issue.

Ta,lD.368.

G-S-West aoi-nat.del.
RMorgaii lltK.

WestNe-wman irap.

African Algas

Ta.lo,369.

G .S We st a.<i n at del

We3t,Kewma.n irrup.

AfricarL Algj

161

The camel FODDER-PLANTS of WESTERN AUSTRALIA.
By Spencer le M. Moore, F.L.S.

The present paper is the result of some observations made by
the writer while travelling recently with a small camel-train in the
interior of Western Australia. As it is proposed to publish at a
later date the botanical results of the journey, it is hoped that a few
cursory remarks bearing on the special character of the paper will
be deemed sufficient on the present occasion. The route taken was
from the mining township of Southern Cross, situated in the
Yilgaru goldfield, and about 250 miles west from Perth ; thence
north-east to Wangine or Siberia Soak ; from there almost due east
to Goongarrie or Ninety-Mile, and onwards in a north-easterly
direction to Mount Margaret, on the shore of the great salt lake
known as Lake Carey. The country between Lake Carey and
Coolgardie was then traversed to and fro, after which, on a general
north-north-west bearing from Lake Carey, Lake Darlot was
reached, and Coolgardie again arrived at via Mount Malcolm and
Goongarrie. After this the camels were retained for some time in
the neighbourhood of Coolgardie on its south-west side.

It must suffice here to mention that the ground passed over con-
sists of breadths of unauriferous alternating with auriferous country.
The former is largely composed of conglomerates and of granites
and gneisses which have undergone more or less metamorphism ;
the latter of schists of various kinds, with outcrops of quartz,
diorite, and ironstone. The granite and gneiss very frequently
appear in the form of huge outcropping masses many acres in
extent, the irregular surfaces of which have been worn into shallow
pans — the so-called gnamma-holes — ^which hold water after rain,
and it is usually at the foot of such masses that the " soaks " are
dug. Some of these soaks, when the water-catch is a good one,
contain water long after the rain has fallen ; some even, in spite of
the serious drain to which they have of recent years been submitted
by prospectors and teamsters, may still be described as almost
perennial sources of the precious fluid. It is almost exclusively in
the immediate neighbourhood of these gnamma-rocks and during
the cool weather, or in low-lying places in springtime where the soil
has retained some of its moisture, as well as along the banks or in
the bed of creeks after heavy rain, that the lusher types of vege-
tation are found. Elsewhere the flora is of purely Australian type,
by far the greater part of it having some means by which trans-
piration is hindered, such as phyllodes, or leaves oriented in the
manner of phyllodes, essential oils or resins, stomata in pits,
woolly covering, &c. And this is no matter for wonder, bearing in
mind the small rainfall characteristic of the interior of the colony.

It must be understood that the following list is not to be
regarded as by any means an exhaustive one. Thus, to take only
one instance — the various species of Acacia are probably all more
or less nutritive, but only a few of them find a place here. Having

Journal of Botany. — Vol. 35. [May, 1897.] m

162 THE CAMEL FODDER-PLANTS OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA.

other duties to perform, it was quite impossible for me to follow
the hobbled camels about, and note whatever they happened to be
browsing upon ; so that, although many opportunities were given
of studying the subject, there can be no doubt but that many plants
well suited to serve as fodder for camels have been overlooked.
With this proviso the list may now be given.

Crucifee^.

1. Blennodia brevipes F. Muell. Near Coolgardie, Aug.

2. B. cardaminoides F. Muell. var. microcarpa (nob.). Near Cool-
gardie, Aug. A lowly variety, with small siliquas only 4-6 mm. in
length.

3. Ahjssum linifolium Steph. Environs of Coolgardie, Aug.
A very small form, 1-2 in. high.

4. Menkea coolgardiensis, sp. nov. Kepens, sparsim foliosa,
foliis lobatis deorsum cuueatis petiolatis, caulinis summis sub-
sessilibus, floribus parvis nee minutis, petalis albis, stylo brevissimo
in fructu stigma fequante, siliculis oblongis compressis pedicellum
gracilem sequantibus vel eo pauUo brevioribus.

Hab. Prope Coolgardie mens. Aug. floret.

Herba sparsim puberula habitu M. australis Lehm. Rami
repentes vix spithamei, graciles. Folia oblonga vel lineari-oblonga,
1-4-lobata, summa nonnunquam Integra vel subintegra, obtusissima,
radicalia vix usque 2'0 cm. long., petiolis tenuibus 0-5 cm. velpaullo
longioribus fulta ; caulina 0-5-1-0 cm. long. Eacemi elongati,
pluriflori. Pedicelli mox alabastra breviter excedentes, sub floribus
usque ad 0"3 cm. long., ascendentes vel patentes. Flores expansi
vix 0-3 cm. diam. Sepala oblonga, obtusa, 0-15-0-2 cm. long.,
aetate deflexa et diu persistentia. Petala anguste oblonga, obtusa,
0-15 cm. long. Stamina 6; anther® lute®, ovatae, filamentis
deorsum dilatatis multo breviores. Ovarium late ovatum, stigmata
comparate magno subsessili coronatum. Siliculae basi breviter an-
gustatfe, 0*4 cm. long., vix 0-2 cm, lat. Semina parva, purpureo-
brunnea, funiculis gracillimis persistentibus more generis fulta.

Nearest to 21. australis Lehm., of which it has the habit. It
differs from that species chiefly in the much larger flowers with
their persistent reflexed sepals, as well as in the differently shaped
silicules. I have not seen M. sphm-ocarpa F. Muell., but I cannot
make the present plant fit in with Mueller's description of the
other, although both agree in having persistent reflexed sepals.
Judging from the description, i1/. spharocarpa has quite different
silicules, and moreover its leaves are said to be toothed merely, its
sepals ovate, and its petals rotund and clawed.

5. Lepidium ruderale L. Near Coolgardie, Aug.

6. L. papillosum F. Muell. Near Coolgardie, Aug. A small
form not exceeding 9 cm. in height, and often only half that size.

7. Raphanus sativus L. Bullabulliug, Sept. Seen here only
in moist places close to the gnamma-rocks. Most probably intro-
duced, the place having served for months as a camping ground for
teamsters. The plants of this order are to be found only for a few

THE CAMEL FODDER-PLANTS OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 163

weeks in springtime, and in low-lying places where a certain amount
of moisture has been retained during the cold weather. They are
characterized by their small size, as compared with specimens
growing near the coast. They are all excellent fodder-plants.

PiTTOSPOREiE.

8. Pittosponnn pMllyrcBoides DC. var. microcarpa (nob.). Salt-
bush plain, south of Doyle's Well, near Mt. Malcolm. Differs from
the type in its small oblong-ovoid not flattened fruits, which have
only 1-4 seeds. The flowers also are white, instead of yellow, as
in the type. This plant, called "Willow-bush" by prospectors, is
greedily eaten by camels, who thrive well upon it.

Caryophylle^.

9. Drymaria Jiliformis Bth. Near Coolgardie, Aug. A small
plant, abundant in some places in the spring. A good fodder.

PoRTULACE^.

10. Calandrinia cahjptrata Hook. f. A rather common little
herb in spring in the Coolgardie district. The specimens are usually
very small, not more than 1-2 in. high, though specimens may
reach 5 or 6 in.

STERCULL^CEiE.

11. Sterculia diversifolia G.Don. This, the well-known Kurra-
gong tree, is an excellent food for camels. It is found chiefly
in the "mulga" bush coun*try north of the Ninety-mile, where its
bright green leaves are a refreshing contrast to the sombre vege-
tation surrounding it. It is rare in the neighbourhood of Coolgardie.

Geraniace/e.

12. Krodium cicutarium L'Her. ; and 13. E. cygnorum Nees.
Coolgardie district, Aug. and Sept. Both these are good fodder-
plants.

ZYGOPHYLLEai:.

14. Zygophyllum apiculatum F. Muell. Coolgardie district ;
common in springtime.

15. Z. iodocarpum F. Muell. var. bilobum. Coolgardie district.
10. Z . fniticulosum DC. Near Ninety-mile Lake, June,

17. Z . fruticulosum DC. var. floribus parvis, albis. Coolgardie
district, spring. I can see no variation from the type except in
the case of the flowers of this plant, which certainly are strikingly
different, being very small, not more than 5 mm. in diameter, with
white i^etals only some 3 mm. in length. This is perhaps a new
species, but as Baron Mueller speaks of a small-flowered variety of
Z. fniticulosum as among the plants brought back by the Elder
expedition, and the flowers are the only peculiarity of my specimens,
it is deemed better to abstain from describing. All these Zygo-
phyllums are greedily eaten by camels.

18. Tribnlus tcnrstris L. Between Uladdie Soak and Yilgangie
claypans, March.

M 2

164 THE CAMEL FODDER-PLANTS OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA.

LEGUMINOSiE.

19. Mirbelia microphylloides, sp. nov. Suffrutex erectus
spinescens, ramis mox minute et appresse pubescentibus puberulisve,
spinis elongatis tenuibus pateutibus, foliis circa spinas congestis
parvis obovato-oblongis planis, calycis appresse puberuli lobis tubo
brevioribus summis alte connatis, vexillo calycem duple superante,
carina alia Eequilonga, ovario stipitato villosulo, ovulis 4.

Hab. Viget prope Coolgarclie ubi repperi mens. Aug. florentem.

Circiter metralis. Kadix baud visus. Rami leviter angulati
necnon striati. Spinae rectfe vel leviter decurvfe, deorsum ampliatte
e pulvinis parvis fusco-pubescentibus exeuntibus, 0-5-1 -0 cm. long.
Folia subsessilia, obscure mucronulata, pleraque circa 0-4 cm. long,
et 0-15-0-2 cm. lat. Flores breviter pedunculati, lutei, rubro
infusi. Calyx totus 0*4 cm. long. ; lobi ejus anteriores parvi, circa
O'l cm. long., triangulares, subacuti ; lobi posteriores deltoidei,
tertia pro parte liberi. Vexillum rotundatum, leviter emarginatum,
vix 0'6 cm. long, et lat. Carina alteque 0"55 cm. long., longe
nnguiculati. Ovarium lineari-oblongum, stipite vix eum semi-
fequante suffultum. Stylus sat pinguis, ipso sub stigmate subito
curvatus. Legumen non vidi.

The affinity of this plant is undoubtedly with M. spinosa Bth.,
M. microphi/Ua Bth., and ill. muHicmdis Bth. The first of these has
linear leaves with revolute margins, its calyx-lobes are much longer
and acuminate, the standard is wider than broad, and the keel
markedly shorter than the wings ; it also has a sessile glabrous
ovary with from 6 to 8 ovules. The other two species agree with
the one now described in having leaves without revolute margins,
and a stipitate ovary, but the leaves of M. microplujUa are different
in shape, and there are various floral divergences, including the
complete union of the upper calyx-lobes, the relatively shorter keel,
and glabrous ovary with 6-8 ovules. The leaves of M. multicaidis
also are somewhat different, as also are the calyx and corolla ;
moreover, the ovary has 12-15 ovules, as compared with the 4 of
the present plant. I should not like to say that this is a really
good food for camels, inasmuch as the Podalirm generally are
liable to suspicion. I only know that our camels ate it, and
apparently without any ill effects.

20. Medicago deyiticidata Willd. Bullabulling, close to the rocks,
Sept. Doubtless introduced, and most probably by teamsters.

21. Acacia erinacea Bth. Near Coolgardie, Aug.

22. A. acuminata Bth. Bullabulling, Sept. This is the largest
^cflfcia seen upon the goldfields ; and is the only real "wattle" —
as the term is understood in the eastern colonies — met with up
country.

23. A. subccEfulea Ldl. Near Coolgardie, Aug. As already
mentioned, other Acacias of the collection are doubtless eaten by
camels, but the fact was not noted by me. It is the lusher species
of this genus which are most liked ; some are so dry as to be
comparatively of little value.

the camel fodder-plants of western australla.. 165

Halorage^.

24. Haloragis 6^t)sset F. Muell. Bullabulling ; also near Cool-
gardie, Aug.

Umbellifer.e.

25. Daucus hrachiatus Sieb. A small species flourishiug with
other lowly plants in the early springtime in the Coolgardie district.

FlCOIDE^.

26. Mesemhnjanthemum anstrale Ldl. Yilgangie clay-pans, Feb.
A very small form, the flowers under 1 in. in diameter. Not a true
fodder-plant, being only occasionally touched by camels.

Composite.

27. Calotis plumuli/era F. Muell. Near Coolgardie, Aug.

28. Podolepis pallida Turcz. Abundant on the Bullabulling
rocks in Sept. A beautiful yellow everlasting.

29. Schccnia Cassiniana Steetz. This very beautiful pink ever-
lasting is common in the Coolgardie district in the spriug. It is
greatly liked by camels.

80. Waitzla conjmhosa Wendl. A common everlasting in spring-
time in the Coolgardie district.

31. Helipterum ruhellum. Bth. Common at Gibraltar and else-
where near Coolgardie in the spring. There is also a white-flowered
variety of this.

32. H. Raighil F. Muell. Gibraltar, Sept.

83. H. strictum Bth. A small form, at most not more than
9 in. high. Coolgardie district, Sept. to Nov.

34. H. Fitzrjihhoni F. Muell. Eather common in Coolgardie
district in springtime. A handsome lowly everlasting, much liked
by camels.

35. H. hyalospermum F. Muell. Near Coolgardie, Aug.

36. H. pygma;um Bth. var. occidentale. Near Coolgardie, Aug.

37. H. MangUsil F. Muell. This beautiful everlasting is found
only on the soil of decomposed granite rock.

38. H. (§ Pteropogon) oppositifolium, sp. nov. Erectum,
herbaceum, semispithameum, glabrum, caule simplici vel sparsim
ramoso, foliis oppositis rarius ipsis sub capitulis solitariis sessilibus
leviter amplexicaulibus liueari-lanceolatis acutis vel acuminatis,
capitulis sat parvis late ovoideis solitariis plurilloris, involudri
squamis exterioribus late oblongis acutiusculis vel obtusis nonnun-
quam obtusissimis omnino hyalinis nequaquam rigidis, ceteris
lamina brevi ovato integro citrino instructis, flosculis paucibus
externis foemineis hermaphroditis similibus, acheniis villosis, pappi
setis 15-20, breviter phimosis.

Hab. Prope Coolgardie floret mens. Sept.

Herba parva, gracilis. Radix usque 3-0 cm. loug., tenuis,
parce ramosus. Caulis gracilis, strictus, subteres, in lougitudinem
striatus. Foha pleraque 1-0-1-5 cm. long., et 0-2-0-4 cm. lat.,

166 THE CAMEL FODDER-PLANTS OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA.

in sicco cinerea et erecta, Integra, paria infima sepius plus minusve
abortiva, omnia glandulis parvis fuscis prsedita. Capitula vix
1-0 cm. diam., usque 1-0 cm. long. Involucri squamse extim®
abbreviatfe, circa 0-3 cm. long. ; medianae extimas duplo exce-
dentes ; intimre 0-7 cm. long, earum Limina petaloidea 0-15-
0-25 cm. long., reflexa vel plus minus patens. Flosculi citrini.
Corollffi tenues, 0-4 cm. long. Autberarum caudfe tenuissim^.
Acbenia oblonga, longe villosa, 0-2 cm. long. Pappi seta? corollas
excedentes, 05 cm. long., subrigidas, fequaliter plumulosa?, lacteae.
This plant is remarkable for its opposite leaves ; its affinity
would seem to be with R. strictum Bth., but, besides the difference
in the insertion of the leaves, the heads of the new species are
differently shaped, being relatively broader; and they also have a
larger number of florets. The involucral bracts, too, are difterent,
and much thinner in consistence ; and their petaloid laminae are
yellow, and not white. The tails of the anthers are very slender,
so much so that the compound microscope alone can do justice to
them.

39. H. (§ Pteropogon) Zacchseus, sp. nov. Ascendens, pu-
sillum, laxe villosulum, foliis parvis anguste linearibus mucronulatis
usque ad capitulas confertis, capitulis parvis subcorymbosis oblongis
paucifloris, involucri squamis externis late oblongo-obtusis omnino
hyalinis tenuibus, ceteris lamina parva deltoideo-ovata obtusissima
Integra virescente vel citrino-virescente coronatis, acheniis papillosis,
pappi setis 10 acheniis subaequilongis dense phimosis.

Hab. Juxta Coolgardie repperi mens. Aug.

Planta 2-0-2-5 cm. alt., a basi ramosa. Radix macer, simplex,
sinuosus, usque 2-0 cm. long. Piami patentes, graciles, una cum
foliis praesertim sursum piloso-villosuli. Folia pleraque 0"3-0'4 cm.
long., alterna, inferiora interdum subopposita, sessilia. Capitula
vix 0-5 cm. long., 0-25-0-3 cm. lat. Involucri squamae externa
0-2 cm. long. ; medianae externis duplo longiores. Flosculi 6
aliqui interdum steriles. Corollae graciles, pappo subaequilongfe.
Achenia 0'16 cm. lat., 0-12 cm. long., prater papillas paucas parvas
omnino glabra. Pappi set^e albid^e, 0-15 cm. long., aequaliter
plumosfe.

A species allied to H. jnjgmccum. Bth., of which it has much the
habit ; but the heads are different in several respects, being rela-
tively broader and much shorter, and the inner involucral scales
have greenish and not white tips. Moreover, the achenes of
H. pycjnmum are densely villous, and the pappus-hairs much
elongated.

40. CephaHptcrum. Brummondii A. Gray. Common in the Cool-
gardie district in Aug.

41. HeUchrysum semipapposum Bth. Gnarlbine Piock, Nov.

42. Athrixia tenella Bth. Common near Coolgardie in spring-
time.

A3. Senecio vuh/aris L. A eommou weed round Coolgardie in
the spring.

THE CAMEL FODDER-PLANTS OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 167

44. S. lautiis Forst. Coolgardie, Aug.

45. Sonchus oleracens L. This, which is a great favourite with
camels, is not by auy means a common plant. It is usually small
in size, and is not seen after the warm weather has set in.

All the above-named Cumpositcc yield excellent forage for camels,
and it is in great part to tiie abundance of this and other lowly
herbaceous vegetation during early spring that is to be ascribed the
rapidity with which these animals get into condition at that period
of the year.

GOODENIACE^.

46. SccEvola spinescens E. Br. A common shrub in the Cool-
gardie district, of which camels will sometimes eat sparingly.

47. Goodenia mimuloides, sp. nov. Herbacea, pilosa, habitu
G. pinnatijiihe Schlecht., foliis radicalibus longipetiolatis ambitu
oblongo-obovatis pinuatifidis, segmentis ovato- vel lineari-oblongis
obtusis, caulinis parvis sparsis ovatis iutegris vel subintegris,
pedunculis axillaribus elongatis gracilibus ebracteolatis, calycis
lobis oblougo-lanceolatis tubo campanulari subfequilongis integer-
rimis, corollae modicee lutete extus pubescentis lobis inferioribus
latiuscule unilateraliter alatis inferne ciliatis, superioribus fequaliter
alatis ultra medium connatis, stylo pubescente, ovario ovato, ovulis
magnis quove in loculo 6-7, stigmate brevissime bifido, capsulis
baud visis.

Hab. In variis locis juxta Gibraltar floret mens. Sept.

Planta spithamea vel minus, ramis pateuti-ascendentibus tereti-
bus striatis. Folia radicalia (petiolis gracilibus inclusis) usque
4-0 cm. long., utrinque piloso-pubescentia, eorum lobi 0-3-O"5 cm.
long., 0-2-0-3 cm. lat. ; caulina circa 0*5 cm. long., brevipetiolata.
Pedunculi 2-5-60 cm. long., erecto-patentes, pilosi. Calyx pubes-
cens, circa 0-5 cm. long., 0'25 cm. lat. ; lobi obtuse acuti, 0-3 cm.
long. Corolla tota usque 1-2 cm. long. ; tubus 0-1 cm. long. ; lobi
superiores alte retusi. Anthera 0-12 cm. long. Stylus sursum
gradatim ampliatus, 0-5 cm. long. Indusium aliquauto bilabiatum.

This might be taken for a small form of (J, pinnatijUa, which,
however, is larger in all its parts, and has a more tubular calyx.
The upper lobes of its corolla are also more deeply divided, and the
stamens are larger than is the case with the new plant. The style,
too, of G. miDiuloidcs is markedly different, as it has the rudiments
of two divisions, and thus shows a slight approach to Calogijne.
Camels are very fond of this plant.

Apocynace^. ,

48. Alyxia huxifolia E. Br. This, which is well known as the
" Hop-bush," is an excellent food for camels, in spite of its belonging
to a suspicious order. It is common in the Coolgardie district.

Myoporine.e.

49. Eremnphila Oldfichlii F. Muell. var. an (jmti folia. Between
Doyle's Well and Mount George, June. Many species of this genus
were secured, but the above is the only cue seen to be touched by
camels, and then not freely indulged in.

168 THE CAMEL FODDER -PLANTS OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. •

BORAGINE^.

50. Ecliinospermum concavxim F. Muell. Common in Coolgardie
district in springtime, growing there mixed with other lowly herbs.

Plantagine^.

51. Plantar/o varia R. Br. Common round Coolgardie, Aug.
A good fodder-plant, but, as it occurs only in the small forms, not
of much account.

Phytolaccace.^ .

52. Codonocarpus cotinifolius F. Muell. Mr. Ernest Giles, the
well-known traveller, whose acquaintance I made at Coolgardie,
assured me that this is a favourite food of camels. I did not come
across the plant.

AaiARANTHACEiE.

58, TricJtinium CarlsoniF. TsLneW. This charming little Amaranth
is common in certain places round Coolgardie in springtime. The
flowers are sometimes yellow, sometimes deep orange.

54. T. cxaltatnm Bth. Common in various places in the Cool-
gardie district. Camels are very fond of this when it is young, the
rosetted leaves containing abundance of moisture. When the large
fluflfy flower-head springs up, they will not touch the plant ; the
inflorescence thus has the curious property of protecting the plant
from injury.

Chenopodiace^.

55. Bhagndia BUlardieri R. Br. var. linearis. Gnarlbine, Nov.

56. R. coralliocarpa, sp. nov. Frutex ramis albide furfuraceo-
tomentosis denium glabris, foliis lougipetiolatis hastatis rare has-
tato-oblongis subtus furfuraceo-tomentosis supra demum fere glabris,
paniculis ramosis ramis folia excedentibus plurifloris furfuraceo-
tomentosis, floribus polygamis ?, perianthii ultra medium fissi lobis
oblongo-ovatis acutis furfuraceo-tomentosis, baccis globosis succa
rubra indutis.

Hab. Crescit juxta puteum "Kilkenny soak" dictum, inter
Mt. Margaret et Mt. George ubi mens. Jun. fructificat.

Rami subteretes in lougitudinem eximie striati, nonnunquam
sursum nudi et spiuescentes. Folia alterna, plana, 0'6-l-2 cm.
long., medio 0'5-0-7 cm. lat., supra viresceutia, obtusa vel obtusis-
sima, integra vel raro obscure denticulata ; petioli foliis subaequi-
longi, furfuraceo-tomentosi. Panicula? 2'0-4-0 cm. long., 1 •5-2-0
cm. lat., ejus rami congesti, usque I'O cm. long., plerique vero
breviores. Stamina non vidi. Calyx sub fructu usque 0-35 cm.
ampliatus, ejus lobi 0*27 cm. long. Baccte in sicco circa 2-0 cm. diam.

A very distinct-looking plant, intermediate, so far as regards its
inflorescence, between the species with a much-branched and those
with a not much branched or simple panicle. Among the former
it may be compared with R. parahulica R. Br., which it somewhat
resembles in leaf, though the markedly hastate form of the leaves
of E. coralliocarpa affords a distinction, and the indumentum is not
the same in the two cases. Moreover, the spiny character and the

THE CAMEL FODDEK-PLANTS OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 169

smaller fruits of R. coralUocarpa are other points of distiuctiou.
On the other hand, while presenting some points of resemblance to
li. spinescens E. Br., its inflorescence and leaves are different, and
the berries of B. spinescens are the larger.

57. Atriplex nummularia Ldl. This is the salt-bnsh par eoccellence,
and yields abmidance of nutriment to camels and stock of all kinds.
It is common in various places throughout the districts visited by me.

58. A. vesicaria / Heward. Seen in various places, frequently
growing with the last. The specimens are too incomplete to name
definitely.

59. Sclerolana bicomis Ldl. The so-called "cotton bush," very
common in various districts. Yields very good food until the large
woolly fruits make their appearance.

60. Kochia villosa Ldl. A common salt-bash round Coolgardie.

61. K. villosa Ldl., var. Another common salt-bush in the
same district. A', villosa Ldl. is a very polymorphic species. Per-
haps, however, the form here referred to a variety of it may be
really distinct.

62. K. sedi/olia F. Muell. Between Doyle's Well and Mount
George, June. A most elegant little plant, its white densely tomen-
tose stems and foliage contrasting prettily with the pink samaras.

63. Salsola Kali L. An excellent fodder-plant, yielding plenty
of water as well as nutriment, so much so, that camels are said to
be able to go longer without water than when feeding upon any
other plant. It grows sparsely in various places in the goldfields.

64. Salicornia arbuscula R. Br. A common plant in the salt-
pans. All these salt-bushes are greatly relished by camels.

POLYGONE^.

65. Rumex crispus L, In moist places close to the rocks at
Bullabulling in Sept. Probably introduced by teamsters. Excellent
fodder.

Santalace.e.

66. Exocarpus aphijlla R. Br. Common in various places in the
goldtields. Camels will nibble at this when nothing better is at hand.

67. Fusaniis persicarius F. Muell. The Quandong tree. Very
common as a large bush in most places, except the salt-pans and
near the granite. Next to the salt-bushes — perhaps indeed not even
next to them — the most valuable food for camels, on account of its
great abundance, and the large amount of nutriment and water
contained in its leaves and young branches.

68. F. spicatus R. Br. This is the " sandal- wood " of prospectors,
and is a common shrub from Pendinuie, near Mount Margaret, north-
wards. It is rarer in the south. A good fodder-plant.

Loranthace^.
G9. Loranthus pendulus Sieb. var. parviflorus. Near Mount
Malcolm, June. Grows on the Quandong, with which it is homo-
plastic. An excellent fodder.

170 THE CAMEL FODDER-PLANTS OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA.

70. L. linearifulius Hook. Foimd iu places up country growing
on species of Acacia.

71. L. miniatus, sp. nov. Glaber, foliis parvis plerisque oppo-
sitis ramulos brevissimos per paria (raro uuice) coronautibus anguste
linearibus teretibus vel subteretibus, floribus parvis solitariis pedi-
cellis brevibus brevissime alatis absque pedunculo communi suffultis,
bractea conspicua late ovata acuta, calycis limbo promiuulo ob-
scurissime denticulato, alabastris linearibus parum clavatis, petalis
5 vel 6 lineari-lanceolatis paullo supra medium liberis, filamentis
deorsum petalis adnatis, antheris aduatis parvis linearibus, stigmata
capitate.

Hab, Viget super Acaciie speciem (forsan A. decoram Ldl. vel
affinem) prope puteos "Goose's soak" et "Kilkenny soak" dictas,
ubi flores et fructus simul prfebet mens. Jun.

Eami sat robusti, cinerei, rimosi et crebro lenticelliferi. Folia
2-0-3'0 cm. long., usque 0-1 cm. lat., pleraque vero tenuiora,
sessilia, obtusa, ima basi dilatata ; ramuli foliigeri nee ultra 0-1 cm.
long. Pedicelli circa 1-0 cm. long., ascendentes, basi dilatati,
sursum gradatim amplificati, ibique brevissime alati. Bracteae vix
02 cm. long., carinatae, obscure denticulatae. Calyx 0-2 cm. long.
Corolla 1-3-1-5 cm. long., pallide virens sursum lutescens vel
auraiitiaca ; tubus snperne parum ampliatus, facie superiore ultra
medium fissus ; limbi lobi circa 0-5 cm. long. Antherae acutas,
0-2 cm. long. Stylus robustus, corollae subaequilongus, Bacca
fusco-rubra, circa 0-5 cm. diam.

Undoubtedly near L. linearifulins Hook., of wliicb I at first
tbougbt it migbt be a small-flowered variety. The reduced leaf-
bearing-branches, small leaves, very small solitary flowers, and
short anthers, are characteristic points. It is also very close to
L. Munayi Tate, a South Australian plant known to me by
description only; but it differs from that in having opposite
leaves crowning suppressed branches, entire and not two-lobed
bracts, smaller Howers, narrow anthers, &c.

72. L. Nestor, sp. n. Kamis ramulisque arete tomentosis
demum fere glabris et cinereis, novellis rufo-tomentosis, foliis
oppositis brevipetiolatis planis oblongo-ovatis obtusis vel obtusis-
simis arete furfuraceo-tomentosis, ternationibus geminis pedicellatis,
pedicellis pedunculis axillaribus compressis petiolos exeedentibus
suffultis, florum lateralium bractea late ovata fere omnino adnata,
floris centralis oblonga vel lanceolata sursum libera lateralibus
longiore, calyce dense lanato-tomentoso, petalis 5 modicis liberis
dense lanato-villosis, filamentis ultra medium petalis aduatis, an-
tberis adnatis oblongo-linearibus quam filamentis paullo latioribus
bilocularibus.

Hab. Juxta puteum dictum " Bricke's soak" inter Goongarrie
et Mt. Margaret repperi super Acaciam quandam vigentem et mens.
Jun. florentem.

Ramuli subteretcs, circa 0-3 cm. diam. Folia 3-0-5'0 cm. long.,
l'5-2"0 cm. lat., basi rotundata vel acuta, crassiuscula, penni-
nervia, nervis faciei superioris impressis, obscuris ; petioli usque

THE CAMEL FODDER-PLANTS OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 171

1*0 cm. long., canaliculati. Peduncvili circa 1*5 cm. loug., mia cum
peclicellis compressiusculi, 0-5-0*8 cm. loug., dense ac minute
I'urfuraceo-tomentosi. Bractete laterales 0-4-0'6 cm. long,, ob-
tusissimte, earum pars libera 0-l-0'2 cm. long. ; bractea lateralis
0*5-0"8 cm. long., pars libera 0-15-0-6 cm. long., bracteae omnes
furfm-aceo-tomentosfe. Alabastra erecta, clavata, eorum tubus
parum compressus, 0'3 cm. lat., apice fere usque 0"5 cm. lat.
ibique subtetragona. Calycis limbus brevissimus, lobulatus; tubus
vix 0-5 cm. loug. et lat. Petala usque 2-7 cm. long., ultra
staminum insertionem patentia, intus glabra et rubra. Filamenta
tota 2-3 cm. long., eorum pars libera 0-5 cm. long. Antherae
0-12 cm. lat., 04 cm. long. Stylus filiformis, petalis subsequi-
longus. Bacca iguota.

A remarkable species, quite distinct from any bitberto described
from Australia. Its affinity appears to be with L. Quandany Ldl.
and L. grandibracteatus F. Muell. The points by which the present
plant can best be distinguished are the flat densely tomentose leaves,
and the still denser and longer tomentum covering the broad flowers
and their peduncles and pedicels. The petals also are connate below.
L. gibber ulus Tate, which I have not seen, has apparently the same
tomentum, but its leaves are terete and narrow, and there are
several other important diflerences. Perhaps this ought not to
have been included as a camel-food, as some camels reject it ;
others, however, will eat it. The objection to it seems to be founded
upon the presence of the tomentum.

Conifer^..

73. Frenela robiista A. Cuuu, Strange to say, camels will take
a few mouthfuls from this tall shrub, though it contains much resin.

Gramine^.

74. Eiagrostis cli(Etophylla Steud. A little of this and other
grasses is occasionally eaten by camels, especially when the haulms
are in an early fresh state.

Before closing, I should like to say a few words about the
poisoning of camels. That this has occurred upon the goldfields,
the circumstantial narratives one has received leave no manner of
doubt ; where uncertainty lurks is in regard to the species of plants
which have so injurious an efl'ect. The Gastrolobiums and other
of their allies of the tribe Fodalyiim would in all probability be fatal
to camels, as they so often are in the western parts of the colony to
sheep and cattle ; and the same remark should apply to specie's of
Solanuiii. However, though I made frequent enquiries about poison-
plants, and though several prospectors averred their acquaintance
with such, some even promising to produce them, yet I never came
across a single authenticated poison. One description given to me
led me to infer that at the Hospital Rocks, near Mount Ida, a species
of Solamiin deserves a sinister reputation ; and in the Duudas Gold-
iield, south of Coolgardie, where there is undoubtedly much poison,
the culprit was described as looking much like a gum-tree, but what
this can be it is difficult to surmise. It is worthy of remark that

172 welwitsch's African freshwater alg^.

I never saw camels browsing on vegetation known or reasonably
supposed to be harmful ; my early fears in respect of some, such as
the Loranthi and Alyxia huxifolia, having proved quite groundless.
Is it not possible that this may have been because there was always
some more or less wholesome food within their reach ? The idea is
that the camel, so long as it can find a sufficiency of wholesome
forage, will not turn to poison, but, should poison-plant largely
monopolize a district, the animal will browse upon it, and frequently
with fatal results. This idea is backed by information given me
showing that, where poison-plant exerts its baleful effects, it occurs
in large quantities.

It should be added that type-specimens of the species described
in this paper, as well as the other fodder-plants, are in the Botanical
Department of the British Museum.

PS. — Since writing the above, I find a second Myoporinea
noted as a camel fodder-plant. This is —

75. EremophiJa maculata F. Muell. var. hrevifolia. Between
Coolgardie and Broad Arrow ; also between the latter place and
Uladdie soak, March.

WELWITSCH'S AFEICAN FKESHWATER ALG^..
By W. West, F.L.S., and G. S. West, A.R.C.S.

(Plates 365-369.)
(Continued from p. 122.)

50. C. callistum, sp. u. (tab. 367, fig. 13). C. submediocre,
circiter 1^-plo longius quam latins, profunde constrictum, siuu
sublineari paullo aperto ; semicellulas pyramido-trapeziformes, an-
gulis inferioribus subrectangularibus, angulis superioribus paullo
rotundatis, apicibus leviter convexis et glabris, lateribus leviter
convexis cvim granulis acutis circiter 8 utrobique, etiam seriebus
irregularibus duabus granulorum acutorum intra latus unum-
quemque efc serie singula infra apicem, in centro granulis majori-
bus circ. 15 quincuncialiter ordinatis, puuctulis 6 circa granulum
unumquemque ; a vertice viste elliptic^e, levissime inflatte in medio
utrobique ; a latere visfe subglobosse. Long. 47 /x ; lat. 34 /x ; lat.
isthm. 16 jJL ; crass. 20 /x.

Pungo Andongo. In stagnis prope Anbilla (Condo) ; March
1857. No. 177.

51. C. colonophorum, sp. n. (tab. 367, fig. 1). C. mediocre,
paullo latius quam longius, profunde constrictum, sinu angusto-
lineari extremo subampliato ; semicellulfe semicirculares apicibus
truncatis, verruca magna conica ad angulum inferiorem et superi-
orem unumquemque, verrucis brevioribus conicis 4 ad latus unum-
quemque, verrucis obtuse conicis 3 intra marginem utrobique et
verrucis 4 intra apicem, verruca simili supra medium sinus utro-
bique, serie transversa verrucarum majorum 4 trans medium

WELWITSCH'S AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG^E. 173

semicellulffi et supra serie verrucarum minorum alternantum 3 ;
a vertice visfe anguste ellipticfe, verruca magna emarginata ad
polum unumquemque, verrucis 8 utrobique verrucis mcdiauis 4
multe majoribus et rotundatis, seriebus subirregularibus duabus
verrucarum minorum intra marginem unumquemque ; membrana
dense punctata, cum zona scrobiculorum in semicirculis irregularibus
circa series transversas duas verrucarum ordinata. Long. 61 /a ;
lat. 68-64 /x; lat. isthm. 18*5 n; crass. 33 [j..

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176.

Tliis is a noteworthy species, the large size of the warts and
their arrangement easily distinguishing it from any other ; the four
median warts on each side of the vertical view being especially
pronounced.

52. C. bilunatum, sp. n. (tab. 367, fig. 17). C. subparvum,
paullo latius quam longius, profunde constrictum, sinu aperto ;
semicellulfe late lunat^e, angulis convergentibus et attenuatis ad
extremitates submamillatas, dorso multe convexo subsemicirculari
crenato (crenis circ. 12), ventre late inflato subundulato angulos
versus, seriebus lunatis duabus verrucarum rotundarum de angulo
ad angulum ; a vertice visse fusiformi-ellipticae, polis submamillatis,
marginibus lateralibus undulatis, seriebus rectis duabus verrucarum
depressarum de polo ad polum, verrucis paucis intra marginem
lateralem unumquemque. Long. 36 |W. ; lat. 40 fx ; lat. isthm. 9-5 /x;
crass. 19 /x.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 15.

This characteristic species is nearest in outline to C. j)ra:celsvm
W. B. Turn, and C. indicum W. B. Turn.

53. C. mucronatum, sp. n. (tab. 367, fig. 16). C. parvum,
1^-plo latius quam lougius, profundissime constrictum, sinu
angusto-lineari ; semicellulfe depresso-semicirculares (non angu-
lares), angulis basalibus mucronatis ; a vertice visse anguste
oblongffi, polis rotundatis et mucronatis ; a latere visne globosfe ;
membrana punctata. Long. 23-25 /x; lat. 27-30 /x ; lat. isthm.
5 /i ; crass. 10'5-ll-5 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis; April 1860. No. 176. Inter
Utricular iam, Morro de Lopollo ; April, 1860. No. 179.

This species is distinguished from C. pseudotaxichondrum Nordst.
by its rounded semicells, by the complete absence of granules, and
by the oblong vertical view.

54. C. PSEUDOTAXICHONDRUM Nordst. in Offers. K. Vet.-Alcad.
Fijrh. no. 3, 20, t. ii. f. 5 (1877).

Var. AFRicANUM, var.n. (tab. 367, fig. 14). Var. cellulis minus
angularibus et latioribus, serie granulorum 3 juxta ct infra apicem
semicellulae uniuscuj usque, annulo punctorum minutorum circa
grauulum unumquemque ; a vertice visis granulis 3 in medio utro-
bique pyrenoidibus binis in scmicellula unaquaque. Long. 27 /x ;
lat. 35 /x; lat. isthm. 9*5 /x ; crass. 17 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176. Inter
Vtricxdariaw, Morro de Lopollo; April 1860. No. 179.

174 welwitsch's African freshwater alg.e.

55. C. huillense, sp. n. (tab. 367, fig. 15). C. submediocre,
circiter tarn lougum quam latum, profuude constrictum, sinu
lineari ; semicellulae subsemicirculares, aiigulis basalibus sub-
mamillatis, apicibus 6-undulato-granulatis et intra apicem cum
granulis tribus, in centro grauulis circiter 22 subirregulariter
dispositis, etiam scrobiculis minutis inter granula omnia ; a vertice
visae ellipticae, polis conicis et truncato-emarginatis, lateribus un-
dulato granulatis polos versus planis ; a latere visse subglobosae
lateribus 4-5-uudulato-granulatis et apicibus granulis circiter 3.
Long. 54 fj.; lat. 51 [jl; lat. istbm. 23 [j.; crass. 30 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176.

Tills differs from C. taxichondnnn Lund, in having three groups
of granules on each semicell, one across the front of each side of the
semicell and one at the apex, in the more numerous and smaller
granules, and in the presence of minute scrobiculations round these
granules.

56. C. angolense, sp. n. (tab. 367, fig. 7). C. parvum, paullo
longius quam latius, modice constrictum, sinu lineari ; semicellul^e
semich'culares et depressjB, angulis inferioribus apiculatis, serie
regulari spinarum parvarum circiter 13 in ambitu, serie regulari
grauulorum 6 intra apicem, granulo magno singulo intra marginem
lateralem unumquemque et prope sed intra eo verruca depressa,
serie transversa verrucarum depressarum 3 supra isthmum et
granulo minuto supra extremitatem sinus uniuscuj usque ; a vertice
visfe ellipticjB, polis submucronatis, serie verrucarum depressarum
parvarum 7 ad marginem utrobique minoribus polos versus, granulis 6
intra marginem lateralem unumquemque, seriebus duabus spinarum
inter seriem granulorum de polo ad polum ; a latere visae subglobosfe
apicibus truncatis. Long, sine spin. 33 fx, cum spin. 38 /x ; lat.
sine spin. 29 jx, cum spin. 31 jx; lat. isthm. 18 /x; crass. 17*5 fi.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176.
The two series of spines in vertical view are concave towards
each other.

57. C. tetrastichum, sp. n. (tab. 367, fig. 9). C. parvum,
paullo latius quam longius, profunde constrictum, sinu angusto-
lineari extremo ampliato et extrorsum subaperto ; semicellulfe sub-
semicirculares apicibus depressis, denticulo parvo ad angulum
basalem unamquemque, marginibus lateralibus minute granulatis,
seriebus parallelis duabus verrucarum quadrigranulatarum circiter
6 intra apicem, granulis paucis sparsis intra angulos basales ; a
vertice visae ellipticae et subcompressje, polis acutis, serie verru-
carum depressarum circiter 6 ad marginem utrobique et serie simili
intra ea utrobique ; a latere visae subglobosje. Long. 28 f* ; lat.
31 fi ; lat. isthm, 13 /x; crass. 15 [x.

Huilla. Inter Utriculanam, Morro de Lopollo ; April 1860.
No. 179. Lopollo ; Febr. 1860. No. 192.

Var. depauperatum (tab. 367, fig. 10). Var. semicellulis angulis
basalibus sine dente parvo, verrucis non granulatis, in serie superior!
6 et in serie inferior! 5. Long. 29 fx; lat. 31 /a; lat. isthm. 13-5 fx;
crass. 15 m-.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176.

WELWITSCH's AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG^E. 175

58. C. SUBSPECIOSUM Nordst. in Ofc. af K. Vet.-Akad. Fork,
no. 6,22, t. vi.f. 13(1875). Long. 69 />i; \&i 51 /x; lat. isthm. 17/^;
a form which is most probably var. validius Nordst., but specimens
not in a condition for the satisfactory determination of this point.

Puugo Andongo. In rivulis ; March 1857. No. 105,

59. C. Welwitschii, sp. n. (tab. 367, fig. 2). C. magnum,
circiter 1^-plo longius quam latius, profunda constrictum, sinu
aperto extreme obtuso ; semicelhilfe subglobosas latiores basin
versus, apicibus leviter depressis, serie verrucarum emarginatarum
circiter 19 in ambitu, etiam verrucis magnis conicis supra super-
ficiem sparsis (interdum geminatis) ; a vertice visfe subgloboste,
seriebus approximatis duabus verrucarum emarginatarum de polo
ad polum, verrucis conicis sparsis inter seriem unumquemque et
marginem ; membrana inter verrucas dense scrobiculata, Long.
98-100 ix; lat. 63-66 fi; lat. isthm. 22-24 fx.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis; April 1860. No. 176. Etiam
inter Utriculariam, Morro de Lopollo ; April 1860. No. 179.

This handsome species approaches C. Lagerhemianum [Dy-
Hphinctium Laqerheimianum W. B. Turn, in K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl.
Bd. 25, no. 5 (1893), 43, t. xxii. f. 6] , but differs greatly in its
much deeper constriction, in its flattened apices, in the double
series of emarginate warts, in the shorter conical warts (not
elongated papillae), and in the very densely scrobiculate membrane.
In the vertical view the double series of emarginate warts are
concave towards each other in the centre, and subparallel towards
the poles.

60. C. sequinoctiale, sp. n. (tab. 365, fig. 11). C. parvum,
circiter Ij-plo longius quam latius, leviter constrictum, sinu late
aperto et rotundato ; semicelluliB suborbiculares base complanata,
membrana granulata, granulis parvis seriebus verticalibus circiter 8
(ut visis) ordinatis (in serie unaquaque circiter 7) ; a vertice visse
subgloboste granulis subradiatim ordinatis, in ambitu circiter 19.
Long. 26 /J.; lat. 15*5 /x; lat. isthm. 10 // ; crass. 14 /x.

Libongo. Ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

This is distinguished from C. orbiculatum Ralfs in its less
orbicular semicells, its much broader isthmus, and in its smaller
granules with definite arrangement. Compare also with C. qualum
[Dijsphincthim qualum W. B. Turn.] .

61. C. coNTRACTUM Kirchu. in Cohn, Kniptog amen -flora von
Schles. Zweit. Bd. 147 (1878) ; Wolle, Desm. U. S. 63, t. 16, f. 1 ;
t. 50, f. 24 (1884). Long. 35 /i; lat. 22 /i ; lat. isthm. 105 /x ;
crass. 18 /x. •

Pungo Andongo. In stagnis prope Anbilla (Coudo) ; March
1857. No. 177.

62. C. Oocystidum, sp. n. (tab. 366, fig. 21). C. subparvum,
circiter l^-plo longius quam latius, levissime constrictum, sinu
minute cxcavato ; somicelluUe late pyramidato-trapeziformes, an-
gulis superioribus leviter rotundatis, apicibus latis et rectis, lateribus
subrectis (leviter convexis) ; a vertice visa) elliptica?, polls acutis et
submamillatis ; a latere visaB quadrato-ovatfe, apicibus trancatis ;

176 welwxtsch's afeican feeshwater alg.e.

membrana dense punctata. Long. 32-5-35 /x ; lat. 26-27 /^ ; lat.
apic. 12-5-13-5 // ; lat. isthm. 25 [x; crass. 17-18 /x.

Huilla. Inter Utriculariam, Morro de Lopollo ; April 1860.
No. 179.

63, C. CucuRBiTA Breb. in Desmaz. PI. Cn/ptog. Fr. fasc. xxiii.
1103 (1841), in ed. i. ser. i. (1825-51) ; Ealfs, Brit. Besm. 108-9,
t, xvii. f. 7 (1848). Long. 29-31 /x ; lat. 15-19 /x; lat. istbm.
14-18 IX.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176. Inter
Utriculariam, Morro de Lopollo ; April 1860. No. 179. Morro de
Lopollo ; Febr. 1860. No. 192.

All the African examples are more densely and minutely punc-
tate than the typical plant.

Forma minor. Long. 21-24 /x; lat. 12-5 [x; lat. isthm. 11 //.

Huilla. Cum forma typ. Nos. 176 and 179.

Var. MINIMUM, var. n. Long. 12-5 jx ; lat. 7*5 /x ; lat. isthm. 7 /x.

Huilla. Cum forma typ. No. 179.

64. C. palangula Breb. iu Ealfs, Brit. Desm. 212 (1848). Forma
semicellulis punctis insignis et densis, subirregulariter dispositis.
Long. 36 jx; lat. 15 /x; lat. isthm. 13*5 /x.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo; May 1860. No. 15.

13. Staurastrum Meyen (1829).

1. S. LEPTODERMUM Luud. in Nova Acta R. Soc. Scient. Ups.
ser. 3, viii. no. ii. 58, t. iii. f. 26 (1871).

Forma minor. Forma subminor, angulis minus productis.
Long. 46 fx ; lat. cum spin. 42 /x ; lat. isthm. 18 /x.

Libougo. Ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

2. S. tripodum, sp. n. (tab. 369, fig. 11). S. parvum, IJ-plo
latius quam longius (sine spinis), profunde constrictum, sinu aperto;
semicellulne transverse subrectangulares, latere ventrali inflato,
angulis basalibus dentato-mamillatis, marginibus lateralibus leviter
convergentibus apices versus, apicibus pnene rectis (leviter convexis),
spina longa valida suberecta (long. 13 /x) ad angulum superiorem
unumquemque ; a vertice visse triangulares, lateribus leviter cou-
cavis, angulis acutis (submucronatis), prope et intra apicem anguste
uniuscujusque spina valida multe abbreviata ut visa ; membrana
glabra. Long, sine spin. 21 /x, cum spin. 46 /x ; lat. 26 /x ; lat.
isthm. 9 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176.
This species and S. xiphidiophorum Wolle are respectively simple
and complex species of a distinct section of this genus.

3. S. crux-alternans, sp. n. (tab. 369, fig. 14). S. miuutum,
tarn longum quam latum (cum processibus), sinu semicirculari (cum
latere inferiori processuum), parte mediana cellularum subcylindrica,
partibus apicalibus cellularum transverse subelliptic^e, polis iu pro-
cessus breves latos glabros truncato-emarginatos productis, apicibus
leviter convexis granulo singulo utrobique prope sed supra basin
processus uniuscujusque ; a vertice visfB quadrangulares lateribus

WELWITSCH's AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG.E, 177

coacavis, augulis in processus breves (paullo longiores quam latiores)
latos truncato-emargiuatos producfcis, granulo iutra basin processus
uniusciij usque, processibus unius semicellubi^ cum iis alterius al-
ternantibus ; membraua glabra. Long. 15 /x ; lat. 15 /x ; lat.
isthm, 0 ji.

Huilla. Inter Utriculariam, Morro de Lopollo ; April 1860.
No. 179.

Tliis at first sight reminds one of iS'. inconspicuum Nordst. ; but
it differs in its much more robust processes, which are directed
horizontally, and have not the nodulose swelling on the under side.

4. S. huillense, sp. n. (tab. 3G8, fig. 17). S. minutum,
1 j-plo latius quam longius, profundissime constrictum, sinu lineari ;
seraicelluhe late oblongo-rectangulares, angulo inferiori uuoquoque
cum spina brevi convergenti, verruca emargiuata lateri uniquique,
angulo superiori emarginato (subfurcato, — dente superiori lougiori) ;
a vertice visa? triangulares, lateribus leviter concavis, angulis sub-
truncatis, angulus unusquisque verrucam tridentam gerens. Long,
sine spin. 15 /x; lat. 20 /x; lat. isthm. 0 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 170.

5. S. egregium, sp. n. (tab. 369, fig. 12). S. parvum, circiter
1^-plo longius quam latius, profunde constrictum, sinu aperto
acutangulo; semicellulte subrectangulares, marginibus lateralibus
et apicibus rectis, angulis leviter rotundatis, angulis superioribus
cum procossu brevi lato bifurcato, angulis inferioribus verruca lata
emarginata instructis; a vertice viste triangulares, lateribus leviter
concavis, spiuis tribus ad angulos late truncatos (spina singula ad
angulum unumquemque et spina mediana validiori) ; membrana
glabra. Long, sine spiu. 21-23 /x, cum spin. 20-27 /x ; lat. sine
spin. 15-17 jt., cum spin. 21-22 /x ; lat. isthm. 7*5-9'5 /x.

Huilla. In uligiuosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
ct Lopollo ; May 1800. No. 15. Etiam Morro de Lopollo; May
1860. No. 182.

This Staumstrum belongs to the same section as S. qundri-
cnrnutum Roy & Biss. and S. (jemelUparHm Nordst., but is very
distinct from either. Each of the three angles of the semicells is
more or less quadrate with a short bifurcate process at the two
upper corners, with an emarginate wart at each of the lower
corners, and a short stout spine between the two emarginate warts.

0. S. tridens-Neptuni, sp. n. (tab. 369, fig. 7). S. mediocre,
tam longum quam latum (sine spinis), profunde constrictum, sinu
aperto acutangulo ; semicellubD late oblonga), apicibus rectis, mai>-
ginibus lateralibus leviter convexis, latere ventrali inflato (marginibus
sinus rectis), spinis validis longis acutis tribus ad marginem lateralem
unumquemque, spina centrali horizontali, spinis lateralibus diver-
gentibus ; a vertice viste semper pentagona3, lateribus levissime
concavis, spinis validis tribus ad angulos acutos verticaliter dis-
positis. Long, sine spiu. 31-5 //. ; lat. sine spin. 31 //-, cum spin.
58 /x ; lat. isthm. 15'5 /x.

Huilla. Freq. in paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 170.
Etiam inter Utriculariam, Morro de Lopollo ; April 1860. No. 179.

Journal of Botany. — Vol. 35. [May, 1897-] n

178 welwitsch's African freshwater alg.e.

The nearest species to this is S. subtrifurcatiim West & G. S.
West (in Trans. Linn. Soc. 2ud ser. v. 258-9, t. xvi. f. 24 (1896) ),
from which it is distinguished by the three diverging and somewhat
shorter spines at each angle being situated in a vertical plane, and
in the pentagonal vertical view with acute angles.

7. S. pentateuchophorum, sp. n. (tab. 369, fig. 6). S. medi-
ocre, circiter l|-plo longius quam latins (sine spinis), profunde
constrictnm, sinu aperto et subrectangulari ; semicellulje elliptico-
oblongte, apicibus leviter convexis, lateribus sursum convergentibus,
spina valida convergente ad angnlum inferiorem iinumquemque,
spina valida suberecta incurvata ad angulum superiorem uuum-
quemque instructa, etiam spinis 3-4 inter spinas majores irregu-
lariter dispositis ; a vertice visa3 pentagonft", lateribi;s profunde
concavis, spinis 5-6 ad angulos late rotundatos. Long, sine spin.
36'5 iJL, cum spin. 63 /x; lat. sine spin. 27-31 /x, cum spin. 46-49 /^ ;
lat. isthm. 15 jj..

Huilla. Freq. in paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176.
Etiam freq. inter Utriculariam, Morro de Lopollo; April 1860.
No. 179.

This species is somewhat allied to S. trUlcns-Neptuni, but is very
distinct from it.

8. S. heteroplophorum, sp. n. (tab. 369, fig. 8). S. mediocre,
l^-plo latins quam longius (sine spinis), profunde constrictum, sinu
aperto acutangulo ; semicellulie transverse oblongcT, ventro inflato,
apicibus pa3ne rectis (subconcavis), lateribus subrectis apicibus
versus convergentibus, spina valida acuta convergente ad angulum
inferiorem unumquemque, spina valida suberecta (subdivergenti)
acuta ad angulum superiorem unumquemque, etiam cum spinis
paucis niulte minoribus circa spinas majores subirregulariter dis-
positis ; a vertice visjB triangulares, lateribus concavis et angulis
obtuse rotundatis, spinis majoribus duabus ad angulos verticaliter
dispositis, spinis minoribus circa angulos ; membrana glabra. Long,
sine spin. 19 /x, cum spin. 36-37 /x ; lat. sine spin. 23-25 /x, cum
spin. 33-40 /x ; lat. isthm. 10-5 /x.

Huilla. Freq. in paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176.
Etiam inter Utriculariam, Morro de Lopollo ; April 1860. No. 179.

The arrangement of the spines on the much narrower angles (as
seen in vertical view) easily distinguishes this species from .S. Hi/stri.v
Ealfs. At each angle there are two large spines in a vertical plane,
and about six much smaller ones round them ; the latter are some-
times regularly disposed in a circle round the two larger ones.

Var. latum (tab. 369, fig. 9). Var. cellulis latioribus, sinu
minus aperto ; semicellulis angulis leviter subcapitatis et apicibus
convexis, spinis parvis 6 multe reductis et in annulo circa spinis
majoribus duabus ordinatis. Long, sine spin. 17 /x, cum spin.
26 /x ; lat. sine spin. 23 /x, cum spin. 28 /x ; lat. isthm. 6 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176.

9. S. Pseudohystrix, sp. n. (tab. 369, fig. 10). S. parvum,
tam longum quam latum (sine spinis), profunde constrictum, sinu
aperto acutangulo ; semicellula^ transverse rectangulari-oblongfe.

WELWITSCh's AFRICAN FRESR-^'ATER M,GJE. 179

apicibus rectis et lateribus subrectis, spinis longis tenuibus acutis
curvatis circ. 4 ad latus unumquodque ; a vertice visfe triangulares,
lateribus leviter concavis, angulis truucatis cum spinis longis
curvatis leviter divergentibus 4-5 instructis ; membrana glabra.
Long, sine spin. 15-17 /x, cum spin. 21-27 /i; lat. sine spin.
16-17 /x, cum spin. 27-29 /x; lat. istbm. C-5-7-5/x; long. spin. 4-G-o/x.

Huilla. In paludibusexsiccandis; April 1860. No. 176. Etiam
inter Utricularknn, Morro de Lopollo ; April 1860. No. 179.

This species differs from 5. IIi/striA- Ralfs in its smaller size, its
more angular semicells, its fewer, longer, thinner, and curved spmes
which are confined to the face of the truncate angles.

10, S. Welwitschii, sp. n. (tab. 369, fig. 1). S. subparviim,
paullo longius quam latius (sine spinis), modice constrictum, sinu
aperto extremo obtuso; semicelluhB oblongo-rectangulares, angulis
rotundatis, apicibus latis et subrectis, spina valida suberecta ad
angulum inferiorem unumquemque, spinis subincurvatis apices
versus, spinis brevibus acutis 5-6 ad marginem lateralem utrobique;
spinis parvis 10-15 (circiter) ad angulum unumquemque irregulariter
dispositis et spina valida erecta supra eas ; a vertice visie penta-
gonfe, angulis rotundatis et spinatis, lateribus concavis et glabris.
Long, sine spin. 34-45 //, cum spin. 45-51 [i ; lat. sine spin.
29-31 ji, cum spin. 34-37 /^ ; lat. isthm. 16-18 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis; April 1860. No. 176.
This is a very characteristic species.

11. S. Corbula, sp. n. (tab. 369, fig. 2). S. parvum, 1^-plo
longius quam latius (sine spinis), profimde constrictum, sinu aperto
extremo rotundato ; semicelluLie transverse oblonga), marginibus
lateralibus rotundatis, apicibus latis (subrequalibus in latitudine
cellulis) et rectis, spinis gracilibus erectis et leviter curvatis 2 ad
angulum superiorem unumquemque, spinis brevissimis conicis
circiter 7 ad margines laterales, et seriebus duabus (circ.) intra
marginem imumquemque ; a vertice visa) triangulares angulis late
rotundatis, spinis brevissimis 7-8 ad angulos in ambitu et spinis
similibus 11-12 intra marginem angulorum, lateribus glabris, rectis
vel subconcavis. Long, sine spin. 27 ji, cum spin. 36 /a ; lat. sine
spin. 23 /x, cum spin. 25 //. ; lat. isthm. 9*5 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176.

This species has about twenty-five very short spines on each of
the three angles of a semicell, over which is placed a pair of slender,
erect and longer spines. It most nearly approaches N. Wi'licitxehii
in form and arrangement of spines, but differs from it in being tri-
angular in vertical view, and in having a pair of slender erect spines
in place of the single stout spine of the latter species. The angles
are also furnished with more numerous and shorter spines, and it
is moreover a smaller, much more constricted species.

Var. PULCHRUM (tab. 369, fig. 3). Var. semicellulis lateribus
retuso-emarginatis ad medium et apicibus concavis ; a vertice visis
lateribus concavis, angulis rotundo-truncatis et subproductis. Long.
sine spin. 30 /x, cum spin. 42 /a; lat. (cum spin, brcv.) 27 /x ; lat.
isthm. 9"5 /x.

Huilla. Lopollo ; Febr. 1860. No. 192.

N 2

180 WELWITSCh's AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG.E.

12. S. actinotum, sp. n. (tab. 369, fig. 4). S. subparvum,
circiter li-plo latins quaui longins (sine spinis), profunde cou-
strictum, sinu acuto et aperto ; semicellnlpe transverse elliptico-fusi-
formes, apicibus snbtruncatis, spina acutissima singula subcurvata
ad angulum subacutum unumquemque horizontaliter disposita,
seriebiis transversis duabus granulorum minutorum trans angulum
unumquemque, serie verrucarum emarginatavum circiter G in mar-
gine apicis ; a vertice visa) rotatfe, sexaugulares, lateribus profunde
concavis et minute undulatis, spina gracili longa subcurvata acuta
ad angulum subacutum unumquemque, seriebus duabus granulorum
minutorum trans angulum unumquemque, cum annulo verrucarum
emarginatarum 12 intra marginem, duabus earum sub base auguli
uniuscujusque dispositis. Long. 23 ji ; lat. sine spin. 30 ji, cum
spin. 57 /x ; lat. istbm. 9-5 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 170.

This peculiar Staurastrum does not appear to be closely related
to any other.

Var. SIMPLEX (tab. 369, fig. 5). Var. semicellulis sine annulo
apicali verrucarum emarginatarum ; semicellulis late obtriangulari-
bus, apicibus latis et subiectis ; a vertice visis pentaradiatis ; spinis
validioribus longioribusque. Long. 30 /x ; lat. sine spin. 35 //., cum
spin. 63 /x ; lat. isthra. 15 /x.

Huilla. Inter Utricxdariaw , Morro do Lopollo ; April 1800.
No. 179.

13. S. cassidum, sp. n. (tab. 308, fig. 21). S. parvum, circiter
duplo longius quam latins, profunde constrictum, sinu lineari ;
semicellulfB conico-pyramidatfe, apicibus et angulis basalibus ro-
tundatis, lateribus rectis vel leviter retusis ; a vertice visfB triangu-
lares, angulis acute rotundatis et levissime productis, lateribus
rectis, isthmo trigone, angulis unius semicellulfe cum iis alterius
alternantibus ; membrana punctata et leviter incrassata ad apices
semicellularum. Long. 38'5-42 /x; lat. 20-22 /x; lat. isthm.
7-5-9-5 jx.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo ; May 1800. No. 15.

This species is distinguished from S. trihedral e'WoWe {Desm. U.S.
123, pi. 40, f. 12-14 ; West & G. S. West in Traus. Linn. Soc.
2nd ser. v. 200-1, t. xvi. f. 29) by its smaller size, its more conical
semicells with comparatively broader apices and almost straight
sides, by the form of its vertical view, and by the much smaller and
more numerous markings on the membrane. S. trihedrale var.
rhomboidcum West & G. S. West {I. c. f. 30) seems to be intermediate
in form between this species and S. trihedrale, but it has the charac-
teristic basal angles, the narrow apex, and the markings of /S'. tri-
hedrale, whereas none of these characters are possessed by 8. cassidum.

14. S. areolatum, sp. n. (tab. 307, fig. 17). S. magnum,
duplo longius quam latius, profunde constrictum, sinu sublineari
et aperto extremo rotundato ; semicellulie subquadrata) angulis
rotundatis ; a vertice visje trigone lateribus rectis ; membrana
crassa, ad apicem crassissima, valde scrobiculata, scrobiculis majori-

WELWITSCH's AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG.E. 181

bus ad angulos tres efc apicem. Long. 133 /x ; lat. G5/x ; lat. isthm.
27 ji ; crass, membr. 3 //.,

Huilla. Inter Utriculariam, Morro de Lopollo ; April, IHGO.
No. 179.

This is very distinct from .S'. cosinaiiindes Nordst. (iu Viilmsl,-.
Mcdd.f. d. natiuli. Foren. (1869), no. 14-15, 223, t. iv. f. 13 (1870) ),
and it is diffei-ent in the form of its front view and in its membrane
from any species of (Josniariam. Biirgesen, in Vidensk. Mcdd. f. <l.
natnrh. Foren., Kjohen. 1890, 50 (1891), figures (under a wrongly
stated magnification !) under the name of S. cosmariuides forms
wliich he suggests may be trigonal and tetragonal forms of several
species of Cosniarium. His fig. 2 somewhat approaches this species
in form, but it has different basal angles, and a very different sinus.

15. S. scrobiculatum, sp.u. (tab. 3G8, fig. 18). S. minutum,
ptene l^-plo longius quam latins, modice coustrictum, sinu aperto
subrectangulo ; semicelluhe subelliptic;i3, margiuibus inferioribus
subrectis ; a vertice vis^B trigon^e, lateribus subrectis, angulis late
rotundatis ; membrana subsparsim scrobiculata. Long. 23 /x ; lat.
15-5-18 |U, ; lat. isthm. 10 /x.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo; May 1860. No. 15.

16. S. PUNCTULATUM Breb. in Ralfs, Brit. Desiii. 133, t. xxii.
f. 1 (1848).

Forma S-i/ona. Long. 26 /x ; lat. 23 /x ; lat. isthm. 8 /x.
Puugo Andongo. In rivulis (Casalale) ; March 1857. No. 105.
Forma 4-;/ona. Long. 34 /x ; lat. 31 /x ; lat. isthm. 14-5 ju.
Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 15.

17. S. DiLATATUM Ehrenb. fiifus. 143, t. x. f. 13 (1838) ; Ralfs,
llrit. Jh'sin. 133, t. xxi. f. 8 (18i8). Long. 21 /x ; lat. 25 /x; lat.
isthm. 7*5 /x.

Pungo Andongo. In rivulis (Casalabi) ; March 1857. No. 105.

Var. iNsiGNis Kacib. in Itosjirawij Ahutd. Vinicj. Krahaw, \Vi/(hi(il.
Ill it.przi/r. ser. 2, t. ii. (vol. xxii.) 388, t. vii. f. 13 (1892). Long.
20-25 /x ; lat. 17-22 /x ; lat. isthm. 8-5-9-5 /x,

Libongo. Ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

18. 8. HEXACERUM (Ehrcub. ) Wittr. in Bill. t. K. Ycl.-Akad.
Ilandl. Bd. 1, no. 1, 51 (1872). Dcsniidium. .^ hexaceros Ehrenb.
Abhandl. Akad. Wissenschaft., Berlin, 1833, 293 (1835); Infus. 141,
t. X. f. 10 (1838). Long.' 15 /x ; lat. 21 /x ; lat. isthm. 5-5 /x.

Libongo. Ad margines Hum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

19. S. MICRON West & G. S. West in Joiirn. U. M. S. 159, t. iv.
f. 50-51 (1896).

Var. ANGOLENSE, var. n. (tab. 368, fig, 19). Var. semicellulis
subdepressis, lateribus subrectis, angulis minus productis, spiuis
distincte lougioribug. Long. 14 /x ; lat. 17 /'- ; lat. istlnn. 4 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis; April 1860. No. 176.

20. S. GuRGELiENSE Schmidle in (Jester reich. Botan. Zeitschr. 64,
t. xvi. f. 23, 24 (1896).

182 welwitsch's afkigan freshwater alg^.

Var. TROPicuM, var. n. (tab. 3G8, fig. 20). Var. semicellulis plus
ventricosis, spiuis miuoribas ot mmierosioribus, in seriebus trans-
versis trans angulos, apicibus processuum brevium trideuticulatis.
Long. 20 ji ; lat. 27 ji- ; lat. isthm. 8 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 18G0. No. 176.

This may be a proper species, but only one example was met
with, and, until further examples are obtained, it had better be
regarded as a variety of Schmidle's alpine species.

21. S. ELEGANTissiMUM Joliuson iu Bull. Tovr. But. Club, xxi.
290, t. 211, f. IG (1894).

Var. REDUCTUM, var. n. Var. paullo minor, processibus brevi-
oribus, spinis minoribus, dentibus ad apices processuum multe
minoribus, sine annulo spinarum brevium ad basin semicellularum.
Long. 30 [J. ; lat. cum proc. 37 /j- ; lat. isthm. 8 /x.

Libongo. Ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 201.

22. S. cerastoides, sp. n. (tab. 369, fig. 13). S. subparvum,
circiter IJ-plo latins quam longius (cum processibus), leviter con-
strictum ad medium ; semicellulfe introrsum lunata? lateribus
ventralibus late tumidis, extremitatibus in processus breves at-
tenuates inliexos productis, per marginem dorsalem totum aculeis
brevibus 11 (circ.) supra verrucas parvas (verrucis infra marginem)
regulariter dispositis, apicibus processuum leviter recurvatis et tri-
denticulatis, marginibus iuferioribus processuum et semicellularum
glabris, serie transversa verrucarum denticulatarum trans semi-
cellulas et secundum processus, seriebus annularibus duabus
granulorum minutorum ad basin semicellularum ; a vertice viss
late fusiformes, verrucis emarginatis utrobique sensim et sensim
dimiuutis polos denticulatos versus, etiam serie aculeorum mi-
nutorum intra marginem uuumquemque de polo ad polum. Long,
sine spin. 31'5-36-5 //, cum spin. 38-39 /x; lat. (cum proc.) 48-50 /x;
lat. isthm. 13-15 ji; crass. 18 /x.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo, plagas spongiosas unacum Eriocauloneis, Xyridibus et
Utriculariis constituens ; May 1860. No. 15. Etiam in paludibus
exsiccandis ; April 1860, No. 176.

This species possesses in common with its nearest ally S. Cerastes
Lund, a smooth under surface to the processes which have a faintly
recurved apex, as well as a double series of warts along each side.
The character and arrangement of these warts, however, its less
incurved processes, the different form of its semicells, together with
the constantly fusiform vertical view, readily distinguish it.

23. S, GRACiLE Ealfs in Auii. Xat. Hist. xv. 155-6, t. xi. f, 3
(1845); Brit. Desm. 136, t. xxii. f. 12 (1848).

Var. CYATHIFORME West & G. S. West in Trans. Linn. Soc.
ser, 2, V. 77, t. ix. f. 2 (1895). Long. 52 /j. ; lat. (c, proc.) 82 fx ;
lat. isthm. 15 /x.

Pungo Andongo. In stagnis prope Anbilla (Condo) ; March
1857. No. 177.

Var. pusiLLUM West & G. 8. West, I. c. f. 4, Long, 25 /a ; lat.
(c. proc) 34 //; lat, isthm. 7*5 //.

WELWITSCH's AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG.E. 183

Pungo Aiidoiigo. lu stagnis prope Anbilla (Contlo) ; March
1857. No. 177.

24. S. angolense, sp. n. (tab. 368, fig. 22). S. siibmediocre,
cii'citer 1^-plo longius quam latins (sine processibus), submodice
coustrictum ; semicelluhB late cuneatre, apicibus subrectis ct levis-
sime granulatis, angulis superioribus in processus divergentes
lougos denticulatos productis, apicibus processuum tridenticulatis,
pauUo supra medium cum seriebus transversis duabus granulorum
(in serie unaquaque 3}, serie superior! majori ; a vertice vis^e
anguste elliptic^, polis iu processus longos denticulatos productis,
cum grauulis 3 ad margiuem uuumquemque. Long, sine proc.
27 iJ; cum proc. 35 /x; lat. cum proc. 52 /x ; lat. isthm. 11-5 //. ;
crass. 11 '5 //.

Pungo Andongo. In stagnis prope Anbilla (Coudo) ; March
1857. No. 177.

The nearest species to this is S. hrachioprominens Burg, in
Vidensk. Medd. /. d. Natnih. Foren., Kjijben. (1890), 47, t. v. f. 52
(1891); West & G. S. West in Trmis. Linn. Hoc. ser. 2, v, 265,
t. xvii. f. 12 (1896), from which it differs in the absence of the
denticulate apical verrucre and the basal rings of grannies, in the
presence of the two transverse rows of grannies at each side, and in
the somewhat shorter and thicker processes.

25. S. quadridentatum, sp. n. (tab. 369, figs. 15, 16). S. sub-
magnum, dnplo latins qnam longius (cum processibus), modice
constrictum ; semicelluhB subcyathiformes, ad basin bulbosis et
irregnlariter granulatis, angulis superioribus in processus longos
snbhorizontales rectos (vel leviter sigmoideos) cum marginibus
denticnlatis productis, apicibus processuum tridentatis, serie verru-
carum emarginatarum 7-8 (majoribus earum in medio) juxta et
infra apicem semicellulfe uniuscujusque, etiam verruca dentata
intra basin processus uniuscujusque (circiter 10 ji seorsum) ; a
vertice visas elliptico-fusiformes, polis iu processus longos denticu-
latos productis, serie verrucarum emarginatarum intra marginem
lateralem unumquemque, etiam verrucis dentatis duabus prope
medium utrobique, cum annulo dentium minorum circa dentem
centralem supra verrucam unamquamque, base semicellularum ob-
longa polis rotundatis granulatis.

Zygosporte globos;e et mamillatre, processu delicato et leviter
curvato supra mamillam unamquamque, apicibus processuum pro-
funde bifidis, divisionibus patentibus et leviter recurvatis. Long.
37-42 /x; lat. cum proc. 73-84 /x; lat. isthm. 11-5-12-5 /x ; di{im.
zygosp. sine proc. 40 /x, cum proc. 54 /x,

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176. Etiam
inter Utricular icun, Morro dc Lopollo ; April i860. No. 179.

(To be conlinuLcl.)

184

FEKTILIZATION OF SPRING FLOWERS ON THE
YORKSHIRE COAST.

By I. H. BuRKiLL, M.A., F.L.S.

(Concluded from p. 145.)

ChnjsosplenlHtn oppnsitifoliuDi. — This species is gynodicBcioiis at
Scarborough. The ? plant is abundaut throughout the district, aud
is easily noticed by reason of its greener hue — the golden yellow of
the ^ flowers being nearly absent. These ? flowers are smaller than
the ^ flowers, and the plant bearing them generally slighter — the
leaves especially being smaller. There is no trace of stamens, and an
almost complete absence of any transitional stage which might show
the anthers of the ^ flowers, becoming functionless and yielding a
unisexual flower. Gynodioecism has not previously been observed
in this species, but, on the other hand, androdioecism has.""

Bdlla percnnis. — We may contrast the iusect-visitors observed
in the small portion of the plant's flowering period with those seen
elsewhere, remembering that these observations extend over the
whole season.

HI.

Hm.

Hs.

L.

Dm.

Ds.

C.

Etc.

Total.

Yorkshire ....

1

2

1

2

3

8

2

1

20

Belgium ....

1

I'J

1

5

5

10

8

—

44

Germany ....

1

9

1

3

10

5

1

—

33

Thus contrasting these three, we notice that the mid-tongued
bees are relatively numerous abroad, and that in neither Midler's
nor MacLeod's observations do the flies reach so high a proportion
as in these upon the spring fertilization on the Yorkshire coast.

We may compare also the visitors for the two years '95 and '9G
[see Table VI.). In '96 the abundance of Scatophaga has a very
marked effect. This fly is not purely anthophilous, but, like the
spiders mentioned before, seizes other visitors to the flowers and
kills them. This, perhaps, together with the less abundance of
small flies in the second year, caused the tremendous falliug-ofl' in
the numbers of the small dipterous visitors to Bdlis perennis.

Fctasites vuhiaris. — I can only recall seeing the male inflorescence
within the district.}

Tussilago Farfara. — This is probably the most successful plant
of the early spring flora, being well suited to the prevalent insects.
Indeed, we might almost expect such to be the case, for the Cum-
posita, are one of the most, if not the most, successful race on the
earth ; and among them a plant producing its flowers before its

* Kobus, •' Ueber Clinjsospleniiim," Deutsche Bot. Monatsschr. i. p. 74 (1883).
t Cf. Nicholson, " Peta-ntes offici)ialis Moench," Journ. Bot. xxii. (n.s. xiii.),
p. 251 (1884).

FERTILIZATION OF SPRING FLOWERS ON THE YORKSHIRE COAST. 185

leaves should be — to justify this departure from the usual state of
things — a successful organism. Besides, the flowering of the
simpler plants often is spread over a very considerable time, but
in the coltsfoot the flowering season is for the most part compressed
into one month.

On the cliffs over the sea, where this plant abounds, the capitula
contain about 200-300 ? florets, and about 40 3 . On the slopes
of the moors, at heights of 400-500 ft. above the sea, the capitula
are usually smaller, sometimes as little as 15 ram. in diameter,
those on the clifls being 20-3G mm. With the less size of capitulum
the number of disc florets is much reduced, and at the same time
the tube of the flowers is shorter (3 mm. and upwards, those from
the chfl's being 5-6 mm.), so that the less conspicuous the in-
florescence is, the more accessible is the honey.

Daring flowering the tube of each disc-flower grows upwards of
1 mm. ; at the same time the ligulate florets are growing, and also
the receptacle is broadening. Thus the whole capitulum becomes
somewhat more conspicuous as it i)asses over from the early stage,
where none but $ florets are mature, to the late S stage. As the
capitulum becomes old and the growth of the corollas ceases, the
power of closing at night, which, as is well known, depends on
the unequal growth in the ligules of the ligulate florets, is gradually
lost. In consequence, the ? flowers are better protected than the
(? from the inclemencies of the weather. The bracts of the involucre
ill no way help in the expanding of the capitulum, but by main-
taining a constant steady pressure tend rather to retard it.

The relation of ? to c? flowers is interesting, and bears out the
well-marked specialization of the order. In most plants the fertili-
zation of the ovules is the signal for the withering of the corolla of
that flower : it is not so here, for the ? flowers may all be fertilized
before any 3^ floret is open and yet maintain their freshness, upon
which the conspicuousness of the capitulum depends, until the last
S flower has shed its pollen. Neutral florets with contabescent
anthers may occasionally be found among the disc-florets.

The flower-season of the plant was almost completely observed;
and we may compare the species of insect-visitors observed with
those given by other observers, without the suspicion that perhaps
the ditierences are due to want of observation of the whole of the
plant's period of bloom.

HI.

Hm.

Hs.

L.

Dm.

Ds.

C.

Etc.

Total.

Yorkshire ....
Germany ....
Alps*

1

'2
3

3

1

1
2

6

2

11

19
10

3

1

2

39

8

27

Again, one remarks the greater proportions of the lower insects
in Britain than in Germany. Miiller observed Apis visiting "in

H. Miiller, Aliitnhlumeii, p. ioo; Leipzig, 1881.

18G FERTILIZATION OF SPKING FLOWERS ON THE YORKSHIRE COAST.

hundreds." It is well to remember that the flies are easily scared
away, and the bee that goes about its business without caring
ibr anybody drives somewhat in this way the lower insects from its
collecting grounds. To this extent the classes of insects are mutually
exclusive.

Primula vnhjaris. — The fertilization of this plant is yet un-
explained. None of the insects seen on it through many hours of
watching are sufBcient for its fertilization. Gibson''' has hazarded
that in St. Kilda flies fertilize it, but such is far from proved.
Archer Briggsf observed the visitors to it in S. Devon, and records
that it is never visited by the larger humble-bees, and only rarely
by the smaller kinds. Anthophora acervorum (HI.) and Andrena
gwynana (Hm.) are recorded as visiting, and also Gonepteryx rliamni
(L.) and Bombylius medius (Dm.). Darwin observed Thrips in the
flowers abounding, and while remarking the self-fertilization which
tliese insects may bring about, suggests that the flower is cross-
fertilized by nocturnal Lepidoptera,| as is its congener P. villosa\
by diurual. Diametrically opposed to the above is Scott Elliot's
observation that Bombus hortorum fertilized the flowers, j]

The doubt does not end with our own shores. Knuth*" at Kiel
has failed to observe insect visitors, and Cobelli^'-'- in the Tyrol can,
besides four beetles and Thrips, only name one butterfly, Gonepteryx
rhamni, as a visitor capable of cross-fertilizing the plant. He
specially notes the fact that bees avoid it.

My night observations have been few and not conducted under
the best of conditions, and though without results, I incline to
Darwin's solution as the right one. Gonepteryx rhamni, recorded
by two observers in widely-separated localities, doubtless assists, but
its tongue-length (18 mm.) is insufficient to drain the honey of the
larger flowers, reaching, according to Knuth, in N. Germany
25 mm. in depth. About Scarborough the average depth of the
tube varies from 15 to 20 mm., and therefore the honey is beyond
the reach of all bees which are on the wing at its flowering season,
except Bombus hortorum.

Nepeta Glechoma may be found gynodioecious — a condition well
knownff — from the earliest days of its flowering.

!ScdLv spp. — All the species observed may be considered together,

* "The Phanerogamic Flora of St. Kilda," Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinhurrih,
xix. p. 155 (1893).

t " On the Fertilization of the Primrose," Journ. But. viii. 1870, p. 190; and
" On the Insects which Fertilize the Primrose," Trans. Phjmonth Institution,
iv. p. 188, 1871-2.

+ Forms of Flowers, pp. 36-37 ; London, 1884.

§ H. Miiller, " Fertihzation of Flowers by Insects," Nature, xi. (1874)>
p. 110.

II Flora of Dumfriesshire, p. 114, Dumfries, 1896.

11 "Die Bliiteneinrichtung von Primula acaulis," Bot. Centralblatt, 55,
p. 225 (1893).

** " Osservazioni sulla fioritura e fecondazione della Primula acaulis,''
Verhandl. d. Zool.-bot. Gesell. in Wien, 42, p. 73 (1892).
ft Cf. Willis, loc.cit.

FERTILIZATION OF SPKING FLOWERS ON THE YORKSHIRE COAST.

187

for insects are less likely to discriminate between the species than
between their sexes. MacLeod has divided the willows into eavly-
and late- flowering species. S. albn and frofiilis, types of those
flowering after the bursting of the leaf-buds, were not observed at
Scarborough. Using MacLeod's convenient separation, we get the
followin" table : —

Yorkshire . .
Belgium . .
Germany . . ,

HI.

Hm.

Hs.

L.

Dm.

Ds.

C.

Etc.

Total

4

2

1

1

5

21

1

2

37

4

15

5

1

11

15

2

—

53

8

56

9 +

i

22

11

'd

1

111 +

The want of small bees in Britain is very markedly shown.

Comparing the individuals visiting, we notice that in the milder
season the long-tongued bees visited in greater numbers. Table V.,
column E, shows this again. The bees only appeared at the very end
of the observations. Owing to them we get in this table (V.) two
maxima in the case of Saliccs, one due to the species obtaining a
large share of the short-tougued flies, the second due to the appear-
ance of these bees. The same double curve is found also in ThssUchjo,
where it was due to the Muscidte and Scatophagida^ relatively. It
is unsafe to lay any stress on the facts of these incomplete investi-
gations, but such cases — well established — would help to demonstrate
the origin of new species through seasonal dimorphism. ■'

Narcissus Fseudo-iiarcissus. — The diameter of the cream-coloured
perianth is -10-50 mm., the depth of the funnel-shaped space within
tlje corona and tube of the flower about 45 mm., the breadth of
the mouth being 15 mm. The stigma and the stamens, which
it overtops by 4-5 mm., are well protected by the corona. Tbe
anthers, which burst immediately after the opening of the flower,
shed their pollen introrsely, in part on to the style. Large
insects entering the flower will touch with their backs first the
stigma, later the pollen-covered anthers and style, and as both

5 and ? organs are mature at the same time, one visit is all that
is required. The passages to the three nectaries at the base of the
flower lie between the filaments, and are 1-1-5 mm. in breadth and

6 mm. remote from the honey. Thus long-tongued insects alone
can obtain the honey, in fact, the flower is a most marked bee-
flower, and probably the scarceness of blossoms (they are very much
picked for the market) alone prevented me from observing the right
insect visitin<f the flower.

Summary and Conclusion.

It has been shown how the short-tongued flies predominate iu
early spring to a very marked extent, and that they visit freely

in

* Cf. Wettstein, "Der Saison-Dimorphismus als Ausgangspunkt fiir die
Biklung neuer Arten im Pflanzenreich," Ber. d. Dtutschen Lot. Gesellsch. xiii.
p. 3U3 (18UG).

188 FERTILIZATION OF SPRING FLOWERS ON THE YORKSHIRE COAST.

flowers of classes A, AB, B, and B', also that the early spring flora
of the Yorkshire coast is much more dependent on them for cross-
fertilizatiou than the same species in Belgimn and Germany. To
be dependent on less-specialized insects is in itself a disadvantage,
and added to this must be the risk of inclement weather. If it be
true, and there are as yet no facts to disprove it, that Copsella has
its stamens aborted by reason of the cold, then we ask what gain
comes to it by flowering early. Fumunculus Ficaria is so generally
infertile, Pctasites vuhjaris so uniformly male, and Ulex and Primula
set so little fruit — the former none from its early flowers — that
they too do not seem to profit by their early flowering. If we ask
how the species of the spring flora are propagated, we find that very
few are annuals and must set seed at frequent periods or perish, and
that others have a very considerable amount of vegetative repro-
duction, or are shrubs and trees which by their longevity can afford
only to fruit at intervals of some years. This, however, does not
explain what advantages they gain by flowering early.

We should note here the length of the flowering period of the
l^lants. In some cases it is of short duration — e. g. Tiissilago, Sitlix,
Anemone, Priwula, Pianimcidus Ficaria, Prttnus, &c., in others much
protracted, so that, if the spring flowers go unfertilized, the summer
ones yet afibrd the species another chance of setting seed ; such are
Bcllis, Capsdla, and some others, which for this reason are not ex-
clusively spring plants. Of the exclusively spring flora we note that
many are trees or shrubs — i. e. Salix spp., Ulcx europmis, Prunus
communis, Corijlm, Aliius, Uhnus, and Populus ; and many are plants
which frequent shady places — i. e. Anemone nemorosa, Chnjsosplenium
oppositifoliuvi, C. alternifoHum, Adoxa, PotentUla Fragariaslrum,
Viola odorata, V. canina, Lathrcea Sguamaria, Nepeta Glcchoma,
Primula ruh/aris, and Narcissus Pseudo-narcissus, besides the wind-
fertilized il/erc'((;-m//s ^>tvv?r»/s ; several others are found, sometimes
among bushes, sometimes in the open ; while but a small minority
— Alchemilla arvensis, I'hiipetrum ni[/ruin, Cuciilcaria officinalis, Vero)iica
arcensis, and Tussilaqo — grow almost always where they get the full
sun. On this we may found a fair hypothesis by which we can under-
stand in part the early flowering of species. The key to the situation
lies in the early flowering of the anemophilous trees. These can suffer
from no competition for insect-visitors, and if it is advantageous to
them to flower early, it must be for some other reason. Many
certainly do flower early, and no better explanation could be desired
than that given by Clarke* and Eobertsonf , namely, that the leaves
would hinder the passage of the pollen from anther to stigma, not
only by barring the way, but by preventing the wind from reaching
the flowers. In the case of shade-loving entomophilous flowers the
cause is the same — the insects would be prevented from seeing the
bright colours by the mask of green leaves. There is little doubt

* " The Philosophy of Flower Seasons," .Jhi. A^afMra?/.*?, xxvii.p. 769 (1803).

t " The PhilosoiDhy of Flower Seasons, and the Phajnological Eelations of
the Entomophilous Flora and the Anthophilous Insect-Fauna.'' Am. Naturalist,
xxix. p. 97 (1895).

FERTILIZATION OF SPRING FLOWERS ON THE YORKSHIRE COAST. 189

possible that this is a reason for the early flowering of many plants ;
in the case of Tioisilario and some others it is probably otherwise,
and competition with other similar blossoms is avoided by their
early flowering.

The micertainty of spring weather must affect the plants through
the insects visiting them. The severe winter of 1894-95, by killing
great numbers of small mammals — field-mice, &c. — probably had
somethiug to do with the abundance of the Muscidte in the end of
tbe following March, and perhaps the ScatophagidiB may have been
more abundant in 1896 because the mild winter permitted their
dung-feeding ]av\iG to continue growth through the greater part of
it. Headers will remember Darwin's'-' classical instance of the effect
of cats on the abundance of clover; just such a case of the compli-
cated inworkiug of things is the apparent effect of a severe winter
on the fertilization and consequent fruit-setting of plants flowering
later. Writing of the island of St. Kilda, in the Outer Hebrides,
Gibsonf says, "some species, at least in certain years, are not
fertilized at all, e. g. Vicia seinum, Trifolium pratensc, and Lunicera."
How seasons affect the seed-setting of different species is a question
for the future. Dureau de la Mallef says that in thirty years, on
one undisturbed moor, he observed five or six successive changes
by which Lcriuminosm dominated over the grasses, and in turn
grasses over the LcguminoscB. Were such changes in any degree
the effect of want of fertilization ?

Hermann Miiller has written, "the uniform perfection which
Axell supposes to exist in Nature h.is no real existence. "§ Some
observers among us have dazzled their eyes by the mechanisms of
the most nearly perfect of flowers — e.fj. orchids — and have failed to
see the imperfect around them ; others have blindfolded themselves
to tbe advantages of cross-fertilization. To neither should we trust
too much. I am convinced that the truth lies in the mean, and if
this paper has suggested much that is imperfect, it has fulfilled its
purpose.

Lastly, I must express my thanks to those who have helped me
in the field — my father, my brother, and Mr, J. C. Willis ; and, for
whatever is of entomological worth, to my kind entomological
friends Dr. D. Sharp, Messrs. G. H. Verrall, E. Saunders, and
C. Warburton.

* Origin of Species, chap. iii. Cth ed. i. p. 90; London, 1872.
t Loc. cit. p. 155.

J " M6moire sur rAltcrnancc," Annales des Sciences Nat. Ser. i. vol', v.
p. .^53 (1825).

§ Fertilization of Flowers, p. 589.

190

NOTES ON MYRMECODIA.
By James Britten, F.L.S.

I HAVE lately been engaged in naming the drawings made by
Sydney Parkinson of the plants collected during Cook's first voyage
(1768-1771) ; and in the course of so doing have noted several
points of interest which I hope later to publish in this Journal.
Among the drawings is one of a Myrtnecodia, which seems worthy
of special attention.

Unfortunately, while I was collecting material on the subject,
Mr. Hemsley, to whom I am indebted for some help, by what I must
regard as a curious coincidence published in the Kew Bulletin a note
upon Myrwecodia, in which he anticipates some of the information
I had brought together.* As, however, this paper is mainly con-
cerned with Banks's plant, I do not propose to omit the history of
our knowledge of Myrmecodia as an Australian genus, which I had
drawn up before Mr. Hemsley's printed note made me aware that
he was working at the subject with a view to publication.

The first recorded occurrence of any Myrmecodia in Australia
seems to be that by Dr. George Bennett in this Journal for 1868,
pp. 50-52. This, with a llydnophytinn, was brought from Cape
York by Captain Nares in September, 1866, and was presented by
him to the Botanic Gardens at Sydney. In December of the same
year, Mr. C. Moore of the Sydney Gardens sent specimens to Kew,
and a second consignment in May, 1867. Dr. (now Sir Joseph)
Hooker, in acknowledging these, wrote to Dr. Bennett — " Their
discovery in Australia is most remarkable": he speaks of the
Myrmecodia as M. armata, and says that it arrived at Kew alive.
Mr. Hemsley, however, tells me that the entry in the Gardens
record states that the plants were dead on arrival.

The next record of an Australian Myrmecodia — if we except a
passing reference to Dr. Bennett's paper in Mueller's Fraymenta,
vii. 45 — is in the Systematic Census of Australian Plants (1882),
p. 75, where Mueller mentions M. ecldnata Gaud, as found in
Queensland and North Australia. Prof. Beccari, in the chrono-
logical arrangement of records prefixed to his admirable monograph
in Malesia (ii. 7-340 (1884)), thinks that in all probability this
plant, as well as M. armata of the earlier record, should be referred
to M, Antoinii (misspelt Antonii in Jackson's Index) — a species
from Thursday Island, Torres Straits, figured and described by
F. Antoine in Oesterr. Bat. Zeitschrift, xxxii. 347-353 (1882), as
M. echinata, but subsequently distinguished by Beccari (/,. c. 116).f

* I am glad to note that the difficulties which rendered it "impossible to
assign the papers in the Bitlletiu to single individuals " have apparently been
overcome, as Mr. Hemsley's initials are ajipended to this article. In the interests
of convenience it is to be hoped that this practice may be continued (see Journ.
Hot. 1893, 382).

t Since this note was written, M. Autoinii has been figured in Hot. Ma;/.
t. 7517 from a specimen presented to Kew Gardens by Prof. Stewart in 1893,
which flowered and ripened seeds in 189G.

NOTES ON MYRMECODIA. 191

Although in the second edition of his Census (1886) Mueller adopts
this opinion so far as the Queensland plant is concerned— the
locality of North Australia is omitted from this edition — -it seems
to me more probahle that the Australian plants are to be referred
to M. Beccarii, under which species I place the plant collected by
Banks. This plant, described by Sir Joseph Hooker in Bot. Mar/.
t. 6883 (1886), was imported by Messrs. Veitch from Brisbane in
1884, "with the information that it was found in the Gulf of
Carpentaria, and is extremely rare there."

It is strange that a g^nus so remarkable should have been dis-
covered in Australia nearly a century before any record of its
occurrence in that continent should have been published in any
scientific work; and it may be wondered that the passage in
Hawkesworth's Voycujes — derived, like so much that is of interest
in the collection, from Banks's Journal — should not have attracted
the attention of botanists. The passage in the Journal, as pub-
lished last year under the editorship of Sir Joseph Hooker, is as
follows : —

"A third sort [of ant] nested inside the root of a plant which
grew upon the bark of trees in the same manner as mistletoe. The
root was the size of a large turnip, and often much larger; when
cut, the inside showed innumerable winding passages in which
these animals lived. The plant itself throve to all appearance not
a bit the worse for its numerous inhabitants. Several hundreds
have I seen, and never one but what was inhabited ; though some
were so young as not to be much larger than a hazel nut. The
ants themselves were very small, not above half as large as our red
ants in England; they sting indeed, but so little that it was scarcely
felt. The chief inconvenience in handling the roots came from the
infinite number ; myriads would come in an instant out of many
holes, and running over the hand tickle so as to be scarcely
endurable. Kumphius has an account of this very bulb ai.id its
ants in vol. vi. p. 120, where he describes also another sort, the
ants of which are black" (p. 304 : August, 1770).

At the time this note was written, and indeed for long afterwards,
Rumphius's was the only description of these remarkable plants;
and Banks's observations are the only ones I know between the dates
of Piumphius's Ilurtus Ainhoinensis (1750) and Jack's establishment
of the genus Mtjrmecodia in 1825 {Trans. Linn. Soc. xiv. 122). It is
thus the more to be regretted that Solander's carefully drawn-up
description should never have been published, especially as the
nature of this "nidus germinans" had long puzzled botanists.
"Tali piante rimasero per i Botanici un enigma per molti anni, e
Linneo non seppo a qual classe riportarlc, no dette loro nomo di
sorta. Stickman die scrisse una dissertazione sull' IJcrhariuni
Ainboinensc {Ainom. Acad. iv. 136j citando la tav. lv del vol. vi del
Rumphius, dice di cssa semplicemente 'Nidus germinans ex formieis
monstruosus bulbus'" (Beccari, I.e. 81).

It may be of interest to print Solander's description as it appears
in his MS. I'lanUc Nuvcn Jlollandia: — a careful transcript by himself
of his rough notes, which we also have in the Department of Botany.

192 NOTES ON MYRMECODIA.

Although I think it undesirable to print MS. names which can only
be regarded as synonyms, it seems well to do so in this instance, as
a means of tracing the description and of correlating it with the
drawing, which bears the same name. Solander's description runs : — •

Epidendroides tetrandra.

Cnhjx tubulosus, margine integer, basin tubi arete cingens, 1-
linearis, albus, tenuis, glaber, srepe obsoletus.

Corolla monopetala, uivea, subcarnosa, subpellucida. Tubus cylin-
draceus, e bulbo sen tubere Si^pe a formicis magna facto,
egrediens; 4-linearis. Limhus quadripartitus, parum patulus.
Laciniie oblongfe acutpe, subfequales, tubo duplo breviores.

Filamenta quatuor, fauci ad sinus limbi inserta, alba, erecta, laciuiis
corollas duplo breviora, a^qualia.

Anthera. oblonga?, erectre, c^ruleaj.

Germen inferum, ovatum, supra truncatum. Stijlns filiformis, albus,
staminibus longior. Stiijma quadrifidum. L^r m//s filiformibus
crassiusculis.

Bacca (sub superficie bulbi recondita) ovali oblonga. i-uncialis,
albido-subdiaphana, glaberrima, apice parum attenuata, ibique
truncata, subquadrilocularis.

Semina quatuor, unum in singulo locule, oblonga apice attenuata,
pulpa glutinosa involuta.

Folia omnia radicalia, oblonga, immerse paucivenosa, crassa, coriacea.

Bnlhi parasitici (praecipue in Melaleuca Mscr.). Tuber

subrotundo-puriforme [pyriforme] ,nonvero obtuse angulatum,
fuscum, verrucosum, verrucis spinulosis saepe magnitudine
capitis humani, interne carnosum, albidum. Fonnis ....
nidum prc'ebens ; life enim per totam substantiam formant
ambulacra & cellulas labyrinthi instar intricatas ; has in-
habitant & in intra has soboles suas nutricantur. Et h;t'C
nullo detrimento radicis ! Nidus Germinans Humph. Amb. 6,
p. 119, i. 55, f. 2.

The admirable drawing of this plant which John Frederick
Miller made in 1773 from Sydney Parkinson's sketch corresponds
so entirely with the figure of ]\I. Bcccarli Hook. f. that there can be
no doubt as to the identity of Banks's plant with that species — an
identity which is confirmed by Sir Joseph Hooker, who has seen the
drawing. The sketch is endorsed in Banks's hand " Endeavours
River," and this is important, as no specimens seem to have been
preserved, nor do I find any reference to them in any of the
Banksian or Solandrian MSS. or lists of the collections, unless, as
I suspect, the entry "Ant's Nest" at the end of one of the rough
lists of the plants of the voyage refers to the ]\I)/nnecodia. It is
strange that so remarkable a plant was not selected for engraving,
but neither plate nor engraving exists.

We have in the British Museum Herbarium a fine specimen of
a Mijrmecodia collected on Jobie Island — the home of many species
of Mijrmecodia and Hydnophytum—hy George Barclay on the voyage
of the Sulj^hur in 1840. I had hoped that this would prove to be

THOMAS HICK. 193

new, but the leaves agree so exactly with those of the authentic
specimens of M. sdlomonensis in the Kew Herbarium that I have no
hesitation in referring it to that species. Beccari, however, saw no
flowers, and as these occur on Barclay's specimen, I append a
description, which Mr. Rendle has kindly drawn up for me. We
have also a flowerless specimen from New Ireland (Barclay) which
seems to me diflterent from any of those figured in Malesiu, and to
be probably new; but only the intimate knowledge of the genus
possessed by Prof. Beccari can justify the description of novelties
from such imperfect material, and I therefore leave it.

" M. SAL03I0NENSIS Bccc. Flowcrs crowded in axillary clusters
among a dense dark ferruginous rameutum. Perianth tubular,
11 mm. long, constricted just above the middle, limb 4-fid, seg-
ments triangular-ovate, with a sharp spreading apex. Stamens 4,
subsessile at the constriction of the perianth, with alternating tufts
of short white hairs; filament scarcely 1 mm. long, anthers scarcely
1*5 mm., connective not produced. Style 7*o mm. long, thickening
below the equally bifid stigma. — A. B. Pi."

Barclay notes on his ticket : " This plant has a large tuberous
root. The flowers are white, and in some of them I found 4 stamens,
but not universally so. It seems to prefer airy situations, as it is
found only upon trees in exposed habitations " [sic).

THOMAS HICK.

[We are indebted to the Editor of the Naturalist for the loan of
the excellent portrait of Mr. Thomas Hick which appeared in that
Journal for March. A short notice of Mr. Hick appeared in last
year's Journal of Botany, p. 488, but Mr. F. Arnold Lees's appreci-
ation in the Naturalist contains information additional thereto, and
we therefore reproduce it with the portrait. The remarkable literary
style of the memoir cannot fail to lend the charm of variety to pages
which, we fear, are apt to be dull: and we hope our readers will
appreciate and understand it. — Ed. Journ. Box.]

Any retrospect I may attempt of a life of fifty-six years so
remarkable in its lesson as a triumph of mind over matter — though
the subject of it called himself a materialist very nearly, if not
quite, to the last — must be inadequate ; for, though I am almost
the one oldest scientific friend of his left — Prof. W. C. Williamson,
Dr. Spruce, James Abbot, and James W. Davis, all no more ! — I only
knew Thomas Hick at all intimately, or saw him constantly, during
the lustrum 1868 to 1873. I moved about much after that, whilst
he, leaving Leeds for Harrogate, where he resided up to 1885, then
migrated to Manchester upon his attaining the Assistant-Lecture-
ship in Botany at Owens, under Williamson. For a civilian his was
a battleful life, full beyond the average in controversial effort and
strenuous inquiry. As a biologist, where Huxley led he followed ;
the method, fidelity to truth, fearlessness in experiment and con-

JouENAL OF Botany. — Vol. 35. [May, 1897.] o

194

THOMAS HICK.

ti'oversy of that Wellington in the esoteric fields of Cosmos, ever
evoking his profoundest admiration and faith.

As a boy, of humble but respectable parentage, Hick was
originally destined for manual labour; but what one may be forgiven
for calling a lucky accident in the mill where he first went to work
involved an injury to his left hand and loss of some fingers. This
led him to become a pupil, a teacher, and eventually head master of
the Lancasterian School at Leeds. When I first knew him he was

studying, with more or less definite ideas, for the Degrees he
afterwards attained. Science-teaching in schools was then coming
to the front as a necessary in the curriculum of middle-class
education ; and in the late sixties and early seventies he upheld the
banner of nature-study by giving to others in night-classes at the
Leeds Mechanics, at Bradford, and elsewhere, a sufficiency of that
knowledge on plant life which a more spontaneous curiosity and
enthusiasm had led him to seek after for himself. Much of the
best woi'k of his life was done in this way, infecting others by his

THOMAS HICK. 195

force of character and graphic aptitude in expressing what he knew ;
before he had accomplished any of what it is the custom to style
' original ' investigation — definite little secrets wormed by tireless
observation from the Grand Arcana of Life.

Awakening interest in botany, for my early love like that of
many another youth (Hick being seven years my senior) was
entomology and ornithology, first brought me into contact with him
in 1868. He, William Todd, and James Abbott were already
concerned with problems in geology and theology cognate to life,
and soon after we had 'kidneyed' to one another, Huxley delivered
himself of that famous Edinburgh address on ' The Physical Basis
of Life,' which stirred up into a blaze the smouldering clerical
animosities which Darwin had, in another form, first raised with his
'Origin of Species,' some seven years previous. Early in 1870,
Hick along with Todd, James W. Davis, Abbott, W. Watson,
(another schoolmaster), and myself, formed ourselves into a small
Mutual Improvement Society, meeting fortnightly at our homes in
turn to read papers and discuss points in Science Progress. This,
which we dignified by the name of the Leeds Scientific Association,
was, I believe, in part the origin of the Leeds Naturalists' Society.
Before that, for years, the nature-students of Leeds, mainly working-
men whom the 'Philosophical' gentlemen of the time in no way
recognised, used to meet at a Hall or Museum behind the present
Corn Exchange, Davis and Hick first met tliere, Todd being their
introducer. None of the friendships there formed with Hick were,
I think, ever broken or even strained. Hick and Davis's characters
being equally unjealous, earnest and sterling. For some years
Hick was the reviewer of science books for the 'Leeds Mercury,' and
many of his trenchant and well-informed critiques are remembered
yet, notably that on 'As Ptegards Protoplasm' — a reply to Huxley's
'Lay Sermon,' by Hutchison Stirling. Hick's first original paper,
about 1880, was, I recollect, on an overlooked point in the
morphology of Ficaria verna. It showed an unusual gift of exact
observation, and foreshadowed the brilliancy of later papers in the
'Journal of Botany' on the Continuity of Protoplasm in the tissues
of certain Marine Algse. He was too careful and self-critical a
worker to produce voluminously; albeit his later researches in the
field of Fossil Botany at Manchester, for which more credit is his
due than any mere list of his obiter dicta, as the Aide of a rather
jealous Chief would seem to warrant, must prove a sufficient and
enduring monument. '

Thomas Hick was a singularly simple-minded, unaffected, trans-
parently-honest Yorkshireman ; strangely little exalted for one with
such a gift of brain. His lectures were always marvels of lucidity
and arrangement. A trifie blunt of speech and never quite losing
his Yorkshire accent, he was respected by who listened to him, and
loved by who knew him socially. Very matter-of-fact most people
would have said, yet, at times, 1 am reminded, a vein of sentiment
(as mayhap is the case with most of us) occasionally shewed itself
running tiirough the solid strata of his mental organism. If this
seems to belie, — to be at variance with outspoken materiaHsm, we

o 2

196 EUPHRASIA SALISBURGENSIS FUNK., IN IRELAND.

may reflect that, as yet, no scientific analysis of spirit has been made.
This sensibility to the beauty of faith or feeling came to the surface
at times in a moistened eye or a phrase spoken with 'bated' breath,
and unexpectedly : who shall say that whatever arouses it has not
its source in a fact, for which science, on its present plane, has no
precise terms ? I would not wrong by a tittle so fine a character as
Hick's in the memories of those near, and while he lived, dear to
him ; but I would not have it understood that my summed-up
impression of him was aught other than one of Appreciation ;
and a Eecognition of the singular stability and depth of his con-
viction, often reiterated to those mentally sib, that Matter was All,
and all Matter, subject to partly unrevealed laws of Cosmical
Evolution ; and that Mind, Soul, Spirit — whichever we term it —
though possibly more than a mere property of matter known as
yet by certain relations to it, was equally an evolutionary essence,
probably subject to similar or parallel laws as yet incapable of
formulation by a faculty which has not yet attained the acme
of Possibilities. Hick had, years ago, more than a glimpse of that
'Natural Law' of ' sympathetic relationships ' in a ' Spiritual World'
which has in recent years found tentative expression in such
Physico-psychologic as that of Drummond and Joseph Morris. The
motto of Who would be wise and true to Nature, for maybe ages
yet, must be — Enquire, Observe, Ponder, re-enquire, re-observe,
re-study, marking off precisely and reverently the eminences we
each of us reach, suspending any 'final judgment' till in our turn
ajnid phires. What more can we do than honestly strive To Know,
or cease to be — the end of dormance of faculty — what we May Be,
with a fool's cry ' We are at the End ! ' Beautiful World ! beautiful
gift of Brain to comprehend it! are they not worth any effort, while
environment forbids not ? The spirit of Thomas Hick seems, as I
hold the pen, to inspire me to embody this, his life's creed, in words.
It should offend no one's susceptibilities, for it was in him, and for
all who live by it will be, manful, soulful, honest, and without fear.

F. Arnold Lees.

EUPHRASIA SALISBURGENSIS Funk., IN IRELAND.

[The following interesting account of Euphrasia Salisburgensis
bears so intimately upon the contributions to its history which have
already appeared in this Journal that we have asked and obtained
permission from the Editors of the Irish Ndtiinilist to transfer it to our
pages. It appeared in the number for April last. — Ed. Journ. Bot.]

In the Journal of Botany for November last attention was drawn
to the Irish forms of Euphrasia by the publication of an instructive
paper from the pen of Mr. F. Townsend, an acknowledged authority
on this difficult genus. In this paper E. Salishwifensis Funk., an
alpine or subalpine species of wide range on the European conti-
nent, is recorded as an addition to the Irish flora on the faith of
specimens gathered by the Rev. E. S. Marshall on the shores of

EUPHRASIA SALISBURGENSIS FUNK., IN IRELAND, 197

Lough Mask, Co. Mayo, in July, 1895. The Lough Mask plant, as
figured by Mr. Townsend in the plate which adds so much to the
value of his paper, is obviously far from typical, but from a note in
last month's issue of the Journal of liotany it appears that Messrs.
H. and J. Groves have discovered amongst material collected in
1892 near Menlough, in Co. Galway, specimens which Mr. Town-
send considers much closer to the continental plant. An elegant,
slender-stemmed Euphrasia, gathered by myself in August, 1895,
near Ballyvaughan, Co. Clare, where it grows in abundance on
limestone crags, has since been kindly examined by Mr. Townsend,
who unhesitatingly refers it to E. tialishxuyensis, and informs me
that it is similar to the Menlough plant.

This interesting Euphrasia is thus shown to range over a con-
siderable area on the low-lying limestone tracts of West Ireland ;
but it cannot justly be regarded as a recent addition to our flora.
The plant, in fact, was gathered in Ireland so long ago as 1852,
and was recorded as Irish, under another name, in the Cybele
Hibernica in 1866. We find it first referred to in the following
passage from a paper by Daniel Oliver published in the Phytuloyist
for 1854, and describing a botanical tour made in Ireland two years
earlier : —

"■Euphrasia ? On Aran I collected a curious little form, some

three inches in height, much branched from the base ; stem with a minute,
aclpressed pubescence ; lanceolate or lanceolate-oblong leaves, with one,
two, or three strong teeth on each side. I did not know to what species
or form to refer it; but, examples being sent to C. C. Babington, he kindly
informs me that he thinks it a form of the E. gracilis of Fries, although
it strikingly resembles, and possibly may be, E. Salishurgensis .'"'■'•■

Two years later, in the Scottish Gardener for 1856, the same
plant, this time under the name E. (jracilis Fries, was recorded by
the late Mr. A. G. More from the limestone district of Castle Taylor
and Garryland, Co. Galway. The finder, however, appears to have
been dissatisfied with the naming of his plant, for four years later,
in his paper "Localities for some Plants observed in Ireland,"! we
find this further reference to it : —

^^ Euphrasia gracilis seems to belong rather to E. Salishurgcnsis ; in
either case it is the E. ncmorosa of Grenier and Godron. But the Garry-
land (and Aran) Euphrasia differs much from what I have gathered as
E. gracilis on the heaths and downs of Kent. This latter is apparently the
E. ericetorum of Jordan; but I do not suppose that either is specifically
distinct."

It appears clearly, from More's correspondence about tliis time
with his friends the Rev. W. W. Newbould and Professor Babington,
that he was strongly inclined to refer his Castle Taylor plant to
E. Salisburgensis, and that he refrained from adopting that name
only in deference to the opinion of the distinguished author of the
Manual of British Botauij. Through the knidness of Miss More
I am enabled to make the following interesting extracts from her
brother's correspondence in illustration of this point. The MS.

* Vol. iv. p. 679. t :sat. Hist. Reviciv, vii. p. 434.

198 EUPHRASIA SALISBURGENSIS FUNK., IN IRELAND.

di*aft of the paper just quoted from had been submitted by More to
Newbould Avitli the name E. Salisbiirf/eusis set down for the Garry-
land Euph)\xsia, whereupon Newbould thus writes under date April 9,
I860:—

'■^Euphrasia SaUshnrgensis. — I would not use this name unless you
were quite sure tlie plant was the Continental one. If I rightly remember,
you showed me the plant, and it was identical with one I gathered on the
border of Loch Neagh. This plant, I thought, was not E. Salisbnrgensis,
but E. ojficinalin of Koch, approaching as nearly as possible to E. Salis-
bnrgensis, and on mentioning this to Babington, I found that he had
independently come to precisely the same conclusion."

Shortly before this, March 19, 18G0, Babington, in reply to
inquiries from More, had written : —

"I do not find that 1 have any E uphrasia Salisbnrgensis or any other
from Garryland. I have what I believe to be it from the great Isle of
Aran.='' I have given up gracilis, and think that if we are to split here
we must take the French view of them and leave ojficinalis and nemorosa
to correspond with Boreau's groups, Calijce glanduleux and Calyce non-
glatidiileiix."

And, finally, after examination of Mora's specimens, Babington
writes, April 17, 1860 :—

" I certainly think that your Euphrasia is the same as mine from
Aran. It comes very near to Salisbnrgensis, although the true Conti-
nental plant has even more deeply jagged leaves than this. I am not
inclined to separate the plant \_E. officinalis] into segregate species."

Still dissatisfied with the uncertainty as to his Galway Euphrasia,
More, in the following year, 1861, sent a sheet of specimens through
his friend J. G. Baker to M. Boreau, author of the Flore du Centre
de la France, by whom they were identified as E. ciiprea Jord.
Under that name both the Castle Taylor and the Aran Island
plants were recorded in Ci/hete Hihernica (1866) as a form of the
aggregate E. o[]icinalis which Babington thought it inadvisable to
"spht."

The precise value to be given to Jordan's specific distinctions
must depend on the greater or less development of the analytic
faculty in the individual student. To many otherwise gifted botanists
the true analytic vision is denied; they lack that instinct of dis-
crimination which has enabled M. Jordan in his Espcces vcgetales
ajfiiies to evolve 200 species from the Draba verna of Linnaeus, and
for such as these /•,■. caprea will remain a mere phase of E. Salis-
bnrgensis. Others may with Nyman rank it as a subspecies, others
again with Gunther Beck as a variety, and so on through all the
dwindling gradations from species down to "state." As for myself ,
having compared the Castle Taylor specimens named E. cuprea by
Boreauf with those from Ballyvaughan, I can find no distinction
of any importance. Some of the Castle Taylor specimens in their
narrower leaves and more truly filiform stems and branches appear

* Probably some of Oliver's 1852 specimens.

t To one of these specimens is appended the following note in the hand-
writing of the late A. G. More : " Seen by Bab. same as Aran Isles '" [specimen?] .

SHORT NOTES. 199

to approach closer to typical K. SalL-banjensis than the plant from
Ballyvaughan, while in the latter the more aristate toothing of the
bracts comes closer to the type.

In short, the late Mr. More's Castle Taylor plant of 1854 has as
good a title to a place under K. Salisbuniensis Funk, as those from
Menlough and Ballyvaughan, and has certainly a better title to
that position than the plant from Lough Mask. It was simply in
deference to Babington's objection to split E. ojficinaHs that the
Castle Taylor plant was not recorded with the dignity of a new
Irish species or subspecies some thirty-six years ago ; and that the
plant was finally published in Cybele Hibernica as FJ. ciiprea rather
than as E. Sdlisburi/ensis was due to M. Boreau's refinement on Mr.
More's diagnosis. He who records the segregate necessarily records
the aggregate, and the relation between E. citprea and E. Salisbunf-
ensis is that of segregate and aggregate.

The Irish distribution of E. SalisbHrijensis appears to be ex-
clusively low-level. The stations Inishmore (Aran), Castle Taylor,
Lough Mask, Lough Corrib (Menlough), and Ballyvaughan, all lie
within 100 feet of sea-level, and if further observation should show
that it occurs, as Newbould suspected it did, on the shores of Lough
Neagh, then its descent to a level of fifty feet would be established.

Nathaniel Colgan.

SHORT yiOTES.

Corrections (see p. 129, footnote). — Mr. Jackson rightly points
out that Poiret's signature occurs at the end of the article on
" Mixssenda," in Liaixnavck's Kiicijdopadut, and that his citation of
M. (Bfiiiptiaca as of Poiret is therefore correct. In the footnote on
p. 129, "1895" should be " 1896."— James Britten.

Isle of Man Plants.— On p. 76 Mr. Arthur Bennett makes
allusion to an "interesting anonymous paper on the Isle of Man
Flora in the P/ii/hi!o,jist, iv. n.s. 161-169 (1860), dated from
Christ's Church Parsonage, Maughould, Isle of Man." This paper
was written by Rev. Hugh A. Stowell, as stated by himself in
Thwaites's Isle of Man (Sheffield Publishing Company, 1863).
Several pages of this book are devoted to some particulars of
what was then known of the fauna and flora of the island, and,
though bearing evidence of the absence of any attempt at proper
revision, the facts stated seem to have been obtained from sources
that, to a great extent, may be considered trustworthy. To those
pages Mr. Stowell supplied a prefatory note, in which he says : —
" The ' Notes on the Flora ' (Plienogamous) are in like manner an
abridgement of a paper contributed by myself to the I'hijtolmjist
of June, 1860." The short article on the mosses, by myself, in
Plujtuloiilst, 1857, mentioned by Mr. Bennett, which appears to
have been the earliest contribution to the bryology of the island,
contained an enumeration of only 113 species, to which, shortly
afterwards, fifteen species were added on the authority of Mr.

200 FLORA OF NORTHERN UNITED STATES, CANADA, ETC.

Stowell and that of my old-time friend and frequent correspondent
the late Dr. B. Cariington. In more recent years the island has
been bryologically explored at various times, mainly by Mr. G. A.
Holt, and that with so much thoroughness that the list of mosses
had been increased in 1882 to 232 species. The aggregate result
of the bryological investigations of the island is given in a most
exact and valuable paper by Mr. Holt, "A List of Mosses in the
Isle of Man, 1882," published in the Transactions of the Isle of
Man Natural History and Antiquarian Society, 1888 ; a list which
also should not be lost sight of in the event of any future projected
Flora of the island. — J. H. Davies.

NOTICES OF BOOKS.

An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and the
British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean
westivard to the 102nd Meridian. By Nathaniel Lord Britton,
Ph.D., Emeritus Professor of Botany in Columbia University,
and Director-in-Chief of the New York Botanical Garden,
and Hon. Addison Brown, President of the Torrey Botanical
Club. The descriptive text chiefly prepared by Professor
Britton, with the assistance of Specialists in several Groups ;
the figures also drawn under his Supervision. In three
volumes. Vol. I. : Ophioglossaceje to Aizoace^e — Ferns to
Carpet Weed. New York : Charles Scribner's Sons. 1896.
Pp. xh, 612.

Prof. Britton is entitled to the gratitude of botanists for the
admirable work of which this is the first instalment. A concise
flora, brought up to date, complete, and illustrated, containing an
account of North American plants not too elaborate nor too learned
for the amateur, and yet sufficiently complete and scientific for the
student, has long been a desideratum. In saying this we are in no
way disparaging Asa Gray's admirable Manual, which, as an easily
portable volume, will always have claims on the field botanist; but
Prof. Britton's book cannot fail to be regarded as a more complete
and comprehensive manifestation of the North American Flora.
We call it "Prof. Britton's book," because, as we learn from the
preface, the claims of Judge Brown to recognition are of a some-
what shadowy description, and although in a few cases specialists
have contributed the descriptions of certain groups, the plan and
execution of the work as a whole is his. Mr. L. M. Underwood
has undertaken the Ferns and Fern Allies ; Dr. Morong the Naiad-
acea, Orchidacecc, and some smaller orders of Monocotyledons ; Mr.
F. V. Coville the Juncacea: Mr. J. K. Small the Pohjijonacea ;
while the assistance of Mr. G. V. Nash in the Graminea is acknow-
ledged.

The main plan of the book corresponds largely with that of

FLORA OF NORTHERN UNITED STATES, CANADA, ETC.

201

Bentbam's Illustrated Handbook, which seems to have suggested it.
But in certain small points an advance upon the model is to be
commended : thus Prof. Britton gives a reference to both place and
date of publication of every name cited — an immense convenience,
which we have always hoped to see adopted by the writers of our
British floras ; and the comma which English and American botanists
usually insert between the name and the authority has disappeared.
The descriptions are short but clear ; there is a certain amount of
synonymy ; and the illustrations, if not as good as Fitch's, are very
helpful. As, by Prof. Britton's kindness, we are able to give examples
of these, we print with them the accompanying text, and thus enable
our readers to see how the book is arranged.

"Abies balsamea (L.) Mill. Balsam Fir.

Finns bahamea L. Sp. PI. 1002. 1753.

Abies balsamea Mill. Gard. Diet. Ed. 8, No. 3. 1768.

A slender forest tree attaining a maximum height of about 90°
and a trunk diameter of 3^ usually much smaller and on mountain
tops and in high arctic regions reduced to a low shrub. Bark smooth,
warty with resin 'blis-
ters.' Leaves fragrant
in drying, less than 1"
wide, 6''-10" long, ob-
tuse, dark green above,
paler beneath, or the
youngest conspicuously
whitened on the lower
surface ; cones cylindric,
2'-4'long,9"-15" thick,
upright, arranged in
rows on the upper side
of the branches, violet
or purplish when young ;
bracts obovate, serru-
late, mucronate, shorter
than the broad rouuded
scales.

Newfoundland and
Labrador to Hudson Bay
and the North-west Ter-
ritory, south to Massa-
chusetts, Pennsylvania,
along the Alleghenies to

Virginia, and to Michigan and Minnesota. Ascends to 5000 ft. in
the Adirondacks. Wood soft and weak, light brown ; weight per
cubic foot 24 lbs. Canada balsam is derived from the resinous
exudations of the trunk. May- June."

"Lilium Canadense L. Wild Yellow Lily. Canada Lily.
Lilium Canadense L. Sp. PI. 303. 1753.

Bulbs subglobose, l'-2' in diameter, borne on a stout rootstock,
composed of numerous thick white scales. Stem 2°-o= tall, slender

202

FLORA OF NORTHEEN UNITED STATES, CANADA, ETC

or stout ; leaves lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, verticillate in

4's-lO's or some of them
alternate, acuminate, 2'-6'
long, 3"-15" wide, finely
roughened on the margins
and on the veins beneath ;
flowers 1-16, nodding on
longpeduucules ; peduncules
sometimes bearing a small
leaf-like bract ; perianth-
segments 2'-3' long, yellow
or red, usually thickly spotted
below, recurved or spreading,
not clawed ; capsule oblong,
erect, Ih'-^' long.

In swamps, meadows,
and fields, Nova Scotia to
Ontario and Minnesota,
south to Georgia, Alabama,
and Missouri. Ascends to
6000 ft. in North Carolina.
Red-flowered forms with
slightly spreading perianth-
segments resemble the fol-
lowing species, and forms with strongly recurved segments.
L. superbum. June-July."

We are not going to raise for discussion points of nomenclature,
but we think our readers may like to know the rules which (for the
present) are adopted by a large number of American botanists.
With some of them we are in entire accord ; others are open to
discussion ; some we think undesirable, and we doubt whether they
are likely to be generally adopted. We cannot think botanists will
endorse the action by which the well-known Kuiuigia of Linnaeus is
set aside in favour of the brand-new Macoiinastrum — merely because
Adanson had a name Konuj, which has never been taken up — although
such action may be a legitimate outcome of the application of Rules
5 and 8. Nor can we regard Rule 10 as of equal importance with
the rest, although it covers Dr. Brittou's action in preferring Tissa
to Buda, under circumstances which will be familiar to our readers.

The Rules are as follow : —

" Rule 1. — Priority of pubHcation is to be regarded as the fundamental
principle of botauical nomenclature.

"Bale 2. — The botanical nomenclature of both genera and species is
to begin with the pubUcation of the first edition of Linnieus' Species
Plantar am in 1758.

"Rule 3. — In the transfer of a species to a genus other than the one
under which it was first published, the original specific name is to be
retained.

'^ Rule -i. — The original name is to be maintained whether published
as species, subspecies, or variety.

" Rule 5. — The publication of a generic name or a binomial invalidates

FLORA OF NORTHERN UNITED STATES, CANADA, ETC. 203

tlie use of the same name foi' anj' subsequently published genus or species,
respectively.

"Bale 6. — Publication of a genus consists only (1) in the distribution
of a printed description of the genus named ; (2) in the publication of the
name of the genus and citation of one or more previously published species
as examples or tj'pes of the genus, with or without a diagnosis.

" linle 7. — Publication of a species consists only (1) in the distribution
of a printed description of the species named ; (2) in the publishing of a
binomial, with reference to a previously published species as a type.

" Hide 8. — Similar generic names are not to be rejected on account of
slight differences, except in the spelling of the same word.

"Rule 9. — In the case of a species which has been transferred from
one genus to another, the original author must always be cited in
parenthesis, followed by the author of the new binomial.

" Hale 10. — In determining the name of a genus or species to which
two or more names have been given by an author in the same volume, or
on the saine page of a volume, precedence shall decide."

Among the alterations in nomenclature are a few which affect
oiir British list. This will, we fear, distress our good friend Mr.
Clarke ; but it seems probable that in the next London Cataloyue
the following changes will be necessary* : —

Juncoides Adans. (1763) for Luzula DC. (1805).
— Unifolium Adans. ,, ,, Maianthemum Wigg. (1780).

Gyrostachys Pers. (1807) ,, Spiranthes L. C. Rich. (1818).
-Peramium Salisb. (1812) ,, Goodyera Br. (1813).
^Savastaua Schrauk. (1789) ,, Hierochloe Gmel. (1747).-
_^Dondia Adans. (1768) ,, Suaeda Forsk. (1775).

SucBchi maritima becomes Dondia innritiina Driice — a name which
Mr. Druce published in his much-criticised paper in the Annals of
Scottish Xat. Hist, for 1896. We demur, however, to the super-
session of Elodea Michaux (1803) by Philotria Raf. (1818), which
is rendered necessary by the application of Rule 8 ; and w^e cannot
think that botanists will agree to accept Rule 5, under which we
suppose it is that Nartlierimn becomes Abunui. We think some
hesitation is justifiable as to the adoption of Lcptorchis Thouars
in place of Liparis. Prof. Britton refers to " Nouv. Bull. Soc. Plilom.
[sic] 314," meaning 317, where Thouars spells the name Leptoikis,
but excludes the two American species (one of which is L. Loeselii)
from it. Kuntze adopts the name, and, vwre sua, sweeps into the
genus a vast number of species by the simple process of substituting
Lejitoichis for Liparis. On the other hand, Jackson does not recog-
nize the genus, and we believe there is some doubt as to the actual
position of this and the other names given by Thouars.

We are sorry that Prof. Britton has felt compelled to yi^d to
"the general desire" for what are called " English names," and
regret still more that a mistaken purism leads bim to reject so old
a name as "Dog's-tooth Violet" for Lri/thronimn, on the ground
that it "is calculated to mislead as to the nature of the plant." He
even goes so far as to say "the species are erroneously called Dog's-

* Another may be mentioned here : Damasonium Alisina Mill. (Diet. 1768)

antedates D. stdlatnm Thuill. (1799).

204 BULLETINS OF U. S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE.

tooth Violet," although the name goes back at least as far as
Gerard, and no other plant has borne it: "Adders-tongue" is
preferred, although that is also given (as is usual) to OpJuoijlossuw.
"Assiniboia Sedge," "Hair-grass Dropseed," " Scirpus-lilve Sedge,"
"Large-tubercled Spike-rush," "Knieskern's Beaked Eush," are
samples of what are supposed to be " English names."

A word must be said in praise of the typographical arrangement
and excellent printing. The paper, too, for those who do not dislike
a shiny surface, is very good, although somewhat heavy.

We trust that this Flora will proceed apace to its completion,
and we cordially recommend it to those of our readers who are
interested in North American plants.

James Britten.

U. S. Department of Agriculture, Division of Agrostolor/i/. Bulletins
Nos. 4 & 5. Washington, 1897.

The first of these publications is a pamphlet, of forty-three
pages, with five plates, and fifteen figures in the text, entitled
" Studies on American Grasses." The work is chiefly that of Mr.
Lamson-Scribner, the Government Agrostologist, and, being purely
of systematic interest, would have seemed hardly likely to commend
itself to a government department. It contains (1) a restoration
of Sehlechtendal's genus Lvophonia : (2) a list of the grasses collected
by Mr. Palmer near Acalpulco, Mexico, 1894-95, with the descrip-
tion of a new genus, Fourniera, of the tribe ZuysiecB : (3) a list of
grasses collected by E. W. Nelson in Mexico, 1894-95, with several
new species ; (4) results of the examination of some American
Panicums in the Berlin Herbarium and that of WiUdenow by Tlieo.
Holm ; (5) analytical keys to the species, and notes on the native
and introduced members of the genera Hordeum and Af/ropi/ron,
with the description of no less than nine new species and thirteen
new varieties in the latter genus ; (6) miscellaneous notes and
descriptions of new species.

In papers 3, 5, and 6, Mr. Scribner is associated with Mr.
Jared G. Smith. There are fifteen figures in the text, and five
plates, none of which call for praise. If a thing is worth a plate,
it is surely worth the expenditure of sufficient trouble to make it
more than a rough sketch ; and this criticism might be extended to
other American publications.

Future work must settle the value of the new species ; the
descriptions, at any rate, are fairly comprehensive. We must,
however, enter two protests. The first against the use of the tri-
nomial ; trinomials are, in fact, in some pages almost as frequent
as binomials. The second in reference to Mr. Scribner's new name
C/uEtochloa. This, if you please, is only the well-known genus
Setaria, which has become " untenable," first because "at an earlier
date the name was employed by Acharius to designate a genus of
lichens"; and, second, because it was first applied by its founder
Beauvois to a species of Pennisetum. With the help of Mr. Gepp
I have looked up the lichen point, and find that Acharius described
Setaria in Xoi'a Act. Ficy. Acad. Sc. Suec. xv. (1794), and repeated

BULLETINS OF U. S. DEPARTMENT OF AGEICULTURE. 205

it iu bis Lichenofjraph. Prodr. (1798) (p. 219). Twelve years later,
however, in liis Liche)wf/raph. Univ. (1810), p. 120, he replaced it by
Alectoria, giving no reason for the change, and the second name
has been universally adopted by lichenologists. Here, then, is a
good chance for somebody to trot out all the subsequently described
species of Alectoria under the name Setaria, which, without doubt,
has priority I

As regards Mr. Scribner's first reason, we see that it holds if we
consider that a seed-plant and a lichen cannot have the same generic
name. As regards the second reason for getting rid of Setaria, "its
first application to a species of Pennisetum places it at once among
the synonyms," this is a bad piece of book-work, and illustrates the
great danger of rushing out new genera without even working up the
literature. If Mr. Scribner had been revising the genus — and we
think that only under such conditions has a man any right to make
a wholesale change in the names of the species — he would probably
have found his opening statement inaccurate. He says the name
Setaria "was first applied by Beauvois (in Oware and Benin) to a
species of Pennisetum." Now, as a matter of fact, although the
volume in question (Beauvois' Fl. (VOware et Benin, vol. ii.) bears
the date 1807 on its title-page and 1810 on its cover, part of it at
any rate was not published till after 1810. There are frequent
references to names published in Brown's Prodromns (1810), but
what makes it especially bad for Mr. Scribner's reputation as a
bibliographer is that at the place in question (ii. 80), immediately
following the name Setaria we read ''Setaria Ess. d'Ai/rost."! It
looks as if Mr. Scribner had not even troubled to refer to the
description of the genus which he is so anxious to re-name. If we
refer to Beauvois' Essai d'Affrostnt/raphie, we find (p. 51) ''Setaria
nob.," followed by a description and an enumeration of those
species of Panicnm (including ijlaucuni, italicum, verticil/atum, and
viride) which the author considered to belong to his genus. Tliere
is no reference to the Elore d,' Oware et Benin, nor to the species,
S. lonijiseta, which is described on p. 80. On p. 70, under Sac-
charitm, is another reference to the Essai, in which the number
of the page and that of a figure and plate are cited, so that it seems
pretty clear that, whatever the date on the cover of the larger work,
part, at any rate, and that the part now in question, did not appear
till after the Essai (1812), and that the first description of Setaria
as a genus of grasses represents not Pennisetum, but what is now,
and has been for years, understood by Beauvois' name.

Bulletin No. 5 is "A Report upon the Grasses and Forage
Plants of the Rocky Mountain Region," by P. A. Rydberg & C. L.
Shear, and contains forty-eight pages, with twenty-nine figures in
the text. The figures are as poor and of as little value as those in
the former Bulletin. The matter, which includes certain field notes
and general observations on the value of the plants from an economic
point of view, better represents the work of a department of agri-
culture than the "Studies."

A. B. Rendle,

206

Flora de Chile. Por Dr. C. Reiche & Dr. F. Johow. Bajo la
co-operacion del Prof. F. Philippi. Santiago, 1895-6. 8vo.
Parts I. & II.

It is now nearly sixty years since the first volume of Claude
Gay's Flora of Chili was published, consequently the present work
is one which is much needed, and one which ought to be of great
service to students of the flora of this highly interesting country.
Both the authors are previously known to botanists. Dr. C. Reiche
has given us a careful revision of the Chilian species of Viola and
of O.ralis* and Dr. Johow has quite recently published his
Esiudios sabre la Flora de las I.das de Juan Fernatide;:, containing
an account of the vegetation of these well-known islands, this latter
being specially interesting, inasmuch as nearly half of the flora is
endemic and contains many remarkable species.

The territory included by the present " Flora de Chile " extends
from 18'' S. lat. to Cape Horn, and from the Pacific Ocean to the
adjoining Republics ; it will thus be seen that the country included
varies, from possessing a climate where there is practically no rain-
fall at all, to one where the annual fall is considerable. The vege-
tation in the north is very limited, and we can gain a fair idea of
the curious character of the flora of these desert districts from the
account of Dr. F Philippi's travels in the province of Tarapaca,t and
from his father's, Dr. R. Philippi's, Florida Atacamemis, in which
latter work the author enumerates scarcely four hundred species.
In some of the valleys, for instance, near Copiapo, years pass over
without rain falling at all ; but dews are frequent. Farther south
showers are only occasional, sometimes after an interval of three
years ; in the vicinity of the river Biobio, Dep. Conception, rains
fall regularly in winter, and south of this river the rains are
irregular but fall heavily. Trees are absent in the north, but the
southern forests contain a variety of excellent timber. The
authors of this Flora have been fortunately enabled to work
through the material collected by the Drs. Philippi in the National
Museum, without which, indeed, the work would have been im-
possible. This can be easily seen by glancing at the Catalogue
issued by Dr. F. Philippi in 1881, | w^hich contains an enumeration
of 5358 vascular plants, a large percentage being his own species
or those of his father.

The first part of the present work carries us to the end of
CapparidacetB, the second part from Flacourtiacete to Coriariacea ;
thus included in the volumes we have several genera treated of,
which are peculiarly interesting in Chili for one of two reasons.
Either, as in the genus Cristaria, in Malvaceae, nearly all the
species are endemic, or, as in lianunculus, Viola, Silene, Cardamine,
Malcaslriiiii, and O.calis, the genera are widely difi'used, but a large
proportion of the Chilian representatives are endemic.

* Viola Chilenses. Engler's Jalirhuch, xvi. pp. 405-452. " Zur Kenntniss der
chilenischen Arten der Gattung O.ralis." Engler's Jalirhuch, xviii. pp. 259-305.
t Verzeichniss aiifder Itodiehene der Procinzen Antofagasta vnd Tarajjcica. 1891.
\ Cataloriui Fldiitiiruin rasritlimim Cltilenstitnt. Dr. F. Philii^pi. 1881.

FLORA DE CHILE. 207

The general get up of the work leaves a good deal to be desired.
For a publication of tliis importance better paper should have been
used, and here and there more careful editing is certainly necessary.
Prefixed to each of the genera we have an analytical key, which is
of considerable assistance in the identification of the species and
which was wanting in Gay's Flora. Occasionally these keys seem
to want rather more care bestowed upon them : thus, on p. 215,
in the genus I'alava, the fourth species with " Hojas superiores bi-
pinnatifidas," surely ought to be "dissecta " and not "pinnatifida."
The authors do not retain the original spelling, Palaua, in place of
the more recent PaJava, the genus being named in compliment to
Antonio Palau y Verdera, a professor of botany at Madrid. We
doubt the advisability of transferring Malva Beichei Phil, to Sida :
and we also doubt whether Anoda ! strictijiora Steudel is really a
species of Anoda. It is founded on Bertero No. 406. When in
Paris, a year or two ago, we were enabled, through the kindness
of Mens. Drake del Castillo, to see a portion of Steudel 's herbarium,
and the specimen there (Bertero, No. 406) was certainly either
identical witb, or very closely allied to, Modiola multijida Moench.
There may, however, be more than one plant bearing this number.
We are glad to see the authors have adopted a suggestion made
some time ago in this Journal, by placing the genus Tarawa Phil,
as synonymous with Malrastrum. There can be little doubt that
this is its correct position. The authors have not dealt with quite
all the plants about which information is desirable. In Mal-
vace(F, for instance, what has become of Ciistaria .^ Yidali Phil.,
C. hastata Phil., C Larranagoi Phil., Spharalcea pUcata Phil., and
5. arenaria Phil., all species published by Dr. Philippi in 1893, in
the Anales de la Univeisidad .-

The difl'erence between the present Flora and its predecessor of
sixty years ago is strikingly shown if we take any large genus such
as (Kvalis: in the older work forty-one species were enumerated,
while in the present volume there are ninety.

So many points occur to one in connection with a striking flora
like that of Chili, that it is impossible even to mention them in a brief
notice. A careful comparison of the Chilian flora with that of the
adjoining Argentine Republic has been made by Dr. R. A. Philippi, =•=
wherein the points of similarity and dissimilarity are brought out.
Thus in the Argentine we have many natural orders which have
no Chilian representatives, and vice rersa: — Menispermacea:, Meliacfip,
oiarinecF, Ma<inoliare(B, &c., are present in the Argentine but not in
Chili ; and Droseracete, Frankeniacea, MonhniacecB, Malesherhiacece,
&c., are to be found in Chili and not in the Argentine. Curious
results are obtained if certain large genera are taken ; thus
Dr. Philippi states f there are seventy-five species of (Kvalis in the
Argentine and seventy -nine in Chili, while in ]'iola there is only a
single species in the Argentine but forty-eight in Chili. We await

* "Floras i Faunas de Chili i Argentina,' por R. A. Philippi, Anales de la
I'niversidad, Ixxxiv. entegra 15.

t Dr. Reiche gives ninety species of O.ralix for Cliili and tifty-three species
of Viola.

208 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC.

with interest the completion of Drs. Reiohe and Johow's Flora of this
by no means the least attractive of the South American Republics.

E. G. B.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dc.

At the meeting of the Linnean Society on April 1st, Dr. Dyer
exhibited a series of drawings (on the screen) to illustrate the cultural
evolution of Ci/danim hitifuUnm Sibth. The species is a native of
Greece and the Levant, and is believed to have been first introduced
into European cultivation in 1731. In 17G8 Miller described a form
modified by cultivation under the name of Cydamen persicum. This
name was misleading, as, according to Boissier, neither the wild
nor the garden form occurs in Persia. The latter persisted in culti-
vation for about 150 years, and about 1860 became the starting-
point of the modern races which were illustrated. Cyclamen latifolium
has never been hybridized, and it was shown that the striking forms
now in cultivation were the result of the patient accumulation of
gradual variations. Drawings of the remarkable forms "Papilio,"
obtained by De Langhe-Vervaene, and of " The Bush-Hill Pioneer,"
by Messrs. Hugh Low & Co., were shown. It was pointed out that
the tendency of the species under cultivation was to lose its dis-
tinctive generic characters and to approximate to a more generalized
type. The reflexion of the corolla-segments was often lost as in
Lysimachia, the segments were sometimes multiplied as in Trientalis,
and the margins were fringed as in Suldanella and cultivated forms
of Primula sinensis. The "Bush-Hill Pioneer" possessed, in the
cresting of the petals, a remarkable character without parallel in
any primulaceous j)lant occurring in a wild state. Dr. Dyer also
showed a series of plants to illustrate the origin of the garden
"Cineraria." It was generally agreed that this had sprung from
one or more species native of the Canaries ; it will be remembered
that a long discussion on this matter appeared in Nature some little
while ago, in which somew^hat conflicting views were expressed.
An extreme cultivated form was shown and compared with Senecio
cruentus, which Dr. Dyer considered all internal evidence indicated
as the sole original stock. S. Heritieri, another reputed parent,
was exhibited ; but it was pointed out that this has a shrubby habit
and stems markedly zigzag between the internodes, while the leaves
are clothed beneath with a dense white tomentum : these characters
it transmits more or less to its hybrid ofl'spring. In illustration of
this point Mr. Pou's hybrid {S. super- Ileritieri x cruentus) was
exhibited (a similar one has occurred at Edinburgh) ; also the
Cambridge hybrid {S. su}>er-crueutus x Heritieri). S. cruentus
crosses very freely with the garden Cineraria, and as the latter
never exhibits any trace of the characters of S. Heritieri, it was
concluded that that species had no part in its origin, and that, as
in the case of the Cyclamen, the striking development of S. cruentus
in cultivation was due to the continued accimiulation of gradual
variations.

209

NOTES ON SOME RA.RE SPECIES OF MYOETOZOA.
By Arthur Lister, F.L.S.

Badhamia foliicola, n. sp. A species of Badhamia belonging
to the group with free spores, which appears to have been hitherto
undescribed, was obtained in considerable abundance in Waustead
Park, Essex, in September, 1896. It was found in rather large
growths, scattered over an area of several yards, on deeply-strewn
dead leaves of sycamore and Spanish chestnut. The sporangia are
mostly hemispherical, O'5-l mm. diam., sessile and rather crowded;
some are pyriform on orange-brown stalks 0*2 mm. long, standing
either singly or in clusters of three to six. The colour is dark
grey, violet, or softly iridescent in consequence of the membranous
sporangium-wall being free from deposits of lime ; the grey colour
is caused, as seen under the microscope, by reflections from the
minutely plicate wall. The capillitium is of the usual Badhamia
character, forming a network of broad strands, but is almost
destitute of lime. The free spores are violet-brown, very minutely
warfced, and closely resemble those of B. jmnicea Rost. On some
of the leaves an orange-brown sclerotium was observed ; this
revived after being in water for a few hours, and the yellow
Plasmodium spread over the leaves for a couple of days, when
it changed to sessile sporangia similar to those gathered in
the Park in all respects, except that the lime in the capilUtium
was more abundant. Another gathering was obtained on a large
heap of dead leaves at Highcliff, Lyme Regis, on 18th February,
1897. The sporangia were all sessile, and grey with an iridescent
shot, exactly resembling those found in Essex.

There is a specimen in the Strassburg collection which closely
resembles our gatherings in the grey, membranous sporangium-wall
and in the broad network of the capillitium almost destitute of lime.
The sporangia are sessile on the stalks and refuse skins of grapes.
It may be the same species, but in our ignorance of the colour of
the Plasmodium it is difficult to be certain, for, in common with
our gatherings, it agrees in all other characters, except in the
habitat, with some limeless forms of Badhamia panicea Rost. It
was named Badhamia verna Rost. — syu. Physanim vernum Somf.
Accepting the specimen as a type of that species, I suggested that
B. verna was a form of B. panicea (Brit. Museum Catalogue of
Mycetozoa, 31). Prof. A. Blytt, of Christiania, has kindly supplied
me with part of the original type of I'Jujmrum vernum, gathered by
Sommerfelt in 1827. It is a true P/(//.s7< /-urn, as shown in the' de-
scription of the species in the sequel, and has no resemblance to our
gatherings or to the Strassburg specimen above mentioned. I take
this opportunity to correct my suggestion with regard to Badhamia
rerna in the B. M. Catalogue.

I propose the name of Badhamia foliicola on account of the
Plasmodium inhabiting dead leaves, and this feature, together with
the yellow colour as contrasted with the white plasmodium of
B. panicea, are the grounds for claiming it as a new species.

Journal of Botany. — Vol. 35. [Junk, 1897.] p

210 NOTES ON SOME RARE SPECIES OF MYCETOZOA.

B. MAGNA Peck. Mr. F. L. Harvey has sent to the British
Museum a specimen of this rare species gathered at Orono, Me.,
U. S. A., hy Mr. C. W. Knight, in October, 1896. Tiie spores differ
shghtly from those of Pecli's type in being more distinctly spinulose
under high magnification.

B. uEciPiKNs Berk. A specimen of this species has been kindly
submitted to me for inspection by Mr. Robert E. Fries, of Upsala.
It was found by him in Wermland, Sweden, in 1896, on oak bark ;
it closely resembles Curtis's type from S. Carolina in the Strassburg
collection. This appears to be the second recorded gathering in
Europe.

B. RUBiGiNosA Eost. A large form of this species was found at
Bryn Dinas Mawddry, North Wales, in Sept. 1895. The sporangia
are globose, 0-8 mm. diam., flattened and somewhat umbilicate
beneath, on stout cylindrical stalks about 0-5 mm. long. The
Plasmodium was bright yellow, spreading over moss and rock.
An abundant gathering of the usual pyriform type was obtained
by Mr. E. S. Salmon in Epping Forest on Nov. 21st, 1896. All
the English gatherings of this species I have met with have the
spores marked with strong warts or broken bauds which distinguish
var. /j. dicti/ospora from var. a. gauiina.

Physarum vernum Somf. rUismodiiun probably white. Spormu/ifi
sessile, more or less crowded, hemispherical or somewhat elongated
plasmodiocarps ; white, or iridescent from the absence of lime in
the sporangium-wall ; occasionally seated on a membranous whitish
hypothallus. CapiUitium of numerous small angular white lime-
knots connected by many branching hyaline threads. Sometimes
the lime-knots are large and branching, or confluent, forming a
pseudo columella. Spores spinulose (magnified 1600 times), dark
violet-brown inclining to red, 8-12 fx diam.

Hab. On dead leaves and twigs.

Part of the type of this species from Sommerfelt's herbarium,
named by himself and gathered at Christiania in May, 1827, has
been furnished me by Prof. A. Blytt. It is perfectly matured, but
the sporangia are mostly broken, and the white capillitium with
its numerous lime-knots projects in little heaps above the ruptured
sporangium-wall. Although the lime-knots are usually small and
angular, they vary much in size, and are sometimes branched with
few connecting hyahne threads, approaching the capillitium of
Badhamid in form ; this circumstance may have led Rostafinski to
include it under the latter genus in his monograph as Badhamia
verna. On the one hand, it is allied to Phijsanua cinereum, which
it resembles in the sessile plasmodiocarps as well as in the capil-
litium ; in the latter species we often meet with a capillitium
consisting of a network of broad threads charged with lime almost
throughout with true Badlnmiia character. On the other hand, it
is allied to I'/ii/saruin cumpresmui. in the dark spores. We have met
with the form duriug many years. In Epping Forest it is rather
abundant on dead holly-leaves. Here the sporangia are most
frequently of iridescent-purple colour from the absence of lime
in the walls, but others have the walls charged with hme. We

NOTES ON SOME RARE SPECIES OF MyCETOZOA. 211

have gathered the iridescent form at Lynton, N. Devon, and in
Wanstead Park, Essex. At Lyme Kegis and also in N. Wales the
species occurs with white and usually widely-scattered sporangia,
the iridescent form being less common. There are specimens in
the Kew collection from Aiken, N. Carolina ; Cuba, Madras, and
Paraguay, placed under the name of Physarum cinereum, which
would now be referred to P. vernum. But the capillitium usually
contains small angular lime-knots filled with large lime-granules
1-2 /x diam., which often coalesce into a vitreous mass. The knots
are sometimes large and -unite into a pseudo-columella, or, again,
the capillitium has the character of Badhamia, as in the case of
P. cinereum, mentioned above. The spores, however, are always
constant in their dark colour, and before receiving Sommerfelt's
type I had contemplated publishing an account of the form as a
dark-spored variety of P. cinereum, which is normally characterized
by its pale spores ; it is satisfactory, however, to be able to trace
it to a species already named, for notwithstanding the intermediate
place it holds between its two companions, rendering some gatherings
difficult to determine, yet the main characters are constant.

P. PENETRALE Rex. I have received a gathering of this Phy-
sarum from Dr. E. Nyman, who collected it in the Ivungsgarten,
Upsala, on July 31st, 1895. The species is remarkable in the
slender flesh-coloured stalk being prolonged as a columella through
more than half the length of the sporangium. Tlie present speci-
men corresponds in all respects with Dr. Rex's type. This is the
third recorded European gathering. The specimen in the Strass-
burg collection referred to in B. M. Cat. j\[ijc. 49, has no locality
given, and no name of the collector ; this in itself implies that it is
not of foreign origin. The other record is British. A small group
of nine sporangia on Junyennunnia on a pine-stick was collected by
Prof. I. Bayley Balfour at Moffat about the year 1879, but the
identity of the species was not discovered until last year. The
sporangia were all mounted in glycerine jelly on two slides ; one
of these is in the Royal Herbarium, Edinburgh, the other is in my
own collection.

P. MfjRiNUM List. Dr. Nyman has furnished me with a specimen
of this species, gathered by himself in the Kungsgarten, Upsala,
July 31st, 1895. It is the sessile form similar to the specimen
from Moflat referred to in B. M. Cat. Myc. 42. This is the second
recorded European gathering.

P. cALiDRis List. An interesting form of this species was
obtained at Witley, Surrey, in Sept. 189G. The sporangia are
nearly all sessile, a few having short stalks with characteristic red
colour and translucence. The capillitium is almost of Badliamia
type, with few hyaline threads ; the sporangia are strongly
rugose. In the capillitium and sporangium-wall the gathering
resembles the type of P. ni)dulitsum Cke. & Balf. from S. Carolina,
referred to in B. M. Cat. Myc 52. An extensive gathering near
Amesbury, Wilts, in Aug. 1895, has slender capillitium, with the
lime-knots almost absent in some sporangia. Other specimens

p 2

212 NOTES ON SOME KAKE SPECIES OF MYCETOZOA.

have a capillitium intermediate between these two extremes, and
show a variation in this character, greater perhaps than in the
different varieties of P. nutans Pers. Tlie proof thus afforded of
the specific identity between P. nodiilosum and the Lyme Eegis
gathering first described in 1891 under the name of P. calidris
{I. c. 52) shows that the former name should take precedence.

P. viREscENS var, f3. obscurum. a gatheriug of this marked
variety was obtained under a ckimp of hollies in Eppiug Forest,
near Loughton, on Nov. 3rd, 189G. It was on a holly-leaf, and is
similar to the specimen figured JJ. M. Cat. J\[)jc. PI. xx. b, except
that the sporangia are all subglobose and somewhat scattered, and
that the capillitium is less profuse.

Chondrioderma roanense Eex. I have lately received two speci-
mens of this species from the United States of America. One is
from Dr. W. C. Sturgis, of New Haven, Conn., collected by him on
"hemlock bark " at Shelburne, N.H., in Sept. 1896. The other is
from Mr. F. L. Harvey, of Orono, Me., who found it in the neigh-
bourhood of that town in the autumn of 1896. He states (Bull.
Tone]) Bat. Chih, xx. No. 2, 67) that it was met with in some
abundance by Mr. Merrill at E. Auburn, Me. These repeated
gatherings confirm the integrity of the species. It is referred to
B. M. Cat. Myc. 84, under tbe account of C. radiatum as needing
further records to establish its specific distinction. The specimens
correspond exactly with Dr. Hex's type, except that the sporangia
are more globose, and tbe black stalks are longer.

Diderma concinnum B. & C. Very little remains of the type-
specimen from S. Carolina, No. 3021 (Kew Collection, 1476), named
as above in Berkeley's handwriting, but there is sufficient to show
it is a fairly typical form of Clumdrioderma radiatum Rost. The
apparently sessile sporangia are of the usual size and colour, with
a sporangium-wall of typical character. The columella is hemi-
spherical or subglobose on a broad base. The capillitium consists
of violet-brown flexuose threads. The spores are violet-brown,
minutely spinulose, 8-9*5 /x diam. ; they have not attained their
full depth of colour, and adhere when making a glycerine-jelly
preparation in consequence of the growth not having been quite
mature. Rostafiuski gives Diderma cunviniium as a synonym for
Chondrioderma fiuriforme, from which it is distinguished by the
spores. A specimen from Maine (Kew Collection, 375), marked
Chondrioderma conciimuui, and quoted in Massee's Momu/raph, p. 308,
as " Phi/sarum concinnum,'" is a pale form of lladhamia lilacina with
characteristic capillitium and spores, and is referred to in B. M.
Cat. Myc. 35. I had inadvertently taken this specimen as a
type oi L>iderni a concimnuiiB. & C, and had neglected until after
the publication of my monograph to make a careful examination of
the original type of the latter.

The name " Phijsarum concinnum B. & C." has been given by
Mr. Morgan, of Ohio, to a species of which I have received a
specimen. It is quite clistinct from either of the two specimens in
the Kew Collection referred to, and, judging from the small example

NOTES ON SOME EARE SPECIES OF MYCETOZOA. 213

in hand, I place it as possibly a form of P. compressum A. & S., but
the granules of lime in the sporangium-wall and lime-knots are
large for that species. I make this explanation to correct my own
mistake, and also on account of the confusion that has arisen with
regard to the name.

DiACH/EA suBSESsiLis Peck. This beautiful species was found on
dead bramble-leaves and stems in Flitwick Wood, Beds, on Sept. 8th,
189G. Tlie sporangia are about 0-5 mm. diam., subglobose and with
an iridescent lustre, either provided with a conical white stalk or
sessile, or of plasmodiocarp form. The columella is shortly conical
or obsolete. The capillitium consists of a network of violet-brown
threads radiating from the columella. The spores have a greenish
colour, occasioned by the yellow contents appearing through the
pale purplish spore-wall, which is beset with minute spines arranged
in a reticulate pattern, as described by Dr. Uex (B. 3/. Cat. Mijc. 92).
Some groups of sporangia are entirely destitute of lime, and in this
case they are either sessile or have a short black stalk, the columella
being reduced to a yellowish membranous tube. The limeless form
agrees in all respects, including the sculpture of the spores, with a
specimen of Lawproderwa Fuckelianum Kost. var. cracowense Racib.
kindly submitted for inspection by Dr. Celakovsky, of Prague. It
has a striking bearing on the species named by Dr. Sturgis Coma-
tricha ccespitosa, a form without lime, which I suggested might be a
variety of Diaclimt T/inmasii (1. c. 92), though the constancy of the
long, membranous columella in repeated gatherings makes it pro-
bable that it is a distinct species. There is a near relationship
between />. Tlwmasii and D. suhsessilis, and, judging from the few
gatherings that have been obtained, the difference consists in the
orange-coloured stalks and clustered grouping of the papillae on the
spores (under high magnification) of the former, as compared with
the white stalks, densely charged with white lime-granules, and
the reticulate arrangement of the papilhe on the spores of the latter.
The peculiar greenish colour of the spores is confined, as far as my
observation extends, to D. suhsessilis Peck, D. Thomasii Rex, and
Coiiiatriclut ca;spitos(( Sturgis.

A specimen of the Flitwick gathering has been submitted to Dr.
Sturgis for comparison with the American type of D. subsi'ssilis Peck.
He considers it identical with the latter species, but has been unable
to procure an example of the type, which appears to represent a
single gathering, and is now placed in the New York Museum.

DiDYMiuM DUBiuM Rost. has been abundant this winter in the
locality where it was first found at Lyme Regis in April, 1888.
I obtained it from near Lyndhurst, New Forest, in Oct. 189(3, and
at Witley, Sui-rey, in the same month. Through tlie courtesy of
Dr. Celakovsky, juu., I possess part of the original type gathered
by Opiz at Hauenstein in 18BG. It confirms my opinion that our
English gatherings belong to the same species ; some of these
exhibit similar capillitiums and spores, though we find a con-
siderable range of variation ; the capillitium is usually more rigid
and the spores paler than in the type.

214 NOTES ON SOME RARE SPECIES OF MYCETOZOA.

D. EFFusuM var. tenue, n. var. Sporangia sessile, annular,
orbicular- depressed, or elongated plasmodiocarps with a central
depression ; grey, or glossy brown from the absence of lime. There
is often a well-defined line of dehiscence round the upper margin of
the sporangium-wall. The sporangium-wall is sparingly beset with
minute lime-crystals, or naked. Columella none. Capillitium of
slender, flexuose, violet-brown threads of equal thickness, but
beaded with dark prominences here and there. Spores minutely
spinulose, palish purple-brown, 7-8 /j. diam.

This form has appeared in extreme abundance among dead
sycamore and Spanish chestnut leaves in Wanstead Park, Essex,
during last autumn. It is constant in its characters, and I first
gathered it in the same locality in April, 1888; the crystals are
always scanty, and the capillitium coloured. Considering the wide
divergence, in the Wanstead Park gatherings, from the usual type
of Diihjmium rjf'aswn, and the absence there of intermediate forms,
they would appear to claim specific rank ; but bearing in mind the
great variety exhibited by D. eff'usum in sporangia derived from Plas-
modia of a common origin, and the near approach of some of the
effused forms to the one under consideration, it appears better,
for the present at least, to record it as a variety of that species.
I propose the varietal name of tenue on account of the constant
slender form of the plasmodiocarps.

CoMATRicHA LURiDA Lister. This species has been abundant
during last winter in the locality where it was first discovered at
Lyme Kegis in 1890, and where it has been gathered almost every
year since that date. It has also been met with sparingly in other
parts of the district. It was found in large quantities on dead
leaves under hollies at Witley, Surrey, in Oct. 1896, and Mr. E. S.
Salmon collected it on dead leaves at Reigate in Jan. 1897. The
species is well-marked and constant in its characters, and though
difficult to recognize at first from its similarity to sporangia of
Lawprodenna iridenm which have lost their iridescent walls, and
with which common species it is often accompanied, it is un-
mistakable as a mounted object. I know of no other record of its
collection beyond those above mentioned.

C. RUBENS Lister. In addition to the stations mentioned [B. M.
Cat. Myc. 123), this species has been found in Eppiug Forest, and
also at Witley, Surrey, and was unusually common at Lyme Regis
in the winter of 1896-7. Like the species last referred to, it
is strikingly constant in all its characters, but, from its minute
size and close similarity in colour to the dead leaves on which the
sporangia are found, it is easily overlooked. The persistent basal
portion of the sporangium-wall appears to be an invariable feature,
and renders the position of the species in the genus Coinatricha,
rather than in the genus Lamprodenna, a somewhat doubtful one.

C. TYPHoiDEs var. y. MicROspoRA Lister. A large gathering of
this form was obtained on dead sycamore, oak, and bramble leaves,
under brambles on the margin of the woods in Wanstead Park,
Essex, in Nov. 1896. It is precisely the same form as that from

NOTES ON SOME RAKE SPECIES OF MYCETOZOA. 215

Lyme Regis referred to in B. M. Cat. Mijc. 121, with faintly reticu-
lated spores 4 [x diam. Tiie latter specimen was found on larch-
bark lying on a thick bed of larch-needles. In both of these
gatherings the surface branches of the capillitium are elegantly
looped throughout, without free ends. They difi'er in this respect
from (.'. typhoides var. a, which always has free ends in the upper
part of the sporangium, and usually over the whole surface. If it
were not that, in addition to the faint reticulation on the spores,
the warts can be detected to which Dr. Rex drew attention as
characterizing the species C. ti/phoides, and also from the fact
that intermediate American forms appear to unite all the varieties
of Comatricha in which these curiously-warted spores are present,
the var. rnicroscopica would seem entitled to stand as a distinct
species. A gathering of this variety from Berlin is represented in
the British Museum by specimen 638, Sydow Myc. Marth 1866.
It was issued under the name of Stemonitisferruginea.

C. Persoonh var. fusca, n. var. Throughout last autumn
C. Persoonii has been common in Epping Forest and Wanstead
Park. It was mostly of the typical form with gregarious sporangia
containing the usual pale lilac-brown spores. In Wanstead Park,
however, a large growth came up on dead leaves under brambles,
of more crowded erect sporangia, recognizable at a glance from the
ordinary form as taller and more rigid in appearance. The capil-
litium is dense ; the spores dark and similar to those of C. laxa,
from some forms of which with dense capillitium it is not easily
distinguished when individual sporangia are compared. Specimens
in the British Museum from Broome's collection had caused me
perplexity until I recognized them as being the same species as
the Wanstead form of C. Persoonii, which retained its distinctive
characters in continuous growths through Sept., Oct., and on to
Nov. 5th. The habitat on dead leaves, and the somewhat rufous
colour of the sporangia in the field, distinguish it from C. laxn,
which is found on sticks and logs ; and it so nearly resembles
some forms of typical C. Ptrsonnii that the only diagnostic feature
is the dark spores. As, however, it is represented by several speci-
mens in the Brit. Mus. Collection, and appears to be constant in its
characters, it may be useful to mark it by the varietal name of
fusca, in allusion to the colour of the spores.

SiPHOPTYCHTUM Casparyi Rost. I havc received a fine and typical
specimen of this species from Mr. Robert E. Fries, of Upsala, who
gathered it last year in Wermland, Sweden. I know of no previous
record of its occurrence in Europe. ,

LicEA flexuosa Pcrs. was found in great abundance on chips
about the stumps of felled Scotch firs near Witley, Surrey, in
November, 1896, and February, 1897.

Tkichia contorta var. lutescens. In the description of this
variety in P. M. ('i(t. Mi/c. 169, founded on my gatherings in
Norway in 1894, I stated that if further specimens should be
obtained confirming the constancy of the characters, it should be
made a distinct species. Dr. Nyman has sent mo a sjjecimen

216 NOTES ON SOME RARE SPECIES OF MYCETOZOA.

collected by Miss A. Cleve at Njammets, Lapponia Luleusis,
Sweden, Sept. 9tb, 1896. 'The sporangia are globose and sessile,
agreeing in all respects with the above, except that the spores
have a more olivaceous colour. As in the former gathering, the
sporangium-wall consists of a yellow membrane, entirely free from
granular deposits, and so delicate as to be embossed with the
impression of the spores beneath. The elaters measure 4 /x in
thickness, and have regular but faint spiral bands ; the tips taper
gradually, or end in a short point beyond a bulbous swelling. The
spores are nearly smooth, 11 /x diam. There appears to be sufficient
evidence to establish the integrity of the species, and I should give
it the name of Trichia lutescens.

T. BoTRYTis var. munda, n.var. This variety is distinguished
from var. a. by its usually smaller size, by the almost invariably
mottled sporangium-'wall, by the habitat being on dead leaves of
oak, hornbeam, &c., rarely on wood; but especially by the smooth,
neat elaters having about four bands which are perfectly regular
and close in their spiral arrangement, and do not project above the
intermediate spaces. The elaters are pale brown in colour, 3'5 /x
in thickness, with moderately long tapering points. The character
of the spiral bands is a constant one, as evidenced by gatherings by
Prof. I. Bayley Balfour at Moffat about the year 1879; by Mr. J.
Saunders at Pepperstock, Beds, in Oct. 189i ; and by ourselves in
the Black Forest near Freiburg, repeatedly in the neighbourhood of
Lyme Regis, and abundantly in Epping Forest. Although a dis-
tinct variety, the spores are similar to those of var. «, and it
resembles that form so nearly in other characters that it cannot be
called a distinct species. The varietal name of munda is given on
account of the neat elaters.

Hemitrichia intorta, var. leiotricha Lister, has been found in
Wanstead Park and Epping Forest during last autumn. In one
locality eighty-one sporangia were collected on dead leaves under
brambles on a space little more than a foot wide. Considering the
scattered habit of the species, this was a large gathering.

Arcvria ferruginea Saut. This species is subject to much
variation both in the colour of the sporangia and in the surface
thickenings of the capillitium, but the large spores, about 9 /x diam.,
distinguish all forms of this and the doubtfully distinct Californiau
species A. versicolor from other members of the genus. The
differences noticed in the capillitium-threads consist in the varied
arrangement of spines, bauds, and reticulations, and in the presence
or absence of free ends. Several species have been created from
time to time based on these characters. The specimen named
Hf'terotrichiii GabrieUcB Mass., from S. Carolina, in the Kew Col-
lection, has been especially noted as distinct from A. ferruginea by
the numerous free ends projecting from the network of the
capillitium, but in some sporangia of that specimen I can find
no free ends. ^./tr/'U^mca was unusually abundant last autumn
in many localities. In my garden at Leytonstone a growth came
up in November on a decaying trunk of Scotch fir, extending for

NOTES ON SOME RARE SPECIES OF MYCETOZOA. 217

several feet in length and some inches in breadth. The plasmodium
was in part of the usual rosy red colour, but a large proportion was
creamy white, shading into red. The sporangia that matured from
the cream-coloured plasmodium ranged from yellow to orange and
ferruginous, and those from the rosy plasmodium showed the same
difference in tint. In some sporangia the capillitium had numerous
free ends, similar in shape and reticulation to those in the type of
H. Gabriellcc ; in others none could be detected. The sculpture of
the capillitium varied in sporangia taken from different parts of the
growth in the presence or absence of spines and transverse bars,
and in the character of the reticulation. Such diversity in sporangia,
undoubtedly arising from a common origin, confirms the view that
the presence or absence of free ends and the surface sculpture of
the threads are unreliable characters on which to found specific
distinctions. The capillitium of a gathering in Epping Forest in
Nov. 1896 is terete in section, beset with spines and reticulations,
but without transverse bars ; it nearly approaches Rostafiuski's
type of A. dictyonema in character, yet the size of the spores and
the pattern on the cup of the sporangium-wall leave no doubt that
it is a form of A. ferruginea.

A. STiPATA Lister. At the time of the publication of the B. M.
Cat. Mijc. this species had only been recorded from America,
with the exception of two specimens in the Kew Collection, one
from Ceylon and the other from Nepal. Further examination of a
specimen from " Merimasku, Finland, Karsten Fung. Fin. No. 378,"
named Arcyria punieea in the Kew Collection, proves it to be
A. stipata. It was evidently mixed with other gatherings, as
Karsten's specimen in the Brit. Mus. Collection, under the same
name and number, is A. punieea. I have now received a fine
example from Mr. E. S. Salmon, gathered at Margery Hall, near
Reigate, on Dec. 11th, 189G, by Mr. W. F. Taylor. It is a larger
form, with longer stalks than any I have seen from America, but
the spiral lines on the capillitium are unusually distinct. It is
interesting to be able to add this to the list of British species.

DiANEMA Harveyi Rbx. This species was gathered in Dec. 1895,
on a decayed stem of Clematis vitalba, also in Jan. and March, 1897
on ash-sticks, in an ivy-covered dell near Lyme Regis, where it was
discovered in Feb. 1894, and referred to in B.]\[. Cat. Mi/c 204.
Mr. Harvey states {IJidl. Torrei/ Hot. Club, xxiii. No. 8, 307) that
he has not met with the species since the original gathering was
obtained on decorticated poplar near Orono, Me., in Sept. 1889,
though searched for carefully.

Lycogala flavo-fuscum Rost. In Sept. 1895, Mr. C. Crouch, of
Kitchen End, near Ampthill, Beds, observed a frothy white plas-
modium at the base of a decaying elm, and watched it almost daily
for a fortnight, when it had matured to a grey, pulvinate tBthalium
about an inch and a quarter in diameter. The cortex, capillitium,
and spores arc typical of L, jlavo-fusvum. The colour of the plas-
modium has not, I believe, been previously noted. On Oct. 4th,
1896, two aHhalia about an inch and a half long, and depending

218

DECADES PLANTARUM NOVARUM AUSTKO-AFEICANARUM.

from a yellowish liypothalliis, were gathered from the trunk of a
dead beech iu the New Forest, seven or eight feet from the ground;
they are more brown in colour than the Ampthill specimen, but
they had evidently been mature for a considerable time. The species
appears to be rare.

DECADES PLANTARUM NOVARUM AUSTRO-
AFRIGANARUM.

AUCTORE R. SCHLECHTER.
(Coutinuecl from vol. xxxiv. p. 504.)

DEGAS in.

21. Muraltia exilis, sp. n. Herba gracillima, erecta, glabra, e
basi parum ramosa, 15-30 cm. alta ; ramis erectis vel adscendenti-
bus filiformibus, pro genere distauter foliatis ; foliis erectis, lineari-
filiformibus, acutissimis, glabris, vel microscopice margine ciliatis,
dorso nervo medio incrassato subcarinatis, 1-1-7 cm. longis ; floribus
in axillis foliorum superiorum sessilibus, singulis, albidis ; calycis
foliolis erectis, fequahbus lanceolatis acutissimis, petala subexce-
dentibus, margine tenuiter ciliatis, O-i cm. longis ; petalis erectis
ad dimidium usque agglutiuatis, oblique ligulatis obtusis, margine
tenuiter ciliatis mtus medio fere subbarbatis, vix 0-4 cm. longis ;
carina petala excedente, ungue lineari, lamina cucullata obtusissima
intas glabra, basi obtusa (exauriculata), appendicibus petaloideis
complicatis obcordatis, basi cuneatis, margiuibus integris, 1-5 mm.
longis ; capsula subelliptica, more generis compressa, glaberrima,
calyci longitudine fequa, cornubns apice subdeltoideis glabris, capsula
3-1-plo bi-evioribus ; seminibus oblongis, pilis detlexis tenuiter
hispidulis.

Habitat in regione austro occideutali : In humidis juxta rivulum
" Silvermiue River" in planitie mentis Steenberg prope Muizen-
berg, alt. c. 1500 ped., Jul. 1896. Leg. Ccqjt. Wollei/ Dod.

From M.Jillfuniiis Thbg. our plant is distinguished by its much
more slender habit, the sepals, much smaller flowers, and a very
distinct fruit, quite unlike any other in the genus.

The colovxr of the flowers is pale pink, almost white, with a
purplish carina.

22. Coelidium humile, sp, u. Fruticulus erectus, humilis,
ramosissimus ; ramis ramulisque sericeo-hirtis villosisve dense
foliatis ; foliis erectis lineari-lanceolatis vel lineari-oblongis, acu-
minatis, concavis, extus cano-sericeis, 0-3-O-4 cm. longis; floribus
roseis ad apices ramulorum capitatis sessilibus ; bracteis minutis,
quam calyce duplo vel subduplo brevioribus oblongis ovatis, dense
sericeis ; calyce 0-4 cm. longo, sericeo ; apicibus liberis sub-
aequalibus, brevibus, suborbicularibus obtusis, intus puberulis ;
vexillo e basi graciliter unguiculato in laminam suborbicularem
apice escisam, utrinque glabram, Q-G cm. latam dilatato; alis
vexillo vix brevioribus ungue gracili, lamina oblique oblonga

DECADES PLANTARUM NOVARUM AUSTRO-Ai'RICANARUM. 219

obtusa, ulrinqne glabra, 0-6 cm. longis ; carina alis subasquilougis
obtusa gbibra ; stylo subulato glabro, ovario ovoideo puberulo.

Habitat in regioue austro-occideutali : In clivis lapidosis in
siimmo monte "Matroosberg," alt. c. 6500 ped., Dec. 1895; Dr.
li. Marloth, No. 2200.

This very interesting little novelty stands in the character of
its flowers nearest to C. muraltiuides Bth., but is easily distinguished
by its much shorter habit, smaller flowers in few-flowered capitulum,
and very different bracts.

Flowers purple, with a darker carina.

23. Dolichos reticulata, sp.n. Herbaperennis, decumbens e
basi ramosa ; ramis plus minusve elongatis, filiformibus, teretibus,
pilis reflexis bifariam villosis ; stipulis oblongis obtusis, vel sub-
obtusis, basi semisagittatis, marginibus ciliatis ; foliis trifoliolatis,
petiolatis, petiolo 1 •7-2-5 cm. lougo, gracili pilosulo, nunc sub-
glabro, foliolis sub^equimagnis, lateralibus oblique ovatis obtusiuscu-
lis vel acutiusculis, reticulato-nervosis, marginibus ciliatis exceptis
utriuque glabris, foliolo intermedio paulo producto ovato-oblongo
acutiusculo, 2-2-5 cm. longo, medio fere 0-8-l'3 cm. lato ;
peduncnlis elongatis filiformibus, axillaribus, sparsim pilosis,
folia excedentibus, plerumque unifloris, rarius bifloris ; calycis
0-5 cm. longi segmentis subfequalibus ovato-lanceolatis subacutis,
margine tenuissime ciliatis, tubo subfequilongis ; vexillo breviter
unguiculato, suborbiculari obtusissimo, c. 1 cm. longo, intus
squamulis 2, falcato-oblongis obtusis basi donate, utrinque glabro ;
alis graciliter unguiculatis, lamina rhomboideo-obovata obtusissima,
basi auriculata, 6 cm. longis, lamina infra apicem 0-5 cm. lata ;
carina cucullata obtusa alis fere tequilonga ; ovario glabro, fiisi-
formi ; stylo subulato incurvo, dimidio superiore intus longitudi-
naliter barbato ; siliqua gracili recta, apice subhamato incurva,
c. 5 cm. louga, c. 0-3 cm. longa.

Habitat in regioue austro-orientali : In saxosis montium Drakens-
bergen prope Polela (Natahfe), alt. 6000-7000 ped., Febr. 1876.
Leg. M. S. Kvans, No. 630.

By its habit, the stipules, and the inflorescence well distinguished
from the other South African species.

Mr. Evans describes the flowers as being "rose-coloured."

2-1. Felicia bellidioides, sp. n. Herba perennis acaulis ;
foliis ad apicem rhizomatis repentis rosulatis pluribus, oblanceo-
latis vel obovato-spatulatis obtusiusculis, in petiolum angastatis,
pilis albidis sericeo-villosis, exsiccatione submembranaceis, 1-5-
2-5 cm. longis, supra medium 0*5-0-8 cm. latis ; scapo gracili
erecto, simplici, undo, pilosulo, 10-20 cm. alto ; capitulo erecto,
c. 1-3 cm. diametientc; involucri foliolis uniseriatis liuearibus
acutis puberulis c. 18, floribus radii brevioribus, 0-6-0-7 cm. longis ;
floribus radii 15-20 cteruleis, lineari-ligulatis obtusis ; floribus
disci tubulosis, autheris baud exsertis ; acheniis compressis, ob-
ovoideis sparsim strigosis ; pappi setis (in acheniis maturis flores
disci subexcedentibns), strigoso-asperis, niveis.

Habitat in regioue austro-occidentali : In cacumine moutis

220 DECADKS PLANTAEUM NOVAEUM AUSTRO-AFRICANAKUM.

Matroosberg, in saxosis, alfc. 7300 pecL, Dec. 1895 ; Dr. 7?. Marloth,
No. 2267.

The characters of the habit bring this plant nearer to F. natal-
ensis Schltr. (Aster natalensis Harv.) and F. Imjulata Klatt, both
inhabitants of the south-eastern region. From the former it is well
distinguished by the leaves and the flower-heads ; the latter has
filiform leaves and white flowers. In habit the plant resembles
some species of Bellis.

The ray-flowers are blue ; the disc yellow.

25. Dimorphotheca spectabilis, sp. n. Herba perennis
simplex vel e basi parum ramosa, erecta, 30-45 cm. alta ; caule
stricto vel subflexuoso exsiccatione striato, foliato, apicem versus
in pedunculum scabrido-puberulum denudato tenuissime scabrido,
demum glabrescente ; foliis erectis lanceolato-elhpticis vel lineari-
lanceolatis acutis vel subacutis, integris, scabridiusculis, 3-5-5 cm.
longis, medio fere 0-7-1 cm. latis ; capitulo in genere inter majores ;
involucro 20-25-foliolato, foliolis lineari-lanceolatis acutis dorso
scabrido-glandulosis, disco a-quilongis, 1-2-1-4 cm. longis; floribus
radii speciose purpureis ligulatis apice breviter 3-dentatis, 4-nervis,
4-lineatis, involucro daplo longioribus basin versus extus hispidis ;
floribus disci alte tubulosis, extus sparsim hispidulis, 0-7 cm.
lougis, lobis erectis ovato-deltoideis subacutis ; antheris exsertis,
filamentis glabris fequilongis ; stylo subfiliformi in tubo antherarum
omnino incluso ; acheniis radii anguste 3-alatis, acheniis disci sub-
orbicularibus, apice breviter truncatis, 1-3 cm. diametientibus, alls
crassiusculis.

Habitat in regione austro-orientali : In collibus graminosis
prope Barberton, alt. 4000-4500 ped., Sept., Oct. 1887; E. E.
Galpin, No. 555.

The most beautiful species of the genus, with bright purple rays
and brown disc. Distinguished from IK Barberim Harv. by the
uniform rays and the achenes. D. Barberict has also smaller heads,
and is a much weaker-growing plant,

26. Phyllopodium glutinosum, sp. u. SuflVutex spithamaeus
ramosus, glutinoso-puberulus ; ramulis teretibus foliatis ; foliis
inferioribus oppositis, superioribus alternantibus e basi cuneato-
angustata circuitu obovatis, acutis, margine parum grosse dentatis,
1-1-7 cm. longis, supra medium 0-4-07 cm. latis ; spicis cylin-
dricis dense multifloris, elongatis ; bracteis foliaceis linearibus
pedicello adnatis nunc integris nunc 1-2 dentatis, obtusiusculis
calycem paulo excedentibus a^quantibusve, utrinque glutinoso-
velutiuis ; calyce subvelutino 0-3 cm. longo, alte 5-fido, segmentis
subciequalibus lineari-subulatis ; corolla calycem plus duplo exce-
dente, glabra, tubo 06 cm. longo, e basi cylindrica fauce versus
paulo dilatato, lobis patentibus rotundatis, superioribus inferioribus
paulo majoribus ; filamentis filiformibus glabris, antheris oblongis
parvulis, brevioribus, corolla tubum fequautibus, superioribus paulo
excedentibus ; stylo filiformi glabro, stamina longiora paulo su-
perante ; capsula ovoideo-oblonga obtusiuscula glabra, calycem
post anthesin paulo ampliatam requante.

Habitat in regione austro-occidentali : In saxosis in summo

DECADES PLANTARUM NOVARUM AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM. 221

monte Matroosberg, alt. c. 6000 ped., Dec. 1892; Dr. R. Marlcth,
No. 2216.

Somewhat resembling P. cunei/uUum Bth. from the south-eastern
region, but well distinguished by the indumentum, the leaves, and
larger flowers with a proportionately longer tube. I have not seen
this rare plant in any other collection.

27. Zaluzianskya crocea, sp. n. Herba perennis, humilis,
5-8 cm. alta, basi parum ramosa ; foliis patentibus vel erecto-
patentibus, textura crassiore, inferioribus obovatis subacutis vel
obtusis petiolatis, parum dentatis, nunc subintegris, usque ad 2 cm.
longis, supra medium usque ad 0'7 cm. latis, superioribus sensim
angustioribus sessilibus, plus minusve albido-pilosis, in bracteas
decrescentibus; spicis cylindricis, vel ovoideis, densiusculis; floribus
croceis subcorymbosis ; bracteis foliaceis calycem vel fructum exce-
dentibus ; calyce alte bilabiato, villoso, labiis squilongis, inferiore
breviter exciso, superiore tridentato, 0*7 cm. longo ; corollae tubo
tenuissimo subfiliformi-cylindrico, puberulo, faucibus vix ampliatis,
c. 3 cm. longo, 0-1 cm. diametiente, segmentis divaricatis, alte
emarginatis, croceis, lobulis rotundatis, faucibus pilosis; stylo fili-
formi, corolhe tubum paulo excedente ; filamentis tenuissimis, glabris ;
ovario glabro ; capsula oblonga, calyci asquilonga.

Habitat in regione austro-orientali : In monte Andriesberg,
prope Queenstown, alt. 6350 ped.. Mart. 1895 ; E. E. Galpin,
No. 1927.

In general appearance this species somewhat resembles Z. sela-
(j'mea Walp., but the pubescent corolla-tube, the leaves, and the
fruits distinguish it well. The tube of the flowers and the lower
surface of the lobes are whitish ; the upper surface of the latter is
bright orange, a colour not found before in the flowers of this
interesting genus.

28. Stachys simplex, sp. n. Herba perennis, simplex erecta,
20-40 cm. alta ; caule angulato stricta, dense villoso, dimidio
inferiore deusius medio laxe foliato ; foliis ovato-oblongis vel
lanceolato-oblongis obtusis vel subacutis, margiue grosse dentatis,
basi in petiolum brevem angustatis vel subsessilibus utrinque velu-
tinis, 2-5 cm. longis, 1-1-5 cm. latis, superioribus sensim minoribus,
floralibus abbreviatis, calyces vix excedentibus ; spica sublaxa,
cylindrica, elongata, usque ad 15 cm. longa, vix 2 cm. diametiente;
verticillis 5-7-floris ; floribus niveis breviter pedicellatis, illis S. ar-
vensis L. subajquimagnis; calyce villoso, tubo segmentis vix longiore,
segmentis deltoidis pungenti-mucronatis, corolla} tubo brevioribus ;
corolla extus villosa, calycem duplo excedente, tubo cylindrico,
c. 0*6 cm. longo, c. 0*2 cm. diametro, labio superiore concavo
obtuso, intus glabro labio inferiori duplo fere breviore, labio inferiore
0-6 cm. longo, trilobato, lobis latcralibus minutis, intermedio sub-
quadrato, obtusato; filamentis filiformibus glabris, autheris minutis
oblongis, longioribus 2 apicem labii superioris vix attiugentibus ;
stylo tiliformi glabro, labium superiorem excedente.

Habitat in regione austro-orientali : In graminosis montium
" Saddleback-Mountains," prope Barberton (Transvaali;i3),alt. 4000-
5000 ped., Novembr. 1890 ; E. E. Galpiv, No. 1006.

222 DECADES PLANTARUM NOVARUM AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM.

Distinguished from S. nigricans Bth. by the indumentum, the
leaves shorter, villous flowers, and shorter growth. The flowers
are white.

29. Thesium Galpinii, sp.n. Frutex erectus (fide coUectoris),
8-pedalis, laxus, ramosus, ramis gracilibus illis T. amjulusi A. DC.
tenuioribus, angulatis, subaphyllis ; foliis depauperatis, squanife-
formibus valde dissitis, lanceolatis acutis glabris, erectis; floribus
plerumque laxe spicatis, interdum subpaniculatis ; bracteis line-
aribus acutis foliaceis, flore brevioribus, bracteolis 2 minutis ad
apicem pedicelli brevis ; perianthio alte 5-fido, segmentis lanceo-
latis extus glabris, intus margine subincurvo ciliatis, apice sub-
uncinato-incurvo velutinis, intus medio fascicule pilorum ad antheras
tendente pra^ditis, 0*5 cm. longis ; staminibus ad basin loborum
insertis, filamentis subulatis antheras longitudine a^quantibus, an-
theris perigonio brevioribus ; stylo subulato antherarum apicem vix
attingente, stigmate simplici truneato ; nuce ovoideo c. O-o cm. longa,
lineis 10 longitudiualiter ornata, quarum 5 bene conspicuis, 5 basi
nucis tantum visis, perigonio deflorato nuci vix fequilongo, stipite
carnosiusculo corallino.

Habitat in regione austro-orientali : In cacumine montium prope
Queenstown, alt. 4500 ped., Nov. 1893 ; E. E. Galpin, No. 1654.

A very distinct species, somewhat resembling T. anffulosum
A. DC, but with a different habit and a different style. The best
mark of the species lies in the coral-red stipes of the ripe fruit,
which I have never noticed before in any other South African
species. Mr. Galpin writes that it is a shrub 8 ft. high ; that is to
say, it would be amongst the tallest of the genus.

-SO. Watsonia gladioloides, sp.n. Foliis radicalibus pluribus
ensiformibus, more specierum nonnullarum Gladioli basi obliquis,
nervosis, cartilagineo-marginatis, 40-50 cm. longis, medio fere
l-3-l"8 cm. latis ; scapo stricto, valido, vaginis acutissimis, sen-
sim in bracteas decrescentibus laxe vestito, folia excedente ; spica
subsecunda elongata, pro genere subdensa ; spathis siccis erectis,
exterioribus ovato-lanceolatis valde acutis, 3-3-5 cm. longis, interi-
oribus apice breviter bifidis exterioribus paulo brevioribus ; perianthio
purpureo, c. 7 cm. longo, tubo arcuato e basi constricta dimidio
superiore subcylindrico, c. 0*4 cm. diametiente, lobis erecto-
patentibus, lanceolatis vel oblongo-lanceolatis acutis, c. 1*5 cm.
longis, medio fere 0*4-0-5 cm. latis, lobo infimo deflexo vel patulo ;
staminibus perianthii tubum excedentibus, filamentis filiformibus
glabris, antheris linearibus multo longioribus ; stylo filiformi
glabro ; antheras excedente, brachiis c. 0-0 cm. longis, dimidio
fere bifidis.

Habitat in regione austro-orientali : In clivis montis "Hanglip
Mtn.," Jan. 1894 ; E. E. Galpin, No. 1784.

A remarkable plant, with the tube of AntJioh/ia nervosa rather,
but the style-branches and stamens of IVatsonia, with which it
aerrees too in habit.

223

REMAEKS ON PAEATROPHIS HETEROPHYLLA Bl.
By T. Kirk, F.L.S.

New Zealand botanists have doubtless felt cousiderable un-
certainty as to the specific identity of certain plants included rightly
or wrongly under Kpicarpnrns )iiicrojihijlliis Raoul, the "turepo" of
the Maoris, and the "milk tree" of the settlers. Certainly any
ordinary observer examining Raoul's beautiful drawing and com-
paring it with the fine plate of Trophis opaca in the Banksian
collection, would unhesitatingly conclude that two entirely difi:'erent
plants were represented by the artists, and for some time past
I have been of the same opinion ; but the examination of a large
number of specimens from various localities has compelled me to
believe that we have only a single species which exhibits an ex-
ceptional range of variation, so that it is necessary to point out the
characteristics of the extreme forms.

Pakatrophis HETEROPHYLLA Bl. Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. ii. 81.
Epicarpunis microphyllus Raoul, Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. 3, ii. (1844), 117 ;
Choix de PI. de la Nouv. Zel. 14, t. 9 ; Hook. f. Handbk. N. Z. Fl.
251. Taxotrophis microphyUa F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Austr. 6, 193.

North and South Islands : — Mongonui to Foveaux Strait ; Great
Barrier Island.

In the young state the typical form has slender, flexuous, often
tortuous twigs with brown bark, pubescent or even setose at the tips,
and very brittle ; the leaves are distant, membranous, green, \-\ in.
long, shortly petioled, varying from obovate to obovate-orbicular,
cuneate at base, entire or deeply lobed below, or even pinnatifid,
acute, sharply toothed; stipules ovate-subulate, caducous. In this
state the plant forms a bush or shrub 3-8 in. high, which bears
but a slight resemblance to the mature condition, and rarely
produces flowers.

Gradually the leaves become coriaceous, the bark changes to a
grey colour, sometimes almost white ; the leaves become obtuse or
even retuse, their margins crenate or crenate-dentate, while the
lobation is less prominent and often disappears ; the obovate outline
may be retained, or pass gradually into obovate-elliptic or elliptic-
ovate ; the length may vary from \ in. or less to Ih in. In this
state the plant may range from a shrub or bush to a small tree
40 ft. high or more, with a trunk not exceeding 24 in. in diameter,
and pale grey or whitish bark. Flowers are produced freely, the
male forming axillary or rarely terminal amenta, ^{-1 in. long, , the
flowers mixed with curious peltate scales having scarious white
margins. Perianth deeply 4-partite, lobes rounded, ciliate ; stamens
4, exserted. Female flowers in short erect 3-G-floworcd spikes ;
flowers distant ; perianth deeply 4-partite, the outer segments smaller
than the inner; stigma bifid, both arms filiform, and stigmati-
ferous for their entire length; ovary 1-celled, 1-ovuled. Fruit as
large as a peppercorn, 1-seeded, red, spherical, tipped with the
short straight style. The slender rachis becomes pendulous as the

224 BEMARKa ON PARATROPHIS HETEROPHYLLA EL.

fruit ripens ; and it is remarkable that the fruits are almost in-
variably solitary, although the spikes are 3-6-flowered.

Var. elUptica = Trophis opaca Banks & Sol. MSS. et Ic. ; Hook. f.
Fl. N. Z. i. 224.

North Island : — Mongonui to Cook Strait ; Taranga Islands ;
Stephen Island. Chiefly in places near the sea.

The Banksian plate exhibits the male and female spikes, mostly
arranged in threes, springing from a terminal peduncle. I have no
specimen exhibiting this peculiarity.

Var. elliptica is erect from a very early state, and does not
appear to pass through the remarkable stages of development
described above ; it may be, however, that more extended observa-
tion might render it necessary to modify this statement, but I have
seen no indication of such change. The twigs are straight, erect,
with brown bark ; the leaves are erect and rather close- set from the
first, oblong or elliptic-oblong, acute, subacute or obtuse, margins
crenate or crenate-dentate, coriaceous, 1-3^ in. long, ^-1 in. broad,
slightly narrowed at both ends, but not obovate. Both male amenta
and female spikes are often geminate, although usually solitary, and
are larger than those of the type, sometimes Ih in. long or more.
The drupes, however, are numerous, the size of small peas, and
being produced in great profusion resemble at a short distance
racemes of red currants, the resemblance being increased by the
slender rachis being invariably pendulous. It seems not unlikely
that the greater number of j)erfect fruits on a spike in this variety
may be due to the spikes being usually developed on the naked
portions of the branchlets, and thus being more readily fertilized
than when hidden amongst the leaves, and it is not impossible that
the more robust habit of this plant may be indirectly connected with
the same characteristic.

Notwithstanding the very different aspect presented by the ex-
treme forms, a gentle gradation may be traced from the small
membranous lobulate or pinnatifid leaves of the early stage of the
type to the large elliptical entire leaves of var. elliptica, but it is not
easy to find intermediate stages amongst the drupes.

Female flowers appear continuously through the season, espe-
cially in var. elliptica, in which they are developed to the end of
February. In this form the unfertilized stigmas often remain on
the rachis until the drupes are nearly ripe. The wood is white,
compact and rather hard, but perishable.

I have to express my indebtedness to the Bishop of Waiapu, to
Frank V. J. Williams, Esq., of Waipara, to A. Williams, Esq., of
Taparoa, and other friends, for a copious supply of specimens from
various localities ; also to the authorities of the British Museum
for a precious fragment of the original specimen in the Banksian
collection.

The absence of any form of this plant from the Chatham Islands
and Stewart Island is remarkable.

225

HOUSTOUN'S CENTRAL AMERICAN LEGUMINOS^.
By James Britten, F.L.S., and E. G. Baker, F.L.S.

Among the large nurabei* of species established in Miller's
Gardeners' Dictionary (ed. 8, 1768), a considerable proportion are
based upon specimens sent by Dr. William Houstoun from Vera
Cruz, Campeachy, and Jamaica, or upon plants raised in Chelsea
Garden from seeds forwarded by him. Many of these have been
referred, often incorrectly, to other species subsequently described ;
others have never been identified.

The British Museum Herbarium, the historical value of which
is becoming more and more recognized, affords material for clearing
up the obscurity which surrounds these plants ; for it contains
(1) Miller's own herbarium, in which were a large number of
Houstoun's specimens, many of them having MS. names attached
in Houstoun's hand ; (2) a large number of plants from Chelsea
Garden sent by Miller to Sloane ; (3) many of Houstoun's specimens
in Herb. Banks; Houstoun's MSS. (five books) and drawings, from
which the ReliquicB HoiistouniancB was selected : the MSS. contain
many full descriptions of species, and, as well as the specimens,
were annotated by Dryander. It would thus be no difficult task to
identify a large number of Miller's descriptions, especially as some
one. (probably Dryander) has marked off in the Gardeners' Dictionary
the species received from Miller.

As was pointed out in this Journal many years back,* it is
matter for regret that Mr. Herasley did not include the plants in
the British Museum Herbarium in the Botany of the Bioloqia
Centrali-Ameyicana. By so doing he would not only have largely
added to the completeness of his enumeration, but he would have
cleared up a number of doubtful plants, and so have secured the
solution of a number of puzzles which at present remain unsolved
in the Index Kewensis. Nor does it appear that he extracted all the
Mexican plants from the Gardeners' Dictionary ; so that his handsome
book, although a summary — we can hardly say a handy summary —
of what was known at the time of its publication of the Central
American flora, might have been rendered more complete biblio-
graphically as well as botanically.

Our attention having lately been called to two or three of Hous-
toun's Leyionitiosce, it seemed to us that it might be useful to examine
the remainder of the order, with a view to ascertaining what pro-
portion of specimens upon which Miller founded his species existed
in the Herbarium, and how far they were capable of identification.
The outcome of our investigation seem worth putting on record, as it
has resulted in the determination of plants which have until now
remained obscure ; and the clearing up of obscurities is hardly less "
ini2)ortant than the description of novelties.

We give first give a tabular enumeration of the plants under
Miller's names, with identifications : this is followed by notes upon

' Jvurn. Bot. 1880, p. 90.

Journal, of Botany. — Vol. 35. [June, 1897.]

226

HOUSTOUN S CENTRAL AMERICAN LEGUMINOS^.

the more interesting plants. A list of some Central American
Legiituinoscc from Houstoim which are not mentioned by Miller and
a note of the plates in Miller's Fii/ures of Plants based upon Hous-
toun's material are appended, followed by a description of an
apparently undescribed Bmihinia based on a Hoiistoun plant, and
a note on a Jamaica species which may as well appear here.

In the following list the sequence of the names as given in the
JMctionar;! is followed ; this is succeeded by an identification and
an indication of the locality as given in Herb. Banks, with a reference
to the volume and page of Herb. Sloane, when tlie species is also
present therein.

Bauhinia tomentosa. See Note.

Bauhinia ungulata. See Note.

Bauhinia emai'ginata = B. aculeata L. ?

Bauhinia purpurea = B. glabra Jacq.

Bauhinia iotundata = B. aculeata L.?

Cassia frutescens = C. Sophera var. ligustrinoides Bth

Cassia villosa. lietained.

Cassia uniflora = C. sericea Swartz.

Cassia fruticosa = C. bacillaris L.

Cassia emarginata = C. pilosa L.

Cassia biflora = jEschynomene brasiliana DC.

Cassia arborescens = C. emarginata L.

Cassia flexuosa = C. serpens L.

Cassia chama'crista. See Note.

Cassia pentagonia. Retained.

Cassia procunibens = C. hispidula Vahl.

Colutea americana = Diphysa carthagineusis Jacq.

Goronilla scandens = Chretocalyx pubescens DC. ?

Crotalaria pilosa. See Note.

Crotalaria sagittalis = C. pterocaula Desv.?

Crotalaria fruticosa. See Note.

Crotalaria angulata. See Note.

Erythrina americana = E. carnea Ait. See Note.

Galega frutescens = Indigofera mucronata Spr.

Guilandina glabra. Retained (fide Grisebach).

Hedysarum diphyllum = Zoruia diphylla.

Hedysarum lourpureum = Meibomia tortuosa O. K.

Hedysarum canescens = Meibomia incana Vail.

Hedysarum sericeura = Meibomia cajanifolia O.K.

Hedysarum villosum = Meibomia barbata O. K.

Hedysarum procumbens = Meibomia spiralis O.K.

Hedysarum intortum = Desmodium trigonum DC.

Hedysarum glabrum = Meibomia glabra 0. K.

Hedysarum scaudens = Galactia pendula I'ers.

Hedysarum repens = Meibomia adscendens O. K. ?

Hedysarum echastaphyllum = Ecastaphyllum Brownei

Lathyrus americana = Khynchosia menispermoidea DC.

Mimosa plena =Neptunia plena Benth.

Mimosa pudica = Mimosa pudica L.

Mimosa quadrivalvis = Schraulvia aculeata Willd.

Mimosa sensitiva = M. albida H.B.K.

Mimosa asperata. Retained.

Mimosa cornigera = Acacia spadicigera Ch. & Schl.

Mimosa Houstoniana = Calliandra Houstoni Benth.
Mimosa lutea = Acacia macracantha H. & B.
Mimosa glauca = Leucaena glauca Benth.

Hh. Banks.
Campeachy
Campeachy fide Mill,
Carthagena
Vera Cruz
Carthagena
Jamaica
Campeachy
Campeachy
Vera Cruz
Jamaica
Jamaica
Vera Cruz
Jamaica
Vera Cruz
Campeachy
Vera Cruz
Vera Cruz
Carthagena
No locality given
No locality
.Jamaica

Campeachy fide Mill.
Vera Cruz
Vera Cruz

Vera Cruz
Vera Cruz
Jamaica
Vera Cruz

Jamaica
Jamaica
Campeachy
See Note

Havannah ex Mill.
No specimen
Vera Cruz
Vera Cruz
Vera Cruz
Vera Cruz ex Mill.
Vera Cruz
Vera Cruz

Vera Cruz (Campea-
chy ex Mill.)
Vera Cruz
Jamaica
Vera Cruz

HOUSTOUN S CENTRAL AMERICAN LEGUMINOSiE.

227

Mimosa angustissima = Acacia filicina Willd.

[Schl
Mimosa campeachiana = Acacia sphaerocephala Ch. &
Mimosa cinerea = Piptadenia flava Benth.
Ononis clecumbens = Ci-otalaiia inimila Oit. ?
Orobus americanus = Tepbrosia cinerea Pers.
Orobus argenteus — Tephrosia. See Note.
Orobus procumbens = Tephrosia cinerea Pers. aff.
Orobus coccineus = Indigofera leptosepala var. brevipes
Poinciaua pulcherrima. [S. Wats

Psoralea hirta.

Psoralea scandens = Dalea enneaphylla Wilfd.
Psoralea capitata.
Psoralea annua = Dalea alopecuroides Nutt.

Psoralea humilus = Dalea enneaphylla Willd.
Eobinia rosea = Lonchocarpus roseus DC.
Eobinia glabra = Dalbergia campeachiana Benth.
Eobinia pyramidata - Ctesalpinia sp.
Eobinia violacea = Peltophorum Linnaji Benth.
Eobinia latifolia = Lonchocarpus violaceus.
Spartium arborescens = Brya Ebenus DC.

Hb. Banks.
Vera Cruz

Vera Cruz
Carthageua
Vera Cruz
Jamaica
Vera Cruz
Vera Cruz
Vera Cruz
Jamaica
No specimen
No locality
No specimen
Not localized, Vera
Cruz ex Mill.
Vera Cruz
Campeachy
Campeachy
Campeachy
Jamaica & Vera Cruz
Campeachy
Jamaica

Hh. Sloane.
293, ii. 4.S ;
140,1.5?^
292, 37

292, (5:5
146, 42

292, 21
292, 6-
292, 64

316, 73
292, 65
324, 45

Crotal.^.ia pilosa. This plant was grown in Clielsea Garden
from seeds sent from Vera Cruz by Houstoun. It is figm-ed by
Martyn (Flist. PI. liar. t. 43), the plant from which the drawing
was made being grown in Chelsea Garden from seeds sent by
Robert Millar from Porto Belle. With this corresponds a specimen
from Herb. Cliffort., labelled C. sa<iittalis, which species was founded
on the description in ILirtus CUJfortianus, p. 356 : the specimen is
var. ft. of Hort. Cliff. The synonyms cited from Hermann, Tourne-
fort, and Plukenet do not belong here, nor does Gronovius's plant
cited by Liunaaus in ^7^. Fl. i. 714. Marcgrave's early figure of
Sagittaria cnrdialis cited in Hort, Cliff, probably, however, comes
here.

Crotalaria sAGiTTALis. Miller says that this plant was sent him
from South Carolina by Dale, and from Jamaica by Houstoun.
Neither of his two specimens — one in flower, the other in fruit — is
localized. Both are imperfect, but suggest C. pterocaula Desv.

Considerable confusion has arisen as to C. satjittalis L., the
complete solution of which requires a fuller investigation than we
have been able to bestow upon it. It may be noted, however, that
the species was founded in Hurt. Cliff. 35G (1737), and, as has
already been said, the description there and the specimen in Herb.
Cliftbrt. seem to correspond with the plant subsequently known as
('. ptcroraida Uesv. Linnjeus in IJoit. Cliff, distinguishes three
forms : a. is based on Pluk. Aim. t. 277, fig. 2, the plant afterwards,
in DeCandoUe's Prod ramus, distinguished as C. PursJiii: there are
three specimens from Plukenet in Herb. Sloane, all of which agree
with the figure and description, ft. is the plant of the Cliifort
Herbarium, and is, as has been said, identical with C. jnUsa ]\lill.
y. (" foliis lanigeris ovatis ") we do not know.

In the Siiccica f'ldiitantm, 714 (1753), C sai/ittidis is established
on the plant of I J art. ( 'I iff., to which is added the plant of Gronovius,

Q 2

228 houstoun's central American leguminos-e.

Fl. Virg. This latter, the C. scuiittalis of American authors, is a
very different plant from C. pterocmiJa. The matter is further
complicated hy the specimens in the Linuean Herbarium, where
C. saf/ittalis is represented by two sheets, one of which is the plant
just referred to [C. sa;iittaUs Auct. Amer.), while the other is
C. stipularia Desv.

This is one of the cases in which some botanists, with a view
to simplifying a difficult problem, would abandon altogether the
Linnean name under which apparently three species were placed by
Linnaeus. We do not ourselves feel justified in taking such a course.

Crotalaria fruticosa. There are two sheets in the Herbarium
named C. fruticosa, one a wild specimen gathered by Houstoun in
Jamaica, the other probably a cultivated specimen from Chelsea
Garden, where Miller grew the plant ; both were referred by Solander
to C. sagittalis. The wild specimen agrees with some of Rugel's
Florida gatherings labelled C. Fiirnhii, and is evidently very close
to, if not identical with, that species. Plukenet's specimens in
Herb. Sloane, upon which the figure (on which C. I'lirshii is estab-
lished) in his Phytographia (277, fig. 2) is based, have broader
leaves, but the species appears to be variable in this respect. A
plant closely corresponding with this Houstoun specimen is one of
the representatives of C. sagiitnlis in the Linnean Herbarium.
Miller's specimen of C. fruticosa (with which another sheet from
Chelsea Garden agrees) approaches very closely to C. pterocaula
Desv. ; and C. fruticosa Mill, is retained by Macfadyen [Flor. Jam,
240) for a plant which Grisebach (FL Brit. West Indies, 178) subse-
quently referred to C. pterocaula Desv.

Crotalaria angulata. This is said in the Dictionary to come
from Campeachy ; it does not differ from C. biflora L. It seems
possible that some mistake in locality has occurred.

Ononis decumbens. This is named OJ Milleri by Serioge in
DC. Prod. ii. 168, as the name decumbens had been previously ap-
plied by Thunberg to a Cape species of Ononis. Seringe adds "an
potius Indigoferm species"; the plant is, however, certainly a
Crotalaria — probably (\ pumila Ort., so far as can be judged from
the imperfect specimen.

Orobus coccineus. In the hidex Kewensis this is identified with
a plant figured under the same name name in Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 883,
and the two are referred to Lathy rus spJuericus; Miller's plant, how-
ever, bears no relation to that figured by Loddiges.

Orobus argenteus. There are three sheets so named in Herb.
Banks from Vera Cruz, all of them belonging to Tephrosia. The
one to which Houstoun's synonym is affixed is a barren fragment,
and offers no material foo: determination. Another sheet is Tephrosia
nitens Benth. ; the third sheet is probably T. to.dcaria, to which
T. Schiedeana Schl. in Linnaa, xii. 299, judging from description,
seems to be closely allied. Houstoun's imperfect drawing may refer
to either of these, as may also his MS. description.

CoLUTEA AMERICANA (Vera Cruz, Houstouu, 1730) = Diphysa
carthaginensis Jacq. PL Amer. 208, t. 181, fig. 51, as interpreted by

houstoun's central ajierican leguminos^. 229

Bentbam in Kjoeb. Vidensk. Meddel. 1853, 13. Bentham bad not
seen Jacquin's type, nor bave we; tbere is, however, a fragmentary
specimen in Herb. Banks from bim (from Cartbageua), iu which
the leaflets are narrower than in Seemann's Panama specimen
(no. 202), which Bentbam identifies with the species, and with
which Houstouu's plant agrees. In Jacquin's figure of the fruit
the costfe are more marked than in Houstoun's specimens. The
plant in Herb. Sloane 292, 22, agrees with Miller's specimen, but
a second sheet in Herb. Banks froin Houstouu may perhaps belong
to a different species, but the material is insufficient. Houstoun in
his MSS. gives a full- description of the fruit, which it may be worth
while to transcribe : —

"Arbor est foliis, floribus, magnitudine, et toto habitu, Colutea;
vnlgaii similis, singular! vero siliquarum forma multum ab ea
discrepans. Hujus etenim siliqu;e pollices binos cum dimidio sunt
longffi, octo circiter lineas latie, vix ultra duas crassse ; et ita com-
presssie ut diameter major ea sit qua3 valvarum media jungit, minor
qute earundem margines. Intus autem nou unica est cavitas, sed
margines valvularum counectuntur septo transverso, duplici con-
stante membrana in qua latent semina plura oblonga, reniformia.
Utrinque vero est cavitas, dicto septo et tumente valva formata,
soloq. jere repleta."

Plukenet's "Colutea Verne Crucis vesicaria" (Aim. Ill, t. 165,
fig. 8), referred here by Miller, is not this plant.

CoRONiLLA scANDENS. This plant is probably Chcetocalyx jnibescens
DC. (Prod. ii. 810), but DeCaudolle's description is insufficient to
determine this. C. pubesctns is not given by Grisebach in his Flora
of Brit. W. Indies: the plant was originally described from St. Do-
mingo, and has not, so far as we know, been taken up by authors.
Bentham named as C. pubescens a specimen in Herb. Kew from
Fendler, Venezuela, No. 291, and there is placed with it another
specimen from Galipan (Murit::, No. 14), with which the Miller
plant agrees very well. There are, however, on Fendler's plant
small scattered prickles similar to those of C. vincentinus, which we
do not find on Houstoun's specimen. Miller's plant in Herb. Mus.
Brit., which was placed by Bentham iu ChcEtocaly.r, but without
specific name, does not seem to correspond with any other described
species ; should it prove distinct, it might well take Miller's name
as Chatocali/x scandens. Miller gives an excellent diagnosis and
description in English of the plant, which he grew iu Chelsea
Gardens from seeds sent him by Houstoun from Cartbageua, and
which he considered identical with Coronilla scandens pentapltylla ,oi
Plumier. On this latter Linnaeus based his Coronilla scandens, also
a plant of uncertain affinity ; but Plumier's figure {PI. Atiwr. ed.
IJunn. t. cvii. fig. 8) does not correspond with Miller's plant, though
it may be one of the Brazilian species of the genus.

Hedysarum purpureum = Desviodium tortiiosion DC. (Meibomia
tortuusa O.K.). Miller's ticket is missing, and Houstoun's specimen
from Vera Cruz is not, as usual, written up with Miller's name ;
but the synonymy and description leave no doubt as to the identity
of the plant.

230 HOUSTOUn's central AMEPaCAN LEGUMINOSiE.

Hedysakum sericeum. This is a Desmodium closely allied to
D. cajanifoUum DC, of wliicli it is probably a form. It agrees in
the inflorescence and shape of the legumes, but differs in the leaf,
the leaflets being ovate or elliptic-ovate, instead of oblong.

Hedysarum villosum was transferred to DesmoiUum by De Can-
dolle {Prod. ii. 338) as "7)./ rillosiuii." Houstoun's specimen from
Vera Cruz, 3 731, to which his MS. name cited by Miller is attached,
-is Meihomid harhata O.K., to which M. villosa O.K. must therefore
be referred as a synonym. Judging by description, iM. nei/lecta O.K.
[Nicolsonia viUosa Cham. & Schlecht., D. riUosum of Hemsley,
erroneously quoted by Kunze as of Cham. & Schlecht.) must also
be placed here. Dr. Kunze bases his M. caijenncnse O.K. upon
Nicolsonia cayennensis DC, of which he cites as a synonym 7). l)ar-
batniii Bth. & Oerst. : he does not seem to have noticed tbat this is
also identical with his il/. Iiarbata. Every day maizes it more evident
that the wholesale transference of species from one genus to another
without a careful examination of either plants or bibliography can
only result in an unnecessary multiplication of synonyms.

Hedysarum procumbens is the type of H. spirale Swartz, Prod.
107 (1788), and consequently of Desmodium spirale DC. Prod. ii. 332.
It was collected by Houstoun in Jamaica in 1730.

The Tropical African plants referred to D. spirals DC. want
further investigation.''''

Swartz in his Prodroinus takes up several of Miller's Hedy-
sarums, but changes the names ; for instance : —

H. canescens Mill. = H. incanum Swartz, /. c. 107.

Hedysarum glabrum = Desmodium ? f/labrum DC. Prod. ii. 338
(1825) [Meibomia (jlabra 0. K.). The following supplements De
Candolle's description : — Stem herbaceous, erect. Leaves trifolio-
late ; the leaflets are described as obcordate in the original descrip-
tion, but in the type specimen they are ovate-acute. Inflorescence
paniculate, finely pubescent ; pedicels slender, i-J in. long. Pod
twisted, terminal segment lunulate, monospermous, this segment
being 3^-4 lines long, rather less broad. Sutures on both sides
convex, but ventral suture slightly intruded at point of insertion of
seed. Houstoun's name for this plant was " Hedysarum triphyllum,
auuuum, erectum, siliquis intortis et ad extremum amplioribus."
It was gathered at Campeachy in 1730.

Our material is hardly sufficient to form a very definite opinion,
but the plant is certainly closely allied to D. molle DC, and differs
apparently chiefly in the tomentum on the under side of the leaflets.

Hedysarum repens Mill., non Linn. Appears to be Meibomia
adscendens O.K. Miller's specimen is very young, without either
flowers or fruit ; it is not localized, but, according to the Dictionary,

* Dcsiiiodiuin tortiioxuin DC. is founded on Hedi/mruni tortuosum Swartz,
I. c, which is itself founded on a plant and figure in Sloane's Ilistonj of Jamaica,
1, t. 116, fig. 9 — "Hedysarum triphyllum fruticosum flore purpureo, siliqua
varie distorta." — Sloane. The plant is in Herb. Sloane. iJ, 80. Houstoun
collected the plant in Vera Cruz in 1780; specimens from him are in Herb.
Banks and in Herb. Sloane, 292, p. 21, and 146, p. \51u

HOUSTOUn's central AilKRICAN LEGUMINOS.E. 231

was grown iu Chelsea Garden fiom seeds sent from Havannah
by Houstoun.*

Erythuina AMERICANA. On tbis plant Dryander based bis E.

earned Ait. {llort. Kcw. ed. 1, iii. 8). We bave specimens from

.^ Houstoun (Vera Cruz, 1731) and from Ilort. Kew. (1779) written

'- '\, up by Dryander. Miller's name, however, must stand, as it ante-

nji^rt- dates Dryander's by twenty-one years. The plant is not recorded

"^ for Central America by Mr. Hemsley. Tbere is a good figure in

Trew, PI. Select, ii. t. 8, but the pod on Houstoun's specimen in

Herb. Sloaue (146, p. 12 n) bas a sbort acute beak, very difl'erent

from the loug attenuated termination as figured by Trew. Miller

raised the plant in Chelsea Garden from seeds sent from. Vera Cruz.

Hedysauum scandens. There can be little doubt from Miller's
description that tbis is Galactia pendula Pers. Tbis, however, is a
West Indian plaut, and Miller says that Houstoun's plant was sent
to him from Vera Cruz. Tbere is in Herb. Banks a specimen from
Jamaica (Houstoun) to wbicli be bas attached Sloane's name,
"Pbaseolus minor lactescens flore purpureo." Clitoria Galactia L.
[Galactia i^endula Pers.) was establisbed on Sloane's Jamaica plant,
and with this Houstoun's specimen entirely agrees. It seems there-
fore likely that Miller wrote "la Vera Cruz" instead of "Jamaica."

Latuyrus americanus Mill. This is doubtfully referred by S.
Watson {Index, 205), who is followed by Jackson, to Baptisia per-
folieita Br. Houstoun's specimens in Herb. Banks and in Herb.
Hloane (146, 41), with bis drawing, leave no doubt as to the identity
of the plant witb lihi/nchosia menispernioidea DC, under which it was
placed long since by Mr. Bennett.

EoBiNiA ROSEA (= Lonckocaipus .^ ruseus DO.j is near L. sericeus
(fide Bentham in Jouni. Linn. Soc. iv. Suppl. 101), but in our judg-
ment is not that species ; tbe material is only scanty. It comes
from Campcachy. There is another specimen in Herb. Sloane
(292, 04), but this is also incomplete.

Cassia uniflora. Swartz says ( I'mdr. 00 (1788) ) that bis Cassia
sericea is founded on ^^ C. serieea Mill. Diet." — the Index Kewensis
gives it as first published iu Fl. Ind. Occ. 724 (1798), where is also
cited C. sericea Mill. Diet., but Miller has no such name. Swartz
meant C. unijiora Mill. Diet., of which be quotes the description,
and Bentham {Trans. Linn. Soc. xxvii. 530) cites Miller's type
under ('. sericea. Miller's name unijiora is the earliest, and must
stand for this species, although, as Bentham {I.e.) points out, bis
specimen is not single-ilowered. Tbere is a specimen from Chelsea
Garden in Herb. Sloane, 293, pt. 2, p. 40.

Cassia villosa is kept up by lientham. In L\ I 'I. t. 1060,
Bentham says Miller's and Pavon's specimens probably came from
Oaxaca, but the former is from Campeachy and the latter from Peru.
This plant is not in Millspaugh's Enuweration of Yucatan Plants, but
there is a specimen iu the Herbarium from Scbott, Merida, No. 1.

* It may be mentionod here that Hed>jmrumpeduncul<ttHin Mill. {Desmodiuin
pedHUCHldtum DC. Prod. ii. ii'M) = Psoralea nuiilutoides Michx.

232 houstoun's central American LEGUMiNOsai.

Cassia Cham/t: crista. There are two sheets from Herb. Miller
so labelled, neither of which is C. ChanKEcrista L. One of these from
Vera Cruz, Houstoun (bearing Houstoun's name in his MS., as
cited by Miller), is C'. procumhens L., and is the plant referred to
that species by Bentham (I. c. 578) as of "Mill. Diet. no. 17." The
_ other sheet, which appears to be that quoted by Bentham as " C.
Chamcccriata Mill. Herb, at non Diet.," and referred by him to
C. virgata Sw., is in our judgment C. flavicoma H.B.K., to which
species it was allocated by Trimen when he was rearranging our
Cassias in accordance with Bentham's revision. With C. flavicoma
is also placed a sheet from Herb. Miller labelled Cassia flexuosa, but
Houstoun's plant (the C. flexuosa of Mill. Diet.) is, as has been said,
C. serpens L. Besides these specimens, we have from Herb. Mill,
a small specimen of another Cassia of the Chamacrista section, to
Avhich is attached in Miller's hand a descriptive phrase of Houstoun's
which we do not find in his MS. The specimen, which is from Vera
Cruz, is very imperfect ; it corresponds exactly with another speci-
men from Miller preserved in Herb. Sloane, 293, 43, but the
combined material is not sufficient for specific determination.

Bauhinia em.ahginata. In the absence of flowers it is not possible
to determine this species positively, but it is closely allied" to
B. acideata L., if not identical with it.

BAumNiA rotundata Mill. Diet. Doubtfully referred by DeCan-
dolle to B. acideata L., but seems distinct. Miller's specimens have
neither flower nor fruit. The specimen representing B. acideata
in Cliffort's Herbarium closely resembles this, and is equally im-
perfect. B. acideata is based on the description and plate in Hoitits
Clifl'ortianus ; neither flowers nor fruit are described or figured, and
the plate corresponds sufficiently with Cliftbrt's specimen ; but, as
is well known, the plants in Clifl'ort's herbarium do not always
correspond with the descriptions in Uortns Clifl'ortianus.

Bauhinia tomentosa Mill., non Linn. Belongs to the section
SchneUa, but we have not matched it with any of the described
species.

Bauhinia ungulata L. ; Mill. Diet. No. 4. Of this species little
seems to be known, even as to locality, beyond the description in
Hart. Cliff., where it is localized "in America." The description
there given and the specimen from Cliffort's garden agree perfectly
with a plant from Campeachy placed with B. uiaiulata by Miller,
who cites Houstoun's descriptive phrase. This is identical with
Pauletia inennis Cav. Ic. v. 6, t. 409 {B. inenuis Pers. Siju. i. 455)
from Acapulco, which must therefore be reduced to a synonym.
Barclay's specimens from Fonseca, referred to B. inenuis by Ben-
tham, Bot. Sulph., and Hemsley, Jjot. Biol. Centr. Amer. i. 338,
agree perfectly with the Linuean plant. Miller grew the plant in
Chelsea Garden from seeds sent from Campeachy.

Mimosa cinerea Mill., non Linn. So far as Houstoun's plant ia
concerned, this is Piptadenia flava Benth. Miller has placed
Houstoun's name upon a plant from Carthagena which entirely
agrees with this species.

HOUSTOUn's central AMERICAN LEGUMINOS^. 233

There are only two of Miller's species of which we are unable to
find specimens. These are Psoralea hirta and P. capitata. These
have not, so far as we are aware, been taken up by any subsequent
writer, probably because the same specific names were employed by
Linuteus. But the Linnean plants are South African, and P. capi-
tata was pubHshed subsequently to Miller's plant, which is not
(most likely for the reason above suggested) taken up in the Index
Keivensis. In all probability Miller's plants are species of Dalea,
but in the absence of specimens it is impossible to say with certainty.

The following Central American Loguminosa, not included in
Miller's Dlctionanj,-&\:e in the Herbarium from Houstoun : —

^■Escliynoniene amerlcana L. Vera Cruz.

Casalpinia bijuga Swartz. Campeachy.

CaUiandra eriopJujlla Benth. Vera Cruz.

Caliiandra gracilis Klotzsch. Carthageua.

CaUiandra tergemina Benth. Vera Cruz; also in Herb. Sloane,
292, 82. Linnaeus founded this species (as Mimosa tergemina) partly
on Houstoun's MSS., in which there is a fall description of the
plant — there is also a sketch among his drawings.

Calupogonium cairuleuni Desv. Vera Cruz.

Cassia patellar ia DC. Vera Cruz.

Cassia Tagera L. Vera Cruz.

Meibomia barbata 0. K. Vera Cruz.

Meibomla turtuosa 0. K. Vera Cruz.

Hedysarum trijioram L. Vera Cruz.

Lonchocarpus rugosus Benth. Campeachy.

Hlujnchosia phaseoloides DC. Vera Cruz ; also in Herb. Sloane,
292, 42.

The following plates of Leguminosa in Miller's Figures nf Plants
(1760) are based upon specimens grown in Chelsea Garden, seeds
of which were forwarded by Houstoun : —

pi. 4. Leucaena glauca Benth.

pi. 5. CaUiandra Huustouni Benth.

pi. 6. Acacia splicer oceplial a Ch. & Schl.

pi. 82. Cassia pentagonia Mill.

pi. 182, tig. 1. Schrankia aculeata Willd.

fig. 2. Xeptunia plena Benth.

fig. 3. Mimusa asperata L.
pi. 291. Piptadenia Jha-a Benth.
Other plants from Houstoun are figured on plates 44 and 57.

Bauhinia (Casparia) unilaterale, sp. n. Frutex vel a'rbor
ramulis glabris vel glabriusculis. Folia ad ^^-h biloba lobis sub-
acutis, basi rotundata vel subcoidata, 2-3;^ poll, longa, circiter
7-nervia, rigide membranacea utriuque glabra subtas pallidiora.
Petiolus f-1 poll, lougus ad extremitates incrassatus. Flores in
racemos densos et nnilaterales dispositi, racemis axillaribus.
Bracteohe acutiu. Peduncnli li-2 poll, longi. redicelli primum
1-3 lin. longi, demum paullo longiores. Alabastra columnaria
puberula. Calycis tubus striatus 3-4 lin. lougus. Stylus fill-

234 houstoun's central American leguminos<e.

formis. Ovarium stipitatum pluriovulatujii. Legumen plauum
circiter 6 poll, longum an ultra, f poll, latum, demum glabrum
bivalve, 12-16 sperma.

Hab. Vera Cruz, llomtoun, Herb. Sloane, 292, 8. Fortiu,
E. Kerber, Plantaj Mexicana^, No. 286. Nom. veruac. Pata cle cabra.
Ill flower and fruit Feb. 1883.

A shrub or small tree ? Brancblets nearly glabrous, occasion-
ally a few scattered glands, not aculeate. Leaves glabrous, lobed
about |-^ of their length, generally 7-nerved, longer than broad ;
petioles slender, terete, base rounded or subcordate, apex of lobes
hardly divaricate. Flowers are in a dense or rather dense unilateral
raceme. Fertile stamen much longer than rest. Peduncle about
1^-2 in. long. Bracteoles short, acute. Buds columnar, pubescent.
Calyx spathaceous, tube cylindrical, striate. Ovary and legume
stipitate. Ovary covered with a white tomeutum, which disappears
in a later stage. The unilateral raceme is a striking feature of this
plant — the leaves recall those of Bauhinia WKjuJata. It is quite
distinct from the two species of the same section described by Dr.
Donnell Smith from Guatemala, B. lUibelcruziaita and B. Pansama-
lana [But. Gau'tte, xiii. 27).

B. unilatcrale appears to be perfectly distinct from B. spathacea
Moc. & Sess. Fl. Me.r. Ic. Bud. t. 224, which is likewise of the
§ Casparia. The inflorescence of this latter plant as shown in the
tracing is racemose, but not unilateral, and the leaves are com-
paratively little lobed — apparently never as far as the middle. The
pod of B. spathacea is shown as 4-seeded.

B. h'ptopetala Moc. & Sess. I. c. t. 223, another somewhat
obscure Mexican Bauhinia, appears from the tracing to have five
fertile stamens, and leaves divaricately lobed about J or ^ their
length— the lobes beiug acute.

Teramnus uncinatus Swartz. "We have a specimen from Herb.
Miller with a ticket in Houstoun's hand (probably from Jamaica)
which Swartz has written up as his T. volubilis. Swartz, however
founds tbat species in his Prodromus on Sloane's plant {HiU. i.
182) — with which he places DoUchos uncinatus L. — and the plant on
which P. Browne {Hist. Jaw. 290) founded his genus Teramnus.
Linnaeus [Sp. I^l. ed. ii. 1019) based DoUchos uncinatus on Plumier's
figure (t. ccxxi.), which does not resemble very closely either species
of Teramnus. Some confusion has been introduced by Swartz's
allocation of the name uncinatus to a second species. Houstoun
rightly points out that his plant differs from Sloane's in that " the
hair upon the pod is not white, but brown," and this is one of the
characters on which Grisebach [Fi. Brit. West Ind. 193) relies as
distinguishing T. uncinatus from T. volubilis. We have in Herb.
Mus. Brit, specimens of both, sent to Banks from Jamaica by
Swartz, and these agree with his brief diagnoses in Prodr. Ind. Occ.
105. It seems clear therefore that, in spite of Swartz's identifi-
cation, Houstoun's plant is T, iincinatus.

235

WELWITSCH'S AFBICAN FRESHWATER ALG^E.
By W. West, F.L.S., and G. S. West, A.R.C.S.

(Plates 365-369.)
(Continued from p. 183.)

14. Arthrodesmus Ehrenb. (1836).

1. A. HIATUS W. B. Turn, in K. 8v. Vet.-Akad. llancU. Bel. 25,
no. 5, 134, t. xi. f..31 & 40 & t. xii. f. 1 (1893j. Long. 25-26 /x ;
lat. sine acul. 28-29 /'., cum. acul. 31-32-5 /x; lat. istlim. 9 /j. ;
crass. 11 //..

Huilla. Lopollo ; Febr. 18G0. No. 192.

The specimens have the minute spines ahnost patent and not
converging ; the apices are not so flattened as in Turner's figures.

15. Gymnozyga Ehrenb. (1840).

1. G, MONILIFORMIS Ehrenb. in Bericht. Verh. Preuss. Akad.
Wissenschaft. Berlin, 212 (1840). Desmidium Borreri Ralfs in Ann.
Nat. Hist. xi. 375, t. 8, f. 4 (1843). Didi/mopriiim Borreri Ralfs,
I.e. xvi. 10 (1845); Brit. Desm. 58-9, t. iii. (1840). Bamhudna
Brebissonii Kiitz. Phijc. Germ. 140 (1845). Long. cell. 28-30 /x ;
lat. cell. 16-18 /x.

Huilla. Inter Utriculariam, Morro de Lopollo ; April 1860.
No. 179.

XIT. — Vaucheriace^.
1. VaucheriaDC. (1803).

1. V. SEssiLis (Vauch.) DC. Blor. Fr. ii. 63 (1805); Cooke,
Brit. Frcshw. Ah/. 123, t. 46, f. 1-20 & t. 48, f. 1-5. Kctmi>erma
sessilis Vauch. Hist. Conferv. 31, t. ii. f. 7 (1803). Crass, fil. veget.
69-75 /x; lat. oospor. 79 /x, altit. 90 /x.

Golungo Alto. In I'ossis exsiccatis adhuc humidis in Varzea
pone doin. Isidni ; Aug. and Sept. 1855. No. 132. Covers in Aug.
and Sept. all the half-dried-up ditches of the plain.

Var. MONOGYNA var. u. Viir. oogoniis semper solitariis, ovatis
et leviter obliquis vel ovato-rostratis. Crass, fil. veget. 46-77 /x ;
lat. oospor. 67-103 /x ; crass, membr. oospor. 4-8-5'8 /x.

Golungo Alto. Ad margines stagnorum rivi Ciiango ; Aug. 1857,
No. 155.

XIII. — Hydrogastrace.e.
1. BoTRYDiuM Wallr. (1815).

1. B. GRANULATUM (L.) Grsv. Al<j. Jlrit. 196, t. xix. (1830):
Cooke, Jirit. Fresltw. Ahj. 114, t. 45. Ulra tiranidata L. ,S>. Pi.
1633. Ihjdrotjastruin (iranulatum Desv.

Var. .EQuiNocTiALE, var. n. Var. minor, circiter tertia pars
dimensionis planta' typicie ; plantis densissime aggregatis.

Loanda. Non infret^ucns in territor. Loandensis terris humidis
argillaceo-arenosis, latis plagas imo urbis ipsius plateas etc. ob-
tegeus ; mox post pluvias copiosas nascens, citoque tempore sicco
disparens. Ad fin. Apr. 1854. No. 199.

236 wklwitsch's afkican freshwater alg.e.

Very little could be made out from the specimens which were
on dried mud, but a rough sketch made by Welwitsch accompanying
them was sufficiently characteristic of the genus.

XIV. — -Palmellace^.

1. CcELASTRUM Nag. (1849).

1. C. ROBusTUM Hantzsch in Rabenh. Ah/. Europ. no. 1407;
Keinsch in Abhandl. Xaturhist. Gesellsch. Nurnber<i, Bd. 3, H. 2, 88
(1866) ; Schmidle in Berichte der Naturfors. GeseUsch. Freib. 79,
t. ii. f. 11 (1893). C. vndicum W. B. Turn, in K. Sv. Vet.-Akad.
Handl. Bd. 25, no. 5, 161, t. xx. f. 11 (1893). C. coenobiis globosis,
e cellulis 8, 16 vel 32 constitutis, cellulis globosis et subdepressis e
mutua pressione, confertis ; metnbrana cellularum crassissima ;
areolis minutis et subtriangularibus, Dimens. plant, afric. : — Diam.
cffiuob. 67 /A ; diam. cell. 15-16 /x ; crass, membr. cell. 2 /x.

Libongo. Ad margines flum. Lifune : Sept. 1858. No. 204.

Var. coNFERTUM var. n. Var. coenobiis miuoribus, e cellulis 64
constitutis, cellulis hexagono-spha^ricis, duplo-minor quam in forma
typica, areolis miuutissimis et indistinctis. Diam. ccenob. 37 /x ;
diam. cell. 7-8 /x.

Libongo. Cum form. typ. No. 204.

2. SoRASTRUM Kiltz. (1845).

1. S. spiNULosuBi Nag. Gatt. einz. Ah/. 99, t. v. D (1849).
Diam. ccenob. cum spin. circ. 51 /x ; lat. cell. 17 /x.

Libongo. Ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

3. Pediastrum Meyen (1829).

1. P. Tetras (Ehreub.) Ralfs in Ann. Nut. Hist. xiv. 469, t. 12,
f. 4 (1844). Mienisteiias Tetras Ehrenb. (1838). Crenob. 4, 1 + 7,
5 + 11 ; diam. 12-5-35 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176. Inter
Utriculaiiain, Morro de Lopollo ; April 1860. No. 179.

Libongo. Ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

4. Ophiocytium Nag. (1849).

1. 0. MAJUS Nag. Gatt. einz. Alg. 89, t. iv. A, fig. 2 (1849).
Diam. 12*5 /x.

Pungo Andongo. In stagnis prope Anbilla (Condo); Mai*ch
1857. No. 177.

2. 0. PARVULUM (Perty) A. Br, Ahj. Unicell. 55 (1855). Bro-
chidiuin parvulum Perty. Diam. 3-5-4 /x.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 15.

Pungo Andongo. In stagnis prope Anbilla (Condoj ; March
1857. No. 177.

5. ScENEDESiius Meycn (1829).

1. S. DENTicuLATUs Lagcrh. in Ofc Kongl. Vet.-Akad, Forhandl,
1882, no. 2, 61, t. ii. f. 18-16.

WELWITSCH's AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG«. 237

Var. LINEARIS Hansg. in Arcliiv. Xatitru-iss. Landesdurchf. B'dhm.
Bd. 6, no. 6, 268 (1888). Long. cell. 10-5-17 /x ; lat. cell. 3-5-5 //.
Libongo. Ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

6. Tetraedron Kiitz. (1845).

1. T. MINIMUM (A. Br.) Hansg. in Hedwiffia, 1888, 131. Poly-
ediium minivuim A. Br. in Rabenli. FL Euioj). Air/, iii. 62. Diam.
9'5-ll-5 /a; crass. 55 ji.

From the references given under the name T, viiniinuin in his
paper in Hedwiijia it would appear that Hausgirg was under the
erroneous impression that Brauu described this plaut in Rabh. FL
Europ. Alg. as a Tt'trciedron.

Libongo. Ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

2. T. tropicum, sp. n. T. mediocre, trigonum, lateribus levis-
sime concavis, angulis rotundatis, membrana crassa et scrobiculata,
scrobiculis magnis et hexagonis, propter scrobiculos magnos con-
fertos margo asperus videtur ; a latere visum subrhomboideo-elHp-
ticum. Diam. 27-30 /x ; crass. 16 /x.

Libongo. Ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

This should be compared with T. retuulatum (Reinsch) Hansg. ;
in the latter species the membrane is not nearly so thick, and the
scrobiculations are so large that the superficial part of the membrane
only consists of a fine reticulation.

3. T. tetragonum (Nag.) Hansg. I.e. (1888). PoJijedrium tetra-
fjomm Nag. Gatt. einz. Aly. 84, t. iv. B, fig. 2 (1819).

Var. iNERME (Wille in Bihcnifj t. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. 8,
no. 18 (1884), 12, t. i. f. 25). Diam. 21 //; crass. 9-5 /x.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 15.

4. T. pusiLLUM (Wallich). Micrasterias puailla Wallich in Ann.
May. Nut. Hist. ser. iii. vol. v. 281, t. xiii. fig. 13 (1860). Stauro-
phaniim pusillwn W. B. Turn, in A'. Sr. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. 25,
no. 5, 159, t. XX. f. 22 (1893).

Var. ANGOLENSE, var. n. Var. cellulis subtortis vel irregulariter
tetrahedricis, angulis profundius divisis, divisionibus 2 (vel 3) late
divaricatis, spiuiformibus sed tubularibus pa^ne ad apicem. Diam.
sine spin. 19-23 /x, cum spin. 27-36 /x ; crass. 85 /x.

Libongo. Ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

We see no reason for Turner's genus Staurophanuni, as no clear
line of demarcation can be drawn between those species which it
would include and those referable to Tetraedron. Indeed Tetraedron
pmillum is very closely connected through its var. ani/oleusa with
T. lobidatinn (Nag.) Hansg.

5. T. RKGULARE Kiitz. Phyc. Germ. 129 (1845). Polyedrium tetra-
edrienm Niig. Gatt. einz. Aly. 84, t. iv. B, fig. 3 (1849). Diam. 27 /x.

Pungo Andongo. In stagnis prope Aubilla (Condo) ; March
1857. No. 177.

Forma majus Reinsch in Ahhandi. XatnrJiist. Gesellsch. Xurnberq,
Bd. 3, H. 2, 77, t. v. fig. 2 (1866). Diam. 49 /i.

Libongo. Ad margines Hum. Lifune; Sept. 1858. No. 201.

238 welwitsch's affjcan freshwater alg.e.

7. BoTRYococcus Kiitz. (1849).

1. B. Micromorus, sp. n, B. familiis libere natantibns, e
aggregationibus snbdistantibus 4-muUis cellularum formatis, ag-
gregationibus muco indistiucto et filis connexis ; cellulis perparvis
globosis vel angulari-globosis confertis 8 (interdnm plus minusve)
iu aggregatione unaquaque. Diam. fam. 40-60 ji ; diara, cell.
3-4-5 IX.

Libongo. Ad margines flnm. Lifune; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

8. OocYSTis Nag. (1855).

1. 0. Nov« Semli^ Wille iu Ofi\ KomjL Vet.-Akad. FdrJtandl.
1879, no. 5, 2G, t. xii. f. 3. Long." cell. 16 // ; lat. cell. 9-5-10 jj..

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1800. No. 176.

Var. MAXIMUM West in Journ. 11. M. S. 13, t. ii. f. 25 (1894).
Long. cell. 33 /x : lat. 23 /x. This is yet a larger form than the
British one.

Golungo Alto. Ad margines stagnorum rivi Cuango ; Aug.
1857. No. 155.

2. 0. soLiTARiA Wittr. in Wittr. & Nordst. Ah/. Aq. Dulc. Exsicc.
Fasc. V. No. 244; Bot. Not. 1879, 24. Long. cell. 22-27 /x; lat.
11-5-14-5 II.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
etLopollo; May 1860. No. 15.

Libongo. Ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

Forma major Wille iu Ofc KuikjI. Vvt.-Akad. Fdrhandl. 1879,
no. 5, 26. Long. cell. 40 /x ;' lat. 22'//.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis; April I860. No. 176.

9. Athroocystis, gen. n.

Plantse aquaticfe, familias parvas for mantes, in strato denso
pulveruleuto aggregatas ; familiis e cellulis uumerosissimis com-
positis, intra tegumentum tenuissimum firmum non mucosum dense
confertis. Propagatio ignota.

1. A. ellipsoidea, sp. unica. A. familiis ellipsoideis, ovoideis
vel breviter oblongis ; cellulis subiuaequalibus, rotuudo-polygonis
(e mutua pressione) ; contentum cellularum pallide viride et homo-
geneum. Long. fam. 48-69 /x, lat. 38-48 /x ; diam. cell. 3-7-5 //.

Mossamedes. In stagnis lemnigeris cum Typha et Juuco prope
Aguada; July 1859. No. 131.

This alga, by reason of its small families of densely-crowded
cells and the nature of its integument, differs considerably from
any other genus of Palmellacea.

10. Glceocystis Nag. (1849).

1. G. GiGAs (Kutz.) Lagerh. in Ofv. Koutjl. Vet.-Akad. Fdrhandl.
1883, no. 2, 63. Protococcus (jii/as Kiitz. Fhyc. Germ. 145 (1845) ;
Verwitndl. der Infiis. fig. vi. 1 (1844). Chloiococcum gujas (Kiitz.)
Grun. Diam. cell. 11-5-15 fi.

Libongo. Ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No, 204.

WELWITSCH'S AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG.^. 239

2. G. RUPESTRis (Ljaigb.) Rabenh. Knjptofj. Flor. ScicJis. 128
(1863). Pahnella rupestris Lyngb. Tentamen Hi/drophyt. Dan. 207,
t. 69, fig. D (1819). Diam. fam. 13-33 //; diam. cell. 3-5-4-5 //.

Pungo Andongo. Alga terrestris, ad ligna putrescentia in rnpi-
bus convallibus ; Nov. 1856. No. 110.

3. G. VESICULOSA Nag. Gatt. einz. Alj. G6, t. iv. F(1849). Long,
cell. 9-10 IX ; lat. cell. 4-4-5 /x.

Libongo. Ad margines flum. Lifune ; Sept. 1858. No. 204.

11. Urococcus Kiitz. (1849).

1. U. iNSiGNis (Hass.) Kiitz. Spec. Ahj. 207 (1849). Hamato-
coccus i)isi(/nis Hass. Brit. Fres/nv. AUj. 324, t. Ixxx. f. 6 (1845).
Chroococcus macrococcus Rabeub. Diam. cell. 40 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176.

After enunciating the cbaracters of bis "First Subgenus" of
Htrmatococcus Ag., Hassall {Biit. Freshiv. AJ(j. i. 322) says tbat
"tbe term Ouracoccus migbt be applied to the species of this sub-
genus." Improving on this suggestion, Kiitzing, according to the
reference on p. 206 of his Species Ah/arum, establishes the genus
Urococcus of Hassall ; but it cannot be held to constitute publi-
cation of a new genus, and, if Urococcus is to stand, it must be as
Urococcus Kiitz. Spec. Al(j. 206 (1849).

12. Stichococcus Nag. (1849) ; em. Gay (1891).
1. S. FLAcciDus (Kiitz.) Gay, Fiecherches quelq. Ah/. Vertes, 79,
t. xi. f. 101-106 (1891). Ulothrix flaccida Kiitz. Spec. Alqar. 349
(1849). Crass, fil. 5-5-7-5 fi.

Loanda. Inter Frotococcum butnjoidem (Kiitz.) Kirchn. ; Oct.
1858. No. 128.

13. Protococcus Ag. (1824).

1. P. viRiuis Ag. Sijst. Alf/ar. 13 (1824); Kiitz. Tab. Fhi/c. i.
(1845-9), p. 3, t. 3. Diam. cell, 4-8-5 /x.

Loanda. Ad parietes domorum &c. ssepius humectatas in ipsa
urbe Loanda, ast sparsim. Locus habitationis hujus algffi austium
versus spectat; July 1854, No. 126.

2. P. BOTRYOiDEs (Kiitz.) Kirchii. in Cohn, Krtjptog. Flora Schlec.
Bd. 2, Erste Halfte, 103 (1879). Microhaloa botn/oides Kiitz. Phys.
General. 169 (1843) ; Tab. I'lnjc. i. (1845-9), 6, t. 7. 'Diam. c&U. 4-5 /x.

Loanda. A light green cover, often remaining dry, on the
inner part of wooden water reservoirs ; Oct. 1858. No. 128.

MYXOPHYCE/E.

XV. RlVULARIACE^.

1. Calothrix Ag. (1824).

1. C. FUscA (Kiitz.) Born. & Flab, in Ann. Sci. Nat. 7e serie,
Bot. iii. 364 (1886). Mastichothrix fusca Kiitz. in Phyc. General,
232 (1843). Crass, fil. ad has. 8-5-13 /x ; crass, trich. 8-5-9 /u.

Pungo Andongo. In Batrachospennu (jracilUiiio ad lapides sub-
mersas in rivulo de Tangue; ]\Iay 1857. No. 3.

240 welwitsch's African freshwater algje.

2. C. breviarticulata, sp, n. Filis solitariis vel gregariis,
algas majores aquaticas affixis, longitudine toto usque 380 jx, a base
ad apicem gradatira attenuatis ; vagina crassa lamellosa, plantis
vetustis brunneo-nigrescentibus ; trichomatibus pallide ffirugineis,
articulis brevissimis discoideis, diametro 4-5-plo brevioribus ;
heterocystis solitariis, basilaribus et hemisphajricis. Crass, fil. ad
bas. 15-16 fj., ad med. 11'5-12"5 /x ; crass, tricb. ad bas. 8*5 /*, ad
med, 5-5-7*5 /j..

Pungo Andougo. Epipbytica in Mow/eotia cnKjolensi ad ramulos
Podostemacearum in rivulis (Casalale) ; Marcb 1857. No. 105.

Tbe babit, togetber witb tbe gradual attenuation of tbe fila-
ments, brings tins nearest to C. luhvcndem (Nag.) Born, et Flab.
(/. c. 365), but its smaller size, its sborter filaments, and its very sbort
cells easily distinguisb it. Tbe younger plants, wbicb bave only
attained a leugtb of about 100 /x and a tbickness of 5-5-7"5 /x, bave
tbeir cells only 2-3 times sborter tbau tbe diameter. It also comes
near to C. endophijtica Lemmermann in Forschumjsherk-hte Biulog.
Station zu Plan, iv. 184 (1896), but bas a different sbeatb and very
sbort filaments ; tbe beterocysts are also very distinct.

3. C. epiphytica, sp. n. Filis minutis et epipbyticis algas
majores aquaticas affixis, solitariis vel subgregariis, longitudine
toto usque 250 /x (raro 350 /x), de base ad apicem gradatim attenu-
atis ; vagina subcrassa, byalina et acbroa ; tricbomatibus jerugineis
apice in pilum tenuissimum productis, articulis diametro subsequi-
longis, pauUo brevioribus basiu versus et lougioribus apicem versus ;
heterocystis basilaribus solitariis et parvis. Crass, fil. ad bas.
5-7*5 /x; crass, tricb. ad bas. 3-5-4 /x.

Mossamedes. Epipbytica in (Edo(ionio sp., freq. in stagnis
puris ad ripas flum. Bero ; Aug. 1859. No. 190.

2. DicHOTHRix Zanardini (1858).

1. D. oLivACEA (Hooker) Born. & Flab. I.e. 375 (1886). Calo-
thrix oUvacea Hooker (1845). Crass, tricb. ad bas. 9'5-14"5 /x.

Pungo Andongo. Inter Scytoueina Myochrous var. choro<iraphiciun,
in summis rupibus ; Febr. 1857. No. 6. Etiam inter Scytunenia
Millei ad rupes vulc. humectans prope Cacella ; Febr. 1857. No. 7.

2. D. GYPSoPHiLA (Klitz.) Born. & Flab. /. c. 377-8 (1886).
Schizosiphon gypsophilus Kiitz. Phyc. (Jener. 234, t. 6, fig. 2 (1843).
Tbis seems to have been luxuriantly developed, and reached 5 mm.
in height ; the filaments were not incrusted with lime, as is often
the case with this species. Diam. tricb. 7-8 /x.

Pungo Andougo. Inter Scytonema Myochrous var. chorogmphicimi,
in rupib. perpendic. ad latera boreal, et occid. de Pedra Songue ;
April 1857. No. 12. Inter Scytonema cincinnatiim var. cell do pic urn,
in pascuis spongiosis breve graminosis juxta rupes gig. prope Catete;
May 1857. No. 111.

3. Gl(eotrichia J. Ag. (1842).
1. G. sethiopica, sp.n. Thallo plus minusve expanso, irregu-
lari, usque 3 cm. lato, olivaceo-viridi ; filis laxe associatis, pressione
facile secedentibus ; trichomatibus pallide olivaceo-viridibus, in

WELWITSCH's AFRICAN FRESH\\^ATER ALG.E. 241

pilura crassum attenuatis, articulis ad basin depressis vel sub-
globosis, superioribus diametro duplo longioribus ; sporis cylindricis,
polis rotundatis, diametro 4-plo longioribus, episporium strato
singulo formatnni, flavo-brunneum et glabrum. Crass, trich. ad
bas. 7-9-5 /x; diam. beterocyst. 9-5 /x ; long. spor. 4G-50 /x ; lat.
spor. 12-5-13-5 fx.

Mossamedes. Satis freq. inter Charae speciera in rivo Caroca
prope Cabo negro ; Sept. 1859. Nos. 19 and 173.

Tbis species differs from G. nutans (Hedwig) Eabenb. Deutschl.
Kryptof/.- Flora, 90 (1847), in the length of its cells and in its spore?.

XVI. — SlROSIPHONIACE^.

1. Hapalosiphon Nag. (1849).
In tbis genus the spores are produced from the ordinary vege-
tative cells of certain of the plants. They are formed from the
majority of (or even all) the cells of both the primary filaments and
branches of some portions of these plants, and have always thick
yellowish-brown cell-walls. The outward form of the spores varies
with the different species, the dimensions being about those of the
vegetative cells. (Cfr. also Hansgirg in Oesterreich. Bat. Zeitschr.
xxxiv. 393 (1884) ; West in Jowii. Linn. Soc. xxx. 272, pi. xv.
f. 23-28.) In most of the species the branches arise at right angles
to the main filament, and the cell of the main filament directly
under the branch projects slightly into the sheath of the latter.

1 . H. luteolus, sp. n. H. inter alias algas aquaticas in ciespitibus
minutis luteo-brunneis et dense intricatis repertus ; fills primariis
flexuosis, e serie singula cellularum formatis, vaginis firmis, amplis
et lutescentibus, cellulis reruginosis, oblongo-rectangularibus, sa^pe
subquadratis et diametro usque 3-plo longioribus, protoplasmate
granulato ; ramis solitariis, subremotis, elongatis et flexuosis (rarius
brevibus et subrectis), filo primario diametro asqualibus, apicibus
non attenuatis ; vaginis cellulisque iis filorum primariorum simili-
bus ; heterocystis intercalaribus, oblongo-rectangularibus (diametro
1^-3-plo longioribus) ; sporis subquadratis vel diametro paullo
longioribus. Crass, fil. 9'5-ll'5 /x; crass, cell. 5-5-6 [x.

Iluilla. Inter alias algas, in uliginosis editioribus prope Hum-
pata, Empalanca et Lopollo, plagas spongiosas unacum Erio-
cauloneis, Xyridibus et Utriculariis constituens; May 18G0. No. 15.
In graminosis paludosis juxta rivulum Lopollo ; April 1860. No. 180.
Etiam Morro de Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 182.

This species occurs in minute tufts, and the great resemblance
to each other of the primary filaments and branches, together with
their thick yellowish sheaths, characterize it.

2. H. aureus, sp.n. H. inter alias algas aquaticas in ca^spitibus
aureo-brunneis dense intricatis repertus ; filis primariis tortuoso-
intricatis, e serie singula cellularum formatis, vaginis firmis,
tenaeibus, crassis, aureo-brunneis, hyalinis et in plantis vetnstis
puuctulatis, cellulis multe variabilibus, subquadratis vel subglo-
bosis, diametro brevioribus et subellipsoideis, oblongis et diametro
usque 7-8-plo longioribus ; ramis unilateralibns freqnentibus,

Journal of Botany. — Vol. 35. [June, 1897.] R

242 welwitsch's African freshwater alg^e.

singulis vel gemiuatis, longis et flexuosis, filo primario diametro
tenuioribus, interdum ramosis, vaginis crassis et plerumque achrois,
cellulis variabilibus, lis filorum primariorum similibus, ssepe in-
distinctis ; protoplasmate pallide aerugiuoso et minute granulate ;
heterocystis intercalaribus, rectangulari-oblongis (diametro lJ-3^-
plo longioribus) ; sporisnonvisis. Crass, fil. prim. 11'5-12-5/x; diam.
cell. 7'5-8/a; crass, ram. 6'5-9'5 /m, diam. cell. 4-6-5 fi; diam.
heterocyst. 6 )U.

Huilla. Inter Schizotrichem fuscescentem, in paludibus exsic-
candis ; April 1860. No. 176. Etiam inter Utricnlanam, Morro
de Lopollo ; April 1860. No. 179.

This has a very distinct facies from H. luteolus, being of a bright
golden brown colour, with more tortuose filaments, the sheaths of
which have a very different appearance ; the cells also are much
more variable (and usually longer), the branches are more numerous
and of a different thickness to the primary filaments, and often
arise in pairs.

3. H. intricatus West in Journ. Linn. Soc. xxx. 271-2, pi. xv.
f. 16-28 (1894). An aquatic form ; spores rectangular oblong,
1^-3 times longer than broad. Crass, fil. 5-5-7 /x.

Huilla. In caespitibus parvis intricatis inter H. hiteoluin, in
uliginosis editioribus, prope Humpata, Empalanca et Lopollo ;
May 1860. No. 15.

4. H. Welwitschii, sp. n. H. inter alias algas aquaticas
sparsus, flavo-feruginosus ; fills primariis subflexuosis, vaginis
arctissimis, indistinctis et hyalinis, e serie singula cellularum
formatis, cellulis iurequalibus, diametro aaqualibus vel paullo
longioribus (raro duplo longioribus), subglobosis, subquadratis vel
oblongis ; ramis frequentibus plerumque uuilateralibns, brevibus,
patentibus, filo primario diametro requalibus vel paullo tenuioribus,
subatteuuatis, vaginis achrois, arctis sed distinctis, cellulis varia-
bilibus, diametro ^-3-plo longioribus ; heterocystis rarissimis,
intercalaribus, rotundo-quadratis vel rectangulari-oblongis ; sporis
subglobosis vel oblongis, polls rotuudatis (diametro 1-2-plo longi-
oribus). Crass, fil. prim. 5-5-7'5 /* ; crass, ram. 3"5-5'5 /x; hetero-
cyst. 6-8 /x X 6 /a; spores 5-8-5 n x o jj..

Pungo Andongo. Inter Batrachospenno (/racUlinio in rivulo de
Tangue ; May 1857. No. 3.

This species may be compared with H. hibeniicus West & G. S.
West (m Jonrn. It M. S. 1896, 163), from which it differs in the
longer cells of the primary filaments ; in having much fewer
branches, whicli are also shorter and not flexuose ; moreover, the
cells of the branches, as well as the heterocysts, never attain the
length of those of H. Iiibeniicus. Compare also with H. intricatus
West.

2. Stigonema Ag. (1824).

The cells of this genus are protoplasmically continuous through-
out the whole plant, a fine strand of protoplasm, passing from cell
to cell along the middle of the filament, effecting this continuity.
This is best seen in plants that have been dried and soaked out, the

WELWITSCH'S AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG.E. 243

cells then appearing like beads on a string. These connecting
threads are not visible in living plants, but in becoming dry the
protoplasm shrinks away from the minute canal along which it
passes through the septa, and on soaking again does not reattain
its natural position.

1. S. ocELLATUM (Dillw.) Thur. in Ann. Sc. Nat. 6e ser. Bot. i.
380 (1875). Conferva ocellata Dillw. Brit. Conferv. 60-1, Supp,
pi. D (1809). Sirosiphon ocellatm Kiitz. Spec. AUjar. 317 (1849);
Tab. Phijc. ii. (1850-2), 11, t. 37, f. ii.

A small form ; crass, fil. 27-38-5 jx ; in small quantity amongst
Zygnema sp., growing on tufts of Scytonema Mijochrous var. choru-
(fraphicKm, on rocks on the northern and western sides of Pedra
Songue ; April 1857. No. 153.

Forma major. A large and finely- developed aquatic form ;
crass, fil. 45-61 /x.

Huilla. Inter Utrmilariam, Morro de Lopollo ; April 1860.
No. 179. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176.

2. S. flexuosa, sp.n. Filis aquaticis, inter algas varias repertis,
elongatis, flexuosis et sparsim ramosis ; ramis solitariis, exacte
patentibus et filo primario diametro fequalibus, apicibus rotundatis
et non attenuatis ; vaginis amplis, achrois (raro flavescentibus),
hyalinis, vix lamellosis ; cellulis in serie singula, rotundato-quad-
ratis, feruginosis, inter se subdistantibus (stepe i^-f diametri cellulfe
seorsum) ; heterocystis raris, lateralibus. Crass lil. 18-25 [x.

Huilla. Inter Hapalosi phonem luteohiin et i\licrosporam Lnfgrenli,
&.C., in uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca et Lopollo,
plagas spongiosas unacum Eriocauloneis, Xyridibus, et Utriculariis
constituens ; May 1860. No. 15. Etiam Morro de Lopollo; May
1860. No. 182.

This is distinguished from .S'. panniforme (Ag.) Born. & Flah. by
its habit, its very different branching, its almost colourless sheath
with smooth exterior, and by the round apices of the branches, as
well as by its somewhat smaller size.

3. S. MiNUTUM (Ag.) Hass. Brit. FresJnv. Ahj. i. 230; ii. t.lxvii.
f. 3, 4 (1845); Born. & Flah. in Ann. Sci. Nat. 7e serie, Bot. v.
72-74 (1887). Scijtonema ininutum Ag. Synop. AJtjar. Scandin. 117
(1817). Crass, fil. prim. 26 /x ; crass, ram. 17 /x.

Huilla. In graminosis paludibus juxta rivulum de Lopollo ;
April 1860. No. 180.

4. S. INFORMS Kiitz. Spec. Ahjar. 319 (1849) ; Tab. PIu/c. ii.
(1850-2), 11, t. 38, fig. iii. ; Born. & Flah. I.e. 75-77 (1887,).
Crass, fil. prim. 44-71 /x ; crass, ram. 36-39 /x.

Puugo Andongo. Inter Scylunema Myochruus var. choroyraphicuin,
in summis rupib. ; Febr. 1857. No. 6.

(To be continued.)

R 2

244

NOTES ON BRITISH PLANTS.*
By Arthur Bennett, F.L.S.

II.— CAREX.

The following notes are given in the sequence of the 9th edition
of the Londo)t Catalor/iie, as they will tlnis be easier of reference : they
will perhaps help to explain some of the changes in nomenclature
tlierein made. Tiiey will also show the difficulty there is in deter-
mining with accuracy some of the species, especially in the vithfciris
section. It is useless to attempt to resolve the discord of opinion
as to what is a species, a variety, or a form ; but a tendency in
Scandinavian Floras to reduce many Friesian species to forms —
whether rightly, or not, I do not pretend to decide — may be noted
as one of the "direction posts" of the times. I Avill merely quote
one instance. Carex proU.va Fries (1842) is reduced by Hartman to
C. acuta var. prolixa (1843) ; and further degraded by Almquist in
Hartman's 11th ed. (1879) to C. acuta forma proUxa. Taken in
conjunction with the splitting of recent years, the above is an
object-lesson.

Carex rupestris All. Fl. Ped. ii. 264 (1785). This seems much
more plentiful in W. Sutherland than the first record would seem
to intimate. Mr. Hanbury tells me it can be "pulled up in sheets
two feet across."

C. MicROGLocHiN Wahl. Act. Holm, 140(1803). I should not be
surprised to hear that the plant that occurs in Dick's Caithness
locality is this, and not paucijiura ; but Mr. Hanbury informs me
that C. paucijiora occurs on Dunnet Links.

C. DiSTicHA Huds. var. longibraoteata Schl. Cut. PI. Helv. ed. 4,
11 (1821). The name as it occurs here is specific. See Jount.
Bot. 1897, 145.

C. ligerica Gay in Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. 2, t. x. 360 (1838). C.
armaria L. var. lii/erica. Richter makes this a hybrid, (\ arcnaria x
Schrcberi; Gay, Grenier & Godron, Nyman, and others, all call it a
species. If it is a hybrid (which I doubt), it can hardly be our
plant ; but the name was determined by Boeckeler. I should like
here to call the attention of British botanists to the valuable
series of notes contained in Gay's herbarium at Kew, not only
on the labels of the specimens, bat in the MSS. in the library;
it is strange that the French ever allowed such a splendid collection
to leave France.

C. teretiuscula Good, in I'raiis. Linn. Soc. ii. 163 (1794).
C. teretiuscula var. crassior Hartm. Hand. Sk. Fl. ed. 4 (1843).
C. teretiuscula var. major Koch, Stjn. FL G. ed. 2, 867 (1844).
C. Fhrhartiann Hoppe, Cent. 207. C. diandra Schrk. Baier. Flora,
281 (1789), may be an earlier name for C. teretiuscula, but I have
not seen an authentic specimen. Richter has restored C. pseudo-
paradoxa S. Gibson, ''Phijtol. i. 53" (but the reference should be to

See Jonrn. Bot. 1894, 364.

NOTES ON CAREX.

245

i. 778 (18i3), as a var. of paradoxa. This was found at Seaman's
Moss Pits, near Manchester, and was the cause of a rather acri-
monious discussion. In the Loud. Cut. of 1844: it stood as a var. of
C. tcreiimcula, and, judging by the specimens in the Boswell Her-
barium, that is its correct place ; it is near to, but not exactly the
same as, Hartman's vnr. crasainr.

C. PANicuLATA L. var. RiGiDA Blytt in lUt. Cfr. Blytt in Christ.
Vid. Selsk. Forsh. No. 7, p. 8 (1886). Spikes more rigid, darker
coloured, and with the spikelets more crowded.

C. MURicATA L. Richter has "var. (,//<'us Lam.," but it has been
suggested that Lamarck's plant is not the same as Koch's. I cannot
answer this query, for I haw not seen a specimen of Lamarck's.
Lang in Linnaa, xxiv. 516 (1851), makes Lamarck's plant a species.

C. ECHiNATA Murray. C. echinata (3. f/n/pos Hartm. Hand. Sk.
Fl. (1819). C. ynjpos Sohkuhr, Riedo. Nachtr. 18, f. 193 (1806).

C. HELvoLA Blytt ap. Fries, Bot. Not. 58 (1819). Gathered by
Dr. Balfour on Lochnagar three years before Blytt's plant was
named, and labelled " ( '. curtd var. alpicola," Journ. Hot. 149 (1886).
There are other specimens that are probably this, but opportunity
to dissect them has not yet been taken. Kihlman {Mcdd. Faun, et
Fl. Fenn. 69 (1889)), considers helvola as hybrid between C. lacfopina
and C. canescens (carta); this may likely be the case, as on Loch-
nagar, where lagopina certainly grows near, and probably curta, or
its var. nipicola.

C. APPRoxiMATA Hoppc ex Hoffm. Fl. Dent. ed. 2, ii. 200 (1800).
As there is an earlier appro.vimata of Allioni, Fl. Fed. ii. 267 (1785)
(now considered a var. oi eriretonim), the name laiiopina Wahl. Act.
Hob)}. 145 (1808), may be restored. Kichter has C. Lac/unalii
Schkr. Car. t. 7, f. 79 (1801). I have not seen a specimen.

C. CURTA Good. [3. nipicola (Wahlb.). The enclosing brackets
are not needed, as Wahlenberg described it as a variety [Fl. Lapp.
232 (1812)), but under C. canescens L. The proper name under
C. curia seems to be var. brunnescens Pers. Siju. ii. 539 (1807).
Nyman makes a subspecies of C.\ vitilis Fr. under C. Persoonii.
Andersson joined it with C. Persoonii (Herb. Fl. Aust. n. 282, ex
Lang, in IJinuea, xxiv. 539 (1851) ). Have we in Britain any
plant other than a variety of C. curta / I have seen no specimens
that 1 could call <J. vitilis Fr. ; all seem, more or less, forms of
C. curta, to the extremes of which var. alpicola may be applied.
Dr. Boswell seems to have thought the same, for in the Kxch. Club
Hep. 1876, 87 (1878), he remarks : " This is all we have to represent
alpicola in Scotland, and when cultivated it is scarcely to be dis-
tinguished from ordinary curia. I have some doubt if we have true
C vitilis in Britain."

C. ovALis Good. There are perhaps older names for this, but
certainty must be shown before they can be adopted. S. Gibson's
var. bracteata does not seem to have been described, as he denies
the identity of the Castle Morton plant, and called that C. }[aliern-
eusis {Plujtol. i. 715 (1843)).

246 NOTES ON CAREX.

C. LEPORiNA L. var. capitata Sond. Fl. Dan. t. 23G6 (1843) ;
Bonder, Fl. Hamh. 489 (1851); Prahl. Krit. Fl. Hol.-Sch. 236
(1890). Andersson quotes (('yp. Sc. 64 (1849)) Herb. Norm. f. 8,
no. 77, for it. Mr. Miller gathered this in W. Sutherland in 1881,
but has only recently sent it to me among many other Carices. It
resembles C. /estiva Dewey {Sill. Journ. 29, 246(1836)), a rare
arctic species. Bonder observes on it: "hat 3-5 dichtstehende,
brauuliche Aehren und dadurch eine grosse Aehnlichkeit mit
C.fcstica Dewey " {Fl. Hamb. 489).

C. FuscA All. FL Peel. ii. 269 (1785). C. poh/gama Schk. Biedyr.
i. 84, t. 76 (1801), teste L. H. Bailey. C. Bja-bauDiii Wahlb. Kongl.
Ac. Handl. 24, 163 (1803).

C. HuDsoNii Ar. Benn. in Lond. Cat. ed. 9, 41 (1895). C.stricta
Good.! Trans. Linn. Soc. ii. 196 (1794), t. 21, f. 9. C. stricta Lam.
Diet. Bot. iii. 387 (1789), antedates Goodenough's name, and is the
American C. anr/ustata Boott in Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. ii. 218.
Var. TURFOSA. C. turfnsa Fries, Bot. Not. 104 (1843).
C. ACUTA L., var. prolixa Hartra. Hand. Sk. Fl. ed. 4 (1843).
C. proli.va Fries, Nov. Mant. iii. 150 (1842). In this the spikes are
slightly drooping ; the glumes, although described as subulate-
cuspidate, are not so, like the waritinuv section, but gradually taper
from the base to the apex, from half as long again to twice as long
as the first. The habit is neater than in acuta. I have this from
Norfolk {Priest), and in Herb. Brit. Mus. are specimens from
Cambridgeshire gathered by Newbould.

C. ACUTA L. ft. MINOR Led. Fl. Boss. iv. 314 (1853). G. tricostata
Fries, Nov. Mant. iii. 152 (1842). Andersson refers to this C.ccespi-
tosa ft. altissima Aspegr. Ijleh. Fl. 67 (1823), and C strieta var.
fluriatilis Laest. in Nov. Art. Upsal. xi. 286 (1839). It is exactly the
reverse of proli.va : the glumes of the female spikes are only half
the length of the fruit, and blunt, the bracts less foliaceous, and the
habit of the plant like that of stricta. I have specimens named by
Dr. Christ as above from Ireland {S. A. Steivart).

C. EtGiDA Good, in Trans. Linn. Soc. ii. 193, t. 22 (1794). The
original specimens in Goodenough's herbarium at Kew are about
equal to what Fries called var. sa.vatilis ; our small curved plant is
similar to his (jlacialis. In Journ. Bot. 1890, pp. 171-3, Prof. L. H.
Bailey makes rigida the type of a composite species, which includes
Goodenoivii Gay, rigida Good., and various others; and remarks:
"There is so gradual a blending of types from the top of Mount
Washington, where C. hyperborea grows, to the adjacent sea-coast,
where C. vulgaris is common, that there can be no doubt as to the
specific identity of the two plants." This may be the case in
America, but is not borne out in Great Britain. It is rare that
there is any difficulty in separating ('. /■////(/(/ from Goodenoivii, even
when growing at the same elevation in Scotland. I am by no means
averse from combining species which one can see the reason for so
doing, but among the many hundreds of specimens that I have seen
this combination does not seem to be justifiable. To my eyes Prof.
Bailey separates some American species from others the distinctness

NOTES ON CAREX.

247

of which I should have cloubtecl. I say this to show the difficulty
there is in naming plants of this section with certainty. Tims at
p. 19 of his able paper on "The Types of various Species of the
Genus Carcv" (1889), Prof. Bailey remarks under ('. variabilis
"nov. sp.": " T'. rt(^»rta7<i' is marked by its abundance of compara-
tively broad and long leaves and bracts, the solid spikes [the italics
are mine] , very broad perigynia, and minor characters." Now in
our montane form of aquatilis the spikes are not only much attenu-
ated below, but even often interrupted (just as in his var. elatior of
C. variabilis) ; and SO are Swedish specimens from Jemtland (Dr.
Abiiqiiist) ; so that that character will not suffice to separate aijuatilis.
He certainly allows 'that the American material (of aquatilis) "is
yet scant"; and at p. 60 remarks: "It is not certain that the
American plant is the same as the European." I have seen what
I believe to be aquatilis from Canada (I exclude <'. stans here). And
in Scotland we have forms of rifjida that come so close to aquatilis
that it is not easy to separate them in a dried state ; certainly it is
more difficult than to separate Goodenowii and rigida.

In ed. 8 of the London Catalogue a var. inferalpina Laest. was
introduced on faith of specimens so named by Dr. Almquist from
the Clova table-land. Prof. Bailey in his paper considered that this
exactly represented C. hijperborea Drejer {Rer. Crit. Car. Bar. 461
(1841) ) ; a plant that has been split up into three parts, and divided
between salina, liniula, and epigejos Hartm. (uon Fries). If Prof.
Bailey is right (and I believe he is from the specimens I have seen),
so I believe was Almquist, and that our plant is as good luj/ierborea
as that of Lapland. In the 9th ed. that name was left out (from
the uncertainty then felt), but meanwhile I had seen specimens that
I thought must be named ('. liniula Fr. [Suvwi. Veg. Sca7id. 229
(1846) ). If we take the plate of Fl. Daniva, it certainly points to
a rigida form, and the specimens also ; yet we have Audersson's
drawing of the leaf-margin against it. It looks very different from
our usual rigida, and forms connecting the two in Scotland are not
common, though they do occur by rills, ttc. (as suggested to me by
Mv. Beeby). In Scandinavia these forms are much more common.
In Kng. Bot. x. 112, Dr. Boswell remarks under rigida : " In marshes
on Loch-na-gar, and also on Little Craigendal, near the station for
Astragalus aljiinus, however, I have gathered a form which closely
approaches aqufdiiis." In the Boswell herbarium there are several
sheets of this plant, some named ''aquatilis /," some " rigida /," and
others not named. To me they are clearly a form of rigida and
not aquatilis, for though the leaves are not strongly revolute, they
may be called subrerolute, and I cannot see how they difi'er fuom
limula, I have not seen the Little Craigendal plant, but similar
specimens to those from Lochnagar occur on the Clova table-land.;
and along with them, but much more rarely, others I cannot
separate from C. hgperhorea. I cannot see much difference in these
two plants, nor could Dr. Boott ; and if one contrasts the two
l)lates, Flora Danica, their likeness is much more apparent than
their difference.

Nyman limits hgperhorea to *' Island, Faroe," yet Drejer himself

248 NOTES ON CAREX.

says '• Lappouia, Laestadius in herb. Horn.," aud though Drejer,
Boott, and Bailey all say " vulijaris section," yet he places it in the
waritiince ; Lauge, Consp. t'l. Gioen. 145 (1885), puts Iti/perborea
next rir/ida under "Folia latiora plana ^IiZ/zfc/^e Lang (notLange)."

In ^Tnnis. Ghisgow Xat. Hist. Sue. 110 (1888), Mr. P. Ewing
described a new British Carcx, " C. spiralis Ewing," from near the
ridge between Forfar and Aberdeenshire. This is one of the
ri(jid(£, and one of his specimens might well have supplied the
drawing of ('. hi/perburca in Anderss. Cyp. Scim. t. 5, f. 47 (right
hand fig.). I have not seen it mentioned in any of our Floras that
Dr. Boott has in his herbarium referred to " C. vuh/aris Fr. var.
limula (lii/pcrborea)," a specimen "from the Menai Bridge, Mr.
Bowman."

C. AQUATiLis Wahl. in Act. Holm. 165 (1803). The lowland
specimens placed under this vary considerably; perhaps the nearest
to the majority of Wahlenberg's aquatiUs are those from Kerry and
the Thurso river, Caithness, while those from Ivirkcudbright have
much the aspect of some salina forms. The Ft. Danica plate 2477
(C. stans Drejer) might almost have been drawn from some of my
bcotch specimens, with the exception of the " spica mascula 1 " of
Drejer's description. Boott, Bailey, aud Hjelt all call stans an
aquatilis form. Nyman does not admit it for Europe, but Hjelt in
Fl. Fennica, 2G9, says, " In ora septentrionale Lapponia; ex Almquist
domiuatur, etiam in interiore parti obveuit." But almost all
manner of forms occur, some nearly connecting the mountain
forms ; and if we accept the thinner spiked lowland plants as fairly
representing Wahlenberg's original specimens (and they match
some of them very closely), then the stouter spiked forms not
attenuated below may retain the name of var., or forma of elatiur
Bab. = Watsoni Syme. The var. ciispidata has much the aspect of
some of the forms of C. hahpliila Nyl., which, according to Hjelt,
is C. aquatilis X saliiia * ciispidata ; aud he remarks that a specimen
from " Kantalaks," Herb. Norm. fas. 12, No. 85, under the name of
aquatilis citsjiidata, is " C. haluphila aj/inis," by this meaning the
subsp. ajfiins. Out of the British lowland plants some six or seven
forms might be evolved.

Kemarking on specimens of the lowland form sent to the Ex.
Club in 1876, Dr. Boswell said: "This seems really the type of
the species." From the fact that Wahlenberg says " stepe aititu-
dinum humanum attingens," it was doubted whether our mountain
form could be the same. The late Dr. Buchanan White sent me
ail interesting form from the White Myre of Methven ; this Dr.
Almquist referred to '^ C. aquatilis var. epi<jejos ! ha^est." I have
never succeeded in seeing a type of Laestadius's plant, but I have
not doubted the name until 1 saw the account of this in Hjelt's
Fl. Fennica. There it is considered to be C. aquatilis x rii/ida, and
Dr. Almquist says the genuine plant is so. If this is so, I hardly
see how such a plant could occur in a lowland Perth marsh. If I
had to suggest a hybrid origin for Dr. White's plant, I should say
C. aquatilis X Goodenowii juncella, but Hjelt says that specimens
named C. arcuata Laest. [Bid. Kann. i. Tvrnea Lapp. 43 (i860)) in

NOTES ON CAREX.

249

Backmau and Holm's Oesl.-uch.-Lapp. 237 (1878) are 'UtquatiUs x
vuhjaiis junccUa." I have not seen arcitata, but the description of
its surroundings by Laestadius does not seem to exclude our plant,
though of couise the vegetation is really more boreal. Mr. Barclay
tells me they have not succeeded in landing C. aquatilis on the
White Myre, though it has been searched over since 1878.

A specimen sent by Mr. Barrington from Lough Ree, Ireland,
was named C. turfosa f. elowjata by l5r. Lauge ; placing this by the
side of the Perth plant, it is difficult to find any real difference, and
I would say they are substantially the same, and, likely enough,
C. aquatilisx GooJenowiijuiicclla; aquatilis X ritjida very improbable.

Hjelt says that- specimens named epifjejos Laest. come under
three forms : —

1. C. aquatilis X ritjida, the original plant.

2. A small form of aquatilis.

3. The Arctic C. sta)is Drejer.

To show the close connection of these forms he says a plant
from "Kantalaks," Lapponia pingeusis F. Nylander, is named C.
turfosa? ; and that Fries Herb. Norm. f. 12, 89, called by Hartmau
aquatilis epiyejos Laest., is C. salina fiavicans x rigida, according to
Almquist.

The forms of aquatilis we seem to possess are : —

1. C. aquatilis var. cuspidata (Laest.) Fries, Bot. Not. 104 (1843).
I follow Andersson in quoting Laestadius for this, but it seems to
me that Laestadius's name of C. aquatilis var. subacuta {Nov. Act.
Upsal. xi. 287 (1839) ), is the same thing. This has the glumes
elongated and cuspidate as in the viaritima.

2. C. aquatilis rinsccns Auders. Ci/p. Stand. 46 (1849). Just
the opposite to the last ; the glumes half the length of the fruit,
which IS very symmetrically arranged.

3. C. aquatilis viinur Boott, Jll. Carex. iv. 163, t. 545. The
montane plant with the spikes attenuated at the base, from the
confines of Forfar, Aberdeen, and An Beiunau, Perth. There is
nothing that exactly matches this in Europe, although very near ;
but our plant has a facies that is distinguishable.

4. C. aquatilis var. elatior ! Bab. Man. Brit. Bot. ed. 1, 341
(1843). C. aquatilis var. Watsoni! Syme Emj. Bot. ed. 3, v. 113,
t. 1G42 (1870). The lowland plant, usually with the spikes stout,
equal, and continuous, leafy bracts, and tall (3-5 feet) stems ;
between this and minor come some forms we have.

6. C. aquatilis var. epiyejos Laest. (if the Perth plant?). Narrow-
leaved, strict, spikes thin, glumes dark, male spike (1 or 2) very
dark, stem slender. ('. aquatilis var. cpiyrjos Laest. Vet. Ah. Ihmdl.
339 (1822). C. epiyrjo.s Hartm. (non Fries). C. horealis Lang in
Flora 142 (1843), teste Beurliiig. We are here met by a difficulty
in nomenclature that is not easy to unravel. Lang in Linnoia
(xxiv. 503 (1851)) notes that his name appeared in April, 1843,
while that of Fries appeared in July, 1843 ; but Lang refers both
Laestadius s plant, and Fries's to his species. I have not been able
to see a specimen of borealis named by Lang, but from his remarks
on that plant I have lillle doubt he refers to that of Laestadius ; if

250 NOTES ON CAREX.

SO, his contention as to date will not apply, as Fries's plant is a
salina form. Richter puts tlie plant of Fries {Mant. in. p. 146),
Lang's boiralis, and Nylander's arctopJnla * under hyperborea Drej.
as a var. of aquatilis. He seems to ignore the Bat. Notiser descrip-
tion oi epiiit'jos Fries (1843), as he quotes the Summa (1846) for it.
But even if we admit Lang's plea, Fries had in his Mant. iii. 146
(1842), made a subspecies of C. ephjejos, and curiously enough, at
the same place, makes Wahlenberg's salina a var. of aquatilis. So
mixed up have these Carices been, that I may have fallen into error
respecting them. Blytt in Non/cs Flora simply calls C. epigejns
Fries a salina form, but neither there, or in his Nye bidrag of 1892,
does he mention C. boiralis Lang, though in the former he duly
quotes C. bolina Lang; yet Lang has " Norvegi^e " after iorfrtZ/s.
1 am inclined to think the Perth plant is ( '. arcuata Laest. ; but it
is impossible to be quite sure without seeing an authentic specimen.
C. aquatilis has been found in England (Lake Lancashire).! Most
of the specimens of Wahlenberg come between Nos. 3 and 4.

X Carex Grantii Ar. Bennett, sp. n. C. aquatilis x kattegat-
ensis Fries. Growing with the two mentioned Carices on the Wick
river in Caithness. This is not 0. halophila F. Nyl., which Hjelt
refers to C. aquatilis x salina * cuspidata, though it has somewhat
the habit of that plant ; but the spikes of that are paler in colour,
longer, and the lower part generally attenuated, with longer
peduncles, and it has more an aquatilis look, while this has that
of salina. What C. vaccillans Drejer may be I do not know, but
Nyman puts it under Immalolcpis i)rej. as a subspecies. Almquist
says the Christiania plant is a form of C. kattegatensis Fries. This
plant of Drejer seems a very scarce form ; 1 have never seen a
specimen so named in any herbaria, and both Beurliug and Lang
say "mihi ignota." Nyman makes C. salinoides Beurling the same,
but Beurling says his plant is " (J. salina Hartm. ed. 5, non Wahlb.
Herb. Nor. f. 8, No. 72." I am unable to place C. Giantii with
any named form, aud suggest the above name after the discoverer
of kattegatensis in Britain. Greener than kattegatensis, with much
shorter spikes, less attenuated towards the base, shorter glumes,
green and paler, the first broader, aspect of the whole plant inter-
mediate between the two, with a tendency to salina ; this is not a
form of kattegatensis simulating aquatilis, as Almquist suggests one
of Nylander's does from (jsterbotten {But. Not. 128 note (1891) ),
but seemingly a hybrid, so far as it is possible to judge without
direct experiment.

X Carex hibernica Ar. Bennett sp. n. C. aquatilis x (stricta)
Hudsonii. I have in vain tried to place this under some described
form ; in habit it strongly reminds one of C. Buekii Wimmer Fl.
Schl. ed 3, 81 (1857) ; but that has strongly webbed lower sheaths,
fruits inflated so as to project the tops of the glumes in a peculiar
manner, glumes much paler, narrower; the spikes attenuated

* Spicil. Fl. Fennica Cent. 3, 14 (1846).
t See Yorkshire Naturalist, 1897, 77.

NOTES ON CAREX.

251

below, and the leaves much wider. Differs from aqiiatilis in the
very dark subrotuud glumes, with a very narrow central nerve, the
very blunt, rounded and regular male glumes (in most Carices the
male glumes are often irregular and afford no characters); broader,
subrotund fruit very faintly nerved at the base ; the shorter stricter
spikes, and the male spike, one only in the specimens seen : from
stricta, in the basal portion of the stem, which is coloured ; and
aqiiatiUs-\ike, in the shape of the fruit and glumes of both male and
female spikes, in the sheaths being non-fibrillose, and hi the fruit,
which is almost nerveless and subrotund. My specimens were
gathered by Mr. E. W. Scully "on Galway's river, Old Kenmare
Koad, Co. Kerry, 15, G, 89." From the same locality I also
possess C. iKjwdilis from Mr. Scully. In Jouni. Bot. 1889, 91,
Mr. Scully records ('. [strict^) Hiulsonil from " several places about
Lakes of Killarney," The aquatilis is from " near Upper Lake,
Killarney" [Juiini. Bot. 1890, IIG).

C. sALiNA Wahl. * KATTEGATENsis (Fries). C. katte(jat€nsis Fries
Ind. Sem. Hort. Ups. (1857). The occurrence of this in a second
Scotch county by the Beauly Frith was of much interest to me, as
I had predicted its possible occurrence there when writing of the
Caithness plant in the Juvch. Club Eeport for 1884, p. 118 (1885).
I beheve now that another saiina form can be added to our Flora,
though it must be very rare, as I have only succeeded in finding
three specimens in herbaria as yet, — one in my own collection, one
in the Kew Herbarium, and one in the Bos well Herbarium. I
believe these are C. epiijcjos Fries (non Laest.), Bot. Not. 105 (1843),
Sniinii. Vej. Sr. 233 (1846). This has been variously treated by
authors. Fries, in his original description, gives as a synonym
" C. (iquatilis (3. epi(/rjos Laest.," but this has since proved incorrect.
After this reference he adds, " C. aquatilis Hook. Brit. Fl. iv. 336,"
but with no mark of certainty. My specimen was sent me by the
late Dr. B. White, and labelled " The mountain form of C. aquatilis,
Caenlochan, Forfar." Now the fruit and glumes seem to me a
saliiia form, and not aquatilis or )i(iida form. Andersson puts it
among his " bicolores " on the strength of Nylander's description of
his C. discolor Spic. Fl. Fenn. iii. 12 (1846). Nyman so places it,
but it may be a slip for C. hicolor Nyl., which he puts to (\ qiiijcjos
Fr. Almquist and Hjelt refers Fries's plant to a sali)ia form. The
o^-iginal specimens of this were odd, and although there was a
terminal male spike, it was so shortened, and the glumes elongated,
as to appear sessile on the upper female spike, and it had at its
base female flowers ; but this was, I believe, only an arrest of
growth, and in other specmiens the spike was elongated, but still
with female Howers at the base. But this condition of the male
spike (sub-androgynia Fr.) is not that of the true bicolores ; i, e. C.
bicolor All. and C. nardina Fr. Nyman, in a note No. 257 Consp.
FL Furop. Supp. ii. 375 (1890), follows Mr. Ridley in .lourn. B,ot.
1885, 289-91, in quoting the Sum ma for this; certainly the de-
scription is longer, and Fries speaks with less certainty ; but on the
whole the original description is applicable, though confused with
Laestadius's plant.

252 SHORT NOTES.

If I am correct in these uotes, we may sum them up thus, — that
the reference of the Forfar- Aberdeen rbjida var. infendpina was
correct (though mixed with others) ; that it is substantially (.'. hyper-
borea Drej.; that another form occurs with the habit oi aqnatilis,
but is a ngida form, i.e. limula Fr. ; that a third form occurs that
is riiiida altered in growth by growing by rills (as suggested by Mr.
Beeby) ; that Dr. i3. White's plant is C. epujejos Fr., but not of
Laestadius ; and that one at least of our lowland aquatUis forms is
near C. stuns Drej. (except that it has more than one male spike).

C. SPicuLosA Fries Bot. Not. 99(1843). Summ. Veg. Scand. 226
(1840), forma nov. Hchridcnse, Ar. Benn. C. solina cuspidata x
(Joodenowii, junceUct, teste Almquist, But. Not. 128 (1891). Dr.
Almquist agrees with me in considering that the specimens of Carex
gathered by Mr. Duncan in Harris, Outer Hebrides, are the nearest
to spiculosa of any named form, the only appreciable difference
being the want, in the Hebrideau specimens, of the serrulate
glumes (although they are equally as elongated) of Fries's plant.
This plant of Fries is one of the rarest Carices ; it occurs on the
Kamschatka promontory on the White Sea, in Russian Lapland
(Karelia keretnia of the Finnish botanists); and perhaps at " !Suma
in Karelia pomorica," but the latter Almquist considers may be
C. sdlina * cuspidata burealis x Goodenuwii. This plant is usually
quoted as of Fries, but there is some probability that Nylander in
>SpiciL Fl. Fenn. 2 (1843), was really earlier. But I cannot ascer-
tain whether the SpicUe<jium was published before or after July in
1843, the month in which the Notiservi-AS published. Hjelt quotes
" C.spiculosa Fr. & Nyl.," and says, "Spec. 2, p. 21, ubi prnnum
describiter." The dilticulty with our plant is to find the salina
parent ; the only other Carices Mr. Duncan can find in the neigh-
bourhood are C. glauca and two forms of C. Goodenowii, The
peculiar colour is very marked in our plant. W. Boott, in Bot.
(Jazi'tte, ix. 88 (1884), gives a '' C. spiculosa .^ " from "brackish
marshes near Boston, Mass." Prof. Bailey suggests " C. stricta
Lam. X salina " {Pioc. Am. Ac. 3, 85 (1886) ). It is a very curious
plant, but is not the plant of Fries. Lang, in Linnaa, xxiv. p. 552
(1851), observes: — "CI. Friesius Caricuni spicalosam ad stirpem
C, maiitinnc refert, sed ut mihi videtur, transitum optime facit a
CcBpitosis ad !:Sulinas.''

(To be continued.)

SHORT NOTES.

RuBUs Dkejeri G. Jensen in Somerset. — A few weeks ago Mr.
Rogers and myself had the pleasure of a short visit from Mr. Gelert,
the Danish batologist. One result of this visit is that a number of
closely-allied brambles from W. Somerset, which we had placed
under //. scaber Wh. & N. (though with considerable hesitation,
especially on the part of Mr. Rogers), have been determined by Mr.
Gelert as "good Drejeri." I believe that this is the first record for
England of R. Drejeri (segregate). All the plants recorded in the

AIDE-MEMOIRE DE BOTANIQUE CRYPTOGAMIQUE. 253

Flora of Somerset under the name of the 11. scaler must now be can-
celled, with one excejJtion. The peat moor plant (District 8) is said
to be Pi. ochrodermis Ley. Those of Districts 1, 2, 3, and 6 must be
placed under R. Drejeri. I have, however, a single specimen of
11. scaler from Dulverton (District 1), which has been vouched for
both by Dr. Focke and Mr. Gelert. — R. P. Murray.

SciRPUs Caricis Retz, (p. 146). — The Rev. R. P. Murray points
out to me that this sedge occurs in N. Somerset (it is given in his
Flora of the county for half a dozen localities), and that, while new
to Devon, it is consequently not an addition to the peninsular
province. My specimens came from the immediate neighbourhood
of Lynmouth or Lynton; the exact locality has escaped my memory.
— E. F. Linton.

NOTICE OF BOOK.

Aide-memoire de Botaniqiie Cryptoqamique. Par Prof. Henri Girard.
Paris : Bailliere et Fils, 1897. 3 fr. Pp. 281 ; 107 figs.

Under the general title of the Manuel d'histoire naturelle. Prof.
Girard has compiled a series of ten little volumes, in which he has
essayed to summarize what is known of the several branches of the
subject. To botany are devoted three of the volumes ; and one of
these is the book under notice. It is divided into four parts, the
first of which treats of such generalities as the cell and cell-
structure, and reproduction. In the second the thallophytes are
discussed, under the heads Fungi, Alga?, Lichens, and Bacteria.
In the third and fourth parts follow the Muscinete and the Vascular
Cry[)toganis. In a plain narrative, free from all verbose embellish-
ment, the main facts of the life-history and structure of these
groups are set forth with sufficient clearness and tolerable accuracy.
Classification of the kind common to text-books is added ; and such
fossil forms as are luiown receive notice. No authorities are quoted;
no alternative explanations of phenomena are alluded to; the places
of origin, from which the figures in the text were taken, are in no
case indicated. One feels impelled to ask, " What is the value of
the book?" The smart person gives the obvious answer, " Three
francs." But, setting aside the price, one would like to know
whether the student, for whom the author has expressly catered,
will do himself good or harm by perusing this compilation. The
wise student will doubtless benetii by it, being able to replenish the
meagre narrative with the rich stores of knowledge acquired from
text-books and lectures. The foolish student, however, who en-
deavours to cram up his subject at the last moment from books of
this character, is likely to lind that the light gained from them will
fail at the critical moment. Htudonts mindful of their best
interests must use the book strictly with a view to stimulate their
jaded and overcharged memories, and not with the purpose of
gleaning fresh facts, which can be better studied in more authori-
tative works. . ,,

A. G.

254

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS ^

Bot. Centraihlatt (No. 13). — W. Grevel, ' Anatomische Uuter-
suchungen iiber die Familie der Fiiapensiacea, ' (No. 14). — G. Lindau,
' Ueber die heatige Systematik der Pilze ' (No. 15). — A. Zalewski,
' Ueber M. Scboennett's ' Kesinosystera ' (Nos. 17-20). — C. Hart-
wicb, ' Ueber einige bei AconitiimknoUen beobachtete Abnormi-
taten' (No. 17). — F. Ludwig, ^ Sarcosoma jdatijdiscus im Vogtland.'

Bot. Gazette (March 24). — 0. J. Chamberlain, ' Life-history
of Salix' (7 pl.).^ — C. E. Burnap, ' Notes on Calostoma' (1 pi.). —
F. A. Waugh, ' Definiteness of Variation' (Ap. 22). — J. Donnell
Smith, 'Undescribed Plants from Guatemala, &c.' — J. H. Schaffner,
'Life-history of Sagittaria variabilis.' (7 pi.). — J. N. Rose, ' N.
American species of Chri/soplenium.' — G. E. Davenport, ' Botrychium
ternatum var. Innayioides.' — C Eobertson, ' Myrmecophilous dis-
semination.'

Bot. Notiser (Haft. 3). — H. Hesselman, 'Nagra iakttagelser ofver
vaxternas spridning'. — L. M. Newman, ' Om nomenklatur och art-
begransning inom slagtet Spairianium.' — 0. Nordstedt, ' Sotvatten-
salger fran Kamerun.' — Id., ' Sammanstallning de skandinaviska
lokalerna fiir Myxophyceae hormogoniese.'

Bot. Zeitumi (April 16). — H. Solms-Laubach, ' Lilium pere-
grinum, sine fast verschollenes weisse Lilie.'

Bull, lie VHerh. Boissier (April). — C. Komanoff, ' Sur quelques
structures foliaires.' — F. Hildebrand, 'Ueber die Kuollen und
Wurzeln der CgcUonen-AYten.' — A. Chabert, ' Des plautes sauvages
comestibles de la Savoie.' — G. Romy, '(Questions de Nomenclature.'
— C. J. Forsyth-Major and W. Barbey, ' Ikaria.' — H. Schiuz, &c.,
' Die Pflanzenwelt Deutsch-Siidwest-Afrikas ' (May). — R. Chodat,
' Etudes de Biologie Lacustre ' (3 pi. : Sphterocgstis Stichoglceoa, genn.
nov.). — P. Conti, ' Du genre Mathiola ' (AI. sinuata and M. rupestris).
— 0. Tchonproff, ' Fractionnement du bois axial chez Mendoncia
Schombnrgkiana.' — H. Hallier, ' Bausteine zu einer Monographie
der Convolvulaceen.' — R. Maire, ' Sur un nouveau Cgcadeospenimm
de rOxfordien.' — E. Fischer, ' Schweizerischen Rostpilze.'

Bull. Torrey Bot. Club (March 30).— G. N. Calkins, ' Clu-omatin-
reduction and Tetrad-formation in Pteridophytes ' (2 pi.). — K. C.
Burnett, 'Influence of light on dorsiventral organs' (1 pi). — A.
Hobrick, ' New fossil Grass from Staten Island ' {Phragmites Aque-
hongensis: 1 pi.). — J. B. Ellis and B. M. Everhardt, ' New Fungi '
{Cryptophallus, gen. nov.). — C. L. Pollard, ' Flora of Central Gulf
Region' (Ap.24).— J. K. Small, ' Sessile-flowered Trillia; Notes on
KpilobiacecB' — J. W. Harshberger, ' Ecological study of Talimun'
( 1 pi.). — P. A. Rydberg, ' Rarities from Montana (2 pi.). — G. V.
Nash 'American Grasses.' — M. A. Howe, ' Gyrothyra, a new genus
of Hepaticeic ' (2 pi.). — L. M. Underwood, ' American Hydnacea;.' —
A. M. Vail, Kallstmima bravhystilis, sp. n. — J. B. Ellis and F. D.

* The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers
or title-pages, but it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date of
publication.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 255

Kelsey, 'New W. Indian Fungi' [Aecidiella, gen. nov.)— J. K.
Small, Clematis Gattinyeri, sp. n.

Erythea (Mar. 31). — E. W. D. Holway, Puccinia cretica, sp. n.
— W. L. Jepson, 'Explorations of Hartweg ' (Ap. 30). — J. B.
Ellis and E. Bartholomew, ' New Kansas Fungi.' — A. G. Merritt,
' Pollination of Californian mountain flowers.'

Gardeners' Chronicle (Ap. 3, 17).— M. T. Masters, ' The Species
of Thuja' (Ap, 3). — Galanthus ciiicus, sp. n. (May 15, 22). —
W. T. T. Dyer, ' Progress of the Cyclamen ' (May 22). — Uolbo-
phi/lliim })tUo(jlossum Wendl. & Kriinzl., sp. n.

Journal de Botanique (Ap. 1). Nadeaud, ' Plantes rares

de Tahiti.' — L. Gaucher, ' Sur I'ovaire des Punica f/ranatum.' —
(Ap. 16). P. van Tieghem, ' Sur les caracteres des Grubbiacees.'
— (Ap. 16, May 1). E. Bescherelle, 'Revision du genre Ochro-
hryum.' — F. Kranzlin, Mystacidium Hariotianiim, sp. n. — (May 1,
16). A. Franchet, ' Isopyrum et Coptis.' — (May 16). C. Sauvageau,
' Les algues marines du Golfe de Gascogne.'

Malpiyhia (ann. xi. fasc. 1-3).— P. Baccarini, 'Sulla Genista
(Btnensis.' — F. N. William [s] , 'Sulla Medicayo Echinus.' — E. Para-
tore, ' Sulla presenza d'un fascetto leproso soprannumerario in
una radice secondaria di Dolichos ^nelanophtalum.' — C. Casali,
' Nuovi Micromiceti.' — E. Chiovenda, ' Piante nuove o rare da
aggiungersi alia Flora Romana.'

Nuov. Giurn. Bat. Ital. (April). — K. MilUer, ' Prodromus Bryo-
logife Boliviauas' (concl.). — U. Valbusa, 'Note floristiche.' — L.
Beissner, 'Coniferes de Chine' (1 pi.). — E. Baroni, ' Sopra alcune
Aracee cinesi' (1 pi.). — G. del Guercio, 'Intorno ad alcuni Cecidii
della Santolina dei Ik'ndrobium e delle Cattleie (2 pi.). — S. Sommier
& E. Levier, 'Plantarum novarum Caucasi.' — J. Baldrati, ' Strut-
tura anatomica della perula del bulbo di alcuni Allium.' — G. Mal-
tenici, ' Placche sugherose uelle piante.'

Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschrift (April & May). — J. Hoffmann, 'Zur
Gduiixmg Odontites.' — V. Folgner, 'Zur Systematik und i)flanzen-
geographischen Verbreitung der Poraaceen.' — (April). V. Schiftuer,
'Musci Bornmiilleriani.' — G. Kiikenthal, 'Carictu orieutales.' —
E. V. Halacsy, Achillea Urumojfii, sp. n.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, d-c.

At the meeting of the Linnean Society on April 1st, Mr.
G. R. M. Murray exhibited several lantern-slides of coccospheres
and rhabdospheres, prepared from specimens collected by Capt.
Milner, of the s.s. 'Para,' while on a voyage to- Barbados, including
all the forms figured in the 'Challenger' Report. Of these re-
markable organisms Mr. Murray gave a detailed account, explaining
the formation of coccospheres (so named by Dr. Wallich) as the
aggregation into spheres of the so-called coccoliths described by
Huxley from deep-sea soundings taken in the North Atlantic by
H.M.S. ' Cyclops.' The calcareous scales (or coccoliths) were shown

256 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC.

to overlap each other, and to constitute not only a defensive armour,
but from their arrangement to admit of the growth of the organism,
which is thus not limited by its calcareous coat, as diatoms are by
their siliceous shells ; each coccolith being attached to the cell by a
button-like projection on its inner surface. In the rhabdospheres
with projecting rods, of which figures were shown, the plates
(rhabdoliths) do not fit into each other as figured in the 'Chal-
lenger' Report, but their bases are imbedded on the surface of
the cell each by itself without contact. As to the cell-contents,
the exhibitor had found nothing more than a granular material
resembling protoplasm. Thei'e was no trace of colouring matter
in the specimens, all of which had been brought up from a depth
of three fathoms.

We regret to record the death of Samuel James Augustus
Salter, F.R.S., which occurred on Feb. 28th at his residence,
Basingfield, Basingstoke, in his seventy-third year. Mr. Salter,
who for many years held a leading position in medical circles, and
whose name was intimately associated with dental surgery, was at
one time a familiar figure at the meetings of the Linnean Society,
of which he became a Fellow in 1853. To vol. xxiv. of the Tnins-
aetinnn of that body he contributed a remarkable paper " On a
Sexual Monstrosity, consisting in the Development of PoUeniferous
Ovules, in two Species of Passifioni."

Many students of cryptogamic botany in this country doubtless
have plants which they would be glad to dispose of in exchange for
foreign specimens. An opportunity for doing this is afforded by
the Vienna Exchange Office for Cryptosams, which is conducted
by Herr J. Brunnthaler, Igelgasse 11, Vienna, iv/2., from whom
we have received a catalogue for the current year. Some 3000
priced specimens are offered for exchange or purchase, and com-
prise Mosses, Hepatics, Fungi, Lichens, Algae, and microscope
preparations. In the future. Vascular Cryptogams and Bacteria
will also be included. The valuation depends upon the quality and
rarity of the specimens, the unit of value being represented by
one-twentieth of a shilling. The commission exacted by the Ex-
change is 25 per cent, of the specimens sent in to the office. The
specimens must be in good condition and properly labelled ; the
actual regulations to be observed, however, are too numerous to
mention here. The catalogue, the essential parts of which are
given in German, French, and English, costs sixpence; and, it
should be added, contains descriptions of some new species of
Fungi. Lists of the plants offered for exchange must bo sent to
the office by September 15th.

We have not been able to give our list of the actual dates of
publication of the Kew Bulletin for 1896 — a list which we are glad
to know has been found useful — because the number for December
last has not yet appeared. Only one number has been issued
during the present year — that for January.

Mr. George Murray and Dr. D. H. Scott have been elected
Fellows of the Royal Society,

^. t^N

Ta"b.371.

'f

i \ n

y

. ^^^-Wl

-if

fL^'f jr pa7"i oLt^I

Mir.ieritBros.libh

Plan.-ba.go CororLopiiS, L.^rar. cera-topKyllori.,Rapm.

257

PLANTAGO CORONOPUS vak. CERATOPHYLLON.

(Plate 371.)

[Mr. E. Gr, Baker publishes iu the Proceedings of the Dorset
Natural History and Antiquarian Field Club (vol. xvii.) an account
of this variety, which ho found near Charmouth, Dorset, in 1895.
The plant presented certain marked features which induced him to
compare it with foreign forms, and, with the assistance of Prof.
Henriques, who has seen authentic material, he has identified it
with L\ ccratophijlla Hoffm. & Link — a plant which both botanists
agree cannot be maintained as specifically distinct from P. Coro-
nopiis. By the courtesy of Mr. Mansel-Pleydell, we are enabled to
reproduce the plate with which Mr. Baker's paper is accompanied
in the Dorset Pwceedlmjs. The characters of the two plants are
thus contrasted by Mr. Baker; and to these are appended the
principal points of interest in his paper. — Ed. Journ. Bot.]

P. Coronopus L. P. ceratophijUa HofEm. & Link.

Root generally slender, annual Root long, thick, probably per-
or biennial. cnnial.

Leaves generally spreading flat on Leaves suberect, liairy, oblanceo-
the ground, more rarely suberect, late in outUne, generally o-nerved,
strap-shaped or linear, 1-ncrved, occasionally S-nerved, rachis
usually furnished with narrow broader than in P. Coronojjiis,
acuminate ascending lobes, rachis apex acute or subacuminate, seg-
generally not so long as P. ccrato- ments lanceolate, remote, occasion-
phylla. ally toothed, acute or subacuminate,

rachis 6 in. long, sometimes longer.

Scape usually exceeding the Scape longer than the leaves

leaves. towards the apex, rather more

hairy than in P. Coronopus.
Heads of flowers :^1 in. or more Heads of flowers 1, 3, or 4 in. or
long. more long.

Bracts acuminate, longer than Bracts acuminate, longer than
the sepals. the sepals.

Capsule 3-4-locular, 3-1-seeded. Capsule trilocular (in the original

description), described as 2-sceded,
but, judging from herbarium speci-
mens examined, evidently some-
times more seeded.

The Dorsetshire plant will have to be referred to a var. cerato-
phyllon — PiiANTAGo Coronopus var. ceratophyllon Rapin, Esquisse
de riiistoire Naturelle dcs Plantaginces, in Mem. Sac. Linn. Paris,
vi. 482 (1827).

P. coronopifolia Brotero, PL Tjusit. i. 157.

P. ccratnphiiUa Hoffm. & Link, Fl. Port. i. 491, t. 74.

Root thicker than in the type, probably perennial. Leaves 0 in.
long, sometimes longer, suberect, hairy, oblanceolato in outline,
generally 8-ncrved, occasionally 5-nerved, apex acute or subacu-
minate, segments lanceolate, remote, occasionally toothed, acute, or
subacuminate.

Journal of Botany. — Vol. 35. [July, 1897.] S

258 PLANTAGO CORONOPUS VAR. CERATOPHYLLON.

Scape longer than the leaves, towards the apex rather more
hahy than in the type. Heads of flowers 1 in. to 3 or 4 in. or more
long. Bracts acuminate, longer than the sepals. Capsule trilocular,
generally (as described in the original description) 2-seeded, some-
times more seeded.

Hab. Portugal and South-west Spain.

In Great Britain — Dorsetshire, at Charmouth and near Poole
Harbour.

It seems advisable to bring together the other principal named
varieties and forms of P. Coronopus. The type is a plant with
narrow, generally uninerved leaves, toothed or pinnatifid, with
usually ascending scapes, equalling or exceeding the leaves ; spikes
^-4 in. long. Capsule 3-4-celled, 3-4-seeded. It is the plant
figured in En</lish Dotany, ed. 3, tab. mdlx., and Ic. Flor. Dan.
t. 272 ; judging from the description, it is the «. vuhjaris of Grenier
& Godron, Flore de France, ii. 722.

1. PYGM.'RA Lange, Haandhoij der Danske Flora (1853).

A dwarf plant with narrow rachis and narrow segments. Leaves
in the specimens before me i-f in. long. Scapes apparently gene-
rally ascending, slender, usually only just longer than the leaves.
Spikes globose, 2-4- (possibly sometimes more) flowered.

Recorded from Denmark.

In Great Britain, recorded by Mr. W. H. Beeby'" from Yell,
Shetland. In the Natural History Museum there are specimens
from near New Romney, Kent {F. 1). Parker), and St. David's Head,
Pembrokeshire {H. N. Padleij), which must be referred to this variety.
In the Kew Herbarium there is a specimen from Plymouth, probably
this variety.

2. cRiTHMiFOLiA Willk. & Lauge, Prod, Fl. Hisp. ii. 359.
Leaves not carnose, bipiunatipartite, hirsute, rachis dilated

towards the apex, sub-3-nerved, segments oval, lanceolate, peduncles
ascending.

Recorded from South Spain.

3. LATiFOLiA DC. Fl. France, iii. 417.
Plantaijo Cohimnm Gouan, Illust. 6.

P. Cornuti Jacq. Misc. ii. 351 ; Ic. Bar. i. t. 27, non Gouan.

P. Jacquini R. & S. Syst. iii. 140.

Leaves not carnose, hirsute, lanceolate or liuear-lanccolato,
rachis broad, 3-nerved, segments linear-lanceolate, peduncles
ascending.

Recorded from South-west Europe and North Africa (Barbary).

There are authentic specimens of P. Cohumuc Gouan in the
Kew Herbarium, The rachis of the leaf is not particularly broad.

4. MARiTiMA Gren. & Godr. Fl. France, ii, 722.

Leaves carnose, smooth or ciliate, linear-lanceolate, pinnatifid,
rachis broad, 3-nerved, segments linear, peduncles erect.

* Mr. Becby also Rathored on sea-cliffs, OUaberry, in Shetland, an interesting
plant which looks like very luxuriant pygmaa.

NOTES ON CAREX. 259

Recorded from France, South Spain, Berlengas. [Since Mr.
Baker's paper was published, Mr. Arthur Bennett has sent this
to the British Museum Herbarium from the Island of Tiree,
Hebrides, collected by Mr. Symers MacVicar in 1896.]

5. iNTEGRATA GrcH. & Godr. I. c.
P. Coronopus var. simplex Dene.

Leaves carnose, linear, acuminate, subentire, scarcely dentate,
ciliate or smooth, rachis sub-8-nerved, peduncles slender, erect.

Recorded from Sweden, France, Spain, Mediterranean Region,
reaches South Persia, Canary Islands.

Sir J. E. Smith, in the Kwillsh Flora, places as var. ft. of P. Com-
nnpiis, Plantago graminea folio hirsuto, minor, capitula rotundo
brevi, Dill, in Rail Si/71. ed. 3, 316. This may approach the above
variety.

6. CuPANi Dene, in DC. Prod. xiii. 1, 732.

P. Cupcoii Guss. FL Sic. 190; Ic Fl. Sic. t. 70, fig. 1.

Leaves rosulate, with narrow rachis and narrow segments, spikes
oblong, bracts ovate, rotund, acute, shorter than the calyx.

Hab. Mountain pastures.

Recorded from Sicily and Morocco.

This is very different from type P. Coronopus L., especially if
the plants generally referred here from the Atlas Mountains are
correctly so placed. The root is stout and probably perennial.

Dr. Wirtgen, in his 8th Fascicle of Critical Rhenish Plants, dis-
tributes a form of P. Coronopus, which he calls forma bipinnatifida,
the leaves being pinnatifid, with narrow rachis and segments.
There is a plant in the Kew Herbarium from the cliffs near Fresh-
water Bay which closely approaches this latter form.

NOTES ON BRITISH PLANTS.

By Arthur Bennett, F.L.S.

(Concluded from p. 252.)

C. c/ESPiTosA L. Sp. PL cd. 1, 2, 978 (1753).* C. paci/im Drejer,
Fl. Hofn. 292 (1HB8). C. Drejeri 0. F. Lang in Flora, 518 (1813).
Richtcr gives nine other names under which this appears in J*juropcan
Floras. He calls it "endemic"; the American plants, according to
Bailey, are erroneously referred here. The plant formerly so called,
from Greenland, may have been C. Drcjeriana Lange, PI. L)an.
t. 2975. The name of the 1st ed. of the Species I'lantarwn is
perhaps not quite free from ambiguity ; still from Fries to the
present time it is well understood to mean a tufted plant, strict in
habit, with many leafless sheaths at the base, regularly arranged
fruiting spikes (much like C. Hitdsonii on a small scale), glumes

• See the Naturalist, 1895, 271.

s2

260 NOTES ON CAEEX.

broad, generally shorter than the fruit, fruit with minute impressions
all over, without nerves, or nearly so.

Mr. Beeby gathered in Shetland specimens that were referred
to c(Espitosa by Dr. Lange, but as Mr. Beeby did not feel quite
satisfied, and as the material was scanty, it was thought best
to leave it out of the London Catalogue. In 1884 Mr. Percival
sent me from Wensleydale, Yorkshire, a number of Carices, among
them good specimens of a Carex that I sorted with C. Goodenowii.
Here they lay until I had occasion to compare an odd Hebridean
specimen, when on turning over the sheet I at once saw they were
ciFspitosa. It must be remembered that our Floras formerly had a
"(7. ccEspitosa" ; this was either stricta Good, or Goodenowii Gay.
The c^sjJifosa at Kew marked by Goodenough "my caspitosa" are
Goodenowii Gay = vithjaris Fr. ; curiously enough, on the sheet is
one spike of C.jlacca.

C. Goodenowii Gay in Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. 2, xi. 191 (1839).
C. vulgaris Fries, Nov. Ft. Suec. Mant. 3, 158 (1842). ^. melccna
(Wimm.). C. vielmm Wimmer iu Flora, 1850, 619. This was
introduced into the London Catalogue on faith of specimens named
by Dr. Christ fi'om Perthshire for Dr. B. "White. It has (in the
Scotch plant) a slender stem, very dark short-spiked female spikes,
and a slender male spike.

I possess a curious form of Goodenoidi* from sands near the sea
on the Ayrshire coast, gathered in 1896 by Mr. A. Somerville; it is
exactly analogous to var. "y. bulbosa Drej. Sgmb. Caric. t. 17, 20
(1844) = C. hidbosa Vahl herb.," as that is of C. flacca Schreb.
Hjelt mentions a form of Goodenowii as analogous to C. acuta
personata Fr, from Tavastland, in Finland. I have somewhat
similar ones from Anglesea (J. E. Grijith) and Argyll {E. S.
Marshall).

C. FLACCA Schreb. Spic. Ft. Lips. app. 150 (1771). The following
forms occur in Britain : —

/3. erythrostachijs Hoppe {xxndev glauca) in Limuna, xiii. 63 (1839).

/ ^. erecta Heuff. I.e. xxxi. 63 (1863). Wet rocks near Foynes,
Co. Limerick {S. A. Stewart).

y. acuminata Anders. Cyp. Scand. 31 (1849).

= C. acuminata Willd. 5>. 4, 300 (1805). Outer Hebrides (TF. .9.
Duncan). Eichter calls this "serrulata Biv. Stirp. Futr. 4, 9 (1806)."

Heuffler describes a var. alpina, but I have seen no specimens
that could be referred to this plant from Britain ; our plant does not
seem to ascend higher than 2100 ft. I believe that Mr. Druce first
used the name C.jiacca var. stictocarpa in Journ. Lot. 1888, 368, so
that my name as attached to it must be expunged.

C. MAGELLANiCA Lam. Encycl. iii. 385 (1789). C. irriqua Smith
in Hoppe's Caric. 72 (1828).

C. PELiA 0. F. Lang in Linnaa, xxiv. 575 (1851). C. Langii
(M. N. Blytt) Steud. Syn. Fl. Cyp. ii. 227 (1855). C. panicca var.

* This may be f. inacrolepis Norman, Fl. Arct. Norvcg. 49 (18'.)3), but I have
not seen a specimen of Norman's plant.

NOTES ON CAEEX. 261

/3. suhliv'ida AucTers. Cyp. Scand. 33 (1849), teste Hartmann/'' C. panicea
L. ft. pcUa Ricbter, PL Europ. 159 (1890). Caithness, July, 1887,
F. J. Hanhury, This agrees exactly with a specimen sent me by
Prof. Blytt from " Norvegia : Christiania (e loco classico Langnosu " ;
gathered by his father, Prof. M. N. Blytt. The original specimens
on which this was founded were gathered by M. N. Blytt. Lang
remarks, "Ab habitu Caricis var/inata, colore livido-glauco totius
plants longe differt." British specimens named C. pdia by Dr.
Christ seem to me doubtful ; of others I so named from Morven,
Caithness, Sir J. D. Hooker wrote me, "I would rather call this
voyinata," and I agree, after seeing the true plant. Lang gives no
synonyms. The Caithness specimen is the only British example
I feel quite sure of as to the name, although specimens from
Sutherland seem closely allied to it.

C. PANICEA L., var. tamidula Laest. Loc. Parall. PL 283 (1839).
I have specimens from Glen Carron, W. Eoss, gathered by Mr.
Sewell, which I believe are to be referred here ; the fruits are sub-
rotund, and the nut large and violet-coloured. This is not caused
by being ergotized, as so many fruits are of panicea, I think more
so than any other British Carex.

C. piLULiFEEA L., ft. lonyihracteata Lange, Dansk. FL G9-1 (1861).
C. inlulifera var. Lcesii Ridley in Journ. Bot. 1881, 97, t. 218.
C. saxumbra Lees in Science Gossip, 1880, 278. Dr. Lange having
said that his plant is the same as Dr. Lees's, it must bear his name.

C. VERNA Chaix. In Loud. Cat. ed. 8, a var. capitata Ar. Benn.
was introduced ; it was excluded from the 9th as it seemed only a
monstrosity; it was gathered in the Mourne Mountains, Ireland,
and had much the habit of C. capitata L.

C. vAGiNATA Tausch. in Flora, iv. 557 (1821). The form called
ft. sparsijiora by Hartmann, Sk. FL ed. 4, 305 (1843), and Lang in
Linncca, xxiv. 576 (1851), occurs in several places in Scotland, but
it seems scarcely more than a state of vayinata. A similar sparse-
flowered and attenuated form occurs in panicea: I have it from
Holyhead (J. E. Grifah).

C. PANICEA L., b. intenitedia (Miog.). C. intermedia Mieg. in IJidL
Soc. Dot. Fr. X. 83 (18G3). This comes somewhat between C. pa-
nicea and C. voyinata, though nearer the former; it occurred in
Scotland, near Fort William {Rev. PL S. Marshall). Nyman most
unaccountably makes it a var. of C. vulyaris Fr., and Richter follows
him ; but there is no doubt about it being a panicea form ; there
are authentic specimens at Kew. Dr. Lange named a specimen
sent him "(.'. vayinata Tausch.?"

C. ATROFuscA Schkr. Car. 1, 106 (1801). C. xistxdata Wahlb.
Act. Plolm. 156 (1803).

C. CAPiLLARis L., var. major. Mr. Ewing gathered C. capillaris
var. major {FL Dan. t. 2374, f. 3 ; Blytt, Noryes Flora, 244 (1861))
in Glen Shee, 12-16 in. high. Blytt says "a foot high." In Trans.

* But Norrlin has " C. vublivida mihi = C. panicea sublivida Hartm,"

262 NOTES ON CAKEX.

Olasr/. Nat. Hist. Soc. 110 (1888), Mr. Ewing records this as "var.
(ilju'stris Anders.," which is a very small plant compared with the
usual state.

C. DEPAUPERATA Good. ex With. An: ed. 2, 1049 (1787).
C. ventrkosa Curt. Fl. Lond. f. vi. t. 68 (1790). See Jotini. Bot.
1896, 185, 229.

C. L.EViGATA Smith in Trans. Linn. Sue. v. 272 (1800). Var.
(jmcilis Ar. Benn. in Jourii. But. 1889, 314. This has much the
aspect of C. punetata Gaud. (C. diluta Bieb.), gathered by Mr.
Beckwith in Salop. Kichter gives " C. heludes Link in Schrader's
Journal, 305 (1799)." Kunth accepts Link's name, and adds to it
''Jide Smith."

C. BiNERVis Smith in Trans. Linn. Sue. v. 268 (1800). This
varies greatly ; Mr. Druce proposes the name f. vigresccns for the
mountain form in Jour a. Bot. 1890, 44, but I think Drejer has
named this /3. alpina {Bev. Crit. Car. 474 (1841) ).

C. DILUTA Bieb. FL Taur.-Cauc. ii. 888 (1808). C. punctata
Gaud. Aqrust. Helv. ii. 152 (1811). Eichter gives " C. pallidior
Degl. in 'Lois. Fi. Gall. ii. 299 (1807)." Mr. Druce {A7m. Scott.
Nat. Hist. 1896, 40) has a like quotation, but the name is not to be
found in the 1807 cd. ; it occurs in the 2nd ed. published in 1828
■^a date which at once disposes of the claim to priority contended
for by Mr. Druce. It should be noted that in some herbaria
C. diluta is represented by C. distans L.

C. FLAVA L. (see Journ. But. 1889, 330). /3. clatior Schlecht. Fl.
Bcrol. 1, 477 (1823). This, according to Prof. Bailey, is C. Icpido-
carpa Tausch. C. CEderi Eetz ; should this bear the name of
Ehrhart. Calam. Exsicc. No. 79, 1790?; as Eetz declares that his
plant is not the plant of Ehrhart. This about equals the var.
minor Townscnd, and is not the (Kderi of Kvcj. Bot. ed. 3, which is
var. cijperoides Marsson Fl. Neuvorj). 537 (1869) (as a species).
C. chrijsitcs Link in Herb. Berolin. teste Bailey, being a MS. name,
should not be used or quoted.

C. FLAVA X FULVA = C. xautkocarpa Degl. in Loisel. Gall. ii.
299 (1828).

C. ACUTiFOKMis Ehrh. Bcitr. Bot. iv. 43 (1789). C.paludosa Good,
in Trans. Linn. Soc. ii. 202 (1794). The variety notin Lond. Cat. ed. 9.
It is a little uncertain "what name the variety should bear; it is
C. spadicca Both, Tent. Fl. Germ. ii. 461 (1793). C. Kochiana DC.
Cat. Hort. Monosp. 89 (1813). C. paludosa /3. Kochiana Gaud. Fl.
Helv. iv. 130 (1830). C. paludosa /3. suhulata Doll. Bhein. Flora
144 (1843). I am not sure whether C. paludosa var. elongata Schum.
En. PL Saell. i. 274 (1801) is the same.

C. RiPARiA Curt. Fl. Lond. 4, t. 60 (1821). Eichter has C. crassa
Ehrh. Beit. 4, 43 (1789). C. rufa Lam. Encycl. 3, 394 (1789), and
Kunth also quotes these names. I have a specimen from Eostherne
Mere, Cheshire, H. Searle, 1883, that is very near, if not identical
with, C. riparia var. obesa Fries, Sunun. Vef/. Scand. 70 (1846)
(nomen) ; C. riparia var. deformis Beurling, Bot. Not. 37 (1853)

NOTES ON CAREXi 2G3

= C. nutans Fr. (iioii Host) Nuv. Mant. 1, 19 (1832). It had much
the look of the true C. nutans Host.

C. RosTRATA Stokes in With. Arr. eel. 2, ii. 1059 (1776).
C. ampullacea Good, in Trans. Linn. Soc. ii. 207 (1794). "/3. clatior
(Blytt)." The brackets are required because Blytt described his
plant under 0. ampullacea in Nonjes Flora, 254 (1861). This is a
very tall (3-5 ft.) var. with very long spikes, most of the female
ones with male flowers at the apex, broad leaves, flatter than in the
type. It is probably the same as C. ampullacea /3. robusta Bonder,
Fl. Hamb. 505 (1851).

C. iNVOLUTA (Bab.). C. vesicaria L., fi. / Involuta Bab. Man.
Brit. Dot. ed. 2, 370 (1847). C. ampullacea var. involuta Baker &
Hunt in ReiJ. Hot. Ex. Club for 1863, 9 (1864). C. involuta Syme,
En(/. Bot. ed. 3, x. 168 (1870).

C. VESICARIA L., p. (lichroa Fr. Mr. Bailey considers (and Lange
agrees) that G. vesicaria dichroa Anders. Gyp. Scand. 18 (1849) is a
form of rostrata ; it certainly in its reduced spikes shows an approach
to G. rotundata Wahlb. ; it must be called G. rostrata var. dichroa
Bailey, Stud, of Carex, 39 (1889), in Mem.. Torrey Bot. Club, No. 1.

C. VESICARIA X ROSTRATA. X G. Pannewitziana FigQvt ex Nyman.
Wood at Inuy, Co. Longford, Ireland, 10/7/83, .S'. A. Stewart.
Perthshire, Dr. B. White ; sent me lately by Mr. Barckley. These
agree exactly with specimens named as this hybrid, and gathered
near Bremen by Prof. Haussknecht. I have many specimens doubt-
fully so named by many collectors, but the above plants accord in
every point. Mr. Stewart's specimen has much the appearance of
G. riparia "^^ gracilescens C. Hartm. = G. riparia X vesicaria Siegcrt,
with the exception of the male spikes.

C. PULLA Good. Tram. Linn. Soc. 3, t. 14, 78 (1797). Var.
Grahami Hook. & Arnott, Brit. Fl. ed. 8, 510 (1860). = G. Grohami
Boott in Trans. Linn. Soc. xix. 215 (1843).

In addition to the Floras of Britain, the following may be con-
sulted as throwing some light on our Carices : —

"On some British Carices." McLaren in Botanical Gazette, iii.
17-27 (1851).

Priestley on Garex, in Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb. iv. 71 (1853).

For full synonymy of our species see Richter, Plantcc European,
145-171 (1890).

A list of European Carices will be found in this Journal for
1885, pp. 260-26G.

It is greatly to be regretted that Dr. Boott's splendid worl^ on
the Carices has never been completed ; unpublished material exists
for it at Kew.

In Vet. Ak. llandl. 141 (1803) {Act. Holm.) Wahlcnberg describes
a Garex simpliciusrula from "Westmorland, Anglia." Sprengel put
this to Kobresia cariciva Willd., and Kunth quoted Sprengel; by the
kindness of Dr. Almquist I am able to say this is correct, as ho has
examined the specimen for me in the Heib. Vet. Ak. Stockholm.

In conclusion I would say, if any British botanist goes to Kew

264 welwitsch's afkican freshwater alg/e.

to study Carer, lot him go to Dr. Boott's cabinets ; the specimens
are alphabetically arrangecl, and, with Watson's aiid Borrer's
her])aria, will answer all general queries. I have to thank the
staff of tlie British Museum and Kew Herbaria for ever-ready help
in any difficulties.

WELWITSCH'S AFIIICAN FEESHWATER ALG/E.

By W. West, F.L.S., and G. S. West, A.R.C.S.

(Plates 3G5-370.)

(Continued from p. 2io.)

3. NosTocHOPSis Wood (18G9).

1. N. LOBATUS Wood in Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. Pltlladdphui, 127
(1809); in Smithson. Contrib. Knoivl. (1874), iii. 45, t. iii. f. 0;
Born. & Flah. I.e. 80 (1887). Crass, fil. 2-0 /x ; diam. heterocyst.
5-5-7 /x.

Golungo Alto. Ad rupes inundatis in rivulo Muria pr. Muria
sparsius ; Sept. 1854, No. 201.

The examples of this are very fine ones, and agree well with the
figure given by Wille (in Bihang t. K. Sv. Vct.-Akad. Ilamll. Bd. 8,
no. 18, t. i. f. 1-19), with the exception of the cell-walls ; portions
only were as moniliform as the previously-found African examples.
(Cfr. West & G. S. West in Joxirn. Bot. 1890, 381, t. 301, f. 1-2.)

The cell- walls are very thin indeed, not any more appreciable
than the cell-walls in the ordinary vegetative cells of a Nostoc.
The majority of the heterocysts are lateral, globose, and either
sessile or stalked (usually supported on one or two cells) ; sometimes
they are intercalary, and then they are always elliptic-oblong.

XVII. ScYTONEMACE^E.

1. SCYTONEMA Ag. (1824).

1. S. ciNciNNATUM (Klitz.) Thur. in Ann. Sci. Nat. Ge serie, Bot.
i. 380 (1875); Born. & Flah. /. c 89 (1887). Calothrix lanata Kiitz.
Alijar. Aq. Bute. Dec. I. no. 5 (1833).

Var. jETHiopicuM, var. n. Var. pseudo-ramis filo primario dia-
metro paullo tenuioribus, cellulis in parte mediana pseudo-ramorum
quadratis vel diametro longioribus. Crass, fil. prim. 25-30 jx, trich.
17-18 /i ; crass, pseudo-ram. 19-21 jx, trich. 9-5-11-5 fx.

Paugo Andongo. Alga nigrescens, lubrica, tenax, rhizomata
Xyridearum aliarumque plant, palustrium, in spongiosis crescentium,
crassis membranis obducens, matricibus tenaciter adha^rens — sicque
imprimis loca spongiosa formans. Cum PHchotridte [/i/psopliila et
Mowjeotia irref/ularl in pascuis spongiosis breve graminosis juxta
rupes gig. prope Catete ; May 1857. No. 111.

2. S. RivuLARE Borzi in Nuovo Giornale Bot. Ital. xi. 373 (1879) ;
Born. &Flah. I.e. 91 (1887).

Pungo Andongo. Ad muscos rupestres rivulos crescentes per-

WELWITSCh's AFRICAN FRESH"WATER ALG.E. 265

repens, in Mimosarum sylvis pr. Pedras de Guinga ; Jan. 1857.
No. 13.

Stratum goldou- brown or violet ; branches rather scarce, usually
solitary, short, a little narrower than the primary filaments ; cells
sometimes a little longer than the diameter ; sheaths constantly
asperulate. Crass, fil. 24-2G /i; crass, trich. 15-18 /x.

This is a most interesting species, having been previously seen
only from Italy by its original describer.

3. S. Arcangelii Born. & Flah. I.e. 92 (1887). Crass, fil.
19-20 ix; crass, trich. 12-13-5 /x.

Golungo Alto. Ad muscos prope fontem magn, ad Banza de
Soba Bango sitam ; Sept. 1855. No. 159.

The following may be a larger form of this species : —

Golungo Alto. Filaments forming somewhat irregular peni-
cillate tufts of a brown colour. Crass, fil. 23-25 /x; crass, trich.
14-5-17 /x. The specimens were not in a condition for satisfactory
identification.

Ad fontem prope Banga de Bango, socialis cum Anthocero, etc. ;
Sept. 1855. No. 158.

4. S. MiLLEi Born, in Born. & Thur. Notes Ahjolon. 147 (1880);
Born. & Flah. I.e. 93 (1887). Crass, fil. 18-5-25 /x ; crass, trich.
11-14-5 /x. Heterocysts sometimes subquadrate.

Pungo Andongo. Ad rupes vulc. humectans prope Cacella,
inter Dichotrichem ollvaccam ; Febr. 1857. No. 7.

5. S. ambiguum Kiltz. Spec. Ali/ar. 894 (1849) ; Tab. PJiijc. ii.
(1850-2), 7, t. 26, f. ii. ; Born. & Flah. /. c. 100 (1887). Crass, fil.
8-9-5 /x; crass, trich. 2-8-3-5 /x.

Pungo Andongo. Inter S. Myoclirous var. clionujraphicum ;
Febr. 1857. No. 6.

The heterocysts are about three times longer than broad, and
sometimes as many as three together.

6. S. riGURATUJi Ag. S^ist. Ah/ar. 38 (1824) ; Born. & Flah. /. c.
101-3 (1887). Crass, fil. 16-20 //; crass, trich. 6-5-8 /x.

Iluilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 15. In gramiuosis paludibus juxta
rivulura de Lopollo ; April 1860. No. 180.

7. S. Myocurous (Dillw.) Ag. JJispos. Ahjar. Suec. 38 (1812);
]3orn. it Flah. I.e. 104-0 (1887). Conferva Myochrous Dillw. Brit.
Conferv. 37, t. 19 (1802).

Var. cHoROGRAPHicuji, var. u. Var. vaginis uon ocrcatis. Crass,
fil. prim. 28-31 /x ; crass, ram. 21-25-5 /x; crass, trich. 7-5-11 /x.

Pungo Andongo. Freq. et temp. pluv. (Dec. usque Apr.) Jjete
vegetans, in summis rupibus ; Febr. 1857. No. 6. Alga crecta
vel decumbens, cajspitose crescens, filamentis oculo nudo nigris,
penicillatim c centro adli. radiantibus, mox latas rupium gigant.
plagas, imprimis verticales, colore atro tingens, qua ex causa =
Pedra vegras de Pungo Andongo.

Etiam ad latera boreal, et occid. de Pedra Songuc ; Apr. 1857.
No. 12. Alga terrestris vel potius rupcstris, eximie gregaria,
incrementi rapidissimi, juventnte et tempore per dies uebuloso,

26G welwitsch's African freshwater algm.

atrovireus solis luce et nidore cito nigrescens, latissimis rupium
plagas perpendiculares colore aterrimo tingens.

This agrees in every particular with *S'. Myochrous, with the
exception that the filaments are never ocreate. From S.fujuratum
it differs in being of larger dimensions, and in having a relatively
thicker sheath.

8. S. insigne, sp. n. S. rnpestris, spongioso CcX^spitosum,
pulviniilis elasticis, 4-6-5 mm. altis, violaceo-viridibus vel violaceo-
f nscescentibus ; filis crassis, in fasciculis arete adhrerentibus ; pseudo-
ramis solitariis vel raro gemiuatis, longis et flexuosis, filo primario
paullo angustioribus, apicibus subattenuatis ; vaginis crassis, achrois,
lamellosis, marginibus rectis vel irregularibus non ocreatis, srepe
coufluentibus ; trichomatibus pallide ferugineis, cellulis distinctis-
simis, quadratis vel diametro 1^-plo longioribus, nonnunquam
diametro duplo brevioribus et leviter torulosis, sajpe cylindricis et
diametro 3-4-plo longioribus ; heterocystis quadratis ; hormogoniis
brevibus, cellulis quadratis intcrdum diametro brevioribus, lamellis
interioribus vagina luteis vel aureis. Crass, fil. prim. 25-29 //.
(usque 33 //) ; crass, ram. 16-19 /^ ; crass, trich. 7'5-13*5 jx; long,
hormogon. 100-170 /x, lat. 15-19 ju

Golungo Alto. Ad rupes madidas in umbrosis juxta rivum
Coango inter Sange et Undelle, nunc violaceo-viridis, nunc intensius
violacea; May 1856. No. 5. Etiam ad rupes rivul. Coango humect,
pulvinula livido-cinerea spongiosa formans; June 1856. No. 140.

This plant is noticeable for the variability of its filaments, some
having parallel margins with long cells, others having firm irregular
margins with somewhat torulose trichomes, consisting of very short
transversely elliptic cells of irregular size. The latter filaments
much resemble the branches of a Stiijonema. The sheaths of this
plant are altogether remarkable, being quite colourless, and often
very irregular in the margin ; wherever they come in contact with
each other they appear to coalesce, and this coalescence gives rise
to a phenomenon {viz. the apparent inclusion of two parallel tri-
chomes in the same sheath) which, so far as we are aware, has not
been previously noticed in this genus. The branches are also most
peculiar, the majority being solitary, and given ofl" laterally from
one cell of the primary filament precisely as in Hapalosiphon.
Taking into consideration all these points, there are still un-
mistakable characters which place the plant in the genus Scytoncma.

2. ToLYPOTHRix Kiitz. (1843).
After examining the three following species, we cannot agree
with Bornet and Flahault in separating the genera Hassallia and
Tuhjpothrix. The former is said to be distinguished from the latter
by its fragile filaments and its terrestrial habit. The three species
referred to are all terrestrial as described for Hassallia, but the
sheaths (especially that of T. crassa) are very firm, persistent, and
iiexile, agreeing with those of Tohjpothrix. Under which genus
ought these species to be placed ? The terrestrial habit points to
Hassallia, the flexile and non-fragile filaments to Tohjpothrix, It
appears to us that the only character left to separate the two sup-

WELWITSCIl'S AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALGM. 267

posed genera is the fragility of the sheaths, which in itself is
certainly an insufficient generic distinction.

1. T. crassa, sp. u. T. terrestris, strato crasso spongioso
nigricante vel atro-viride ; filis crassis flexuosis, dense intertextis ;
pseudo-ramispaucis, remotis, brevibus et suberectis; vaginis crassis,
firmissimis, valde lamellosis (lamellis inaiqualibus in crassitudine),
non ocrearis, sordido-luteis ; trichomatibus aerugineis, cellulis sub-
quadratis vel diametro duplo longioribus ; heterocystis solitariis,
quadrato-oblongis vel subquadratis. Crass, fil. 25-27 /x ; crass,
trich. 11-5-14-5 /x.

Pungo Andongo. Ad dextr. flum. Cuanza locis palnstribus inter
Lythraceas, etc. prbpe Candumba; March 1857. No. 11.

2. T. phyllophila, sp.n. T. strato dense intricato, olivaceo-
viridis vel nigro-viridis ; fills circiter 1 mm. altis, irregulariter
pseudo-ramis ; pseudo-ramis brevibus, filo primario subparallelis ;
vaginis crassis, achrois, firmis et persistentibus, non ocreatis ;
trichomatibus subparallelis, olivaceo-viridibus ; cellulis diametro
1-1^-plo longioribus, nonuuuquam diametro brevioribus (plerumque
in ramis parvis et ad apices filorum primariorum est) ; heterocystis
solitariis, ad basin pseudo-ramorum vel inter eos, subquadratis,
oblongis vel subhemisphatricis. Crass, fil. 12-5-18 /x; crass, trich.
8-5-10 [J.; long, heterocyst. 8-5-13 /x.

Goluugo Alto. Ad folia viva lUiwrea; (Alsodeiic) spec, e Viola-
cearum familia, in sylvis deusis de Alto Queta ; Dec. 1855.

The nearest species to this is T. hijssoidea (Hass. Brit. Frcshw.
Ahj. i. 233-4 ; ii. t. Ixvii. f. 5), from which it differs in its much
thicker colourless sheath, which is not fragile, and in the usually
longer cells.

8. T. arenophila, sp. n. T. terrestris, strato compacto tenue
submcmbranaceo fulvo ; filis brevibus, dense intricatis, flexuoso-
contortis et apicem versus atteuuatis ; pseudo-ramis rarissimis
brevibus et subappressis ; vaginis crassis, firmis et lamellosis,
fiavis vel ilavo-brunneis, marginibus glabris, non ocreatis ; tricho-
matibus terugineis ; cellulis diametro l:^-2^-plo longioribus, proto-
plasmate granuloso ; heterocystis solitariis, rectangulari-oblongis,
diametro circiter li-plo longioribus. Crass, fil. 14-5-15 /x ; crass.
trich. 5-5 /x.

Pungo Andongo. Ad terram arenoso-huraosam in editissimis rupi-
bus Pedra Cazella, cum Schhotriche delicatissuna ; Jan. 1857. No. 151.

4. T. LiMBATA Thur. in Born. & Flab, in Ann. Set. Nat. 7e serie,
Bot. v. 124 (1887). A smaller form with yellowish brown sheaths,
which are often somewhat rough on the exterior. Crass, fil., 9-5-
10 ji ; crass, trich. 5'5-7 /x.

Mossamedes. Cum Oscillatoria tenui in umbrosis muscosis ad
ripam fiuminis Bero prope Cavalheiros ; Aug. 1859. No. 191.

XVIII. NOSTOCE^.

1. NosTOc Vauch. (1803).
1. N. repandum, sp. n. Thallis irregulariter expansis et
laciniatis, circiter 15 cm. latis, buUato-gyrosis, fere coriaceo-

268 WELWITSCn's AFEICAN freshwater ALGiE.

tenacibus, olivaceo-viridibus ; filis dense iutricatis et flexuosis,
vaginis non visis ; trieliomatibus angustissimis, pallide rerngi-
nosis, cellulis ellipticis vel doliformibus, diametro circiter 1^-plo
longioribus ; heterocystis globosis, circiter diametro tricbomatis
duplo latioribus ; sporis subglobosis, leviter augulosis, episporio
glabro et acbroo. Crass, trich. 2-5 /x; diam. lieterocyst. 4-5 /x ;
diam. spor. 7*5-9'5 //.

Piingo Andongo. Freq. ad rupes editiores vulcan. prope Ca-
bondo tempore pluvio, intra dies duas tresve ingente copia obvia ;
Febr. 1857. No. 21.

The nearest species to this is N. Immifimim Carm., from which
it is distinguished by its very large coriaceous non-tuberculate
thaUus, by its constantly elliptical or doliform cells, and by its
larger heterocysts and spores.

2. N. paradoxum Welw. MS. Thallis vix 1| mm. latis, gre-
gariis vel solitariis, olivaceo-viridibus et nigrescentibus, pcridermide
tenue et hyaline ; filis densissime intricatis, flexuosis et abrupte
contortis ; trieliomatibus uniformibus, feriiginosis, cellulis cylindricis,
quadratis vel diametro 1^-1^-plo longioribus ; heterocystis solitariis
(raro binis), oblongo-ellipticis et submagnis. Crass, trich. 3-5-
3-8 /a; long, heterocyst. 8-5-9*5 /x, lat. G*5-7'5 /x.

Pungo Andongo. Ad mucos dense csespitosos juxta rivulos prope
Pedra Songue ; April 1857. No. 20.

This species belongs to that division of the section Iluiiii/usa
with cylindrical cells.

3. N. MuscoRUM Ag. Dlsjios. Alqar. Suec. 44 (1812) ; Kiitz. Tab.
Phyc. ii. (1850-2), 2, t. 5, f. iv; Born. & Flah. I.e. vii. 200-1 (1888).
Crass, trich. 3-5-3-G /x; diam. heterocyst. G /x.

Pungo Andongo. Ad rupes schist, pr. Candumba ; Jan. 1857.
No. 22. Cambondo ; Febr. 1857. No. 285.

4. N. BHNUTUM Desmaz. Plantes Cnjptog. clu Nord de la France,
fasc. xi. no. 501 (1831) ; Born. & Flah. /. c. 209 (1888). This is
not identified with certainty, as it was seen in very small quantity;
spores elliptical, concatenate, long. 5-5-5 jj., lat. 3'5-4-5 /x; crass,
trich. 2'5 /x.

Mossamedes. Inter CEdogoninm sp. in stagnis puris ad ripas
flum. Bero ; Aug. 1859. No. 190.

2. ANABiENA Bory (1822).

1. ANABiENA sp.

Golungo Alto. Specimens very fragmentary, and spores not
attached to tho trichomes. Crass, trich. 3-3-5 /x ; diam. heterocyst.
5-5-6-5 /x; long. spor. 23 /x, lat. 9-5 /x.

Freq. sed cito marcescens ad latera rivuli Coango ; Aug. 1857.
No. 163.

XIX. CAMPTOTKICHEiE.

Ordo novus Hormogonearum Homocysteai-um ; fila brevia, vagi-
nata, irrcgulariter flexuosa, extremitates versus attenuata, serie
irregular! singula cellularum intra vaginam unamquamque, cellulis
hand uniformibus, vaginis delicatis et achrois.

WELWITSCH's AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG^. 269

1 . C amptothrix, gen . n .

Plantse minutfe, filamentosse et epipbyticas ; fila brevissima,
baud ramosa, e serie singula cenularum irregulariim formata,
supra algas majores aquaticas repentia, irregulariter flexuosa et
submoniliformia, vaginata ; vagma debcata, arcta et byabna ; cel-
lulee subglobosffi, rotundo-quadratre vel subrectangdares, apicem
versus filorum minores, prope apicem filorum vaginis indistinctis
vel destitutis ; protoplasma pallide ferugineum et bomogeneum.

1. C. repens, sp.unica. Cbaracter idem ac generis. Crass.
fil. 3-8-5-8 /x.

Huilla. Epipbytica supra Schizotrichem natantcm et Microcolewn
sociatiim, in uliginosis editioribns prope Humpata, Empalanca et
Lopollo, plagas spongiosas unacum Eriocauloneis, Xyridibus et
Utriculariis constituens ; May 18G0. No. 15.

Tbe diverse forms of tbe cells and tbeir irregular disposition in
tbe sbort tapering filaments give a cbaracter to tbis genus not
possessed by any otber of tbe genera of eitber tbe Varjinariecc or tbe
LynghijecB, and necessitate tbe plant being placed as tbe type of a
new order [Cam plot nchccc) of llormofjonecc Humoct/stece.

XX. — Vaginarie^.
1. ScmzoTHRix Kiltz. (1843).

1. S. elongata, sp. n. S. libere natans, calce non incrustata
et non in strato distincto; fibs angustissimis et lougitudine maximi,
flexuosis et ad intervalla longa bifurcatis ; vaginis firmis subarctis,
cylindricis, byalinis et acbrois, marginibus parallelis et leviter
asperis, valde attenuatis ad apicem longum criuiformem ; tricbo-
matibus liete a^ruginosis, 1-3 intra vaginam, parallelis vel sub-
torulosis, ad dissepimenta non constrictis ; cellulis diametro 4-8-plo
longioribus, dissepimentis plerumque indistinctis ; parte apicali
tricbomatis attenuata. Crass, fil. 7"5-13 // ; crass, tricb. l-2~l-5 fi.

Huilla. Inter Hapalosiplnmem lutcnlum et Microsporam Ldfi/miii,
Sec, in uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca et Lopollo ;
May 1860. No. 15.

Tbis differs from tbe otber allied species in several notewortby
features, sucb as tbe extremely long flexuose attenuate filaments
witb few brancbes, tbe long cells, and tbe somewbat close cylindrical
sbeatb.

2. S. delicatissima, sp.n. S. terrestris; fills minutis, brevis-
simis, tortuosis et intcrdum ramosis ; vaginis subamplis et firmis,
marginibus glabris vel irregulariter undulatis, byalinis, subbomo-
geneis, apicibus subobtusis vel sicpius longissime attenuatis; tricbo-
matibus la)te a;rugineis, 1-2 intra vaginam, parallelis vel leviter
torulosis, ad dissepimenta constrictis ; cellulis diametro 6-8-plo
longioribus, protoplasmate bomogeneo ; cellula apicali acute conica.
Long. tot. fil. 100-100 /x; crass, fil. 5-6-5 pr, crass, tricb. 0-6-0-8/x.

Pungo Andongo. Cum TuJijpotricJie arenophila, ad terram arenoso-
humosam in editissimis rupibus Pedra Cazella; Jan. 1857. No. 151.

Tbis species is very easily overlooked on accouut of its minute
size and delicacy.

270 welwitsch's African freshwater alg^.

3. S. Friesii (Ag.) Gomont in Aim. Sci. Nat. 7e serie, Bot. xv.
316-8, t. 9, f. 1, 2 (1892). Oscillatoria Friesii Ag. Synops. Ah/ar.
Scand. 107 (1817). Crass, fil. 9-10 /x ; crass, trich. 4-5-5-3 [jl. '

Huilla. Alga gelatinosa, badio-fusca, folia Xyridearum in editis
de Morro de Lopollo obducens ; Febr. 18G0. No. 192.

4. S. THELEPHORoiDEs (Mont.) Gomont, I. c. 319, 320, t. 10,
f. 1-4 (1892). Scijtonema? theleplioroidcs Montagne, I.e. 2e ser.
Bot. xii. 45 (1889). Crass, fil. 38-48 /x; crass, fil. 6 /*.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 170. A
few small examples of this species occurred in this gathering ; we
should like to have seen more of it, as it appears to be an aquatic
form of the species.

5. S. FuscEscENs Kiitz. Phijc. Gener. 230 (1843) ; Gomont, he.
324-5, 1. 11, f. 4-6 (1892). Crass, fil. 12-32 /x ; crass, trich. 1-5-3 /x.

Huilla. Freq. apud Hapalosiphonem mireum, in paludibus ex-
siccandis ; April 1860. No. 176. Etiam in graminosis paludosis
juxta rivulum de Lopollo ; April 1860. No. 180.

Var. africana, var. n. Var. fills brevioribus ; trichomatibus 2-3
intra vaginam, cellulis diametro l-|-2-plo longioribus. Crass, fil.
15-20 /x ; crass, trich. 2-5 /x.

Huilla. Terrestris, cum Porpihyrosiphone Notarisii, in pascuis
pluv. autumnalibus frequentius inundatis, demum exsiccantibus ad
lacum magnum de Ivantala ; March 1860. No. 18.

6. S. natans, sp. n. S. inter alias algas aquaticas reperta,
plus minusve solitaria vel in crespitibus minutissimis intricatis ;
fills elongatissimis et in partem superiorem sparsim ramosis ; vaginis
firmis, crassissimis et lamellosis, marginibus parallel! s ct irregu-
laribus (nonnunquam subglabris), apicem versus gradatim et gra-
datim angustatis, apicibus interdum multe attenuatis, lamellis
interioribus circa trichomata Ifete rubris (subsanguineis), lamellis
exterioribus achrois vel pallide rubris ; trichomatibus rerugineis 1-4
(plerumque circiter 3, raro 5-6) intra vaginem, parallelis vel hiuc
inde torulosis, elongatis, ad genicula non constrictis, cellulis sub-
quadratis vel diametro duplo longioribus, protoplasmate granuloso ;
cellula apicali conica. Crass, fil. 49-61 /x (usque 92 /x) ; crass, trich.
5-8-6-5 fx.

Huilla. Inter Microsporam Ldffjrenii, kc, in uliginosis editiori-
bus prope Humpata, Empalanca et Lopollo, plagas spongiosas
unacum Eriocauloneis, Xyridibus et Utriculariis constituens ; May
1860. No. 15. Morro de Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 182. Etiam
in graminosis paludosis juxta rivulum de Lopollo ; April 1860.
No. 180.

The nearest species to this is <S. pur para seen s (Kiitz.) Gomont,
/. c. 320-1, t. 9, f. 6-8, from which it is distinguished by the much
fewer branches of its more elongate filaments, its diflerently coloured
sheaths which are much more attenuate at the apices (not acumi-
nate), its less numerous and more elongate trichomes not constricted
at the dissepiments, and in the cells never being shorter than the
diameter, as well as in its subsolitary free-swimming habit.

WELWITSCh's AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG^E. 271

2. PoRPYROSiPHON Kiitz. (1850-52).

1. p. NoTARisii Kiitz. Tab. Phyc. ii. (1850-2), 7, t. 27, f. i.
Crass, fil. 21-29 /x ; crass, trich. 12-5-17 /x. This interesting and
characteristic alga appears to have been abundant in the district
traversed by Welwitsch.

Pungo Andongo. Alga terrestris, latissimas palustrinm ter-
rarum plagas colore sanguineo-ferruginea tingens, prope Coudo ;
March 1857. No. 9. Alga ca)spitosa, glauco-viridis. inter muscornm
cfespites in cryptis editiorum mentis de Cazella crescens; Dec. 1856.
No. 107. (These specimens appear to be old ones ; many of the
sheaths were empty, and the red colour has mostly disappeared.)

Huilla. In udis sylvaticis et apricis inter Monino et lac. Ivantala
latas plagas colore fusco-sanguineo obducens ; April 1860. No. 14.
Frequens in pascuis pluv. autumnalibus frequentius inundatis,
demum exsiccantibus ad lacum magnum de Ivantala ; March 1860.
Nos. 17 and 18. "Alga terrestris, atro- vel fusco-sanguinea, late
ca3spitosa, crespitibus lubricis planis e filamentis teuacibus dense
intertextis et contextis versus marginem radiantibus conflatis,
terrfie arete adhserentibus ; loca ubi frequens obvia hroc Alga,
tempore spongiosa facta et multis aliis stirpibus uliginosis solum
prrebent."

This alga occasionally branches ; these branches are few and of
the same thickness as the primary filament, around which they are
closely coiled. The sheath of the branch becomes solid at the base,
and is gradually merged into that of the primary filament, its
trichome not being in any way connected with that of the latter.
The branching really consists of a close application of the base of
one filament to the sheath of another, the fusion being for such a
short distance that the two trichomes are never present within the
same sheath. It is of the same type as the branching present in
Schizothrix, but the division into branches is deeper, causing the
branches and primary filaments to be of equal thickness. The
above remarks prove that Purphyrosiphon is very closely related to
SchizothrLv, and emphasizes its position in the Vaginariecc. This
affinity was inferred by Gomont (in Ann. Sci. Nat. 7e serie, Bot.
XV. 332) from a consideration of an entirely different character, viz.
the structure of the sheath. Gomont's statement on the same page
that Porphyrosiphon has no branches is, however, erroneous.

3. Polychlamydum, gen. n.

PlantfB aquatic.T ; fila subbrevia (1-6 mm.), flexuosissima et
sine ramis ; vaginns amplissimre, e serie tubarum concentricj\rum
constituta', tubis interioribus firmissimis et coloratis, iis extcriorilnis
hyalinis et plus minusve difiluentibus, apice aperto et levitcr expanso ;
trichomata solitaria, nonnunquam 2 vel rarius 3 intra vaginam ;
apice trichomatis recto ; cellula} brcvissima\

1. P. insigne, sp. unica (tab. 365, figs. 1, 2). P. tubis firmis
interioribus vaginarum flavo-brunneis 5-7, subarctis, rcgularibus et
in ambitu glabris ; tubis extcrioribus 2-4, hyalinis, achrois, doli-
catissimis, iis extimis difiluentibus cum marginibus multo irregu-

272 WELWiTSCH's AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG-E.

laribus ; trichomatibus ©livaceo-viridibus, ad dissepimenta non
constriotis, apice obtuso non capitato ; cellulis diametro 9-11-plo
brevioribus ; protoplasmate granuloso. Crass, tot. fil. G7-10o n ;
crass. tricL. 17-22 jm.

Loanda. Ad Nitellam et Najadem in lacu de Quifandougo ;
Dec. 1853. No. 195.

The peculiar sheaths of this genus readily distinguish it from
the other genera of the Vaginanea, its nearest ally being Dasijghca
Thw., from which it diifers in the very firm multitubular sheath
with an open apex, and in the much thicker trichomes with very
much shorter cells. There is a very distinct line of demarcation
between the inner and outer constituents of the sheath, the outer-
most one being rendered conspicuous only by the extraneous
material adhering to it. The trichomes are also usually without
any interruption for a considerable length.

4. MicRocoLEus Desmaz. (1823).

1. M. VAGiNATUs (Vaucli.) Gomont in Jnurn. de Botaniq. iv. 353
(1890) ; in Ann. Sci. Nat. 7e serie, Bot. xv. 355-8, 1. 14, f. 12 (1892).
Oscillatoria vaginata Vauch. Hist. Conferv. 200-1, t. xv. f. 13(1803).

Var. MONTicoLA (Kiitz.) Gomont in^?i». Sci. Xat. I.e. 356 (1892).
Crass, fil. 3-5-4-2 /x.

Pungo Andongo. Inter Vorphyrosiplwnevi Xotarisii et Lynijhyam
arwjino-caruleam ; March 1857. No. 9.

2. M. sociatus, sp. n. M. inter alias algas aquaticas repertus ;
fills simplicibus, elongatis et flexuosis ; vaginis firmis, hyalinis, ad
apicem apertis ; trichomatibus multis (9-13) intra vnginam, sub-
parallelis vel contortis, ad dissepimenta constrictis, dissepimentis
non granulosis ; cellulis diametro 2-3 (plerumque 2)-plo longioribus,
cylindricis ; protoplasmate granuloso ; cellula apicali acute conica
(diametro circiter 5-plo longiori). Crass, fil. 54-05 /x ; crass, trich.
2-7-3 IX.

Huilla. Inter Schizotnchem natantem et Microspormn Lof/jrenii,
in uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca et Lopollo ;
May 18G0. No. 15.

This difl'ers from M. laciistris (Eabenh.) Farlow in its narrower
trichomes with cylindrical cells, its acutely conical apical cells, and
in its firmer sheaths.

(To be continued.)

FERDINAND VON MUELLER.

[It must have surprised some of our readers that no biographical
sketch of our valued correspondent Baron Ferdinand von Mueller,
who died on the 9tli of last October, has appeared in these pages.
The reason for the omission is, however, not far to seek. AVe had
hoped to have received from some Australian botanist some account
of the late Baron, and in that hope delayed any notice of his life
and work. Such account not being forthcoming, we reprint in a

FERDINAND VON MUELLER. 273

slightly abbreviated form the interesting biography by Mr. W. B.
Spencer, published in the Victorian Xaturalist for October last.

A notice in the Gardeners' Chronicle of Oct. 17, 1896 (accompanied
by a portrait, for the loan of which we are indebted to the Editor of
that periodical) gives an interesting sketch of his work, but is some-
what marred by an undue insistence on the harmless egotism which
characterized the deceased botanist. That he had a weakness for
titles and a high opinion of his own capabilities was manifest
enough, not only to his correspondents, but to those acquainted
with his work ; but the weakness is one to which many excellent
folk are subject, and it would have been afifectation had he
not recognized the great work he did for Australian botany.
There are other criticisms in the Chronicle to which exception
might be taken. That the Baron was capable of great sacrifices
on behalf of science is manifest from the following sketch ; the
generosity with which he supplied Mr. Beutham with the material
which he had accumulated for a Flora of Australia is in itself
sufficient proof of this — indeed, his willingness to communicate
information was only equalled by his anxiety to acquire it. — Ed.
JouKN. Box.]

Ferdinand Mueller's father was Commissioner of Customs in
the little town of Rostock, and there he was born in 1825, and
received his early education, evidently intending from an early age
to become a pharmaceutical chemist ; in fact, his first employment
was as chemist's assistant in the town of Husum, in Schleswig-
Holstein. From Rostock he went to study at the University of
Kiel, Avhere he passed his pharmaceutical examination in 181 G, his
early studies in which direction will explain the interest which he
has always taken in this department.

Meanwhile, however, he had attended the botany lectures of
Professor Nolte, and with characteristic energy had set to work
studying and collecting in his spare time the plants of the island of
Sylt, and in 184G he presented, as a thesis for the degree of Doctor
of Philosophy in the University of Kiel, a paper on Capsella Ihirsa-
pantoris. In the same year he published in Flora a more extensive
paper on the fiora of Schleswig-Holstein, and though he was unable
to devote himself as yet entirely to his favourite study, it is evident
that his path in life was already clearly marked out for him, and
that, wherever he was or whatever occupation he might have to
follow, the study of botany would be his main object.

Late in 181G, Dr. Preiss, a friend of the Mueller family, had
returned from a visit to Western Australia, and being acquainted
with the phthisical tendency of the student and his sisters, had
strongly urged their emigration to the more genial climate of the
sunny south. Accordingly Dr. Mueller and his sisters set sail, and
arrived in Port Adelaide in December, 1817. His capital was limited
mainly to his brains, so he had to find something to do, and readily
got and accepted employment in the chemist's shop of Heuzenroeder,
in Rundle-street. Adelaide was not then what it is now, and one
had not to go far afield to got l)eyond the reach of civilization. All

Journal of Botany. — Vol. 35. [July, 1897.] t

274

FERDINAND VON MUKLLER.

his spare time was spent in studying the new tlora with which he
found himself surrounded, and in connection with this work he made
expeditions to various parts, then, it must be remembered, difficult
of access and peopled with not too friendly natives, such as the
Murray scrubs, Guichen Bay, and Mount Brown, the highest point
of the Flinders Fiauge, gaining in this way his first insight into the
Australian flora, which lie was subsequently destined to do so much
to eluciilate.

Having bought some land in the Bugle Ranges, it was apparently
at one time his idea to settle down there and cultivate it. Doubtless
he intended to have his home in this spot, and to make, when
possible, expeditions in various directions. At any rate, he had
already devote 1 a considerable amount of time and energy to
collecting plants and noting facts relative to the flora, his earlier
papers being written in conjunction with Dr. Bonder, and published
in Liniuea. The life on the land did not, however, prove at all
attractive, and in a very short time we find him back again in
Adelaide, once more engaged in his old occupation.

In 1852, at the time of the gold rush, be was attracted to this

FERDINAND VON M"ELLIiR. 275

colony. Evidently his reputation as a botanist had preceded him,
for in the same year Governor Latrobe appointed him Government
Botanist to the colony of Victoria, and from that time onward he
devoted himself with untiring, and one might almost say with
phenomenal, energy to the work of the post, which was described
as the investigation of the vegetable resources of the colony, though
it may be said without any exaggeration whatever that, whilst
Victoria had the honour of claiming him as her botanist, the other
colonies shared almost equally in the advantages to be derived from
his wide knowledge ; he was in fact, though not in name. Government
Botanist of Australia, Not only was his reputation world-wide, but,
what is more remarkable, there was probably no township or hamlet
in the whole of Australia, from Cape York to Hobart and from
Sydney to Perth, in which the name of Baron von Mueller was not
known and respected.

"When appointed Government Botanist, Mr. Dallachy was Curator
of the Botanic Gardens, Dr. Mueller's duties in connection with them
consisting in the scientific naming and arrangement of the plants.
Subsequently, in 1857, he became head of the Gardens ; but, later
on again, these were most wisely placed under the charge of Mr.
Guilfoyle, Dr. Mueller being thus left free to undertake the more
purely scientific work attaching to the Botanical Department — an
arrangement which no one will now deny was most wise and of
great advantage both to the Gardens and tlie Department.

At first Dr. Mueller occupied a small, unpretentious cottage
which still overlooks the Yarra below Government House, and the
three years succeeding his appointment, 1852-55, were with him
times of great activity. In search of plants he explored a large
part of Victoria, crossing the Alps, where he gave the name to
Mount Hothani. As early as 1853 he had been to the top of
Mount Buffalo, and the same year found him starting alone from
Melbourne, with three horses, to explore what were then the almost
untrodden wilds of Gippsland. The sight of him, as he passed
through what was then the countrified suburb of Hawthorn, mounted
on his favourite pony, and driving before him his pack-horses laden
with his collecting material and slender allowance of food, is still
vividly remembered.

The Mallee district and the Grampians were also traversed by
him in search of plants to enrich the national Herbarium, which,
under his guidance, and due entirely to his zeal, had become by far
the richest in tlie Southern Hemisphere.

In 1855 he went further afield and joined the veteran explorer,
A. C. Gregory, in his expedition across the north-west, on which
occasion the Victoria River and other parts were explored. He was
one of the four who reached Termination Lake in 1H5G, and after
accompanying Gregory on the return journey to Moreton J>ay, he
came south again to Melbourne, publishing afterwards tiie main
botanical results in the Linnean Society's Journal.

lu 1857 he was appointed, as before said, Director of the Botanic
Gardens as well as Government Botanist. There now commenced
the period of his greatest activity, to far as the publication of works

T 2

27 G FERDINAND VON MUELLER.

is concerned, and from this date up to the time uf his death it may
be said that he was always engaged upon some publication dealing
with the Australian flora.

One of the earliest of these was the Plants Indigenous to the
Colony of Victoria, whilst between the years 1858 and 1881 eleven
parts of the Fragmenta P/iypy/niphicB AustraliiB were issued ; this
work being, we believe, the first published in Latin in Australia.
Its object was to contain descriptions of new species of plants and
observations of importance on others whicii came under his notice,
the whole being intended as a record leading up to a comprehensive
flora of Australia, which it was his long-cherished desire to issue.
When the time came, however, for carrying the work into execution,
it was apparent that it could only be successfully done by someone
who had access to the type specimens in Europe, and this being
impossible in the case of Dr. Mueller, the work was published by
Bentham, associated with the former. All collections were first
examined by him, then sent to London, revised, and finally dealt
with by Bentham, the result being the seven classical volumes
forming the Flora Australiensis, published between 1863 and 1878.
We quote the following words from Mr. Bentham's introduction to
the "Flora": — "When it was first contemplated to bring out a
general Flora of Australia under Government sanction. Dr. Mueller
was naturally looked to as the botanist best qualified for undertaking
the task of preparing it ; and in the hope that it would be entrusted
to him he had devoted his utmost energies to collecting the necessary
materials. But there was one indispensable step, the examination
of European herbaria, where the published types were deposited,
which he was unable to take ; and it is a signal proof of the
generosity of his disposition, and the absence of all selfishness,
that when it was proposed to him that the preparation of the Flora
should be confided to me, on account of the facilities which my
position here gave me for the examination of the Australian col-
lections I have mentioned above, he not only gave up his long-
cberished projects in my favour, but promised to do all in his power
to assist me — a promise which he has fulfiUed with the most perfect
faith."

Already the value of his work had been recognized by his
election into the Royal Society in 1861, and ten years later he was
created a Baron of the Kingdom of Wiirtemburg. Honours of various
kinds began to reward his efforts, but instead of tempting him to
rest upon Iii? laurels, they only seemed to spur him on to further
work.

In 1879 he commenced the publication of what is perhaps his
most important single contribution to our knowledgeof the Australian
flora — the ten decades of the Fncalgptographia, a difficult genus, in
which naturally he was deeply interested. Not only did the purely
scientific side of the work appeal to him, but here as in other work
the economic aspect found in him a zealous investigator. It was
mainly through his efforts that attention was drawn to the supposed
hygienic properties of the trees ; and it was through his instru-
mentality that the Blue Gum — Eitcalgptus Globuhis — was introduced

FERDINAND VON MUELLER. 277

into the malarious districts of the old world, whilst he was also
much associated with Mr. Bosisto in the iuvestigatiou of the
eucalyptus oils.

From the economic aspect, perhaps his most important work — •
indeed, it would seem to have been one of his most favourite ones
• — was that on Select Extni-Tivpical Plants, intended as a guide to
plants suitable for industrial cultivation in the colony, and of which
between 1871 and 1895 no fewer than eight editions were issued.
Of works of economic value may also be mentioned a translation,
with original notes, which he caused to be published at his own
expcuse, of Wittstein's Onjanic Constituents of Plants, and also
reports by Messrs. Hoffman and Kummel on Chewical Ecsearches on
Vi'i/etable Products of Victoria.

In 1887-88 he published the Iconographj of Australian Species of
Acacia and Cognate Genera, consisting of 130 plates, with explanatory
matter ; in 1880 the work on ^Ji/oporineiv was commenced, with
seventy-two plates, and in 1890-91 he published the two volumes
on Salsolaceous Plants — a work of considerable economic value, and
likely to be still more highly valued when Australia is fully alive to
the great economic importance of this part of its flora.

In 1885 he commenced to work, at the instigation especially of
the late Dr. F. S. Dobson, a former president of this club, on the
DicJiotomous Key to Ihe Victorian Flora. The plan was one which
was clearly distasteful to him, and though, as with all his other
work, he expended upon it a great amount of conscientious labour,
it must be frankly admitted that from the point of view for which
it was intended it was not a success ; indeed, it may be doubted
whether a work on such a plan could be satisfactory beyond a
certain and very limited degree. The Baron was pre-eminently an
investigator, and not a teacher in the ordinary sense of the word,
aud with his profound knowledge it is not to be wondered at that
he found the dichotomous method almost impossible to utilize in
the grouping and identification of species.

Amongst other works may be noticed his papers on the Papuan
plants of D'Albertis and Macleay, and, in more recent years, on
those collected by Sir \Vm. Macgregor in New Guinea, and in the
New Hebrides by Mr. Campbell. The works of explorers such as
Babbage, M'Douall Stuart, Giles, and J. and A. Forest, and the
report of the Elder expedition, contain valuable lists of the flora of
various little known parts of the continent.

For years past collectors from all parts of the continent, many
subsidized by himself, but many others, fired by his enthusiasm,
working gladly to assist him, have supplied him with material, the
results of his work being scattered through various publications,
more especially those of the Linuean Society of New South Wales,
the Victorian, Tasmanian, and South Australian Royal Societies,
and the Field Naturahsts' Club of Victoria. One of the finds which
pleased him most in recent years was that of the only known
Australian Rhododendron (It. Locha), secured by Mr. Sayer on
Mount Bellenden-Kerr in Queensland.

His invaluable Sijstrwatic Census <f Australian Plants, the second

278 FERDINAND VON MUELLER.

edition of which was published in 1889, serves to show the extent
of his labours, not only iu adding to the known flora, but in
elucidating the geographical distribution of all Australian species.
Right up to the end he was at work; indeed, his last communication
— a note on Boronia Jiorihunda — was read at the September meeting
of the Linucan Society, N.S.W., only ten days before his death.

Outside the domains of botany he was perhaps most interested
in geographical exploration, and for many years was an enthusiastic
member and oflicer of the Victorian Branch of the Geographical
Society, in which capacity he was intimately associated with many
expeditions, such as, in recent times, those of Giles and the still
more recent Elder expeditions, whilst his own explorations were of
no mean order. His keen and almost pathetic interest in the fate
of Leichardt is Avell known to everyone with whom he came in
contact, while duriug the past few years his strongest wish in con-
nection with explorations, and in the attempt to realize which he
spent much time and energy, has been to see an Antarctic expedition
fitted out by the Australasian colonies.

In 1890 he presided over the first meeting of the Australasian
Science Association held in Melbourne, and those who listened to
his presidential address, and to whom perhaps he was mostly known
as a distiuguished botanist, could not help being struck with the
breadth of his knowledge and the catholicity of his interests.

He was above all things an ardent student and investigator, and
an indefatigable worker. For outward appearances, and even for
what would be to most men the ordinary comforts of life, he cared
absolutely nothing. So long as he could do his work he was con-
tent, and though by no means physically robust, the amount of work
which he got through Avas something astounding. His corre-
spondence alone would have been work enough for any ordinary
man. In this respect he was most punctiUous, and his corre-
spondents always knew that their efforts would be appreciated and
promptly acknowledged. Only ill-health would prevent the answering
of a letter or the acknowledgment of a specimen.

The last meeting which he attended was the September one of
our club, and after so many years during which he has been going
in and out amongst us it is hard to realize that "the Baron," as he
was always called, had really passed away. At times we have
smiled at the quaintness of his speech and manner, but behind this
there has been the deep respect and admiration for the man who
devoted himself with such wholeheartedness to the work which he
carried out so well and so faithfully. The whole of his income and
all his means were expended either in private generosity or in the
furtherance of science w^ork, and he died a poor man.

In 1888 the Royal Society of London honoured him with the
award of one of their gold medals, and the French Institute elected
him a corresponding member, but none of the honours justly given
to him made the least difference in the simple and friendly way in
which he used to come in and out amongst us, and it will be many
years before we grow accustomed to the absence of the once familiar
figure of the Baron.

279

DECADES PLANTARUM NOVARUM AUSTRO-
AFRICANARUM.

AUCTORE R. SCHLECHTER.

(Continued from p. 222.)

31. Lotononis buchenroederoides, sp. n. Suffmtex erectu?,
habitus Dichili, rtimosus, pedalis et ultra; ramulis erectis teretibus
glabris distauter foliatis, gracilibus, subscabridis; foliis erectis nunc
iutevnodia baud ajquantibus, nunc vix superantibus, trifoliolatis
glabris, petiolo foliolis linearibus apice nunc subuucinatis, apicu-
latis, 0-6-1 cm. longis, ;i?quilongo; stipulis geminis foliaceis erectis,
foliolis similibus, petioli longitudine ; pedunculis gracilibus erectis,
foliis oppositis, 2-8-plo longioribus laxe 2-3-floris, bracteis linearibus
pedicello brevi aquilongis ; calyce glabro, vel tenuiter setulis ap-
pressis strigilloso, c. 0-5 cm. longo, segmentis brevibus subulatis
tubo brevioribus, infimo superioribus panlo longiore ; vexillo e basi
breviter unguiculata subreniformi apice brevissime apiculata, glaber-
rimo, 1-2 cm. longo, alis uuguiculatis, lamina oblonga obtusa, basi
breviter auriculata, vexillo paulo brevioribus, vexillo cucullato-
naviculari apice subincurvo obtuso, glaberrimo, unguiculis gracili-
bus, 1-1 cm. longo; ovario margine superiore puberulo, ca^terum
glabro, stylo filiformi glabro incurvo, antheras baud excedente ;
legumine lineari, compresso, margine superiore excepto glabra,
pluriovulata, 2-5-3 cm. longa, 0-5 cm. lata.

Habitat in regione austro-orientali : " Lesseyton Neck" pone
Queenstown, alt. c. 4000 ped., Jan. 1896 ; E. E. Galiiin, No. 1951.

Nearest allied to L. (jenujlexa Btb., but easily distinguished by
its stipules, and the want of pubescence on the branchlets and
leaves. The alte and vexillum are violet, according to Mr. Galpin ;
in drying they turn dull greenish.

32. Rhynchosia monophylla, sp. n. Suftrutex perennis e
basi ramosus ; ramis decumbentibus filiformibus elongatis exsic-
catione subangulatis, tenuiter patenti-pilosis plus minus distanter
foliatis ; foliis simplicibus ovatis vel ovato-oblongis acuminatis
apiculatisve basi cordatis utrinque tenuiter puberulis, reticulato-
nervosis, 2-5-4 cm. longis, medio fere 2-2-7 cm. latis, petiolo more
ramosum piloso, 1-1-5 cm. longo; stipulis ovato-lanceolatis acumi-
natis vel acutis striato-nervosis, puberulis, petiolo duplo vel plus
duplo brevioribus ; tloribus in axillis foliorum bmis teruisve fascicu-
latis, graciUter pedicellatis ; pedicellis filiformibus pilosis, petiolo
fequilongis ; bracteis parvulis mox deciduis ; calyce puberulo,
0-6 cm. longo, segmentis linearibus acutis ; vexillo suborbiculari-
rhomboideo, apice brevissime apiculato, basi cuneato, 1-1 cm.
longo, 0-9 cm. lato, alis graciliter unguiculatis obliquis, lamina
semiobovata obtusissima, basi margine superiore breviter auriculata,
carina} paulo brevioribus, carina cucullata obtusa apice incurva,
glabra, vexillo subiequilonga ; ovario elliptico-ovato villoso, stylo
filiformi glaberrimo dimidio superiore incrassato incurvo, antheras

280 DECADES PLANTARUM NOVARUM AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM.

excedente ; legumine oblique ovato-elliptico, valde compresso, basi
acuto, apice acumiuato, 2-ovulato, 1"1 cm. lougo, 0*5-0-6 cm. lato.

In regione austro-orientali : In collibus pone Barberton (Trans-
vaalia^), alt. c. 4000 ped., Sept. 1889 ; E. E. Galpin, No. 489.

Differing from li. shnplicifnlia E. Mey., the only South African
species with undivided leaves, by its bracts and inflorescence.

83. Brunia Marlothii, sp. n. Fratex erectus ramosus fide
collectoris 5-0-pedalis ; ramis erectis cano tomentosis, dense
foliatis ; foliis imbricatis erectis linearibus acutis cauo-tomentosis
margine villoso ciliatis apice incurva glabrescentibus, 1-1-3 cm.
longis, vix 0*2 cm. latis ; floribus dense capitatis ; capite c. 4 cm.
diametiente, subgloboso ; bracteis foliis similibus basi attenuatis,
apice penicillato-ciliatis ; bracteolis minoribus ; calyce villoso, seg-
mentis villosis, erectis, linearibus dimidio superiore subdilatatis,
petalis plus duplo brevioribus ; petalis anguste linearibus apicem
versus paulo ampliatis, margiuibus cochleari-incurvis, glabris,
0-8 cm. longis ; staminibus erectis, petala demum paulo superan-
tibus, filamentis filiformibus glabris, antberis linearibus, 0-2 cm.
longis ; ovario subcylindrico, 10-striato, glabro, apice tantum
villoso-barbato, 2-loculari, loculis 2-ovulatis, placenta crassa ; stylis
filiformibus erectis glabris, petalorum longitudine.

Habitat in regione austro-occidentali : In convalle montis
Matroosberg, alt. c. 4500 ped., Oct. 1893 (nonduni deflorata) ; Th\
Marloth, No. 2012; eadem loco, Jan. 1897; Dr. II. Maiioth, 2353.

For some time I hesitated in describing this species, fearing it
might prove to be identical with B. macron'phala Willd., a plant of
which the flowers are unknown. A comparison with the description
showed several points of difference, which justify the publication of
the above plant as new.

34. Aizoon asbestinum, sp. n. Fruticulus subacaulis, e basi
ramosus ; ramis valde abbreviatis dense foliatis ; foliis oppositis
erectis rigidis subulatis pungenti mucronatis, teretibus sui^erne
nervo medio canaliculatis, dense squamcUis piliformibus deflexis
niveis vestitis, basi dilata sessilibus, usque ad 1-7 cm. longis,
c. 0-1 cm. diametientibus ; floribus in axillis foliorum sessilibus,
singulis ; perigouio 5-fido, 1 cm. longo, extus sericeo-hispido, intus
glabro, segmentis tubo dimidio longioribus lanceolatis acutis, erecto-
patentibus, O'G cm. longis; staminibus numerosis, erectis, filamentis
subfiliformibus apicem versus attenuatis, antheris circuitu oblongis
obtusis, vix O'l cm. longis, dimidium segmentorum vix excedeutibus ;
ovario glaberrimo obtuse 5-angulato, apice truncato, stylis erectis,
5-filiformibus, 0-2 cm. longis ; capsula apice truucata, 5-loculari,
seminibus pallide brunneis, oblique ovoideis dense tuberculatis.

Habitat in regione Kalabarica : In lapidosis montium "Asbestos
Mountains" apellatorum, in ditione " Griqualand West," alt. c.
3800 ped., Dec. 1894; Dr. II. Marloth, No. 2075.

Very distinct from any other South African species. It belongs to
the species with opposite leaves, and, owing to its needle-shaped foliage,
should perhaps best be placed next to A. sanuentoswu L. f., a plant
very" different in habit and floral characters from the present species.

DECADES PLANTARUM NOVARUM AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM. 281

B5. Selago Galpinii, sp. n. Fniticulus erectus vel aclscendens,
e basi ramosus, spitham;i!a usque pedalis ; ramis adsceudeutibus
dccumbentibusve, prinium teuuiter pruinoso-puberulis, demum nunc
glabrescentibus, bene foliatis; foliis erecto-patentibus sessilibus nunc
solitariis plerumque subfasciculatis linearibus obtusiusculis, mar-
ginibus integris plus minusve revolutis, glabrescentibus, 0-7-1 2 cm.
longis, usque ad 0*2 cm. latis ; floribus purpureis in spicis termi-
nalibus ovoideis densifloris subpaniculatis ; biacteis ovatis plus
minusve acuminatis, niargine ciliatis calycem paulo excedentibus ;
calyce extus liispido, 5-fido, segmentis acutis, duobus superioribus
paulo majoribus ; corolla) calycem triple fere excedente, tubo sub-
cylindrico glabro, faucem versus paulo dilatato, segmentis rotundatis
obtusissimis, duobus anterioribus paulo majoribus ; filamentis corolla)
tubo alte adnatis, antlieris exsertis ; stylo liliformi, antlieras sub-
excedente ; aclieniis circuitu oblongis, utrinquc obtusis, semiteretibus
glabris, subfequalibus, 0-2 cm. longis.

Habitat in regione austro-orientali : In summo monte Hanglip,
prope Queenstown, alt. 6600 ped., Mart. 1898 ; E. E. Galpin, No.
1508 ; in cacumine montis N'Quebanga (Glen Grey), alt. 5500 ped.,
Jun. 1894 ; FL E. Galpin, No. 1826 ; in cacumine montis Mabwaqua
(Nataliae), alt. 6000-7000 pad., Febr. 1896 ; M. S. Evans, No. 628.

Quite distinct from anytbing I know from S. Africa. The flowers
are purplish or violet colour.

36. Orthosiphon trans vaalense, sp. n. Suffrutex erectus,
parum ramosus li-2-pedalis ; caule quadrangular!, sulcato, an-
gulis obtusis, villoso, basi distanter, medio ramulisque densius
foliatis ; foliis erecto-patentibus, ovatis vel ovato-rhomboideis, basi
rotundatis, apice acutis vel subacutis, interdum obtusiusculis, niar-
gine iuiiequaliter dentatis, superne scabridis demum glabrescentibus,
subtus puberulis, reticulato-venosis, 2-8 cm. longis, infra medium
1-2-5 cm. latis, petiolo villoso, in foliis superioribus abbreviato ;
spicis pauiculatis ; laxis, verticillis 8-5-floris ; bracteis pulchre
coloratis lanceolato-rhomboideis, acutis, basin versus conspicue
augustatis, subpetiolatis, tenuissime ciliatis usque ad 2 cm. longis ;
calyce breviter pedicellato hispidulo c. 1 cm. longo, segmentis in
tubum oblongum alte connatis, segmento supremo suborbiculari
brevissime apiculato, segmentis 4 inferioribus setaceo-subulatis
acutis, 0-2 cm. longis ; corolla extus glaberrima calycem triplo
fere excedente, tubo e basi cylindrico dimidio anteriore conspicue
ampliato, sensim in galcam labii superioris antice truncatam, apice
breviter cxcisam transeunte, labio inferiore producto porrecto sub-
spatbulato-coclileariformi obtuso, labium supcriorum paulo exce-
dente ; staminibus corollam conspicue excedentibus ; stylo filifdrmi
apice incurvo, antheras superante.

Habitat in regione austro-orientali : In collibus prope Barbertou
(Transvaaliie), alt. 3000-4500 ped., Aug. 1889; E. E. Galpin,
No. 468.

A very line plant, well marked by its leaves, the bracts, and
corolla. The flowers are purplish, according to its discoverer, Mr.
Galpin.

282 DECADES PLANTAEUM NOVARUM AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM.

37. Nivenia laxa, sp. n. Frutex erecfcus fide collectoris 5-6-

peclalis,ramosus,ramulis erectis tenuissime strigilloso-canescentibus,
foliatis ; foliis erectis trifido-bipinnatis, glabris, usque ad 7 cm.
longis, segmentis filiforaiibus superne caualiculatis, apice sub-
puiigenti-mucronulatis ; spicis laxiusculis, cylindricis, usque ad
6 cm. longis, 8 cm. diametientibus, ad apices ramulorum in axillis
foliorum terminalibusve ; pedunculo et rhachi tomentoso; involucro
pluri- (sub 4-) foliato ; foliolis crassiusculis sericeo villosis concavis,
circuitu late ovatis, acuminatis, intus basi barbatis ; floribus 4-nis,
perigonio alte fisso, segmentis c. l-i cm. longis, e basi sublanceolata,
attenuato-elongatis extus sericeo-tomentosis, apice paulo dilatata
subacuta, extus sericeo-villosis, intus glabris ; antberis lanceolatis
sessilibus apice glandula obtusa apiculatis, apicem segmentorum
subattingentibus ; ovario subovoideo, sericeo-piloso, anulo pilorum
niveorum basi circumdato ; stylo erecto filiformi dimidio inferiore
puberulo, medio villoso, dimidio superiore paulo attenuate glabro,
0-9 cm. longo, stigmate stylo vix crassiore obtusiusculo, brevi.

Habitat in regione austro-occidentali : In clivis montis " Ma-
troosberg," alt. c. 5000 ped., Dec. 1895 ; Dr. B. Morloth, No. 2248.

Tlie small brancb of this species which I possess somewhat re-
sembles the fine N. moUissiwa R. Br., but is at once distinguished
by the glabrous, less cut leaves, laxer spikes, and several difterences
in the flowers. The segments of the perigonium seem to have been
pinkish ; the involucra are whitish-toineutose.

38. Thesium abietinum, sp. n. Frutex humilis, adscendens,
ramosus ; ramis squarrosis glabris, dense foliatis ; foliis patentibus
rigidiusculis liuearibus, pungenti-mucronulatis, dorso carinatis
glabris, anguste cartilagiueo-marginatis, O-4-O'O cm. longis, medio
usque ad 1'5 ram. latis ; floribus ad apices ramulorum 3-5-uis
glomerulatis, bracteis foliis simillimis, bracteolis erectis, perigonii
tubum paulo excedentibus, dimidium loborum attingentibas ; peri-
gonio extus glaberrimo, 0'5 cm. longo, segmentis usque supra
medium connatis, apicibus liberis erectis lanceolatis acutissimis,
intus infra apicem margineque pilis niveis barbatis, medio fasciculo
pilorum ad antheras tendente donatis ; staminibus in tubo coroll<T3
msertis, filamentis subulatis glabris, antheris asquilongis ; stylo
subulato erecto autherarum apicem subattingente, stigmate simplici,
stylo baud crassius ; nuce (nundum evoluto) striato.

Habitat in regione austro-orientali : In saxosis montis Andries-
berg pone Queenstown, alt. 6600-0800 ped., Oct. 1896; E. E.
Galpin, No. 2172.

Belongs to the section Friesea; well marked by the rigid leaves,
and the very acute almost pungent-mucronate segments of the
perigonium ; in the inflorescence it is somewhat allied to T. capi-
tatiim, next to which I propose to place it. I have only seen very
young fruits, which were longitudinally nerved and linear, as most
of the section.

39. Tulbaghia Galpinii, sp. n. Planta pusilla, habitu specie-
bus parvulis 7'. acutilobcE. Harv. similis, 10-15 cm. alta ; foliis
radicalibus 5-6 erecto-patentibus, angustissime linearibus obtusis,

DECADES PLANTARUM NOVAKUM AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM. 283

basi dilatata membrauascente amplectentibus, glabris, scapo paulo
brevioribus vel jtquilongis ; scapo gracili debili, glaberrimo, apice
paucifloro (in speciminibus duobus visis bifloro, an semper '?),
bracteis angustissimis emarcidis subhyalinis, pedicellum paulo
excedentibus; pedicellis inpequilongis, filiformibus, 0-3-0-8 cm.
longis ; perigonio bete piirpureo, tubo ovoideo, 0*5 cm. lougo,
basi rotundato, c. 0-3 cm. diametiente, apicem versus angustato vix
0-2 cm. diametro, segmentis lineari-lanceolatis acutis, tubo fequi-
longis, gbibris ; coronte staminere squamulis usque ad basin liberis
subulatis carnosis, 0-3 cm. longis ; antberis late ovatis apice breviter
apiculatis ; ovario subgloboso glaberrimo, stylo glaberrimo, per-
brevi, 0-1 cm. longo ; stigmate subcapitato.

Habitat in regione austro-orieutali : In clivis montis "Andries-
berg," pone Queenstown, alt. c. GOOO pcd., Oct. 1896; E. E. Gal-
pin, No. 2179.

From all forms of T. violacea Bkr. tbe present species differs by
tbe proportionately shorter, ovoid towards tbe point, distinctly
narrowed perigonium-tube, and tbe more purplish flowers. In habit
it resembles more T. acutiloba Harv., from which, however, it must
be kept distinct on account of tbe separate corona-scales.

40. Eriospermum ophioglossoides, sp. n. Tubere subgloboso
apice paulo depresso, 1-1-5 cm. diametiente; caule basi vaginis
mox emarcescentibus tecto, flexuoso glabro, usque ad 0 cm. alto,
apice unifoliato ; folio sessili nunc lanceolato, nunc ovato interdum
suborbiculari, acuminate, utrinque glaberrimo, textura subcoriaceo,
1-5-2 cm. longo, medio 0-7-l'4 cm. lato ; iuflorescentia ad apicem
caulis abbreviata folium vix excedente, subumbellato-corymbosa,
2-7-flora ; pedicellis filiformibus glabris, perigonio nunc asquilongis
nunc longioribus; floribiis illis E. Benjiani Schult. paulo majoribus ;
bracteis minutis, perigonio flavo, segmentis exterioribus dorso linea
erubescente longitudinaliter vittatis, oblongis obtusis, 0-5 cm. longis,
vix 0-3 cm. latis, segmentis interioribus requalibus a?quilongisque ;
staminibus erecto-patentibus, filamentis dimidio inferiore, petalis
adn-atis lineari-lanceolatis, apicem versus attenuatis, glabris, antberis
oblongis obtusis, filamentis subduplo brevioribus ; ovario ovoideo
glabro, stylo subulato glabro, antherarum apicem subexcedente.

Habitat in regione austro-occidentali : In clivis montis Andries-
berg pone Queenstown, alt. 6000-6800 ped., Dec. 1896; E. E.
Gal pin, No. 2221.

A very distinct little species, somewhat resembling E. BcKjianum
Schult., but having a broad leaf at the top of tbe stem, which in
E. Beriiianntn is radical and subulate. The flowers of our species
are yellow, whereas in E. B>cr<jianum they are white. I have 'not
seen any capsules of this species, but the cells of the ovary appear
to be ovuled.

284

SHORT NOTES.

ToLYPELLA iNTRicATA IN OXFORDSHIRE. — 111 September, 1889,
I discovered this rare species growing in a ditch near Marstoii,
which is about two miles from Oxford. It grew in great plenty,
iilling the rather deep and broad ditch from one end to the other,
so that a cart-load of it might have been obtained. Its abundance
made one scornful of the idea of its not appearing in the same ditch
next season, but, although I carefully searched for it two or three
times in 1890 and in succeeding years, I have been unable to see it
again till this spring, when I again met with it, but much more
sparingly. I have been told that the ditch was cleared out last
autumn ; can we attribute to this fact the reappearance of this
erratic plant ? I have noticed the C'/uiracccc are usually the first
plants to appear after our marsh-ditches have been cleaned, but
that Callitriche, Ranunculus, and other plants subsequently prove
more successful in the struggle for existence. — G. Claridge Druce.

Meconopsis cambrica in Worcestershire. — On May 29th, while
walking through Grey Lady's Wood, Cleeve Hill, Worcestershire,
I picked a specimen of this plant. It was growing among the
ordinary woodland vegetation, and appeared perfectly wild. Un-
fortunately, I did not at the moment think that the record might
be of interest, and, passing hurriedly through the wood, did not see
or look for more. But as the plant does not seem to be given for Wor-
cestershire, its occurrence may be worth recording. — James Britten.

Camel-fodder Plants. — I find that the following has been omitted
from my list (pp. 161-172) : — Fteiiiieron liatroides Bth., var. rqwiis
(nob.), the variety differing from the type merely in its repent instead
of erect habit. Baron Mueller, on the authority of Mr. Ernest Giles
{Journ. Bot. 1877, 315), cites Tiichodcswa zeylanicum R. Br. as being
"most nutritious to dromedaries"; the number of camel-fodders
is thus brought up to seventy-seven. Mueller also (I. c. 276) quotes
Giles as the authority for the statement that the phytolaccaceous
Gyrostemon ramulosus Desf. is a camel-poison, as is Gastrolohium
spinosiun Bth., according to Mr. Helms (vide Scientific Results of the
Elder E.vplorinij Expedition, p. 318). — Spencer Mooke.

Lychnis Flos-cuculi with entire petals. — Mr. W. Wise, of
Launceston, sends a fresh specimen of this curious form from near
Tower Hill Station, N. Devon.

NOTICE OF BOOK.

Cijtologische Studien aus deni Bonner Botanischen Institut, von Eduard
Strasburger, &c. Berlin : Borntraeger. 1897.

These studies, which are reprinted from vol. xxx. of Prings-
heim's Jahrbuch, consist partly of observations by Prof. Strasbui'ger
himself, nnd partly of work carried out by various observers in his

CYTOLOGISCHE STUDIEN. 285

laboratory at Bonn. It is a noteworthy fact that of the latter five
are Americans, and only two Germans.

The first paper, " Ueber Entstehung der Karyokinetischen
Spindel bei Equisetum," by "W. J. V. Osterhout, is the most
complete account hitherto published of the development of the
karyokinetic spindle in plants, and hence is a very important
contribution to cytology. The origin of the spindle was traced
in the pollen mother-cells of Equisetum limosum. Briefly described,
the results of his observations are as follows : — The cytoplasm is
first found arranged as a network with fairly large meshes ; these
become elongated and converted into threads, which run parallel to
the surface of the nucleus, and later these threads arrange them-
selves at right angles to the nuclear wall. They then gradually
form themselves into groups, irregular multipolar spindles being
then produced. These multipolar spindles have been described
before by Belajefl:" and others as stages in the development of the
spindle, but their exact origin has never before been traced. The
next stage is the disappearance of the nuclear wall, and then the
formation of the normal bipolar spindle by the fusion into two of
the numerous poles.

The second paper, by David M. Mottier, deals with nuclear
division in the pollen mother-cells of a number of Monocotyledons
and Dicotyledons. The author is the first to make a good com-
parative study of nuclear division in pollen mother-cells ; he also
investigated one gymnosperm, Finns Laricio. One of his important
observations was the development of the spindle, in which, as far
as he goes, he confirms Osterhout. In all the plants studied he
observed in the later stages of the spindle that, excluding the
fibres which radiate from the poles to the periphery of the cell, the
spindle itself consists of two sets of bundles of fibres. These two
sets consist of bundles of fibres attached one to each chromosome
(zugfasern), and of other bundles stretching from pole to pole
(leitfasern), each in connection with a chromosome. Thus by a
comparative study this theory of the mechanism of chromosome
movement is for the first time placed on a firm basis. Mottier
came to the conclusion that the synapsis condition of the nucleus
described by Moore and Farmer is an antefact ; it must be pointed
out, however, that Miss Sargant has observed this condition in the
fresh state, and her observation seems fairly conclusive. His most
important observations are, however, those of the behaviour of the
chromosomes. As he points out, it is almost impossible to under-
stand this merely from examination of them when they are attached
to the spindle ; the only trustworthy method is to follow out their
development step by step from the prophase onwards. Pursuing
this method, he confirms the observations of Belajefl' and Farmer,
though with a few modifications ; he leaves no doubt that there is
an actual longitudinal splitting of the chromosomes in the first
division. He puts forward, however, the view that in the second
division there is no longitudinal division, but a transverse splitting
of the chromosomes : but the evidence for this is exceedingly slight.
It is to be regretted that Mottier should have put forwnrd a view of

286 CYTOLOGISCHE STUDIEN.

such a far-reaching theoretical importance (one which admits the
existence in plants of a reducing division) as a mere appendage to
an interesting and important paper.

The observations of Bronislaw Debski on nuclear division in the
CharacetB are of interest in relation to the systematic position of that
group. He finds that the form of karyokinesis agrees much more
closely with that of higher plants than with that of the alg;e. He
also states that no reduction of the number of chromosomes takes
place in the antheridia. This is very curious : a reduction must of
course occur, but where must remain a mystery until further work
has been undertaken.

E. A. Harper's paper, ' Kerntheilung und freie Zellbildung im
Ascus,' consists of observations on nuclear division and cell formation
iu the ascus, chiefly of Enjsiphe. His most interesting results are
those on the relation of the nucleus and centrosome to the formation
of the wall of the ascospores, results which are in themselves quite
new, and have no doubt a far-reaching importance.

Walter T. Swingle contributes observations on nuclear and cell
division in the SpJiacelariacew. Here for the first time we have a
thoroughly trustworthy account of the presence of centrosome and
radiations in connection with the resting nucleus.

The last special paper in these studies consists of observations
by Prof. Strasburger on nuclear division and fertilization in Fncxis.
Some of these observations overlap those of Farmer and Williams ;
it is a curious fact that no one should have hitherto investigated in
detail the fertilization of Fiiciis, as it is an object which is peculiarly
favourable. He agrees with Farmer and Williams as to the point
of the life-history at which chromosome reduction takes place.

The btudies end with some general conclusions by Prof. Stras-
burger on (1) the structure of cytoplasm, and nuclear and cell
division ; (2J on fertilization. These conclusions are for the most
part based on the observations published in the studies under con-
sideration, all of which show Strasburger's influence. A protest
must, however, be entered here on the way in Avhich the kinoplasm
theory is, so to speak, run to death by both Strasburger and his
pupils. Kinoplasm has in only one case been described in the
resting condition of the nucleus, and is usually completely invisible.
That kinoplasm and trophoplasm are convenient terms to describe
certain conditions of cytoplasmic difterentiation there is no doubt,
but that cytoplasm always consists of these two elements is a
totally different question, and one which rests on the flimsiest
foundation.

Besides the papers mentioned above, there are observations of
H. 0. Juel on abnormal nuclear divisions in the pollen of llenwro-
callis fidni, and others of D. G. Fairchild on nuclear division and
fertilization in that curious fungus BasidiohuJus ramuum.

These studies, taken together, are the most important contri-
butions to botanical cytology which have been published for a long
time. All honour is due to Prof. Strasburger for the power to
gather round himself a band of such enthusiastic and competent
workers.

V. H. B.

287

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.-

Bot. Centralblatt {Nos. 21, 22). — J. Griiss, ' Studi.en iiber Reserve-
cellulose ' (2 pi.). — (No. 23). J. G. 0. Tapper, ' Uber australiscbe
entomogene Pilze uud Beschreibung Siidaustraliscber Yarietiiten
von Cordiceps Gunnii.'

But. Gazette (May 21). — D. T. MacDougal, ' Tbe Curvature of
Roots' (1 pi.). — M. E. Olsou, ' AcrospeniiiDii urceolatum, a new
discoinycetous parasite of Selayinella rupestris ' (1 pi.). — G. F.
Atkiusou, ' Preparation of material for general class use.'

But. Zeitunij (June 1). — E. Stahl, ' Ueber den Pflanzeuscblaf
und verwandte Erscbeinungeu.'

Bull, de I'Herh. Boissier (June). — A. Magniu, ' Sur quelques
Potamots rares de la Flore Franco-Helvetique.' — J. Briquet,
' Examen critique de la tbeorie pbyllodique des feuilles entieres
cbez les oinbelliteres terrestres.' — Id., ' Sur la carpologie et la
systematique du lifiyticaipus.' — Id., ' Sur les feuilles septees chez
les dicotyledones.' — Id., ' HerborisatioDS dans le Tyrol meridional.'
— G. Hocbreutiner, ' Quelques feuilles composees monstreuses.' —
M. Tbury, ' La morpbologie et I'organogeuie Horales des Passidores '
(2 pi.). — E. Pitard, ' Florule pelagique des Alpes et du Jura.' — E. de
Wildeman, ' Une plante myrmecopbile nouvelle ' (Scaphopetalnni
'I'/iunneri, ST^.n.: Ipl.). — P. Ascberson, Cyclamen Ilohlfsianuiii, sp. u.
— F. N. Williams, ' Goorinyiu, a new genus of Caryuphyllacea:.'

Bull. Sue. But. de France (xliv. pt. 1). — (April). L. Lutz, ' Acide
cyanbydrique dans les graines des Pomacees.' — L. Blanc, 'Procedes
grapbiques en geograpbie botanique.' — L. Vidal, ' Un Genevrier des
environs de Grenoble.'— E. G. Camus, ' Les Lappa de la Flore Fran-
caise.' — A. Francbet, ' Butiychiuin simplex a Malesberbes' (1 pi.). —
E. A. Finet, 'Le genre Oreurchis" (1 pi.). — (pt. 2, May). P. Guerin,
' Amidon soluble dans les feuilles de Cola.' — L. Lutz, ' Sur un Safran
monstrueux' (Ipl.). — P. van Tiegbem, ' Pbanerogames sans graines
(in.seminees).' — P. Candargy, ' Flore de I'isle de Lesbos.'

Bull. Tuney Bot. Club (May 29). — E. G, Britton, 'Emily Loriva
Gregory' (1811-1897: portr.). — J. K. Small, ^ Tiadescantia in tbe
Soutbern States.' — P. A. Rydberg, 'Rarities from Montana' (4 pi.).
— L. R. Jones & A. J. Grout, ' Two species of Alteniaria.' — B. D.
Gilbert, ' New Bolivian Ferns.' — Id., ' New Ferns from Jamaica.'

Gardeners' Chronicle [Miiy 2i)). — F. C. Lebmaun, ' Trecuria (n.gen.
Orcbid.) Chluris ' (fig. 128).

Journal de BiAanique (June 1). — A. Francbet, ' Isopyrnm et Cojdis '
(cont.). — J. Recbin & A. Sebille, ' Excursions bryologiques dans la
Haute Tarentaise.' — ■ C. Sauvageau, ' Les algues marines du Golfe
de Gascogne ' (cont.). •

Journal uf Linnean Society (xxxi. No. 219 : April). — S. Scbon-
lund, 'New species of Crassula from S. Africa.' — A. J. Ewart,
' Furtber Observations upon Assimilatory Inbibition.' — W. C.
Worsdell, ' Development of Ovule of Christisunia ' (3 pi.).

* The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers
or title-pages, but it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date of
publication.

288 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC.

Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschnft (June). — F. Pax, ' Neue Pflanzenarfcen
ausdenKarpathen.' — A.v.Degeu, 'Ueber einige orientalischePflan-
zenarten ' (cent.). — V. Folgiier, ' Zur Systematik uiid Pilanzengeo-
graphie der Pomaceen ' (confc.). — V. Schiffner, ' Bryologische Mit-
theilungen aus Mitteibolimen.'

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, d-c.

Mr. Nimmo has begun a reissue in monthly parts of Mr, A. W.
Bennett's Flora of the Alps, which we noticed at some length in
this Journal for 1896 (pp. 325-7). The extracts froru press opinions
which accompany the prospectus do not increase our confidence in
the competence of the general reviewer: the Standard, for example,
said: — "Mr. Bennett gives an adequate description, and one which
is both clear and exact, of all the species of flowering plants common
to (aic) Switzerland"; and the Spectator informed its readers that
the work "contains classified accounts of all the wild flowers growing
in Switzerland." The author himself is much more modest : " every
species," he says (Introd. p. vi), "is at least named."

Mkssrs. George Murray and V. H. Blackman have sailed for
the West Indies in order to work at the plant plankton of the
Atlantic, especially the forms found remote from coastal waters,
such as the Coccospheres and Rhabdospheres. Their method of
capture is by pumping sea-water through very fine silk bags, thus
attaining practically the same result as by tow-net, and without
stopping the ship. Though this method has been very successful
in the hands of Dr. John Murray and Mr. George Murray, and
Coccospheres and Rhabdospheres have already been obtained by it
in the hands of Capt. Miluer (see Nature, April 1st, 1897), this is
the first organized plankton expedition travelling by mail steamer
and relying entirely on tow-netting the water pumped on board.
The result can hardly fail to be instructive.

One of our correspondents has not unreasonably taken exception
to the advertisement of the "Floral Gems of Ballyvaughan " which
has appeared on the cover of our last two numbers, on the ground
that it may possibly lead to the extirpation of rare plants. The
advertisement appeared without our knowledge, and perhaps should
not have been inserted; but we do not think it will lead to mischief,
as many of the plants mentioned are neither rare nor attractive.
Mr. O'Kelly, the advertiser, issues catalogues which are in them-
selves curiosities; they include "700 distinct varieties of Scolo-
pendrium vuh/are,'' 500 of which Mr. O'Kelly has himself collected
"on the Barren Mountains about Ballyvaughan, which is really the
home of the Hart's Tongue Fern." In his catalogue of ferns, a large
number of names (some of them very odd ones) are followed by
" 0," which signifies O'Kelly ; "all these O'Kelly's are my own new
finds in the County of Clare."

In our last paragraph (p. 25G) the name of Dr. D. H. Scott was
accidentally substituted for that of Dr. G. B, Howes,

TslIo 370

C Z .Vest a-dnat del,
H Morg.ai-L Ixtli

African Algse.

West, Nev.Tna.a imp.

Talo.372. //;

R.Morgan, lith..

We St "We w manjiiap .

P_jr"us mirLiTTiat Ley.

289

PYRUS MINIMA Ley.

By the Rev. Augustin Ley.

(Plate 372.)

Little has been discovered to throw fresh light upon this shrub
since the short notice of it contributed by me to this Journiil for
1895, p. 84. The pubHcation of a plate of the plant affords me an
opportunity for gathering up all the information upon it which I am
able to give, and for publishing a somewhat ampler description.

Pyrus minima Ley. A small spreading shrub, height 10-20 ft. ;
much branched, with slender branches. Leaves linear-oblong,
shallowJy pinnatifid, with three to four principal lobes, which are
usually deepest at the middle or upper part of the leaf, the lowest
one-third or one-fourth being without lobes ; side-veins five to seven,
making a very acute amjle with the midrib, prominent on under,
grooved on upper surface ; under surface clothed with grey felt,
which persists until the leaf falls.

Flowers produced late in May or early in June, in loose corymbs
which are not flat-topped, small, resembling those of P. Aucuparia
Gaertn. ; petals cream-coloured, round ; anthers on first opening
pinkish, then dark brown ; calyx erect and prominent on the unripe
fruit, persistent until the fruit is ripe. Fruit small, (/lubose, hriyht
coral-red, bitter, ripening in the end of August or the beginning
of September ; perfume in the flowers resembling that of fresh
( 'rat(F,fjus Oxyacantlia.

Locality. On a limestone mountain clift' called Craig Cille, near
Crickhowel, Breconshire ; also on limestone rocks at Blaen Onnen,
two miles westward from Craig Cille. Undoubtedly native, and in
great abundance at the former station, where the shrubs clothe the
limestone cliff to its head at 1600 ft. ; seedlings also being frequent.
V. intennedia, P. Aria var. ntpicola, and P. Aucuparia occur on the
same cliff; but the very distinct habit and fruit of the present
plant, as well as other reasons, forbid the idea of hybridity.

P. minima differs from P. scandica Syme in the leaves being
narrower, with a more linear outline, and much shallower lobes,
except upon the young leading shoots ; and especially in the fruit
being globose, small, and bright red. Fresh specimens of this Arran
form, kindly communicated to me by the Rev. D. Landsborough,
show its anthers to be, as in P. minima, light pink upon first
opening, becoming brown afterwards.

From P. intermedia Ehrh. (as represented by the Piercefield
Park plant) it differs by the slender, branching habit ; by ,tho
greyer felt of the smaller, much more linear leaves, which have the
lobes terminating in a much sharper point ; by the flowers being
less than half the size ; by the colour of the anthers ; and finally
by the small fruit. P. intermedia has long, thick, nearly undivided
bniuches, very showy flowers larger than in P. Aria Ehrh., with
long stamens and rather brightly pink anthers, and large fruit.

Vyrus minima is one of a series of closely allied forms, two of

Journal or Botany. — Vol. 35. [Aug. 1897.] u

290 EEVISION OF EXTRA-TROPICAL SOUTH AFRICAN ASCLEPIADACE^.

which have long been known to inhabit the Scottish Arran, and
have been described under the names of P. scandica Syme and
P. fennica Bab. Prof. Koehne, in an interesting communication
made by him to the Edinburgh Botanical Society, the substance of
which was reproduced in this Journal, 1897, p. 99, gives his judgment
on these Arran and Breconshire plants, specimens of which were sub-
mitted to him through Prof. Conventz. Prof. Koehne thinks all the
Arran plants, together with the Breconshire P. minima, to be
members of a series of hybrids between Aria suecica Koehne (Pip-iis
scandica Ascherson) and Sorbas Aueuparia [Pijrus Ancuparia Gaertn.).
Aria suecica Koehne is at least extremely rare in Britain as a native
plant, and is far from common in cultivation. A single tree found
by me near Merthyr Tydvil, Breconshire, about eleven miles from
the station for P. minima, was pronounced by Prof. Koehne to be
true A. suecica; but it seems still to be doubtful whether it occurs
at all in Arran, where two of the supposed hybrids are found.

I venture to express a doubt of the desirability of naming such
a series of plants as these P;//Ms-forms, or, again, the Cinquefoils
ranging between P. reptans L. and P. silvestris Neck., or, again,
certain groups of closely-allied Brambles, simply as "hybrids."
Although favoured by great authorities, and no doubt expressing an
interesting theory of the origin of such races, its use in this way
deprives us of a term to express the very different phenomenon of
ordinary hybridity as affecting individual plants.

The figure of the flowering spray is from a drawing by Mrs. F. J .
Hanbury; that of the fruit from one by Miss Marion Gee.

EEVISION OP EXTRA-TROPICAL SOUTH AFRICAN

ASCLEPIADACE^.

By Rudolph Schlechter.

(Continued from Journ. Bot. 1896, p. 458.)

Suborder II. Cynanchoide^e.
B. Secamone^.
XXVII. Secamone R. Br. in Mem. Wern. Soc. i. 53 (1811) ; Dene,
in DC. Prodr. viii. 501 (1814) ; Bth. & Hk. f. Gen. PI. ii.
746 (1876).

1. S. ThunbergiiE. Mey. Comm. PI. Afr. Aastr. 224 (1837) ; Dene.
I.e. 501 (1844). Periploca Secamone Thbg. Flor. Cap. 233 (1823).

Cape Colony, Kaffraria, East Griqualand, Pondoland, Natal,
Zululand, Orange Free State, Transvaal.

2. S. frutescens Dene. I.e. 501 (1844). Astephanus frutescens
E. Mey. Z.c. 220(1837).

Uitenhage, Albany, Kaffraria, East Griqualand, Pondoland,
Natal, Zululand, Orange Free State, Transvaal.

3. S. Gerrardi Harv. ex Schltr. in Journ. Bot. 1895, 353.
Kaffraria, Pondoland, Natal, Zululand.

REVISION OF EXTRA-TROPICAL SOUTH AFRICAN ASCLEPIADACEiE . 291
C. TYLOPHOREiE.

Subtribus I. Ceropegine^.

XXVIII. SisYRANTHus E. Mey. Comm. PI. Afr. Austr. 197 (1837) ;
Dene, in DC. Prodr. viii. 649 (1844) ; Bth. & Hk. f. Gen. PL
ii. 779 (1876).

1. S. \^RGATus E. Mey. I. c 197 (1837) ; Dene. I. c. 649 (1844) ;
Harv. Thes. Cap. ii. 10, t. 115 (1863).

Albany, Kaffraria, East Griqualand, Pondoland, Natal.

2. S. macer Schltr. S. imberbis Harv. I.e. 11, t. 116(1863).
Lagarinthus macer E. Mey. I. c. 206 (1837). Periijlossum macrum
Dene. /. c. 520 (1844). Laqnrinthus barbatus Turcz. in Bull. Soc.
Imp. Nat. Mosc. xxi. pt. i. 257 (1848) ; Walp. Ann. iii. 55 (1852).

Albany, Kaffraria, East Griqualand, Pondoland, Natal, Transvaal.

3. S. schizoglossoides Scbltr. in Journ. Bot. 1894, 357.
Albany.

4. S. anceps Schltr. in Eugl. Bot. Jabrb. xx. Beibl. 50, 45 (1895).
Natal.

5. S. EXPANSUM Schltr. I.e. 46 (1895).
East Griqualand, Natal.

6. S. TRicHosTOMus K. Scb. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenf.
iv. 2 (1895).

Natal.

XXIX. Barrowia Dene, in DC. Prodr. viii. 629 (1844) ; Btb. & Hk. f.

Gen. PI. ii. 779 (1876).

1. B. jASMiNiFLORA DcuB. I.e. 629 (1844).

Karroo, West Griqualand, British Bechuanaland, Transvaal.

XXX. Macropetalum Burch. ex Dene, in DC. Prodr. viii. 626
(1844); Bth. & Hk. f. Gen. PI. ii. 778 (1876).

1. M. BuRCHELLii Dene. I.e. 626 (1844).
British Bechuanaland, Transvaal.

XXXI. Tenaris E. Mey. Comra. PI. Afr. Austr. 198 (1837); Dene,
in DC. Prodr. viii. 606 (1844) ; Bth. & Hk. f. Gen. PI. ii. 775
(1876).

1. T. rubella E. Mey. I. c 198 (1837) ; Dene. I. e. 606 (1844) ;
Harv. Thes. Cap. i. (1859), 28, t. 43.

Uitenhage, Albany, Kaffraria, Natal, Transvaal.

2. T. CHLORANTHA Schltr. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xx. /1895),
Beibl. 51, 44. Macropetalum Benthaini K. Sch. in Engl, k Prautl,
Nat. Pflanzenfam. iv. 2 (1895), 266.

Transvaal.

XXXII. Decaceras Harv. Thes. Cap. ii. 9, t. 114 (1863).

1. D. HuTTONi Harv. I.e. 9, t. 114 (1863).
Albany.

u 2

292 REVISION OF EXTRA-TBOPICAL SOUTH AFRICAN ASCLEPIADACE^.

2. D. Arnottii Schltr.- in Eugl. Jahrb. xviii. (1894), Beibl. 45,
26. Brachi/stetnia Arnotlil? Baker in Saund. Ref. Bot. i. t. 9 (1868).
Anisotoma Arnottii Bth. & Hk. f. ex Ind. Kew. i. 139 (1893).

Colesberg.

XXXIII. Anisotoma Fenzl. in Linnaea, xvii. 330(1843); Bth. &
Hook. f. Gen. PI. ii. 781 (1876). Anisotonuiria Presl, Bot.
Bern. 103 (1844). Lnphostephus Harv. Thes. Cap. ii. 9, 1. 113
(1863),

1. A. MOLLIS Scbltr. in Engl. Jahrb. xviii. Beibl. 45, 26 (1894).
A. cordifolia Fenzl. I. c. 331 (1843). Anisotomaria mollis Presl, /. c.
103 (1844). Ci/noctonuni molle E. Mey. Comm. PI. Afr. Austr. 216
(1837); Dene, 'in DC. Prodr. viii. 530 (1844). Lophostephiis mollis
Harv. I.e. 9, t. 113(1863).

Uitenhage, Albany, Queenstown, Kaffraria.

2. A. peduncularis N. E. Br. in Kew Bull. 1895, 150.

Natal.

XXXIV. Brachystelma R. Br. in Bot. Mag. t. 2343 (1822) ; Dene,
in DC. Prodr. viii. 646 (1844) ; Btb. & Hk. f. Gen. PI. ii. 781
(1876). Micraster Harv. Gen. S. Afr. PI. ed. 2, 242 (1868).
Tapeinostehna Schltr. in Verb. Bot. Ver. Brandenb. xxxv. 53
(1893).

1. B. tuberosum R. Br. I.e. t. 2343 (1822); Bot. Reg. t. 722
(1823) ; Dene. /. c 676 (1844).

" South Africa."

2. B. SPATHULATUM Ldl. Bot. Reg. xiii. t. 1113 (1827).
" South Africa."

3. B. Barber.e Harv. ex Hook. f. in Bot. Mag. t. 5607 (1866).
Kaffraria, Transvaal.

4. B. cAUDATUM N. E. Br. in Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. xvii. 169
(1880). Stapelia candata Thbg. Prodr. 46 (1794). B. nis/>,n,i.
Grab, in Phil. Journ. 1830, 70 ; Bot. Mag. t. 3016 (1831) ; ? E. Mey.
I.e. 196 (1837); Dene. I.e. 647 (1844).

South-west Cape Colony.

5. B. CAFFRUM N. E. Br. in Gard. Chron. 1894, xvi. 62. Tapeino-
stehna eaffrum Schltr. I.e. 54 (1893).

Kaffraria.

6. B. ScHONLANDiANUM Schltr. in Engl. Jahrb. xviii. Beibl. 45,
35 (1894).

Uitenhage.

7. B. fcetidum Schltr. I.e. xx. Beibl. 50, 52 (1895).
Transvaal.

8. B. oiANTHUM Schltr. /. e. 53 (1895).
Transvaal.

• Erroneously printed Z). .-InioW/i.

REVISION OF EXTRA-TUOPICAL SOUTH AFRICAN ASCLEPIADACE^. 293

9. B. PULCHELLUM Schltr. }.c. 53 (1895). Micraster jnilchellus
Harv. Gen. S. Afr. PI. ed. 2, 242 (1868).

Natal, Transvaal.

10. B, Mevterianum Schltr. in Engl. Jahrb. xxi. Beibl. 51, 14
(1896). B. cafniin Schltr. I.e. xviii. Beibl. 45, 13 (1894) (nee
N. E. Br.). B. tuberosum E. Mey. I.e. 196 (1837) (nee R. Br.).

Kafifraria.

Species dubia.

11. B.MicRANTHUME.Mey.Z.c. 196(1837); Dene. ^.c. 647(1844).
Kaffraria.

XXXV. Brachystelmaria Schltr. in Engl. Jahrb. xx. Beibl. 50,

50 (1895).

1. B. LONGiFOLiA Scliltr. I. c. 50 (1895).
Transvaal.

2. B. macropetala Schltr. I.e. 51 (1895).
Transvaal.

3. B. RAMOsissiMA Schltr. I. e. 51 (1895).
Transvaal.

4. B. natalensis Schltr. /. e. 50 (1895). Dichtelia natalensh
Schltr. /. c. xviii. Beibl. 45, 35 (1894).

Natal.

5. B. Gerrardi Schltr. I.e. 50 (1895). Braehystelma Gerrardi
Harv. Thes. Cap. ii. 61, t. 196 (1863). Dlclmlia Gerrardi Harv.
Gen. S. Afr. PI. ed. 2, 241 (1868).

Natal, Zululand.

6. B. occidentalis Schltr. Braehystelma oeeidentale iichlir. Ahh.
Bot. Ver. Brandenb. xxxv. 53 (1893).

Simonstown.

XXXVI. DicH^LiA Harv. Gen. S. Afr. PI. ed. 2, 241 (1868) ; Bth. &
Hk.f. Gen. PI. ii. 780(1876).

1. D. FiLiFORMis Schltr. Braehystelma (§ Diehcelia) Jiliformis
Harv. Thes. Cap. i. 59, t. 93 (1859).

2. D. OVATA Schltr. Braehystelma (j Dichcdid) ovata Oliv. in
Kef. Bot. iii. t. 226 (1871).

Colesberg.

3. D. Gat.pinii Schltr. in Engl. Jahrb. xviii. Beibl. 45, 25 (1894).
Transvaal.

4. D. viLLOSA Schltr. I.e. 25 (1894).
Transvaal.

5. D. elongata Schltr. /. c. 35 (1894).
Somerset East, Albany.

6. D. UNDULATA Schltr. I.e. 36 (1894).
Uitenhage.

7. D. PYGMJEA Schltr. in Journ. Bot. 1894, 262.
Kaffraria ?

294 REVISION OF EXTRA-TEOPICAL SOUTH AFRICAN ASCLEPIADACE^.

8. D. BREviFLORA Scblti*. ill Engl. Jabrb. xx. Beibl. 50, 49 (1895).
Transvaal.

9. D. PALLIDA Scbltr. I.e. 49 (1895).
Transvaal.

10. D. ciRciNATA Scbltr. in Engl. Jabrb. xxi. Beibl. 54, 13 (1896).
Biachystelma circinatum E. Mey. Comm. PI. Afr. 196 (1837).

Wittbergen.

XXXVII. Ceropegia L. Gen. 65 (1737) ; Dene, in DC. Prodr. viii.
641 (1844) ; Bth. & Hk. f. Gen. PI. ii. 779 (1878). Systrepha
Burch. Trav. i. 546 (1822).

1. C. africana R. Br. in Bot. Reg. t. 626 (1822); Dene. Ic. 642
(1844). C. linearis E. Mey. Comm. PI. Afr. Austr. 194 ; Dene. /. c.
644 (1844).

Uiteubage, Albany, Kaffraria.

2. C. stapeli.eformis Harv. in Pbil. Mag. 1827, 121; Bot. Mag.
t. 3567 (1836) ; Dene, in DC. Prodr. viii. 643 (1844).

Uitenbage, Albany, Kaffraria.

3. C. CARNOSA E. Mey. Comm. PL Afr. Austr, 193 (1837); Dene,
/.c. 645 (1844).

Uitenbage, Albany, Kaffraria.

4. C. MULTiFLORA Baker in Saund. Ref. Bot. i. t. 10 (1869).
Sijstrepha multijiora Burcb. MSS. ex Baker /. c.

Cradock.

6. C. FiMBRiATA E. May. I. c. 194 (1837) ; Dene. I.e. 645 (1844).
C. Sandersoni Harv. Bot. Mag. 5792 (1869).
Pondolaud, Natal, Zululand.

6. C. AMPLiATA E. Mey. I.e. 194 (1837) ; Dene. I.e. 645 (1844).
Albany, Kaffraria, East Griqualand, Pondoland, Natal.

7. C. Meyeri Dene. /. e. 645 (1844). C. pubesceus E. Mey. /. c.
193 (1837) (nee Wall.).

Kaffraria, East Griqualand, Pondoland, Natal, Zululand, Orange
Free State, Transvaal.

8. C. BowKERi Harv. Tbes. Cap. i. 9, t. xiv. (1859) ; Bot. Mag.
t. 5407 (1864).

Kaffraria.

9. C. soRORiA Harv. ex Bot. Mag. t. 5578 (1866).
Albany, Kaffraria.

10. C. Barklyi Hk. f. Bot. Mag. t. 6315 (1877).
Kaffraria.

11. C. MoNTEiROiE Hk.f. Bot. Mag. t. 6927 (1887).
Delagoa Bay.

12. C. RADicANS Sehltr. in Engl. Jabrb. xviii. Beibl. 45, 12 (1894).
Kaffraria.

13. C. Galpinii Scbltr. I.e. 23 (1894).
Transvaal.

14. C. TOMENTOSA Scbltr. /. e. 33 (1894).
Kaffraria.

WIIiTSHIRE UREDINE.E. 295

15. C. WooDii Schltr. I. c. 3i (1894).
Natal, Transvaal.

16. C. CAKFRORUM Scliltr. in Journ. Bot. 1894, 358.
Natal.

17. C. ANTENNiFERA ScWtr. in Engl. Jahrb. xx. Beibl. 50, 46 (1895).
Natal.

18. C. PACHYSTELMA ScLltr. l. c. 47 (1895).
Natal, Transvaal.

19. C. sETiFERA Schltr. Z. c. 48 (1895).
Zululand, Transvaal.

20. C. FiLiFORMis Schltr. Systrepha Jiliformis Burch. Trav. i.
546 (1822). C. iiifandibuliformis E. Mey. I. c. 194 (1837) ; Done.
I.e. viii. 645 (1844).

British Bechuanaland, Barldy, Camdeboo.

XXXVIII. RiocREuxiA Dene, in DC. Prodr. viii. 640 (1844) ; Bth.
& Hk. f. Gen. PI. ii. 780 (1876).

1. R. TORULOSADcne. /. c. 640 (1844). Ceroper/ia torulosa E. Mey.
Comm. PI. Afr. Austr. 194 (1837).

Kaffraria, East Griqualand, Pondolaud, Natal, Zululand, Orange
Free State, Transvaal.

2. R. Flanagani Schltr. in Engl. Jahrb.xviii. Beibl. 45, 13 (1894).
Kaffraria, Natal.

3. R. picTA Schltr. /. c 24 (1894).
Transvaal.

4. R. POLYANTHA Schltr. in Journ. Bot. 1895, 272.
Kaffraria, East Griqualand, Natal, Orange Free State.

(To be continued.)

WILTSHIRE UREDINEyE.

By Edward J. Tatum.

Some attention has now been paid to this section of the Micro-
fungi of the county, with the result that a fair preliminary list is
possible, including a few rare species, though still wanting some
which might be expected to occur. The suffix (S.W.) indicates
that the record is supposed to be new for South Wilts only, there
being already a notice for North Wilts, though not in every case of
quite certain identity. I am indebted to Dr. C. B. Piowright for
very special help in identification. A few hetero3cious species can-
not, however, be named conclusively from aBcidiura forms. The
localities are on my own authority.

Uro)iiyccs fabcc (Vers.) {^.W.). On Vicia sepium : 5. Clarendon;
6. Pitton ; 9. Compton ; 10. Aldcrbury. — U. (jeran'd {T>Qi.), On
Geranium pyrenaicum : 6. Winterbourne Earls ; 7. Old Sarum ;
10. Britford. — U. dactylidis Otth. ^cidium of this or of Puccinia

296 WILTSHIRE UREDINE^.

))H(ijnHsitiii(t or possibly of U. poce on Ikmunculus bulbosus: G. King
Manor; V.Stratford; 10. Harnbam. — U. pnte B,B,hh. iEcidium on
n. Ficaiia (S.W.): 5. W. Dean; 6. Hurdcott ; 7. Stratford; 9.
Dinton ; 10. Harnbam. — U. rumicis (Sebum.). On llumex ohtusi-
folim : 7. Stratford. On R. Acetosa: 6. Winterbourne Earls; 9.
Compton ; 10. Alderbury. — V. ficaricc (Sebum.). On Ranunculus
Ficaria: 5. Clarendon; 6. Laverstock ; 10. Trafalgar.

Puccinia thesii (Desv.). On Thesium liumifusum : 6. Winterbourne
Earls ; 7. Durnford Down. — P. lopsajue (Scbultz). On Lapsana
communis: 5. W. Grinstead ; 6. Pitton ; 7. Stratford; 9. Dinton;
10. Alderbury. — P. imlverulenta Grev. On Epilohium hirsutuw :

6. Hurdcott. On E. par vijiorum: 5. Bentley Wood ; 10. Alderbury.
On K. muntanum: 5. W. Dean. On E. obscurum : 5. Clarendon. —
P. t'tote (Sebum.). On Viola sijlccstr is : 5. W. Dean; 10. Alderbury.
— P. pimp i7iell(c [8tva,nss). On PimpineUa Saxifraga : 10. Harnbam.
On Anthriscus si/lvestris : 6. Milford ; 7. Old Sarum. On Angelica
sylvestrls : 5. Bentley Wood. — P. mentha Pers. On CalamintJia
(Jlinopodinm : 9. Compton ; 10. Harnbam; Alderbury. — P. primula
(DC). On Primula vulgaris: 5. W. Dean. — P. sanicuhe. Grev. On
Sanicula europaa : 5. W. Grinstead ; 6. Clarendon ; 10. Harnbam,
P. graminis Pers. Jj^cidium on Berbei-is vulgaris: 7. Old Sarum. —
P. coronifera Klebabn. ^Ecidium on Rhamnus catharticus (S.W.) :
5. Standlyncb Down ; 6. Pitton; 7. Durnford Down; 10. Harnbam.
— P. phalaridis Plow. iEcidium on Arum maculatuia (S.W.) : 5.
Clarendon; 6. Hurdcott; 7. Old Sarum ; 9. Compton; 10. Britford.
— P. dispersa Erich. & Henn. On corn : 6. Petersfinger ; 7. Wood-
ford.— P. car ids (Sebum.). On CAirex acuti/ormis: 6. Hurdcott.
^cidium on Vrtica dioica (S.W.): 5. Clarendon; 6. Hurdcott; 7.
Fisberton ; 9. Dinton; 10. Harnbam. — P. phragmitis (Sebum.).
iEcidium on Rumex sp. (S.W.) : 7. Stratford ; 10. Alderbury. —
P. magnusicrna Korn. jEcidium of tbis or of Vromyces pocB on Ranun-
culus repcns: 5. W.Dean; 6. Laverstock; 7. Fisberton; 9. Dinton;
10. Netberhampton. — P. suaveolens (Pers.) (S.W.). On Cniciis
arvensis : 5. Farley; 6. Ford; 7. Salterton ; 9. Dinton; 10. Harn-
bam.— P. bullata (Pers.). On Coniummaculatum: 6. Queen Manor;

7. Stratford. — P. hieracii (Sebum.). On Cnicus lanceolatus ; 10,
Britford, On Centaurea Scabiosa a.nd C'rejtis virens : 10, Standlyncb,
On llieracinm sciaphilum : 10. Harnbam. On H.boreale: 9. Comp-
ton.— P. taraxici Plow. On Taraxacum officinale: 7. Durnford;
10. Harnbam. — P. j^objgoni Pers. On Polggo7ium Convolvulus : 5.
W. Dean ; 6. Milford ; 7. Stratford ; 8. Wylye ; 10. Hare Warren.
On P. cnuphibium : 10, Britford, — P. oblongata (Link.), On Luzula
campestris: 7. Stratford. — P. lyclmidearum. Link. (S.W.). On
Lychnis dioica: 10. Alderbury. — P. fusca (Eelbau). On Anemone
nemorosa (S.W.) : 5. W. Grimstead ; W. Dean ; 10. Alderbury. —
P. bunii (DC). On Cojiopodiwn dmudatum : 5. W. Grimstead. —
[P. malvacearum Mont., which was found at Salisbury by Hussey
in 1873, is still very common.] — P, adoxm DC On Adoxa
Moschatellina : 6. W. Grimstead; Clarendon; 10. Alderbury. —
P. buxi DC On Buxus sempervirens (S.W.) ; 10. Hare Warren;
Trafalgar.

WELWITSCH's AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG^. 297

Triphragmium uhnarla (Sebum.). On Spircea Ulmaria: 5. W.
Dean ; 6. Hurdcott.

Phraqmidium fraqariastri (DC). On Potentilla Fraijariastnun
(S.W.):'5. W. Grimstead; 6. Pitton ; 9. Compton; 10. Alderbury.
— P. sanguisorhiE (DC). On Poterium Sanguisotha: 5. W. Dean ;
6. Pitton ; 7. Durnford Down ; 10. Haruham Hill. — P. violaceum
(Schultz). Ou Fiubus (fruticosus) : 5. W. Grirastead ; 9. Compton.
— P. rnhi (Pers.). On Pmbus {fruticosus) (S.W.) : 5. W. Grimstead;
6. Hurdcott; 10. Alderbury. — P. subcorticint(m {^chrsnak). On Fiosa
canina : 5. W. Grimstead ; 6. Petersfinger ; 9. Dinton ; 10. Race Plain.

Endophgllum euphorbia (DC). On EupJwrbia aniygdaloides{S.'^.) ',

5. Clarendon.

Gymnosporangiwn davariafor^ue (Jacq.). ^cidium of tbis or of
G. confusum Plow, on Cratmjus Oxyacantha : 10. Harnliam Hill.
Melampsora helioscopia (Pers.). On Euphorbia Helioscopia{ii.y^.):

6. Laverstock ; 7. Durnford; 10. Standlyncb. — M. lini (Pers.).
On Linum cat/utrticnm : 7. Old Sarum ; 10. Harnham. — M. vitellince
(DC). On Salix fragilis : 10. Harnham.

Coleosporiwn senecionis (Pers.). On Senecio vulgaris : 5. W. Grim-
stead ; 6. Winterbourne Earls ; 10. Harnham Hill.

Uredo syuiphyti DC On Symphytum officinale (S.W.) : 5 & 6.
Clarendon ; 7. Stratford ; 10. Bodenbam.

Caoma exionymi (Gmelin). On Euouymiis europmis : G.Claren-
don. — ('. iiiercurialis Pers. On Mercurialis perennis : 5. W. Dean ;
10. Alderbury ; Downton. — C. ari-italici Duby. On Arum maculatum :
10. Netberbampton.

jEcidium grossularice (Gmelin). On Fiibes Grossularia : 5. W. Grim-
stead ; 6. Winterbourne Earls ; 10. Alderbury. — ^S. leucospermnm.
DC On Anemone nemorosa: 5. Bentley Wood; 10. Standlyncb
Down.

WELWITSCH'S AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALGiE.

By W. West, F.L.S., and G. S. West, A.R.CS.

(Plates 365-370.)

(Concluded from p. 272.)

XXI. — Lyngbye^e .
1. Symploca Kiltz. (1843).

1. S. MusooRUM (Ag.) Gomont in Journ. de Botaniq. iv. 354
(1890) ; in Ann. Sci. Nat. 7e serie, Bot. xvi. 110-2, t. 2, f. 9 (1892).
Oscillator ia Muscorum Ag. Syst. Algar. 65 (1824).

(a). Crass, trich. 5*5-6 p.

Loanda. Ad terram humidam urbis Loandas, tempore pluvio ;
April 1854. No. 161.

{(3). Crass, trich. 8-9 p.

Huilla. Alga atro-viridis, viscoso-gelatinosa, exsiccata fere peni-
cilliformis, inter muscos texta, in maxime umbrosis ; Morro de
Monino ; Febr. 1860. No. 181.

298 welwitsch's African freshwater alg^.

2. Lyngbya C. Ag. (1824).

1. L. aureo-fulva, sp. n. L, terrestris, strato spongioso mem-
branaceo aureo-fulvo vel flavo ; filis dense intricatis, flexuosis ;
vaginis firmis, glabris et lamellosis, flavis vel flavo-brunneis ;
trichomatibus jerugineis, ad dissepimenta leviter eonstrictis, apici-
bus baud attenuatis ; cellnlis quadratis, nonnunquam diametro
paullo brevioribns ; protoplasmate delicate granulato. Crass, fil.
13-5-14-5 jx; crass, trich. 8-5-9'5 /x.

Pungo Andongo. Freq. iu liumidis ad dextram flum. Cuanza ex
Candumba usque Quisonde ; March 1857. No. 10. "Alga ter-
restris, in vivo aureo-fulva vel flavescens, membranis spongiosis
latissimis graminuni cjespitibus intertexta, Droseraceis et Erio-
caulouaceis solum spongiosum offerens."

2. L. Martensiana Menegh. Conspect. Ahjul. Ew/an. 12 (1837) ;
Gomout in A^m. ScL Nat. 7e serie, Bot. xvi. 145-6, t. 3, f. 17 (1892).
Crass, fil. 11-14 /x; crass, trich. 8-10 /x.

Goluugo Alto. Ad muscos prope fontem magn. ad Ban9a de
SobaBango; Sept. 1855. No. 159.

Loanda. Cum Symploca Muscorum ad terram humidam urbis
Loandfe, tempore pluvio ; April 1854. No. 161.

8. L. ^RUGiNEo-c^RULEA (Kiltz.) Gomout, I. c. 146-7, t. 4, f. 1-3
(1892). OscUlaria ariKiineo-caridea Kiitz. Plujc. Geiier. 185 (1843) ;
Tab. Phyc. i. (1845-9), 28, t. 39, fig. ix. Crass, fil. 6-7-7-5 /x;
crass, trich. 4-8-5*3 /x.

Pungo Andongo. Inter Porphurosiphonem Notarisii prope Condo ;
March 1857. No. 9.

4. L. VERSICOLOR (Wartm.) Gomont, I.e. 147, t. 4, fig. 4, 5 (1892).
Phormidmm versicolor Wartm. (1861).

Mossfimedes. Ad ripas limosas flum. Bero pr. Cavalleiros ;
June 1859. No. 175.

3. Phormidium Kiitz. (1843).

1. P. subsolitarium, sp.n. P. filis non in stratum, ad basin
affixis, solitariis vel 2-3 associatis, brevibus, leviter curvatis vel
subrectis ; vaginis latis, multe hyaliuis et baud facile visis ; tricho-
matibus Iffite ferugineis, moniliformibus, vaginam baud complentibus,
apicibus non attenuatis ; cellulis ellipticis vel elliptico-oblongis, post
division em subglobosis, protoplasmate parietali ; cellula apicali
rotundata, calyptra nulla. Crass, fil. 5 /x ; crass, trich. 2 /x.

Pungo Andongo. In Batrachospermo ijraciUimo ad lapides sub-
mersas in rivulo de Tangue ; May 1857. No. 3.

The moniliform cells and the delicate hyaline sheath place this
plant in the genus PhonnUlium, although the plants often occur
singly. The elliptic cells and subsolitary habit characterize the
species.

2. P. angustissimum, sp. n. P. strato tenuissimo membrau-
aceo pallide terugineo ; filis flexuosis et tortuoso-intricatis ; vaginis
muco hyalino agglutinatis ; trichomatibus angustissimis, laete sevn-
gineis, ad dissepimenta eonstrictis, apicibus rectis et non capitatis ;

WELWITSCH's AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG^E. 299

cellulis diametro 2-8-plo (plerumque 4-5-plo) longioribus, proto-
plasmate homogeueo. Crass, trich. 0*6-0*8 /x.

Mossjimedes. Inter GUwtricJdam cFthiopiciva et Charam sp. in
rivo Cavoca prope Cabo Negro ; Sept. 1859. No. 19.

Pungo Andongo. luter Nostoc repandum ad rupes editiores
vulcan. prope Caboudo tempore pluvio ; Febr. 1857. No. 21.

This narrow species is nearest to P. laminosum (Ag.) Gomont,
but it is distinguished by its much narrower trichomes, which are
constricted at the dissepiments, and its usually much longer cells.

3. P. LAMINOSUM (Ag.) Gomont in Jouni. de Botaniq. iv. 355
(1890) ; in Ann. Sci. Nat. 7e serie, Bot. xvi. 167-8, t. 4, f. 21, 22
(1892). Oscillatuna laminosa Ag. in Flora, x. G33 (1827). Crass,
lil. 1-5 iJ..

Golungo Alto. Ad terram limosam post pluvias ; Dec. 1855.
No. 166.

4. P. CoRiUM (Ag.) Gomont in Juuni. de Botaniq. iv. 355 (1890) ;
in Ann. Sci. Nat. I. c. 172-3, t. 5, f. 1, 2 (1892). Oscillatoria Corixim
Ag. Dispos. AUjar. Suec. 36 (1812). Crass, fil. 3-4-4'4 /x.

Sierra Leone. Cum Oscillatoria animali ad parietes humid,
verticales urbis Freetown freq. latissimis plagis atro-nitentibus
parietes obducens ; Sept. 1853. No. 167.

5. P. PAPYRACEUM (Ag.) Gomout in Journ. de Botaniq. iv. 355
(1890) ; in Ann. Sci. Nat. I. c. 173-5, t. 5, f. 3, 4 (1892). Lhcillatoria
jjapijracea Ag. Syst. Ahjar. 61 (1824).

Sierra Leone. Ad muscos (hepaticeas) humidos in domicil.
parietibus verticalibus urbis Freetown frequens tempore pluvio ;
Sept. 1853. No. 174.

6. P. Retzii (Ag.) Gomont in Journ. de Botaniq. iv. 355 (1890);
in Ann. Sci. Nat. I. c. 175-8, t. 5, f. 6, 9 (1892). UsciHatona Retzii
Ag. Dispos. Algar. Suec. 36 (1812). Crass, trich. 9-5-10-5 /x.

Pungo Andougo. Ad muscos (Jungermannias) submersas in
rivulo Tangue pr. Catete ; May 1857. No. 165.

7. P. AUTUMNALE (Ag.) Gomont in Ann. Sci. Nat. I. c. 187-190,
t. 5, f. 23, 24 (1892). Oscillatoria antunmalis Ag. I.e. 36 (1812).

Forma tenuis. Crass, trich. 38 /x.

Golungo Alto. Cum P. laiuinoso ad terram limosam post pluvias ;
Dec. 1855. No. 166.

4. Proterendothrix, gen. n.
Plauta; miuutK, primum endophyticae, tum opiphytica; ; fila
solitaria vel 2-3 associata, brevia et simplicia ; vagiuje achro^e,
hyalime et ampbe, marginibus irregularibus ; trichomata soliiaria
intra vaginam unamquauique.

1. P. scolecoldea, sp. unica (tab. 365, figs. 3-6). P. tricho-
matibus a^rugineis et liexuobis, apicibus sajpe subattenuatis; cellulis
subquadratis vel diametro paullo brevioribus. Crass, fil. 9*5-19 /x;
crass, trich. 4-5-5'5 y-.

Huilla. In Porphyrosiphone Notarisii, prope lac. Ivantala ;
March 1860. Nos. 17 and 18.

300 wklwitsch's African freshwater alg^e.

Tliis genus must be placed iu the L>pigbyca; on account of the
structure of the sheath, which contains a sohtary trichome. The
comparative width of the sheath, its hyaline character with irregular
margin, along with the peculiar habit of the plant, characterize the
genus. The younger plants (consisting of short filaments of 12-20
cells) are endophytic, occurring between the lamella of the sheath
of PorpIu/rosip/io7}. As they increase in size they appear to break
through the outer lamellfe of the sheath of the host, and to closely
attach themselves to its outer surface by means of their own mucous
envelope, which is now considerably broader.

5. OsciLLATORiA Vaucli. (1803).

1. 0. LiMosA Ag. Dispos. Algar. Suec. 35 (1812) ; Gomont in
Ann. ScL Xat. 7e serie, Bot. xvi. 210-2, t. 6, f. 13 (1892). Crass,
trich. 9-5-15*5 fjL.

Sierra Leone. Ad terram et parietes juxta fontes prope Free-
town ; Sept. 1853. No. 168.

2. 0. TENUIS Ag. Ah/ar. Decas ii. 25 (1813); Gomont, Z.c. 220-1,
t. 7, f. 2-3 (1892). Crass, trich. 6-7-5 //.

Ins. Principis. In staguantibus prope Bahia de S. Antonio, ad
limum subexsiccantem late caespitosa ; Sept. 1853. No. 169.

Mossamedes. Cum Tohjpotriche limhata in stagnis profundis
prope Cavalheiros; Aug. 1859. No. 191.

3. 0. ANiMALis Ag. in Flora, x. 632 (1827) ; Gomont, /. c. 227-9,
t. 7, f. 13 (1892). Crass, trich. 2-8-3 /x.

Sierra Leone. Cum Phormidio Corio ad parietes humid, verti-
cals urbis Freetown freq. latissimis plagis atro-nitentibus parietes
obducens ; Sept. 1853. No. 167.

4. 0. FORMOSA Bory, Diet. Class. d'Hist. Xat. xii. 474 (1827) ;
Gomont, /. c. 230-1, t. 7, f. 16 (1892). Crass, trich. 4-5-5 /x.

Loanda. In limo humido urbis Loandte ; April 1858. No. 170.

5. 0. Okeni Ag. in Flora, x. 633-4 (1827); Gomont, I.e. 232,
t. 7, f. 18 (1892). Crass, trich. 5-7-7 /x.

Loanda. In fonte tepida, sulphate abundanti pr. S. Pedro freq. ;
July and Aug. 1854. No. 164.

6. O. angustissima, sp. n. 0. strato expanso terugineo ;
trichomatibus angustissimis, laete arugineis, flexilibus, elongatis
et intricatis, apicibus non attenuatis nee capitatis, ad dissepimenta
non constricta; cellulis diametro l|^-2-plo longioribus, dissepimentis
indistinctis ; protoplasmate homogeneo. Crass, trich. 0-6 /x.

Loanda. Cum 0. Okeni in fonte tepida, sulphate abundanti pr.
S. Pedro freq. ; July and Aug. 1854. No. 164.

The specimens of this species are very fine ; it is a totally dis-
tinct plant from Phormidium. angustissimwn , though it is of the same
thickness. It possesses no sheath, and the trichomes are much
firmer and not so tortuose as those of the latter ; its cells also are
shorter and more indistinct.

WELWITSCh's AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG^. 301

XXII. — Cham^siphone.e.
1. Sph^erogonium Eostaf. (1883).
1. S. incrustans (Grun.) Rostaf. in liosprawy Sprawozd. Posiedz.
Akad. Umiej. x. 282, 304-5, t. v. f. 1-7 (1883). Chammiphon in-
crustans Gran, in Rabenb. Flor, Europ. Alj. ii. 149. Lat. 3-3-5 /x;
long. 6-10 IX.

Pungo Andongo. Epipbyticum supra Zygnema ericetorum ad
Podostemaceas in riv. de Cabondo ; Febr. 1857. No. 108

XXIII. — Cystogone^.

1. Dermocarpa Crouan (1858).

1. D. depressa, sp. n. D, cellulis plus minusve aggregatis,
multe depressis, irregulariter discoideis ; protoplasma cellular unius-
cuj usque sporas 8 formante. Diam. cell. 5-10 /*, altit. 2-7-3-8 /a ;
diam. spor. 1-8 /a.

Loanda. Epipliytica supra Pithophoram radiantem in aquariis
aquae subdulcis insulae Cassanga pr. Morro da Cruz ; April 1854.
No. 197.

XXIV . — ChroococcacejE .

1. Gl(eothece Nag. (1849).

1. G. coNFLUENs Niig. Giitt. eluz. Al[/. 58, t. i. g, f. 1 (1849).
Long. cell. 4-5 /x ; lat. cell. 2 /a.

Golungo Alto. Cum Chrooeocco schizodermatico var. badio-piir-
piireo, ad rupes juxta riv. Coango; June 1856. No. 139.

2. Merismopedia Meyen (1839).

1. M. glauoa (Ehrenb.) Nag. I. c. 55, t. i.D, f. 1 (1849). Gonium
(jlaucum Ebrenb. Diam. cell. 3-8-4-2 /x.

Huilla. Inter Utriculariam , Morro de Lopollo ; April 1860.
No. 179.

2. M. HYALiNA Kiitz. Phyc. Germ. 142 (1845) ; Tab. Phyc. v.
12, t. 38, f. i. (1855). Diam. cell. 1-5 /a.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No. 176.

3. Tetrapedia Reinscli (1867).

1. T. aversa, sp. n. T. minutissima, paullo latior quam longior,
profunde constricta in medio, sinu acutangulo et aperto, lobis
lateralibus late rotundatis, apicibus concavis ; a vertice visis elliptico-
oblongis. Long. cell. 9'5-10-5 //, lat. 10-5-1 1*5 //,, lat. constrict.
4-4-5 ju,; crass, cell. 5*5 jx.

Pungo Andongo. In stagnis prope Anbilla (Condo) ; Marcb
1857. No. 177.

4. Gl(eocapsa Kiitz. (1843) ; em. Nag. (1849).

1. G. GELATiNosA Kiltz. Phyc. Geuer. 174 (1843) ; Tab. Phijc. i.
(1845-9), 15-16, t. 20, f. vi.i; Rabenb. Flor. Kurop. Aly. ii. 39.
Diam. fam. 8-5-28 n ; diam. cell. 3-5-5 /x. Tbe integuments were
very fine, and occasionally of a yellowisb colour.

Ambaca. Alga rupestris, latas plagas rupium cavernae Puri-
Cacarambola internarura colore viridissimo tingens ; Oct. 1856.
No. 154.

802

WELWITSCH S AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG.E.

2. G. PUNCTATA Nag. Gatt. einz. Alg. 51, t. i.F, f. 6 (1849).
Diam. cell. 1-5-2 /x.

Golungo Alto. Cum G. rupestri, ad saxa mollia juxta cata-
ractam riv. Coango prope Sange ; Sept. 1856. No. 134.

3. G. RUPESTRis Klitz. Tab. Phijc. i. (1845-9), 17-18, t. 22, f. ii.;
Rabenh. Flor. Eiirop. Alg. ii. 47. Diam. cell. 2-3-3-5 /x.

Golungo Alto. Cum G. punctata, ad saxa mollia juxta cata-
ractam riv. Coango prope Sange ; Sept. 1856. Nos. 134 and 278.

5. Chroococcus Nag. (1849).

1. C. MiNUTUS (Kiitz.) Nag. Gatt. einz. Ahj. 46 (1849). Proto-
coccus minutus Kiitz. Phyc. Gener. 168 (1843). Diam. cell. 4-8-5 /x ;
diam. fam. 25 /x.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 15.

2. C. TURGiDUS (Kiitz.) Ncig. I. c. (1849). Protococcus turgidus
Kutz, Tab. P/ujc. i. (1845-9), 5, t. 6. Diam. cell. 13-5 /x ; diam.
fam. 33 /x.

Huilla. In paludibus exsiccandis ; April 1860. No, 176.

3. C. PALLiDus Nag. I.e. t. i.A, fig. 2 (1849). Diam. cell. 7-5-
10-5 /x ; diam. fam. 19-25 /x.

Huilla. In uliginosis editioribus prope Humpata, Empalanca
et Lopollo ; May 1860. No. 15.

4. C. scHizoDERMATicus West in Joiini. R. M. S. Dec. 1892, 742,
t. X. fig. 61-63 ; in Jouni. Linn. Soc. xxx. 275, t. xvi. f. 19 (1894).

Var. BADio-PURPUREus, var. n. Var. protoplasmate badio-pur-
pureo ; tegumeutis pfene achrois, rarius stramineis, lamellis nume-
rosissimis et ut in forma typica discedentibus. Diam. cell, sine teg.
5-5-12-5 /x; c. teg. 26-40 /x.

Golungo Alto. Inter Scgtonenia insigne, ad rupes madidas in
umbrosis juxta rivum Coango enter Sange et Undelle ; May 1856.
No. 5. Ad rupes juxta riv. Coango, crustam viscoso-cartilagiueam
fusco-badiam formans. Collematis thallum fingens; June 1856.
Nos. 139 and 140.

SUMMARY.
Floride^ : —

I.

Batrachospermeffi

II.

HildenbrandtiaceaB

Chlorophyce^e : —

III.

(Edogoniacese

IV.

Ulvaceffi

V.

Ulotrichacefe

VI.

Chroolepidacere .

VII.

Cladopboracefe

VIII.

Pithophoracese

IX.

Temnogametacefe

X.

Zygnemacefe

XI.

Desmidiacefe

XII.

Vaucheriaceffi

XIII.

Hydrogastracese .

XIV.

PalmellacejB

Genera.

Species

1

4

1

2

2

16

1

2

5

10

1

2

2

4

1

1

1

1

5

20

15

139

1

1

1

1

13

22

WELWITSCh's AFRICAN FRESHWATER ALG-?5. 803

Myxophyce^ : —

XV. Rivulariacefe

XVI. Sirosiphoniaceffi

XVII. Scytonemacefe

XVIII. Nostoceffi .

XIX. Camptotricbefe

XX. Vaginariese .

XXI. Lyngbj'eae .

XXII. Cliamoesiphouene

XXIII. Cystogoneae

XXIV. CiiroococcacesB

Genera.

Species,

3

6

3

9

2

12

2

5

1

1

4

10

5

19

1

1

1

1

5

11

77 300

P.S. — Mr. Hiern has kindly called our attention to a paper by Wel-
witsch in the Journal of Travel and Natural History, vol. i. pp. 22-3G
(1808), entitled " The Pedras Negras of Pungo Andongo in Angola."

In this paper Welwitsch shows that the prolific growth of a
subaiirial alga is the cause of one of the main features of the
country, as it gives such a peculiar aspect to the mountains that
they are known as the "black rocks." He writes that it is
"probably a non-described species of the prolific genus Scijtonema,
which in that situation during the rainy season generates and
multiplies so rapidly that the upper portions of the mountains are

covered with it in a very short time Soon after the hot

season has set in, at the end of May, when the horizon above the
Presidium is generally clear and bright, the black plantlets begin
to discolour with the intense heat. They gradually become dry and
brittle until they peel off altogether by and bye, after which the
rocks lose their sombre black aspect, and reappear in their natural
grey or grey-brownish colour before the succeeding spriug." Wel-
witsch named this plant Scijtonema chorojraphicuni, and gave a figure
which is hardly characteristic. We have described it above as Seyto-
nema Myochrous var. choroyraphicum. Mixed with it is a quantity of
Dichothrix yypsophila. He states that " the wonderful growth of
Seytonema in such immense quantities is not confined to the moun-
tain ridge of the Presidium In proof of this fact, I may

refer to the damp sandy upper valley of the Cuanza River, where a
species of Seytonema is abundant, frequently extending across the
wide meadows, closely spread like a net over the soil, intergrown
with the other herbs and smaller shrubs. Through its hygroscopic
nature it eagerly absorbs the atmospheric moisture during the
dewy nights, affording by this means a refreshing protection to the
roots of many other and larger plants during the glowing heat of
the following day. The growth and thriving of the numerous
small phanerogamous plants in these places is conditional on the
co-presence of the prolific .S'c(/ton(?Hw." This second "Seytonema''
alluded to by Welwitsch is Porphyrosiphon Notarisii, one of the
VayinariecB.

A parallel to this phenomenon is found on the sandy heaths of
the south and some parts of the north of England. At the drier
and hotter periods of the year, thickly-matted sheets of Zyynema

804 welwitsch's afbioan freshwater alg^.

ericetorum are to be found extending over wide patches of almost
bare sand, round such plants as Drosera, Carices, &c. These
interlacing masses have great absorptive capacity, greedily taking
up water; it is also highly probable that they protect and render
the growth of other plants more possible by regulating the moisture
of the surface soil. It is interesting to note that Zygnema ericetorum
is found intermixed in small quantity with the Porphtjrosiphon
Notarisii which covers such extensive areas in Angola.

Description of Plates.
All the figures are x 520, except fig. 2, t. 365, which is x 120.

Tab. 365. — Fig. 1-2. Pohjchlamydnm insigne, n. gen. et sp. 3-C. Protc-
reiidothri.v scolecoidea, n. gen. et sp. 7-8. (Edogonium hiiiUense, n. sp. 9.
Closterium peracerosum Gay, var. cethiopicum, n. var. 10. Pleurotcenium sparsi-
punctatum, n. sp. 11. Cosmarhun cequinoctiale, n.sp.

Tab. 366. — Fig. 1. Micrasterias tropica Nordst., forma. 2. M. tropica
Nordst., var. elegans, n.var. 3. 21. tropica Nordst., var. cratisa, n. var. 4. it/.
polonica'Wesi & G. S. West. 5-C. M. robusta, n.sp. 7. M. arcuata Bail. var.
siibpinnatifida, n. var. 8. Euastrum hinale (Turp.) Ehrenb. var. angolense, n. var.

9. E. subdivaricatum, n.sT^. 10. E. tetragomim, n.sii. 11-12. E. acmou, n.sp.
13. E. acmon v&v. claiisum, n.vav. 14. E. liolosclierum, n.sp. 15-16. E. Ituil-
lense, n. sp. 17. E. bimorsuiit, n. sp. 18. E. siibinerme, n. sp. 19. E. sub-
personatum, n.sp. 20. Cosmarium Baileiji Wolle, var. angolense, n.var. 21.
C. Oocystiduin, n.sp.

Tab. 367. — Fig. 1. Cosmarium colonoplwrunt, n.sp. 2. C. 11 elwitscJdi, n.sp.
3. C. centrotapliridium, n.sp. 4-6. Ditto, central scrobiculations. 7. C. ango-
lense, n.sp. 8. C. multiordinatiim, n.sp. 9. C. tetrasticlnoii, n.sp. 10. C. te-
trastieliuvi var. depauperatum, n.var. 11. C inediogemmatuin, n.sp. 12. C.
ligonifor me, n.sp. 13. C. callistum, n.sp. 14. C. pseudotaxichondraml^o\:As\j.,
var. africanum, n. var. 15. C. huilleme, n. sp. 16. C. viucronatum, n. sp.
17. C. bilunatiim, n. sp. 18. C. meteorotwtinn, n. sp. 10. C. trifossiDU, n. sp.
20. C. (Bthiopicum, n.sp. 21. C. ma.vimum (Borg.) nob., \ax. minor, n.\a.r.

Tab. 368.— Fig. 1. Cosmarium africanum, n. sp. 2-3. C. galeatum, n. sp.
4-5. C. Norimbergense Reinsch, forma elongata. 6. C. Iccve Rabenh. var. ?»('«( -
7/u(ni, n. var. 7. C. rt//iHe Racib. var. fl/rtcfuium, n.var. 8. C. submamilliferum,
n.sp. 9. C. Portianum Arch. \a,v. orthostichum, Hchmidle. 10. C. concentricum
W. B. Turn. var. radiatum, n.var. 11. C. subtriordinatum, n.sp. 12. C. Li-
bongense, n.sp. 13. C. repandum Nordst. 14. Xanthidium subtiilohum, n.sp.
15. A', cristatum Breb. var. tropicum, n. var. 16. X.fasciculatum Ehrenb. forma.
17. Staurastrum huillense, n.sp. 18. S. scrobiculatum, n.sp. 19. S. micron
West & G. S. West, var. angolense, n. var. 20. ,S'. Gurgeliense Schmidle, var.
tropicum, n.\a,v. 21. S. cassidum, n.sp. 22. ,S'. angolense, n.sp. 23. Penium
variolatum, n. sp. 24. Closterium pusiUum Hantzsch, var. suhrectum, n. var.
25. Tetmemorus ^fissus, n. sp. 26-31. Ichthyuccrcus angolensis, n. gen. et sp.
32-34. Docidium trigeminiferum, n.sp.

Tab. 869.— Fig. 1. Staurastrum IVehcitschii, n. sp. 2. S. Corbula, n. sp.
3. S. Corbula var. pulchrum, n.var. 4. »S'. actinotu)n, n.sp. 5. S. actinotum
var. simpler, n.var. 6. S. pentateuchophorum, n.sp. 7. S. tridens-Neptuni,
n.sp. 8. S, heteroplophorum, n.sp. 9. S. heteroplopliorum var. latum, n.var.

10. S. Pseudohystrix, n. sp. 11. S. tripodum, n. sp. 12. S. egregium, n. sp.
13. S. cerastoides, n. sp. 14. S. crux-alternans, n. sp. 15-1(). -S'. quadri-
dentatum, n.sp. 17. S. areolatum, n.sp.

T.^B. 370.— Fig. 1-2. Athroocystis ellipsoidea, n.(:^en. etsp. 3-4. Pgxis2)ora
viirahilis, n. gen. et sp. 5-9. Temnogametuin Jwterosporum, n. gen. et sp. ; 7,
scalariform conjugation between two specially cut-otf cells; 8-9, lateral conju-
gation ; s, f,', spores produced by scalariform conjugation ; I, spore produced by
lateral conjugation. 10-17. Camptothrix repcns, n. gen. et sp. ; 10-12, older
filaments; 13-17, younger filaments. 18-19. Co>imnnumalatumK\xch.y&x.sub-
oblongum,n. var. 20. Staurastrum elegantissi)num Johnson, var. 7-eductum, n. var.

305

THE BERLIN RULES FOR NOMENCLATURE.

[The following is a translation of the Rules for the officials of
the Ro3'al Botanic Garden and Museum of Berlin which have been
issued with the authority of the present staff.]

1. — The principle of priority for selection of the names of genera
and species of plants holds good as a general rule ; 1753/54 is
regarded as the beginning of the establishment of priority.

2. — The name of a genus is, however, allowed to lapse if it has
not been in general use fifty years, counted from the date of its
establishment. If the name has, however, been revived in mono-
graphs or large floras as a result of following the "Laws of Nomen-
clature of the Year 1868," that name is to hold good.

3. — In order to obtain a similarity of form for the denoting of
groups, we use the following endings : — The alliances are to end in
-ales ; the families in -aeea; ; the subfamilies in -oidecB ; the tribes in
-e(B ; the subtribes in -incB ; the endings are to be added to the root
of the generic names, as Pandan{iis)-ales ; Ilumex Rwnic{is)-oide(2 :
Asclepias, Asclepiad{is)-e(B ; Metastelma, Metastebnat{is)-in(B ; Madi(a)

4. — As regards the gender of names of genera, we go by correct
grammatical castom in the case of classical words ; with later
names and barbarisms, the usage of the Naturlichcn Pjianzenfamilien
is maintained ; changes in the endings or in the word are not, as a
rule, to be permitted. Notorious faults in names taken from proper
names must be corrected ; for instance, Padimjia is to take the place
of the lUdingia of the English, which has been imported by us.

5. — Names of genera which have become synonyms are better
not used again in an altered sense for denoting a new genus or even
a section of one.

6. — The rule of priority holds good for names of species, provided
that no objections have been raised in a monograph against its
retention. If a species is removed to another genus, it must retain
its oldest specific name.

7. — The author who first named the species, although in another
genus, is always to be acknowledged, and his name is therefore to
be placed in brackets before that of the author who has removed the
species into another genus ; thus, Pulsatilla pratensis (L.) Mill. If
an author has himself placed his species in another genus, the
bracket is omitted.

8. — As regards the mode of writing specific names, that followed
by Linnseus has been introduced into the Botanical Garden 'and
Museum. This is to be still observed, and we therefore write all
species-names with a small letter, except those derived from the
names of persons and those which are substantives (names of genera
in many cases still, or at least formerly, in use) ; for example —

* Some exceptions, as Conifercc, Crucifercc, UnihcUifertr, Palnur, remain
correct.

Journal of Botany. — Vol. 35. [Aug. 1897.] \

306 THE BERLIN RULES FOR NOMENCLATURE.

Ficiis indica, Circcea lutetiana, Brassica Najnis, Solanum Dulcamara,
Lythrum Hi/ssopifolia, Isachne Battneri, Sabicea Henninfisiana.

9. — In the formation of genera- and species-names from proper
names a is added for the genus to those names ending in a vowel or r:
i is added for the species. Thus, Glazioua (from Glaziou), Bureaiia
(from Bureau), Schiltzea (from Schiitze), Kernera (from Kerner),
and Glazioid. Bureaui, Schutzei, Kerneii ; if the name ends in a,
we change this vowel for euphony to « ; thus from Colla is formed
Colhna ; in all other cases ia or ii is added to the name ; thus,
Schiitzia (from Schiitz), Schi'itzii, &c. This applies also to names
ending in us, as Mar/nusia, Maijnusii (not Magni), Hieronymusia,
HIeronymusii (not Hieronymi) ; in the same way are formed the
adjectival forms of proper names, as SchUtzeana, Schiitziana, May-
misiana. It is no longer customary to make a difference in the
use of the genitive and adjectival form.

10. — In the formation of composite Latin and Greek substantives
or adjectives, the vowel which is between the two roots is used as a
connecting vowel, in Latin /, in Greek o ; menthifolia is correct
therefore, not menthifolia.

11. — We recommend the avoiding of such names as would pro-
duce tautology, such as Linaria Linaria or Elvasia elvasoides ; in
the same way it is allowable to dispense with priority when it is a
question of names which have arisen through obvious errors of
geography on the part of the author ; such as Asclcpias syriaca L.
(which comes from the United States), Leptopetalum mexkanum
Hook. & Arn. (from the Liu-Kiu Islands).

12. — Hybrids are denoted by connecting the names of the
parents with x , and preserving the alphabetical order of the
species-names; as Cirshun palustre x rivulare ; in the position of
the names no notice is taken as to which is male and which female.
The double nomenclature for hybrids is not considered admissible
by us.

13. — Manuscript names have not under any circumstances a
right of consideration, even when they appear on printed labels in
exsiccata. This holds good for gardeners' names and for names in
sale catalogues. For the recognition of any species a printed
diagnosis is required, which may of course appear on an "exsiccata
label."

14. — An author has no right to alter the name of a genus or
species once given by him, except for very important reasons, as in
Rule 11.

[While agreeing in the main with the principles laid down in
the above Rules, the following observations occur to us : —

1. — With regard to the date of the beginning of priority, we are
not clear why the double date " 1753/54" is given.

2. — This rule seems to us open to serious objection. What is
meant by "general use"? How many citations are necessary to
constitute such use, at what intervals of time, and by what class of
author? What is a "monograph" — is it of an order, a genus, or a
species? and what flora is to be considered a "large" one? How

EXTRACTS FROM BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB REPORT, 1895. 807

is it to be known in all cases wbetlier the reviver of a name in such
a work has so acted "as a result of following the Laws of 1868" ?

4. — What is intended by a "notorious fault in names taken
from proper names"? Do StUUwjia, Goodenia, Richanlia and
Cinchona come in this category ?

6. — The retention of the oldest specific name was not consistently
practised by Linnaeus, although he generally retained it. Ethulia
divaricata, for example, had been previously called by him Artemisia
minima ; and on placing Lemadendron olecefolium Berg, in the genus
Protea, he named it P. pubcra. As we have often stated in this
Journal, we object to this rule because it would necessitate in
many cases the formation of a new combination, and so encumber
synonymy. The Berlin authorities themselves, under Eule 11,
contemplate various exceptions to this rule.

7. — We think the practice imposed by Rule 7 is unnecessary
and cumbrous.

10. — This Eule is far too simple ; it does not provide for cases
where the second root-word begins with a vowel, and other exceptions
might be taken. -i? t -d n

° lliD. JOURN. BOT.]

EXTRACTS FROM BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB REPORT, 1895.*

By William H. Beeby, F.L.S.

Caltha paliistris L. var. procumhens Beck, Marshy ground. Loch
Insh, near Aviemore, v.-c. 96, 15th June, 1891:, Mr, G, C, Druce
remarks: — " Certainly an intermediate ( ', palustiis and C. radicans,
but not so near the latter plant as some forms I saw in Glen More.
As I have stated, I do not think C, radicans is specifically distinct
from C. paliistris, and I am not certain how radicans can be separated
from var. ptucumbens." — A. Somerville, In the Scottish Naturalist,
1888, p. 210, I gave my reasons, founded on experiment, for con-
sidering that the only constant distinction between C. paliistris and
C. radicans is to be found in the rooting stem of the latter plant, all
the other characters being common to both plants. The most natural
arrangement accordingly appears to me to be the following : —
Caltha paliistris L.

Subsp. I. C. vulyaris (sensu lat.)

varr. ad lib.
,, II. C. radicans (sensu lat.)

varr. ad lib.
This is practically the arrangement adopted by Dr. Huth ii;! his
Monoijrapliie (1891), where C. paliistris is divided into two main
sections, characterized respectively by the rooting and non-rooting
stem. But Dr. Huth letters his varieties continuously through these
two sections, so that, when reduced to catalogue form, his primary
subdivision entirely disappears, which I think a disadvantage.
Forster's original plant is simply a very rare form of the sub-

• Issue! June 5th, 1897.

X 2

308 EXTRACTS FROM BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB REPORT, 1895.

species ii., just as the form of subspecies i. with similar leaves is
extremely rare. To continue to make the leaf-form a specific or
subspecific character is most artificial, and Watson well remarked
of Forster's plant [Cyhele, i. 92) that it may be retained as a book
species "in compliment to its author," but that it is no species in
nature. I should not hesitate, therefore, to call Mr. Somerville's
plants one, or rather several, of the numerous forms of C. radicans.
The var. procumbens Beck was published in Dr. Huth's Monograph,
and the leaves, which are not figured, are described as " cordate-
reniform, crenate or subentire." I scarcely think, therefore, that
any of Mr. Somerville's plants can be exactly this variety, if the
description is accurate ; one of them has rather coarsely dentate
leaves ; in all the leaves are either longer than broad, or about
equally long and broad, the latter of course coming nearest to the
description. I cannot bring myself to think that Dr. Huth would
have used the term "cordate-reniform" except to describe a leaf
which was appreciably broader than long, and I think that, speaking
generally, the leaves of Mr. Somerville's plants should be described
as cordate-orbicular. The above remarks, so far as they specially
refer to the plants under consideration, are made on the supposition
that they belong to the rooting subspecies. This appears to me
probable ; but as persistently non-rooting prostrate forms do occur,
I regard it as a matter of opinion and not of fact. Mr. Somerville
has shown me a plant with rooting stem from Loch Insh, gathered
on the same day ; but the plants sent do not show the character. —
W. H. Beeby.

Barharea intermedia Boreau. Shirley, Derby, 17th May, 1895.
The same plant as was commented on in Bot. Exch. Club Ucp. 1889,
p. 244, and 1890, p. 283. Growing here, this plant becomes more
luxuriant, and the pods are somewhat less adpressed to the rachis.
It is a plant of cultivated ground, not of brookbanks and waysides
as B. vulgaris is ; its upper leaves are pinnatifid, its petals are less
than twice as long as the sepals, its pod is short-pointed. Specimens
agreeing very closely with my plant were gathered in Surrey by
Messrs. Marshall and WoUey Dod, and confirmed as intermedia by
Svante Murbeck, but pronounced to be B. vulgaris in the Bep. of the
Watson Club, 1893-4, and 1894-5, Appendix; so that there seems
some variance as to this species between British and foreign con-
noisseurs of the genus. — Wm. R. Linton. Among some Barbareas
of Mr. Marshall's, which I sent some time ago to Docent Murbeck,
there were several which were named by him B. intermedia. Tlie
plant mentioned by Mr. Linton is no doubt the one from a bank
near Thursley, Surrey ; this much resembles Mr. Linton's plant,
the others do not. Tlae Shirley specimens now sent are immature,
and descriptions of the fruiting raceme are scarcely applicable to
plants in that condition, because the relative proportions of the pods
change greatly as they ripen. I do not see the affinity with B. vul-
garis, and think that this plant differs chiefly from our ordinary
B. prcBcox when in a similar stage of growth, in the pods not being
incurved. Barbareas, however, seem to be liable to aberrations of
this sort, and I think that ripe fruit will probably show Mr. Linton's

EXTRACTS FROM BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB REPORT, 1895. 309

plant to be a form of B. precox. As the latter plant is still culti-
vated, it is very likely that there are several forms of it of garden
origin. Besides this, Jordan describes three species which are now
treated as varieties in Camus' Catalofjne. — W. H. Beeby.

Cochlearia danica L,, var. Walton Gaol, Lancashire, April and
October, 1895. Having had two different opinions regarding this
plant (see Pwport, 1893, p. 401, and 1894, p. 4G4), I thought a
further supply might prove of interest to the members. — J. A.
Wheldon. I do not see any reason for calling this a variety ; it is
an ordinary annual form of the plant. Syme {Knfj. Bot. iii.)
doubted whether this species ever bore angulated root-leaves, and
my own limited experience in growing the plant from seed would have
led me to the same conclusion ; but Mr. Wheldon's specimens show
that the radical leaves are occasionally slightly angulated. When
the plant assumes the biennial habit, however, the apex of the root-
stock usually branches at the end of the first season's growth, and
each of these heads produces a tuft of ivy-like leaves ; but these are
not the true root-leaves. In the Pieport for 1894, p. 464, Mr.
Marshall speaks of a plant from the above locality as being " un-
typical" for C. danica on account of the "stalked stem-leaves," &c.
I do not know the meaning of this, unless we are to infer that the
specimen in Linn. Herb, has sessile stem-leaves. If so, while it
may be technically the type, it would certainly be a very uncharac-
teristic example of the species as it usually occurs in nature. —
W. H. Beeby.

Malva moschata L. var. Ramondiana Gren. & Godr. FL Fr. i.
289, where it is described as having " feuilles toutes entieres,
dentees." It occurred in a gravelly heathy field near Tilehurst,
Berkshire, August, 1895, and from its bright- coloured flowers and
nearly entire leaves was a conspicuous plant. Malra moschata is
common in the vicinity, but more frequently as the type — the var.
laciniata Gren. & Godr. /. c. — "toutes les feuilles divisoes en lanieies
etruites." Occasionally the var. intermedia Gren. & Godr. /. c. occurs ;
this has "feuilles caulinaires divisees en lanieres etroites; les radi-
cales reniformes crcnelees." I have not seen the var. Ramondiana
elsewhere. In France it appears to be rare, since Gren. & Godr.
only record it from the Bagneres de Luchon, where Kamond's
Herbarium is preserved, which I had an opportunity of inspecting a
few years back. — G. Claridge Druce. "A very interesting variety
of Malva moschata L. This certainly must closely approach var.
Ramondiana Gren. & Godr., but I only know this from the de-
scription, which is 'feuilles toutes entieres, dentees.' The upper
leaves here are certainly lobed." — E. G. Baker. '

Rosa stylosa Desr. var. pseudo-riisticana Crepin. Chctnole, Dorset,
22nd June, 1895. I send specimens of this well-marked rose from
one of two new Dorset localities in which I have seen it in fair
quantity in recent years, the other being the borders of Piddle Wood,
near Sturminster Newton. I think it extremely probable that the
form has been produced by hybridization between /i'. systyla Bast,
and R. arvensis Huds., though now in some districts (as in the

310 EXTRACTS FROM BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB REPORT, 1895.

Teign Valley, S. Devon) it is so abundant as to seem to propagate
itself by seed. In the hundreds of luxuriant and abundantly
flowering bushes that I have seen I can recall only a single flower
that was not pure white, and that might merely have developed a
phikish tinge when fading. The flowers of B. systijla are usually
pink, though occasionally of as pure a white as those of L'. arvcnsis.
In habit li. psendo-rusticana is just intermediate between these two.
— W. MoYLE Rogers.

Cawpanula rotundifulux L., forma. Limestone, S. of Lough
Mask, Co. Mayo, Ireland, 15th July, 1895. A pretty and distinct-
looking plant when growing. Mr. H. Groves writes to me: — "The
lesson of these specimens seems to me that leaf-characters are of
very little value in this species. The larger specimens seem to
answer fairly well to var. ImcifoHa of Mertens and Koch." To
myself the question of size appears of small importance, depending
as it does upon greater or less moisture, at any rate in the present
case. — Edward S. Marshall. "Growing the various forms side by
side, under equal conditions, seems to be the only means of really
finding out whether they be merely states due to situation, or
varieties. I suspect that a very considerable number of our cata-
logue varieties would, if subjected to this test, disappear from the
lists of those who discriminate between the state and the variety.
I have gathered similar forms in Surrey, near Haslemere, and else-
where ; but have doubted whether any are really varieties. — W. H.
Beeby.

Sijringa vuhjaris L. Near Egremont, Cumberland, July, 1895.
The common lilac has established itself in hedges about 1^ miles
east of Egremont very considerably. It forms the hedge for about
twenty yards not far from Ulcoats Mill. Between Cote Close and
Moss Dalts farms it occupies the hedges in many parts to the
exclusion of the thorn for spaces of from five to twenty yards in
length in difl'erent fields. It has the appearance of having been
bird- sown. — Joseph Adair.

Gcntiana germanka Willd. A small-flowered form abundant in a
chalk-pit at North Sydmonton, Hampshire, this year, 21st September,
1896. The plants varied considerably in character, and in several
cases there was a difiiculty in distinguishing them from robust
forms of G. Amarella L. — A. B. Jackson. I could not refer these
specimens either to G. f/ermanica or to G. Amarella, and as certain
features suggested a hybrid origin, I sent examples to Dr. von
Wettsteiu, who, after closely examining the plant, agrees in thinking
it a hybrid between the two above species. He arrives at this
conclusion because : — "1. It is completely intermediate, morpho-
logically, between the two species named. 2. The sterility of the
pollen. I could, however, only examine one flower, as the others
were going to seed. This one contained 48 per cent, of abortive
pollen-grains. 3. The small number of fully-developed seeds.
1 examined three capsules, of which one contained 50 per cent.,
the second 97 per cent., and the third 88 per cent, of evidently
abortive seeds." Dr. Wettstein adds that for a complete determi-

EXTRACTS FROM BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB REPORT, 1895. 311

nation it would be necessary to know wbether the plant grows in
company with its putative parents. Mr. Jackson has promised to
investigate this point, but I may mention that 1 have seen C. (jer-
manica Willd. from the locality. (See Ilcport for 1892, p. 379.) —
W. H. Beeby.

Potamor/eton spcmjanUfulixis Laestad. River Maam, Co. Galway,
5th July, 1895. — W. A. Shoolbeed. " I doubt much this being the
true plant of Laestadius, notwithstanding the late Prof. Babington's
opinion that it was so (cf. Journ. Bat. 1872, 228). My specimens,
gathered by Laestadius himself, differ in many points ; and I think
we must, anyhow at present, use Syme's name — P. Kirkii — until a
careful study of the plants in .situ is made. In his ' Loca parallela
plant.,' in a note on sjutrf/anHfolius, Laestadius observes, ' Sparr/anio
natanti e longinquo simillimus. Folia natantia sfepe desuut, tumque
nemo sane divinaret, tarn propinquum esse P. natanti, ut dubium
sit an ex illo tuto separari possit' (p. 242 (1839))." — Ar. Bennett.
"This resembles the Scandinavian plant in the submerged leaves,
but differs in the branched stem and in the shape and areolation of
the floating leaves; it might be placed under P.jixdtans as a variety,
but I would prefer to name it P. Kirkii Syme. Possibly it may be
poli/r/oni/olius x natans.'" — A. Fryer.

Potamogeton nndulatus Wolf. = P. perfoUatus X crispiis. Sixmile
River, above Templepatrick, Co. Antrim, 10th Aug. 1894. Grows
in dense masses in the deeper parts of the river, with abundant
ffuiting spikes, but no fertile drupes. In shallows of a tributary
stream it creeps amongst stones, but in that situation produces only
leaves. — S. A. Stewart. "There is a considerable degree of un-
certainty as to the precise form which Wolfgang described as
P. undulatiis. On such evidence as I have been able to obtain it
seems probable that original specimens gathered and named by him
are in part P. pralonyns x crispus, and in part P. crispus x per-
foUatus. M. J. Baagoe has examined the typical specimens in the
St. Petersburg Herbarium, and assures me that this is crispus x
praloncjus ; a specimen in my herbarium, gathered by Wolfgang,
seems to me to be the same as the Stirling plant collected by Messrs.
Bidston and Stirling, which is certainly crispus x perfoUatus. Mr.
Baggoe inclines to think that none of our British specimens equal
Woltgang's plant, and has sent me drawings of stem-sections of the
type and of my var. Cooperi, and of the supposed parents of the two
forms, which strongly support his views. I think Mr. Stewart's
plant is equal to my var. Cooperi, and perhaps had better be named
Potamotjeton X Cooperi = crispus X pierfoUatus." — A. Fryer.

Alnpecurus vtriculatiis Pars. Meadow, near Oxford, 13th July,
1895. This grass was growing in fair quantity in a meadow in the
neighbourhood of Oxford, in May, 1895. It was not an isolated
patch, but thinly scattered about over a space of about 150 yards,
and apparently well established. On inquiry from the farmer who
occupies the land it proved that he had used a great deal of foreign
hay in the year 1893, when the English hay-crop almost entirely
failed owing to the drought. The seeds which became separated in

312 EXTRACTS FROM BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB REPORT, 1895.

the process of chaff-cntting were scattered about the field in question
to improve the next year's crop. The hay was said to have come
from Canada. In many of the spikes the lower spikelets had
become fleshy and semi-transparent. I do not know whether this
Alopecunis is an indigenous Canadian grass; if not, it is a remarkable
instance of a plant having twice crossed the Atlantic, and become
established through human agency — in one case, if not in both,
unintentionally. — L. V. Lester. "Correctly named." — E. Hackel.
This is a plant of continental Europe, and is not recorded by Macoun
as yet introduced to Canada. — W. H. B.

Weinf/aertneria canescens Bernh. Sand dunes by the sea, between
Morar Kiver and Arisaig, Scotland, July, 1895. — Fredk. Townsend.
The occurrence of this plant in the above locality, which comes
within v.-c. Westerness, naturally suggested some enquiry into its
recorded occurrence in Ayrshire. So far as I have been able to
trace, it is first mentioned by Watson for the latter county in
'Toj). Bot. ed. 1, 1874, where it appears in square brackets. Doubt-
less this record was obtained from the Butany of Ayrshire (1872), a
list which I have been able to consult through the kindness of Mr.
A. Somerville. The record there given is "Dalrymple and Coylton;
James Smith in New Statistical Account of Scotland." The Eev.
David Landsborough (in litt. to A. Somerville, 10th December,
1895) writes as follows: — "List furnished to New Stat. Ace. by
James Smith in 1837. He was in regular correspondence with Sir
W. Hooker. J. S. also furnished list of plants of parish of Maybole ;
all the plants in Maybole list are, I believe, correct, except Vicia
si/lvatica, which is written Lathyrus — doubtless a clerical error, as
former plant occurs in abundance in locality given." The Eev.
D. A. Boyd writes {in litt. to Ar. S., 10th Dec. 1895), "Smith's
parishes are both inland rural parishes, with neither large towns,
ballast-heaps, nor tracts of sea-shore." This is all that I have been
able to learn concerning the Ayrshire record. In the course of these
enquiries it came incidentally before me that Elymus and other
grasses had several times been sown on the sands about Arisaig ;
and although Mr. Somerville, Mr. Symers M. Macvicar, and others
used their best endeavours to ascertain the truth respecting the
Weingaertneria, the question of its nativity was still a matter of
doubt until Mr. Townsend finally ascertained that it had been sown
by Mr. Eneas E. Macdonnell, of Morar, who states {in Hit. to F.
Townsend, 31st May, 1896), " The fact of discovering the plant at
Toigall has recalled facts to my memory which leave no doubt on
my mind that the Weinyaertneria is not indigenous, but was intro-
duced direct here, and not by accidental admixture." Mr. Townsend
informs me that the grass occurs in plenty on the sand-hills, and it
is somewhat disappointing that we cannot claim it as a native here,
especially as it is said to occur in Norway in a slightly higher
latitude. Although I have given some details of the Ayrshire
record, there does not now appear to be any particular reason to
expect that it will be confirmed. — W. H. Beeby.

313

SHORT i\OTES.

Salix Hybrids. — I believe that S. Lapponum x repem was added
to the British list on the faith of leaf-specimens gathered by me
beside the Lochsie Burn, in Glen Shee, in 1892, which Dr. Buchanan
White agreed with me in believing to be this. The plant has been
in cultivation ever since, but did not flower until this year : it proves
to be S. Lapponum, pure and simple. Another supposed hybrid
[S. Arbuscula X herbacea) from Ben Chaisteil, Argyle, is merely
S. Arbuscida with unusually rounded leaves. A third cultivated
willow, from the same Argyle station, I now refer with much
confidence to S. Arbuscula x nig ricans ; it is fairly intermediate
between the parents, with which it grew. — Edward S. Marshall.

PoLYGALA austriaca. — On June 10th the Toynbee Natural
History Society found Polyr/ala austriaca in a new station, on the
downs N.E. of Otford, Kent. — G. L. Bruce.

HiERAciUM RiGiDUM Hartm. IN Worcestershire. — Mr. Frederick
J. Hanbury has kindly looked at some hawkweeds collected in a
railway-cutting near Upton-on- Severn on July 1st, and determines
them to be a form of this species. The record is, I believe, new for
Worcestershire, but, although the plant occurs at this station in
considerable quantity, I cannot feel sure that it may not be a recent
introduction. — Richard F. Towndrow.

NiTELLA TRANSLUCENS IN BuoKs. — I receutly gathered this hand-
some species in the ponds at Burnham Beeches, where it grew in
great quantity. I also gathered on Stoke Pogis Common Saf/lna
subulata and Cerastiwii quaternellum, and near Taplow Filago
apiculata and Lepidium. ruderale. In the ponds at Burnham
Beeches I noticed an Utricularia, which I believe is U. major
Schmidel {U. net/lectaJjehm.). U. vulgaris and U. intermedia {see
Phytologist, n.s. v. 170 (1861) ) have been reported from the same
locality, but in the latter case it is probable that a mistake was
made. Until flowers are procured, there must be an element of
doubt in my determination of the species as U. major, but the
aspect of the plant is quite similar to U. major as it occurs in
Berkshire. — G. C. Druce.

Carex elongata IN Hampshire. — I gathered a tuft or two of this
plant near the Blackwater, between Finchampstead and Jouldern's
Ford. It was rather more plentiful on the Berkshire side of the
stream near Thatcher's Ford. Koripa amphibia is plentiful there ;
it is not recorded for the northern portion of Hampshire in Mr.
Townsend's Flora of that county. Carex elongata appears td be a
new county record. — G. 0. Druce.

Note on Anthericopsis. — It is perhaps worth while calling
attention to a point arising from a communication by Prof. Engler
in his recently-issued " Nachtrag" to parts ii.-iv. of Die Naturlichen
Pjianzeufamilien. In the Pjkmzenwelt Ost-Afrik. Theil C, p. 139, he
describes a new genus of Liiiacea, which he calls Anthericopsis, and
places between the two very closely-allied genera Anthericum and

314 FLORA CAPENSIS.

Chlorophytum. In the "Naclitrag" to the Pfianzenfamilien, p. 69,
Anthericopsis is assumed (I think rightly) to be identical with
Gillettia, a genus of Commelinacca; subsequently described by me
in this Journal for 1896, p. 55, t. 355, on a species of Ancilema
which seemed to show differences sufficiently striking to allow of
generic separation. Prof. Engler, admitting my view of its position,
now places Anthericopsis next to Aneilema, distinguishing it by its
regular calyx and corolla, and equal ovary chambers. He makes no
mention of the difference in the pollen to which I called attention,
that of the new genus being round and echinulate, while in AncUcma
it is oblong or kidney-shaped. On the other hand, a character is
inti'oduced into the diagnosis both in the Pflamenwelt and the
PflanzenfamUien which does not exist in the material examined by
me ; the petals are described as shorter than the sepals, whereas in
my specimens (see fig. and description in Journ. Bot.) they are
appreciably larger, nearly f in. as compared with 7 lines. This
discrepancy may be due to the withered condition of the petals in
the specimens examined by Engler, as it is difficult to restore these
very delicate structures in Commelinacecc to their original size and
shape. Or it may be that Engler's Anthericopsis Fischeri (in
Pjianzenwelt, p. 139) is not identical with my Gillettia sepalosa
{Journ. Bot. I.e.), and that there are two, and not a single species
only, viz. Anthericopsis Fischeri Engl. [Pjlanzenwelt, I.e.) and A.
sepalosa, non A. sepalosa Engl. (syu. Aneilema sepaloswn C. B. Clarke
in DC. Monorjr. Phan. iii. 202 ; Gillettia sepalosa Kendle in Journ.
Bot. 1. c). The leaves of A. Fischeri are described as circ. 1-1-5 cm.
lonyis, 2 cm. laiis, but this measurement for the length is obviously
wrong. — A. B. Kendle.

NOTICE OF BOOK.

Flora Capensis: being a Systematic Description of the Plants of the
Cape Colony, Caffraria, and Port Natal {and neiyhbouriny
Territories) by various Botanists. Edited by W. T. Thiselton-
Dyer, C.M.G., C.I.E., LL.D., F.R.S., Director, Royal Gardens,
Kew. Published under the authority of the Governments of
the Cape of Good Hope and Natal. Vol. VI. Hfemodoracese
— Liliaceffi. London : Reeve. 8vo, pp. x, 563 : 24s. net.

Botanists are to be congratulated on having at last in their
possession a volume of the work which was intrusted to Dr. Dyer
exactly a quarter of a century ago, and which has ever since remained
in abeyance. It is issued as vol. vi. of Harvey and Sender's Flora,
but considering the extension of place, which now includes the area
between the Tropic of Capricorn and the Ocean, and the consequent
accession of material, it may more accurately be regarded as the first
volume of a new work. It is certain that when the enumeration has
proceeded backwards as far as the Fricacea, the earUer volumes which
come down to that order will have to be rewritten. But at the

FLORA CAPENSIS. 315

present rate of progression this is a matter not likely to trouble any
botanist now living.

The -whole of the present volume is from the pen of Mr. J. G.
Baker, whose name is a guarantee that the British Museum Her-
barium has been duly consulted. We are fortunate in having, from
the pen of their author, this collection of the numerous papers dealing
with South African monocotyledons with which he has enriched
botanical literature. The proportion of new species described in the
body of the book is not large, but an appendix (also by Mr. Baker)
contains numerous novelties which have come to hand during the
progress of the volume through the press.

Mr. Baker being thus the author of the book, the omission of his
name from the title-page is to be regretted. Cataloguers will be
compelled to enter the volume under the name of the editor, without
even a cross-reference to the man who has done the work. It is not
easy to see on what ground this can be justified, while it is certain
that it could have been avoided. If it be urged that the Director of
the Eoyal Gardens at Kew is ex officio responsible for all tbe publi-
cations that issue therefrom, it may be replied that this Flora is
"published under the authority of the governments of the Cape of
Good Hope and Natal," and, moreover, that Dr. Dyer's name
appears nowhere in connection with the eccentric little BuUetin of
Miscellaneous Ivformation, which is an official publication of Kew
Gardens. It can hardly be in accordance with an official rule, for
no such course is adopted with the British Museum publications —
the author's name, for example, stands alone on the title-page of
the Catalogue of Welwitsch's African Plants, although Mr. Murray
contributes an official preface. It cannot be said that the appear-
ance of Mr. Baker's name — even were he only a contributor to, and
not the author of, the volume — would be unprecedented; for the
five pages (out of 711) in which Dr. Dyer enumerated the Central
American Cycadacece were held sufficient to justify the insertion of
his name on the title-page of vol. iii. of Mr. Hemsley's Botany of
the Biologia Centrali-Americana. We trust that in future volumes
some means will be taken to recognize the actual authors on the
title-page of the Flora.

Dr. Dyer has been fortunate in having obtained so much assist-
ance that it is a little difficult to see where his editorship comes in.
Mr. Baker has written the book : Mr. N. E. Brown has distributed the
localities under the difit'ereut regions, and Mr. Bolus has revised his
work; Mr. C. H. Wright "has greatly helped in reading tbe proofs"
— a task for which one would have thought Mr. Baker competent.
The Editor has, however, contributed a preface to the volume,
as well as a prefatory note to each part, and the first contains some
useful information regarding the more recent of the collections on
which the book is based. The twenty-five years' delay in continuing
the Flora is attributed to the Director's official duties and the ex-
pansion of South Africa, and we are glad (speaking from a botanical
standpoint) that these have so far been modified as to allow some-
thing to be done. After this there is hope for the Flora of Trojncal
Africa and the Guide to Kew Gardens, which, as will be seen in

316 AKTICLES IN JOURNALS.

another part of this Journal, have once more formed the subject of
questions in the House of Commons. The Enumeration of Chinese
Plants will also, we trust, recover from the blight which seems to fall
upon so many of the Kew literary undertakings. As we remarked
not long since, no greater testimony to the remarkable ability and
energy of Sir Joseph Hooker can be given than that which is afforded
by the fact that, while Director of Kew Gardens, he found time for
most of his work on the Genera Plaittanmi, as well as for numerous
important memoirs and monographs and an annual Keport of the
Gardens and Herbarium, for which the existing Bulletin is in no
sense a substitute.

In our notice of part ii. of this volume, we took exception to the
brackets in which (in the body of the book, but not in the index)
the authority for each specific name is placed ; and we trust that
the Editor will see his way to abandon this unnecessary and even
misleading practice. Uniformity even in such small matters is
desirable, and, considering the numerous changes which have been
introduced into this volume, the fact that brackets were employed
in the earlier part of the work is hardly sufficient to justify their
retention here. The Kew use of a small initial for adjectival forms
of proper names is, we are glad to see, condemned by the Berlin
rules, as well as by custom and common sense. A new feature is
the introduction of the phrase "no specimen at Kew" at the end
of some of the descriptions, which seems to justify the inaccurate
inference that specimens of all the other plants are to be found
there. Some of the abbreviations employed are unusual — such as
"Konig and Sims' Ann." ; and we cannot think it right to attribute
the species established in Bentham & Hooker's Genera Plantarum
to either author individually, as is done when "Acidanthera pauci-
flora Benth. Gen. Plant, iii. 706" is cited. Some exception may,
we think, be taken to the citation " Eriospermum dissitiflorum
Schlechter" for a new species, without some addition of "MS." or
"in Herb.," for Mr. Schlechter does not appear to have written the
description. These of course are small matters, but from an editor
in Dr. Dyer's position we have a right to expect something like
perfection. At any rate we have to thank him — on the principle of
"better late than never" — for giving his imprimatur to Mr. Baker's
work, and we trust that he may live to edit many more volumes of the
Flora Vapensis.

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS^

Annals of Botany (June). — J. B. Clifford, ' Physiological properties
of a Myxomycete Plasmodium.' — E. Sargant, ' Formation of sexual
nuclei in Lilium Martarjon: II. Spermatogenensis ' (2 pi.). — G.
Massee, ' Monograph of Geoglossem ' (2 pL). — D. T. Gwynne-
Vaughan, 'Polystely in Primula' (1 pL). — D. H. Scott, 'New

* The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers
or title-pages, but it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date of
publication.

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS. 317

instances of spinous roots' (2 pi.). — R. H. Biffen, 'Functions of
latex.' — H. M. Ward, ' Peziza aurantia.' — Id., 'The Ginger-beer
Plant.'

Bot. Centralhlatt (Nos. 24-26). — P. Kuuth, ' Zur Biologic der
Bliiten.' — (Nos. 24-27). K. .Friderichsen, ' Zur Keuntniss der
Enhi corylifoUi.' — E. Levier, ' tjber falsche Priorititt und Kriicken-
namen.' — (Nos. 28, 29). M. Britzelmayr, ' Materialien zur Beschrei-
bung der Hymenomyceten.' — (Nos. 29, 30). F. Kulila, ' Ueber
Entstebung und Verbreitung des Pbelloderms.'

Bot. Gazette (June 28). — R. Tbaxter, ' Observations on Myxo-
hacteriacea' (2 pi.). — J. M. Coulter, C. J. Chamberlain, & J. H.
Schaffner, 'Life-history of Lilium philadelpldcam' (8 pi.). — H. J.
Webber, 'Peculiar structures in pollen-tube of Zandu' (1 pi.). —
A. F. Foerste, ' Curious leaves.' — L. M. Underwood, ' Species of
Botrychium.'

Bot. Zeltuny (July 16). — E. C. Hausen, ' Biologische Unter-
suchungen iiber Mist bewohnende Pilze.'

Bull, de VHerb. Boissier (July). — A. Franchet, ' Les Saussurea
du Japon.' — C. Miiller, ' Symbolic ad Bryologiam Jamaicensem.' —
A. Cnabert, ' Noms patois et emploi populaire des plantes de la
Savoic' — J. Freyn, ' Orientalische Pflanzeuarteu.' — F. Bucholtz,
' Stellung der Gattung Meliola ' (1 pi.). — F. Arnold, ' Flechten auf
dem Ararat.' — -F. Kranzlin, Eulophia Junodiana et E. aarea, spp.nn.
— A. Cogniaux, Momordieafascicidata, sp.n.

Bidl. Soc. Bot. France (xliii, pt. 9 : June). — M. Gandoger,
' Plantes nouvelles pour la Flore Espagnole.' — A. Magnin, ' Les
Arum vidfjare et itcdicum dans le Lyonnais.' — P. Vuillemin, 'Les
anachronismes parasitaires.' — E. A. Finet, Oreorchis Faryesiii et
O. tmfiuicidata, spp.nn. (2 pi.). — M. Cornu, Cusctda Lehmanniana.
— E. Malinvaud, ' Les Kiiphrasia de la Flore Francaise.'

Bidl. Torrey Bot. Club (June 29). — J. B. Ellis & B. M. Ever-
hardt, ' New N. American Fungi.' — P. A. Rydberg, ' Rarities from
Montana.' — Id., ^ Antemmrin dioica and its N. American allies.' —
A. M. Vail, ' The genus Phdibertella ' (= PIdlibertia auct). — A. A.
Heller, ' Plants from Nez Perces County, Idaho ' (2 pi.).

Erythea (May 31). — W. L. Jepson, ' Boschniakia strobdacea '
(1 pl.).

Gardeners' Chronicle (June 19). — Dendrobium Victories Begins
Lober, sp.n. — (July 10). 'Campanula Balchiniana X ' (fig. 5). —
(July 17). Epidendrum Stanhopeanum Kriinzl., sp. n.

Journal de Botaniqiie (June 16, July 1). — A. Franchet, ^Isopyrxim
et Coptis' (cont.). — C. Sauvageau, 'Les algues marines du Golfe de
Gascogne ' (cont.). — (June 16). E. Perrot, ' Sur certaines Gen-
tianees aquatiques.' — (July 1). L. Gander, Euphorbia Pepliis et
E. peploides [— one species).

Journ. Linn. Soc. (xxxiii, no. 228 ; July 1). — G. D. Haviland,
'Revision of Naucleem' (4 pl.). — J. H. Burrage, 'Adhesive discs of
Ercilla volnbdis' (1 pl.). — W. G. P. Ellis, 'A Trichoderma parasitic

318 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC.

on Pellia epiphylla' (2 pi.). — W. C. Worsdell, ' Transfusion-tissue
in leaves of gymnospermous plants.' — A. J. Ewart, ' Evolution of
oxygen from coloured Bacteria.'

Malpiglda (fasc. iv.-v.). — P. Baccarini, ' Sulla Genista aetnensis
e le Genista junciformi della flora Mediterranea ' (6 pi. : concl.). —
C. Avetta, 'Flora crittogamica della provincia di Parma.' — L.
Gabelli, ' Sopra un caso assai interesante di sinfisi fogliare.'

Nuovo Giom. But. Ital. (July). — C. Miiller, 'Bryologia Provinciae
Schen-si Sinensis.' — A. Palanza, ' Osservazioni botaniche in terra di
Bari.' — A. Del Testa, ' Flora vascolare delle Pinete di Ravenna.' —
E. Baroni, ' Sopra due forme nuove di Hemerocaltis e sopra alcuni
Liliwn della Cina.' — L. Nicotra, * Sul genere Fumaria e su alcune
forme dello stesso.' — M. Massari, ' Briologia Pugliese e Sarda.'

Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschift (July). — J. Hofifmann, ' Zur Kenntniss
der Gattung Odontites' (i pi. : cont.). — F. Pax, ' Neue Pflanzen-
arten aus dem Karpathen ' (cont.). — J. Bornmiiller, Cahnnaijrostis
Lalesarensis Torg. & Bornm., sp. n. — G. Riclien, ' Zur Flora von
Vorarlberg ' (concl.).

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dc.

In the House of Commons on June 28th, Mr. Alfred Billson
asked the First Commissioner of Works (1) whether steps can be
taken to publish without further delay a new edition of the Guide
to the Royal Gardens, Kew, which has been out of print for several
years, seeing that similar questions had been asked in the House
in 1891, 1892, 1893, and 1895, and that in 1892 the then First
Commissioner of Works stated that the Guide was almost ready,
and that it was hoped to issue it during the summer ; (2) whether
it is intended to continue the issue of the monthly Bulletin of
Miscellaneous Information in connection with Kew Gardens ; (3)
whether he is aware that the number for December last has not yet
appeared ; (4) whether only one number has been issued this year ;
and (5) whether any progress has been made with the continuation
of the Flora of Tropical Africa, the completion of which was
authorized by the Treasury in 1891, on the understanding that one
volume would be published every two years ; or whether, owing to
the non-fulfilment of this condition, the authorization had lapsed ;
and in that case will it be renewed ? The First Commissioner of
Works (Mr. Akers-Douglas) said in reply : " Owing to great pressure
of work at Kew, the Director seems unable to make rapid progress
with the edition of the general Guide to the Gardens, beyond the
preparation of guides to various departments, ten of which have
been recently published and are on sale. The answer to paragraphs
2 and 3 of the hon. Member's question is in the affirmative ; only
one number has been issued this year (January). A new number
of the Flora of Tropical Africa will be ready next year. Instructions
were last autumn issued to the Director to have the work proceeded

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 819

with as quickly as possible, and an additional assistant was given
him that he might have more time for its supervision."

At the meeting of the Linnean Society on June 17th, Dr. D. H.
Scott, F.R.S., exhibited original preparations by Prof. Ikeno and
Dr. Hirase, of Tokio, Japan, illustrating their discovery of sperma-
tozoids in two Gymnospermous Phanerogams, namely, Ginkgo
hiluha and Cycas revuhita (cf. Bot. L'entralblatt, Bd. Ixix. nos. 1-2,
1897, and Annals of Botamj, June, 1897). The slides showed the
spermatozoids while still in the pollen-tube, before the commence-
ment of active movement. In the case of Ginkgo one section showed
the two male generative cells, closely contiguous and enclosed in the
pollen-tube. The general structure resembles that in many other
Conifers at the same stage, e.g. Jiiniperus vin/iniana and Pinus
si/lvestris (Strasburger, Hist. Beitriitje, iv. pi. 2). In Ginkgo, how-
ever, each generative cell showed a distinct spiral coil, situated
in each cell, on the side remote from its neighbour. Another
preparation of Ginhjo showed a series of sections across the
micropyle, passing through a pollen-tube and its generative cells,
the plane of section being in this case approximately parallel to
the surface of contact of these two cells, through which four of the
sections passed. In the two terminal sections of this series the
spiral coil was clearly shown, consisting of about three windings.
The spiral is connected with the nucleus of the cell, but whether it
is itself of nuclear or cytoplasmic origin is not certain. In the
preparation from Cycas recoluta, several pairs of generative cells
were shown ; in some cases the pollen-tube enclosing them was
intact. The spiral coils in some of the generative cells were sur-
prisingly clear, consisting of about four windings. A distinct
striation was visible in connection with the coil, probably indi-
cating the presence of the numerous cilia described by the Japanese
discoverers. The facts admit of no other interpretation than that
given by these authors, namely, that in both Ginkgo and Cycas each
generative cell gives rise to a special spermatozoid ; the latter by
its own movements (actually observed by Dr. Hirase in the case of
Ginkgo] no doubt travels from the end of the pollen-tube to the
female cell.

At the same meeting Mr. Miller Christy, F.L.S., read a paper
on Primula elatior Jacq. in Britain. He remarked that this widely-
distributed continental plant, though figured accidentally in English
Botany in 1799, was not really detected in Britain till 1842, to
which time the totally distinct hybrid oxlip (P. acaulis x veris)
was, by British botanists, confused with and mistaken for it, as is
still frequently the case. In Britain, P. elatior occupies a shai'ply-
defined area, divided by the valley of the Cam, with only two
outlying localities, so far as Mr. Christy could ascertain. This
area covers the two most elevated and unbroken portions of the
boulder clay district, the loams and gravels of the river-valleys and
the chalk being entirely avoided. The boundary-lines (some 175
miles in length) which had been traced by Mr. Christy with precision
were, in consequence, very sinuous. They enclosed together about

820 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC.

470 square miles, over which area the oxlip flourishes in immense
abundance in all old woods and some meadows ; while the primrose
(which grows all around) is entirely absent. Along the dividing
line between the two, which is very sharply defined, hybrids are
produced in great abundance. On the other hand, the cowslip
(which grows both around and throughout the oxlip-area) very
rarely hybridizes with it. Mr. Christy believed that the primrose
was, in this country, gradually hybridizing the oxlip out of existence.
He then noticed a rare single-flowered variety of P. elatior, which
he proposed to call var. acaulis, and several aberrations, showing
upon the screen photographic views of these and of the hybrids, as
well as a map of the distribution of the oxlip in Britain.

Sir H. H. Johnston's attractive volume on British Central Africa
contains a carefully drawn-up list of the plants known to occur in
the region (including Cryptogams), compiled by Mr. I. H. Burkill.
No new species are described, and there is no bibliography — a
somewhat regrettable omission, easily explicable, however, from
the necessity of limiting the space taken up by the list, which
already occupies over fifty pages. The region has been divided into
four sections — 1. Shire Highlands ; 2. Nyasa-Tanganyika plateau;
3. Extreme west ; 4. Upper Zambezi ; and the distribution of each
species is indicated. Occasional slips are inevitable in lists of this
kind; one such may be suspected in Luffa afiyptiaca, which is
included only on faith of a plant collected by Buchanan, a specimen
so named in the Kew list of his collection being Momordica foetida.
But the work is carefully and, so far as we have been able to test it,
very completely done.

We have received a batch of accessories compiled by Mr. H. N.
Dixon upon the basis of his Handbook of British Mosses. These are,
a ^^ Handbook'" Catalogue, Si^^ Handbook'" Label- List of British Mosses,
and an Alphabetical Index to Genera (Eastbourne : V. T. Sumfield.
London : John Wheldon & Co.). They cost but a few pence each,
and afford a readily consulted and almost complete list of our
mosses, with the species numbered consecutively throughout : and
the student, whether he uses Mr. Dixon's Handbook or not, will
find these lists of great assistance to him in his work, be it in the
arrangement of his herbarium or the negociation of exchange.

The second number of Notes from the Botanical School of
Trinity College, Dublin, contains three papers by Mr. H. H. Dixon
— "On the role of osmosis in transpiration," "On the osmotic
pressure in the cells of leaves," and " On the physics of the trans-
piration current." Prof. Perceval Wright contributes various notes
on the College Herbarium.

We are glad to note that botany received due recognition in the
distribution of the Jubilee honours, in the promotion of Sir J. D.
Hooker to the Grand Cross of the Star of India.

Dr. Dyer contributes a page about Kew Gardens to the Pall
Mall Magazine for August.

321

MONOGRAPH of the BRITISH SPECIES of EUPHRASIA.

Prefaced by an Epitome of Pkof. Wettstein's Views on the Development

AND DiSTBIBUTION OF THE EUROPEAN SpECIES.

By Frederick Townsend, M.A., P.L.S.

Introductiox.

The geuus Euphrasia has of late years received such an amount
of attention, and the locaHties of the various forms and species have
been noted to such an extent, especially throughout Europe and
Asia, that as a result it has been found that the species are remark-
ably restricted to areas of distribution. It is still more remarkable
that the areas of closely-allied species are not found to intersect or
overlap. Among such species are E. Tatarka Fisch., E. pectinata
Ten., E. stricta Host. They are closely allied, but their areas are
distinct, and do not overlap. E. Salisburi/cnsis Funk, is closely
allied to E. Ilhjrica Wetts., but the former does not occur within
the area of the latter. On the other hand, take E. minima and
E. stricta, E. nemorosa and E. borealis. The first two are remotely
allied, but the area of the first is found within the area of the
second. The latter two are also remotely allied, but the area of
the one intersects the area of the other. Intermediate forms may
and do occur, but they are the exception and not the rule. The
botanist is therefore forced to recognize that certain forms have
become and are more or less stable, and to such an extent that they
may be treated as permanent enough to constitute and be reckoned
and described as species.

In this paper I propose to preface a description of the species
indigenous to the British Isles by notes on the various organs, and
on the history of the evolution, formation, and distribution of the
species as given in Prof. Wettstein's monograph of the genus. No
one has done more towards the elucidation of the genus than Prof.
Wettstein, whose monograph exhibits great sagacity, great ability,
united with the most careful and wide observation. He has culti-
vated many of the species, has sifted records, examined herbaria,
and elaborated the synonymy. He has shown that while that close
observer M. Jordan recognized several distinct species which
western botanists were not acquainted with, he gave new names
to some which had already been recognized and named by earlier
botanists. The adoption of M. Jordan's names by recent observers
has led to considerable confusion, and contributed to induce many
to believe that the species so run into one another as to makp it
impossible and even a waste of time to enumerate and describe
them. As instances I may refer to three marked species to which
M. Jordan gave new names, but which Prof. Wettstein has shown
to have been already known and named. These are — E. majalis
Jord. = E. pectinata Tenor., E. ericetorum Jord. = E. stricta Host.,
E. puberula Jord. = E. Tatarica Fisch.

I have done my best to put the reader in possession of the salient
features of Prof. Wettstein's views, and of his methods of reasoning,

Journal of Botany. — Vol. 35. [Sept. 1897.] v

322 MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPKCIES OF EUPHRASIA.

but I would refer botanists to the monograph itself for the con-
sideration of the subject in all its bearings. We have only eleven
or twelve indigenous species, but to explain the phytogeny of these
I find it necessary to review most of the European species with
which our own are so intimately connected. This will more easily
be understood when it is taken into account that we have in our
indigenous species representatives of all the European groups
adopted by Prof. Wettstein.* The monograph is written in
German, and many may not have access to it, hence my excuse
for an attempt to deal with this somewhat difficult subject.

Part I.

Morphology, Evolution, and Formation of Species.

In the first paragraph of the monograph Prof. Wettstein gives us
an insight into his method of working. He there states that it
is by deep study of the areas of distribution of individual forms that
a knowledge of the history of their evolution is to be obtained, and
later on he says again that the best way of gaining an insight into
the history of the development of the forms of a polymorphous
group of plants is to study the geographical range of each individual
form. Having sufficient data as regards the European forms, he
has found it possible to define their areas of distribution. With
regard to extra-European forms he has not attempted a similar
study, as we do not as yet possess sufficient data for the purpose.

For the determination of species Prof. Wettstein has had special
regard to their phytogeny or race-history, as well as to their stability
and distinctness of character ; he notes that the development of
species has been so varied that they are neither equal in rank nor in
age ; i. e. that their development has occurred in different ways and
at different epochs. A feature in the monograph is that varietal
names are not multiplied. The way in which the species vary is
noticed, and the varietal names given by authors in their descriptive
works are alluded to and sifted.

Elementary Organs ; the Epidermis and its Processes. — Prof.
Wettstein estimates the character of the hairs to be of great specific
importance in this genus ; much more so than I had deemed them
to be. They are found on the stem, the leaves, the bracts, the
calyx, the corolla, and the capsule ; they are of two kinds, viz.
glandular and eglandular. The eglandular hairs may consist of
one or of several cells placed end to end, and the hairs gradually
narrow to a point ; they are found on the stem, leaves, bracts,
calyx, corolla, and capsule. In many cases where they may seem
to be absent it will be found that they are one celled, and so reduced
in size as to be perceptible only through a lens. The glandular
hairs are also of two kinds. They may consist of one cell tipped by
a gland, or of several cells placed end to end, the last tipped by a
gland, and this distinction is of great importance. The third kind

* It is a matter of considerable satisfaction that the groups proposed by
me in a former paper on Enphnisia (Joiini. Bot. 1884, jip. 161-168), though
more numerous, naturally fall into those adopted by Prof. Wettstein.

MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA. 823

of process is of little specific importance ; it consists of shield-like
sessile glands found in all the species, especially on the under sides
of the leaves and bracts.

The Root. — When the seed germinates, the primary root soon
emits smaller secondary roots in acropetal order, which at first,
though near together, are at regular distances apart, but later on
other roots intervene, which destroy any appearance of regularity.

Both the main root and the secondary ones of all the annual
species are, taken as a whole, small, and occupy but a small area.
Hairs on the roots are few ; a ring of hairs is produced on the
young radicle soon after germination, and there are a few hairs at
the root-tips and on the haustoria. The character of the organs
termed haustoria is of special interest. They appear on the secondary
roots soon after the seed has germinated, but later on may occur
also on the main root ; they consist of a special discoid-like exo-
genous growth, which attaches itself to the roots of the plants on
which the species are parasitic, and from which nourishment is
derived. The roots are usually those of grasses and sedges, and
unless these are present haustoria are not produced, growth
becomes arrested for lack of parasitic nourishment, and though
the plant can grow stem, root, and a few leaves, it seems unable
to produce flowers and fruit, and eventually perishes. L. Koch has
written on the haustoria of Euphrasia in Pringsh. Jahrh. f. Wiss.
Bot. xxii. 1891, and references to other observers on the parasitic
growth of lihinantliacecB will be found in Prof. Wettstein's Monnrjraph,
p. 11. Prof. Wettstein has traced the growth of cultivated E. Rost-
koviana on the roots of Poa nemoraUs and P. annua, and on Agrostis
vuli/aris, on which plants the parasite thrived; he could not succeed
in bringing the parasite to perfection on Hulciis mollis or on
Cijperacete. He was only once able to trace the parasitic growth of
E. Salishurgensis on the roots of a Carex, and in culture he succeeded
in bringing plants to perfection on the roots of Carex alba. I myself
traced the growth of the haustoria of E. Scotica on the roots of
Ci/peracea ; the species were Carex flava, C. panicea, C. fulva,
C. i/laiica, and C. pulicaris, but I was unable to trace on which of
these the plant was parasitic.

The Stem is usually branched, but in some species it is simple.
It is simple or branched in all British species. The position and
the wealth of the branches on the stem is of specific value. The
stem is green, or is often tinged with purple or red ; it is more or
less clothed with jointed recurved hairs, and in some species with
glands and glandular hairs; the character of these hairs and glands
has already been treated of. The branches are subopposite ; they
are simple, as in E. brevipila, E. (jracilis, E. carta, &.C., or compound,
as in E. nevwrosa. [E. Eoulaensis seems to be usually unbranched.)

Leaves. — The cotyledons are, in all the species, simple, small,
rotund or egg-shaped, and entire. There is a remarkable di£ference
between the greater or less hairiness of these ; in E. liostkoviana,
which is a very hairy species, the cotyledons are hairless or nearly
so. The leaves are usually opposite, though the upper pairs are often

y a

824 MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA.

not strictly so ; they are always toothed, and are usually narrower
than the bracts, and have a narrower base ; the lowest pair usually
have but one tooth on either side, the next pair two teeth, the
number of teeth increasing in the upper series, the uppermost pair
usually having the same number as the lowest pair of bracts. The
teeth of the leaves and bracts vary in number, position, form, and
furniture, and afford valuable specific characters. The teeth of the
leaves are usually blunter than those of the bracts, and the greater
the number of teeth the broader the base of the bract. The number
of teeth varies from one to ten. The edges of the leaves and bracts
are very frequently recurved. The upper bracts are commonly more
plentifully furnished with glandular hairs in the glandular species.
A secretion of carbonate of lime is frequently found on the upper
surface of the leaves and bracts ; I have seen it abundantly in
E. Scotica. The bracts are morphologically and anatomically
similar to the leaves. Prof. Wettstein is of opinion that the
species with fewer teeth represent the older forms.

The Flowers are always solitary in the axils of the bracts.
The peduncle in all the European species is so short as to merit the
term subsessile. In some extra-European species, as in E. Zelandica
and E. cuneata, the flowers are distinctly stalked.

The Calyx is always four- toothed, the teeth varying little in
form, except in breadth, length, and termination ; they are more or
less acute, and they are often awned. In some species the calyx
increases in size by growth after flowering. It does so in E. lati-
folia, and in K. pectinaUi, &c., the furniture of the calyx is very
similar to that of the bracts. The position of the fifth or abortive
tooth is probably next the axis.

The Corolla. — This organ varies considerably in size, though
not much in form, in our native species. Prof. Wettstein places the
European species in three groups, the first two of which — GrmuU-
flurm and FarviflorcB — are distinguished by the comparative size of
the corolla. In the latter group there are species which have an
intermediate-sized corolla, and the physiological character of the
flowers of these differs from that of the rest of the Parvijionr as
well as from all the species in the GrancUjior<s, a difference which
will be noticed later on. The third group — Anfjustifulue — all have
a small corolla. The corolla is always tubular, and is excluded in
the large and included in the small flowering species. The tube is
curved or straight. The upper lip is two-lobed, the under lip is
three-lobed. The lobes of the upper lip are more or less united
below, and form a protective hood over the anthers ; a portion of
the upper and outer margin of the lobes is more or less recurved
in all the European species ; the apex of the lobes is erose or 2- or
3-dentate. The lobes of the lower lip are usually emarginate ; the
five divisions represent five 3-nerved leaves. Prof. Wettstein calls
attention to the additional nerve in the angles of the divisions of the
corolla, which he thinks is a provision against the tearing of the
corolla by insect visitors. White, red, blue, and violet, in various
shades, are the colours which are exhibited in the corolla, the

MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA. 325

throat and lower lip being usually furnished with a yellow spot, which
doubtless acts, as do the three darker-coloured nerves of the divisions,
as a guide to visiting insects. The outer surface of the upper lip is
always furnished with fine-jointed, many-celled hairs extending to
the tube, where the hairs are stronger and decurved. The lower lip
is also usually provided with similar hairs, together with a few
shortly stalked glandular ones. The tube is internally furnished
with stronger one-celled hairs curved at their tips ; they doubtless
serve to prevent the intrusion of undesirable insect visitors, who
would steal the honey without assisting in cross-fertilization. The
hairs of the corolla offer no valuable specific characters.

In some species the corolla-tube lengthens considerably after the
opening of the flower ; this growth and the size of the corolla as a
whole afford valuable specific characters.

The Stamens are always four in number ; the anthers are
situated under the hood of the corolla ; the filaments are inserted
in the throat of the corolla ; they are curved outwards. The two
anterior stamens are longer than the posterior ; the anther- cells are
distinct and parallel, the anterior ones are spurred in all the
British species.

The Style and Stigma. — The style is long and fihform, and
arises from the apex of the ovary ; at the time of flowering it is
bent or curved under the hood of the corolla. The stigma is small,
disk-like, undivided, and papillose.

Fertilization. — In the section (TrandijJorcE, the flowers are
proterogynous, the style is straight from the bend under the hood
to the apex and projects beyond the upper lip even before the
flower has perfectly expanded ; the dehiscence of the anthers has
not yet taken place, so that cross-fertilization (zenogamy) is en-
sured. By the time the tube of the corolla has lengthened and
brought the stigma nearer to the anthers, the former has become
withered and discoloured. In the section Purvijiora some species
with intermediate-sized flowers have a similar provision to that in
the Giandifior(£, but other species, also with intermediate-sized
flowers, have the style curved under the hood and over the anthers,
and from that downwards so as to bring the stigma in front of the
former. The flowers in both are proterogynous, so that cross-
fertilization can take place in an early stage, but as these flowers,
being smaller, are less attractive to insects, the anthers dehisce earlier
than in the Grawlijiora, and the papilhe of the stigma have not become
withered, but are still capable of fertilization from contact with the
anthers of its own flower if zenogamy has not taken place. ' In
the smaller-flowered species, as in E.f/racilis and E. SalitihiDyensis, the
stigma is ripe for fertilization at the time of authesis, but the anthers
open at the same time, the style is curved at the end so as to bring
the stigma immediately over and in contact with the anthers, so
that autogamy is insured, though zenogamy is not necessarily
excluded. Prof. Wettstein remarks that these small-flowered species
occur in northern regions and in the Alps, localities in which insect
life is less abundant, and the flowers being less conspicuous and

S26 MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA.

their nectaries smaller, they are thus provided for autogamy.
Mliller gives the following names of insects he has observed to visit
E. Bostkoviana and E. stricUi : — Bombus agrorum ; B. pratorum ;
Apis melUfica ; Nomada lateralis ; Systrechus sulphureus ; Syrpbus
sp. ; Melithreptus tzeniatus. Prof. Wettstein has observed the
following visiting E. Rosth-oviana : — Bombus pratorura ; Melano-
stoma barbifrons ; Halictus cylindricus.

The Nectary is minute in all the species, and is situated at the
back of the ovary on the anterior side.

The Fruit cousists of a two -celled many-seeded capsule in all
the European species ; in form it is elliptic or ovate, truncate or
rounded, entire or emarginate, and tipped with the base of the
style ; its length with respect to the calyx varies in different
species, and consequently offers specific characters. It is usually
furnished with straight and erect long or short hairs at the sides and
apex, and with additional shorter adpressed hairs. The dehiscence
is loculicidal and two-valved.

The Seeds are numerous in the European species ; they are
reduced to two in each cell in some Extra-European species ; they
are pendulous, longitudinally furrowed, and narrowed at the apex ;
they preseut no satisfactory specific characters. With regard to the
dispersion of the seeds, as there is no special provision for this in
the seeds themselves. Prof. Wettstein considers that the feet of
birds are effective as agents in their dispersion ; also the elasticity
of the withered or dead stem and branches is potent for dispersal,
when these are moved by the wind or by passing animals. The
seeds being very light, both wind and water are also doubtless
powerful agents for dispersal.

As regards any marked difference in anatomical structure between
the species, Prof. Wettstein remarks that he finds greater anatomical
differences in the same species when under different conditions of
locality, environment, &c., than are to be found between different
species. The anatomical character of the stems of the perennial
species naturally differs from those of the annual species.

The Evolution or Formation of Species.
A chapter of the Monograph is devoted to the question of the
origin of the species, and here it is stated that the method of
induction has been too much pursued, whereas that of deduction
has been too little considered. As important factors in the formation
of species in the genus Euphrasia Prof. Wettstein gives the fol-
lowing: — 1. Hybridity; 2. Varied Climatic Conditions; 3. Arrest
of Periods of Vegetation. He does not exclude other factors in
the production of new forms or species, and he alludes to the
survival of the fittest as one of these. We will take in order the
three factors given above.

1. Hybridity. — A hybrid may become at once a new and con-
stant species or an intermediate form. The result may be that the
offspring will be intermediate between the parents, with greater

MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA.

327

likeness to one or the other, or it may be different from either.
Or, two hybrids may originate a form which cannot be phiced in
the genas. As instances of species which are the result of hybridity
he gives the following: — FL Port<s ; E. Stiriaca; E. pulchella; E.
drosocaly.v (= /.'. capitulataJ Towns.).

2. Varied Climatic Conditions. — The spreading of a species over
areas with different climatic conditions or climatic changes within
one and the same area may produce new forms or species. The fact
that species are very gradually changed by altered climatic influences,
and that new species are very slowly formed by them, throws great
light on the subject of species-building by these means. The
changes are brought about by a power which can further develop
or can degrade existing organs, but cannot create new ones. And
herein lies the great difference between the change caused by
hybridity and that caused by cHmate; in the latter case the change
is not brought about by an innate power in the plant itself, and only
fixed by altered climatic influences and environment, but the change
is virtually caused by these latter factors, and not by the selecting
power in the battle for existence. I believe I rightly interpret the
Professor's meaning to be that natural selection does not originate,
though it is a power in fixing, the new forms.

3. The repeated and continued arrest of the growth of a
species will originate new forms. As an instance of change brought
about by this means, Prof. Wettstein refers especially to the relation
between E. mnntana and E. Bostkoviana. The ancestor of these
species was a summer-blooming one ; in long herbage the plant
could bloom with difficulty, being on the one hand smothered by
grass, on the other being cut down by the scythe ; hence only
abnormally early blooming plants or abnormally late blooming ones
could come to perfection and ripen seed. E. wontana is the repre-
sentative of the early, and E. Rostkoviana of the late-blooming forms.
E. tenuis and E. hrcvipila, E. carulea and E. carta, have a similar
relation to each other. Prof. Wettstein instances an analogous
case given by Wallace and termed by him Sidson diworphisums,
differing, however, in that the change here takes place in one
generation, whereas many generations have been required to pro-
duce the change in Euphrasia. Prof. Wettstein proposes the term
Saison-i/cneratiu)is dimorphis)iius for the former, and Saison-Artdi-
morphiswus for the latter. Prof. Wettstein does not definitely
allude to the influence of variety in soil, chemical or otherwise.
Remarkable instances are given of change induced by such influences
in Dr. Eugenius Warming's Lchrbnch der OckohMjischcn Pflanzen-
(jcoi/ rapine, page 63 (Germ, ed., 189G). Sadebeck, beginning in 1871,
cultivated Adiantum Serpentini and A. adulterinuin for sixteen genera-
tions, and tliese species reverted to A. Adiantum -ni(irum and A. viride.

Though it may seem that tlie members of this polymorphous
genus are distributed without order, it must be remembered that
without doubt the earlier members were in the first instance fewer,
more closely related, and more distinctly grouped; but changes of
climate within the areas, and the extension of forms into areas with

828

BIONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA.

different climatic conditions, blotted out these more sharply bounded
areas by the multiplication of forms and the breaking up and
separation of areas.

The connection between the genus Euphrasia and several of the
genera of PMnanthacea — Bellardia All., Odontites Pers., Orthantha
Benth., Parentitcellia Viv. (all included in Bartschia by Hook, and
Benth.), and Omphalothrix Max. — points to an ancestor from which
these have been derived. This ancestor Prof. Wettstein names
Falceo- Bartschia. The following scheme exemplifies this: —

Scheme I.
Palc&e - Bartsc}aa.

^alcrc Eup}vrasva \ 'p.

ertioury.

Recent

l\

Siplionidium. Anagrosperma.

The ancestors of these genera represented a polymorphic genus
occupying a wide and isolated area, but this area was diminished,
probably during the post-Tertiary epoch, by the low temperature of
the ice age, and hence most of these genera have their home now
in the Mediterranean and Central Asiatic region. It will be seen
that the genus Euphrasia of to-day is sharply divided into sections
— the Eueuphrasia section on the one hand, and the Trijidce section
on the other ; Section I. being further divided into two subsections
— I. Semicalcarat(B ; II. Australes,

There are evidences to prove that the Australes and Semicalcaratos
had common ancestors. E. cuneata, a perennial, in New Zealand,
and E. insignis, an annual, in Japan, are morphologically allied.
On the other hand, the sections Parvijiora and Grandifiora are only
remotely allied to E. insignis. Scheme II. will exemplify this.

MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA.

329

Scheme II.

Pa l(CO-Ba rtschia.

Bccrtschvco

Bdlardutkc

Ancestors of Ancestors of

E. alpina, hirtella, E. cuneata, ?
grandijlora, &c. iiisignis, &c

^

Ci

ti^

Jv^

>^

a

-i

3

e

K

-i

a

«a

C
'^^

3

A,

e

2

a

1

t

1

IS

a

?

i

1

Euphrasia, Sect. Trifida.

Subsection I. includes all the European species ; it is divided
into three groups, viz. Group I. Parvijiora ; Group II. Grandifiorce ;
Group III. AnfjustifoUa, ; and as all these are represented by our
indigenous species, I propose to take into consideration each group
in order.

Section I., Eueuphrasia; Subsect. I., Semicalcarat^ ;
Group I., Parviflor-e.
This group includes thirty-three species, of which nine are
British. These thirty-three species are spread over Northern
Europe, Asia, and America. The adjoining Plan shows the distri-
bution and connection of the most important of these species at a
glance.

Plan showing Areas of Distribution.

330 MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA.

The species may be divided into three series. Series I. comprises
E. pectinata, E. Maximowiczii, E. Tataiica, E. stricta, E. piimila,
E. borealis, -whicli, among other distinctive characters, have com-
paratively larger flowers. Series II. comprises species having
comparatively smaller flowers ; they are, E. ccerulea, E. nemorosa,
E. vnUtifolia, E. Americana, E. carta, E. occidentalh, E. Canadensis ? ,
E. latifolia, E. Foulaensis, E. mollis, E. Oakesii, E. gracilis, E. Li-
hiirnica, E. Cehennensis, E. minima, E. Tatrce, E. Willkommii,
E. Scotica. Series III. comprises species which have a morpho-
logically more isolated position ; they are, E. hirtella, E. grandi-
flora, E. Jaeschkei, E. Regelii, E. drosocalyx, E. pulchella, E.
micrantha, E. hrevipila, E. tenuis.

We will first take into consideration Series I. In the Plan
we see how isolated are the areas of E. pectinata, E. stricta, E.
Tatarica, and E. borealis, all nearly related. We see the area
occupied by E. Maximowiczii distinct from that of E. Tatarica, but
the one touching the other. E. pumila and E. stricta are similar
examples. The formation of all these species Prof. Wettstein con-
siders to have been due to climate, and not to hybridity. The
wide distribution of Parvijiora, from -Japan to Spain, points to a
time very far back, viz. to the tertiary epoch, when a group of
species of which the present are representatives, altered or un-
altered, occupied an extended area, but reduced in dimension in
Europe by the post-tertiary ice age. E. Tatarica occupies a similar
area ; it extends in Asia to 70°, but has a reduced area in Europe.
If we suppose E. Tatarica to have been the parent species, much
light will be thrown on the connection and distribution of the whole
group. In tertiary times it extended from East Asia to Europe.
During the glacial epoch its northern range was diminished, but
later on, viz. after the last glacial period, it advanced again north-
wards. During this latter epoch climatic influences split the species
into three — E. pectinata in the Mediterranean region, E. stricta in
the Baltic, and E. Tatarica in Central and East Asia from the
Black Sea to the Inkolan Mountains, occurring also in France,
Italy, and Switzerland ; while in the Pacific, in the Japanese
Islands and opposite coast a new and allied species, E. Maxi-
moiciczii, was evolved. The special climate of England and
Scotland and adjoining islands brought E. borealis into existence.
The isolated position of E. Tatarica m Italy, France, and Switzer-
land betokens a former wider range. The present southern range
of E. pectiyiata and its absence on the north coast of the Adriatic
point to a northern ancestor driven southwards by severity of
climate. Thus, at the end of the tertiary epoch some of the
members of the group we have been considering had been formed,
and some have since been formed and fitted to the areas which
they inhabit, and their rank as species is equal ; these species
are, E. pectinata, E. Tatarica, E. Maxiiiwwiczii, E. stricta, E.
pumila (this last derived from E. stricta at a later date), E.
borealis. The ancestor of these Prof. Wettstein proposes to name
E. palcEO-pectinata.

MONOGRAPH OF THE BEITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA. 331

Series II. contains eighteen species (see p. 334), characterized
as having a comparatively smaller corolla. The relationship
of these is more complicatetl. Their areas have a wider ex-
tension east and vs^est and nearer to the North Pole, bat they
do not reach so far south, circumstances which point to their
representatives having an extension, since the tertiary period, over
the northernmost portion of the area occupied by the genus,
diminished in the north during the ice age, but later on again
spreading northwards and occupying isolated and usually mountain
areas. It is self-evident that the ancestral species must have been
widely distributed in a northern and circumpolar area. The existing
species K. latifolia now alone occupies such an area, and it is
morphologically and geographically related to the species under
consideration. From a parent type similar to E. latifolia sprung,
in connection with the dispersion over Europe which followed the
post-tertiary ice age, E. curta and E. nemorosa, also the two local
species E. occidental is and E. Cebenneiisis ; after the same dispersion
there remained on the mountain ranges of Middle and South Europe
progenitors from which, fitted to local circumstances, sprung E.
Willkommii, E. minima, E. Tatrte, and E. Liburnica. In Northern
Europe, in a climate similar to that of the high mountain ranges of
South Europe, E. Scotica, so similar to E. winiwa, had its rise. In
the Shetland Isles, and the Faroes, &c., we have E. Foulaensis, so
nearly related to E. latifolia. In the extreme west we have E.
Americana, so nearly related to E. nemorosa. In the extreme east
of the area of E. latifolia we have E. mollis, E. multifoHa, and
E. Oakesii, similarly derived.

As regards E. gracilis and E. carulea, we must seek some other
origin than that of climatic influence. It has been already observed
under the head of "Evolution or Formation of Species" that E.
cccrulea and E. curta, though their areas are now isolated, have an
analogous origin to that of E. Rostkoviana and E. montana, and
there are reasons in favour of a similar origin as regards E. (/racilis.
This species occurs within a portion of the area occupied by E.
neinoralis and E. curta, and it flowers earlier than either of these ;
on the other hand, it is morphologically distinct from both. The
conclusion Prof. Wettstein has come to is that E. f/racilis already
existed at an earlier epoch and before E. ncmorom and E. curta were
differentiated, and that it was the ancestor of a late-flowering species
from which both E. nemoralis and E. curta had their origin. The
ancestor of Series II. Prof. Wettstein proposes to call E. palao-
netnorosa.

Reverting to E. latifolia, whose ancestor we have learnt to, look
upon as the parent of the series under consideration, we see that
it is morphologically and geographically allied to E. Tatarica, and
consequently to the ancestor of the E. pectinata series, which we
have named E. paltEo-jiectinata. Now the old type of E. Tatarica
had a very wide range, and we may rightly conclude that it was
the origin of the greater number of the species in the group
Parvijiora. This type Prof. Wettstein proposes to name E. pala:o-
Tatarica ; hence this more ancient form was the parent of the two

832 MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA.

series we have been considering, viz. Series I. E. fal(eo-j)cctinata,
and Series II. E. palao-nemorosa : the former comprisiiig species
with flowers comparatively larger and fitted both for cross- and
self-fertilization, but for the former alone at the time of the
opening of the flowers ; the latter comprising species with a
more northern range, and with flowers comparatively smaller
and fitted for self-fertilization, but in which cross-fertilization is
not excluded.

Series III. — I pass by E. (/rand (flora, E. niicrantha, and E.pul-
chella as having less connection with British species, to consider those
species of the group Parvijlora which have, in common, glandular
hairs on the leaves and calyx, and which probably have a hybrid
origin. The species are six in number, viz. E. kirtdla, E. drnso-
calyx, E. Jaeschkei, E. Regelii, E. hrevipiia, and E. tenuis, but only
one — E. hrevipiia — is British. E. hirtella is a peculiarly marked
and distinct species. It has a very wide distribution, similar to and
perhaps even wider than that of E. Tatarica ; this fact, taken
together with its absence in South Europe, except in small and
isolated areas, in the Pyrenees, South-Avest Alps, the Balkan
Peninsula, and the Siebenbiirger, point to this as a typical repre-
sentative of those species, the area of which, though widely extended
in tertiary times, was reduced in Europe during the post-tertiary
glacial epoch. We therefore look upon E. hirtella as an old and
unaltered connection of E. palcco-pectinata.

E. hrevipiia, the only species which is British, comes morpho-
logically near to the E. palao-pectinata series, but it has glandular
hairs. May it be a hybrid between E. pectinata and E. hirtella, or
between E. stricta and E. hirtella, as these species are now found in
company in the Southern Alps ? But E. Inrtella is not found in
Northern Europe, and Prof. Wettstein thinks it improbable that,
having such an origin, E. hrevipiia could have spread northwards,
or that it was a hybrid between E. hirtella and any member of the
E. pala;o-pecti)iata series. The supposition that it had a more or
less distinct origin in the south from that which it had in the north,
and that two forms so similar were originated that they cannot now
be distinguished one from the other, is also improbable. A more
probable supposition is that E. hirtella was not one of its parents,
but that it is a hybrid between E. Ptostkoviana and E. stricta. There
can be no doubt that it had its origin far back in time, as is
betokened by its widely-extended area, also by the occurrence in
the south of the closely-allied species E. tenuis, which has the same
relation to E. hrevipiia as E. montana has to E. Bostkuvlana, and
E. ccBVulea to E. curta.

Scheme III. shows at a glance the phytogeny of the species
contained in the group ParvifiorcB.

MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA. 333

Scheme III.

K. hirtelUi, s. 1

E. RostJcoviana, s. 1.
E. versicolor Kern.
E. Schlagintweitii, s. 1.

Section I., Eueuphrasia; Subsection I., Semicalcarat^e ;
Group II., Grandiflor/e .

There are twelve species in this group. The species are, E.
Hhnalai/ico, E. Schlariintweilii, E. Roskoviana, E. campestris, E. mon-
tana, E. paucifoUa, E. petiolaris, E. Kerncri, E. incta, E. versicolor,
E. alpma, E. Christii. Their distributiou betokens a connection
with the E. pectinata series, and so does the zenogarnic character of
the flowers. The areas they occupy are to be found in the southern
portions of the area occupied by that series. Morphologically seven
of the species are distinguished by being furnished with glandular
hair.s, and of these we have in the British Isles only one repre-
sentative, viz. E. Eostlwviana.--'-

It is interesting to find that E.. paucifoJia has a similar relation
to E. Schlafiintweitii or E. Hivialaijica as E. montana has to E. Host-
koviana. E. Eostkovinna occupies a Mid-European area ; the other
three species are found only in the Himalaya. The morphological
character of all these betokens near relationship; possibly they
have sprang from an ancestor which formerly occupied a wide
range over Eastern Asia and South-west Europe. E. petiohnis
is a mountain species occupying an area between that of E. Uost-
knviana and the Himalayan species, and may possibly have a similar
origin. 7'.'. conipcstris doubtless sprung from /'.'. liostkoriana.

Of the eglandular species, which arc five in number, we have
also only one representative, viz. E. Kerncri. As far as our present
knowledge goes, these five species only occur in South-west Europe.

* Unless E. campestris Jord. can be reckoned as indigenous. See the remarks
which follow the descriptions of E. liostkoviana and E. camjtestris.

334

MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA.

Prof. Wettstein thinks that, being so nearly related, they have their
origin from an ancestor which once had a wider range, and that
further research may extend the range of one or other of these
existing species. Scheme IV. shows the phytogeny of the Grandi-
Jlora.

Scheme IV.

Parent Species.

Eecent Species.

E palcBo-RostJuvzancv? E .jjalceo -alpiruv
K. tiostkoyux na.s

Section I., Eueuphrasia; Subsection I., Semicalcarat^ ;

Group III., Angustifoli^e.
This group includes ten species, viz. E. Porta Wetts., E. Salis-
buir/ensis Funck, E. Illyrica Wetts., E. tricnspidata L., E. cuspidata
Hort., E. Dinarica Beck (Murb.)., E. italica Wetts., E. Stiriaca
Wetts., E.japonica Wetts., E. insi(/nis Wetts. With the exception
of the two last-named species, which are natives of Japan, the
species of this group have a remarkable distribution, east and west
in South Europe and in isolated portions of North Europe. The
Japanese and European species are doubtless closely allied, but no
representatives of the group occur at the present in any intermediate
area. As regards the European species, they represent two morpho-
logical series : the first includes E. tricnspidata, E. cuspidata,
E. Dinarica, E. Stiriaca, E. Italica ; the second includes E. Salis-
burgensis, E. Porta, and E. Illyrica. Putting aside E. Stiriaca
and E. Porta, which are quite local and of hybrid origin, it is here
again most remarkable, as has already been noticed with regard to
species in the group Parvi flora, that the areas of the more nearly
related species do not intersect, whereas those of less closely allied

MONOGRAPH OF THE BBITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA.

335

species do intersect or occupy portions of the same area.* From
this we may conclude that the species of each series had each a
common ancestor, tlie first of which the Professor names E. tri-
cuspidata s. 1., the second E. Salisbiuyensis s. 1., and he thinks that
the ancestor of tlie first series was older than that of the second,
and that the latter was descended from the former, and for the
following reasons : — The distribution of E. tricuspiilata s. 1. is such
as would betoken its existence in the tertiary epoch ; it has a con-
siderable east and west extension in South Europe, and is found in
the mountains of the South Europe peninsulas ; it is morpho-
logically nearer to the Japanese species than is E. Scilisbun/ensis ;
it exhibits in its descendants a greater variety of forms or species,
thus betokening a greater lapse of time for their development ;
lastly, the flowers of E. tricuspiilata s. 1. are larger and are fitted
for zenogamy, while the flowers of the second series are autogamic.

Scheme V.

Parent Species.

Eecent Species.

E.PalcBO-tncujpidO'Ui^' EJaponica,s.h. E.msigniss.l.

•E.alpina,

\ »

Eiialisburgensis.s. I.

E. tnciispidctior s. I.

To repeat — E. tricuspidata s. 1. at the end of the tertiary epoch bad
its extension in the mountains of Mid and South Europe ; this type
also extended to East Asia. The glacial epoch then broke up the
connection and diminisbed its extension in the northern portion of
its area, and at the same time brought about the development of
E. Salisbuninisis s. 1. fitted to resist the severity of the climate. At
the end of the last glacial epoch, under more favourable conditions
E. tricuspidata spread from the plains of South Europe back into
the valleys of the neighbouring mountains, also into the Apennines

See Prof. Wettstein in Oexterr. Botan. Zeitschrift, 1893.

386 NOTES ON NAUCLEE^.

and the Spanish mountains, bringing into existence the several
species fitted for the areas in which they are now found. E. Salis-
burgensis, fitted for a colder chmate, spread in all directions, and
has maintained an existence in isolated areas up to the present day
in the mountains of South Europe, Mid-Europe, in Ireland, Norway
and Sweden, in the Pyrenees, and the Carpathians. The only
species immediately related to E. Salishuryensis is E. Illyrica,
which occurs in the north-west of the Balkan Peninsula ; its
relation to E. Salishurgensis is very close.

Scheme V. (p. 335) exhibits the phytogeny of the Angustifolia.
(To be continued.)

NOTES ON NAUCLEEiE.

By James Beitten, F.L.S.

In a recent number of this Journal I felt it necessary to criticise
somewhat severely a monograph of a genus of Bnbiacea; lately issued
by the Linuean Society. No greater contrast to the slipshod and
slovenly "revision" of Pentas could be found than is presented by
Mr. Haviland's careful and scholarly monograph of Nmicleea;;'''- and
it is almost incredible that both sliould have been issued by the
same Society within a few months of each other. Every omission
which characterized Mr. Scott Elliot's monograph of Pentas is
supplied by Mr. Haviland in his revision of Naucleea, with the
result that an important contribution has been made towards a
monograph of a large and difficult order of plants.

While arranging the NaucleecE in the National Herbarium in
accordance with the monograph, I have made a few notes which
I propose to put on record. This is the more desirable because
Mr. Haviland, as it seems to me, has hardly done justice to the
material placed at his disposal, although he duly examined the
specimens therein contained. I must, however, preface my remarks
by saying that, as a whole, the work has been excellently well done,
and that my criticisms deal merely with points of detail. The
Linnean Society may be congratulated on the prompt publication
of this and the other papers issued in the same number of the
Journal — a pleasing contrast with the delay which has lately
characterized its proceedings. There is an absence of the extrava-
gance in style of printing which has sometimes been manifest, and
although there is still room for improvement in the editing, the
papers in the present number seem to have been read with reason-
able care.

In an introduction of twenty pages, Mr. Haviland deals with
the nomenclature, characters, classification, and distribution of the
group in a way which shows he has a complete grasp of his subject.

* "A Eevision of the Tribe Naucleea," by G. D. Haviland, M.A., M.B.,
F.L.S. Journ. Linn. Soc. xxxiii. pp. 1-94, tt. iv. July 1, 1897.

NOTES ON NAUCLEE^. 837

He has paid much attention to the early history, and the varied
information hrought together under the first of the ahove headings
is full of interest.

One or two points, however, require correction or amplification.
For instance, he says: " There is a specimen o^ Mitrai/i/nu parcifulia
named [NaiicJea oriental is] in the Banksian Herbarium, and referred
to by Gaertner in 1788, De Fructihus, i. p. 151. Mr. Daydon Jackson
is of opinion that the name is probably not Linnteus's. The only
other specimen in the Herbarium labelled Nauclea is one of Adina
tjlobijiora ; and Mr. Jackson thinks the writing in this case is un-
doubtedly that of Linnaeus."

There is certainly some mistake here, and it is not easy to see
how it arose. No one is better acquainted with the handwriting of
Linnaeus than Mr. Jackson ; and it is almost impossible to sup-
pose that he could have said that the name Nauclea urientalis in the
sheet of Adina referred to was written by Linnneus. On both the
sheets mentioned by Mr. Haviland the name is in Solander's hand, as
may be seen by comparison with the description in Solander's MS.
(which, by the way, refers to Natidea Forsteri, thus affording a
further illustration of the confused application of the name orientalis,
to which Mr. Haviland refers).

It is, I think, unfortunate that Mr. Haviland did not consult
some one at the Museum about the specimens there, as in some
cases we could have given him useful information. For instance, a
reference to Plukenet on one of the sheets just referred to would
have suggested to one familiar with the Herbarium the desirability
of consulting Plukenet's specimens in the Sloane Herbarium.
Herein (vol. scii, fol. 19 ; xciii, fol. 9) are to be found specimens
of Mitra<jijna 2Xu-cifolia, of which the following description,* much
earlier than any cited by Mr. Haviland, is given in Plukenet's
Mantissa, p. 4 (1700), and is reprinted in Eay's Historia Plantaruin,
iii. Deudrol. p. 129 (1706):—

" AcRocHORDODENDRos S. Arbor Indica praegrandis.foliis integris,
Platani fructu verrucoso minore, sive Fragi formi duro, cujus singuli
bati sen tuberculi sunt capsula; semiuales. Melius forsan. Arbor
Indica prffigrandis, foliis integris fructu rotundo parvo Fragiformi
h tuberculis capsularibus composito. Nellacarumbac il/rt^((^(n"o/7</«."
On the tickets attached to this specimen Plukenet has added "each
wart is bico^psular," and the name "Rutrasha candamba."

Our specimens of Mitrai/ijna paivifolia illustrate another point in
which Mr. Haviland's monograph might have been made more com-
plete— /. e. by the systematic inclusion of the Museum specimens.
Koenig's Coromandel specimens, from which Gaertner's description
was taken, should certainly have been mentioned, as well as those
from Roxburgh and A. P. Hove, and, among more recent gatherings,
those of Beddome ; Wallich's numbers, too, are sometimes omitted.
It is unnecessary to cite all the instances of omission ; but a
SarcocephalmcordaUis from Horsfield, Dietrich, Buchanan-Hamilton,
and Koeuig; Adina (jlohijlora from Salisbury (type), Robertson, and

* There is a figure in Phytographia, t. ccclxi, 5 (1705).
Journal of Botany. — Yo;.. 35. [Sept. 1897.] z

888 NOTES ON NAUCLEE^.

Macartney; Nauclea Forsteri from Baulcs, Wiles and Smith, and
Lay and Collie ; Mitia(ji/na afrkana from Brass and G. Don ; Uncaria
setiloha from Christian Smith; U. tomentosa from Pavon; U. guian-
ensis from Aublet — these and many similar records, all of ^Yhich were
seen by Mr. Haviland and for the most part named by him — should
have found mention.

Mr. Haviland is again unfortunate in his reference to the
Museum Herbarium -when he treats of Sarcoccphalus. He says :
"A specimen from Africa of Naitdea sanibitcina Winterbottom
(1803) was labelled Sarcocephahis escidentus by Afzelius perhaps as
early as 1798." But as a matter of fact there is no specimen from
Winterbottom in the Museum, nor, I believe, are any plants from
him in existence ; while the writing of the name, which he (following
Sabine) attributes to Afzelius, is, for the genus, that of Dryander,
to which Mr. J. J. Bennett added the specific portion ; moreover,
Mr. Hiern informs me that the specimen in Afzelius's own herbarium
at Upsala bears a different specific name. Later on (p. 25), Mr. Havi-
land seems in doubt as to the whereabouts of the type of the species,
yet this can hardly be matter for conjecture. Brown, when first
publishing the name (with description) in Tucker's Conyo,'^'- p. 4G7,
distinctly refers to Afzelius's specimen in Herb. Banks; and Sabine's
description and plate in Trans. Hort. 8oc. (v. 442, t. 18, 1824), from
which our knowledge of S. esculentiis dates, are based on George
Don's specimens, which are in the British Museum. A reference
to this genus which has escaped Mr. Haviland's notice will be found
in Hornemaun's paper De indole plantanim Guineensium (1819),
p. 18, where it is the former of the "Genera 2 nova facie NaudetB
et Psijchotricc.^'

Mr. Haviland rightly places Loureiro's BesUaria cordata under
Uncaria iK'iUcellata , and says that "in referring [the plant] to this
species I have relied upon a specimen so labelled which is in the
British Museum." But he does not seem to have recognized that
the specimen in question is from Loureiro himself, and bears the
native name (cited in Fl. Cochinch.) iu his handwriting.

It is not easy to see on what pnnciple Mr. Haviland has selected
the localities which he gives in illustration of the distribution of the
species. We are inclined to think that they are for the most part
limited to the plants that he has seen in the Kew Herbarium,
though this is neither stated nor implied ; and the usual mark of
authentication is never employed, so that we do not actually know
that the author has seen the specimens. Among the African species,
Mr. Hiern often gives a fuller list than Mr. Haviland supplies,

* The Report by Afzelius to which both Brown and Sabine refer being but
little known, it may be worth while to quote the brief clescrii)tion of Sarco-
cepludus which is given under the heading "32. Country Figs " : — ■" These in
no respect resemble the true Figs, except in the number of their gritty seeds.
This fruit is of the size of an apple, nearly round, and agreeable to the taste ;
when sufficiently ripe resembling the European Strawberry. The tree is new
and non-descript ; it is found growing in the best soil in the woods." (Substance
of the Report delivered by the Court of Directors of the Sierra Leone Company,
1794, Appendix "by Mr. Afzelius, their Botanist," p. 171).

NOTES ON NAUCLEE^. 339

twenty years later ; it is strange to find, under Sarcocephalus escu-
lentus, that none of the early collectors — Afzelius, Don, Smeathnian,
Park — are mentioned, although the species was established on the
plants of the two former. Nor do we understand the meaning of
"n.?" which often follows the name of a collector, unless Mr. Havi-
land supposes that every one must have numbered his collections
somewhere or other, which is certainly not the case. Yet as he
omits many numbers which are easily ascertainable — e. ;/. those of
Schweinfurth (two collections) and Welwitsch at the top of p. 73 —
it can hardly be that he considers them essential. But whatever it
may mean, "n.?" is an undesirable addition to our list of symbols.

I am sorry Mr. Haviland has not taken the opportunity of
revising the nomenclature of the group in accordance with the law
of priority. He is fully aware that certain changes would result
from such a revision, but he has "assumed that rules of priority
were made to help, and not to hinder," and on that assumption has
refused to make the necessary alterations. He says, "if [the rules]
were exactly followed, Uncaria would be Ouroujyarut, Sarcocephalus
would be Nauclea, Nauclea would have to be renamed, and probably
Mitrar/ijnavfOu.ldheMamhoga"; and it is difficult to see how the
substitution of these earlier names could be considered a hindrance.
They will certainly come in sooner or later, if they have not already
done so — Ourouparia, for example, as Mr. Haviland points out, has
been adopted by Baillon, K. Schumann,* and others, and the
conscious substitution by Schreber of Uncaria for this earlier
name seems quite unjustifiable. Six of Mr. Haviland's thirty-four
species are either new or are now first placed in the genus Uncaria ;
and no fitter opportunity could have been found for the return
to the earlier name. The retention of Nauclea necessitates the
statement "typus nullus" after the name; then, after a de-
finition of the genus as now understood, comes a reference to
" Nauclea Linn. Sp. PI. ed. 2, 243," followed by the remark,
"None of the plants called Nauclea by Linnteus are now in this
genus, though there is no doubt he would have called those in it
Nauclea if he had seen them." But as Mr. Haviland tells us else-
where that " Linnaeus founded his Nauclea oriental is on two species
of Sarcocephalus," it is difficult to see how the retention of his name
for the plants he described could be regarded as a "hindrance."

The monographer has taken much trouble to see the types of
the species described, and in many cases indicates where these are
to be found. The anxiety to consult types, which is worthy of all
praise, may, however, be carried too far, and there are symptoms of

* In Engler & Prantl's Nat. Pfianzenfamilien (iv. 4, 57, 1891) Dr. Schumann
adopts Aublet's spelling, Ourouparia; but in Pftanzen-Welt Ost Afrikas, th. C,
378 (1895), he alters this to Uruparia, apparently in order to accommodate the
name to Latin form. Alterations of this kind are likely to cause confusion, and
can hardly be justified. It is difticult, however, to see how restoration of
Ourouparia conforms with the Berlin rule, to which Dr. Schumann has given
his adhesion, by which it is not allowed to revive names which have been
ignored for tifty years. Everything tends to show that the present method of
local and often hasty legislation tends to increase rather than to diminish the
existing confusion in matters of nomenclature.

z 2

3i0 DECADES PLANTAEUM NOVARUM AUSTRO-AFEICANARUM.

this among some of our most careful workers. Mr. Arthur Bennett,
for example, gives a well-known Carex a new name because he has
seen no type of C. ehtta Allioni, which has been recognized as the
earliest unoccupied name for the plant. Mr. Haviland adopts
Naiiclea inoluccanit, published by Miquel in 1868-9, in preference to
N. iilahra Roxb. (1832), which he cites as a synonym, and explains
his action by saying: "Although Roxburgh's description agrees in
every respect with this plant, I have retained Miquel's name because
his type specimens exist, whilst there are probably no figures or
specimens of Roxburgh's plant." I cannot think that in either case
the action is justified.

There are signs here and there of haste, as on p. C4, where Mr.
Haviland says he is "altogether uncertain" as to the twelve species
of Naxclea in Blanco's Fl. Filip., but identifies two of them in the
list of "species a Naucled exclusae" which immediately follows.
Mitratfipui macrophijlla is given as of "Hav.," and Stephegyne macro-
phylla Hiern, in Fl. Trap. Afr. iii. 41, is cited as a synonym; but
Mr. Hiern (/.. c.) placed the plant in MitrfKjyna, and the species has
never been called Steplmiyne. A certain looseness of expression
occasionally renders the author's meaning doubtful. But these
criticisms as to matters of detail do not detract, and are not intended
to detract, from the value of the revision, and I trust the Linnean
Society will take care that the high level here reached is maintained
in future monographs.

DECADES PLANTARUM NOVARUM AUSTRO-
AFRICANARUM.

AUCTORE R. SCHLECHTER.
(Continued from p. 283.)

DEGAS V.

41. Heliophila sisymbrioides, sp. n. Suffrutex erectus,
basi liguescens, simplex vel parum ramosus, virgatus, gracil-
limus, 70-90 cm. alto ; caule tereti stricto, tenuissime puberulo
foliato ; foliis erecto-patentibus, pinnatifidis subglabris, petiolo
incluso, 4-5 cm. longis, segmentis patentibus, utrinque 4-6,
linearibus oblongisve acutis vel obtusis, integris vel rarius obscure
paucidentatis, petiolo semipollicari, supremis linearibus ; racemo
valde laxe elongato, floribus purpureis illis H. stijlosa Burch.
similibus, calycis foliolis oblongis obtusissimis, membranaceo-
marginatis, concavis, dorso minute puberulis vel subglabris,
0-5 cm. longis; petalis e basi lineari-unguiculata albida in laminam
patentem roseam oblongam obtusam dilatatis, O'8-l cm. longis,
lamina medio fere 0'4 cm. lata; staminibus erectis, filamentis
subulatis edentatis ; stylo subulato minute puberulo, stigmate
capitato ; siliquis erectis, anguste linearibus subintegris glabris,
stylo vix incrassato subulato coronatis, 5'5-7 cm. longis, 0*2-
0-3 cm. latis, seminibus oblongis, apice anguste marginatis.

DEOAUKS PLANTARUM NOVARUM AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM. Sil

In regione austro-orienfcali : In clivis montis Andriesberg
prope Bailey (in ditione Queenstown), alt. c. 6500 ped., Jan. Ib97;
E. E. (Jalpiii, No. 2260.

A very distinct plant, in general aspect resembling some species
of Sisijmbrium ; it belongs to tbe section Orthoselis. I propose to
place it next to H. callosa Burcli., although the character of the
lobed leaves should bring it nearer to H. abrotanifoUa Herb. Banks;
with the former it seems, however, to have more in common than
with any other species.

42. Aspalathus Leipoldtii, sp. n. Fruticulus adscendens
valde ramosus ; ramulis flexuosis terefcibus fohis fasciculatis laxe
vestitis ; fasciculis foliorum basi piilvinato-tomentosis ; foliis sim-
plicibus subulatis acutis vel mucronulatis, carnosiusculis, glabris,
0-3-0-7 cm. longis, vix 0-1 cm. diametientibus ; floribus aureis
terminalibus ad apices ramulorum valde abbreviatoram, breviter
pedicellatis, pseudo-spicatis ; pedicellis teretibus tenuiter appressim
strigosis supra medium bracteolis 2 minutis ornatis ; calyce sub-
campanulato, 0-3 cm. lougo, segmeutis valde abbreviatis deltoideis,
tenuissime puberulo ; vexillo breviter unguiculato, lamina sub-
orbiculari obtusa, extus puberula, intus glabra, c. 0-7 crn. lougo,
alis e basi unguiculata subito ni laminam oblique oblongam obtasam
glabram, 0*4 cm. longam dilatatis, 0-6 cm. longis ; carina cymbi-
formi obtusa puberula, basi unguiculis tenuibus donata, alis fequi-
longa ; ovario sericeo, 2-ovulato ; stylo filiformi genutiexo, dimidio
superiore glaberrimo.

In regione austro occidentali : In collibus prope Clanwilliam, solo
arenoso, alt. c. 450 ped., 21 Sept. 1896; L. C. Leipoldt, No. 256.

I am not quite sure about the leaves of this plant being con-
stantly unifoliolate, but in the good set of specimens in my herbarium
I have not been able to find any trifoliolate ones. In habit the
plant resembles most A. abietina Thbg., but the calyx-segments, the
hairy vexillum, and the obtuse carina with the al^ of equal length,
distinguish our plant well. A. vonjinbosa E. Mey. and A. tenni-
foUa DC. with solitary leaves are widely different from our plant.

43. Kalanchoe Pentheri, sp. n. Suffrutex erectus, 50-60 cm.
alto ; caule stricto teretiusculo villoso, basi demum glabrescentc ;
foliis oppositis pateutibus patulisve, submembranaceis, obovato-
oblongis, obtusis, puberulis vel (demum? ) glabrescentibus, integris
vel obscure crenatis, sessilibus, reticulato-nervosis, usque ad 10 cm.
longis, usque ad 3 cm. latis, superioribus angustioribus ; iuHore-
scentia laxe cymosa dense villosa, c. 20 cm. longa, ramis dichotome
ramulosis, 5-6 cm. longis, subdensc pluritloris ; floribus breviter
pedicellatis ; calycis segmentis ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis villusis,
0-6 cm. longis; coroUte tubo 1-1-2 cm. lougo, e basi ampliata,
glabra, 0*4 cm. diametiente, augustato piloso, fauce 0-1 cm. diametro,
segmeutis lauceolatis aristato-acumiuatis patentibus, c. 0*4 cm.
longis, purpureis ; tilamcutis liliformibus glabris, corolhe tubo alte
aduatis, antheris oblougis obtusis, parti liber;u hlamentorum paulo
brevioribus ; stylis subulatis; capsula calycem paulo exccdeute,
glaberrima ; seminibus oblougis, brunneis.

In regione austro-orientali ; in fruticetis prope "Buiskop' iu

3i2 DECADES PLANTARUSI NOVARUJI AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM.

republica Transvaalensi, alt. c. 4500 peel., exeunte Maio 1895 ;
Dr. A. Penther.

I am indebted to my friend Dr. A. Pentlier, of Vienna, for a
collection of plants which he made during his expedition to the
Zambesi, amongst which, besides several other novelties, I found
this fine KaJanchoc, which differs from all our other South African
species by its pilose corolla. It is nearest to K. hirta Harv., in
which, however, the leaves are said to be conspicuously petioled.
K. rotiouUfolia Harv. and A'. ohlonrjifoUa Harv. differ by the want of
the indumentum.

44. Vangueria pygmaea, sp.n. Fruticulus humilis, 10-15 cm.
altus, e basi parum ramosus ; ramis erectis adscendentibusve apice
densius foliatis, pilis deflexis puberulis demum glabratis ; foliis
oppositis lineari-oblongis vel ellipticis, obtusiusculis, basin versus
angustatis, brevissime petiolatis, utrinque subvelutinis, 4-7 cm.
longis, medio fere 1-2 cm. latis ; stipulis e basi dilatata subulatis,
intus perspepe fasciculo pilorum ornatis ; cymis axillaribus abbrevi-
atis, foliis duplo vel plus duplo brevioribus ; bracteolis miuutis ;
pedicellis erecto-patentibus, subvelutinis florum fere longitudine;
calyce coroUte duplo fere breviore subvelutino, segmentis lineari-
lanceolatis, erecto-patentibus ; corolla; tubo subcampauulato extus
glabro, calycis segmenta subexcedente, lobis ovatis acutis extus
puberulis, intus glabris, erecto-patentibus, c. 0*4 cm. longis, corolljB
fauce intus fascilis pilorum deflexorum ornatis ; stamiuibus coroUte
lobis alternantibus fauci insertis, filamentis subulatis brevibus,
antheris oblongo-lanceolatis apiculatis, loborum medium subexce-
dentibus ; stylo subfiliformi glabro, stigmate capitato, antherarurn
apicem subexcedente ; fructu subgloboso glabro, calycis lobis per-
sistentibus coronato, 1-1 "5 cm. diametiente.

In regione austro-orientali : In graminosis, Elandsfontein, prope
Johannesburg in republica Transvaalensi, alt. c. 5500 ped., Nov.
1896 ; D. F. GUjillcm {E. E. Galpin, No. 1416 in Herb. Schlechter).

Allied to V. Zei/Iwii Soud., but well distinguished by its calyx,
the hairy leaves, and lobes of the corolla ; the flowers are green.

45. Anthospermum Galpinii, sp. n. Fruticulus erectus
ramosus, 2-3-pedalis, habitu A. athiopico Tlibg. similis; ramis
erectis angulatis primum microscopice puberulis, demum glabratis,
mox lignescentibus, subdense, prassertim apicem versus, foliatis ;
foliis ternatim verticellatis, erecto-patentibus, linearibus mucronu-
latis, utrinque glabris, marginibus plus minusve revolutis, 0-6-1 cm.
longis ; fructibus axillaribus sessilibus oblongis, apice subemargi-
natis, calycis dentibus subobsoletis ; mericarpiis semiteretibus
oblongis obtusis, dorso puberulis, 2-5 mm. longis ; stigmatibus
filiformibus flexuosis, villosis, elongatis, corollam 4-partitam multo
excedentibus, c. 0-6 cm. longis.

In regione austro-orientali: In collibus ad portum "St. Johns"
dictis "West Gate," in terra "Pondoland" appellata, alt. c. 1100
ped., Dec. 1896 ; E. E. Galpin, No. 3472.

This species so much resembles some forms of A. cBthiopicum
Thbg. that it might easily be taken for that, if the fruits were not
very different. The latter resemble very much those of A, Lichteii'

DECADES PLANTARUM NOVARUM AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM. 343

steinii Ci'use. A. hispididum E. Mey., which is unknown to me,
must be aUied to our species, but differs by the hairy leaves and the
subulate calyx-teeth on the mericarp. Male flowers of our plant
I have not seen.

46. Berkheya hypoleuca, sp. n. Eobusta erecta ramosa,
caule tomentosulo foliato ; foliis radicalibus rosulatis obovatis
obtusis, sinuato-deutatis, sparsim spinoso-ciliatis, basin versus
angustatis subpetiolatis, subtus dense niveo-tomentoso, superne
tenuissime tomentosulis demum glabratis, scabridiusculis, 10-14 cm.
longis, supra medium 3-6 cm. latis ; caulinis oblongis lanceolatisve
basi cordatis inferioribus decurrentibus ; capitulis florum in axillis
foliorum superiorum terminalibusve breviter pedunculatis aureis,
c. 3 cm. diametientibus ; involucri foliolis ovato-lanceolatis aristato-
mucronatis spinulis paucis ciliatis, nunc radiis fequilongis nunc
paulo brevioribus, marginibus apicem versus perstepe revolutis ;
tioribus radii 12-15 patentibus ligulatis apice breviter 3-lobulatis,
extus basin versus sparsim puberulis, 1"5-1'7 cm. longis, medio
fere 0-2-0-3 cm. latis ; floribus disci tubulosis, 1*1 cm. longis, basin
versus puberulis, alte 5-fidis, lobis erectis linearibus obtusiusculis,
filamentis filiformibus glabris, antheris linearibus acutis, filameutis
multo longioribus, coroUte lobis brevioribus; stylo filiformi brachiis
corollam paulo superantibus ; acheniis turbinato-cyiiudricis 5-
costatis, sericeis, pappi squamulis c. 20, 2-seriatis, subspathulato-
oblongis obtusis, apice nunc minute dentatis nunc subintegris.

In regione austro-occidentali : In cacumine mentis Andriesberg
prope Bailey, in ditione Queenstown, alt. c. 6400 ped., Dec. 1896 ;
E. E. Galpiii, No. 2235.

Belonging to section Eii-Suvbaa, and nearest to B. buphthal-
v)oides Schltr. {StccbcEa huphthalmoides DC), but distinguished by
the leaves, longer rays, and glabrous (not downyj pappus. The
rays are yellow.

47. Wahlenbergia Galpinise, sp. n. Herba gracilis, erecta,
subsimplex vel parum ramosa, 30-60 cm. aita, caule nunc bene
foliato, nunc foliis paucis donato, stricto vel plus minus flexuoso ;
foliis anguste linearibus patentibus patulisve acutis, rarius oblanceo-
lato-ellipticis acutis, integris vel obscure denticulatis, 1-2-4-5 cm.
longis ; floribus pallide cieruleis nunc racemosis nunc paniculatis,
breviter pedicellatis ; ovario pro genere minus elongato subclavato
glaberrimo, calycis dentibus subtriangulis acutis glabris, corollfe
4-6-plo brevioribus; corolla alte 5-fida, 0-8-1-3 cm. longa, seg-
ments lineari-lanceolatis vel lincari-ellipticis acutis, glabris, 2-3 cm.
latis ; stylo subvilloso subulato, stigmatibus 2, erectis linearibus ;
filamentis e basi cuneata trilobulata hispidula, angustissime line<ari-
filiformibus glabris, 0*3 cm. lougis, antheris linearibus obtusis,
0-4 cm. longis, stigmata paulo excedentibus ; capsula subclavato-
cylindrica glaberrima bivalvi.

In regione austro-orientali : In clivis montis Katberg, Mart.
1896; Domina Amu (jdlpi't (No. 2059 in Herb. E. E. Galpin et
Herb. Schlcchter). In monte Andriesberg prope Bailey, alt. c.
6500 ped., Jan. 1897 ; E. E. Galpin, No. 2265.

The firtit bpecimeus which I saw from the Katberg have well-

844 DECADES PLA.NTARUM NOVARUM AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM.

developed leaves, whereas in those from the Audriesberg the leaves
are but few and small. By its narrow bivalved capsule, which
somewhat recalls Prisinatocarpuii, our plant is well distinguished
from the other South African Wahlenbergias.

48. Harveya pumila, sp. n. Herba perennis pusilla, 6-9 cm.
alta, exsiccatione nigricans ; caule validiusculo, abbreviate, squamis
oppositis, rotundatis obtusis vestito, glabro ; inflorescentia corym-
boso-abbreviata, 2-8-flora ; floribus subsessilibus pallide roseis,
c. 4 cm. longis ; bracteis calyce basi adnatis erectis linearibus
subvillosis; calyce 2*5 cm. longo, tubo subcampanulato glabrescente
vel nervis puberulo, segmentis linearibus lanceolatisve subacutis
erectis, subvillosis ; corolla oblique campanulata, tubo dimidio
inferiore contracto glaberrimo, c. 0*4 cm. diametro, dimidio
superiore ampliato apicem versus puberulo ad basin lobulorum
villoso, fauce c. 1-2 cm. diametiente, lobis erecto-patentibus pro
maguitudiue corollte parvulis subquadrato-spatulatis, subtruncatis
apice minute subcrenulatis, margiuibus ciliatis, dorso glabrescenti-
bus intus glabris, 0-7 cm. longis, infra apicem vix 0-7 cm. latis ;
staminibus apicem tubi baud attingeutibus, filamentis basi barbel-
latis dorso puberulis, anthere subfalcatis, apice reflexa acute
apiculatis, basi calcaratis acutissimis, calcare incluso 0"3 cm.
longis ; stylo filiformi glaberrimo apice incurvo, stamina paulo
excedente ; stigmatis lobis subreniformibus.

In regione austro-orientali : In saxosis in cacumine mentis
" Andriesberg " prope Queeustown, alt. c. G300 ped., Oct. 1896;
E. E. Galpiu, No. 2171.

This appears to be allied to H. la.viflora Hiern,* from which its
stouter growth, the calyx, and the lobes of the corolla distinguish it
very well.

[* This is an unpublished name: by Mr. Hiern's kindness we are enabled
to supply a description of the plant taken from his MS. of the South African
Scrophularincit and other orders, prepared in 187-1-5 at the request of Dr. Dyer
for publication in the fourth volume of the Flora Capcnsis, then sup^Josed to be
imminent. It may be well to point out that the plant distributed in Macowan
and Bolus's Herb. Norm. Austro-Africanum No. 378 as "Harveija laxijlora
Hiern MS. in Herb. Kew," is not the true plant, but is referred by Mr. Hiern to
H. 2}urjpurca Harv. ; and that the former name does not exist in the Kew
Herbarium, ^ye have here an instance of the mischief likely to occur from the
practice, prevalent in some quarters, of using MS. names, especially when this
is done without access to original sources. Mr. Schlechter's species seems to be
allied rather to H. purpurea than to H. la.viflora; he appears to have been
misled as to its alhance by the name in Herb. Norm. Austro-Afric, No. 378.

"Harveya laxiflora Hiern MS. (anno 1875) in Fl. Cap. iv. inecl. H. pubescens
7-18 cm. alta, caule simplice erecto vel adscendente brev),foliis squamiformibus
ovatis lanceolatisve parvis, racemo terminali laxe 1-5-fioro maximam plant;©
partem conficiente, bracteis linearibus lanceolatisve, pedicellis bracteatis 1-3 cm.
longis quam in csteris generis gracilioribus patentioribus laxioribusque, floribus
6-6 cm. longis, calyce pubescente 2-'2-5 cm. longo, lobis lineari-lanceolatis inter se
inaquilongis interdum dimidiato, corolhi fere glabra lilacina luteave tubo ai^icem
versus sensim dilatato plus minusve curvo limbo patente 4-5 cm. diam. lobis
rotundatis marginibus crenulato-undulatis, stylo corollje tubum £equante apicem
versus curvo glabro, stigmate capitato subgloboso.

"Habitat in austro-occidentali : Tulbagh (Dr. Pappcl) et ad Genadenthal
{Kolbingiy Ed. JoL-R.N. But.]

t)FX'ADES PLANT.\EUM KOVARUM AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM. 345

49. Selago capitellata, sp. n. Fruticulus erectus, ramosus,
c. 30 cm. alius ; ramis erectis gracilibus, teretibus, subsquamuloso-
puberulis foliatis ; foliis fasciculatis vel superioribus nimc sparsis,
erecto-patentibus, liuearibus acutis glabris, interuodia plerumque
excedeutibns, 6-11 cm. longis, c. 0-1 cm. latis, 1-nerviis ; capitulis
fiorum terminalibus ad apices ramulorum magnitudine fere pisi iu
racemum elongatum dispositis; bracteis oblongis obtusis ciliatis,
calycem paulo excedentibus : calyce 5-fido, hispidulo, segmentis
superioribus 2 inferioribus paulo majoribus usque ad medium
inter se connatis, vix 0*1 cm. longis, inferioribus 3 lineari-lauceo-
latis acutis alte liberis ; corolla glaberrima, tubo calyci fere
sequilongo e basi subcylindrica fauce dilatato, lobis patentibus,
superioribus 2 in laminam subquadratam 2-lobatam, 1*5 mm.
longam connatis, inferioribus 3 divaricatis oblongis obtusissimis,
0-2 cm. subjequilongis ; staminibus brevioribus paulo longioribus
bene exsertis, filamentis filiformibus glabris apice inflexis, antheris
minutis subquadratis ; ovario ovoideo glaberrimo ; stylo filiformi
flexuoso, antlieras superante.

In regione austro-orientali : In saxosis prope "Johannesburg,"
parte "Jeppes Town" appellata, alt. c. GOOO ped., Febr. 1894;
Domina Marie Galpin (No. 1398 in Herb. E. E. Galpin et Herb.
Scblechter).

I propose to place this species near S. hyssopifolia E. Mey.,
although in habit it looks very different. Unfortunately there is
no mention made about the colour of the flowers, which, as usual
in the genus, has faded even in the very fine specimens at hand.

50. Thesium longirostre, sp. n. Fruticulus decumbens, e
basi ramosus ; ramis elougatis glabris, exsiccatione sulcatis, pro
genere bene foliatis; foliis anguste linearibus acutis, dorso carinatis
glabris, nunc erectis nunc apice more Th. lobelioidis A. DC, re-
curvatis, subhamatisve, 0-G-l cm. longis; floribus in axillis foliorum
superiorum termiualibusve, 0-5 cm. longis ; bracteolis foliaceis
anguste linearibus acutis, dorso carinatis, erectis glabris, perigonii
dimidium i^quantibus ; perigonio dimidio fere fisso, tubo campanu-
lato, segmentis lineari-lanceolatis acutis, suberectis, extus glabris,
intus apice margineque dense pilis niveis, barbatis, medio fasciculo
pilorum brevium ad antheras tendcutium donatis ; staminibus ad
basin segmentis insertis, filamentis subulatis, antheris oblongis
O'l cm. longis, paulo brevioribus; stylo erecto subfiliformi anther-
arum apicem attiugente, 0*2 cm. lougo, stigniate sLyli apici vix
crassiore ; fructu ovoideo, 10-costato reticulato, apice rostro cou-
spicuo (perigonio persistentc cffecto) coronato, rostro incluso,
0-7-0-8 cm. longo.

In rcgioue austro-occidentali : In collibus saxosis prope Queens-
town, alt. c. 3G00 ped., Oct. 1896; K. E. Galpin, No. 2157.

Should be placed next to T. lohelioides A. DC. in section Friesea.
The remarkable features of our plant are the long style and the
long anthers, combined with the long perianth, which later forms
the conspicuous beak on the nut. There is no sign of a limitation
of the disk.

346 NOTES ON CO. DUBLIN PLANTS.

NOTES ON CO. DUBLIN PLANTS.
By H. C. Hart, F.L.S.

Glauciuiii jlavum Crantz. This species has become very rare or
extinct at Suttou, owing to shifting of beach by high tides and
storms. Very abundant at Portrane, near Malahide.

Lavatera arborea L. Abundant on the Stack Rock at Ireland's
Eye up to the summit, to which I climbed in June, 1887. The plant
is tolerably surely native here and in a couple of other places in the
Howth district.

Tri(j(iiu'Ua jnirimrascens Lam. In addition to the locality re-
discovered by Mr. Colgan (where it is abundant), this forms the
sod of an old grassy road leading from the Lighthouse road to the
cliff path. Many square yards are covered here by this rare and
minute species.

Caucalis arvensis Huds. Deer Park Quarry, and by the Boggeen
brook, near Woodside, Howth.

'^'Sainbuais Ebulns. Eailway-bank near Sutton Station, on the
Howth side. An addition to the Howth Flora.

Echiuin vulfjare h. Portmarnock, abundantly; and Portrane.

Hyosojaiinis ni(jer L. Plentiful south of the Howth Lighthouse,
and at the Deer Park Quarry. Still abundant on Ireland's Eye.

Oruhanclic minor Sutt. (not 0. Hcdera-). On July 18th I gathered
this at the Portmarnock sandhill district. It was parasitic on the
native and abundant plants Lotus curnicnlatus and Ononis arvensis.
The situation was an unbroken area of native vegetation. I have
gathered this species previously in Wexford and Carlow on intro-
duced clover {T. repens) amongst laid-down grass, where it was
doubtfully established. The present locality gives the species the
right to be held a native in Ireland. The specimens have thickened,
almost tiiberous stem-terminations just beneath the surface of the
soil. From these the rootlets proceed, and to these rootlets the
finer ones of the Lotus were attached. Those in connection with
Ononis were of a thicker textvire. There were a good many specimens
of the Orobanche.

\Ballota nigra L. Deer Park Quarry.

Atriplex rosea L. {A. arenaria Woods). At the Cosh, Howth,
and on Ireland's Eye, and between Greenfields and Kilbarrack ;
Portmarnock strand opposite Baldoyle, and from that round the
point to St. Marnocks, and again close to Malahide, abundantly ;
at Portrane Point opposite Malahide. I have not botanized along
any of these shores for about ten or twelve years, but for many
years previously they were constantly examined, and I feel sure this
Atriplex did not occur there then, but had for its only locality that
between Layton and Balbriggan, where I was famihar with the
plant. If this be so (and I see no reason to doubt it), this sudden
great increase of extension of range is a remarkable phenomenon.
It may be a reappearance, as it was once recorded, but not since veri-
fied, at " Suttou and Baldoyle." An addition to the Flora of Howth.

NOTES ON WEST ROSS PLANTS. 347

A. portulacoidcs L. Muddy saltmarsli near Old Mill, at Port-
marnock.

Euphorbia portlandica L. Abundant at Portrane, near Malahide,
with E. Paralias.

Epipactis paliistris Crautz. In considerable quantity at Port-
maruock, one patch extending fully twenty yards, and containing
hundreds of plants. In 1872 I found three plants there.

E. latifolia All. Sparingly in the demesne by the left-hand side
of the path most to the westward leading from The Pibododendrons
to the Castle. An important addition to the Flora of Howth.

Hahenaria viridis Br. In a field south-west of the coastguard
signal-station, near the tavern (Waldron's) where the "long car"
stops.

\Bromus erectus Huds. Very abundant along the railway-banks
near Howth Station. This is one of its favourite description of
stations.

Zostera nana Both, is abundant on the mud below the clubhouse
of the Portmarnock Golf Links. It was originally recorded from
the Baldoyle side of the estuary by A. G. More.

Holcus mollis L. This grass seems very scarce on Howth, and
I have not met with it in 1897.

[Lastraa awula Brackenbr. This was, I fear, an error, and does
not occur in the Demesne Wood. Some form of L. dilatata was
mistaken for it, perhaps.]

Ceterarh ofiicinanim Willd. Apparently on the increase about
the Baldoyle and Sutton districts. Several new localities might be
specified for this rare Howth fern.

Botnjchium Lxinaria Sw. Has been found near Glenaveena, on
the south side of Howth, by Mrs. Culverwell.

(>phio[ilossuin vuhjatum L. Found with the last. This fern has
also been recently found by the path leading from Demesne to
Much Rock.

I apologize if I have failed to give credit for any of the above
notes to other observers. I am away from reference-books, and to
me they are mostly new.

NOTES ON WEST ROSS PLANTS.

By E. S. AND C. E. Salmon.

The following notes refer to plants found in the neighbourhood
of Kinlochewc, W. Ross (v.-c. 105), in Aug. 1896; and are supple-
mental to Mr. G. C. Druce's "Contributions towards a Flora of
West Ross," in Trans. But. Soc. EdinbunjJt, 1894, vol. xx. part 1,
pp. 112-171. As will be seen below, we are indebted to several
botanists for the determination of critical plants, and we are also
under special obligations to Mr. Arthur Jjcnnett for kind help in
many ways. New records for the vice-county are marked with an
asterisk.

348 NOTES ON WEST ROSS PLANTS.

Thulictram alpinum L. Beinn-a'-Mlmmidli (flowering).

Suhidarui (iqiiatica L. Loch Maree ; locb on Feith-an-Leotbaid;
Gleann-na-Muice. Two stations given in Mr. Druce's paper [loc. cit.).
'•■Rnbus Boijenii Linton. Kinlochewe. — '''R. villicaidis Koehl.
Kinlocbewe. — R. pymmidalis Kaltenb. Kinlocbewe ; two stations
given by Mr. Druce. Tbe above Rubi were named by Rev. W.
Moyle Rogers, wlio remarked on tbe first two species, " tbe first
W. Ross specimens tbat I bave seen."

Sa.vifraga upposiUfoUa Li. Beinn-a'-Mbuinidli. Noted as " rare "
by Mr. Druce ; two stations given. — S. hypnoides L. Beinn-
a'-Mbuinidb and Glen Docberty. Also noted as " ratber rare,"
witb two stations.

Fanuissia palustris L. Kinlocbewe ; two stations given.

Drosera anylica Huds. X rotundifuUa L. [D. uhovata Mert. & Kocb).
Locb Maireannacb ; Locb Clair.

L'allitriche haiindata Kuetz. Locb Maree; stream running from
Locban-an-Iasgaicb ; near tbe river, Kinlocbewe.

Kpilobium ahinefolium Vill. Sliocb. Named by Rev. E. S.
Marsball. Included in Mr. Druce's list, witb tbe note, "given in
Dixon's list" ["Gairlocb," J. H. Dixon, 1886], "and I bave an
impression tbat I saw it on Ben Lay, but it sbould be verified." —
'^'E. ana galUdi folium Lam. X palustre L. Sliocb. Named by Rev.

E. S. Marsball.

CirccBa alpina L. By a waterfall, Carn-a'-Gblinne, Kinlocbewe.
— ^'C. alpina L. var. intermedia (Ebrb.). Locb Maree. Mr. Artbur
Bennett, wbo named tbe plant, reported: — "Your plant seems to
me to be tbe C. intermedia Ebrb. Exsicc. (but according to Meyer,
not of bis berbarium). Your specimens seem in leaves, petioles,
venation, &c., to agree witb alpina, wbile in size, &c., witb lutetiana.
Prabl {Krit. El. Holstein) gives a very appropriate name for it, i. e.
C. alpina var. major Hornemann. Most continental Floras seem to
regard it as a cross between tbe two species, but Kocb makes a full
species of it, as also does Nyman in bis Consp. El. Europa;(B." It
is interesting, witb regard to tbe question of tbe bybrid origin, or
not, of C. intermedia, to note tbat lutetiana is not known from
W. Ross ; Westeruess being tbe nearest county, Mr. Bennett tells
us, from wbicb it bas been recorded.

(inaphaliuin si/lvaticwn L. Noted as rare by Mr. Druce, and two
stations only given ; we found it in many places about Kinlocbewe.
also at Torridon. — G. sitpimim L. Sliocb.

*Hieracium graniticolum W. R. Linton. Sliocb. Tbis species is
recorded from S. Aberdeen [Journ. Bot. 1893, 145), wbere it was
first discovered; we cannot find tbat it bas been reported from
elsewbere. — *iJ. atratum Fr. f. Sliocb. — *H. seneseens Backb.
Sliocb. — H. amjlicum Fr. var. lumjihracteatum F. J. Hanb. Sliocb.
— *i?. Leyi F. J. Hanb. Sliocb ; Carn-a-Gblinne, Kinlocbewe. —
*iJ. Schmidtii Tauscb. Stream near Kinlocbewe. — H. rabicundum

F. J. Hanb. Ben Eay. One locality given in Mr. Druce's list. —
*H. rubicundum F. J. Hanb. var. BosweUi (Linton). Stream near
Kinlocbewe; Ben Eay. — "'H.aryenteum'Er:. Ben Eay. — -'H. Somer-

NOTES ON WEST ROSS PLANTS. 349

feltii Lindeb. Slioch. The above Hieracia were named by the Rev.
E. F. Linton.

Pyrola minor L. Glen Docherty and A-Ghairbhe. Mr. Druce
says this species is recorded in Top. Bot. " doubtless on the authority
of Lightfoot, who records it from Little Loch Broom. Dixon in-
cludes it in his list." — P. secmula L. Carn-a'-Ghliune.

Gentiana cauipcstris L. River bank, Kinlochewe. Mr. W. H.
Beeby reported on specimens sent, " apparently somewhat abnormal
forms of G. cawpestris." Mr. Druce gives a single station.

Euphrasia hrevipila Burm. & Gremli. Kinlochewe. Named by
Mr. F. Townsend. Not recorded in Mr. Druce's list, but it seems
probable that it may be the plant he records as " E. o^ficinnlis L.,
var. Piostkoviana Hayne, f. horealis Townsend" from several places,
as Mr. Townsend (Joum. Bot. 1896, 444) says, "it remains to be
determined whether E. borealis is a distinct form, or whether it
should be referred to E. hrevipila." — '''E. Scotica Wetts. (= palu-
ilosa Towns.). Ben Eay. Named by Mr. Townsend, who wrote
(Dec. 189G), "it has only hitherto been found in Aberdeenshire."
Mr. Druce (Joitrn. Bot. 189G, 390) states that it occurs in Argyll
and Westerness. — E. gracilis Fr. Stream near Kinlocliewe. Named
b}' Mr. Townsend.

Utricularia neglecta Lehm. Loch on Feith-an-Leothaid ; Loch
Gleann-na-Muice. One station in Mr. Druce's list. — U. intemicdia
Hayne. Loch Maireannach ; Loch Clair. One station given by
Mr. Druce.

Malaxis paludosa Sw. Near Loch Clair ; near river at Kinlochewe.

Allium ursinum L. Near A-Ghairbhe.

Carex pilidifcrn L. var. loiif/ibracteata Lange. Slioch. Named
by Mr. Arthur Bennett. — C. Immjata Sm. Near A-Ghairbhe.
Mr. Druce says, "on the authority of Mr. Grieve, I have not seen
it in the county." Mr. Bennett verified the name.

*Poa Bal/ourii Parn. Slioch. Named by Mr. Arthur Bennett.

Hijmenophijllum unilaterale Bory. A-Ghairbhe; below Beinn-a'-
Mhuinidh ; abundant on rocks at Talladale.

Cn/ptor/rainme crispa Br. Slioch.

R'quisetwn pahistre L. Sandy margin of Loch Maree, near Kin-
lochewe. Mr. Arthur Bennett reports, "a form between var.
tenelhim (Fr.) and the ordinary plant, I believe."

Lycopodium inundatum L. Near Loch Maireanuach, near Kinlo-
chewe. Recorded for W. Ross in Top. Bot. without personal authority.
Mr. Druce says, " I have a recollection of seeing it recorded from
Kinlochewe."

Iso'eies lacustris L. Slioch. — /. echinospora Dur. Lochs on
Feith-an-Leothaid; Loch Gleann-na-Muice. In Mr. Druce's 'list
as " recorded by Mr. Ewing."

Chara J'raijUis Dcsv. Lochs on Feith-an-Leothaid; Loch Gleann-
na-Muice ; also as a "form approaching var. barbuta" in a stream
at Kinlochewe. Named by Messrs. H. &, J. Groves.

350

NEW NATAL PLANTS.
By J. Medley Wood, A.L.S.

DECADE I.

Hibiscus saxatilis Wood & Evans, n. sp. Suffruticosus,
erectus, 1-2 ped. altus, parce ramosvis, caulibus, petiolis, pedun-
culis, involucro et calyce dense stellato-hirsutis. Folia varianfcia ex
ovatis ad profunde 3-5 lobata, lobis acute serratis, ciliatis, utrinque
stellato-hispida, maturioria glabresceutia, basi 5-9-veuis, 1-3 poll,
longa, Ij- 21 poll. lata. Pedunculi axillares terminalesque longiores
petiolis. Involucellum bracteis 8-10 oblongo-ovatis, ciliatis, venosis,
|-1 poll, longis, 2-3 lin. latis. Corolla involucello duplo longior.
Ovarium dense hirsutum. Semina sericea. Flores albi, medio
obseuri.

Habitat. — Natal. On a rocky bill, summit of Van Reenen's
Pass, Drakensberg Mts., alt. 5-GOOO ped., December; J. Medley
Wood, No. 5961.

Rhus rupicola Wood & Evans, n. sp. Frutex erectus, multo
ramosus. Rami ramulique Inrsuto-pilosi. Folia trifoliolata petio-
lata, petiolo communi 2-5 lin. longo, foliolis obovatis, sessilibus,
basin coarctantibus, mucronatis, subcoriaceis, reticulatis, integris,
margine revoluto, pallidioribus infra lucidisque, nervo tantum
pubescente, terminalibus 3-6 lin. longis, 2-3 lin. latis, lateralibus
similibus, sed plerumque minoribus. Paniculae axillares terminal-
esque multo longiores, foliis 1-2 poll, longa", rhachi pedunculisque
minute pubescentibus. Pedicellus flore paulo longior. Flores
minuti, lutei. Drupa globosa, 1-2 lin. diam., glabra.

Habitat. — Natal. Amongst rocks below waterfall, Liddesdale,
near Howick ; J. Medley Wood, No. 3932, February, 1888.

Amongst Soutb African species this comes nearest to 11. mucro-
nata, but differs from it by indument of branches, shape and size of
leaves and petioles, length of panicles, colour of flower, and appa-
rently also in size of drupe : we have no specimens of //. mucronata
with which to compare it.

Rhynchosia ovata Wood & Evans, n. sp. Caulis suffruticosus,
suberectus, cum ramis dense rufo-pilosus. Folia longe petiolata,
trifoliolata, foliolis ovatis, mucronulatis, integris, basi rotundatis,
trinervis, tenuiter hispidis et pilis longis albis ciliatis, lateralibus
brevissime petiolulatis, terminalibus longioribus, maturis, IJ poll,
longis, 1 poll, latis. Stipul;T3 subulata?, striat^e, 3 lin. longa?.
Racemi axillares terminalesque, folia superantes, floribus paucis,
distantibus. Bractete baud vis^. Legumen oblongum, acutum,
basi angustatum, 9 lin. longum, 3-4 lin. latum.

Habitat. — Zululand. Near Entumeni ; J. Medley Wood, No.
3987. April, 1888.

Amongst South African species this falls in the section Copisma,
and comes near to B. adenodes, from which plant it differs in size
and shape of leaves (which are not resinous dotted), size of flowers,
cutting of calyx, and indument.

NEW NATAL PLANTS. 351

Helichrysum infaustum Wood & Evans, n. sp. Caules ex
radice liguosa, plures, diffusi vel suberecti, simplices vel ramosi,
pubescentes, basi nudi, sursum foliosi, 4-8 poll, lougi. Folia
alterna, sessilia, linearia, obtusa, Integra, superne araneoso-lanata,
inferne dense albo-tomentosa, 3-8 lin. longa, 1-1^^ liu. lata. Cymre
in pedunculis elongatis, globosae, conciunse, 50-100-cephalae, G-15
lin. diam. Capitula cylindracea, 4-8-fl., Ih; lin. longa, floribus
omnibus hermapliroditis, corollis 5-dentatis. Involucrum seriebus
pluribus imbricatum, squamis scariosis, fulvis, exterioribus ovatis,
interioribus ovato-lanceolatis. Receptaculum planum, foveolatum.
Pappum acbeuiaque non vidimus.

Habitat. — Natal. Near Van Reenen's Pass, Drakensberg Mts.,
5-6000 ped. alt., March; J. Medley Wood, No. G973.

Near H. hamulosum E. M., but a smaller and apparently less
erect plant, with much smaller cymes and heads, and more woolly
leaves which are not "hook pointed." Differs from H. Kraussii
Sch. Bip. in having all its florets perfect, also in habit and size ;
and from both in indument of leaves. After examination of numerous
heads, we have not been able to find any trace of pappus.

Berkheya latifolia Wood & Evans, n. sp. Herbacea, 1-2 ped.
alta, apice racemoso-pauiculata. Folia inferiora 12-14 poll, longa,
G-7 poll, lata, ovato-oblonga, basi coarctantia, acuta, petiolata ;
intermedia minora, angusto-oblonga, decurrentia in utraque parte
caulis, superiora rapide diminuentia, crasse creuata marginibus
spinosis, obscuris, paucis minutis adpressis pilis supra, infra arach-
noidea. Capitula pauca (3 tantum in speciminibus nostris). Pedi-
celli erecti, 2^-4 poll, longi. Squamae involucrales 100 vel plures,
in j)luribus seriebus, diffusa), rigidfe, marginibus spinosis, glandulis
minutis pedicellatis, subtus dense tectae. Spini 1-2 lin. longi. Radii
circa 40, |-1 poll, lougi, 6-8-striati, bifidi, utroque lobo bifido.
Receptaculum profunde foveolatum, cellis apice laceratis, dentibus
sa)pe longis acuminatis. Achseuia glabra. Squamte pappi paucte,
apice laceratoe, interiores angustiores. Flores lutei.

Habitat. — Natal. On side of a grassy hill near De Beers Pass,
Drakensberg Mts., March, 5-6000 alt. ; J. Medley Wood, No. 5960.

Berkheya montana Wood & Evans, n. sp. Herbacea, erecta,
striata, spinosa, minute pubescens, 3-5 ped. alta. Folia radicalia
nulla, caulina oblonga, margine plus minus undulato vel augulato,
spinoso-ciliato, superne minute hispida, inferne tcnuiter arachnoidea,
inferiora 6-9 poll, longa cum petiolo, 3-4 poll. lata. Petioli foliorum
inferiorum subamplexicaules nee decurrentes, ^-^ poll, longi, gra-
datim diminuentes, foliis superioribus sessilibus. Capitula laxe
disposita in corymbis axillaribus terminalibusque i-1^ poll. diam.
Squama] involucrales squarros;e, lanceolate, exteriorcs longissimoe,
spiuoso-acuminatie, margine spinis paucis sparsis in basi concreto,
arachnoidea) infra, utrinque dense tecta3 glandulis minutis, vena
media conspicua, lateralibus supra obscuris. Squamre exteriores
4-7 lin. longiTj, spinum 1 lin. longum iucludcntes. Receptaculum
profunde foveolatum, cellis fimbriatis, longis setis acuminatis.
Acha^nia glabra, striata, minute pedicellata. Pappum crateriforme,
concretum, uniseriatum, apice laceratum. Flores lutei.

352 NEW NATAL PLANTS.

Habitat. — Natal. In a shady valley near De Beers Pass,
Drakensberg Mts., 5-6000 ped. alt., March; J. Medley Wood,
No. 6978.

Chsenostoma neglectum Wood & Evans, n. sp. Herba erecta,
parce ramosa, pluribus caulibus ex radice lignea, teres, tenniter
Bed dense pubescens pilis siibfuscis. Folia opposita, sessilia, sub-
amplexicaulia,lineari-obloDga, obtusa, remote et infiequaliter dentata,
vena media infra prominente lateralibus obscuris, coriacea, utrinque
tenuiter pubescentia, prtesertim subtus in vena media, 3— li poll,
lono-a, l-h poll. lata. Flores in racemis axillaribus termiualibusqne,
simplicibus vel compositis dispositi. Pedimculi ^-2^ poll, longi.
Bractea uua basi utriusque pedunculi, subulata. Calyx ganio-
sepalus, 5-partitus, tubo subgloboso, limbo 5-lobato, lobislinearibus,
erectis, tenuiter hispidis, 2-3 lin. longis, H lin. latis. Corolla hypo-
crateriformis, tubo brevi, limbo 5-dentato, lobis fequalibus, integris,
diffusis, calyce dimidio vel ultra longiore, roseo, fauce lutea. Stamina
quatuor in corolhie fauce, inclusa, subdidynama. Anthera similes,
1-loculares, reniformes margine membranaceo. Ovarium superius,
2-loculare, ovoideum, hispidum. Stylus filiformis, hispidus. Stigma
obtusum. Fructus capsularis. Semina numerosa.

Habitat. — Natal: near Charlestown, January, 5-6000 ped. alt. ;
J. Med lei/ Wand, No. 5241. De Beers Pass, Drakensberg Mts.,
5-6000 ped., March ; J. Medley Wood, No. 6032. Orange Free
State: near Harrismith, 5-6000 ped. alt., March; J. Medley Wood,
No. 4817.

This plant is so very common in the localities above named,
that it seems strange that it has been for so long undescribed. It
appears to prefer the vicinity of cultivated ground, though often
times found far from it.

Moraea glauca Wood & Evans, n. sp. Cormus globosus,
|-1 poll, diam., plerumque pluribus minoribus natu parvisque
undique collectis. Tunicje chartacea^ venis prominentibus longi-
tudiualibus, cum venulis obliquissimis transversis, lamina coloris
melini, venis venulisque obscure rubro-fuscis, acuminatis. Caulis
brevis. Folium basale 6 ped. longum, basi f poll, latum, gradatim an-
gustatum ad apicem, saspe forsan semper flaccidum deorsum 1-3 ped.,
glabrum, subglaucum, basi numerosas bulbillas parvas includente,
1 vel 2 utroque nodo. Valvfe spathas 3-5 poll, lougte, cylindraceae,
hi- vel multi-floris, interior longissima, exterior connata, basi plus
dimidia longitudiue, longe acuminata, virides cum apicibus flaccidis.
Perianthium luteum, cum maculis fuscis basi cujusque lobi, vena
media conspicua. Segmenta diffundentia, 1-1 :^ poll. longa, ipoU. lata,
oblonga, exteriora mucronulata apice, interiora similia sed angustiora,
et longitudine subrequale. Filamenta connata f longitudiue. An-
therte sagittatii?, lineari-oblongre, extrorsfe, cum counectivo producto.
Pollen luteum. Styli spathulati, tenuiter ciliati in margine superiore,
cristis lanceolatis, marginibus liberis interioribus in basin stylorum
petaloideorum currentibus. Ovarium 3-loculare, obtuse 3-angulatum,
ovulis 1 vel 2-seriatis, superpositis, numerosis. Capsula non visa.

Habitat. — Natal. Moot River district ; J. Medley JVood, No. 4035.

This plant belongs to the subgenus Eumoma and to the section

NEW NATAL PLANTS. 353

CorymhoscB, and comes near to M. iriopetala, but differs in size and
coating of corms, length of spathe-valves, which are withered at tip,
colour of flowers, and shape of perianth-lobes. From M. mini it
differs by length of leaf, stem and peduncle, colour of flower and
pollen, and cutting of style-crests. This is one of the plants called
by the Dutch colonists "Tulp" or "Tulip," which are so fre-
quently fatal to cattle ; its leaves appear in the early spring when
grass is not plentiful, and cattle — I believe especially those from a
district where the plant is not found — eat it with fatal results,
whole spans of oxen having been killed by it. Probably several
species of Moraa have the same properties, and are included in the
generic name "Tulp."

Aloe Marshall! Wood & Evans, n. sp. Acaulescens, folia
jiroducta 20 vel plura, multifaria, erecta, linearia, basi mvtlto
dilatata, 1-2 poll, lata, basi gradatim coarctantia 1-2 poll., inde
angusto-linearia ad apicem acutum, parte dilatata basi cum maculis
minutis albis notatus, parte angusto-lineari, 2-3 lin. lata, non
alveata, vena media conspicua, margine parvis dentibus spinosis,
inferioribus confertis, superioribus restrictis, pedunculis simplicibus,
1-2 ped. longis, paucis bracteis ovatis cuspidatis scariosis. Flores
15-30 racemosi internodis ^-^ poll., pedicellis inferioribus ^-| poll,
longis. Bracteae oblongo-cuspidatse, paullo longiores pedicellis.
Perianthium cylindraceum, coccineum, prnsacutum, viride, tubo
longo lobis 3-5 lin. longis. Stamina cum stylo inclusa, perianthio
subfequantia.

Habitat. — Natal. Rocky hill on the farm "Kelvin Grove," near
Glencoe, 4-5000 ped. alt. ; J. Medlei/ Wood, December, 1896.

This plant seems to fall between A. Cooperi and A. mlcrocantha ;
from the former it differs in leaves which are not " tapering gradu-
ally to the point," in the length of the pedicels and bracts, colour of
flower, and length of perianth-tube. From the latter it differs in
texture and shape of leaves, number of empty bracts, looseness of
raceme, length of fertile bracts and perianth-tube. Of the latter
species, however, we have no specimen with which to compare it.
A plant well worth cultivation, having much the appearance when
in flower of the well-known Cyrtantlms anrjustifolius.

Kniphofia multiflora Wood & Evans, n. sp. Folia lorata,
rigida, cum venis numerosis, margine tenuiter et irregulariter
serrulato, 3-4 ped. longa, ^-1 poll. lata. Pedunculi foliis sub-
sequantes. Racemus dense multiflorus, 12-15 poll, longus, sub-
spicatus, cum pedicellis brevibus. Bractcio lineares, pedicellis
longiores. Flores erecti, numerosissimi, 300-400 in racemo luteo.
Perianthium subcylindraceum, medio paullo constrictum, h-^ ^o\\.
longum, 2 lin. latum, segmentis brevissimis tarn latis quam longis.
Stamina cum stylo valde exserto.

Habitat. — Natal. In a swamp, summit of Drakcnsberg Mts.,
between Van Rcenen and Nelson's Kop, 5-GOOO ped. alt. ; J. Mcdleij
Wood, No. 5972, March, 1896.

Differs from all the other Natal species of the genus known to us by
its quite erect flowers, also by its long, narrow, many-flowered raceme.

Journal of Botany. — Vol. 35. [Sept. 1897.] 2 a

354

NOTES ON MYCETOZOA.

By Arthur Lister, F.L.S.

Badhamia. ovispora Racib, — Mr. James Saunderg, of Luton,
discovered this species on old straw at Barton, Beds, on June 5tli,
1897. On further search among straw heaps at Stopsley Common,
which lies a few miles distant from Barton, when I had the pleasure
of being one of the party, more was found, and on July 28th a large
gathering was made at the same place by Mr. C. Crouch, of Kitchen
End, Ampthill. I am not aware of B. ovispora having been pre-
viously collected, except the original type obtained by Dr. Raciborski
on branches of Populns canesce72s DC. in Poland in 1884 (referred
to in Ih-it. Mus. Cat. jSbjc. 36). I have seen a glycerine preparation
of the type in the possession of Dr. Celakovsky, of Prague, and was
able to take a camera lucida drawing of the spores, and can there-
fore vouch for the specific identity of the present gatherings. The
sporangia are sessile, hemispherical, about 0*5 mm. diam., usually
crowded and confluent, or forming elongate and anastomosing plas-
modiocarps. The prevailing colour is white, but some clusters are
greyish pink, and others ochraceous. The thick sporangium-wall
is very fragile, and composed of remarkably large round granules of
lime 1-5-4 /x diam., which separate almost like sand on slight
pressure ; the calcareous outer crust rests on a delicately mem-
branous layer enclosing the spores. The capillitiura consists of
large irregularly-shaped lime-knots, often connected by broad tubes
filled with lime-granules, and uniting to form a cohmiella at the
base of the sporangium ; sometimes the columella is wanting, and
the capillitium is more regular in form with true Badhamia character,
but it is here and there reduced to slender hyaline threads. The
lime-granules filling the knots are of the same structure as those in
the sporangium-wall, and crumble down almost at a touch. The
spores are strikingly characteristic of the species ; they are free,
and vary in shape from ellipsoid to nearly globose ; they measure
from 10 to 16 /x by 8 to 10 /x diam., and are perfectly smooth as
seen under a magnifying power of 1600 diam. A ridge or fold runs
along one side in the direction of the long axis, and often gives the
appearance of an apiculus at the two ends. On drying, the spores
contract on the side marked by the aforesaid ridge, and take a boat-
shaped form ; when viewed under a moderate magnifying power,
they sparkle like glass beads, reflecting the light from their polished
surfaces ; the colour is olive-brown witli a purplish tinge.

In several species of rhysanim, especially in P. comprcssiim, we
are accustomed to meet with a vitreous condition of the lime on the
sporangium-wall ; it appears to be in consequence of exposure to
rain, and is alluded to in B. M. Cat. 54. The solution of the lime-
granules and subsequent crystallization is a striking feature in
B. ovispora ; in some cases the sporangium is almost covered with
irregixlarly-shaped, crystalline nodules about 40-50 /x diam.

The examination of old straw heaps in open fields has lately
yielded remarkably rich results, and I hope shortly to offer some

X POTAMOGETON FLUITANS IN HUNTINGDONSHIRE. 355

remarks on interesting species of Physarum and Dklymium found in
great abundance in these localities, and exhibitiug unusual characters.
It would be well if those who are interested in these organisms would
investigate such straw heaps during the summer and autumn,

X POTAMOGETON FLUITANS IN HUNTINGDONSHIEE.
By Alfeed Fryer.

Shortly after the discovery of P. fluitans''- in a small pit by the
side of the forty-foot , or Vermuyden's Drain, in Ramsey parish,
the pit was used as a receptacle for rubbish from a neighbouring
cottage. Foreseeing thence the probability of the plant soon
becoming destroyed in its sole locality in Huntingdonshire, I
planted some roots in a recently-dug pit near Warboys Wood.
Although the subsoil of the pit was Oxford Clay like that of the
Ramsey locality, the plants did not thrive for some years, probably
from the want of the decayed vegetable mud which forms the lower
stratum of the woody ponds in which Potamogetons flourish.
Time, however, remedied this defect, and two years ago I saw that
the roots began to spread a little about the pond.

In July of the present year I again visited the Warboys locality,
and to my delight found a mass of P. fluitans extending over some
forty square yards, or more. As the species had already been
extinct as a native plant in Huntingdonshire for nearly ten years,
I felt that in following Mr. H. C. Watson's advice of "helping"
a plant to live, I had done well ; and the plant being beyond all
danger of extinccion by any number of collectors, the time had
come when a notice of the introduction became necessary in this
Journal.

On August 19th I was at the original locality in the parish of
Ramsey, and found no trace of any Potainoyetun whatever in the
little pit by the forty-foot drain, but some fifty yards away I saw a
new pit had been dug since my last visit in 1895. In this new pit
to my surprise I found some beautiful seedling forms of P. naUms,
with lanceolate, oval, and round floating leaves, sufficient to afford
examples of several named " varieties," but unfortunately all growing
on one rootstock in the instance in which the " varieties " were most
marked ! At one end of the pit a plant of nutans was growing
which looked older and more thoroughly established, and with much
the look oi fluitans about the mass of foliage. On closer inspection
I found several plants of Jluitans were really mixed up with the
nutans, and that native, unhelped specimens of Huntingdonshire
Jiuitans were still existing !

Now from whence did these plants come ? My former suggestion
{Joxirn. Hot. 1886, 307) that the species was brought down from
the upland waters of the county has received no support from an
examination of the only brook which runs into the forty-foot.

• Jonrn. Bot. 1888, 277.

2 A 2

35G REPORT OF DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRIT. MUS., 1895.

Althongh that brook is the source of P. natansm this locality, no plants
of F. iinitans have been found in it, in spite of repeated and careful
examination. Again, no floods have occurred recently such as could
have washed roots or seeds from the upland water into the new pit.

I think the question of the reappearance of P. naUms itself,
letting alone fluiUms for the moment, in this restricted locality is
only to be explained in one way — by the rootstock having survived
in the soil, made damp by winter floods, for many years without
having been able to push up stems or leaves ; certainly none have
been seen during the fifteen years I have visited the spot, which has
been perfectly dry in summer and grazed over by cattle.

Now if we allow that a strong rootstock of P. natans managed to
survive in the dried-up mud and clay for some years, we only add
another instance to many which are familiar to all fen-men of the
persistent vitality of buried roots of water-plants.

To return to P. jiuitans .-—the fact of most interest to me is that
it remains quite unaltered in both localities, it is exactly as it was four-
teen years ago, no variation whatever has taken place ; and as I have
never yet seen forms of P. fluitnns from any two localities, however
near to each other, exactly alike, I can come to only one conclusion
• — that the reappearance of P. Jiuitans in the original locality is due
to a long-buried rootstock. Probably when the locality at Ramsey
was constantly under water, as it was prior to 1848, the original
seedling x P. jhdtans covered a considerable space, as the trans-
planted roots now do at Warboys.

In habit of growth P. jiuitans keeps very distinct from my
P. crassifulius, which I still think a hybrid with Zizii as one parent
instead of lurens. Where Zizii does not grow we find only the
typical P. Jiuitans! *

EFFORT OF DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM, ISOa.f
By George Murray, F.R.S.Ed.

The collections have been enriched duriug the year by several
especially noteworthy additions.

Mr. Arthur Lister has added to his previous gifts the further one
of 832 microscope shdes of Mycetozoa and 397 herbarium specimens,
as well as 112 exhibition specimens and 36 coloured drawings by
Miss Gulielma Lister to illustrate the British representatives of this
group. The latter series have been placed in a table-case in the
gallery.

A collection of nearly 8000 drawings of British Fungi by Mr.
Edwin Wheeler, of great botanical value, has been generously pre-
sented by Messrs. Edwin and Henry Wheeler. The drawings are
of particular importance as accurate records of the colour characters

* Since the above was written, rootstocks of both species have been found
(August 27th) under conditions continning the view advocated.

[t This was accidentally omitted from our last year's volume ; we print it
now in order that the series may not be incomplete. — En. Journ. Bot.]

REPORT OF DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRIT. MUS., 1805. -JO?

of the larger Fungi, which are so difficult to preserve suitably iu a
herbarium.

A present of much value and interest, consisting of 14G micro-
scope slides, illustrating his researches on Archegoniato plants, has
been made by Professor D. H. Campbell, of the Leland Stanford
University, California.

The other additions to the collections by presentation have con-
sisted of 91 plants from Kolguev Island, by A. Trevor Battye,
Esq. ; 12 specimens of tropical fruits and palm foliage, and 2 species
of Cordyccps, by H. N. Ridley, Esq. ; 4 species of cultivated orchids,
by Miss Woolward ; 213 specimens of East African plants, by F. J.
Jackson, Esq.; 718 Indian plants and specimens of aerial roots of
Sunderbund plants, by Dr. King, Botanic Garden, Calcutta ; 210
specimens of East African plants, by Dr. Donaldson Smith ; 4 speci-
mens of cultivated orchids, by Messrs. Veitch ; 739 plants from
Kashmir, by J. F. Duthie, Esq. ; 89 North American plants, by
A. Davidson, Esq. ; 25 plants from Great Salvage Island, and 11
from Great Piton, by W. E. Ogilvie Grant, Esq. ; 41 plants from
West Tropical Africa, by Captain Lugard ; 4 plants from Ceylon,
by Dr. Trimen ; 101 plants from North America, by Professor
Piobinson ; 101 plants from North America, by Professor Macouu ;
36 Cryptogams from British Guiana, and specimens of Urari poison
ingredients, by J. J. Quelch, Esq. ; 185 plants from North Cali-
fornia, by Professor E. L. Greene ; 16 specimens of Malvacca from
South Africa, by E. E. Galpin, Esq. ; 23 plants from the Pamirs,
by theliev. J. Gerard; 42 plants from Australia, by Spencer Moore,
Esq. ; 3 specimens of cultivated orchids, by James O'Brien, Esq. ;
59 North American Lichens, by Professor Farlow ; 29 Cryptogams
from Ceylon, by E. E. Green, Esq. ; 11 American and 13 Japanese
t'haracca;, by Dr. T. F. Allen ; 48 Alga^ from the Cape of Good
Hope, by Miss Newdigate ; 63 Algce from the Cape, by W. Tyson,
Esq. ; 17 Algpe from the Cape, by the late Professor Schmitz ;
15 MgiG from South Australia, by Baron von Mueller; 30 Cali-
fornian Alga) and 6 photographs of the same, by W. R. Shaw, Esq. ;
52 Cryptogams from India, by Dr. T. Cooke ; 3 Algte, by Major
Reinbold ; specimens and slides of Xeomeris, by A. H. Church, Esq. ;
2 Algc^ from the Cape, by Professor E. Perceval Wright ; a gathering
of Diatomaci'ft from Trinidad, by the Director of the Royal Gardens,
Kew; 2 Australian Fungi, by Miss Dymes ; and single specimens,
by E. M. Holmes, Esq., Dr. Lange, F. W. Moore, Esq., Professor
Cramer, Miss Pigou, Mevrouw Weber van Bosse, W. W. Strickland,
Esq., and Surgeon-Captain A. Alcock.

The following additions have been made by presentation to, the
British Herbarium :— 131 specimens by the Rev. E. S. Marshall;
21 specimens by Captain WoUey Dod ; 3 specimens by W. Whitwell,
Esq. ; 12 specimens by Clement Reid, Esq. ; 11 specimens by the
Rev. E. F. Linton ; 9 specimens by Professor D. Oliver; 3 specimens
by R. F. Towndrow, Esq. ; 108 specimens by W. A. Shoolbred, Esq. ;
2 specimens by the Rev. Augustin Ley; 50 specimens by T. \Vulff,
Esq., for the exhibition series of British plants ; 3 Mosses by Mrs.
Tindall ; 10 Algte by G. Brebner, Esq. ; 2 Fungi by Miss Beatrice

358 REPORT OF DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRIT. MUS., 1895.

Heathcote ; 2 Fungi by Lord Walsingham ; 20 rare Staffordshire
Mosses by J. E. Bagnall, Esq. ; and single specimens by Sir Hugh
Low, W. P. Hiern, Esq., David Robertson, Esq., J. C. Mansel-
Pleydell, Esq., and H. Wigley, Esq.

The following additions have been made by exchange of dupli-
cates:— 442 specimens of Tropical African plants, and a specimen
of Fleurodadia pahistris from the Director of the Eoyal Botanical
Museum, Berlin ; specimens of the fruits of Dio7i edide and Zainia
from Professor Penzig ; 2 new species of Disperis from Dr. Schlechter ;
and 159 slides of Hepatic^ from Mrs. Tindall.

The first half, consisting of 5000 specimens, of the Stephani
collection of Hepatics has been acquired by purchase. A very large
number of these are type specimens, since Dr. Stephani has described
nearly every important foreign collection during the last twelve years.
This purchase has greatly enriched an important section of the
Herbarium, and, happily, at a time when increased study is being
given to the characteristics of the Hepaticae.

The following collections have also been acquired by purchase : —
100 specimens of Potatnofjeton, collected by Tiselius ; 96 specimens
of South African plants, collected by Schlechter; 1233 plants and
68 woods from Kilimanjaro, collected by Volkens ; 348 South Texas
plants, collected by Heller; 208 Persian plants, collected by Born-
miiller ; 302 Mexican plants (Provinces Colima and Sonora), collected
by Palmer ; 200 Borneo plants, collected by Haviland ; 400 Polish
plants, collected by Rehman and Woloszczak ; 300 plants from
Asia Minor, collected by Sintenis ; 113 plants from Natal, collected
by J. M. Wood ; 384 plants and 3 wood specimens from Formosa,
collected by Henry ; 429 Mexican plants, collected by Pringle ;
297 plants from the Sandwich Islands, collected by Heller; 118
plants from Bulgaria, collected by Stribrny ; 251 Bolivian plants
from Rusby ; 50 British plants (Willows and Rubi) from the Rev.
E. F. Linton ; a specimen of Flemiiujites from Sherborn ; 50 speci-
mens of Fungi from Cavara ; 350 Fungi from Sydow ; 100 Fungi,
principally Australian, from Cooke ; 100 Russian Fungi from
Jackzewski, Komarov, and Transzchel ; 100 Brazilian Mosses from
Ule ; 88 Mosses of Newfoundland and Labrador from the Rev.
A. C. Waghorne; 150 North American Algfe from Collins, Holden,
and Setchell; 61 slides of Algae from Buffham ; 200 Fungi from
Pazschke ; 100 Scandinavian Fungi from Eriksson ; 50 Fungi from
Seymour and Earle; 17 UredinciPixonx^oXv^d^y ; 50 North American
Mosses from Renault and Cardot ; and 100 Fungi from Krieger.

There have been added to the collection of prints and drawings
24 original drawings by Sydenham Edwards for "The New Botanic
Garden," 3 drawings by Mrs. Withers, and 1 by Fitch.

A manuscript journal of Sir Joseph Banks' voyage to Newfound-
land and Labrador in 1766 has been acquired by purchase. The
journal is in the handwriting of Sarah Sophia Banks, the sister of
Sir Joseph.

359

REPORT OF DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM, 1890,
By George Murray, F.E.S.

The late Freeman C. S. Roper, of Eastbourne, for many years
an authority on Diatomacea;, has greatly enriched the collections by
the bequest of his cabinet of Diatoms, consisting of 3580 slides,
2 type slides, and 41 herbarium specimens. Mr. Roper's collection
had been long known as one of the best private cabinets, since it
contains much material prepared under his special direction. It
has proved to be of great value even as an addition to the magnificent
series of slides already in the Department.

The Linnean Society has presented 3705 specimens of Fungi
and Lichens (from Weddell's Herbarium), and the gift has made it
possible to complete published sets by E. Fries, Mougeot and
Nestler, Stenhammar, Th. M. Fries, Hepp, Anzi, and Malbranche.

The other additions to the collections by presentation have con-
sisted of 841 Malayan Phanerogams and Cryptogams, 345 woods
and 1 fruit by H. N. Ridley, Esq., Director of Gardens and Forests,
Singapore; 453 Indian plants by Dr. George King, C.I.E., F.R.S.,
Superintendent of the Royal Botanic Garden, Calcutta ; 352 Kash-
mir and 100 Pamir plants by J. F. Duthie, Esq., Director of the
Botanic Garden, Saharunpur ; 81 Cryptogams and 1 fruit by the
Honourable William Fa^Ycett, Director of Public Gardens and
Plantations, Jamaica; 3 plants by J. H. Hart, Esq., Superintendent,
Royal Botanic Gardens, Trinidad ; 135 South African plants by the
Government of Cape Colony ; 74 African Fungi and 3 fruiting
specimens of Flowering Plants by W. T. Thiselton-Dyer, Esq.,
C.M.G., C.I.E., F.R.S., Director, Royal Gardens, Kew ; 11 Insecti-
vorous plants by Professor Balfour, F.R.S., Director of the Royal
Botanic Garden, Edinburgh ; 24 North American and Mexican
plants by the Director of the National Herbarium, Washington ;
435 African plants by tbe late John Buchanan, Esq., C.M.G. ;
8 specimens by Messrs. Veitch ; 93 North American plants by
Professor Macoun ; 240 Canadian Phanerogams and Cryptogams
by J. M. Macoun, Esq. ; 25 plants from Kolguev by Colonel
Feilden; 34 European plants by Dr. Christ; 248 Chinese Phane-
rogams and Cryptogams and 30 fruits by Father Hugh ; 17 American
Willows by W. W. Rowlee, Esq. ; 300 Phanerogams and Crypto-
gams from British North Borneo by his Excellency the Governor
Creagh, C.M.G. ; 70 South African plants by H. Bolus, Esq. ;
74 Nyasaland plants by the Universities Mission; 2 photographs of
Mexican vegetation and 2 Fungi by 0. H. Howarth, Esq. ; 2 plioto-
graplis of Hakca (irammatopJujUa by G. H. Adcock, Esq. ; 3 specimens
and drawings by Professor Bailey ; 6 Orchids by F. W. Moore, Esq. ;
4 species of Lhnilieya by Dr. Cordemoy ; 2 Canarian plants by the
Rev. R. P. Murray ; 3 New Zealand plants by T. Kirk, Esq. ;
21 Orchids by J. Weathers, Esq. ; 27 West Australian plants by
W. Fraylen, Esq. ; 17 microscope slides of Cryptogams by C. D.
Sherborne, Esq. ; 300 New Zealand Musci and Hepaticaj by F. T.
Mott, Esq. ; 3 Tasmania Mosses by W. A. Weymouth, Esq. ; dried

360 REPOKT OF DEPARTMENT Of BOTANY, BKIT. MUS., 1896.

and spirit specimens and 4 microscope slides of a new genus of
Hepatica3 by Professor D. H. Campbell ; 23 Cape Algfe by W.
Tyson ; 73 Cape Algve by H. G. Flanagan, Esq. ; 3 Cape Alg^e
and specimen of a new variety of Jaborandi by E. M. Holmes, Esq.;
25 Australian Algae by the late Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G. ;
75 Grand Canary Algfe by Miss Anna Vickers ; 12 Crimean Algse by
Miss Nathalie Karsakoff ; 18 slides of Plankton Diatoms by Professor
Cleve; 2 Algie by Surgeon-Captain Alcock; 14 Antiguan Mycetozoa
by W. Crau, Esq. ; 17 photographs of Indian Fungi by Dr. Alfred
Lingard; and single specimens by Graf zu Solms-Laubach, Professor
F. W. Oliver, Captain Meryon, R.N., Eev. C. H. Binstead, and
W. Horace Wood, Esq.

The following additions have been made by presentation to the
British Herbarium: — 342 plants by the Kev. E. S. Marshall; 76
plants by Arthur Bennett, Esq. ; 38 plants by A. B. Jackson, Esq. ;
20 Montgomeryshire plants by W. Whitwell, Esq. ; 6 plants by
T. Hilton, Esq. ; 2 plants by Miss Boyd; 5 Insectivorous plants by
Professor Trail ; 2 Leicestershire plants and 200 Musci and Hepaticse
by F. T. Mott, Esq. ; 1 rare Moss and 2 microscope slides by W. E.
Nicholson, Esq. ; 11 AigiD and 6 slides by George Brebner, Esq. ;
18 Fungi by C. B. Plowright, Esq. ; 11 Fungi by Miss A. L. Smith;
3 Fungi by C. F. Jenkin, Esq. ; 2 Fungi by Cedric Buckuall, Esq. ;
and smgle specimens by J. Lloyd Williams, Esq., Eev. E. A.
Woodruffe Peacock, Mrs. Marindin, Rev. E. D. Heathcote, Rev.
C. H. Binstead, Miss A. H. Fisher, and W. H. Shrubsole, Esq.

The following additions have been made by exchange of dupli-
cates : — 928 Phanerogams and Cryptogams from the Cameroons
and the Argentine Republic, from the Director of the Royal Botanical
Museum, Berlin ; 597 Minnesota plants from Professor Conway Mac-
millan ; and specimens in spirit of 2 parasites for exhibition from
Professor Penzig.

The second (concluding) portion of the Stephani collection of
Hepaticfe has been acquired by purchase. It consists of 6920
specimens, and is in every respect a most satisfactory addition to
the Herbarium.

Two small Herbaria of Alg^e of much value were also purchased,
viz. that of the late T. H. Buffham, consisting of 1330 specimens,
chiefly from British coasts ; and that of the late Bracebridge Wilson,
containing 1485 Victoria specimens. Both collections were the fruit
of careful and assiduous Avork during many years.

The following specimens have also been acquired by purchase: —
1334 Phanerogams and Cryptogams, from "the Sequoia region,"
by Hansen ; 1254 Phanerogams and Cryptogams, from North
America, by Marcus E. Jones; 529 Phanerogams and Cryptogams,
from Madagascar, by Dr. Forsyth Major; 340 Chinese plants, by
Father Hugh; 100 Lombok plants, by Everett; 239 Armenian
plants, by Sintenis; 100 Pohsh plants, by Woloszczak; 276 French
Congo plants, by Bates ; 249 Hawaiian plants, by Heller ; 100
plants from Greece, by Heldreich ; 108 Bornean plants, by Havi-
land ; 225 Mexican plants, by Pringle ; 280 Mexican plants and
22 fruits, by Palmer ; 79 Yucatan plants, 377 Orinoco plants, by

SHORT NOTES. 861

Kusby ; 442 Persian plants, by Boiiimuller ; G44 Cryptogams, by
Beattie ; 200 Swiss Cryptogams, by Wartmann and Winter ; 50
Swiss Cryptogams, by Wartmann and Scheuk ; 185 Labrador
Mosses, by Waghorne ; 20G Labrador and Newfoundland Lichens,
by Waghorne ; 48 Florida Algje, by Curtiss ; 50 North American
Alg?e, by Collins, Holden, and Setchell ; 100 Alg;B, by Hauck and
Eichter ; 25 Chdna-ccr, by Migula, Sydow, and Wahlstedt ; 350
Fungi, by Sydow ; 1G3 Mecklenburg Fungi, by Fiedler ; 200 Scandi-
navian Fungi, by Eomell ; 1000 Fungi, by Ellis and Everhart ;
25 Parasitic Fungi, by Briosi and Cavara; 50 Lombardy Fungi, by
Cavara ; 50 Kussian Fungi, by Jaczewski, Komarov, and Tranz-
schel ; and 100 Fungi, by Krieger.

SHOUT NOTES.

Mobility of Antherozoids of Dictyota and Taonia. — While
working at the fertilization of the Fucaccic last summer, I collected
male and female plants of Victyota dichotuma Lamx., and carried
out experiments with the view of deciding whether there was a
process of fertilization in this case, or merely of parthenogenesis.
On one occasion the so-called spcrmatia, or pollmouls, were observed
in active motion, their behaviour being similar in all respects to
that of the antherozoids of the Fitcacece, excepting that they came
to rest much sooner. This phenomenon was seen late in September,
towards the close of the fruiting season of Dictyota, and in conse-
quence of the lateness of the season I was unable to observe it again.
Though strongly urged to publish the observation, I thought it
better to wait until ample proofs were secured before doing so.
They have now been obtained, and experiments made during the
present month (August) have confirmed in every respect the con-
clusions arrived at last September. Male plants of Dictyota with
mature antheridia obtained at Holyhead were carefully isolated at
the time of collection, and kept moist. In the laboratory, fragments
were placed in clean sea-water, either in glass capsules or on slides.
In each case the antherozoids immediately appeared, swarming in
the water and exhibiting as great activity as those of Fnctis. On
focussing the microscope on the surface of a sorus the antherozoids
could clearly be distinguished starting into activity and leaving the
antheridia. Specimens were fixed and stained. Tliese show clearly
the structure of the bodies and cilia of the spermatozoids, and in
this respect a striking difference is at once observable between them
and those of the Fucaci'cc. Details respecting tliese points, observa-
tions on the conditions affecting their maturation, liberation, and
mobility, together with the results of experiments on the fertilization
and germination of the oospheres, will be published at an early date.
While this work was in progress, antheridial plants of Taonia
aiomaria J. Ag. were collected at Llandudno, and treated in the
same manner as Dictyota. In this case also the antherozoids were
actively motile. It is evident that the above observations have an

362 SHORT NOTES,

mportant bearing on the position of these plants among the Plmo-
jjhycea. — J. Lloyd Williams.

Salix cernua Linton. — In my paper on the " Salix Lists in the
London Catalogue " [Jouni. Bot. 1896, 461), I omitted any reference
to 8. cernua, no fresh light having been shed on its origin since the
description was written [Jouni. Bot. 1894, 202). This year the
Kev. W. R. Linton and myself were at Braemar in July, and
happily re-discovered the original plant on a rocky slope of the
Little Craigindal, and a fair amount of specimens were procurable
for our Set of British Willows. A doubt had been raised by the
late Dr. F. B. White whether S. lepens L. ascended to the altitude,
about 2100-2200 ft., at which the hybrid occurred ; and, though
I felt little doubt that I had *S'. repens from such an elevation, and
the Student's Flora says it "ascends to 2500 ft. in the Highlands,"
there was no evidence to show its presence in the neighbourhood
of the Little Craigindal rocks. It was therefore a great satisfaction
to me to find -S. repens growing close by the plant of S. cernua, and
interesting to see plants of it flourishing on rocky ledges, a situation
in which I do not remember to have noticed it before. We kept a
sharp look-out for S. Lapponum L., as that had formerly been sug-
gested to me as the probable co-factor with S. herbacea in making
the hybrid ; but it was nowhere seen along the whole length of the
rocks. The prevailing willow was S. Myrsinites L., which was
fi-equeut, and presented some variation of leaf. A hybrid should
occur here between S. Myrsinites and S. repens, in one spot growing
in close proximity ; and this should be looked for in future years,
though it does not seem to have been developed as yet. I gave my
reasons when describing S. cernua for distinguishing between it and
6'. herbacea x Myrsinites; a plant of the latter, unmistakable, though
male, was detected by the Rev. W. R. Linton on the same rocks
during our visit in 1889, and cultivated specimens of this will go
out in the same fascicle with S. cernua, for the sake of comparison
and contrast. — E. F. Linton.

PoTENTiLLA NORVEGicA L. IN SuRREY. — I iioticed somo plants of
this species by a pond near Box Hill in June. Camelina sativa
occurred on gravel near Dorking. — G. C. Druce.

Caucalis nodosa Scop. — This plant, which usually occurs on
sunny banks, I noticed recently in great plenty in a clover-field
between Little Brickhill and Water Eaton, in Buckinghamshire.
Here it had much of the habit of C. arvensis. The umbels, especially
the lower ones, were shortly stalked. — G. C. Druce.

ViciA viLLOSA Roth, var. glabrescens Koch. — My friend the
Rev. H. J. Riddelsdell has sent me a vetch which he tells me is
found in some quantity on heaps of rubble near Aberdare. This
1 find to be the plant above named ; it has much resemblance to
V. Cracca, but the prolonged and almost gibbous base to the petals
at once distinguishes it from that species. Asperula arvensis occurs
in the vicinity. — G. C. Druce.

368

NOTICES OF BOOKS.

Flore Populaire, ou Histoire Naturelle des Plantes dans letirs rapports
avec la Lingidstique et le Folklore. Par Eugene Kolland.
Tome I. [RanuncnlacefB — Crucifera] . Librairie Rolland,
Paris. 8vo, pp. iii, 272. Price 6 fr.

An undertaking which must have suggested itself to many
besides the writer of this notice is now being executed by one
whom previous work in kindred matters has shown to be fully
competent for the task. M. Eugene Rolland has already issued
the Faane Populaire de la France (1877-83), the six volumes of
which contain the popular names and folklore connected with the
beasts and birds (wild and tame) and other living creatures of his
native country ; now that he comes to deal with the vegetable
world he has taken a wider range, extending his researches to the
plants of the countries of Europe, as well as of Western Asia and
Northern Africa.

M. Holland's book shows how vast is the popular nomenclature
of plants, although at the same time it demonstrates the hopeless-
ness of any attempt to record such nomenclature exhaustively.
The list of authors cited, with the abbreviated titles of their books,
occupies fourteen closely printed pages, and includes writers of all
classes, from the Latin and Greek authors down to the present day.
No language comes amiss to M. Rolland, but we could wish that
he had given translations of the Polish, Hungarian, Artibic, and
other names from languages with which most of his readers Avill
hardly be familiar. Such translations are often appended to the
Welsh citations, greatly to the advantage of the student who likes
to trace the connection of one name with another. The old herbals
and glossaries have been ransacked, and their numerous contri-
butions are duly catalogued.

French names naturally predominate ; many of them, says the
author, "nous avons ete chercher nous-meme dans ce puits sans
fond qu'on appelle la Tradition orale." No one who has not
attempted to collect such information has any idea of the number
of popular names still extant among the people, in spite of the
advance of what is called education. Thanks to the English Dialect
Society (whose work has been, we think, somewhat too abruptly
terminated, in consequence of the issue in parts of the Fnglish
Dialect Dictionari/), we have readily accessible a vast store-house of
information regarding the folk-speech of our country ; but it is
certain that the gleaner in such fields will yet find many stray qars
ready to his hand, sufficient, indeed, to make no inconsiderable sheaf.
M. Rolland has mainly followed (although by no means ex-
haustively) the Dialect Society's Dictionary of Fw/lish Plant-navies
for the popular nomenclature of this country, supplemented here
and there by references to more recent works. Many local floras —
such as Mr. F. A. Lees's West Yorkshire — would have supplied him
with important additions, and the manuscript Supplement to the
Dictionary of Plant-names — now, through the disruption of the

364 FLORE POPULAIRE.

Society, indefinitely postponed — contains a large number collected
from various sources. Here and there among M. Rolland's English
names we note an error or an omission : thus, the Bon Jardinier
Almanack for " the year XIII." notwithstanding, we cannot allow
that the " ten week stock" is synonymous with the wallflower, and
it is odd to find that a name in such general use as "Virginia stock"
is not recorded for Makomia maritima. Sometimes names distinctly
applicable to only one species are assigned to the genus, as when
" snow in summer" and others are placed under the genus Arabis
instead of under A. alplna, and "coral-wort" and the like are
recorded under Dentaria instead of under D. bulbifera. At times we
are inclined to doubt the accuracy of M. EoUand's generalizations,
as when he says of Ranunculus arvensis, "Cette plante porte souvent
les memes noms que les renoncules precedentes " (our three
buttercups) ; certainly in England this species has a very distinct
series of names, and its place of growth, spiny carpels, and general
appearance sufficiently prevent it from being popularly regarded as
one of the buttercups. The English names correspond curiously with
some of those of other countries : thus the adhesion to the hands
of the reapers which has gained for it oui- names "devil's claws,"
"hedge-hog," and "crows' claws "is echoed in France by "gratons,"
"chiuot (petit chien)," and "gousses = chieus " ; "les fruits sont
ainsi appeles parce que leurs piquants les font adherer aux talons
nus des pay sans et s'y attachent comme des chiens qui mordent."
The dialectal French "bramefouam — c'est a dire qui appelle la
faim, parce que cette plante fait le plus grand tort aux recoltes" — is
paralleled by our "hunger weed" and " starve-acre." This last
name is not given as English by M. Holland ; and a comparison of
his list with that in the Dictionary of English Piant-natnes shows
that of the twenty-eight names there given for Ranunculus arvensis,
M. Rollaud cites only fourteen, so that he has hardly done justice
to his English material.

M. Eolland has been wise in excluding the rubbish in the way
of spurious legend and tradition which is to be found in many
"popular" books, but we are inclined to think that the folklore of
the various species might be considerably extended. What there
is, however, is genuine and interesting. It is curious to find that
the popular superstition by which English nurses prevent their
charges from gathering dandelions is about Liege transferred to
buttercups, and in Languedoc to poppies ; our children's game
(which M. Eolland does not mention) of holding a buttercup under
the chin, to see by the reflection "if you like butter," has a variant
in Denmark, where, "si en touchant la menton de la mcuagere avec
une renoncule, il y reste des traces jaunes, clle reussira son beurre
dans le courant de I'annee." M. Eolland does not always steer
clear of ingenious derivations ; he thinks our English name poppy
comes from " poupee " and relates to the dolls which French
children make out of the flowers — an amusement " counue presque
partout," he says, but which we have not met with in England.
This is how it is done, according to Madame de Genlis : — "On fait
da coquelicot bien epanoui une charmaute petite poupee. Les

NEUE KALEALGEN VON DEUTSCH-NEU-GUINEA. NATURE-CHAT. 365

petales font rhabillemeut et les bras, au moyen des fils qui les

rattaclicnt. La petite tete fait le visage ; le haut de cette tete

forme une calotte ; les etamines font une jolie fraise ou collerette

autour du visage." To which M. EoUand adds: "les petales

doivent etre retournes et ramenes du cote de la tige, et on fait les

jambes avec deux brins de graminces."

M. Eolland's book is a valuable contribution to the popular

natural history of plants, and we trust it will steadily proceed to its

completion. t t>

•■■ James JJeitten.

Nene Kalkalfjenvon Deiitsch-Neu-Guinea. Von F. Heydrich. (Biblio-
theca Botanica. Heft 41.) Stuttgart : Nagele. 1897. Price
G Marks. Pp. viii, 11 ; 1 tab., 1 text-figure.

Under the general name of Bibliutlicca Botanica, edited by Pro-
fessors Luerssen and Frank, there have appeared at irregular intervals
and at varied prices a series of original communications by all sorts
of authors upon all sorts of botanical subjects. The present mono-
graph on the calcareous algre of Kaiser Wilhelm's Land, or German
New Guinea, forms the concluding part of Baud vii., and is remark-
able for the liberal allowance of titles ^vhich it displays in proportion
to text. Thus there is the title-page proper of the monograph; also
that of Heft 41, which is duplicated on the cover; and finally that of
Band vii. of the Bibliotheca Botanica, followed by a page of contents.
These "outward limbs and flourishes" are no doubt essential to the
book as a whole, but they occupy nearly half the present publication.
The remaining text, however, is sufficiently solid and condensed to
satisfy the most exacting algologist. Four new species of Litho-
thamnion [L. taniiense, L. jnjijmaiim, L, Bamleri, L, onkodes) are
described in full, and two others incompletely known are indicated
without name. Three other new species described are Lithophyllum
Jibidatuin, Pcyssonnelia taniiense [sic !] , and P. calcarca. Of most of
these plants life-size photographs, reproduced by collotypy, are pro-
vided, and give us a true conception of the external appearance of
these calcareous seaweeds. Growing as many of them do on coral-
reefs, the coralline algae are liable to be mistaken for true corals;
and as time and investigation proceed we are likely to have several
additions to the species. . P

Nature-Chat. By Edward A. Martin, F.G.S. London : R. E.
Taylor & Son. 8vo, pp. 141. Price Is.

This is an example of the kind of volume which is put forwiard
iu these bookmaking days by well-meaning persons who assume
the teacher's chair when they should occupy a place on the learner's
form. Mr. Martin's observations are at best trivial ; they are some-
times inaccurate, as well as inconsistent. For example, he says
(p. 14) that "the eight-rayed yellow disc" of the lesser celandine
is, "our botanical friends tell us, not a corona of petals as one
might think, but a calyx of sepals, beneath which appear three

306 ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.

bracts." Mr. Martin is not fortunate in his "botanical friends,"
and we demur to his application of "disc" and "corona" in this
context — perhaps "corona" is a misprint for "corolla"? — but what
we wish to point out is that, after this piece of information, he tells
us (p. 2G) that "the lesser celandine has always at least eight
petals!" His botany, indeed, needs revision, for in this same note,
having told us that "the buttercup tribe is a very puzzling one"
(which, if we except the Batrachixim section, is hardly the case), he
proceeds to differentiate our common species without any reference
to the character afforded by the calyx. He speaks (p. 34) of the
"blossom" of a grass when he means its inflorescence, and of
"chestnut trees" (p. 106) when horse-chestnuts are intended.
There is a tendency to fine writing, as when dead nettles are
termed "gorgeous" (p. 51) and "magnificent" (p. 7); and an
entire absence of anything like style. But the main defect of the
book is its triviality: what is to be learned from such Ollendorlfian
sentences as "I met with an iclmeumou-fly this morning in my
garden. The everlasting-pea is just commencing to be in bloom."
Mr. Martin no doubt has a genuine love for nature, and his efforts
to induce others to share his enthusiasm are deserving of praise ;
but we cannot thhik he was well advised in printing in book form
the miscellaneous paragraphs which make np Nature-Chat.

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.'^-

Bot. CentraJhlatt (Nos. 31-33). — F. Kuhla, ' Ueber Entstehung
und Verbreituug des Phelloderms.' — (No. 34). F. M. Ludwig,
' Beitriige zur Phytarithmetik.' — N. J. Kusnezow, ' Edmnnd Russow '
(24 Feb. 1841-11 April, 1897).

Bot. Gazette (31 July). — R. Thaxter, ' S)jncephalastrui)i and Syn-
cephalis ' (2 pi.). — H. J. Webber, * Development of antherozoids of
Zamia.' — E. W. D. Holway, 'Mexican Fungi ' {Fodosordaria, gen.
nov.). — W. M. Kozlowski, ' Contribution to theory of movements
of Diatoms.' — -J. M. Coulter & J. N. Rose, ' Revision of IJlffopsis'
(Crantzia). — K. M. Wiegand, Euphorbia hirsuta (1 pi.).

Bot. Zeitunij (16 Aug.). — F. Hegelmaier, * Zur Kenntniss der
Polyembryonie von Allium odorum' (1 pi.).

Bull, de Vllerh. Boissier (Aug.). — R. Keller, ' Hypericinefe
Japonicae.' — G. Lindau, 'Acauthace?e americanaB et asiaticae.' — H.
de Boisdieu, ' Les Saxifragees du Japon.' — R. Chodat, ' Sur deux
Algues perforantes de I'lle de Man.'

Bull. Torrey Bot. Club (29 July). — A. Hollick, Anomalophyllites
Bridgetonensis, n. sp. (3 pi.). — J. K. Small, ' Studies in the Botany

* The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers
or title-pages, but it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date of
publication.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 367

of tlie South-eastern United States.' — G. V. Nash, ' New or note-
worthy American Grasses.'

Eri/thea (30 June). — A. Eastwood, ' CojiifercB of Santa Lucia
Mountains.' — W. L. Jepson, ' Dr. Wilham P. Gibbons ' (Ap. 12,
1812-May 17, 1897). — (23 July). K. Brandegee, ' Notes on Erio-
goneai.' — C. P. Nott, ' Parasitic Bloridea of Cahfornian Coast.'

Gardeners' Chronicle (24 July). — Stapelia cupidaris N. E. Br.,
sp. n. — (14 Aug.). Eriopsis Helena Kranzl., sp. n.

Journal de Botanique (16 July). — A. Franchet, ' Isopyrum et
Coptis ' (concl.). — P. van Tieghem, ' Ovule et graine chez les
Hydnoracees.' — E. Bonnet, ' Sur quelques hybrides.'

Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschrift (Aug.). — F. Krasser, ' Coustantin Frei-
herr von Ettingshausen ' (16 June, 1826-1 Feb. 1897 : portr.).—
E. V. Halacsy, ' Beitrag zur Flora von Griechenland.' — J. Born-
miiller, ' Cidamaf/roatia [jalesare)isis Torg. & Bornm., sp. n.' — V.
Schiffner, ' Bryologische Mittheilungen aus Mittelbohmen.'

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dc.

M. Chodat contributes to the Bxdletin de VHerhier Boissier for
August a paper "Sur deux Algnes perforantes de I'lle de Man,"
which he collected during the visit of the British Association to
that island last year. He describes two new species, Gomontia
manxiana and Hyella rohiticola, and refers Harlot's Siphonncladus
vohiticola to Gomontia.

Prof. Kranzlin announces for publication, under the title
( h-rhidacearum Geyiera et Species, a complete enumeration of the
(h-chidacea. The work will occupy six volumes, the first of which,
containing the Cypripediete and Ophrydecs, is already in print.

Dr. Albert Schneider has prepared a new Text- Book of General
Lichenulo(iii, containing descriptions and figures of the genera
occurring in the North-eastern United States.

The Kev. W. H. Painter, of Stirchley Rectory, Shifual, Salop,
proposes to issue shortly, if a sufficient number of copies are sub-
scribed for, a Supplement to his Contribution to the Flora of
Derbyshire, which will contain additional habitats and records of
the Mosses known in the northern and southern divisions of the
county. The Supplement will contain sixty-four pages, and yill
be issued at 2s. 6d. per copy and postage.

Mr. Burkill informs us that Luffa agyptiaca is correctly included
in his list of British Central African plants (see p. 320), although
Momordica foetida was also distributed under the same Buchanan
number.

A new "journal of American science" is announced for publi-
cation, named, after its proprietor, Orcutt. The prospectus says : —

368 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC.

"No complimentary copies; no free samples; no exchanges; no
advertisements in tlie text ; no premiums ; no discount to agents —
the whole income going to make it better and larger! Botany
and horticultural science will receive the greatest attention in the
first numbers; botanists are invited to publish new species in its
pages."

In Thwiif/h Uiiknoum African Co2intrles (London: Edward Arnold;
21s. net) Dr. Donaldson Smith gives an account of his expedition —
the first undertaken — from Somaliland to Lake Rudolf. It is a
handsome volume, well prhited and illustrated, but its weight
(4 It). 5^ oz.), owing to the paper employed, renders it a serious
addition to a traveller's impedimenta. The natural history of the
expedition is dealt with in a series of appendixes ; but the list of
Dr. Smith's plants which was drawn up for him at the British
Museum, where the specimens are deposited, is not included.
This is to be regretted, as the collection contained many interesting
species, the most remarkable of which were described in this Journal
for 1896 ; one plate illustrating the new genera, Donaldsonia and
GiUettia [Anther icopsis), is reproduced in the volume.

Mr. E. a. Martin, whose Nature-Chat we notice on another
page, must look to his laurels : as an interpreter of Nature's problems
he is being run very close by a Mr. Harry Lowerison, who is con-
tributing to London a series of papers entitled " The Naturalist in
London." Here is an extract; those who wish to observe the re-
markable "geranium in the border" will find it in Finsbury Park.
"Here is a plant with the general habit and appearance of privet,
only the leaves are broader and toothed, and the stamens are so long
and feathery that one is not surprised to read the label and find that
the shrub is really a variety of spirea. Many such 'gardeners
varieties' we have in the parks. Students of the problems that
underlie variation will find ample materials here ready to their hand.
As a case in point, we can stop before this geranium in the border.
Is it a simple crane's-bill that has originally, itself or forbears,
grown in the fields, inadvertently been transplanted here, found
itself in a richer soil, and, with better opportunities, made a big
stride forward in size and fragrance ? Or, on the other hand, was
it a pot plant neglected and starved, and consequently shrivelled,
till some pitying gardener gave it a chance of better things in the
open parterre ? One does not know, but here in a humble plant
may be one of the 'missing links' that the non-scientific world
taunted the great Darwin with not being able to produce. Here,
continuing the same line of thought, is the Crattei/ns (jrandiflora, in
English the large flowered hawthorn, a variety that has been for
long cultivated for its big white or creamy corolla. Another variety
of the same species I call the beech-leaved hawthorn, as under
cultivation and careful manipulation it has lost the lobes that dis-
tinguish the acanthus leaf, and the leaf margins now show an
unbroken line like those of the beech."

Talo. 373.

R Morssai lith.

West.NeiTman imp

FlaliaTiltia palraata Bourt.

369

WELWrTSCII'S AFRICAN MARINE ALG.E.

By Ethel 8. ]>ahton.

(Plate 373.)

[Most classes of the Angolan Algne are in general less abundant
than in the extra-tropical zones, and they diminish in number of
species from the littoral regions towards the mountainous country
in the interior, until further inland the highlands are reached,
where, with the necessary exception of the marine genera, the
greatest number of species were found.

Among the DcsmiiUacca;, Pt'niuiii Diijitus Breb. and Clostenum
Lunula Ehrenb. are particularly abundant in stagnant pools in the
coast region, Cladophora is a prevalent genus both in fresh water
and in the sea ; the species of Oscilhitoiiit appear to be scarce in the
rainy districts. In the highland region various species of Scyto-
neina are produced in enormous quantities and of many colours ; it
is a species of this genus which when prodigiously multiplied causes
the black colour of the rocks of Pungo Andongo, commonly called
Pedras Negras. Towards the interior of Angola species of Scyto-
nema are found which cover extensive tracts with a red or rusty
colour, and some of them are very frequent in the highlands
of Pungo Andongo and on the plateau of Huilla, and there in-
numerable plants of Ut lie ill (Ilia, Eriocaulon, Isoetes, Ccntniiculas,
Ammannia, Stiiija, Buimannici, small ScirpidecB, Campanulace(F,
parasitical Gentianea, and even some LegiiminofiCB, Selaginea, and
MeUistomacetB are enabled to exist solely through the instrumentality
of the Sci/tonemata which by night greedily absorb every dew-drop,
and thus preserve the roots of the little plants which they cover
from drying up by day under the influence of the burning tropical sun.

Some large species of Batrachospernnun, all previously unde-
scribed, inhabit the streams of Pungo Andongo and Huilla, growing
in the former district in company with two species of Podostemoii.

The red sea-weeds are more numerous than the brown, and
they are distributed among many genera ; a diminutive species of
Bostri/chia resides on the bark of Bhiwphoni Maiujle L., and with
its yellow-green colour clothes the trunks just like a moss, being
bathed with sea-water at high tide. UUilcnhiandtia is represented
by two species, one of which is new and abounds in the streams of
Golungo Alto, ornamenting the submerged rocks and stones with a
network of a blood-red colour. (See Welwitsch, Apont. 533.)

A census of the collection of AlgiC, as determined by Miss IJarton
and the Messrs. West, respectively, shows 39 marine species in
32 genera, and 300 freshwater species in 77 genera; among the
latter 80 species occurred in the littoral districts of Angola or in
the African islands visited by Welwitsch, and 255 in the moun-
tainous districts or highland districts of Angola ; only one iiew
species of marine algre is described, but a large proportion of the
freshwater algna are new and contain lOG new species and 8 new
genera, two of the latter constituting new orders, namely, Tcmno-

Journal of Botany, — Vol, 35. [Oct, 1897-] 2 u

iilO WELWITSCH's AFRICAN MARINE ALG.E.

gainetacecE in Coiijugatce, and Cainptotrichece in Hormojjonece Homo-

CIJSteCB. W. P. HiERN.]

Cyanophyce^.

1. Hyella Born. & Flab, in Morot, Jouru. de Bot. 1888, ii. 162.

1. H. c^spitosa Born. & Flah. Loanda : near the shore ; March,
1854. No. 36a.

Geogr. Distr. North Atlantic, Mediterranean, Cape of Good Hope.

Chlorophyce^.
1. Ulva L. Gen. 326.

1. U. Lactuca L. Loanda : on the shore ; Feb. 1854. Near
S. Pedro ; July, 1854. No. 33.

Oeoc/r. Distr. N. Atlantic, North Sea, Mediterranean, West
Indies, South Pacific {/ide De Toni), Australia.

2. U. fasciata Del. Loanda: on rocks of the sea near S. Pedro,
Morro de Lagostas, frequent ; Feb. and July, 1854. No. 34.

Geogr. Distr. General in warm seas.

2. Entocladia Reinke in Bot. Zeit. 1879, 476.

1. E. viRiDis Reinke. Loanda: in NitophyUmn ; July, 1854.
No. 100.

Geogr. Distr. North Sea, Mediterranean, Adriatic.

3. Dasycladus Ag. in Reg. Flora, 1827, ii. 640.

1. D. cLAV^FORMis Ag. Madeira: Funchal. No. 266.
Geogr. Distr. North Atlantic, Mediterranean, West Indies.

4. Caulerpa Lam. in Desv. Journ. Bot. ii. 141.

1. C. Selago Ag. St. Vincent, Ciipe de Verde: on rocks
covered by volcanic sand; Aug. 1853. No. 214.

Geogr. Distr. Red Sea, West Indies.

2. C. scalpelliformis Ag. Loanda : S. Pedro ; Feb. 1854.
No. 46. Island of St. Thomas : on the shore of the island (below
the equator), together with Codiiim. tomentosuni ; Dec. 1860. No. 262.

Geogr. Distr. Indian Ocean, Australia.

3. C. clavifera Ag. St. Vincent, Cape de Verde : very rare on
rocks covered with volcanic sand, Porto de Mindello ; 22 Aug., 1853.
No. 215.

Geogr. Distr. In tropical seas, and Cape of Good Hope.

5. CoDiuM Stackh. Ner. Br. p. xvi.

1. C. elongatum Ag. Loanda : thrown up on the shores of the
island, near S. Pedro ; Oct. 1853 ; Feb. and May, 1854. _ No. 48.

Geogr. Distr. North and South Atlantic, North Pacific, Medi-
terranean, Indian Ocean, Cape of Good Hope, Australia,

2. C. tomentosum Stackh. Loanda, frequent; Feb. 1854. No. 47.
Geogr. Distr. General,

WELWITSCH's AFRICAN MARINE ALG^E. 371

6. Halimeda Lam. in Nouv. Bull. Soc. Philom. Nov. 1812, 186.

1. H. Tuna Lam. St. Vincent, Cape de Verde : rare on basaltic
shore ; Aug. 1853. No. 247.

Geoyr. Distr. North Atlantic, Mediterranean, West Indies.

Ph^ophyce^.
1. Cystoseira kg. Sp. i. 50.
1. C. Abies-marina Ag. St. Vincent, Cape de Verde: rather
frequent and well-developed on volcanic rocks near Praia de Gal^ ;
20 Aug. 1853. No. 221.

Geogr. Distr. North Atlantic, Mediterranean.

2. Padina Adans. Fam. des Plantes, pt. ii. 13.

1. P. Pavonia Lam. Loanda : on rocks close to the shore of
the ocean near S. Pedro, frequent; Feb. and July, 1854. No. 40.
St. Vincent, Cape de Verde : thrown up near Praia de Gal^ ; Sept.
1853. No. 210.

Geogr. Distr. General in temperate and warm oceans.

3. DicTYOTA Lam. in Desv. Journ. Bot. ii. 38.

1. D. DicHOTOMA Lam. Prince's Island : on rocks of the ocean,
not infrequent, close to the shore. Bahia de St. Antonio ; 20 Sept.
1853. No. 258.

Geogr. Distr. Warm and temperate oceans.

4. Hydroclathrus Bory in Diet. Class, viii. 1825, 419.

1. H. cancellatus Bory. Loanda : thrown up by the Atlantic
at Praia de Gamba, frequent ; 4 Dec. 1853 ; 3 Feb. 1854. No. 45.

Geogr. Distr. Warm Atlantic, North and South Pacific, Indian
Ocean, Australia.

5. Colpomenia Derb. & Sol. M^m. Phys. Alg. 11.

1. C. sinuosa Derb. & Sol. Loanda : thrown up by the ocean near
S. Pedro, very rare. No. 44. Madeira : Funchal, 1852. No. 265.

Geogr. Distr. Warm Atlantic, North and South Pacific, Indian
Ocean, Mediterranean and Adriatic, Australia.

FlORIDEjE.

1. Galaxaura Lam. Polyp. Flex. 259.

1, G. fragilis Dene. Very frequent on the shores of St. Vin-
cent, Cape de Verde, thrown up by the sea in great abundance.
Island of St. Vincent, Cape de Verde : on volcanic rocks near Praia
de Gal6, especially frequent ; 21 Aug. 1853. No. 220.

Geogr. Distr. In warm and tropical seas.

2. G. OBTUSATA J. Ag. Loanda, 1854. No. 275.
Geogr. Distr. Warm Atlantic, Cape of Good Hope.

2. Caulacanthus Kiitz. Phyc. Gen. 395.
1. C. usTULATUs Kiltz. Mossamodcs : vory frequent on calcareous
rocks of the sea near Mossamedes ; July, 1859. No. 76. Frequent

2 B 2

372 welwitsch's African marine alg.t;.

oil calcareous and saudstone submarine rocks near Mossamedes ;
July, 1859. No. 77. St. Vincent, Cape de Verde : on the shore,
Praia de Gale ; Aug. 1853. No. 230.

Geogr. Diatr. Atlantic, Mediterranean, Cape of Good Hope,
China Sea.

8. Gelidium Lam. in Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, xx. 1813, 128.

1. G. coRNEUM Lam. Benguella : on Patellae thrown up by the
Atlantic near Benguella ; June, 1859. No. 75. Loanda : on rocks
near S. Pedro, frequently covering all the rocks ; July, 1854. No. 50.

Geogr. Distr. Throughout all oceans.

4. GiGARTiNA Lam. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, xx. 1813, 134.
1. G. Teedii J. Ag. Loanda: Morro das Lagaotas, rare ; July,
1854. No. 117.

Geogr. Distr. Warm Atlantic, Mediterranean, Cape of GoodHope.

5. Flahaultia Born. Alg. Schousb. 278.

1. F. palmata, sp. u. Fronde gelatinoso-membranacea, evi-
denter stipitata, a disco radicali in laminam usque 25 cm. altam,
subpalmatam, aut in lacinias irregulariter fissam, cuneatim expansa ;
margine sa^pe prolifero ; segmentis fertilibus minute fimbriatis ;
cystocarpiis margiualibus, carpostomio apertis. Soris tetrasporarum
indefinitis per totam superficiem sparsis. (Plate 373.)

A F. appendicnlnta Born., liabitu nonnunquam subsimili, im-
primis differt cystocarpiis marginalibus et sporangiis per totam
frondem sparsis.

Loanda : frequent near Morro das Lagostas; Jan. 1854. No. 65.
Angola, Fort Conceieao ; July, 1854. Nus. 78, 80. On shells and
rocks near Morro das Lagostas, frequent; Jan. 1854. No. 99.

6. Gracilaeia Grev. Alg. Brit. 121.
1. G. confervoides Grev. Loanda: thrown up on the island,
rare ; Jan. 1854. No. 95.

Geogr. Distr. Throughout all seas.

7. Hypnea Lam. in Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, xx. 131, 1813.
1. H. MUsciFORMis Lam. Loanda: when living, mostly pale
brown and fragile ; when thrown up and exposed to the air it
becomes flaccid and of a red, purple, and orange colour, variegated.
Fruit occurs rarely. Frequent and of various forms on rocks, shells
and other alga? on the shores of Loanda, where large quantities are
thrown up. On coralline rocks near S. Pedro; July, 1854. No. 84.
St. Vincent, Cape de Verde : on volcanic rocks and on other algfe
on the shore, frequent. Praia de Gale, Aug. 1853. No. 250.
Geogr. Di.^tr. Warm Atlantic, Indian and Southern Oceans.

8. Rhodymenia J. Ag. Alg. Liebm. 15.

1. R. PALMETTA J. Ag. Loaiula : on rocks at Morro das La-
gostas; Jan. 1854. No. 115.

Geogr. Distr. North Atlantic.

WELWITSCH's AFRICAN MARINE ALG.E. 373

9. Cheysymenia J. Ag. Alg. Med. et Adriat. 105.

1. C. uvaria J. Ag, St. Viucent, Cape de Yerde : ou the shores.
Wlien alive, rose-purple, wiue-colour ; Aug. 1853. No. 210.

Geof/r. Dlstr. Warm Atlantic (Europe and America), Cape of
Good Hope.

10. Plocamium Lam. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, xx. 137, 1813.
1. P. cocciNEUM Lyugbye. St. Vincent, Cape de Verde: on
volcanic rocks near Praia de Gale ; 21 Aug. 1853. No. 241.

Geo(/r. Vistr. North Atlantic, North Pacific, West Indies, Cape
of Good Hope, Australia, Tasmania.

11. AcANTHOPHORA Lam. in Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, xx. 132, 1813.

1. A. Thierii Lam. Loanda : on shells near the shore of the
island Loauda and Ilha dos Passeros ; Jan. and April, 1854. No. 112.
Loanda, Oct. 1853. No. 113. On oyster-shells near Cabo Lombo ;
28 Nov. 1853. No. 114.

Geoijr. Dlstr. Warm Atlantic (western shores), Europe (Biarritz),
Australia.

12. PoLYSiPHONiA Grev. Flora Edin. 308.

1. P. elongata Harv. Loanda : on rocks on the Atlantic shores
of Loanda near Fort S. Pedro and Concei9ao, frequently thrown up;
Dec. 1853 and Jan. 1854. No. 52.

(Jeo[/r. Dlstr. North Atlantic, West Lidies, Mediterranean,
Adriatic and Black Sea.

2. P. pennata J. Ag. Loanda : on rocks of the Loanda shore
near Fort S. Pedro ; Feb. 1854. Penedo, July, 1854. No. 96.

Geoyr. Dlstr. Atlantic shores of Europe, Mediterranean, Aus-
tralia.

13. BosTRYCHiA Mont, in Sagra Hist. Cuba, Paris, 1838-42, 39.

1. B. TENELLA J. Ag. Loauda : on irnuks oi RhlzopJwra Manc/le
immersed at high water, near Cabo Lombo, on the shores of Loanda,
occurring rarely, but always broadly cajspitose, covering the trunks
exactly like a Lhjpnum ; 29 Nov. 1853. Nos. 59, 60.

Geoijr. Distr. West Indies, Cape of Good Hope, Indian Ocean,
Friendly Islands.

14. Spyridia Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. ii. pt. i. 1833, 336.

1. S. aculeata Kiitz. St. Vincent, Cape de Verde ; 22 Aug.
1853. No. 217.

2. S. CLAVATA Kiitz. Loanda : on the shore, thrown up by the
ocean ; this one specimen near Fort de Concei^ao ; Jan. 18'54.
No. 58.

Geoyr. Distr. North Atlantic (Spain), West Indies, Mediter-
ranean, Red Sea.

15. Cerajiium Roth, Cat. Bot. iii. 106.
1. C. diaphanum Roth. Loanda: Morro das Lagostas, on a
species of Jli/pnea, &c. ; Jan. 1854. No. 67, and on 65.

Geoyr. Distr. Atlantic (Europe), West Indies, Cape of Good Hope.

374 welwitsch's African marine alg^e.

16. Centroceeas Kiitz. in Limiaea, 1841, 741.

1. C. clavulatum Mont. Loanda: on rocks covered by sand on
the shore near Fort de Concei^ao ; Dec. 1853. No. 61. Near
S. Pedro ; Feb. and April, 1854. No. 64. On rocks of the sea near
Morro das Lagostas and S. Pedro, frequent; Jan. 1854. No. 66.

Geofjr. Dlstr. Tliroughout all tropical and subtropical seas.

17. Peyssonelia Dene. PI. Arab. 168.

1. P. RUBRA J. Ag. Loanda: on rocks and various algae, Praia
de Penedo ; Jan. and Feb. 1854. No. 121. Island of Loanda,
May, 1854, No. 123. St, Vincent, Cape de Verde : on rocks and
various algte near volcanic rocks, but rarely well developed ; 22 Aug,
1858. No. 233. Prince's Island : on rocks in the Atlantic, here
and there, growing gregariously ; 21 Sept. 1853. No. 256.

(Jeogr. Distr. Adriatic, West Indies.

2. P. Harveyana Crn. Loanda : Morro das Lagostas, July,
1854. No. 122. St. Vincent, Cape de Verde: Praia de Gale,
22 Aug. 1853, No. 236.

Geogr. Distr. Atlantic shores of Europe.

18. Grateloupia Ag, Spec. Alg. i, 221.

1, G, LANCEOLA J, Ag, Loanda : fronds gregarious, chiefly
covering the sides of rocks and stones ; fertile plants always much
branched, when sterile smaller. Colour when alive a dark steely
purple. Hab. on the Angola shores near Morro das Lagostas, rare,
on rocks ; July, 1864. No. 120.

Geogr. Distr. North Atlantic (Africa).

19. Melobesia Lam, Hist, Polyp, Flex, 313,
1, M, corticiformis Kiitz, St. Vincent, Cape de Verde: on the
fronds of Gelidium rigidwn, on the shore ; Aug, 1853. No. 251.
Geogr. Distr. Atlantic, Mediterranean, Cape of Good Hope,

20, CoRALLiNA L, Syst, Nat, ed. 12, i, pt. ii. 1304.

1. C. OFFICINALIS L. Madeira: Praia de Camara dos lobes;
Aug. 1853. With No. 268.

Geogr. Distr. Arctic Sea, North and South Atlantic, Mediter-
ranean, Black Sea, Cape of Good Hope, West Indies, North and
South Pacific, Australia.

A certain number of the algae collected by Dr. Welwitsch are
not sufficiently well preserved to be named specifically, and are
therefore not given here. Among these are species of Cgonophycece,
Cladophora, Sargassum, Dictijota, Corallinea;, Gracilaria, Pohjsiphonia,
and Nitophylluui.

The material of Flahmdtia palmata, being dry, was not good
enough to enable an accurate figure of the entire cystocarp to be
made. It agrees in all respects with the figure by Dr. Bornet in
his paper on Schousboe"s Alg» (Alg. Schousb. Mem. Soc. Sci. Nat.
Cherb. t. xxviii. 1892, pi. h. fig. 5). My thanks are due to Mr.
Batters for his kind help in determining several species.

375

NEW AND INTERESTING ACANTHACEyE

COLLECTED BY MrS. LoRT PhILLIPS IN SoMALI-LAXD, 189G-7.

By a. B. Rendle, M.A., F.L.S.

Blepharis Phillipsese, sp. n. Fruticulosa caule canescente,
foliis minntis crassiusculis 1-verticillatis ellipticis vel oblongo-
ellipticis muci'onatis integris albide-scabridulis ; Horibus solilariis
sessilibus ramulos contractos terminantibus, cum bracteis decus-
santibus ellipticis apice 3-spinulosis, calyce brevioribus, pra-eunti-
bus ; sepalo postico cuneato-oblanceolato 3-nervio apice acute et
breviter trifido, antico minore 2-nervio lineari-oblongo, apice
minute 2-spiiiuloso, lateralibus brevioribus anguste lanceolatis,
mucronatis ; corolla flava, tubo urceolato, limbo curvulo maguo
rhomboideo-ovali apice 3-lobulato omnino puberulo ; staminibus
subaequalibus ; ovulis 2.

Hab. Bihen, Mrs. E. Lort Phillips.

Described from a small irregularly branching shoot, 22 cm.
long; 2 mm. in diameter in the older portion. The slender terete
young twigs are covered with short flexuose whitish hairs, gradually
disappearing in the older parts of the shoot, which show a tbin
white-striated bark. Leaves pale green, 'o cm. long, and half as
broad; apex round, with a short pungent mucro ; surface covered
with numerous hard white round wartlets ; midrib hairy on the
back. Flowers preceded by four pairs of gradually increasing
decussating rigid bracts, more or less elliptical, with tlie prominent
midrib and two less prominent parallel lateral veins produced
into sharp rigid spines ; uppermost pair oblong-elliptical, slightly
narrowing at the base, with lateral spines minute ; lowest pair
3 mm. long, uppermost 11 mm. ; exposed portions suffused
and streaked with brown. Anterior sepal prominently 2-nerved,
streaked with brown in upper half, 13 mm. long by 3 mm. broad ;
posterior 14 by 5 mm., more deeply coloured, lateral sepals weaker,
one-nerved, with transparent margin, 11 by 2 mm. Corolla-tube
stout, rigid, 6 mm. long, 3*5 mm. in diameter below the con-
striction, with a short triangular posterior notch ; a ring of stiff
white hairs attached on the inside at the constriction roofs in the
lower part of the tube. Limb 1*5 cm. long by 1 cm. broad; mid-
rib much thickened and glabrous in the lower third. Stamens in-
serted at the mouth of the tube ; anterior broadly laterally flat-
tened, 6 by 1*5 mm., anther 3 mm. long, with a broad hairy
fringed margin ; posterior with an upwardly arching base, terete,
anthers (3 mm. long) with a brush of white hairs on the posterior
face, and a hairy fringe on their adjacent margins. Ovary ovoid-
obloug (2'25 mm. long), girt at the base with a shallow fleshy disc
with a wavy margin, and crowned by a yellowish unilateral gland
at the base of tlie style; style 8 mm. long, flattened, and bearing
a central raised longitudinal furrow in the lower part.

Recalls the Socotran Ji. siiicuUfolia Balf. fil. in habit and small
foliage ; that, however, has larger oblanceolate leaves, entire outer
sepals, and a smaller corolla with a 5-lobulate limb.

376 NEW AND INTERESTING ACANTHACE.E.

Barleria (§ Eubarleria) Hildebrandtii S. Moore in Journ. Bot.
1877, GO. Wagga Mouutaiu, facing south, 5000 ft., Mrs. E. Lort
Phillips.

A \evy fine specimen, 66 cm. high, with a stem reaching 1 cm.
in diameter at the base, and leaves larger than iu the type (to
2*5 cm. long by 1-6 cm. broad), with the same stellate tomentum,
and scattered long yellow strigose hairs. In the following I am
able to supplement the original description : — Flowers mauve.
Fruit glabrous, one-third shorter than the large outer calyx-
segments, and slightly exceeding the inner narrow sepals, 1 cm.
long and half as broad ; compressed ellipsoid narrowing abruptly
at the apex to a short stout beak. Seecls one in each chamber,
orbicular with a subcordate base, barely '5 cm. long and broad,
with a dense appressed woolly covering.

The type-plant was collectedby Hildebrandt on the " Ahlgebirge,"
Somali-land, at a height of 1500 to 2000 metres.

Barleria (§ Eubarleria) rotundisepala, sp. n. Fruticulosa
caule ramisque cinereo-pubesceutibus et minute glanduligeris ;
foliis breviter petiolatis ellipticis, interdum oblongo- vel ovato-
ellipticis, dense appresso-pilosis ; iioribus inter mediocres in ramulis
brevibus dichasialibus vel abortu solitariis, pedicellis brevibus,
bracteis foliaceis vel minoribus ; sepalis 2 exterioribus maguis
orbicularibus, dorso appresso-pilosis, inargine minute glanduli-
geris, 2 interioribus triplo minoribus crassiusculis lanceolatis
acutis ; corolla inconspicue bilabiata, lobo antico obovato integro,
lobis 4 posticis altius counatis obovatis interioribus angustioribus,
retusis, tubo subcylindrico superne subampliato ; staminodiis 3
minutis, postico altius aftixo ; ovario ovato pubescente.

Hab. Wagga Mountain, Mrs. E. Lort Phillips.

A small shrub, 25 cm. high, with short irregularly patent and
ascending branches, and a stout reddish brown main root with
slender reddish branches. Leaves generally between 2 and 3 cm.
long by 1 to 1-75 cm. broad, excluding tlie petiole of 3-5 mm. long;
apex rounded, base rounded or very blunt. Bracteoles small sub-
oblanceobite about "5 cm. long, hairy like the leaves. Flower-
pedicel 5 mm. long. Posterior sepal generally 11 mm. long and
broad, sometimes slightly ovate, and scarcely as broad as long ;
anterior sepal slightly smaller ; lateral sepals completely hidden by
the outer, scarcely 4 mm. long. Corolla-tube 1 cm. long, slightly
constricted at the insertion of the stamens, 2-5 mm. above the
base, about 2 mm. in diameter at the constriction, widening very
gradually to nearly 4 mm. at the mouth. Anterior lobo 9 mm. long
by 7 mm. broad; outer (lower) posterior lobes 7 mm. by 6 mm.,
inner 7 mm. by 4-5 mm. Filaments of stamens 1*5 cm. long,
anthers 2 mm., staminodes less than 1 mm. Filiform style 1.5 cm.,
sparsely hairy at the base. Ovary 3 mm. long, covered with a
sliort pubescence.

Near the Abyssinian B. orbicularis T. And., which, however, is
less hairy, has narrower papery leaves, cordate outer sepals, and
shorter corolla lobes.

NEW AND INTERESTING ACANTHACEiE. 377

Barleria (§ Prionitis) waggana, sp. n. Fruticulosa caule
cinereo-pubescente, foliis sessilibus, cuneato-oblongis, interclum
cuneatis, apice rotuudatis mucronatis, dorso dense appresso-villosis ;
spinis breviter stipitatis, stepissime 4-fidis ; floribus apice ramorum
dense aggregatis ; bracteis bracteolisque dorso et margine hirsutulis
oblougo-linearibus longe acuminatis superioribus subulatis, omni-
bus apice puugeutibus ; floribus inter mediocres sessilibus, sepalis
exterioribus ovatis, interioribus lanceolatis longissime acuminatis
apice pungentibus, margine scabride-ciliatis ; corollae tubo longo
cylindrico, lobis suba?qualibus, lobo antico spathulato, lobis 4 pos-
ticis oblanceolato-cuneatis obtusis ; staminodiis 2 brevibus glabris ;
ovario glabro.

Hab. Wagga Mountain, Mrs. E. Lort Phillips.

Described from a single specimen consisting of a small branch
about six inches long. Leaves on short lateral flowering branch-
lets, and below the inflorescence 1-75 to 2-5 cm. long by G to 9 mm.
broad, covered, especially on the back, with short stiff white
appressed hairs. Axillary spines white, branching dichotomously
above a pedicel of 2-4 mm. into four (rarely three) arms, which
reach 2 cm. in length. Flowers crowded into small shortly hairy
pungent heads, made up of very short dichasia, the two lateral
flowers of which abort. Lowermost bracts foliaceous, upper be-
coming narrow and more pungent, passing into the subulate
bracteoles ; length (including bracteoles) from lh-1 cm. Outer
calyx-segments 14 mm. long by 2-5 mm. broad, inner 13 mm. long
by 1*5 mm. Corolla-tube 12 mm. long by 2 mm. in diameter;
lobes about 1 cm. long by -5 cm. wide. Filaments of long perfect
stamens 1-5 cm. long, anther 2 mm., staminodes 2 mm., including
the minute anther. Hypogynous disc asymmetrical, with an irre-
gularly crenate margin. iStyle 2 cm. Ovary 3 mm. long.

Probably near B. quadrispina Lindau, which I have not seen,
and of which flowers and fruit are unknown! The leaves are,
however, larger, with a tendency to a lanceolate shape.

Barleria (Prionitis) mucronifolia Lindau in Ann. R. Istit.
Botan. Roma, vi. 71. xi small branch bearing two lateral in-
florescences, from the flowers of which the corolla has dropped,
though the fruit is still unripe, apparently belongs (from the de-
scription) to this species, collected by Riva near Hamari, in Somali-
land. It was found at Dimoleh byF. Gillett and G. P. V. Aylmer.
Unripe fruit 9 mm. long, including short beak ; black, glabrous,
with two superposed compressed black seeds in each chamber.

A fragment of the same plant occurs on a sheet of Forskohl
("ex oriente") along with />'. aauitlundcs Vahl. '

Barleria (^^ Somalia) Phillipseae, sp. n. Fruticulosa foliis sub-
sessilibus elliptico-oblongis apice rotuudatis, in margine et costa
media cum pills bibrachiatis albis strigosis ; floribus parvis paucis
solitariis axillaribus subsessilibus ; bracteolis lanceolatis ; calycis
laciniis antero-posterioribus ovato-lanceolatis, acutis, lateralibus
duplo brevioribus subulatis ; corolla inconspicue bilabiata, lobo
antico majore suborbiculari vix retuso, lobo postico breviter et

378 NEW AND INTERESTING ACANTHACE^.

ffiqualiter 4-lobulato, externe puberulo ; staminodiis 3 minutis ;
capsula glabra.

Hab. Wagga Mountain, Mrs. E. Lort Phillips.

Apparently a small low-growing plant, specimens not exceeding
5 in. Branches slender, densely covered with appressed 2-armed
hairs, among which are short capitate glandular hairs. Leaves
2 to 2-5 cm. long, including a very short petiole (1-3 mm.) by
6-7 mm. broad ; sage-green. Pedicel 1*5 mm. long, bracteoles
immediately beneath the calyx, 10 mm. long by scarcely 3 mm. broad,
margin and midrib hairy as in the leaves. Outer calyx-segments
with a line of similar stiff white hairs outside on the midrib, and a
few short glandular hairs, 11 mm. long by 3 mm. broad ; inner seg-
ments with a line of hairs running from two-thirds the length up,
5-3 mm. long by less than 1 mm. broad. Corolla 11 mm. long,
tube 5 mm. long, anterior lobe 5*5 mm. each way, lobes of the
posterior lip rounded, 3 by 2-7 mm. Filaments of fertile (two)
stamens G-5 mm. long, anthers scarcely 2 mm. ; staminodes
minute, subulate, about 5 mm. long. Ovary girt at the base with
a short asymmetrical disc, loculi 1-ovuled, with a minute rudiment
of a lower second ovule. Capsule unripe.

Apparently near B. paucijiom Schw., whatever that insufficiently
known species may be.

Justicia (§ Tyloglossa) Phillipseae, sp. n. Fruticosa diffusa
hispidula, foliis parvis breviter petiolatis ovatis vel lanceolatis
obtusis ; floribus sessilibus in cymis dichasiis axillaribus 1-pauci-
floris contractis ; bracteis parvis foliaceis, bracteolis minutis ovatis;
calyce fere ad basin aequaliter 5-partito, segmentis angustis superne
attenuatis acutis 3-nerviis ; corolla Ifete purpurea sparse puberula
tubo veutricoso, labio postico truncate-ovato apice breviter bilobo,
antico 3-lobo, lobo medio e basi truncata oblongo, lobis lateralibus
paullo angustioribus ; antherte loculo inferiore appendiculato.

Hab. Wagga Mountain ; Upper Sheik ; and between Debar
and Hammer, Mrs. E. Lort Phillips.

A shrub with long slender terete spreading branches. Leaves
like the stem, more or less shortly hispidulous ; petioles 2-3 mm.
long, blades from 6 to 20 mm. long. Flowers apparently solitary,
but arranged in contracted axillary dichasial cymes, on which
generally only one develops. Bracts ovate, 5 mm. long ; bracteoles
1 mm. long, immediately below the calyx. Calyx-segments 7 mm.,
tapering upwards from a base of a little over 1 mm. Corolla-tube

5 mm. long, with a diameter of 2 mm. ; posterior lip suberect,

6 mm. long, narrowing upwards from the base, where it is 4 mm.
broad, to 2 mm. at the shortly bilobed apex. Anterior lip 1 cm.
long, centre lobe 4 by 4 mm., lateral lobes 4 by 3-5 mm. Stamens
5 mm. long, upper anther-cell 1 mm. long, lower slightly larger,
with a basal appendage about half its length. Ovary oblong-ovate,
scarcely 2 mm. long, girt with an annular disc '5 mm. high. Style

7 mm. long, sparsely hairy at the base ; the transparent walls
allow the enclosed pair of superposed ovules to be seen in each
cell.

Near J. calcarata Hochst., from which it differs in habit; in its

NEW AND INTERESTING ACANTHACE^. 379

smaller more or less ovate leaves, narrower and longer calyx-
segments, and shorter ventricose coi'olla-tube.

Justicia (§ Tyloglossa) Lortese, sp. n. Fruticosa diffusa
ramis glabris albescentibus ; foliis sessilibus anguste lineari-ob-
lauceolatis sspe plus minus convolutis glabris, apice submucronu-
lato ; cymis Sfepius 2-3-floris, axillaribus, sessilibus ; lloribus inter
minores, bracteis foliaceis, bracteolis ultimis minutis acutis ; calyce
fere ad basin 5-partito, segmentis sub^qualibus, angustis e basi
attenuatis, acutis glabris, cum margine scabridula ; corolla flava
utrinque puberula, tubo ventricoso ore dilatato, labio postico apice
bilobo et crispubito ; autico 3-lobo, lobo medio latiore, disco buUato
venulis conspicuis radiatim lineato ; antherte appendice compresso
emarginato ; capsula acuta 4-sperma, semiuibus verrucosis.

Hab. Wagga Mountain and Bihen, Mrs. E. Lort Phillips.

Apparently a small shrub, with slender subterete irregularly
spreading branches. Leaves 1 to 3"5 cm. loug by 1 to 3*5 mm.
broad. Small axillary congested inflorescences numerous, from the
base to apex of the branches. Calyx-segments 4 mm. long, corolla
bright yellow, tube 6 mm. long by 3 mm. in diameter below
dilating to 4 mm. at the mouth, and bearing a pair of long wing-
like invaginations diverging upwards to the base of the lower lip,
and a pair of hairy keels parallel with and posterior to the base of
filaments ; upper lip 7 to 8 mm. long, narrowing upwards from a
base of G mm. to 2 mm. just below the slightly dilated apex ; lower
lip 8"5 to 10 mm., lobes bluntly rounded, median 4 to 5 mm. long
and almost as broad, laterals 3*5 to 4 mm. loug by 2-5 to 3'5 mm.
broad. Stamens 6 mm, long, lower anther 1-3 mm. long, bearing
an emarginate appendage about half its length ; upper anther
slightly smaller. Style nearly 8 mm. loug, sparsely hairy below.
PVuit unripe, 1-5 cm. long, more or less elliptically oblong, narrow-
ing at the base, apex shortly mucronate.

^BAv J. jilifulia Juindiin, which, however, has smaller flowers,
whitish in colour, with a rosy disc.

Ecbolium parvibracteatum, sp. n. Frutex pubescens foliis
magnis petiolatis ovatis interdum ovalibus ; floribus in cymis
dichasialibus sessilibus oppositis in spicis terminalibus aggregatis ;
bracteis quam floribus multoties brevioribus ovatis acutis ; calyce
regulariter 5-partito, segmentis lauceolatis acutis ; corolla) tubo
longo tenuiter cylnidrico, labio postico manco e basi lata ad apicem
subtruncatum cucuUatum bilobulatum angustato, labio antico in-
signiore, lobis 3 ellipticis, medio quam laterales paullo latiore.

Hab. In ravine, Wagga Mountain, Mrs. E. Lort Philhps and
Miss F. Gillett.

A bushy shrub, the stoutish branches, leaves, and inflorescence
covered with a short white pubescence. Petioles about 1 cm. long.
Leaves generally ovate, the smaller sometimes oval, subobtuse or
sometimes subacuminate, entire, bright green, 0-11 cm. long by
8 to 7 cm. broad. Spikes dense, 4 to 7 cm. loug. Bracts small,
caducous, 3-4 mm. long. Bracteoles similar, but bcarcely 2 mm.
long. Calyx divided almost to the base, segments scarcely 5 mm.
long. Corolla-tube 22 mm. long by l-i> mm. in diameter ; posterior

380 STACHYS ALPINA L. IN BKITAlN.

lip insignificant, 8 mm. long, narrowing upwards from nearly
5 mm. at the base to 1-5 mm. below the apex ; anterior lip spread-
ing, 1 cm. long, lobes 7 mm. long, the median 4-5 mm. broad, the
lateral scarcely 4 mm. Stamens -5 cm. long, incliuling the anther-
cells (3 mm.), which are parallel, but not quite on the same level.
Style filiform, red, sparsely hairy at base, 22 mm. long. Ovary
pubescent, ovately oblong, 4 mm. long, girt by a short annular disc
at base. Fruit brown, 2 cm. long, lower third forming a narrow
stalk ; upper discoid, containing the brown flattened suborbicular
seeds (8 mm. long by 7 mm. broad), with indented hilum and
rugose surface.

A striking plant, with the habit of /•-'. Linneanum Kurz, from
which, however, it is at once distinguished by its minute bracts.

The collection also contains specimens of Asystasia Colete Eolfe,
from Wagga Mountains and Upper Sheik, which was described
from plants collected in Somali-land by Mrs. Phillips and Miss
Cole in 1895 ; and Ruellia discifolia Oliver (from Sok Soda and
Wagga Mountains), discovered by Messrs. James and Thrupp.

STACHYS ALPINA L. IN BRITAIN.
By Cedkic Bucknall, Mus. Bac. Oxon.

Within the last twenty years the botany of the district of the
Bristol coal-field has been well investigated, but that corner of it
into which the southern spurs of the Cotswold hills extend is com-
paratively unexplored, although it has enriched the local flora with
many good plants. On the 80th of June of this year I made an
excursion to a wooded hill near Wotton-under-Edge, the upper part
of which consists of upper lias sands capped with oolitic limestone,
and is between 600 and 700 ft. high. A part of the underwood had
been cut within the last year or two, and the ground was covered
with a luxuriant growth of different species of Hi/perkuw, Ettbiis,
LabiatcB, &c. Amongst the latter was a Stachi/s which I at once
recognized as difl'erent from any which I had seen in England, and on
examination and comparison it proved to be Stachys aJpina L., of
which I had gathered specimens last year in Switzerland.

In the following week the locality was carefully examined by
Mr. J. W. White and myself. We found the plant to be thinly
scattered through the more open portions of the wood, and it
occurred also in thickets below the wood and by a roadside lower
down, on the lias sands ; the whole area as at present known
being less than a square mile. The plant has every appearance of
being native, but if this be so, it may appear strange that it should
hitherto have escaped notice. It must, however, be remembered
that the visits of botanists who would be likely to notice such a
plant being few and far between, and the coppice being probably
only cut at intervals of fifteen or twenty years, it would be a matter
of chance whether it was explored at a time when the plant could

XOTES OX SPECIES OF LOTUS J PEDROSIA. 381

be seen without careful search. Moreover, it might be readily con-
founded with S. ai/h-atica or one of its hybrids ; and this has in fact
happened within the last few weeks, when the plant was submitted
to an eminent botanist.

I am not aware that -S'. alpina has ever been met with in Britain
as an intioduced plant, and it seems most unlikely that, possessing no
beauty or interest except to a botanist, it should have been deliberately
sown or planted in many different places in such a locality.

With regard to its limited range, which will no doubt be ex-
tended on further search being made, a comparison may be made
with several other plants which are confined to one or at most two
limited areas in Britain, and have a similar distribution in neigh-
bouring countries on tiie Continent: e.g. Arabis stricta (France,
Spain), Heliantheuium polifulium (France, Spain, Belgium), and
Cotoneaster inte<ierr'nna (France, Spain, Belgium, Scandinavia).
Stachys alpina occurs in France, Spain, and Belgium.

In spite of its name, judging by its distribution and by the
plants in whose company it is to be found, .S'. alpina is by no means
an alpine plant. Amongst the species with which it is associated
on the Gloucestershire hill are Pynis Aria, Valeriana Mikanii, Cam-
panula (jlomerata, Stachys sylvatica, Polygonatum officinale and Con-
vallaria majalis ; and it may be noted that, during a recent visit to
South Tyrol in company with Mr. J, W. White, we met with S. alpina
accompanied by all these plants.

Taking into account all the circumstances, Mr. White, who, as
I have mentioned, has seen the plant growing both in Gloucester-
shire and in Soutli Tyrol, fully concurs with me in the opinion that
we are justified in looking upon Stachys alpina as an addition to the
British flora.

NOTES ON SPECIES OF LOTUS § PEDROSIA.
By the Rev. E. P. Murray, M.A., F.L.S.

The Pedrosian species of Lotus present a very interesting study
to any botanist who may find himself at the right time of year in
any of the oceanic islands of the North Atlantic ; at least in Madeira,
the Canaries, or the Cape Verds. One species only seems to reach
the Azores. The text-book for Madeira is of course Lowe's Flora of
Madeira, while many of the Canarian forms are described and figured
in Webb and Bertlielot's well-known Phytoyraphia Canariensis. The
Cape Verd species I only know from herbarium specimens and from
Webb's Spirileyia (ruryonea, >

Each group of islands possesses its own peculiar species. Lotus
ylaucus is common to Madeira and the Canaries, and L. aryyrodes
to Madeira and tiie Azores. L. aroiaiius, a plant of Spain, Portugal,
and ISorth-west Africa, and the only European ''^ Peclrosia, is found
also in the Canaries. L. maroccanus Ball is endemic in Marocco.

* Lotus Sahmauni Boiss. et Reut., judging from a specimen sent out by
Messrs. Porta and Rigo under tliis name (No. 82, iter iii. hi.spanicum, 18'J1),
shows a distinct approach to Pedru^ia in the character ci the style.

382 NOTES ON SPECIES OF LOTUS § PEDROSIA.

Lotus glaucus Ait. This is quite the most common of the
species, occurring both in Madeira and the Canaries, though it does
not reach either the Azores or Cape Verd islands. The plant sent
from the last-named group under this name is, I believe, quite
distinct, and has been described under the name of L. Bollei by Dr.
H. Christ in Engler's Bot. Jahrhiicher ix. 123 (1887).

Generally a well-marked species, easily recognisable, but several
slightly varying forms have been described as species. The typical
plant is quite prostrate, forming a dense mat of entangled branches,
with short peduncles rarely exceeding three-quarters of an inch in
length, and stipules similar to the leaflets in size and shape.

This is the common plant of the Madeira coast, and I cannot
distinguish from it Pedrosia leptophylla, under which name Lowe
describes the grand Canarian form of the species. It is true that
of P. leptojihylla it is said " foliolis stipulisque subdifformibus," but
I can find no other difi'erence, and a careful examination of Madeira
specimens will show many instances in which the same character
may be observed.

Pedrosia tenella Lowe (Tenerife) differs by " its peculiar bristly
or hispidulous pubescence spreading or refiexed on the branches
and fringing the leaflets," but this character is variable, and at
most it can only be considered as a slight variety or local form.

P. neglecta Lowe (Madeira) differs considerably in habit, has
stipules unlike the leaflets, and longer peduncles (one to three
inches) ; but is probably only a very marked variety of L. (jlaucus,

P. florida Lowe (Porto Santo) seems to be a mere local state of
L. (jlaucus, and appears from a paragraph in Flora of Madeira, 178,
to have been finally discarded as a species by its author.

Lotus glaucus Ait. var. nov. angustifolius. Prostrate, much
branched, the branches not interlacing. Leaves all distinctly
stalked, the petioles mostly 1-2 lines long ; leaflets linear acute or
narrowly obovate-cuneate, three or four times longer than broad ;
stipules similar, but smaller, exceeding the petiole.

A very striking plant when well marked, but a long series shows
many intermediate forms connecting it with ordinary L. r/laiicus.
Gran Cauaria : Caldera de Bandama, Ginamar, Las Palmas,
Gando. Here also, I think, may be best placed a curious plant
which I once found on coast rocks between S. Cruz and S. Andres,
Tenerife.

In habit and general appearance this variety bears much the
same resemblance to the type that L. tenuis Kit. bears to L. corni-
culatus L. Lotiis glaucus seems never to be found far from the sea.
It occurs in Madeira and the adjoining islets, and in Tenerife,
Gran Canaria, and Fuerteventura.

Lotus salvagensis, n. sp. or n. var. — Biennial, procumbent,
with numerous branched stems, clothed with short adpressed hairs,
becoming bald below. Leaves very shortly petioled, leaflets and
stipules dissimilar. Leaflets narrowly obovate, about three times
as long as broad (not six to eight times, as in Pedrosia Paiva Lowe),
subpetiolate, clothed with scattered adpressed hairs. Stipules ex-
ceeding the petiole, unequal sided, generally markedly so, rather

NOTES ON SPECIES OF LOTUS § PEDBOSIA. 383

acute, broader below, distinctly subpetiolate. Peduncles very short,
hardly exceeding J in. in length, 1- to 3- or 4-flowered (in tlie
specimens before me nearly all 2-flowered). Flowers yellow.
Bract normally trifoliate. Calyx clothed with adpressed hairs,
subbilabiate, teeth subulate, about as long as the tube. Style with
a short but very distinct tooth. Stigma capitate. Pod about f in.
long, straight, rather thick, more or less strangulate from abortion
of seeds, which are about twelve to fifteen in number in the speci-
mens before me.

Salvages (Grand Piton) ; apparently common. Collected by
Ogilvey Grant, Esq., iu May, 1895.

Very distinct from Pedrosia Paha, judging from Lowe's de-
scription and from the specimens (which are in very poor condition)
at Kew. I should have referred these to ordinary L. glaucm. No
doubt L. salvagemis comes also very near that species, if taken in
an extended sense, but even so it seems to be sufficiently distinct
to be kept apart. In the structure of the stipules it approaches
Pedrosin nerjlecta Lowe, but diflers markedly iu the extremely short
peduncles, a character in which it resembles P. Paivte, and which
led Lowe (in the absence of flowers) to surmise that the last-
mentioned form belonged to the group of which L. macranthus
Lowe may be taken as the type. But I can see no valid ground
for this suggestion.

Lotus sessilifolius DC. DeCandoUe remarks that this species
is allied to L. fjlaucus, but differs by its perennial habit, shrubby
stem, longer and narrower leaves, larger and more numerous
flowers, and cylindrical pods. I doubt whether any of these
characters can be absolutely depended on except the perennial
habit and somewhat shrubby stems. The leaves of L. ylaucus var.
an<jmtifolius sometimes hardly differ from those of L. sessilifolius
except in being stalked, while I have occasionally, though very
rarely, found plants of L. sessilifolius with a few of the leaves with
a distinct though short petiole. The floral characters are still less
to be depended on. However, the habit and general appearance of
the plant is very different from that of L. glaucus, and I have no
doubt that it is a good species. It is quite confined to the Canarian
archipelago, occurring, always in maritime or submaritime situa-
tions, in Tenerife (Guimar, S. Cruz, S. Juan de la Rambla). It is
also reported from Hierro (Bourgeau, 798) and from Gomera (near
S. Sebastiano), but these plants require further study. The plant
from S. Juan de la Rambla is remarkable for the very silky-villous
clothing of the calyx, and for a tendency to produce a certain
number of more or less spathulate leaves.

Lotus lanzerottensis Webb & Berth. Another species of
the fjlaucus group, but readily distinguishable from L. (jlaucus by
the broad obcordate leaflets and roundish or obcordate-rhomboid
subpetiolate stipules, recalling those of L. salvac/ensis. The clothing
of the leaves recalls L. sessilifolius.

Canaries : only in the islands of Lanzerote and Fuerteventura,
from the latter of which a var. villosa is recorded in Phyt. Can.

384 NOTES ON SPKf'IF.S OF LOTUS ^ PKDTIOSIA.

Lotus dumetorum (Webb MS.) Tlourgeau 803, 1321, 1322.
Perennial, erect or ascending, mucb branched, sparingly pilose
with adpressed hairs. Leaves shortly but distinctly stalked, clothed
with adpressed hairs, leaflets oblanceolate ; stipules similar to
the leaflets, much exceeding the petiole, subpetiolate ; peduncles
10-15 lines long; bract normally trifoliate; heads conspicuous, 3- to
5- or 6-flowered, yellow; calyx bilabiate, teeth subulate, exceeding
the tube ; pod linear, cylindric, torulose, often strangulate, 5- to
12- or 14-seeded.

Tenerife (Anaga Hills, Bufadero, Taganana). These localities
are all close together.

A very curious plant, known only, as I believe, from Bourgeau's
specimens, until I refound it a few years since on the Anaga Hills.
Cosson suggested that it might be a variety of L. arenarius Brot.,
and this view was adopted by Ball, who identified it with a plant
collected in Marocco, and gave it the varietal name of Wehhii,
remarking "differt a specie habitu procumbente, herba hirsutissima
incana, foliis minoribus, sed characteres graviores satis constantes
non video." This, however, does not at all suit the Tenerife plant,
and I cannot help suspecting that some confusion has occurred.
At all events the varietal name " Wehhii'' must disappear, so far as
the Tenerife plant is concerned. Lowe [Flora of Madeira, 176)
thinks that " there seems less objection to ' Bourgeau's plants '
being regarded as extremely luxuriant states or varieties of L.
glaucus Ait." ; but inclining rather to consider them as "constituting
a dibtinct and undescribed species." The perennial habit with
distinct woody rootstock seems by itself at once to remove L.
dumetorum from all connexion with L. arenarius, which is, I believe,
strictly annual. The stipules, also, are very different. Nor, after
studying the magnificent specimens which I collected in June, 1894,
on the Anaga Hills, can I consent to regard it as only a luxuriant
state of L. gJaucus. It is suffrutescent, not biennial, and other
difl'erences may be found, especially in the leaves, stipules, and
calyx, which compel me to treat it as a distinct species.

Lotus emeroides, n. sp. — Perennial or subperennial, much
branched, sparingly villose-pubescent. Leaves distinctly stalked ;
leaflets roundish obovate, about 3 in. long; stipules resembling the
leaves, but smaller, subpetiolate, equalling or exceeding the petiole.
Peduncles 1-2 in. long ; bract trifoliate ; heads 3-4-flowered,
flowers yellow, rather large; calyx hairy only on the ribs, bilabiate,
teeth ciliate, 2 superior triangular-lanceolate, 3 inferior (shorter)
subulate-lanceolate, all longer than the tube ; style flattened, the
tooth very distinct. Pods short, about an inch long, slightly
winged, almost as in L. siUqxiosus, torulose, often strangulate, 8-10-
seeded. Seeds (immature) testaceous.

Gomera (Degollada de S. Sebastiano, on rocks; near Hermigua,
in bushy ground).

There is a specimen of this plant in herb. Webb (Florence),
collected near Hermigua "in arvis," to which the MS. name of
emeroides is appended. I have therefore adopted it as the specific
name.

NOTES ON SPECIES OF LOTUS § PEDROSIA. 385

Lotus arenarius Brot. This species is recorded from Palma
(Fueucaliente) in Phyt. Can. The only specimen which I have
seen is scrappy, and perhaps hardly sufficient for a satisfactory
identification if it stood alone. But in June, 1892, I found speci-
mens about the Combrecita (3800 ft.) in the same island, which
seem to me indistinguishable from certain Portuguese plants col-
lected near Cintra, which must, at least for the present, be placed
under L. arenarius, though from the description in the Frodromus
Florm HispanictE they should be very near L. canescens Kze., but as
I have never seen authentic examples of this plant, I am afraid to
speak more definitely.

In his essay on Canarian botany (Engler's Bot. Jahrhilcher, ix.
1887) Dr. Christ has described a new species oi Lotus from Palma
(Barranco de Angustias, where it was collected by Hillebrand)
under the name of L. Hillebrandii. This he treats as intermediate
between L. spartioides and L. arenarius, quoting from Hillebrand's
notes : " Affinis L. spartioidei Webb et arenarii Brot. erectus" ; and
adding, after a long diagnosis, ^^ L. spartioides Webb Phyt. 81 differt
statura altiore diffusa, foliis miuoribus sericeis linearibus stipulis
conformibus, pedunculis teuuibus paucifloris, capitalis folio trifoliato
suffultis. L. arenarius Brot. dift'ert caule decumbente foliolis ob-
ovatis pube breviori, calycis dentibus lanceolatis vexillo breviore,
legumine minus nodoso." I have seen the types, and, except in
one particular, they seem to be identical with my Combrecita plant.
I can see no resemblance whatever to L. spartioides, and suspect
that neither Dr. Hillebrand nor Dr. Christ had much acquaintance
with that species, except from description, or from herbarium
"scraps." The erect habit ascribed to the plant may easily have
been accidental. There remains only the absence of a floral bract,
which is certainly curious. But it is a somewhat variable character
in other species of the genus. It is strange that Dr. Christ in the
same essay says of L. arenarius " capitulis floralibus aphyllis,"
which as a general statement is certainly incorrect. I have there-
fore no hesitation in considering L. tlillebraudii as identical with
my Combrecita plant, which I believe to be a marked form or sub-
species of L. arenarius Brot.

Lotus campylocladus Webb & Berth. A difficult and ap-
parently little kuown species, which seems to have been confused,
sometimes with L. holosericeus, sometimes with L. arenarius. I
suspect that it is confined to Tenerife, though there is a scrap from
Palma so named in herb. Webb. This probably belongs to L.
arenarius.

The original description in Phyt. <'<ui. is as folloAVs : — " Jj.
villosus, foliis breviter potiolatis, foliolis anguslc obovato-ouneatis ;
stipulis ovatis petiolo subbrevioribns, calycc ultra medium diviso,
laeiniis lineari-lanceolatis, apicc subulatis, stylo 1-dentato." I
find, however, that the stipules equal or exceed the petiole, and are
subpetiolate. The habit is more or less prostrate or ascending;
the colour a curioas ashy green From L. holosericeus this species
may be readily distinguished by its much less erect habit, the
stipules unlike the leaflets, which are frequently retuse, and by the

Journal of Botany. — Vol. 35. [Oct. 18i)7.] 2 c

386 NOTES ON SPECIES OF LOTUS § PEDEOSIA.

much less forward direction assumed by the lateral leaflets. From
L. arenarius it differs by the shape of the stipules, the much
smaller leaves, aud by its biennial (? subperenuial) duration.
Nevertheless several authors (Webb, Masferrer, Colmeiro) agree in
thinking that it is almost too closely allied, and may perhaps be
only of subspecific rank. For the present, however, it seems better
to retain it as distinct.

Bourgeau's L. holosericeus of PI. Can. 1325 is, judging from my
specimen, really L. campylodadus. It was collected in Tenerife
(Cahadas del Teyde, in rupibus). I collected it, once only, among
loose pumice above Guimar in the same island at about -iSOO ft.

Lotus holosericeus Webb & Berth. One of the most striking
aud distinct of the group. Probably quite confined to Gran Canaria,
and extremely local even there. The type specimens were found
near Mogan, and I have collected it iu the same neighbourhood,
and also near Tiraxaua. This would give a range of 2000-3U00 ft.
above sea-level.

This species may be easily known from L. campyhwladus by its
more erect habit, by the very beautiful silky-viilose clothing of the
whole plant, and by the stipules similar to the leaflets. The
lateral leaflets are markedly assurgent, i.e. lying almost close to
the terminal leaflet, instead of spreading at right angles. Webb
notes: "Foliola inferiora petiolata, superiora subsessilia."

In herb. Webb a plant from Palma (Caldera) is labelled L.
holosericeus ; I have no note about it, but have little doubt that it
is really L. arenarius. And in herb. Schinz there is a specimen
from S. Juan de la Kambla in Tenerife also labelled L. holosericeus.
Unless my memory deceives me, it really belongs to an aberrant
form of L. sessilifolius, which I have myself collected in the same
locaHty.

Lotus spartioides Webb & Berth. This species, like the last,
is confined to Gran Canaria, where it seems to be exceedingly rare.
I have only once seen it ; on the mountain side near Artenara, at
above 4000 ft. It formed a large patch, several feet across, and
being in full flower was conspicuous at a distance of nearly a
quarter of a mile.

Very distinct from every other species ; it is recognizable at
once by its shrubby habit, distinctly stalked leaves, linear leaflets
and stipules, lateral leaflets forming an acute angle with the
terminal, long peduncles, furnished with an inconspicuous, often
unifoliate, floral bract, and linear-lanceolate setaceous calyx teeth.

Lotus argyrodes, I venture to propose this name for the Porto
Santo and Madeira plant described by Lowe (Hook. J. Bot. viii,
293) under the name of Pedrosia artjentea [Lotus argenteus Masferrer,
1880). Unfortunately this name had been already used to designate
an Egyptian and totally different species, viz. Lotus an/enteus Webb &
Berth. = L)ori/c)uu)n argenteum Delile. A new name is therefore
necessary.

The range of the species is somewhat peculiar. It occurs (but
rarely) along a line of somewhat over thirty miles from Porto Santo
to the Desertas, just touching the extreme eastern point of Madeira

OBSERVATIONS ON PLANT PLANKTON. 38?

half way between them. Its only other known habitat is in the
island of S. Mary, one of the Azores, whence it was sent by the late
Mr. T. C. Hunt. Through (as I suppose) quoting from memory,
Watson has recorded this plant in Godman's The Azores under the
name of " Pediosia macrantha Lowe '? " ; adding, " Whether this be
the macrantha or arcjentea of Lowe, I cannot absolutely determine,
though the long and decidedly stalked legumes seem to place the
Azore specimens under the former name." But a reference to the
Flora of Madeira shows that the stalked legumes are characteristic
of P. arfjentea, i.e. Lotus arriyrodes, not of L. macrantlms. And my
own specimen from the Azores (T. C. Hunt, 1848) agrees perfectly
with Madeira L. argyrodes, and not at all with L. macranthus, whicli
should therefore be erased from the Azores Flora.

OBSERVATIONS ON PLANT PLANKTON.*
By George Murray, F.R.S.

At the request of the Board I have carried out a series of
observations on the minute free-floating vegetation, especially of
the west coast. The importance of a study of such organisms, as
the basis of nutrition of all life in the sea, has long been recognised,
but very little has hitherto been done in the way of investigation.
The main observations were made [in 1896] on board the ' Garland'
in three series, viz. the first from 26th March to 6th April ; the
second from 28th July to 15th August; and the third from 2nd
December to 8th December. In March to April, the observations
were made in the North Sea, and on the west coast of Loch Linnhe,
the Sound of Jura, and principally in the Clyde sea-area. In July
to August a week was spent in visiting the former stations and
others in the Clyde sea-area, and the remainmg time in the Sound
of Islay, Sound of Jura, Firth of Lorn, Loch Etive, Loch Linnhe,
Loch Aber, Sound of Mull, the sea round Rum, Eigg, and
Ardnamurchau, Locii Nevis, Loch Houru, Raasay Sound, &c. In
December, observations were made in Loch Aber, Loch Linnhe,
Firth of Lorn, and the Clyde sea-area. The material obtained at
these times was all preserved, and its working out in detail occupied
me for a considerable period in London.

Methods. — In addition to tow-netting with fine silk nets — the
method of capture usually employed — I have made use of a cylin-
drical silk bag, about H feet long and 3 or 4 inches wide. This
was tied to the nozzle of the hose, there being a lateral overflow
vent near the top of the bag ; and, on pumping through it with the
donkey engine from an intake pipe 8 feet below the surface, good
results were obtained. This method, first employed by Dr. John
Murray, enables one to work when steaming, and is often convenient
in weatlier that is too rough for tow-netting. The fixing and

* Beprinted from the Fifteenth Annual Report of the Fishery Board of
Scutluiul, part iii. pp. 212-218.

2 c 2

388 OBSERVATIONS ON PLANT PLANKTON.

preservative employed was a 0-5 per cent, aqueous solution of
chromic acid; good results have also been obtained from Fleming's
solution and from platinic chloride of various strengths. I carried
tubes half filled with the chromic acid solution, which is about the
same density as ordinary sea-water. The diatoms, &c., were turned
out of the tow-net into a glass-jar, and allowed to settle for some
time. They were then collected from the bottom by means of a
dipping-tube, and added to the chromic acid solution. Several
times during summer, while working in haste and having large
quantities of diatoms to deal with, I removed some en masse with a
spoon from the tail of the net to the chromic acid solution. The
addition of a mass of diatoms, without the proper proportion of
sea-water, proved to be a mistake, since the contents of the cells
were disorganised in these cases.

Distribution. — The seasonal occurrence of diatoms in vast

numbers in the sea has loug been known, but no observations have

been made that afford a satisfactory explanation of the causes that

contribute to the phenomenon. On both the east and west coast,

during the first months of the year, there is a remarkable prevalence

of diatom life. We have no knowledge of the distance out in the

Atlantic to which this extends, but in the coastal waters at this

season the abundance of diatoms is extraordinary. Towards the

end of March and beginning of April, the quantity diminishes, and

for the rest of the year diatoms remain at a fairly constant quantity,

except for here and there the occurrence of definite local banks of

them. Peridinied, especially the species of Ceratiuni, are very few

in number during the maximum period of diatom life, but they

come upon the scene with the waning of the diatom season, reach

a maximum about August, and linger on in fair quantities until

December at least. Early in April, during four or five days' work

in Loch Fyne, when diatoms were exceedingly plentiful, I succeeded

in obtaining only one specimen of Cemtiiun Tripos, which, at other

seasons, especially summer, is the predominant plant organism in

the western lochs. During the period of most active diatom life,

the surface of the sea is almost monopolised by a diatom Skeletonema

costatum; while species of Coscinodisciis, Biddulphia, Ditylum, Blrizo-

solenia, &c., abound in the layers beneath, the greatest quantity of

these being generally obtained at 5 fathoms, very few below 25

fathoms. The surface of the Clyde sea-area so teemed with

Skeletonema in April that a tow-net could be one-third filled in a

few minutes with a scum consisting of it and other diatoms in

smaller quantity. When I revisited the same stations in the end

of July, I could not obtain a single Skeletonema, and its absence (at

all depths) continued to puzzle me during my examination of the

west coast in August, except for a few specimens obtained near

Oban, and its remarkable occurrence in this, Loch Etive. While

(with this one exception) it could not be found outside, the surface

of Loch Etive simply swarmed with Skeletonema in abundance, equal

to if not greater than that of the Clyde sea-area in spring. While

it occurred as a surface organism in spring, it was far more plentiful

in Loch Etive at 5 fathoms than at the surface in summer. There

OBSERVATIONS ON PLANT PLANKTON. 389

was no local, low temperature condition that would serve to explain
this, Loch Etive being, in point of fact, nearly two degrees warmer
than the sea outside. In its greater abundance at 5 fathoms than
at the surface it agrees with all other diatoms during the summer
and winter, — at all seasons, in fact, except during the period of
maximum occurrence. If one sets nets at the surface, 5 fathoms,
10 fathoms, and 20 fathoms, the result will be the greatest capture
of diatoms in general at 5 fathoms, a nearly equal (smaller) quantity
(often of the very same organisms) at the surface, and at 10 fathoms,
and a much slighter quantity at 20 fathoms. Excluding March
and April, I found no notable exception to this rule, except in
several hauls in December, in the Dunoon basin, when I obtained
more from 10 than from 5 fathoms. From the character of the
special pigment diatomine, which masks the chlorophyll in diatoms,
and its resemblance to the corresponding pigment in Flueophijcea;,
one would expect this vertical distribution of diatom life, since its
maximum occurrence is nearly at the same depth beneath the sur-
face as the Laminarian zone. It is plain that free-floating organisms
like diatoms, from being subject to currents and immersions of
layers of water, must be liable and adaptable to certain changes of
depth, and to the varying quantity and quality of sunlight that
reaches them at such depths, just as shore algae are subject to such
periodical changes in the rise and fall of the tides.

In March to April, the plant plankton of the east coast, judging
by a hurried examination of it in bad weather, closely resembled
that of the west coast outside the Clyde sea-area. The character-
istic diatoms were, in the order of their abundance, Coscuwdisciis
concinnus, Chatoceros boreah's, Ditijhim Brujhtwellii, Ch(Eloceros deci-
piens, Rhizosolenia Shrubsulii, Skeletonema costatum, and Coscmodiscus
radiatus ; while, of other organisms, Ceratiwn Tripos, in places here
and there, almost rivalled Ditijlum, but generally was about equal
to Rhizosolenia. On entering the Clyde sea-area, however, Ceratium
became much more scarce ; and in Loch Fyne, as said above, only
one specimen was obtained in several days' tow-netting. On the
other hand, Skeletonema, from being scarce, at once leapt easily into
first place, far exceeding any other Clyde diatom ; Coscinodiscus
concinnus also became far more plentiful ; and both species of
Chatoceros, named above, also increased greatly. There were
numbers of other diatoms, now present, now absent, but these were
the forms characteristic of the season. In summer, while diatom
life was scarcer, there was a much greater variety of forms ; but
ouly in the Sound of Mull and in Loch Etive an approach to the
quantities obtained in the Clyde in spring. I sent nine typical
tubes to Professor Cleve, who has kindly favoured me with the
report on them in the accompanying table.

These diatoms and their distribution were fairly typical of all
the localities, now one form, now another, varying in abundance;
but Chcctoceros curvisetiis, C. decipiens, C. didijmus, Rhizosolenia
Shrubsolii, Coscinodiscus concinnus, TCucampia zodiacus, and Stephano-
pyxis Turris being the prevalent forms. Professor Cleve noted that
the fronds of C. curvisetus were spore-bearing, — a fact which I had

390

OBSERVATIONS ON PLANT PLANKTON.

independently noted in this species, as well as in C. borealis and
C. constrictus. In addition to the diatoms, and, as a rule, far ex-
ceeding them in total bulk, were the species of Ceratiuni. C. Tripos,
C. Fusns, and C. Fiirca were all three present in nearly every haul
of the nets, especially the first two species. Sometimes one pre-
dominated, sometimes the other ; but, as a general rule, C. Trijios
prevailed in the Clyde sea-area, and C. Fiisus in the northern lochs,
but never to the exclusion of the other.

X =dead fragments,
r = rare.

IT = very rare.
c = common.

cc = very common.
-J-=not rare.

,

,

>5

>>

a

o
H

it

a
o .

S 3
302

1^

cS o

"3

03

3
i

3

o

>

^2

2s

g«

^

-S

.£3
o
o

Hi

o

o

o

o

T) "o

o *;

o

o

h5

a

a

CPn

a o

a

3

3

3

apL,

O

o

O

o

3

02

OQ

02

GQ

Ph

Bacteriastrum varians Laud. .

xr

xr

Cerataulina Bergonii Per.

r

rr

r

Chcetoceros borealis Bail.

r

+

r

,, commutatus CI.

+

r

r

+

-f

,, comtrictm Gran .

r

,, contortus Schiitt .

-1-

+

+

+

,, criojjJtilus Cast.

r

„ ciirvisetus CI.

cc

cc

CC

CC

CC

r

c

cc

,, dehilis CI. .

+

c

+

+

+

,, decipiens CI. .

+

c

+

+

+

+

c

+

,, didymus Ehr.

c

r

+

+

C

+

r

r

-f-

,, diadema Gran

r

+

r

,, septentrionalis Oestr.

r

r

,, scolopendra CI.

xr

Coscinodiscus concinnus W. Sm.

r

r

r

r

r

r

,, excentricus Ehr.

r

!•

r

,, radiatus Ehr. .

r

r

r

r

Ditijluin BrightwelUi Grun.

r

r

r

Eucanipia zodiacus Ehr. .

c

r

+

+

+

c

-t-

,, groenlandica CI.

r

Fragilaria striatula Grev.

r

Guinardia flaccida Per. .

r

r

r

r

V

r

r

Lauderia annulata CI. .

rr

Leptocylindrus danicus CI.

r

r

r

r

Navicula memhranacea CI.

r

Rhizosolenia setigera Brightw.

r

rr

+

+

,, Shrubsolii CI.

+

r

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

Stolterfothii Per.

rr

+

V

,, pungens CI.

-f-

+

r

-t-

+

Roperia teisellata Grun.

r

r

Skeletonema costatum CI.

cc

Stephanopgxis Turris Ralfs. .

+

r

+

r

c

c

+

+

+

Thalassiosira Nordenskioldii CI.

rr

r

,, gravida CI.

rr

Thalassiothrix loiigissima CI. etGrun.

rr

OBSERVATIONS ON PLANT PLANKTON.

391

In December, on the west coast outside the Clyde sea-area,
the characteristic diatoms were Coscinodiscm cuncinnns, Biddiilphia
mobilieiifiis, Ditylum Brii/htwellii, while species of Chatoccros and
Naricula were casually present. Both Cerathnn Tripos and C. Fusiis
appeared sparingly in all the captures. Within the Clyde area,
S/idetoneina became next abundant to Coscinodiscus, after it Biddul-
phiii, and next IJIueluceros decipiens, while Ceratium Tripos and C.
Fiisus were more plentiful than in the waters outside. Compared
with these, other diatoms and plant organisms were of purely
casual occurrence. These appeared more or less in every haul of
the nets, and in fairly steady proportions, as cited. Not a single
specimen of Bhizosolenia was obtained in December, while sometimes
in August it was the predominant generic form, e.(j. in Kilbrennan
Sound.

At all seasons of the year, especially near the shore, a small
proportion of the diatoms captured are dead, their cell-contents
either disorganised or gone. This is particularly noticeable in such
large forms as (.'oscinodiscus concinmis and Biddnlphia mobiliensis ;
but it occurs frequently in other forms, such as Chatucerus di'cipiens,
and, above ail, in Skeletonema costatum. I believe this phenomenon,
which at first puzzled me greatly, to be due to the decline or loss
of salinity of the water. My reasons for this belief are these :
Such diatoms are mostly found at or near the surface and in the
vicinity of land where a considerable mixture of fresh with salt
water occurs. This may be seen in any of our western sea lochs,
especially after rains, where a sheet of practically fresh water lies
on the top very slowly mixing with the salt water. It is well
known that seaweeds, in general, are extremely sensitive to varia-
tions in the degree of salinity. My belief is strengthened by the
following observation : In April, on ascending Loch Fyne, the
nearer we came to the top the larger the quantity of dead diatoms
were found. This was particularly noticeable in Slcelctonenui, which
almost monopolised the surface ; and on tow-netting in the waters
between Inveraray and Cairndhu at the head of the loch, where
there was a thick sheet of fresh water on the surface, owing to
recent heavy rains, it was impossible to find a living coll in the vast
mass of Skeletonema. This observation was confirmed in Loch
Etive in summer. This loch was full of Skeletonema, some at the
surface, but most in from 3 to 5 fathoms. A large quantity of fresh
water was entering the loch, and the diatoms at the surface were in
large proportion dead, while those in the lower layers were living.
The observation is the more noteworthy, as I am led by other
reasons to think this diatom mostly abounds in waters of a fairly
low degree of salinity, and I have elsewhere taken the low degree
of salinity of this loch in August as possibly accounting for the
presence of Skeletonema in it at that season. However, this last
idea is a purely speculative one, and does not in any way affect my
general contention that the great numbers of dead diatoms in the
sea are to be accounted for by the addition of fresh waters.

Diatoms as Food of Marine Animals. — When Ave reflect that
the whole bulk of animal life ui the ocean must be dependent on

392 OBSERVATIONS ON PLANT PLANKTON.

the vegetation of the ocean, it will be at once apparent that the
small fringe of visible vegetation on the shallow bottoms round
coasts cannot in the least degree suffice for the sustenance of the
teeming animal life, which not only extends over the surface, but
ranges into the depths. This rule must be played almost entirely
by the minute plant organisms, diatoms, Protococcacea, Oscillator iecu,
Peridiniea, Coccospheres, Rhabdospheres, &c., which inhabit the
surface layers down to 80 to 50 fathoms. Such organisms have
been recorded from polar, temperate, and equatorial seas, sometimes
in vast shoals, discolouring the water, but always found to be pre-
sent when suitable apparatus is used for their capture. Their
economic importance to the fisheries is therefore of a direct and
vital character. We know that the stomachs of HolothuruE, Asci-
dians, Salp(F ; oysters, scallops, whelks, and other molluscs ; crabs,
lobsters, and other large Crustacea, and even full grown fishes,
have formed the happy hunting-grounds of diatomists in search of
material ; but direct evidence has been wanting of the use of
diatoms as a matter of daily food by animals in the sea. Observing
that the excreta of copepoda and other small Crustacea, largely fed
upon by fishes, were in many cases tinged with a faint colour like
diatomine, I subjected them in many cases to a minute microscopic
analysis, with the result that nearly the whole could be resolved
into minute fragments of diatom frustules and their chromatophores.
In many cases, it was surprising to note that the chromatophores
had passed through, almost unchanged in shape, and even retaining
faintly their colour. It was, in fact, often possible, from the
characteristic shapes of the chromatophores, and the minute finely
sculptured fragments of frustules, to recognize them as belonging
to diatoms found in the same capture. In a few cases it was
possible to detect a whole unbroken diatom cell within the crusta-
cean, but almost invariably the diatoms were reduced to fine
fragments. Coscinodiscus and Skeletonema were the usual forms
found, and these were the prevalent forms in the sea when my
observations were being made.

It appears, then, to be clear that the animals which are them-
selves an important constituent of the food of fishes live in turn
largely on diatoms. It has always seemed to me very higlily
probable that young fishes eat diatoms directly ; and, in order to
put this to the test, Dr. Wemyss Fulton sent me some young sand-
eels, taken in tow-net, fifteen miles off Aberdeen, on 16th May,
1894; some young flat-fish (? plaice), taken ofl" Montrose, 21st May,
1894 ; and some very small clupeoid fishes, taken SOth March,
1889. They were preserved in spirit. After burning a few of each
in platinum crucibles, the ash was examined, and diatoms discovered
in every case. Four dift'erent genera, viz. Skeletonema, Eacampia,
Melosira, and Chaitoceros, were found in the sand-eels ; Skeletonema
and Nitzschia in the flat-fish (in both cases Skeletonema was pre-
dominant); and C'oscmo(/i.scMs (abundant) and Melosira (very rare)
in the young clupeoids. In each case, complete valves (in Skeleto-
nema, chains of several cells) were found, which appears to indicate
that they were eaten directly by the fish themselves, and not within

OBSERVATIONS ON PLANT PLANKTON. 393

the bodies of small Crustacea ; in this latter case, they would have
been broken up into minute fragments.*

During summer, I made a long series of attempts to discover
whether the species of CeratUun, then so abundant in the sea,
furnished a constituent of the food of small Crustacea, but without
result. In the first place, Cerathim could hardly be traced so easily
as diatoms, and the matter is one of difficulty. Direct observations
also yielded no result. I made an estimate of the relative abun-
dance of diatoms, of species of Ceratium, and of animal life in all
the captures, and I found a certain constancy in the proportions in
the great majority of cases. When there were plenty of diatoms,
there were alivays plenty of Crustacea; when Ceratium predominated,
and diatoms were scarce, there was little animal life. (In Loch
Fyne, in July, I made two almost pure captures of Ceratium Tripos
— merely one or two diatoms and copepoda mixed with it.) These
facts, however, are merely suggestive. There is one more suggestion
I should like to make. The spines of Ceratium may be a protection
against being eaten. I could not fail to remark that there were no
traces of spiny diatoms, such as the species of Clmtoceros, having
been eaten by small Crustacea, though they were abundant in the
sea. Against these negative observations, however, may be placed
the fact that I found Chcetoeeros in the young sand-eels. Though
one can suggest other uses for the spines and sharp projections of
diatoms, especially the hollow spines of Chatoceros, it may yet be
that they are a defence against Crustacea, &c., as well, and this
may be equally true of Ceratium. At all events, I failed to find
evidence of Ceratiion being eaten, though it was diligently sought
for ; and repeated observations and estimates appeared to point to
there being a balance between the quantities of diatoms and animals,
irrespective of Ceratium.

Reproduction of Diatoms. — In the ordinary process of repro-
duction, a diatom-cell divides into two cells, which resemble the
parent; and, in most cases, tlie successive generations remain
attached to each other in chains of individuals. Since the division
takes place at the girdle where one-half of the wall overlaps the
other, and each succeeding generation is similarly overlapped, and
since (unless, perhaps, in a free state) there is no subsequent
superficial growth, each succeeding generation is diminished in size

* The late Dr. E. Brown in a paper " On the Nature of the Discolouration
of the Arctic Seas " (J'rans. Hot. Soc. Edin., vol. ix. p. 2i4, 1868), was the first,
so far as I know, to point out that this discolouration is due to the presence of
large masses of diatoms. He found these diatoms within the Pteropoda,
Medusce, and Entomostraca that compose the "whale's food."

With reference to the association of diatoms with the food of fishes, Prof.
M'Intosh refers me to the Seventh Annual Report of the Board, in which he
anticipates my observations. At p. 272 (part iii.) he notes the occurrence of
Appendicularians with lihizo-sulenia. He says, " The stomachs of these were
distended by chlorophyll granules, the same appearing in the fa>cal pellets, both
in the intestine and when discharged." I regret that his observation was un-
known to me, and that I therefore did not cite it in my paper in Proc. Roy.
Soc. Edin. The main point, however, is the full and complete establishment
of the truth ; and, since my observations were made in entire ignorance of his,
this confirmation is all the more satisfactory.

894 OBSERVATIONS ON PLANT PLANKTON.

by the thickness of the girdle membrane. When a minimum size
is reached, diatoms become re-established at the maximum by the
formation (in various ways) of auxospores. Mr. Comber has called
attention (Jour. Roij. Micr. Sue, October, 189G) to the formation in
certain diatoms of " Endocysts " resulting in the production of a
dimorphic form, and Prof. Cleve has recorded the presence of a
specimen of lUddulphia aiirita within another, — the internal one
being considerably smaller, and having no spines (Bihang till K.
Svenska Vet. Akad. Handlinf/ar, Bd. i., No. 13). Besides these
modes of reproduction, nothing was certainly known of any mode
of multiplication until the observations I was enabled to make in
spring and summer on board the ' Garland.' The minute botanical
details and considerations have been discussed at length in a paper
published, by permission of the Board, in the Proceedings of the
Royal Societg of Edinhurgh (vol. xxi. p. 207, plates i.-iii.).

It was discovered in Biddulphia mobiliensis that the cell-contents
contract and round themselves oS, this more or less spherical body
proceeding to secrete a membrane of approximately the same shape
as the parent, but without the characteristic external spines, &c.
This body is apparently of the same character as that recorded by
Pi'of. Cleve in B. miiita (of which I was ignorant at the time).
During summer, I found these internal bodies free in the water in
large numbers, and in a state of active division, none of them
having developed the characteristic external spines of the parent
form. The parent form was almost wholly absent. In December,
again, the parent form (with spines) was abundant, but none of the
summer forms. Presumably these had grown into mature Biddul-
phia muhiliensis, either directly, as is most likely, or after some other
development. The production of this internal form, so far as I
have seen, in Biddulphia, is always a case of rejuvenescence of the
cell, the whole of the cell-contents of the parent being used up in
the formation of one new cell, which, when free, increases its kind
by division. I have observed similar rounding off in the cell-
contents of Dittjlum Biightwellii, and very probably it goes through
a similar life-history.

In Ooscinodiscus concinnus, I have also found a young form
within the parent, this time exactly resembling it in all essential
characters. In this genus also, therefore, we have the production
of a new individual by the rejuvenescence of the cell. That this
often happens in spring I had abundant evidence ; but, what is
more interesting, I have found in this species two diatoms within
the parent, showing that the protoplasm must have divided to form
them. In Loch Fyne I found other specimens of C. concinnus, of
which the protoplasm had divided into four, eight, and sixteen
rounded-off portions (produced, to judge by their positions, &c., by
successive divisions into two) ; and free in the water at the same
time, packets of eight and of sixteen young Cuscinodiscus concinnus,
of the same size as the rounded portions of protoplasm. The con-
clusion was inevitable that the packets of eight and of sixteen were
produced from the rounded-off portions, having regard to the
occurrence of single forms and pairs as described above. The

MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA. 395

membfanes of the young individuals were either not silicified, or
were imperfectly silicified, as proved by burning ; and they were
therefore capable of growth, and of attaining the full dimensions of
Coscinodiscus concinnus, without the intervention of auxospores.

Both in spring and summer, I observed in several species of
ChiBtoceros a series of divisions of the cell-contents, obviously similar
to the divisions in Coscinodiscus, and doubtless preliminary to the
formation of reproductive bodies. In C. borealis this sub-division
of the contents is carried to four, eight, and sixteen; in C. cun-isetus
to four and eight; and in C. constrictus to four. Instances of higher
numbers in the latter two species may and probably do occur, but
they have escaped me. I have witnessed the actual processes of
division up to four ; but the farther sub-divisions into eight and
into sixteen are known to me only from finding instances of them
as accomplished facts. What the fate of these bodies may be I do
not yet know, but I hazard the view that they resemble the corre-
sponding bodies in Coscinodiscus in their life-history.

Having obtained a supply of sea-water, I am endeavouring to
cultivate these organisms during the winter in two large tanks, and,
if possible, to secure a continuous series of observations. There are
enormous difficulties in cultivating such organisms in London, but
so far I have a prospect of success.

There are numerous questions of both scientific and economic
importance to be settled in connection with the study of marine
vegetation. That little is known maybe inferred from the fact that
it was possible to make so many novel observations within so short
a time. I would venture to recommend to the Board that a survey
of the conditions be made farther out at sea, that we may know
how far these banks of diatoms, Peridiniea, &c., extend seawards,
especially in the early months of the year and in summer, or how
far they may be coastal in their occurrence.

MONOGRAPH of the BRITISH SPECIES of EUPHRASIA.

Prefaced by an Epitome of Pbof. Wettstein's Views on the Development
AND Distribution of the European Species.

By Frederick Townsend, M.A., F.L.S.

(Continueii from p. 336.)

Part II.

Description and Distribution of Species, &c. ,

List of Native Species and of Hybrids.

PARVIFLORiE.

1. [Euphrasia stricta Host.] 6. E. occidevtalis Weitsi.

2. E. borealis Towns. 7. [E. latifolia Pursh.]

3. E.brevipila Burn. eiGrem. 8. E. Eouhwnsis Towns.

4. E.nemorosa H. Mart. 9. K. (jracilis Fries.

5. E. curta Fries. 10. E. Scotica Wettst.

396 monograph of the british species of euphrasia.

Grandiflor^.
11. E. Rostkoviana Hayne. 12. E. camj)estris Jord.

Angustifoli^.
13. E. Salisbiirgensis Funk.
Hybrids.
E. Rostkoviana x nemorosa E. gland id if/ era Wetts.
E. Rostkoviana x brevipila E. notata Towns.
E. gracilis x brevipila E. difformis Towns.

E. occidentalis x brevipila E. pratiuscnla Towns.
E. brevipila x Scotica E. veniista Towns.

E. Scotica X gracilis E. electa Towns.

Clavis analytica.'''
[Bractese saltern in margine basin versus pilis glanduliferis
1 \ obsitfe, saepe tota3 pilis glanduliferis plus minus obtectae 2
(Bracteas nunquam pilis glanduliferis obsitfe ... 6
pf Corolla 10-15 mm longa, fine anthesis tubo elongato . 8

I Corolla 4-10 mm longa, fine anthesis tubo nou elongato . 4
'Kami infra medium caulis abeuntes. Folia caulina acuta,
densiuscula, pilis glanduliferis longis obtecta. Floret
jjj ab Julio ad Octobrem . . . E. Rostkoviana Hayne.
1 Rami infra et supra medium caulis abeuntes. Folia
caulina acuta, densiuscula. Pili glanduliferi breviusculi.
\ Floret ab Juni usque ad Octobrem . (E. campestris Jord.)
Bracte^e non sensim in basin attenuatas .... 5
Bracteae sensim in basin cuneato-attenuatte, setis robustis
obsitte bine inde eglandulosae. Species arctica fere
circumpolaris ..... {E. latifolia Pursh.)
Caulis plerumque infra medium ramosus 5-35 cm altus.
Spica mox valde elongata. Folia caulina obtusa vel
acuta. Bracteae ovatae aut basi breviter cuneatae, denti-
bus cuspidatis vel aristatis. Corolla 5-10 mm longa
violascens vel albida. Capsula cuneato-obovata, calycem
aequans vel superans . . E. brevipila Burn, et Grem.
Caulis infra medium ramosus. Spica non elongata densa.
Corolla 4-6 mm longa albida vel cferulea ? Bractese dense
imbricatae acutas, dentibus acutis. Capsula elliptica
calycem aequans vel excedens . . E. occidentalis Wettst.
rFoliorum caulinorum superiorum lanceolata vel lanceolato-
ovata longitudo latitudinem (exclusis dentibus) in minimo
duplo superat plerumque valde superat. Corolla 6-8 mm
longa alba, labio superiore caerulesceute vel violascente
rarius totae lilacinae, Capsulje maturae margine glabrae
vel pilis sparsis inflexis obsitae . E. Salisburgensis Funck.
Foliorum caulinorum superiorum longitudo latitudinem
(exclusis dentibus) in maximo duplo superans, plerumque
brevior. Capsulae maturae margine pilis strictis erectis
obsitae .......... 7

* The dimensions throughout are metrical.

6

MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA. 397

/Corolla dorso 10-15 mm fine anthesis plerumque elongata

E. Kernerl Wettst.
„J Corolla 5-10 mm, fine anthesis non elongata

Confer E. brevipila v. suhglahra.
Corolla dorso 2-10 mm longa fine anthesis nunquam elon-
gata . . . . . . . . . .8

P (Corolla in speciminibus bene evolutis 7-10 mm longa . 9
(Corolla in speciminibus bene evolutis 2-7 mm. longa . 10
Planta 5-20 cm. alta. Europeam boreali-occidentalem jn-
colans ; foliis caulinis superioribus obtusiusculis, denti-
bus obtusiusculis . . . . . E. horeolia Towns.

Q Plantae 5-75 cm. altae, foliis caulinis superioribus acutis,
acute dentatis, in parte inferiore ramosus ; bracte® ovatae
vel obovato cuneatfe. Folia glabra vel in margine setu-
lis papillisve minimis. Calyx fructifer non valde accretus

[E. stricta Host.)
[Folia et bracteae glabra . . . . . . .11

10 j Folia et bractefe tota vel saltem in margine et in nervis
i paginae inferiore setulosa . . . . . .12

^Caulis firmus, planta oca. 5-40 cm alta, bracteis distanti-
bus, plerumque ramosissima planitiem vel montes non
altos incolans ; bracteaB dentibus acutis patentes .
\l{ E. nemorosa H.Msivi.

Caulis tenuis, filiformis planta circa 3-20 cm alta, ramis
paucis. Bracte89 erectfe, dentibus obtusiusculis, vel
V acutis, nitidffi ...... E. (jiacHis Fries.

[Folia setis albidis strictis dense obsita itaque griseo-viridia 13
12 j Folia setis minimis margine et in nervis paginae inferioris
( obsita, glabra videntur . . . . . .14

i Folia caulina obtusa. Bractefe latae basi cuneatfe setis
longiusculis sparsis obsitae. Planta arctica, fere circum-
polaris ...... [E. latifolia Pursh.)
Folia caulina superiora acuta. Bracteae basi rotundatas,
setis brevibus dense obsitae. Planta Europae mediae et
borealis ....... E. curta Fries.

IPlantae Europae borealis et mediae. Folia caulina superiora
plerumque acuta . . . (Confer E. occidentalis ylahra).
Folia caulina obtusa. Calyx capsula evidente brevior.
Planta Europae borealis, aestate florens E. Eoulaensis Towns.
Planta Scotica, gracilis simplex vel parce ramosa. Capsula

calycem aequans vel excedens . . . E. Scotica Wettst.
Planta Europae mediae crassus rarius tenuis plerumque in
parte inferiore usque ad medium caulis ramosus. Conf. ,

E. curta var. glabrescens.

I would preface the descriptive portion of this Monograph by
stating that I have seen and determined all the specimens for which
localities are given. The critical character of the species rendered
this advisable. I regret that I have not had time or opportunity to
consult more herbaria so as to have given more localities and
rendered the knowledge of the distribution of the species more

14

15

398 MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA.

complete. There can be no doubt that it will be many years before
this knowledge will be obtained.

My best thanks are due to those botanists who have assisted me
in communicating specimens ; they are especially due to W. H.
Beeby, Esq. ; also to Messrs. Ar. Bennett, J. Britten, N. Colgan,
H. and J. Groves, S. M. Macvicar, W. F. Marshall, W. S. Millar,
E. Lloyd Praeger, W. H. Purchas, E. S. Salmon, and Prof. Wett-
stein. I have been assisted so largely by Prof. Wettstein that I
can hardly sufficiently express my thanks and indebtedness to him.
He has seen most if not all doubtful plants, and given me his
opinion on them. He has given me fall permission to make copies
of the schemes and drawings of leaves, bracts, &c. in his Mono-
graph, a permission which I have taken full advantage of. His
diagnoses of species are so excellent that I have mostly adopted them.

Description of Species.
Euphrasia, Linn. Gen. n. 741 pro parte. — Wettstein, Monog.
p. 9 (1896).— Benth. et Hook. Gen. PI. vol. ii. pars ii. p. 976 (1876).

Sectio I. Encuphrasia Wetts. Mon. p. 68. Folia indivisa,
dentibus utrinque acutis vel obtusis 1-10. Antheras pilosfe. —
Species Europte, insularum Azoricarum, Asife extratropicte,
Americ^e septentrionalis, Australise et Nov® Zelaudife.

Subsectio I. SemicalcaratiB Benth. in DC. Prodrom. x. p. 552
(1846). Wettst. Mon. p. 68. Species hemisphterii borealis, sem-
per aunupe, antherte mucronatfe, duorum staminum posticorum
breviorum loculus alter semper longius calcaratus.

§ 1. Parviflor^e Wettst. Mon. p. 69. Foliorum longitude
latitudinem in maxirao duplo siiperans. Capsule margiue semper
erecto ciliatae. Corolla? tubus fine anthesis non elongatus, itaque
coroUse omnes longitudine iequali.

1. Euphrasia stricta*
Host, Flor. Aust. ii. p. 185 (1831).— Wettst. Mon. p. 93.
Caulis erectus, rarius simplex, plerumque in parte inferiore
ramosus, 5-75 cm altus, rubescens vel fuscescens, pilis crispis re-
versis eglandulosis pubescens, in parte inferiore foliis mox deciduis
tempore anthesis denudatus, ramis non numerosis ascendentibus
suboppositis, folia caulina iufima opposita cuneata, obtusiuscula
utrinque dentibus 1-2 obtusis, media et superiora opposita ovata
vel ovato-lanceolata in parte media latissima lontjUudine latitndLnem
duplo supeianie, acuta, utrinque dentibus aristatis 3-5. Bractete
alternantes, latitudine folia caulina superantes, in triente inferiore
latissimaB, ocatce, basi breviter cuneatcB, acutissimcB, dentibus loiuje

* I enter here the description of this species, though I cannot ascertain
that it is a native of Great Britain. It is given by Prof. Wettstein, as on my
authority, as occurring in " Surrey : Downs (Ig. ? H. Townsend,") Mon. p. 103 ;
but I have never collected specimens in England nor have I seen native ones. I
have had correspondence with the Professor on the subject, but he is unable to
tell me how the error crept in.

MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA. 399

ai-iHtatis vel acutis utrinque 4-7. Folia omnia viridia, in specimini-
bus siccis interdum nigricantia subtus plana nitida vel in speci-
minibus locorum aridorum plicato-striata, gJaJierrma, rarius in
pagina superiore et in margine pilis brevissimis aspera. Spica
initio cunden.sata mox valde elovgata, frucfcifera saspe in parte inferiore
calyces fructiferos solum gerens. Flores subsessiles. Calyx tjlabcr
vel setulis niinutis obsitus, fructifer non accretus. Corolla 6-10 mtn.
longa, labio superiore bilobo, lobis denticulatis, rarius bilobis, labio
inferiore trilobo, lobis emarginatis. Corolla plerumque pallide
violacea, macula flava in labio inferiore et striis Cceruleis vel pur-
pureis notata, rarius cterulea vel albida. Capsula cuneato-obovata,
angusta, truncata vel subemarginata, cahjcis denies non superans,
margine longe ciliata cteterum pilosa vel glabrata.

Syn. E. officinalis B, montana /5 cucullata Fries Novit. Flor.
Novit. Flor. Suec. ed. 2, p. 198 (1828) ex parte. — E. nenioiosa B.
intermedia, a. vulgaris et /3 alpestris Soyer Willemet sur VEuphrasie
offic. et les especes vois. p. 28 (Mem. d. 1. soc. roy. d. so. de Nancy,
1833-34).— £". officinalis Hayne, Arzneigew. ix. t. 8 (1823).— /'A
officinalis /3. resp. b. nenwrosa Koch Synop. Flor. Germ, et Helv.
ed. i. p. 545 (1837). — E. officinalis J, nemorosa Eeich. Icon. Fl.
Germ, et Helv. xx. p. 58 (1862). — E. ericetorum Jord. in Reut.
Compt. rend. d. 1. soc. Haller. 1854-56. — E. condensata Jord. Pug.
plant, nov. p. 135. — E. stricta A. Kerner, Schedje ad Fl. exsicc.
Aust.-Hmig. i. p. 41 (1881).

Exsicc. Kern. Fl. exsicc. Austro-Hung. No. 147. — Schultz,
Herb. norm. nov. ser. Cent. i. No. 113 (as E. ericetorum). — Billot,
Flor. Gall, et Germ. Excurs. No. 62 (as E. nemorosa).

Tab. 374. Tab. 378, fig. 135-146. Hayne, Arzneigew. ix. tab. 8
(1823). — Reich. Icon. Flor. Germ, et Helv. xx. tab. mdccxxxi.
— Wettst. Mon. Taf. iii, fig. 135-146, Taf. vii, fig. 5, 6.

Fl. June-Get.

Distribution. Mid Europe; Spain; France; Belgium; Switzer-
land ; Germany ; South Sweden and Norway ; Austria ; Upper
Italy ; Northern Balkan peninsula ; West and South Russia. Not
ascending into the alpine region.

The distribution of E. stricta in Europe would lead us to expect
its occurrence in Great Britain though it has not yet been detected.
It is a variable species and many varieties have been described and
named by various botanists. Prof. Wettstein observes that in damp
and cool localities the plant is smaller, has broader flatter and
more shortly toothed leaves, is more branched ; that in drier locali-
ties the plant is taller, sometimes less and sometimes more branched,
and usually the leaves are narrower, plicate beneath and with more
aristate teeth. From E. brevipila it may be distinguished by the
absence of glandular hairs ; from E. Salisburgensis by its capsule
being furnished with long erect hairs ; from E. nemorosa by the
more aristate character of the teeth of the leaves and bracts, its
less branched stem, its entire or subemargiuate capsule, exceeded
by the calyx teeth and by its suberect and straight (not subarcuate
or recurved) bracts.

Three names which have been applied to this species re(][uire

400 MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA.

special notice, viz. E. stricta Host, E. ericetonim Jord., and E.
nemorosa H. Mart. Jordan's name ericetonim, which is undoubtedly
Host's E. stricta, must give way on account of the priority of the
latter. E. nemorosa Host is described as a species further on.

Prof. Wettstein's opinion that a parallel earlier flowering form
to E. stricta, having the same relation to it as E. montana to E.
Rostkoviana, exists, has been confirmed by the observations of
Dr. S. Murbeck, and he has named the plant E. Suecica Murb.
et Wettst.

2. Euphrasia borealis

Wettst. Mon. p. 108. — E. Rostkoviana v. borealis Towns. Lond.
Cat. ed. 9.

Caulis crassus, erectus, 5-20 cm, pilis albidis crispulis reversis
pubescens, simplex, vel infra medium ramosus, ramis erecto-
patentibus rarius iterum ramosis. Folia infima opposita cuneato-
obovata vel elliptica, obtusa, utrinque dentibus 1-2 obtusis, folia
media et superiora subopposita vel alternantia, obtusa, ovata,
dentibus utrinque 3-5 obtusis, vel dentibus infimis acutiusculis.
BractefB alternantes vel suboppositae, late ovatte utrinque 3-5-den-
tatfe, dentibus acutis vel breviter aristatis. Folia et bracte® non-
nuuquam fere orbicularia et tunc dentibus obtusis et glabrescentia.
Folia omnia erecto-pateutia, nitida, subtus striata, in speciminibus
siccatis frequenter griseo-viridia, subglabra, plerumque in pagina
superiore in margine et in pagina inferiore iu nervis setis albidis
strictis hirsuta, vel tota setosa. Spica initio condensata non valde
elongata. Flores subsessiles. Calyx dentibus triangulari-lanceo-
latis acuminatis subaristatis, indumento ei foliorum simili, fructifer
modice vel valde accretus, dentibus triaugulnribus subpatentibus.
Corolla 6-8 mm longa, labio superiore bilobo lobis reflexis emargi-
natis vel denticulatis, labio inferiore trilobo lobis emarginatis.
Corolla plus minusve striis violaceis notata et macula flava iu labio
inferiore et iu fauce picta, alba vel labio inferiore alba et labio
superiore pallide violacea vel tota violacea. Capsula elliptica aut
oblonga basis versus paulum attenuata, truncata, emarginata,
calycem aequaus, margine ciliata cjeterum glabriuscula,

Syn. E. Rostkoviana v. borealis Towns. Lond. Cat. ed. 9.

Tab. 374. Tab. 378, fig. 147-153. Wettst. Mon. Taf. iii. fig.
147-153, Taf. xi. fig. 7.

Fl. June-Aug.

DisTRiB. England ; Scotland ; Ireland ; Faroe Islands,
"Oestero" bei Eide ; Simmons (comm. Wettst.), Suderoe Gratzl ;
Prof. A. Kerner (Wettst. Mon.).

DisTRiB. IN England and Wales : Cumberland, Borrowdale
(1884). Hants, near Heme (1895); E. F. Linton. Freshwater,
Isle of Wight (1883). Hereford, near Downton on the rock
(1853) ; W. tl. Furchas. Warwick, Whichford and Long Compton.
Westmoreland, Ulles water (1886) ; C. Bailey.

DisTRiB. IN Scotland : Aberdeen, Braemar (1890). Argyle,
Oban (1881). Shiel Bridge (1896), Caithness, W. Leastne ; Klaij.
Inverness, Foyers (1881). Inverailort (1896). Eilean Shona
(1896). Shetland, Sutton Voe ; North Voe ; Sand Voe ; North-

MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA. 401

maveii (1891) ; Shetlaud mainland (1887) ; W. H. Beeby. Suther-
land, Banks of Naver nr. Betfcyhill (1889) ; W. F. Marshall.

DisTRiB. IN Ireland, Galway, Connemara (1853) ; F. Kirk.
Meath, Laytown (1896) ; -ft. Lloyd Praeyer.

Pascual. This species is found in short uncultivated grass
pastures, especially on the coast of Scotland, but it occurs also far
inland, ascending over 1000 ft.

See remarks under E. brevipila as to the borders of the areas of
this and E. borealis meeting in the British Isles.

Since this Monograph was completed Prof. Wettstein has
written to me respecting the varied forms of E. borealis and E.
brevipila of which I communicated a series of specimens. I had
doubts whether many glabrous forms which have been referred to
E. borealis should not be looked upon as glabrous forms of E. brevi-
pila, or that there are glandular forms of E. borealis and that we
have only one species, which was originally my opinion some years
ago. Prof. Wettstein writes that he has never as yet seen an
eglandular form of E. brevijiila and this fact mainly disposes him to
believe that we have two species and that hybrids occur between
them. For the present I assume that Professor Wettstein is
correct and that we have two distinct species, and that hybrids do
occur between them, but I am convinced that forms which have
been referred to E. borealis do represent an eylandular form of E.
brevipila, which is not unfrequent in Scotland. Future observation
may possibly determine that E. borealis is an eglandular form of
E. brevipila which has a separate area, and a more northern exten-
sion than the parent form, and that this eglandular form is con-
stant within this area except on its southern border.

3. Euphrasia brevipila
Burnat et Gremli, ex Towns, in Journ. Bot. 1884, p. 1G7. —
Wettst. Mon. p. 109.

Cauhs erectus, rarius simplex, plerumque infra medium ramosus,
5-35 cm altus rubescens vel fucescens, pilis crispis reversis eglandu-
losis pubescens, in parte inferiore foliis mox deciduis tempore an-
thesis denudatus, ramis erectis vel erecto-patentibus suboppositis
rarius iterum ramosis. Folia caulina infima opposita, cuneata,
obtusiuscula utriuque dentibus 1-3 obtusis, media et superiora sub-
opposita, ovata vel ovato-lauceolata, circiter in parte media latis-
sima longitudine latitadinem diiplo superante, acuta, iitriuque dentibus
aristatis 3-5. Bractefe alternantes vel subopposit.-e, latitudine folia
caulina superantes, eis breviores, in triente inferiore latissimte,
ovata:, basi breviter caneatce, dentibus aristatis vel acuminatis, utrinqud
4-7. Folia omnia viridia, in speciminibus siccatis plerumque
griseo-viridia, subtus plana nitida vol plicato-striata, in pagina
superiore et inferiore pilis ylandxdij'eris brevibus rectis, iinpriuiis in
nereis et in maryine, saltern basin versus, obsita ; cseterum glabra
vel setis strictis plus minusve densis obsita. Spica initio con-
deusata, mox valde elongata ; flores subsessiles. Calyx indumenta
ei foliorum simili, fructifer non vel modice accretus. Corolla
G-10 mm longa, labio superiore bilobo, lobis denticnlatis, rarius

Journal of Botanv. — Vol. 35. [Oct. 1897. j 2 d

402 MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA.

hilohis, labio inferiore trilobo, lobis emarginatis. Corolla pallide
violacea vel cterulea vel alba, macula flava in labio iuferiore et
striis casruleis et purpureis uotata. Capsula cuneato-obovata,
angusta, truncata vel subemarginata, cah/cem cBquans vel superans
manjine huge ciliatu, cteterum pilosa vel glabra.

Some of our native plants differ considerably from tbe con-
tinental ones. Prof. Wettstein's description, which I give, is
admirable for the latter so I have not altered it, but I would note
the following differences in some of the English plants : —

Folia caulina . . . ovata vel ovato-oblonga . . . longitudine lati-
tudinem non multo superante, obtusa utrinque dentibus obtusis 3-5
vel dentibus superioribus acutis. . . . Bractete .... latitudine folia
caulina paulo superantes . . . , ovatfe, superiores basi breviter
cuueatfe, dentibus cuspidatis vel breviter aristatis .... folia omnia
subpatentes vel arcuato-recurvfe . . . Corolla . . . labio superiore
bilobo, lobis emarginatis. . . . Corolla pallide violacea vel albida
vel labio superiore pallide violacea et labio inferiore alba, striis
purpureis notata, mucula lutea in labio inferiore, fauce luteo.

I have drawn figures of some of the leaves and bracts of a form
which is frequent in Scotland. Forms are also frequent in which
the lower leaves are longer in proportion to their width than those
I have figured, so as to merit the term ovate-ohhuKj, but I have never
seen specimens to which ovate-lanceolate would be applicable. The
teeth of tbe leaves and bracts of the continental form are much
narrower and with much longer arista.

Syn. E. ojficinaJis B. montana E. Fries Novit. fl. Suec. Ed. ii.
p. 198 (1828) ex parte. — E. officinalis var. montana Fries Summa
veg. Scand. I. p. 19 (1816). — E. officinalis A Plati/iihijlhe y. montana
Reich. Icon. Flor. Germ, et Helv. xx. p. 58 (1862). — E. pan-ijlora
Wettst. in Engler u. Prautl Nat. Pflanzenfam. iv. T. Abt. 3 b.
S. 101 (1893). — i\ hreeipila Wettst. in Oesterr. hot. Zeitschr.
(1894), S. 92.

Exsicc. Fries Herb. norm. ix. n. 17.

Tab. 374. Tab. 378, fig. 154-162, 163, 164, 165. Reich. Icon.
Germ, et Helv. xx. tab. mddxxxiii. fig. I. et fig. 1 et 2. — Taf. iv.
fig. 154-161, Taf. vh. fig. 8 (Wettst. Mon.).

Fl. June-August.

Distribution. — 1. Alpes Maritimes to Carinthia ; Switzerland,
Apeninnes ; 2. Gali9ia ; Bukowina ; N. Hungary ; Carpathians ;
East and West Prussia ; West Russia ; Finland ; Sweden ; Nor-
way ; Denmark ; Great Britain ; Ireland.

DisTRiB. in England and Wales : Hants, Ventuor, Isle of
Wight (1879). Warwick, Honington (1896-7).

Distrib. in Scotland : Aberdeen, Braemar (1890). Argyle,
Oban (1881) ; Shiel Bridge (1896) ; near Corran (1896) ; Bender-
loch, Oban (1885) ; C. Bailei/ (J. Britten). Trossachs, K. Richter ;
H. Richter (Wettst. Mon.). 'Tigh-na-Bruach (1884) ; W. Matthews.
Caithness, abundant and with very large flowers in pastures by the
main road west of Thursoe (1897). Inverness, Foyers (1881) ;
Ness Side (1892) ; Inverailort (1896). Kiucraig (1891) ; A. Somer-
ville (J. Britten). Perth, Ben Lui (1881) ; G. Nicholson. Ross,

MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA. 403

Kinloch Ewe ; E. S. Salmon. Poolewe, 1897, where the eglandular
form occurs in abundance. Sutherland, Durness (1881) ; TF, F.
Marshall. Bettyhill (1897).

Distrib. in Ireland : Cavan, Mount Nugent (189G) ; R. L.
Praetjer. Galway, Clonbrock (1896) ; R. L. Praei/er. Koundstone
(1852) ; I). Oliver. Louth, Togher (1896) ; Lurgan Green (1896) ;
R. L. Praei/er. Meath, Laytowu (1896); R. L. Prae<jer. Kildare,
Kilcock ; Carbury ; Leixlip ; (1896) ; R. L. Praeger. Kings County,
Edenberry (1896) ; R. Lloyd Praeger. Tyrone, Mullaghearn ;
Omagh (1896) ; M. C. Knowles.

The plant referred to by Prof. Wettstein in Men. p. 112 —
" England : Buxton (Townsend ; H. Fr.) " was determined by him
from specimens not fully developed of my PL RostJcoviana v. tennis,
and he now thinks the plant may be referred to PL campestris Jord.
provided the area of this species is found to extend so far, but he is
uncertain what position and rank should be assigned to Jordan's
E. campestris. See remarks in Wettst. Mon. pp. 194 and 112.

PL brevipila may be distinguished from PJ. striata by the presence
of shortly stalked glands, and by the same from E. RostJcoviana in
which the glandular hairs are long, wavy of curled, and many-
celled. See remarks under E. horealis.

The glandular hairs are sometimes found only at the base of
the bracts and calyx.

This species, which is pascual and is found in abundance in the
long herbage of cultivated pastures especially on the west coast of
Scotland, also ascending like P^. horealis to an altitude of 1000 ft.
inland, will probably be found to occur throughout Britain. It is
certainly one of the most generally distributed species in Scotland.
The borders of PL brevipila and E. horealis meet in Scotland. In
some localities, later flowering and dwarf plants occur which are
nearly or quite eglandular, and if 7?. horealis be distinct some of these
are probably hybrids between PL hrevipila and E. horealis (see under
hybrids at the end of this Monograph), but some forms must be
looked upon as eglandular PJ. brevipila ; this form occurs abun-
dantly in the neighbourhood of Poolewe in Eoss-shire, the upper
leaves are broadly ovate with acute teeth, the teeth of the bracts
acuminate, hardly awned but cuspidate, leaves bracts and calyx
shining and very sparsely setose, calyx-teeth lanceolate, acuminate,
about equalling or slightly exceeding the capsule which is rounded
at the end and slightly emarginate, the margins fringed ; whole
plant pale green, flowers white or purple, but mostly white. Pro-
fusely glandular plants occur in the same locality. PL brevipila
being pascual has the main stem frequently bitten, in an early stage,
by sheep, it then develops numerous and often compound bninches
which are short, often equal in height and bear smaller flowers
than the normal form.

A very remarkable plant has been found by Mr. Becby in wet
places about Ollaberry, Northmaven, Shetland. It is tall, un-
brauched, with large leaves and bracts and large included flowers
and it is eglandular. Prof. Wettstein considers it very luxuriant
E. horealis.

2 D 2

404 monograph of the british species of euphrasia.

4, Euphrasia nemorosa

H. de Mai-tius, Prodr. Floi'iT? Mosqnensis, p. 107 (1817).— Per-
soou, Synopsis plant, seu enchirid. ii. p. 149 (1807) pro var. —
Wettst. Mon. p. 118.

Caulis erectus crassus rarissime simplex, plerumque in parte
inferiore usque ad medium caulis vel solum in media parte ramosus,
5-40 cm altus, rubescens vel rufescens, pilis crispulis reversis
eglandulosis pubescens hinc inde glabrescens vel bifariam pube-
scens, in parte inferiore foliis deciduis mox denudatus, ramis erectis,
sape itenun ramosis, oppositis. Folia infima obtusa, utrinque denti-
bus 1-3 obtusis, media et superiora ovata vel ovato-lanceolata op-
posita acuta, medio fere latissima, utrinque dentibus acutis, sed )ton
aristatis 4-7. Bractese suboppositae latitudine folia caulina super-
antes, sed breviores, basin versus latissimre, utrinque dentibus 4-6
acutissimis vel breviter aristatis, patentes vel snbarcuato-recurvcE.
Folia omnia viridia, ijlaherrima in specimiuibus siccatis griseo-
viridia, nmi nitida, siibtus plicata. Spica initio condensata, mox elon-
gata. Flores subsessiles. Calyx glaber, fructifer subinflatus, denti-
bus brevibus. Corolla cca. 5 mm longa, labio superiore bilobo, lobis
minute denticulatis, labio inferiore trilobo, lobis emarginatis, extus
hirsuta, albida, labio superiore Cferuleo picta et macula lutea striis-
que cieruleis in labio inferiore vel tota plus minus cserulea. Cap-
sula cuneato-obovata, matura cahjcem (ncjiunis vel sfepius snperaji.i,
emarginata, margine longe ciliata, ceterum pilosa vel glabra.

Syn. K. officinalis v. parvifiora Eeicb. Fl. Germ, exurs. n.
2444 (1830)32). ?— £". officinaiis ^ alpestris, No. 3, Kocb, Synop.
Flor. Germ, et Helv. ed. i. p. 545 (1837). — E. tetraquetra Arrond.
in Bull. soc. polym. 1862, p. 96. — Hist. nat. d. Morbiban. Bot.
p. 76 (1867).— Grenier, Flor. Jur. p. 568 (1865).— £. nemorosa
Gremli, Neue Beit. z. Fl. d. Scbw. I. S. 18 (1880).— i?. officinalis
V. tetraquetra Breb. Flor. Norm. ed. 2, p. 183, sec. Grenier, I.e.

Exsicc. Billot, Flor. exs. no. 2724*"' (as E. ericetoram). Reich.
Exs. no. 243 (as E. officinalis).

Tab. 875. Tab. 378, fig. 169-177. Bull. Herb. d. 1. Fr. tab.
233.—? Lam. iii. d. genre, pi. 618. Fig. 2 (bad).— Sowerby, Eug.
bot. 3rd Ed. vol. vi. tab. dccccxci. fig. sinistra ? — Wettst. Mon.
Taf. iv. fig. 169-177, Taf. viii. fig. 1.

Fl. August-October.

DisTRiB. Mid, North, and East France ; Belgium ; Switzer-
land ; South-west Germany ; Northern Bohemia ; Denmark ; Nor-
way ; Sweden ? ; England ; Scotland ; Ireland ; Channel Islands.

DiSTRiB. IN England and Wales: Berks, Newbury (1846) ; A.
B. Jackson. Cornwall, Helston (1883) ; J. Cunnack. Downderry
(1885); W.S.Millar. Near Ashridge Wood ; A. B. Jackson (1896).
Cumberland, Rosthwaite (1884). Derby, Matlock (1881); H. J.
Groves. Near Buxton (1884). Devon, Post Bridge, Dartmoor
(1885); IF. F. Marshall. Dorset, Ranston (inclining to E. carta,
1892). Portland (Groves ; H. Fl.) ; Wettst. Mon. *Hants, Fresh-

* E. nemorosa is the prevalent species in Hants, not E. ericetorum (= E.
stricta) as stated in 'Flora of Hampshire,' 1883.

MONOGBAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA. 4:05

water, Isle of Wight, 1883. Shedfielcl (1872). Sidmonton (1896) ; ?.
Lancaster, Liverpool (1883) ; ?. Norfolk, Fladeii Fen (1886) ;
Ar. Bennett. Northampton, Pipewell (1885). Eadnob, Llauwrtyd
(1891) ; W. H. Purchas. Somerset, Conglebury (1884) ; J. W.
White. Between Cheddar and Shipton (1892) ; W. S. Millar.
Stafford, Ecton Hill, on limestone (1892) ; W. H. Purchas. Bid-
dulph (1885); W. H. Painter (J. Britten). Surrey, Vachery Pond
(1884) ; IF. H. Beeby. Boxhill (1825) ; Dorking (1829) ; J. Woods
Herb. Wokingham (Ig. ? ; H. Fl.) Wettst. Mon. London (Caruel ;
H. Fl.) Wettst. Mon. Sussex, Storringfcon (1853) ; Graffam Com-
mon ; J. Woods Herb. Warwick, Honingtou (1885). Honington
(1886 " ad curtam vergeus " Wettst. in htt.) York, York (Nichol-
son ; H. Haus.) Wettst. Mon. Bramham Eocks near Ripon (1880) ;
G. Nicholson. Micklefield (1877) ; ?.

DisTRiB. IN Scotland: Aberdeen, " Braemar (Townsend; H.
Sch.)" (1890) Wettst. Mon. Shetland, Grasswater (1890) ; W. H.
Beeby.

DiSTRiB. IN Ireland: Mayo (Ig. ?; H. Fl.); Wettst. Mon. Meath,
V. tetraquetra, Oldcastle ; W. S. Millar. West Meath, Lac Lean
[Lough Lene ?J Thieleus ; H. Lans.) ; Wettst. Mon.

Channel Islands. Guernsey, near Doyle's column (1892) ;
W. S. Millar.

This is probably the most generally distributed species in
England in grass pastures, on grassy banks &c.

From A', stricta E. nenwrosa may be known by its smaller
flowers, by the less aristate teeth of the bracts, more branched stem,
emarginate capsule, glabrous calyx, and patent or outwardly curved
bracts. From E. (jracilis by its stouter and less branched stem,
larger, not shining bracts which are plicate beneath when dry.
From E. carta by its glabrous leaves bracts and calyx.

Slender forms of E. nemorosa are sometimes diiiicult to dis-
tinguish from E. (jracilis, the more abrupt termination of the spike
besides the dead, not shining, and plicate bracts of the former will
assist in determination.

Forms which are decidedly intermediate between E. nemorosa
and E. carta occur (see Prof. Wettstein's remarks in Mon. p. 133),
which Prof. Wettstein calls E. carta var. (jlabrescens. He considers
the distinctly geographical and morphological separation of E. carta
and E. nemorosa a proof of the distinction of these two as species.

Prof. Wettstein expresses it as his opinion, that though Henricus
de Martins [Prodr. B'lorce Mosquensis, p. 107, 1817) first used Per-
soon's varietal name nemorosa as designating a species, his nemorosa
was not exclusively, if at all, Persoon's plant. Persoou's descirip-
tion of /'.'. ojficinalis v. 0 nonorosa in Synopsis Plantaram, p. 149
(1807) agrees perfectly with our plant and so does Bulliard's figure
" Bulliard Herb. d. 1. Fr. tab. 233," quoted by Pcrsoon. But in
later years Persoon applied his name " nemorosa'' to specimens, in
his Herb., of J'L stricta Host, the cluiracters of which do not at all
agree with those given for his nemorosa in 1807. Why the Prof,
throws this doubt onH. de Martins' "nemorosa " and gives priority
to Persoon I do not see, as De Martins' description. I.e., runs thus :

406 NOTE ON RANUNCULUS AURICOMUS L.

"2. E. nemorosa : [sylvestris] caule elougato ramosissimo, foliis
glabris subnitidis ovatis argute serratis. Bull, herb, t. 233 (in
sylvis, nemoribus, pratisque Jun. Aug.)," So that his description
agrees and he quotes BulUard herb. t. 238. The date of the Ist
ed. of Fl. Mosq. is 1812, but only two copies exist, the rest having
been destroyed by fire.

(To be continued.)

NOTE ON KANUNCULUS AUEICOMUS L.
By W. p. Winter.

While making some observations on the frequency of the
reduction in the number of petals in Eanunculus aiuicomus, the
following facts came under my notice.

During this spring altogether 308 specimens were examined
from seven localities near Cheltenham. These could obviously be
arranged in two groups, for 204 of them, coming from three
localities, had no petals, but their sepals were strongly arched,
green near the centre line and yellow near the edges. The re-
maining 104, from four other and different districts, gave the
results following : —

A. The sepals were frequently fringed, becoming at the same
time less hairy at the back and much more petaloid, while the
edges were quite wavy. This fringe was frequently developed on
one side only, and was usually of such a character and in such a
position as to replace the petals which were absent.

B. The petals, when present, exhibited all gradations between
large glossy laminae, having a small pit as a nectary much as in
Ranunculus sceleratus, and yellow tubular bodies with the nectary
enclosed in the base. The margins of the pitted nectary appeared
to retain the power of intercalary growth, sometimes becoming ex-
tended on one side only, while in some instances the ventral margin
also grew out, so forming complete tubes. In only one case was a
double nectary found.

C. The fringing of the sepals was correlated with the modification
or abortion of the petals. For the purpose of examination the 104
specimens were separated into group a with three or more sepals
fringed, and group b with two or less sepals fringed.

In group A 79 specimens occurred. These would normally
have 395 sepals and 395 petals. 304 sepals were distinctly fringed,
while of the petals 263 were absent, 84 distinctly tubular, and only
48 normal and complete.

In group B were 25 specimens. Those would normally have
125 sepals and 125 petals. Of the sepals 43 were fringed, while of
the petals 60 were absent, 23 tubular, and 42 complete.

Or taking percentages : —

In group A 77 per cent, of the sepals were fringed, and 90 per
cent, of the petals were aborted.

HIERACIUJI OGWENI, SP. NOV. 407

In group B 34 per cent, of the sepals fringed gave only 66 per
cent, of petals aborted.

Would not these facts additionally conduce to prove that in
plants where the petals have aborted the sepals begin to adopt
their functions ? Are we not also furnished in this instance with
a further link between Helleborus with its sepals and tubular
nectaries and Anemone with its petaloid sepals and absence even of
petal-replacing nectaries.

I may add that the specimens were carefully gathered in-
discriminately, so that they furnish a fair average. The fringes
were quite distinct, and great care was taken to avoid mistaking
modified stamens for modified petals, although the former also
occurred.

HIEKACIUM OGWENI, sp. nov.
By E. F. Linton, M.A.

In 1890 occurred by the side of the R. Ogweu, near Tregarth,
Carnarvonshire, a hawkweed which I took at first for a form of
Hieracium (jothicwii. Fr. or H. sparsifoUmn Lindeb., but which proved
on cultivation to have as great or greater afiinity with H. uiubellatum
Linn. Judging from a specimen of the same plant gathered at
Bethesda, higher up the same valley, by the Rev. A. Ley, Dr. Elf-
strand and Mr. F. J. Haubury were disposed to place it as a variety
under this species. The new form has no doubt a tendency to
fasciculation in the upper branches, approaching H. umhellatum in
this respect ; but it differs so markedly in some other points, that
I cannot place it on the same level with other H. umhellatum
varieties ; though it may perhaps rank as a subspecies. Mr.
Dahlstedt, to whom I sent specimens labelled " H. nmbellatum
var.," observed that it reminded him very strongly of H. reticu-
latum Lindeb., adding that it might perhaps be considered as a
connecting form between these two species. The following is the
description, the name being taken from the river of the valley
where it has been detected : —

H. Ogweni, n. sp. Stem 2-3 ft., erect, somewhat hairy
below, glabrous above, leafy. Leaves lanceolate, spreading, dis-
tantly toothed, rather scattered, light green, thinly hairy below,
gradually narrowed to the base or in the lower leaves to the
petiole, upper leaves rounded but narrow. Heads rather small,
many in a corymbose panicle, often subumbellate ; pedundes
shortly pubescent and fioccose ; involucre light green, not black-
ening (scarcely darkening at all when carefully dried), nearly
glabrous, sprinkled with few small glands ; bracts straight, ap-
pressed, obtuse, a few of the outermost a little lax, tips straight.
Styles yellow. Pappus pale brownish,

II. umbellatuin L., variable as the species is, differs from
H. (J(jweni in having the lower leaves sessile or scarcely pctioled
and all the leaves of a dark green and more numerous and

408 NOTE ON BONNEMAISONIA HAMIFERA HAR.

crowded, the panicle more distinctly umbellate, the involucre
egiaudular, dark green, turning blackish or blackish green when
dry, the outer and middle bracts recurving or at least spreading
even in bud, a very distinctive feature of the species. //. Oi/weni
has since its introduction into my garden propagated itself freely,
and needed checking ; o( H. uinbellatwn I have seen but a single
seedling, though two plants of it have been flowering and fruiting with
me for some years.

NOTE ON BONNEMAISONIA HAMIFEEA Hak.
By E. M. Holmes, F.L.S.

This remarkable plant was first detected in this country by Mr,
T. H. Buffham, who, in August, 1893, found three specimens
floating in the sea at Falmouth. The plant was only known
previously as a native of Japan, and has hitherto been found
nowhere between that country and Great Britain. In May, 189G,
my friend Mr. E. George found it growing attached to other algre
at low water at Shanklin, in the Isle of Wight, and in August of
the same year I found it thrown up at the same place in some
quantity, but with the hooked branches only sparingly developed,
whereas in those found by Mr. George in May they were abundant.
Daring a visit to Falmouth in June, 1897, with my friend Mr.
George, I found about 120 specimens, aud my friend about twenty-
five, during a fortnight. Some of these were attached to Cystoseiru
granulata, Ceramium, and Corallina, in deep pools at low tide, over
a range of about eight miles; but the majority of the specimens
were floated in, showing that it is a deep-water species under
ordinary conditions. It so nearly resembles Dasi/a coccinea in
colour and in the rigidity of the ramuli that it might easily be
passed over as that plant. It is not likely, however, that it could
have been passed over by any one who mounted a specimen, and
no specimens of it occur in collections made by Falmouth algolo-
gists during the last fifty years, so far as can be ascertained. It is
only possible to conceive, therefore, that pieces must have become
detached from Japanese ships arriving in this country, and having
found suitable conditions of temperature, and having attached
themselves by the hooked branches to other plants, have become
naturalized in this country. These branches gradually thicken,
and so grasp firmly any object to which they are attached.

There is one other alga, NitophjUum venuLosum Zau., the presence
of which in this country can, I think, only be regarded as arising
from the same cause. It is an Adriatic species, not recorded, so
far as I am aware, anywhere between that sea and Plymouth,
where it has been collected during the last fifty years by various
algologists, but was mistaken for lihodophijUis bifida until I pointed
out in GreviUca, ii. 2 (July, 1873), that the plant was a Nitopkijllum,
having tripartite instead of zonate tetraspores. This plant is not
known to occur elsewhere in Britain, and there seems to be no other
explanation of its occurrence possible than that it must have been

SHORT NOTES. 409

carried on a ship's bottom and become naturalized. It is true tliat
briijartina Teedii is only found at Brixbam in Great Britain, but it
occurs also in Jersey, and apparently reaches its northern limit in
Torbay.

SHORT NOTES.

ScROPHULARiA ScoRODONiA IN CORNWALL. — On a reccut visit to
Fowey I found this plant growing abundantly on the stony slope of
the harbour close to the railway station. I had previously seen the
plant on the hills behind Towan Head at Newquay, but had never
met with it on the south coast of Cornwall, except at Penzance,
and believe the locality of Fowey is not recorded for it. The next
northerly point known to me for the plant is near Kingsbridge, in
Devon, where the late Rev. W. S. Hore told me he had discovered
it many years ago. Fortunately the Fowey locality is one where
the plant will not easily be destroyed, since it is almost impossible
to get the root from between the stones, and the plant grows
luxuriantly as if quite at home there. — E. M. Holmes,

Sagina Reuteri Boiss. in Herefordshire. — I met with this
plant, growing plentifully, upon the garden walks of the Rectory, at
Tedstone Delamere, on July 22nd. Its previously recorded stations
are, — the platform of Great Malvern railway-station, where I first
gathered it on July 8th, 1889 (see Journ. Bot. 1894, pp. 181-2);
and the platform of Foregate Street (Worcester) railway-station
[Joitrii. Bot. 1896, p. 367), where it was noticed in 1896. Mr. G.
Claridge Druce, who contributed the first article referred to, has
kindly looked at the Tedstone plants, and compared them with a
Malvern specimen, and agrees with me in considering them identical.
Until meeting with the Tedstone examples, I had concluded that
the plant had been introduced with the ballast forming the platforms
of the two stations, which are situated on the same line of railway;
but its occurrence at Tedstone Delamere, which is four miles distant
from any railway, and about twelve miles from the nearest point
where it had hitherto been gathered, leads me to hope that it may
be a native, and to this view, I may add, Mr. Druce has all along
been inclined. The Tedstone plants are more robust than those
from Worcestershire, and this would naturally follow from growing
on open walks instead of between brickwork. I have sent specimens
to the British Museum Herbarium. — Richard F. Towndrow.

FossoMBRONiA CRisTATA Liiidb. IN Ireland. — Tliis hepatic, whjch
does not appear to have been recorded from Ireland, was found by
me in October, 1890, growing abundantly on the shore of Lough
Bridan, Co. Down, and was mentioned in a paper I read shortly
afterwards before the Belfast Naturalists' Field Club, which, how-
over, was not published in iheiv Proccediii(/s. The habitat was a
bed or Hat bank of a whitish stiff clay, which is usually covered by
water, but had that season been dry for several months. The tufts
were from half an inch to two inches in diameter, in the form of
little rosettes of a vivid green colour. The individual plants were

410 SHORT NOTES.

densely tufted and taller than F. pusilla, which abounds in a wet
autumn in all the clover fields in the neighbourhood. The spores
are covered with high ridges or crests. Mr. Pearson, to whom at
the time I sent fresh specimens, said it was not F. caspitiformis,
which I had named it, but F. cristata Lindb. I was hoping to have
gathered further specimens, but not once during the last seven
years has the level of the water subsided sufficiently to expose the
clay bank, and there is no other suitable habitat at the locality. —
H. W. Lett.

RuBi OF Streathaii and Tooting Commons. — Spending the
closing days of last August at Streatham, I was able to examine
the very numerous bramble- thickets on Streatham and Tooting
Commons pretty thoroughly. As these commons are so near
London, and most of the brambles on them are particularly well
marked and abundant, I have some hope that my lists may be of
exceptional interest. They are not, however, so nearly exhaustive
as they might have been had the season been less advanced.
Streatham Common : — R. idmis Linn., R. carpinifolius \Vh. & N.,
R. Lindleianus Lees, R. enjthrinus Genev., forma (jlandulosa, R.
rhamnifollus Wh. & N. (our usual form, the R. caniiophyUus Lefv. &
Muell.), R. pulcherrlinns Neum., R. rusticanus Merc, R. piibescens
Weihe (sp. coll.) and its var. subinermis Rogers, R. leucostachys
Schleich., R. radula Weihe var. echinatoides Rogers, R. adoniatus
P. J. Muell., R. dametoruin Wh. & N. (a form or forms intermediate
betweeu vars. diversifoUus Lindl, and concinnus Warren), R. coryl'i-
foUus Sm. a. subliistris (Lees). Basides typical R. pulchenimm, the
highly glandular and aciculate form which we have been calling
var. selosus {s,QQ Juiini. Bot. 1891, 240; 1895, 48, 49) is locally
abundant, and keeps (as usual) very distinct from the type. Of
these fifteen strongly marked forms, the only ones that I did not
see in great quantity are idceus, Lindleianus, leucostachys, and sub-
liistris. Tooting Common : — All that are given above for Streatham
Common except (apparently) the var. setosus of pulcherrimus ; but
here R. Lindleianus is exceedingly abundant, and R. pulcherriinics,
R. pubescens, and R. adornatus far more so than on Streatham
Common. There are also the following additional forms : — R.
integribasis P. J. Muell., R. ajfinis Wh. & N., small typical R. radula
Weihe, very distinct-looking small-leaved states of R. carpinifolius
and R. rhamnifolius, and what seems a form of R. mucronatus Blox.,
with terminal leaflet less mucronate than usual, and a rather ex-
ceptionally hairy stem. Tooting Common is a very good place for
studying most of the Rubi in these lists, as they grow there for the
most part in separate thickets or clumps, with extraordinarily little
intermixture of species. They were all known to me for Surrey
before, except R. inteyribasis, typical ii. radula, and the remarkable
glandular form of R. erythrinus, which is identical with plants which
I saw last year in West Kent, — at Sevenoaks and at Tunbridge
Wells. — W. MoYLE Rogers.

The Publication of Names in Exsiccata (see p. 306). — We were
glad to notice that the Berlin people had adopted a modification of
the second clause of Article 42 of the " Laws of Botanical Nomen-

SYNOPSIS DER MITTELEUROPAISOHEN FLORA. 411

clature," which relates to the publication of a name by means of
" exsiccata." The clause in question has always seemed to us a
particularly weak point in the '* Laws," for the mere identical
ticketing and distribution of a few specimens which may or may
not beloug to precisely the same plant is a most unsatisfactory and
"slipshod " method of publication, and we think that it is incumbent
on the author of a new species not merely to give it a name, but
also to indicate to some extent its distinguishing characteristics.
The Berlin modification of the rule whereby it is necessary, in
order to constitute a valid publication, that the specimen should be
accompanied by a description, is certainly a step in the right
direction, but we should like to see the matter carried further,
and publication by means of "exsiccata" entirely disallowed, for
the following reasons : — (1) That the number of sets of exsiccata
which can be issued is necessarily much more limited than the
number of almost any printed book; (2) That exsiccata are in-
admissible in libraries, and can only be consulted in a few of the
large herbaria ; (3) That experience teaches us that the specimens
sent out under one number in a fasciculus are by no means always
identical, though of course they always should be so, besides which
there is always the liability of labels being crossed ; (4) That the
means of publishing descriptions of new species either in a journal,
the proceedings of a society, or in a book, are within the reach of
everyone. — H. & J. Groves.

Pyrola. rotundifolia L. in Flintshire. — On the 25tli August last
my brother, Mr. Spencer Whitwell, of Liverpool, obtained a number
of specimens of this species on a piece of boggy ground near Mostyu.
This is its first record for Flint county : indeed, according to Top.
Bot. ed. 2, no Pyrola has previously been reported for Wales itself.
Parnassia palustris was abundant at the same spot. — William
Whitwell.

NOTICES OF BOOKS.

Synopsis der Mitteleuropdischen Flora. By P. Ascherson and P.
Graebner. Leipzig : W. Engelmann. 1897. (Band i.
Lieferuugen 3 and 4.)

In the review of the former parts of this work (Journ. Bot.
1896, 480), the importance of which for the student of the Central
European flora, as well as of the European floras generally,
can hardly be overstated, certain arrangements were hinted at
which should guarantee its regular progress. The labour ap-
peared too great for any single person, even of so ripe an experi-
ence as Prof. Ascherson, considering the thoroughness and com-
pleteness with which it needed to be done. Author and publisher
seem to have felt this alike, and the cover of the third and fourth
parts, which have been issued jointly on the 15th of June, announces
that Dr. Paul Graebner, of Berlin, has consented to become co-
author. He has already assisted Prof. Ascherson for a considerable

412 SYNOPSIS DER MITTELEUEOPAISCHEN FLORA.

time ill his arduous task, and may be expected fully to justify the
hopes of the author and the publisher, and not less of the large
circle of students who are more immediately interested in the pro-
gress of the work. On the other hand, we trust that it will not
lose that elaboration and learning which are characteristic of
Ascherson's methods, though they may occasionally lead him away
into the regions of irrational purism or over-erudition, and en-
cumber his work by a profusion of details.

The present double part finishes the vascular cryptogams, and
contains the Gi/mnospenim and the first three orders of the Mono-
cotyledons, viz. Ti/p/uwece., SpanjaniacecE, and a portion of the Pota-
vwijetomiceiB. Seventeen species and seven subspecies of Coniferm
are described as indigenous within the area of the Si/nopsis, and
thirty-seven foreign species which are more or less frequently culti-
vated, while many more are mentioned in short notes. If intro-
duced species are taken up at all, much cannot be said against this
vast number of foreign Conifera, considering the important place
they occupy in horticulture, and, in Germany at least, also in
experimental forestry ; but we are afraid this practice will, if con-
sistently carried out through the whole work, swell its volume
enormously, whilst the horticulturist and the forest ofticer will still
have to consult their special books. Gnetacem are represented by
three species and two subspecies ; Typliacece by five indigenous
species and one foreign species, which is likely to occur within
the area of the Synopsis ; and SparyaniacecB by five species and three
subspecies.

Space forbids us to discuss in detail the contents of these two
parts. They are quite up to date, as shown by the reference to
Ikeno's and Hirase's discovery of the spermatozoids of Giwjko and
Cycas, and the abundance of information, sometimes compressed
into single paragraphs, and the accompanying foot-notes, is as-
tonishing, if not at first bewildering.

The subdivisions of the species, such as subspecies, varieties,
&c., is in some cases carried very far. One instance may suffice.
Junipeius communis coni'pvises (a) J unipents communis proper and (b)
Juniperus communis nana. The former is subdivided thus : A. i.
Weclcii {a, — proper), h. oblonya ii. a. elonrjata, b. ruhjaris (1, — proper)
2. suecica, 3. hibcrnica, 4. pendnla {ci, — proper) b. latifolia, c. pro-
strata, and the "lusus" coronata and thy iocar pa. B. i. brevifolia,
II. a. intermedia (1, — proper), 2. compressa, 3. hemisphcBrica, 4. de-
IJressa. Of collective species (Gesammtarten), there are compara-
tively few (nine) in these two parts. The typographical arrange-
ment of so many subdivisions, if not accompanied by a synoptical
table, is very difficult, and, however cleverly devised, apt to confuse
occasionally the student, particularly if he uses the work only for
reference. In this respect, however, the authors have been more
fortunate than in the preceding parts. A decided improvement is
also noticeable in the abbreviations, and the more limited use of the
"a. a. 0." (loco citato), although our patience is still taxed severely
in a few cases, as, for instance, on p. 190, line 8 from below, where
the reference "Hock, a. a. 0. 334, 335" carries the reader back

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS. 413

over seven pages fall of quotations to p. 183, line 1 from below. In
connection witli this remark, I may perhaps point out that, accord-
ing to a communication by the author, the asterisks and dashes
after the paragraphs containing the geographical distribution have
the same meaning as the corresponding signs used by the author
in his Flora tier Mark Brandenburg, and are devised to indicate
briefly the extension of the range of a species beyond the area of
the Synopsis, a dash above the asterisk designating that the northern
limit of the species lies within the area, one on the right side that
the species does not extend east of the area, &c. The nomenclature,
of course, strictly follows the new Berlin rules, sometimes perhaps
too strictly ; for it seems to us that cases like that of Larix Larix
or Cedrus Cedrus might have been allowed the benefit of the more
liberal construction of the rules followed in Abies alba (instead of
A. Picea). Eules intended to regulate the nomenclature of a
science which has a history as well as future, and grows and de-
velops like an organism, should not be made into a Procrustean bed.
The present year will carry the work to the end of the seventh
part. May equal success crown also in future the untiring efforts
of the authors. ^ o

O. DTAPF.

Moss Exchanqe Club Catalogue of British Hepaticiv. Compiled by
the Eev. C. H. Waddell. London : Wesley & Son. 1897.
Price 6d. Pp. 8.

This Catalogue, primarily intended for the use of the Exchange
Club managed by the author, deserves the attention of all who are
interested in the Hepatics of this country. With its fifty-nine
genera and 220 species it provides the only complete list yet pub-
lished. It is doubtful whether certain of the species and one or two
of the genera will retain the position here assigned to them ; but this
need not be considered now, for the Catalogue does not claim to be
authoritative. The classification adopted is founded upon that laid
down by Spruce in his Hepaticm of the Amazon and Andes and later
works. Mr. Waddell is to be congratulated upon his work, and
will doubtless find a ready sale for it. A trustworthy enumeration
at the very least was badly wanted. The new Catalogue is more

than a mere enumeration. . ^

A. (j.

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.-

Annals of Botang (Sept.). — E. W. Phillips, 'Development of
cystocarp in Ehodymeniales ' (2 pi.). — T. Holm, ^ Obolaria virginica'
(1 pi.). — P. Groom, 'Leaves of Lathnea Squamaria and allies.' —
D. H. Scott, 'Anatomical characters presented by peduncle of

* The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers
or title-pages, but it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date of
publication.

414 ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.

CycadacetE' (2 pi.). — W. H. Lang, ' Microsporangia of Stovgeria
paradoxa ' (1 pi.). — A. J. Ewart, ' Effects of tropical insolation.'

Bot. Centralblatt (No. 35). — F. Ludwig, ' Nachtragliche Bemer-
kungen liber die Miiltipla der Fibonaccizahlen und die Coexistenz
keiner Beweguugen bei der Variation der Pflanzen.' — (Nos. 35-37).
Id., ' Ueber das Leben und die botanische Thatigkeit Dr. Fritz
Miiller's ' (31 Mar. 1822-24 Mar. 1894 ; portr.). — (Nos. 36-38).
B. Schubert, ' Ueber die Parencbymsclieiden in den Blattern der
Dicotylen ' (1 pi.). — (No. 37). J. P. Lotsy, ' Die Localisation des
Alkaloids in Cinchona Calisaya, &c.' — (No. 38). P. Knuth,
' Beitrage zur Biologic der Bliiten.'

Bot. Gazette (31 Aug.). — E. A. Burt, ' Phalloidece of the United
States' (cont.). — J. H. Schaffner, 'Development of stamens and
carpels of Typ/ia latifolia ' (3 pi.). — R. E. Smith, 'The 'soft spot'
of Oranges' (1 pi.). — T. D. A. Cockerell, 'New Mexican flowers and
insect visitors.' — D. T. MacDougal, 'A convenient Potometer.' —
W. R. Shaw, 'Parthenogenesis in Marsilia.'

Bull, de VHerb. Boissier (Sept.). — C. Arvet-Touvet, 'Hieraciorum
novorum descriptiones.' — H. Hallier, ' Bausteine zu einer mono-
graphie der Convolvulaceen.' — G. E. Post & E. Autran, ' Plants
Postiante.' — 0. V. Darbishire, ' Revision der Arten der Roccellei.'
— J. Briquet, 'Regies de Nomenclature.' — H. Schinz, 'DiePflanzen-
welt Deutsch-Siidwest-Afrikas ' (cont.).

Bull. Soc. Bot. France (xliv : 3-5: August). — P. Candargy,
'Flore de I'ile de Lesbos' (concl.). — G. V. Aznavour, 'Flore de
Constantinople.' — E.A. Finet, ' Arethusantha ' (geu.nov., Orchidea).
— M. Cornu, ' Fruits de VAryania Sideroxylon.' — G. Dethau & R.
Bertaub, ' Feuille anomale de Piper.' — R. Zeiller, ' Sur quelques
fougeres houilleres d'Asie Mineure.' — A. Le Grand, ' Valerianella
cupuli/era, sp.n., & Ophioylosstwi lusitanicum var. britannicum, "var.
nov."' — A. Chatin, 'Appendices dans le regne vegetal.'

Bull. Torrey Bot. Club (29 Aug.). — A. Zahlbruckner, ' Revisio
Lobeliacearum Boliviensium.' — K. M. Wiegand, ' Galium trijidma
and allies.' — C. L. Pollard, Viola Porte riana & V. jiavovirens, spp.nn.
— Id., Oxytria Raf. (= Schoenolirion). — J. H. Barnhart, ' Nomen-
clatural Notes.'

Erythea (31 Aug.). — M. A. Howe, ' California Bryophytes' (1 pi.).

Gardeners' Clironicle{28 Aug.). — Luddemannia Sanderiana Kranzl.,
sp. n. — (11 Sept.). C. T. Druery, ' An extraordinary hybrid (?) Fern '
(^Asplenium Trichomanes x A thy Hum Filix-foemina ^).

Oesterr. Bot. Zeilschrift (Sept.). — A. van Degen, ' Echinops
orientalis Trautv. in Europa.' — V. Liihne, ' Ueber ein subfossiles
Vorkommen von Diatomaceen in Bohmen.' — R. v. Wettstein, 'Zur
Kenntniss der Ernahrungsverhaltnisse von Euphrasia- kxiQn.' —
R. Heller, ' Zur Kenntniss der Wirkung elektrischer Strome auf
Mikroorganismen.'

Pharmaceutical Journal (4 Sept.). — E. M. Holmes, ' Strophanthtis
Nicholsoni, sp. n.' (fig.).

415

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dc.

The valuable addition to our knowledge of the Moss-flora of the
Azores, published by M. J. Cardot in the Fu/hth Annual lieport
of the Missouri Botanical Garden (April 14, 1897), nearly doubles
the total of species recorded as occurring in those islands. The
last previous list was that contributed by Mr. Mitten to Godman's
Natural Histortj of the Azores (1870), and was known to only a few
bryologists. That list contained forty-four Mosses and three
Sphagna. M. Cardot now indicates eighty Mosses and eight
Sphagna, and expresses his belief that this total might be doubled
easily. He describes eight new species and three new varieties,
and adds the name of a new Sphafinum detected by Dr. Warnstorf.
Another new species is described in the list of nineteen Mosses from
Madeira, which brings the present paper to a close. The collec-
tions were made by Mr. Trelease and others. M. Cardot's interesting
remarks about the distribution of the species show some curious rela-
tionships between the Azores and far distant regions. The novelties
are clearly and adequately figured, and cheaply to boot. — A. G.

The herbarium of the late Mr. Charles Packe, containing about
4500 sheets of Pyreuean, Swiss, and other plants, has been pre-
sented by his widow to the University of Cambridge. Chakles
Packe, who died at Stretton Hall, Leicestershire, in 1896, was the
eldest son of Captain Edmund Packe, of the Royal Horse Guards.
He was born in 1826, and educated at Eton and Christ Church,
Oxford, taking his degree in 1849, and being called to the bar in
1852. He never practised seriously. In 1857 The Spirit of Travel,
one of his first publications, witnessed to his love of the mountains ;
and this love led him from this date onwards to spend long periods
in the Pyrenees. The mere gymnastic effort of reaching a difficult
summit did not appeal to him ; his aims were wider and deeper, so
that his excursions became long scientific explorations — researches
into the topography, climate, botany, and geology of vast solitudes.
His most important work was done on the Spanish side of the chain,
a region where but in part one botanist, Ramond, had preceded
him. A man of remarkable constitution and character, he wan-
dered, often alone, on dangerous glaciers, roped between two powerful
Pyrenean wolf-dogs, sleeping in a bag of sheepskins ; and thus,
independent of the world far below him, was able to explore where
few others could or cared to go. Under such conditions was his
herbarium formed. The Alps and the Sierra Nevada, too, \yere
visited by him. In 1862 he published his admirable Guide to the
Pyrenees, and in 1864 and 1867 new editions followed. Those who
would wish for more information will find it in the Alpine Journal
(xviii. 1896, p. 236), and the Bulletin du Cluh Alpine Franqais
(Oct. 1896). Among his botanical friends two demand mention —
Mr. G. C. Churchill, and the late Mr. John Ball, the latter, indeed,
a man of similar tastes ; and at one time he was a frequent visitor
to the Botanical Department of the British Museum. His firm yet
very unobtrusive character won for him immense respect, both at

416 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC.

home and among the inhabitants of the far-away valleys of the
whole Pyrenean chain.

Mr. E. M. Holmes has issued the ninth fascicle of his important
Alqa BritanniccR rariores exsiccatm. In this the plants of more
especial interest are Blastophysa rhizopus (Cumbrae), Chloroclujtrium
mcluswn (Weymouth), Choreocola.v albiis (Gosport), DicJiosporam/ium
repeiis (Lossiemouth), Ectoearpus luteuJns (Isle of Wight), E. PacJincB
(Exmouth), Pha;ostroma pustulosum (Berwick-on-Tweed), and Streb-
lonema aguale (Isle of Wight): these have only been described
within the last few years. Another interesting plant is Bonne-
maisonia hamifera, on which we print a note by Mr. Holmes on
p. 408. Only twenty-five copies of each fascicle are issued.

British botanists will hail with delight the announcement that
Mr. Alfred Fryer, whose important contributions to our knowledge
of Potamogeton have for many years appeared in our pages, has in
preparation a monograph of the genus, so far as it is represented in
Britain. The object of the work is to supply a long-needed set
of good and reliable illustrations of our Potamogetons ; and both
descriptions and illustrations will include the varying forms and
states as well as the generally recognized species. The synonymy,
though not aiming at absolute completeness, will be ample for all
working purposes. An attempt will be made towards a natural
arrangement of the species founded on the changes of form in their
progressive stages of growth rather than on the comparatively
hmited distinctions afforded by the fruit, illustrations of which will
form a special feature. Mr. Robert Morgan, whose drawings of the
genus have been recognized as extremely satisfactory, will prepare
the plates. The work, which will be issued in monthly parts, is in
an advanced stage, and its issue will shortly begin.

The Royal Gardens, Kew, have been somewhat prominently
before the public during the past mouth. Certain arbitrary rules
restricting the taking in of hand-bags have been set aside by the
magistrates ; the labourers have petitioned for an increase of wages ;
and the agitation for the earlier opening of the Gardens has gained
force and popular support, as is shown by the cooperation of Punch
and the DaUy Telegraph. Twenty years ago Dr. Trimen expressed
himself in this Journal in favour of the earlier opening, and the
arguments in support of their remaining closed do not seem to us
by any means conclusive. Of more importance to botanists than
any of the foregoing matters is the recent issue of the Kew BuUethi
for December last, followed at short intervals by those from February
to September of the present year. These contain interesting matter
to which we may return later.

The l^ahlet of Sept. 25 talks about the well-known "jumping
beans " and says " The earpocapsa saltitans, to give it its scientific
name, is the fruit of a tree recently found growing in a small patch
of morass near Alama in Mexico." We were under the impression
that Carpocapsa was the name of the insect which produces the
jumping, and that the fruit was that of a species of Sehastiania.

Tab. 376.

Photo. E. H. Boddington.

Monograph of Eviphrasia.

Tab. 37S.

^t*^.^

Photo. E. H. Boddington.

Hibberd so.

Monograph of Euphrasia.

Tab. 374.

Photo. E. H. Boddington.

Monograph of Euphrasia.

Hibberd sc.

417

MONOGKAPH of the BRITISH SPECIES of EUPHRASIA

PBEFACED BY AN EpiTOME OF PrOF. WeTTSTEIN'S ViEWS ON THE DeVELOPJIENT

AND Distribution of the European Species.

By Fkederick Townsend, M.A., P.L.S,

(Plates 374-80.)

(Continued from p. 406.)

5. Euphrasia curta

Fries, Novit. Flor. Suec. ed. 2, p. 198, 1828.— pro var. Wettst.
Mon. p. 128.

Caulis erectus, crassus, rarius tenuis, plerumque in parte in-
feriore usque ad medium caulis ramosus, 3-40 cm. altus (ijlerumque
10 cm), rubescens vel fuscescens, pilis crispulis albis reversis pube-
scens, ramis erectis vel erecto-pateutibus, bine iude iterum ramosis
oppositis. Folia infima late ovata obtusa, utrinque dentibus 1-3
obtusis, media at superiora ovata opposita acuta, basin versus latis-
sima, utrinque dentibus acutis, sed 7ion aristatis 4-7. Bracte®
suboppositffi latitudine folia caulina superantes sed breviores, saBpe
fere orbiculares, utrinque dentibus 4-7 acutis no7i aristatis vel in
aristarn brevem aheuntibus, patentes vel arcitato-reciirvce, fructu sub-
erectffi. Folia omnigi griseo-viridia, infra rugosa, apicem caulis versus
saepe smararjdino niyricantia, in pagina superiore et inferiore setidis
albis dense hirsuta vel pubescentia reducta saltern in regione marginali
pagincB siiperioris, inmargine et in nervis pagince inferioris setiilis parvis
ubsita. Calyx totus vel saltem in margine et nervis albo-setulosus,
fructifer subinflatus, dentibus brevibus. Corolla circa 4-5 mm
longa, labio superiore bilobo, lobis emarginatis vel denticulatis
labio inferiore trilobo, lobis emarginatis, albida vel pallide lilacina
striis caeruleis et macula lutea in labio inferiore notata, rarius tota
cserulea vel ametbystina vel labio superiore pallide lilacina, et labio
inferiore albido. Capsula cuneato-obovata, matura calycem aqiians
vel parnm super ans, truncata vel subemarginata, margine longe ciliata,
caeterum pilosa rarius glabra.

Syn. E. parvijlora Fries Summa Veg. Scand. i. p. 195 (1846)
in part. — Babington in Journ. of Linn. Soc. xi. p. 820 (1871). — •
E. parviflora var. curta Fries Summa Veg. Scand. i. p. 19 (1846j
in part, excl. Syn.

Exsicc. Fries Herb. Norm. Fasc. iv. n. 26.

Tab. 375. Tab. 378, fig. 185-193. Reicb. Icon. Flor. Genii,
et Helv. XX. tab. mdccxxxii. fig. vi. — Wettst. Mon. taf. iv. fig.
185-193, taf. vii. fig. 11.

Fl. July-October.

DisTRiB. Sweden, Norway, England, Scotland, Denmark,
Finland, West Russia, Nortb and East Germany, Bobemia, Tatra
Mountains, Iceland.

DisTRiB. IN England and Wales: Anglesea, below Holyhead
(1888); J. C. Mehill (det. Wettst.).

Journal of Botany. — Vol. 35. [Nov. 1897.] 2 e

418 MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA.

DisTRiB. IN Scotland: Aberdeen, "Aberdeen Marshall; (H.
Haus.) " ; Wettst. Mon. Caithness, ? grassy headlands, Downreay
(1885) ; H. E. Fox. Inverness, Kostven, Moidart (Aug. 2, 1894);
S. M. Macvicar (det. Wettst.). Perth, Tumbling Bay ; (J. Britten
comm.). Sutherland, abundant from Melvich to Bettyhill (1897).
DisTRiB. IN Ireland. I have seen no specimens.
The following are localities I give for the var. ylahrescens "Wetts.
s="i?. nemorosa ad cvrtam vergens" (Wettst.).

Surrey, Haslemere (1894) ; K. 8. Marshall (= E. nemorosa s. 1.
Wettst.). Pirbright (1881) ; W. H. Beeby. Warwick, Moreton
Koad (det. Wettst.). Honington (det. Wettst.). Worcester, Old
Stourbridge (1889) ; R. F. Tomulroiv (" or E. nemorosa s. 1." Wetts.
det.).

E. curta is most nearly allied to E. nemorosa. The latter is
quite glabrous, whereas E. curta is as a rule remarkably hirsute
but never glandular : nevertheless forms occur which are nearly
glabrous and which may be distinguished from E. nemorosa by the
presence of hairs on the upper side of the leaves and bracts, on
the edges of the same and on the calyx. These intermediate forms
occur frequently where the areas of the two species meet as in
England ; they have been already noticed under the head E.
nemorosa ; Prof. Wettstein names them E. curta v. glabre&cens.

Slender forms occur which may be taken for E. gracilis, but the
rugose character of the under surface of the leaves and bracts and
the presence of hairs are distinguishing characters. The specimens
from Freshwater Downs and Catherine's Cliff referred to this species
in the Monograph (Wettst.) are glandular and must be referred to
E. occidentalis Wettst.

Fries first described E. curta in Flora Hall, and in Novit. fi.
Suec. ed. 2, p. 198 (1828) as E. officinalis B. montana $■ curta. His
short diagnosis and the specimens in Herb. Norm. Fasc. iv. named
E. officinalis curta, Fr. Novit. p. 198, certify this. In later years
he included other species under the name curta and also under the
name parvijiora. Prof. Wettstein believes that hybrids occur be-
tween E. curta and E. stricta and E. hrevipila, in localities where
these three are found together.

The plant gathered July 7th 3883, by H. E. Fox on grassy
headlands, Downreay, Caithness, which I enter provisionally here,
is a very remarkable one. Prof. Wettstein has not ventured an
opinion respecting it. The following is a description. Caulis
simplex, 3 cm. altus. Folia obtusissima, ovato-rotunda, fere
glabra, dentibus paucis obtusis, bractearum superiorum infimis
acutis. Spica densa. Corolla parva plerumque purpurea. E. curta
is abundant on the moors and pastures from Melvich to Bettyhill ;
on the higher ground above the cliffs. At Melvich a much branched
form about 6-7 cm high occurs with large flowers 10 mm long, with
the upper lip pale lilac, the lower lip white ; it is densely hairy and
in fruit the bracts are erect and clasping the fruit. On the short
grass in very exposed situations, a very small form with small
flowers occurs, and the plant is often quite glabrous.

MONOGKAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA. 419

6. EUPHRASU OCCIDENTALIS

Wettst. Mon. p. 135.

Caulis ascendens, crassus, in speciminibus visis ca-4-7 cm
altus infra medium ramis arcuato-erectis, fuscescens pilis albidis
crispulis reversis obsitus. Folia infima in speciminibus omnibus a
me visis evanida ; superiore ovata, acuta, dentibus utrinqHe 8-5
acutis, hracte<B dense iinhricatcB late ovatse acutfe, dentibus utrinque
4-7 acutis, folia omnia sicca plicato-furcata tola setis parvis strictis et
insuper pilis glanduUferis brevibus obsita. Spica non elongata densa.
Calyx indumento ei foliorum conformi dentibus lanceolatis acumi-
natis, fructifer vix accretus. Corolla parva, 4-5 mm. longa, tubo
incluso, labio superiore bilobo lobis integris, labio inferiore trilobo
lobis emarginatis, albida (? ex sicco). Capsula elliptica, emargi-
nata, margine ciliata, calycem aequans vel superans.

Tabs. 374-375. Tab. 378, fig. a. 1-8. Wettst. Mon. taf. xi.
fig. 13.

DisTRiB. North-west France, England, Scotland, Ireland.

DiSTRiB. IN England; Cornwall, Kynance Cove, Helston; James
Cunnack (= E. officinalis var. tetraquetra J. Cunnack, No. 921, June
1879), det. Wettstein. St. Mary's, Scilly (1862), det. Wettstein.
Heath near Hayle, W. Cornwall ; J. Groves (1880), det. Wettstein.
Land's End (ex Herb. E. F. Linton ; E. maritima, fide Mr. J. Ralfs,
legit H. S. Thompson, July 1888), rfei. Wettstein. Devon, Sandhills
at mouth of the Avon, Bigbury parish (Sept. 1894) ; E. S. Marshall,
det. Wettstein. Hants, Freshwater Downs and St. Catherine's
Cliff, I. of W. (1881-83), det. Wettstein.

DisTRiB. IN Scotland: Inverness, Morar Bay (1897). Suther-
land, Melvich to Bettyhill (1897).

DisTRiB. IN Ireland: Cork, Poorhead (1895); ii. A. Phillips
(det. Wettstein).

Prof. Wettstein terms this a provisional species, as when he
went to press with his Monograph he had only seen specimens in
the Botanical Museum of Florence, from the island of Ouessant in
France, though he says some other specimens from the moun-
tainous pastures of Campania, "alia pianca de Cordoui" presso
M. Cavallo, Sept. 1872 (ig. Ferracciano) very closely resemble
those from Ouessant. Prof. Wettstein has since named a plant,
E. oecidentalis, which was gathered by Mr. H. S. Thompson in
January 1888 at the Land's End Cornwall, and named E. maritima
by Mr. J. Ealfs. Mr. Druce of Oxford also informs me he has
specimens from Devonshire which Prof. Wettstein thinks may be
E. oecidentalis. The character of the Is. and bracts of the Cornish
plant is as follows, " folia infima subcuneato-ovata vel cuneato-
oblonga obtusa utrinque dentibus 1-2 obtusis, bractea) inferiores,
ovata) vel subcuneato-ovatfe obtusa3 utrinque dentibus 2 obtusis,
bractea; intermediiis et superiores subcuneata} ovata) obtusa?, vel
acuta) utrinque dentibus 3-4 acutis." The Is. and calyx are very
slightly hirsute. Prof. Wettstein says E. oecidentalis comes very
near E. curta, in habit, in the size and form of the flowers and in
the hirsute leaves and calyx, but the presence of glandular hairs

2 E 2

420 MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OP EUPHRASIA.

which he has never seen in E. curta distinguish it. He further
remarks that future observation must determine whether the glan-
dular hairs are the result of hybridity. The plant from Fresh-
water Downs and Catherine's Cliff referred to in Wetts. Mon.
p. 132 as E. curta Prof. Wettstein now refers to E. occidentalis, as I
pointed out to him that it is glandular. See remarks under
S. boreal is.

In the neighbourhood of Morar Bay, Inverness-shire, a plant
which I can only put to E. occidentalis occurs abundantly in short
pasture, very dwarf, often much branched and with small flowers,
the lobes of the lower lip of the corolla being often parallel- sided,
the lower leaves broad numerous and crowded, the bracts with only
an occasional glandular hair, and hybrids between it and E. brevipila
are found where the two plants grow together. These hybrids are
also of small stature and are generally morphologically nearer to
E. occidentalis, having its foliage and small flowers, but the whole
plant being very glandular. Another plant which I also refer to
E. occidentalis occurs on the cliffs facing the sea north-west of
Melvich, Sutherlandshire. It has also very small pale purple
flowers cuspidate bracts and is nearly glabrous; it is associated
with dwarf plants of E. curta, from which it is very distinct. I
cannot put these plants from Morar Bay and from Melvich cliffs to
any other species than E. occidentalis, and if I wrongly refer them
to it they must be distinct. E. occidentalis occurs in a glandular and
eglandular form ; the eglandular form may be known from dwarf
forms of E. gracilis by the green colour of its foliage, by its broader
leaves and bracts, by its more pronounced and numerous setae,
broader calyx-teeth and shorter capsule — from E. stricta and E.
borealis by its smaller flowers and non-aristate calyx and bracts, —
from E. nemorosa by its erect branches less acute and non-aristate
toothed bracts, from the glabrous form of E. curta also by its less
acutely toothed bracts non-erect in fruit, and from all these except
the last by its short spike and densely imbricated bracts, — from
dwarf and glabrous forms of E. brevipila by its small flowers and
non-aristate bracts. E. occidentalis is as yet a form which is little
known. Prof, Wettstein in his Monograph described it from speci-
mens found in one station, in France, though he now refers to it
specimens from stations in England and Ireland. It seems to be a
species with an area extending much further north, and its occur-
rence on the north-west and extreme north coasts of Scotland
extends its area very considerably; that it should occur in a
glabrous form is not surprising when we consider that E. brevipila
occurs in a glabrous form in the Highlands, a form which Prof.
Wettstein has never seen.

7. Euphrasia latifolia

Pursh. Flor. Am. sept. ii. p. 430 (1814).— Wettst. Mont. p. 186.

Caulis erectus strictus simplex vel in parte inferiore vel ad medium
ramis panels erectis, pilis albidis crispulis reflexis obsitus rubescens
vel fuscescens, 5-18 cm. altus. Folia caulina pauca internodiis
elongatis, ovata vel cuneato-ohovata, obtusa utrinque dentibus 2-5 obtusis;

MONOGRAPH OF THE BKITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA. 421

bracteae dense imbricatae late ovatse vel fere orbiculares basi cuneataB
obtusiusculae vel breviter acutaB, dentibus grossis-acutis sed noa aris-
tatis utrinque 3-6. Folia omnia vel tola vel solum in margine et in
nervis pagince inferioris sells albidis robustis June inde etiam pills
glanduliferis obsita, sicca uon vel modice plicata. Flores subsessiles;
calyx indumento ei foliorum conformi, dentibus latis acutis sed uon
acuminatis, fructifer accretus. Corolla parva bracteas vix excedens,
dorso 5-7 mm longa, tubo anthesin non elongato, labio superiore
bilobo lobis reflexis denticulatis, labio inferiore trilobo, lobis emar-
ginatis, albida, labio superiore lilaciuo, inferiore macula lutea et
striis lilacinis, bine inde tota lilacina vel purpurasceus (?, nam ex
sicco). Capsula elliptica emarginata, margine erecto-ciliata, c^terum
pilosa, calycem cequans vel sxiperant.

Syn. E. officinalis var. latifolia Lange Bemerk. ved. det. 49.
Hfte. af Fl. Danic. 1877 (sec. ref. a Warming in Just Boc. Jabresb.
vi. datum). — E. officinalis /i. latifolia Lange Overs, ov. Gronl. Flora
p. 79 (1880). — E. officinalis f3. Tatarica Beutb. in DC. Prodr. x.
p. 552 (1846) ex parte. — E. officinalis var. hypoborea Favr. in Sbed.
— E. pmilla Grodet et E. officinalis var. rotundifolia Hook. sec. Renter.

Exsioc. Exs. der Dansk geol. og geogr. Undersogelse af Groenl.
1884 et 1885.

Fig. Tab. 375. Tab. 379, fig. 194-199. Flor. Danic. n. 2910
(sec. Lange Nomenclator Flor. Dan.) E. latifolia^msh.W ettst. Mon.
taf. iv. fig. 194-199, taf. xi. fig. 11-12.

Fl. July, Aug.

DiSTRiB. Greenland; Labrador; Cumberland; Lapland; Arctic
Norway ; Nortb Finland. Faroe Islands. Scotland.

DisTRiB. IN Scotland : Sutherland, West of Melvicb, on grassy
top of clifis (July 15, 1897) ; coast near Coalbackie, Tongue Bay
(July 26, 1897) ; bank above Naver Hill, forma grandijiora Wettst.
(July 17, 1897) ; E. S. Marshall.

Prof. Wettstein tbinks it probable tbat tbis species bas a wider
range tbrougbout Arctic Europe, Asia and America.

Specimens from Greenland and Cumberlandaremostly glandular,
tbose from otlier localities are mostly eglandular. Some specimens
from Lapland differ considerably from tbe type. E. latifolia is a
somewbat polymorpbic species, as would be expected from its wider
range. Robust forms have densely imbricated, broad and coarse
teetb, but these characters are not so evident in slenderer forms.
E. Tatarica and E. curta are the most nearly allied species, and the
areas of these species touch that of E. latifolia. From tbe former
it may be distinguished by the imbricated and non-aristate bracts,
and the presence, usually, of glandular pubescence ; from the latter,
by the less abundant but coarser pubescence, large flowers, blunter
and more distant teeth, also by its fewer stem leaves ; from E.
Foulaensis by its more hairy and smaller, sharply toothed bracts :
the teeth being also more patent, and by its more hairy calyx.

I had two specimens gathered by the Rev. E. S. Marshall
in 1896 on cliffs west of Melvicb, Sutherland, which I sent to
Prof. Wettstein for his opinion respecting them, and he wrote
on the ticket, '''i E. latifolia Pursh." The plants are a little

422 MONOGEAPH OF THE BRtTISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA.

over 4 in. in height, with distant stem leaves, a few erect branches
from below the middle ; rotund, very obtuse leaves and bracts, the
middle and lower teeth obtuse patent, the lower teeth of the upper
bracts only, acute and decurved. The hairs on the leaves and
bracts are numerous, are many-celled and wavy ; but I could detect
no glands.

I can now record that I have just received good specimens
of E. latifolia from Mr. Marshall, who again visited the north coast
of Scotland this year and was so fortunate as to find the plant iu
the three separate stations which I have given above. Mr. Marshall
sent specimens, from these stations, to Prof. Wettstein, who con-
firms the naming and calls the Bettyhill plant, forma (jrdndiflora
Wettst. The flowers in all the stations are white and the plants
are eglandular. Mr. Beeby remarked in a letter lately received that
"as the plant occurs in the Faroes, it certainly seems possible we
may get it in Britain ; still Shetland and all Britain come within
the 60-fathom line, but soon after we get north of Britain, the
soundings deepen immensely, so that Shetland is separated from
the Faroes by water 350 fathoms deep." On the other hand
E. boreaUs occurs in the Faroes and is frequent in Scotland.

Prof. Wettstein adopts Pursh's name, though Pursh cites as his
plant from Labrador the E. latifolia Willd. (Spec. Plant. 3, p. 192),
which is Parentucellia latifolia L. and which does not occur in
Labrador, but is very like E. latifolia Wetfcs. If Parentucellia be
ever again united to Euphrasia, Euphrasia latifolia will require
another specific name. No other species of Euphrasia has been
found in Labrador.

8. Euphrasia Foulaensis

Towns, in Wettst. Mon, p. 139.

Caulis strictus erectus vel flexuosus simplex rarius ramis paucis,
2-12 cm altus, fuscescens, glabrescens vel pilis albidis crispulis
obsitus. Folia caulina infima cuneata obtusa utrinque dentibus
1-9 obtusis, media et superiora pauca internodiis foliis longioribus
disjuncta, ovata obtusa, dentibus obtusis utrinque 2-8. Bracte^ foliis
superioribus similes, interdum acutae dentibus acutis sed nunquam
acuminatis vel aristatis. Folia omnia glabra infima solum margins
minutissime setulosa vel m nervis et margine breviter setosa. Spica
densa, post anthesin modice elongata. Flores subsessiles. Calyx
glaber vel parce setosus dentibus triangulari-lanceolatis non aristatis.
Corolla parva, circa 5 mm longa, tubo semper incluso, plerumque
jmrpurea, rarius albida labio superiore solum colorato, labio superiore
bilobo lobis integris, labio inferiore trilobo lobis emarginatis. Calyx
fructifer accretus. Capsula elongata elliptica, emarginata, margine
ciliata, evidenter calycem superans.

Fig. Tab. 376. Tab. 379, fig. 200-204. Wettst. Mon. fig.
200-204, taf. xii. fig. 7-8.

Fl. July, Aug.

DisTRiB. Shetland Islands : ? Gotland; Faroe Islands ; Oesteroe;
Kodlew bei Eide.

DisTRiB. IN Shetland : Hammerfeld, Foula (Beeby ; H. Towns.) ;

MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH StEClES OF EUPHRASIA. 423

Burrafirth, Unst (Beeby ; H. Towns.) ; Vord Hill, Unst (Beeby ;
H.Towns.); Ollaberry, Northmaven (Beeby ; H.Towns.); Wettstein,
Mon. Banks by the Loch of Cliff, Unst (1886) ; IF. F. Beeby.

DisTRiB. IN Faroe Islands : "? Gotland. Faroe(lg. ? ; H. Towns.,
H. Petr.)." "Oesteroe. Kodlew bei Eide, 200 m. s. m. (Ig. Sim-
mons)"; Wettst, Mon.

E. Fonlaensis was first found in Foula amoug heather, at an
altitude of 1000-1200 ft. ; it approaches E. latifoUa in habit and is
geographically associated with it. Both species occur in the Faroer
Islands. It may be distinguished, from E. latifolia by its nearly
glabrous leaves, bracts and calyx, the bracts being also smaller
and more distant — from E. gracilis by its obtuse and obtuse-toothed
bracts, by its larger and broader capsule, — from E. nemorosa by its
simple or little-branched stem, its obtuse and obtuse-toothed bracts
and longer capsule. As this species has been so lately distinguished,
its distribution and the permanence of its characters have not yet
been ascertained. Prof. Wettstein has lately referred plants, gathered
by Mr. Marshall from several stations in Caithness and Sutherland,
to E. Eoulaensis.

9. Euphrasia gracilis

Fries, Flora Hallaud. p. 104 pro var. E. officinaJis (1818). —
Novitiffi Flor. Suec. Mant. iii. p. 62 (1842).— Wettst. Mon. p. 143.

Caulis erectus strictus tenuis simplex vel m paHe media ramis
stride erectis nonnullis oppositis, pilis brevibus crispulis reversis
adspersus, rubescens vel fuscescens, 3-20 cm altus, foliis usque ad
florendi tempus plerumque persistentibus. Folia cuueata, infima
obtusa, utrinque dentibus 1-3 obtusiusculis, media et superiora
ovata sjepe cuneata, acuta, dentibus utrinque 3-4 acutis. Bracteaa
suboppositae, ovatte, saepe cuneatse, utrinque dentibus 3-5 acuini-
natfe, cuspidatje, erectfe rarius erecto-pateutes. Folia omnia parva
internodiis conspicue breviora, viridia vel rubescentia, glaberrima,
sed in pagina superiore et in nervis paginae inferioris pilis paucis
brevissimis aspera, in speciminibus siccatis nitida, non plicata, srepe
nigricantia. Spica initio condensata, mox valde elongata, flores
subsessiles. Calyx glaber, dentibus lanceolatis acuminatis, fructifer
subinfiatus, dentibus triaugulari-lanceolatis. Corolla circa 4-6 mm
longa, labio superiore bilobo, lobis integris vel subdenticulatis,
labio inferiore labium superiorem excedente, trilobo, lobis emargi-
natis angustis, extus glabrescens, albida at striis croruleis maculaque
lutea in labio inferiore picta, vel labio cierulescente, vel tota csBrulea
vel violacea. Capsula lineari-elliptica truncata subemarginata,
bracteam suam excedens, calycem lequans vel superans, margine
ciliata cfeterum glabra.

Syn. E. ojficinalis B. montana y. t/racil is Fries, Nov. Flor. Suec.
ed. 2, p. 198 (1828). — E. nemorosa C. parvijlora a. gracilis Soyer
Willemet. — E. o(ficinaIis B. stenophyUa (3. micrantha, y. gracilis et
J. reuisa Reich, f. Icon. Flor. Germ, et Ilelv. p. 58 (1862). — E. offici-
nalis J. alpestris n. 4, Koch, Synops. Fl. Germ, et Helv. ed. 1, p. 545
(1837).— £. rigidula Jord. Pug. pi. nov. p. 134 (1852).— Gren. Flor.
Jur. p. 566 (i865). — Boreau, Fl. d. centr. d. 1. Fr. ed. 3, p. 193

424 MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA.

(1837). — E. gracilis Nov. Fl. Suec. Mant. iii. p. 62. — Fries, Summ.
veg. Scand. i. p. 195 (1846).

Exsicc. Reich, excurs. No. 242 (as E. micrantha). — Billot,
Flor. Gall, et Germ. exs. No. 1127 (as E. officinalis). — Fries, Herb.
Norm. ii. No. 30. — Kerner, in Schedas ad Flor. exsicc. Aust.-Hmig.
i. p. 117, No. 636 (as E. micrantha).

Fig. Tab. 376. Tab. 379, fig. 216-222. Reich. Icon. Flor.
Germ, et Helv. xx. tab. mdccxxxii. fig. iv., v. et vii. — Sower. Eng Bot.
3rd ed. tab. dccccxci., with exception of fig. on right. — Wettst.
Mon. taf. iv. fig. 216-222. Taf. viii. fig. 2 & 3.

Fl. June-Sept.

DisTRiB. Widely distributed in North Europe, especially in
Sweden, Norway, Scotland, Denmark, Belgium, Holland, North-east
France, Germany, Poland, Northern Hungary.

Heaths, moors, commons, &c., on a light soil from Shetland to
Sussex ; very abundant throughout Scotland. I have no record
for Wales.

DisTRiB. IN England and Wales : Berks, Greenham Common
(1835) ; Britten comm. Cumberland, Rosthwaite (1884). Surrey,
Whitley Common (1883) ; Eyre de Crespigny. Hindhead (1884) ;
Pirbright ; near Ewhurst (1884) ; W. H. Beehy. Milford Heath ;
E. S. Marshall. Esher {^^, 1848); H. C. Watson. Sussex, near
Eastdean (1881) ; F. C. S. Eoper. Hingston Down (1827) ; J. Woods
Herb. Warwick, Balsall Common (1882) ; H. Bromwich.

DisTRiB. IN Scotland: "Aberdeen, Aberdeen (Nicholson; H.
Haus. ; Wettst. Mon. Glen Callater (1882) ; J. W. Frail {G. Nichol-
son). Braemar (1890). Argyll, " Scotstown Moor (Townsend ;
H. Fr.) " ; " Oban (Townsend ; H. T. Z.") ; Wettst. Mon. Compton
Quarries, luverary (1892) ; E. S. Marshall. Caithness, Reay (1889) ;
W. F. Marshall. Inverness, "Foyers (Townsend; H. T. Z.)";
Wettst. Mon. Glenelg (1897). Glen Spean (1896); W.F.Marshall.
Kincraig (1891) ; A. Somerville (J. Britten comm.). Perth, Loch
Tummel (1865). Ross, Kinloch Ewe ; E. Salmon. Loch Maree
(1883); C. Bailey (J. Britten comm.). Whole neighbourhood of
Poolewe and Loch Maree (1897). Shetland, Shetland (1890) ;
Collafirth in Ollaberry, Northmaveu (1881) ; IF. H. Beeby. Suther-
land, Melvich (1889); W.F.Marshall. Bettyhill (1897). Melvich
and between that and Armidale (1897).

DiSTRiB. in Ireland : Meath, Oldcastle (1896) ; R. Lloyd Fraeger.

E. gracilis is one of the most marked species of the genus. Its
slender erect form, small leaves and flowers, and usually dark-
coloured stem and leaves are very marked characters. It was first
recognized by Fries, and described by him as a distinct species in
the following terms in the ' Mantissa ' : — " Caule tereti supra medium
fiorifero, foliis oblongo-lanceolatis utriuque tricrenatis, floralibus
basi cuueatis acuminato-dentatis in apicem floriferis, corollse tubo
labium superante, galea porrecta subintegra, fauce glabra, capsula
lineari-oblonga truucata." He says he at first confounded it with
E. Salisburgensis. He dwells particularly on the terete stem, the
lower half bearing no flowers, and on the calyx not being "nigro-
punctato," but " epunctato." The leaves and bracts of the Scotch

MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA. 425

plant have usually only three teeth on either side, and the lowest
flower is rarely below the middle of the stem. Kerner distinguishes
E. micrantha Eeich. as distinct by the short awn-like ending of the
upper bracts, by its shorter calyx, the teeth not exceeding the
capsule ; but these are characters frequently found in Scotch
specimens of K. (jracilis, and connected by every intermediate form.
Prof. Wettstein says that in the South it flowers frequently in June,
iu Sweden and Norway in August and September. In Scotland
I have found it in flower in May.

Small forms of E. nemorosa may be mistaken for E. gracilis, but
the shiuing upper surface and erect position of the leaves and bracts
will distinguish it, those of E. nemorosa being dull and patent.
From E. Salhhiiryensis it may be distinguished by the ciliate
margins of the capsule, the capsule of E. Snlisburgensis being quite
glabrous. In the Queen's Drive, Braemar, it occurs with short,
white, abundant pubescence, particularly on the under sides of
leaves and bracts and calyx, also with aristate toothed bracts
= var. Fricsii Sanio (Verb. hot. Ver. Prov. Brandenb. xxxii. S. 123,
1891). At Kiuloch Ewe, it occurs with larger and wholly blue
flowers, = var. primaria Fries (Nov. Fl. Suec. Mantissa, iii. p. 62).

10. Euphrasia Scotica

Wettstein, Wettst. Mon. p. 170. E. paliidosa Towns, in Journ.
Bot. 1891, p. 161, tab. 305.

Caulis erectus firmus, 10-26 cm altus, simplex vel in parte
inferiore vel in medio ramis brevibus oppositis 2-4 suberectis,
purpureo-fuscesceus, pilis brevibus albidis reflexis subadpressis
pubescens. Kacemus infra interruptus, flores infimi circiter ad
medium caulem. Folia infima persistentes. Folia et bractes
rigida, ovato-oblonga vel ovata, margine pilis brevibus strictis
cfeterum fere glabra, in pagina inferiore et hinc inde in pagina
superiore, sfepe efilorescentia albida squamosa. Dentes foliorum
et bractearum triangulares, 3-4 utrinque, in foliis et bracteis
inferioribus obtusi, iu intermediis et superioribus acuti, breviter
acuminati vel aristati, intimi sfepe incurvi, bracteae summaB basi
cuneatce. Calyx plerumque breviur quam bractea ; cahjcis dentes
patentes late triangulares acuti, capsulam cequantes vel parwn super-
antes ; nervi et dentes plerumque obscure picti et setulis brevibus
pubescentes. Flores parvi albi (vel labium superius pallide lila-
cinum) nervis obscure purpureis et fauce et labio inferiore macula
flava ; fauce aperto ; labium inferum superum hmgitudine aquans et
tnbum subcurvatum superans ; lobi labii inferioris subajquales, emdr-
ginati ; lobi labii superioris porrecti, emarginati. Stigma curvatum.
Capsula oblonga, basin versus angustata, longitudine latitudiuem eca.
duplo superante, in parte superiore ciliata mucrone plerumque
emargiuaturam non superante, calycem a^quans vel superans.

Syn. E. paludosa Towns, in Journ. Bot. xxix. p. 161 (1891)
non R. Br.

Exsicc. Schultz, Herb. Norm. Nov. Sor. No. 2878 (as E, palu-
dosa Towns.).

426 NOTK ON PRIMULA SINENSIS.

Fig. Tab. 376. Tab. 379, fig. B 1-7. Journ. Bot. 1891, tab.
305. Wettst. Mon. taf. viii. fig. 8.

Fl. August-Sept.

DisTRiB. Highlands of Scotland. Aberdeen, Braemar (1890,
at an altitude of 1114 ft. and upwards). Inverness, Glen Spean
(1896, up to 2000 ft.) ; E. S. Marshall. Edge of Hill Loch, Moidart
(1894, from 850 to 900 ft.) ; S. M. Macvicar. Moors of Glenelg
(1897). EOSS, Ben Eay, "in abundance" (1896, from 1000 to
1400 ft.) ; C. E. Salmon. Moors above Loch Maree Hotel ; abun-
dant on moors east and west of Loch Ewe, and descending to
within a few feet of sea-level, 1897. Shetland, Hamar Voe, near
Hillswick, Northmaven (1891); frequent in Northmaven (1896),
where it is very dwarf and with darker coloured flowers ; W. H.
Beeby. Sutherland, near Bettyhill and Tongue (1897); W. S.
Marshall.

E. Scotica is found in wet boggy ground, usually in company
with E. gracilis on the drier ground. The white flowers are smaller
than those of E. gracilis and the lower lip of the corolla does not
exceed the upper lip as it does in the latter species. Prof. Wettstein
considers E. Scotica to approach E. minima Schleich. so closely that
the only difi"erence he can detect lies in the length of the capsule
which " is shorter or at most as long as the calyx" in the specimens
he has seen, while that of E. minima "always exceeds the calyx."
It appears that these relative proportions in K. Scotica are not
constant, as specimens from Ben Eay and also from Moidart have
the capsule exceeding the calyx. A marked distinction seems to
lie in the form of the upper leaves and bracts of E. Scotica which
are narrower than those of E. minima and have a cuneate base.
E. Scotica also seems to prefer decidedly wetter situations.

The name " paludosa" which I originally gave to this species,
from its habitat, had already been applied by E. Brown to an
Australian species, and Prof. Wettstein has in his Monograph
substituted the name Scotica which I am bound to accept.

E. Scotica until this year had been found only at an elevation of
about one thousand feet and upwards above sea-level, but it also
occurs abundantly in the neighbourhood of Poolewe (Eoss-shire),
Glenelg (Inverness-shire) and probably elsewhere, near the sea, only
a few feet above sea-level, and inland at a low elevation.

(To be continued.)

NOTE ON PEIMULA SINENSIS.

By James Britten, F.L.S.

In the Botanical Magazine for October (t. 7559) Sir J. T>. Hooker
has an interesting account of the history of this plant, in the course
of which he points out that, "though so long known under culti-
vation, [it] has only within comparatively few years been collected
in a native state" — first by Mr. T. Watters (misprinted "Walters"

NOTE ON PRIMULA SINENSIS. 427

throughout the article in Bot. Mag.) in 1879, from whom Hance
received a specimen which is now in the National Herbarium, and
later by Dr. Henry and the Abbe Delavay. Sir Joseph's summary
of the earlier history of the plant in cultivation in this country is
interesting and fairly complete, but we have in the British Museum
some authentic material bearing on the subject, to which it may be
well to call attention.

The drawing by which Primula sinensis was first made known
was one of those sent from China by Mr. John Reeves in 1819.
The history of this valuable collection of drawings, which is now
in the Botanical Department of the British Museum, with such
information as to Reeves as I was able to obtain, was given in this
Journal for 1894 (pp. 298, 298) : the following extract from the
description accompanying the plate of P. sinensis in Lindley's
Collectanea (t. 7 ; 1821) adds a little to what was there printed : —

"It was determined by the [Horticultural] Society that a person
should be employed in making drawings of plants in the countries
where they grow. For several reasons China was selected for a
beginning ; and particularly as being the residence of John Reeves,
Esq., a corresponding and very active member of the Society, under
whose immediate superintendence the draughtsman could be placed.
By the direction of this gentleman, a considerable number of drawings
have already been sent to England, and many of the plants they
represent introduced. Among those which were received in the year
1819 was a drawing of what appeared to be a very handsome
gigantic species of Primula, accompanied by dried specimens which
confirmed the general accuracy of the figure. The attention of the
Society was so strongly attracted by its beauty, that it was im-
mediately ordered to be sent home. Seeds and a plant were
accordingly procured at Canton by Mr. Reeves ; but the latter
unfortunately perished during its passage, and the seeds, of which
there was an abundance, did not vegetate. Captain Reeves has,
however, been subsequently more fortunate ; having succeeded in
bringing a plant over alive, which he presented to his relation

Thomas Palmer, Esq., of Bromley, Kent A superb drawing

has been made from the plant for the Horticultural Society by Mr.
Hooker,* of which the Council has most liberally allowed us to
avail ourselves, with the approbation of Mr. Palmer."

It would appear that the drawings sent home by Reeves were
his personal property : none are now to be found at the Horti-
cultural Society, t and there can be little doubt that the figure of
P. si7iensis in the Museum is that referred to in the above extract,
as it bears at its foot a note in Lindley's hand : — " specimen at
Hort. Soc." In the Banksian Herbarium there is a specimen sent
to Brown by Reeves apparently a year earlier than the drawing
referred to, as it is written up by Brown, " China, Mr. Reeves, 1818."

* William Hooker was artist to the Horticultural Society (see Journ. Bot,
1886, 51) ; the details of the plate of Priviula in Collectanea are among the
large number of the original drawings for that work lately acquired by the
Botanical Department.

t See Journ. Bot. 1894, 298.

428 DECADES PLANTAKUM NOVARUM AUSTRO -AFRICAN ABUM.

A note may be added on the nomenclature of the plant. Mr.
Hemsley (in Joimi. Linn. Soc. xxvi. 43, copied without acknow-
ledgment by Mr. A. W. Sutton in Jouni. Royal Hart. Soc. xiii. 100)
says, " The names sinensis Sabine and prceidtens Ker, were published
in the same year, and the latter probably earlier in the year than
the former"; but he contends that, "as almost every author and
gardener has adopted Sabine's name, it seems better to retain it."
This ground for retaining sinensis is insufficient, but as a matter of
fact it is the earlier name, as part ii. of Lindley's Collectanea, in
which it occurs, was published on April 1, 1821, while pranitens
Ker {Bot. Mag. t. 539) dates from the 1st of May of the same
year. Loureiro's Primula sinensis, which is of course much earlier,
has never been identified, but the description shows that it is not a
Primula ; the existence of Loureiro's name, however, induced Ker to
substitute /)/v2»/i('?is for Sabine's sinensis, and his action will commend
itself to those who adopt the rule "once a synonym always a
synonym."

It may be noted that the plant from Terra del Fuego, mentioned
by Ker {loc. cit.) as "recorded in the Banksian Manuscripts as
Primula antarctica " (a name not taken up in the Index Kewensis)
is P. magellanica Lehm.

DECADES PLANTARUM NOVARUM AUSTRO-
AFRICANARUM

AUOTORE R. SCHLECHTER.

(Continued from p, 345.)

DECAS VI.

51. Phylica chionophila, sp. n. Fruticulus erectus ramosus,
fere pedalis ; ramulis, primum puberulis, demum glabratis, teretibus
dense foliatis ; foliis erecto-patentibus patentibusve brevissime
petiolatis, linearibus subacutis, primum puberulis mox glabratis,
marginibus revolutis, 0'5-0-8 cm. longis ; capituhs subglobosis
niveis ad apices ramulorum, 1-1-2 cm. diametientibus ; involucri
foliolis linearibus vel lineari-lanceolatis subacutis sericeo-puberulis,
margine villoso-ciliatis, apice subpenicillatis, vulgo floribus sequi-
longis ; bracteis linearibus dimidio superiore paulo dilatatis, villosis,
flori fequilongis ; bracteolis calyci basi adnatis, angustissime lineari-
bus villosis, calyci paulo brevioribus ; calyce c. 0-5 cm. longo, extus
dense sericeo-villoso, segmentis erecto-patentibus segmeutis ovatis
subacutis, apice iutus incrassatis, intus glabris, 0-2 cm. longis ;
petalis e basi breviter unguiculata rhomboideo-rotundatis, obtusis
subcucullato-concavis, glabris, 0-1 cm. longis ; autheris rotundatis
obtusis, filamentis subulatis glabris, ?equilongis ; stylo crassiusculo
cylindrico, 0-1 cm. longo, stigmate capitato, basin antherarum vix
excedente.

In regioue austro-occidentali : In saxosis montis " Mostertshoek-

DECADES PLANTARUM NOVARUM AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM. 429

berg" in ditione Ceres, alt. c. 5700 ped., Oct. 1894; R. Marloth.
No. 1987.

Allied to P. brachysepala Sond. and P. eriophora Berg. ; it is
distinguished by the larger heads and involucre.

52. Indigofera Evansii, sp. n. Herba perennis decumbeus,
e basi ramosa ; ramis filiformibus elongatis, glabris, laxe foliatis ;
foliis graciliter petiolatis erectis vel suberectis, 3-£oliolatis, petiolo
late obovatis obtusis, breviter mucronulatis, basi acutiusculis,
breviter petiolatis, subaequalibus, 1-1*5 cm. longis, supra medium
0-8-1-1 cm. latis, petiolo usque ad 3 cm. longo; stipulis e basi
oblique lanceolata subulatis, acutissimis, 0"4-0'5 cm. longis;
racemis gracillimis lateralibus erectis, folia multo excedentibus,
laxe plurifloris ; pedunculo filiformi glaberrimo, pedicellis filiformi-
bus glabris, calyci fere fequilongis ; calyce late campanulato, alte
5-fido, vix 0-3 cm. longo strigilloso, segmentis erecto-patentibus subu-
latis, sinubus latis ; vexillo hama uuguiculato late obovato, apice
breviter exciso, basi concavo, multinervi, 0-6 cm. longo, glabro ;
alis haud unguiculatis, oblique subfalcato-oblongis obtusiusculis,
multinerviis, basi paulo angustatis, concavis, 0"6 cm. longis, medio
fere margine inferiore paulo ampliatis, 0-2 cm. latis, glabris; carina
naviculari, apiculata, glabra, basin versus angustata infra medium
utrinque brevicalcarata, 0-6 cm. longa; antherarum apiculo amplo;
ovario glaberrimo, 10-ovulato.

In regione austro-orientali : In elivis montium Drakensbergeu
in ditione Polela (Nataliag), alt. 6000-7000 ped., Febr. 1896 ; M. S.
Evans, No. 636.

Allied to I. procumhens L., but with much slenderer habit. The
entire want of unguicula to the scarlet petals is remarkable.

53. Wahlenbergia brachycarpa, sp. n. Herba annua erecta,
ramosissima, 7*15 cm. alta ; ramulis filiformibus minutissime
puberulis, laxe foliatis ; foliis patentibus patulisve linearibus vel
lineari-lanceolatis acutis vel subacutis, sessilibus, minute puberulis,
0*4-0-6 cm. longis : floribus axillaribus terminalibusque, graciliter
pedicellatis, pedicellis filiformibus minutissime puberulis, 0-4-0'7 cm.
longis ; calyce 5-angulari, alte 5-fido, c. 1*5 mm. longo, glabro, tube
depresso brevi, segmente erectis lineari-subfiliformibus acutis, basin
versus obtuse carinatis, 0"1 cm. longis vel paulo longioribus; corolla
pallide caerulea, campanulata, 0-6 cm. longa, glabra, segmentis
ovatis obtusiusculis erecto-patentibus ; antheris linearibus obtusis,
vix 0-2 cm. excedentibus, filamenti subfiliformibus medio ciliatis,
vix 0*1 cm. excedentibus ; stylo filiformi, 0-4 cm. longo, dimidio
superiore glanduloso-papuloso, stigmatibus 3, brevibus oblongig
obtusis ; capsula subturbinata depressa, 3-valvis, calycis segmentis
paulo ampliatis coronata, medio 0-2 cm. diametiente.

In regione austro-occidentali : In collibus arenosis prope vil-
1am Clanwilliam, alt. c. 400 ped., Oct. 1896; L. C. Leipoldt,
No. 325.

A very distinct species approaching W. payiiculata A. DC. in its
pubescence, bearing, however, very different fruits. The flowers
are blue.

430 DECADES PLA.NTARUM NOVARUM AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM.

54. Helipterum Marlothii, sp. n. Frutex erectus, ramosus,
fide collectoris 30-40 cm. altus ; ramis dense tomentoso-lanatis,
validis, dense foliatis ; foliis subimbricatis oblongo-ligulatis, sub-
acutis, utrinque tomeutosis, dorso 1-nerviis, 2-3 cm. longis, medio
fere 0-9-l"2 cm. latis ; flornm capitulis c. 50-floris, subglobosis,
e. 1-5 cm. diametientibus, ad apices ramulorum pluribus,
subcorymbosis, breviter pedunculatis ; involucro niveo, foliolis
imbricatis erecto-pateutibus, oblougis obtusissimis, flores baud
excedeutibus ; fioribus tubulosis, 0*9 cm. longis, tubo subcylin-
drico, dimidio superiore interior! paulo latioriore, segmentis erecto-
patentibus ovatis obtusiusculis, 0"1 cm. longis; antberis anguste
linearibus subacutis, basi sagittatis, 0-4 cm. longis, apices loborum
subattingentibus, filaraentis filiformibus glabris, 0-3 cm. longis;
stylo filiformi glabro, brachiis subfiliformibus, 0'3 cm. subattingen-
tibus antberarum apices paulo excedentibus ; acbeniis oblongo-
cylindricis, glandulosis ; pappi setis subplumosis tubo corollae
fequilongis, basi concretis.

In regione austro-occidentali : in rupium fissuris montis " Ma-
troosberg " in ditione Worcester, alt. c. 5800 ped., Maio 1894;
Dr. R. Marloth, No. 1994.

This is one of the plants which stands midway between Heli-
chrysum Vaill. and Helipterum DC, having less plumose pappus-
bristles than is generally the case in Helipterum, hardly more
plumose than those of Helichrysum sesamoides Thbg. ; yet its close
affinity to Helipterum eximium induces me to place it in this
genus.

55. Athrixia asteroides Bolus & Schltr., sp. n. Suffi'utex
pluricaulis, gracilis, 40-60 cm. altus ; caulibus simplicibus vel
subsimplicibus, teretibus, scabro-puberulis, foliatis ; foliis erecto-
patentibus vel suberectis, sessilibus, linearibus acutis, basi sub-
cordatis, marginibus plus minusve revolutis, scabridis, internodia
duplo vel plus duplo excedentibus, 3-4 cm. longis, medio fere
0-2-0*4 cm. latis ; capitulis florum 2-3 cm. diametientibus, ad
terminalibus pluribus laxe subcorymbosis, longe pedunculatis,
distanter paucibracteatis, scabrido puberulis ; involucri foliolis
imbricatis, linearibus acutissimis. minute dorso puberulis ; fioribus
radii c. 20, iuvolucrum fere duplo excedentibus, e basi subfiliformi-
tubulosa in ligulam linearem acutam vel 3-dentatam, 0"8 cm.
longam, dilatatis, subtus sparsim puberulis; fioribus disci tubulosis,
c. 0*5 cm. longis, extus breviter hispidulis, tubo apicem versus
sensim paulo dilatato, segmentis erecto-patentibus triangulo-ovatis
subacutis, vix 0*1 cm. longis ; antberis anguste linearibus obtusi-
usculis, basi subacutis, filamentis angustissime linearibus vix
0*1 cm. excedentibus; stylo filiformi, glabro, brachiis 1*5 mm.
longis, antberarum et loborum apices attingentibus ; achaeniis
subcylindricis, brevissime hispidulis, pappi setis asperis acutis-
simis, tubo corollfe subfequilongis, squamulis baud interjectis.

In regione austro-occidentali : In collibus. Maxwell, prope
Ixopo, Natalise, alt. 4000-5000 ped., Jan. 1896; M. S. Evans,
No. 625.

Nearest allied to A. Gerrardi Harv. from Zululand, but well

DECADES PLANTARUM NOVARUM AUSTRO-AFRIOANARUM. 431

characterized by the want of interposed scales between the pappus-
bristles, the totally hispidulous achenes, and the purple (not blue)
ray-flowers.

56. Diascia Pentheri, sp. n. Herba pusilla, habitu fere
D. Ber<jianai Lk. & Otto ; acaulis vel e basi 1-2 ramulosa ; foliis
basilaribus rosulatis, ovato-ellipticis vel ovato-oblongis, basi in
petiolum laminae fere ffiquilongum angustatis, obtusis, margine
paucicrenatis vel paucidentatis, utrinque glabris, textura tenuiore,
petiolo incluso, l'5-3 cm. longis, caulinis minoribus breviter petio-
latis ; pedicellis axillaribus filiformibus, glabris, erectis vel adscen-
dentibus, folia multo excedentibus, 3-5 cm. longis; calycis segmentis
lineari-lanceolatis acutis glabris, 0*3 cm. longis; corolla bicalcarata,
tubo late campanulato, lobis snbtequalibus rotundatis calcaribus
conicis obtusis pendulis, c. 0-4 cm. longis ; filamentis subfiliformi-
bus glabris, antheris 4 perfectis, minutis ; stylo subfiliformi glabro,
c. 0-1 cm. longo ; capsula lineari c. 1-3 cm. longa, glabra, medio
fere 0*2 cm. longa, stylo filiformi coronata ; seminibus rotundatis
brunneis, subtus foveolatis.

In regione austro-occidentali: In saxosis montium pone Montagu
Pass, in ditione George, solo arenoso, alt. c. 2500 ped., Sept. 1896;
Dr. A, Penther.

The fourth species in the genus with spurred, not saccate flowers,
differing from D. Thimheryiana Spr., D. tanyceras E. Mey., and
D. nana Diels, by the conical, not filiform spurs, which are only
twice as long as the corolla, thus forming somewhat a connection
between the spurred and the saccate species of Wettstein's section
AxUlares. The rose-coloured flowers are about the size of those of
D. Bergiana Lk. & Otto.

57. Orthosiphon serratum, sp.n. Caule ramisque tetragonis
villosis, bene foliatis ; foliis patentibus vel erecto-patentibus ovatis
vel obovatis vel ovato-ellipticis breviter petiolatis, margine serratis,
utrinque puberulis, petiolo villoso incluso l*5-2-3 cm. longis, medio
fere 08-1 cm. latis ; racemis elongatis, verticillis, 6-10-floris;
bracteis parvulis roseis, ovatis acuminatis, puberulis, pedicellis
tequilongis vel paulo longioribus ; pedicellis patentibus, filiformibus
puberulis, 0-5-0-6 cm. longis ; calyce campanulato puberulo, basi
obtuso, corolla} plus duplo breviore, post anthesin valde ampliato,
patulo ; corolla 1-2-1-5 cm. longa, tubo subcylindrico puberulo,
labio superiore oblougo-obtuso, c. 0-4 cm. longo, vix 0*2 cm. longo,
concavo, labio inferiore oblougo 3-lobulato, 0-4 cm. longo, c. 0'3 cm.
lato, tubo intus antice miuutissime hispidulo ; staminibus exsertis,
filamentis filiformibus, superioribus altius adnatis glabris, inferioi'i-
bus dimidio inferiore sparsim hispidulis, antheris reuiformibus ;
stylo filiformi glabro, cxserto, stamina superante, seminibus ro-
tundatis, pallide brunneis, sublfevibus.

In regione austro-occidentali : In collibus lapidosis prope Bar-
berton (Transvaalia)), alt. c. 2800 ped., Sept. 1889 ; E. K. Galpin,
No. 499.

A very distinct species, easily known by its serrate leaves, and
the corolla, with the two lower stamens hispidulous at base.

432 DECADES PLANTABUM NOVAEUM AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM.

58. Thesium transvaalense, sp. n. Suffrutex erectus ramo-
sus, 10-15 cm. alius; ramvilis subfiliformibus, subangulatis, glabris,
bene foliatis ; foUis erectis subfiliformibus acutissimis, margine
sparsim et minute serrulatis, internodia excedentibus, 0'4-0-6 cm.
longis ; floribus ad apices ramulorum spicatis, spicis 5-10-floris,
0-7-1-2 cm. longis ; bracteis bracteolisque erecto-patentibus sub-
filiformibus acutissimis, margine minute serrulatis, ciliatisve bracteis
florem subexcedentibus, bracteolis florem vix aequantibus ; perigonio
0-3 cm. longo, extus tubo dimidio inferiore minute bispidulo, supe-
riore glabro, segmentis lanceolato-oblongis obtusis, 0-1 cm. longis,
extus glabris intus apice pilis niveis dependentibus dense barbatis,
basi fasciculo pilorum ad autheras tendentium ornatis ; staminibus
tubo fere medio insertis, filamentis subfiliformibus, antheris ro-
tundatis faucem vel potius basin antberarum dimidio superiore
excedentibus, 0-5 mm. longis, filamentis vix longioribus ; stylo
subfiliformi, glabro, 0-1 cm. longo, basin segmentorum (dimidium
antberarum attingente ; fructu estipitato, ovoideo, perigonio de-
florato coronato 0*4 cm. longo, infra medium c. 2-5 cm. diametro ;
nerviis primariis secundariisque subcarinatis, tertiariis reticulatis
tenuibus, tamen bene conspicuis.

In regions austro-orientali : In collibus graminosis, Elands-
fontein, prope Jobannisberg (Transvaalise), alt. c. 3500 ped., Nov.
1896 ; D. F. OUtillan (Herb. Galpin No. 1419).

In the section Friesea this species should be placed at the end
of the first group fcharacterized by the presence of a bundle of hairs
in the back of the anthers), as it is separated from the rest by the
spicate inflorescence, which as a rule is one of the marks of the
second group. There is no stipes to the fruit.

59. Lapeyrousea serrulata, sp. n. Gracilis erecta, 15-25 cm.
alta; cormo semigloboso, basi truncato, tunicis rigidis dimidio
superiore reticulato-nervosis, mucronulatis vestito ; caule ancipiti
simplici vel parum ramoso, angulis serrulato glabro ; folio infimo
anguste lineari nervoso, caulem superante, superioribus linearibus
obtusis vel mucronulatis, compressis, dorso costa serrulatis ; usque
ad 3*5 cm. longis, sensim in spathas abeuntibus ; spathfe valvis
exterioribus foliaceis obtusis, compressis, dorso costa serrulatis,
1-1*2 cm. longis, interioribus submembranaceis apice breviter
2-fidis, 2-nerviis, nerviis dorso minute serrulatis, valvis exterioribus
paulo brevioribus ; periantbio 6-5-7 cm. longo ; tubo e basi filiformi
tertia parte superiore ampliato, 5-5-2 cm. longo, fauce c. 0-4 cm.
diametiente, segmentis subfequalibus e basi subunguiculato-linearis,
lanceolato-spathulatis, inferioribus 3 subapiculatis, superioribus
3 obtusis, c. 2 cm. longis ; supremo lateralibus paulo angustiore
concavo, erecto, 0-3 cm. lato ; filamentis filiformibus, fauci insertis,
c. 1-1 cm. longis, antheris violaceis linearibus, obtusis, 0-5 cm.
longis ; stylo filiformi, brachiis filiformibus, 0-6 cm. longis, usque
infra medium bifidis, apices antberarum paulo excedentibus.

In regione austro-occidentali : In sabulosis prope villam Clan-
william, alt. c. 400 ped., Sept. 1896; L. C. Leipoldt, No. 383.

In the afiinity of L. divaricata Baker, with larger spathe-valves,
much longer tube to the flowers, and serrulate edges of the stem.

NEW OB CRITICAL BRITISH MARINE ALG^E. 433

branches outer spathe-valves. A very distinct species. The flowers
are milky white, with a tinge of bkie and violet.

60. Urginea virens, sp. n. Gracilis, erecta, 10-20 cm, alta ;
bulbo ovoideo, 2-3 cm. longo ; foliis sub anthesi nullis vel jam
emarcidis, linearibus carnosulis, glabris, scapo brevioribus, c. 2-5 mm.
longis ; scapo stricto vel plus minus flexuoso, glaberrimo nudo ;
spica subcorymboso-abbreviata pluriflora ; bracteis minutis lauceo-
lato-deltoideis patulis, dimidio inferiore calcare deflexo filiformi,
c. 2-5 mm. longo oruatis ; pedicellis insequilongis filiformibus,
glabris, usque ad 1-5 cm. longis ; perianthio 0-4-0-5 cm. longo,
6-foliato, foliolis oblongis obtusis, 1-nerviis, 0-2 cm. latis; staminibus
suberectis, filamentis, anguste linearibus, apieem versus attenuatis,
glabris, basi foliolorum insertis, 0-2 cm. longis, antheris circuitu
subquadrato-rotundatis, basi apiceque excisis, 1*5 mm. longis;
ovario ovoideo glabro; stylo subfiliformi apieem perigonii attingente.

In regioue austro-occidentali : In collibus carrooideis montis
"Packhuisberg," in ditione Clanwilliam, "satis frequens," alt.
c. 2000 ped., Jan. 1897 ; L. C. Leipohlt. In arenosis moutium
pone Tweefontein, in terra Konde Bokkeveld, alt. c. 5500 pad.,
24 Jan. 1897 ; R. Schlechter, No. 10127.

My own specimens are not yet so well developed as Mr. Lei-
poldt's, but bear now and then a withered leaf or two at the base,
thus enabling me to give a better descriptioa than would have been
possible with either of them alone. The subumbellate inflorescence
and long pedicels are a good mark of our species. The whitish
flowers have a green nerve, and are tinged with green outside.

NEW OR CRITICAL BRITISH MARINE ALG^.

By E. a. L. Batters, B.A., LL.B., F.L.S.*

During the last twelve months the British marine algal Flora
has been enriched by the addition of several new species, the most
important of which are recorded below. In the Bulletin de I'llcrbier
Buissier for August, M. Chodat has described two new perforating
algae from the Isle of Man. Some new species are to be found in
the recently published fasciculus ix. of Mr. Holmes's important
AlgcB BritanniccB rariores exsiccatte. From Mr. Geo. Brebner I have
received some very interesting specimens, amongst them several
undescribed species. A few more species must be added to this
list as the result of my own collecting. <

Myxophyce^.

1. Aphanothece PALLIDA Rabcuh. Flor. Furop. Ahj. vol. ii. p. 64.
Specimens of this species, collected at Weymouth, have been dis-
tributed by Mr. Holmes in his AI<j(b exsiccatcB.

* See Journ. Bot. 1895, 274-6 ; 1896, 6-11, 381-390.
Journal of Botany.— Vol. 35. [Nov, 1897.] 2 f

434 NEW OR CRITICAIi BRITISH MARINE ALGiE.

2. Hyella voluticola Chodat in Bull, de I'Herb. Boissier t. v.
No. 8 (August, 1897), p. 716.

This species, which was found by M. Chodat on the coast of the
Isle of Man, is said to differ from Hyella ccesjntosa Born, et Fl. in
its pinkish-purple colour, a slight difference in the structure of the
sheath, the shorter branches, and the absence of true sporangia.
From M, Chodat's account of it there can be little or no doubt that
it is the same plant that I have called Hyella ccsspitosa var. vitida
(vide Journ. Bot. 1896, p. 385). More fortunate, however, than
M. Chodat, I observed on my specimens several true sporangia very
similar to those of Hyella caspitosa. With regard to the other
characters, the normal blue-green or greyish-purple colour of many
of the MyxophycecB under certain circumstances becomes rose-purple,
as in the wsiviety purp^uea of Calothrix confervicola. The length of
the branches in true Hyella caspitosa is very variable, and no re-
liance can be placed on the shortness of the branches as a specific
character. As to the differences in the structure of the sheath they
are at most but slight. Although, as I have already stated [Journ.
Bot. I.e.), I am not prepared to say that H. voluticola may not be
specifically distinct from H. caspitosa, I prefer, in the present state
of our knowledge, to regard it as a well-marked variety of the
earlier described species.

3. Spieulina versicolor Cohn in Kabenh. Fl. Eur. Alg. vol. ii.
p. 292. First noticed by Mr. Brebner on the walls of tanks in the
Plymouth Marine Laboratory, but subsequently found by him on
the shores of the Barn Pool, forming thin layers on the surface of
the mud. Prof. Phillips informs me that he too has found the
same species at Bangor.

4. Plectonema Nostocortjm Bornet in Born, et Thur. Notes
Alyologiques fasc. ii. p. 137. Endophytic in the gelatinous fronds
of Rivularia bullata, Torquay, E. A. B.

Chlorophyce^.

5. Ulvella fucicola Kosenv. var. globosa, nov. var. Fronds
minute, 90-400 p. in diameter, scattered, solitary or in groups of
twos or threes, globose or hemispherical, firm, smooth. Thallus
at first monostromatic, finally composed of three, four, or more
layers of cells. Cells 15-45 p long by 7-9 p wide. Chromatophores
and sporangia as in the typical form. Hab. : Epiphytic on the
filaments of Sphacelaria racemosa, Berwick, E. A. B.

At first the fronds of this pretty little epiphyte are disc-shaped
and monostromatic, and so like those of Prinysheimia scutata that
it is not always easy to say to which species a specimen belongs.
The centre of the disc, however, soon becomes polystromatic, and
the fronds assume a more or less globular form, which is a marked
characteristic of the mature plant. These globose, bright grass-
green fronds are either solitary or collected into groups of three or
four individuals, and are either attached laterally to the filaments
of the host-plant, or entirely surround them. The variety differs
from the typical form in the thicker, more globular frond, slightly

NEW OR ORITICAIi BRITISH MARINE ALG^. 435

larger cells, and in the basal cells showing no tendency to penetrate
between the cells of the host-plant.

6. Epicladia Flustr^ Eeinke var. Phillipsii, nov. var. Fronds
dark grass-green, endozooic in the gelatinous outer coating of
Alcyonidium flelatinosum. Patches indefinite in outline, confluent,
eventually covering the entire surface of the host. Cells of the free
filaments cylindrical, much longer than broad, usually 6-18 /x long
by 3-9 fj. wide, those of the central pseudo-parenchymatous portion
of the layer polygonal and nearly isodiametric, 3-12 [m in diameter.
Hab. : Bangor, March, 1896, Prof. R. W. Phillips.

In this variety the cells of the free filaments are much longer
and more slender than in the typical form of the species, and the
patches, instead of being small and isolated, are more or less ex-
tensive and confluent, finally covering the surface of the host, to
the exclusion of everything else, with its dark green fronds. The
variety is always either entirely or to a very large extent endozooic,
growing immersed in the gelatinous outer coatings of the host. It
may be well to say that the typical form is by no means always
epizooic, as was at one time supposed, but frequently grows more
or less deeply immersed in the substance of the host.

7. GoMONTiA MANXiANA Cliodat in Bull, de I' Herb. Boissier t. v.
p. 715. This species, which was found by Dr. Chodat in the
exterior layer of shells gathered last year near Castletown, in the
Isle of Man, is said to have fronds like those of Siphonodadus volu-
ticola Hariot, i. e. the branches are not separated from the cells,
from which they arise by a basal septum. The characters which
separate this species from Gomontia pohjrhlza Born, et Fl. are the
more slender habit, the acute apices of the branches, the swollen
joints, and the more slender differently shaped sporangia.

I have frequently gathered at Cumbrae and elsewhere specimens
of a Gomontia which agrees well with M. Chodat's description of
G. mayixiana, indeed this is the form commonly met with on the
west coast of Britain. The shape and size of the sporangia and
the form of the apical cells of Gomontia palijrhiza are, however,
liable to so great variation that they cannot be safely relied on as
specific marks, and I am, therefore, inclined to think that G.
manxiana may, after all, turn out to be nothing more than a form
of the very variable G. polyrhiza.

FUCOIDE^.

8. Ph^ostroma ^quale Kuck. Bemerk. zur Maiin. Algeveg. vfin
Hehjoland ii. p. 385 {aus Wissenscha/tliche Meeresxintersxichumjen,
heraiisgegehen von der Kommission zur Untersuchung der Deutschcn
Meere^ &c., Neue Folge, Band ii. Heft 1). Strehlonema aquale Oltm.
The late Mr. T. H. Buffham was the first to notice this plant,
which he described as the plurilocular sporangia of (Vior(^;y?7»»/ ;
it is only justice to his memory, however, to say that his prepara-
tions did not show the endophytic filaments of the parasite, and
were in other respects defective, so that his mistake cannot be
wondered at. Dr. Oltmann first recognized tbe plant as a true

2 F 2

436 NEW OR CEITICAL BRITISH MARINE ALG^.

parasite, and gave to it the name Streblonema (equale. Dr. Kuckuck
has recently removed it on account of the peculiar form of the
plurilocular sporangia to his genus PhcBostroma. Specimens of this
species are contained in fasc. ix. of Mr. Holmes's Alg. Exsicc.

9. Ph^ostroma prostratum Kuck. in Bot. Zeit. 1895, p. 185.
[Phaocladia prostrota Gran. Algeveg. Tonshergfjorden.) I refer to
this species a few specimens of a Phccostroma which I gathered at
Cumbrae in 1891- The fronds are not nearly so much branched
as in P. pustulosum, and form a much more open layer. The
plurilocular sporangia, which are formed, as in P. -pustulosum,
from cells in the continuity of the filaments, are hardly larger than
the vegetative cells, and consequently are only very slightly raised
above the surface of the layer ; they are frequently very numerous,
all the cells of a branch being not unfrequently transformed into
sporangia.

10. MiKROSYPHAR PoRPHYR^ Kuck. Bemevk. zur Mar. Algeveg.
von Helgoland ii. I.e. p. 381. Folkestone, June, 1896, E. A. B.
This minute species forms yellowish brown stains, which to the
naked eye are not unlike the young fronds of Myrionema strangulans
on old fronds of Porplvjra laciniata. The thallus is composed of
slender, densely branched, creeping filaments, which are entirely
immersed in the substance of the host-plant. The plurilocular
sporangia, which differ but little in form and size from the vegetative
cells, push their way to the surface of the host-plant, rising slightly
above it.

11. MiKROSYPHAR PoLYsiPHONi^ Kuck. l.c. p. 381. Bcrwick,
June, 1895, E. A. B. This species, which differs but little, except
in the size of the cells, from M. Porphyry, is frequently found in
the cell-walls of P. urceolata and C. j^olyspemmm ; in general
appearance it resembles Endodenna viridis, except in colour and, of
course, in fructification.

12. Ectocarpus Microspongium, nov. spec. Fronds minute,
forming yellowish-brown, compact, hemispherical, cushion-like
patches about 1 mm. in diameter on the fronds of RalfsicB. Fila-
ments much branched, irregularly nodose and inextricably matted
together below, cylindrical and free above. Branching irregularly
dichotomous and spreading below, secund and erect above. Cells
9-15 /A in diameter and 9-12 /x long. Plurilocular sporangia often
very numerous, arranged secundly on the upper free branches,
oblong-lanceolate in form, 70-105 /x long by 12-15 p. wide, sessile,
or borne on very short one- or two-celled stalks. Long colourless
hairs present on the upper branches. Hab. : Redding Point and
Drake's Island, Plymouth, September, 1896, Geo. Brehner.

This interesting species appears to be quite distinct from any
described Ectocarpus. The minute cushion-like fronds are either
isolated or collected into groups, one frond pressing closely against
another, but never losing its hemispherical form. To the naked
eye the plant exactly resembles Microspongium gelatinosum, or very
mhiute specimens of Petrospongium Berkeleyi. Sections made
through one of these cushions so greatly resemble those of P.

NEW OR CRITICAL BRITISH MARINE ALG^. 437

Berkeleyi that, were it not for the entire absence of any investing
gelatinous substance, one might feel tempted to consider the plant
the form of that species bearing plurilocular sporangia. The fila-
ments in the lower portion of the cushion are inextricably interlaced
in a manner very similar to that of Petrospongium ; the cells of the
free filaments, however, are cylindrical, not swollen in the middle
as in that genus. Hyaline hairs are scattered amongst the erect
free filaments. The ultimate ramuli are always secund, and usually
more or less closely pressed against the branch from which they
arise. The plurilocular sporangia are somewhat like those of A'.
confervoides, but longer, and always terminate in an obtuse point.
Like the ultimate ramuli they are very erect, and form a very acute
angle with the branch on which they are borne ; they are frequently
very numerous, most of the ultimate ramuli each bearing three
or four sporangia, secundly arranged, and springing from cells
contiguous to each other.

13. Sphacella subtilissima Reinke, in Berlchten der Deutschen
Botanischen Gesellscha/t, Band viii. Heft. 7 (1890), p. 206, var.
ANGLicA, nov. var. Fronds forming minute tufts on Ralfaue and
HildenbrandticB, between the cells of which the lower portion of the
filaments penetrate. Vegetative characters like those of the typical
form. Unilocular and plurilocular sporangia borne on the same
individuals. Plurilocular sporangia cylindrical, slender, terminal
or intercalary, hardly broader than the filaments, from which they
are formed. Unilocular sporangia as in the typical form. Hab. :
Drake's Island, Plymouth, January, 1897, Geo. Brehner.

Mr. Brebner's specimens of this plant agree well with Prof.
Eeinke's description and figures, with the single exception that
both plurilocular and unilocular sporangia are borne on the same
individuals. In form the plurilocular sporangia, which, I believe,
have never before been observed, are very like those of Leptonema,
and but slightly differentiated from the vegetative cells. After the
discharge of the spores, the supporting branch continues its growth
through the empty sporangium ; this happens in the case both of
unilocular and plurilocular sporangia. Mr. Brebner was of opinion
that his specimens should be referred to the genus Ectocarpus as a
now species, but spirit-material, especially the sporangia, show a
slight temporary blackening when treated with eau de Javelle,
which never happens in the case of any true Ectocarpus. This
temporary blackening under the influence of eau de Javelle, and the
apical growth, point to the plant being one of the Sphacellariacecc,
and I am unable to find any character by which it can be specifically
separated from Keinke's Sphacella subtilissima. ,

Floride^.

14. Rhodochorton Brebneri, nov. spec. Primary filaments
decumbent, stragglingly branched, the branches usually widely
separated from one another, irregularly nodose, about 9 /a in
diameter, sunk in the substance of GUeosiphonia capillaris ; hairs
and fertile branches erect, projecting slightly above the surface.
Erect branches much and irregularly branclied, forming dense

438 NEW OR CKITICAL BHITISH MARINE ALGM.

tufts, usually more or less widely separated from each other. Cells
from 9-60 [x in length. Tetraspores terminal or lateral, in the
latter case borne on short stalks, large in proportion to the size of
the plant, solitary or clustered, oval or oblong, from 18-30 {x long,
and from 20-80 /x broad. Hab. : Rennie Eocks, Plymouth, June,
1896, (ho. Brchner.

This very interesting species gives little outward indication of
its presence. It does not appear to injure the host-plant in any way,
as the specimens of Glceosiphonia, in the fronds of which it was
found, were perfectly healthy, and bore antheridia and cystocarps
in abundance. The habit of the plant bears a striking resemblance
to that of a Strehlonema. The tetraspores are very large and con-
spicuous, and clearly cruciately divided. I have dedicated the species
to its discoverer, Mr. Geo. Brebner, who has done excellent service
to British algology.

15. Harveyella pachydekma (Choreocolax pachydermus Reinsch,
Contrib. ad Algol, et Fungol. tab. 50). In the recently issued fasci-
culus of his AlgcB exsiccatce, Mr. Holmes has distributed specimens
of a Hari-eijeUa collected at Gosport in December of last year by
Mr. H. N. Sturch. These specimens were supposed, both by Mr.
Holmes and myself, to belong to Kuckuck's Choreocolax albus,
which, however, turns out to be only the tetrasporic form of
Harveyella mirahilis. Mr. Starch's specimens, which bear both
cystocarps and tetraspores, appear to be referable to Reinsch's
Choreocolax pachyderimis, which was also found parasitic on the
fronds of Gracilana confervoides, rather than to his C. mirahilis.

16. CoRALLiNA viRGATA Zan. Sagcj. di Class. Nat. d. Ficee, p. 42.
Bangor, Ireland. Mrs. Barwell Carter, a daughter of the late Dr.
Geo. Johnston, of Berwick-on-Tweed, recently very kindly presented
me with a small collection of "British Lithophytes " which had
beloiiged to her father ; amongst them were two specimens of the
present species from "Bangor, Ireland," marked in Dr. Johnston's
writing " Corallina officinalis, var."

17. Melobesia biyriocaepa Crouan, Flor. du Finist. p. 150.
Plymouth, Fj. a. B. ; Weymouth, E. M. Holmes. Specimens of
this species have been distributed by Mr. Holmes in his Alga
exsiccatcB. 1 first detected this species on pieces of glass, &c.,
dredged from 5 to 8 fathom water in Plymouth Sound. My speci-
mens agree well with Crouan's description, as do those distributed
by Mr. Holmes, but it is quite possible that the plant may have
previously been described under some other name, as it is almost im-
possible to recognize some of Kutzing's species from his descriptions.

18. Hildenbrandtia Crouani J. Ag. Spec. Alg. vol. ii. p. 495.
{Hildcnbrandtia rosea Crouan, Fl. Finist. p. 148, tab. 19, gen. 126.)
Teignmouth, T. H. Bufiham; Berwick, E. A. B. Prof. J. G.
Agardh divides the genus Hildenbrandtia into three sections or sub-
genera, the first — Hildenbrandtia proper — is characterized by the
irregularly divided tetraspores, which vary in form from regularly
cruciate to regularly zonate ; the second sub-genus — Hceniatophloea —
is characterized by the regularly zonate tetraspores ; the third

NEW OR CRITICAL BRITISH MARINE ALG^. 439

subgenus — Erythwclathrus — is said to be distinguished by the
presence of paraphyses, but probably empty sporangia have been
mistaken for these organs. The present species belongs to the
second subgenus, and is distinguished by its thin, brownish fronds
and slender, spindle-shaped, regularly zonate tetraspores. Under
the name H. rubra, the brothers Crouan sent specimens belonging
to more than one undescribed species to Prof. J. Agardh, who
named and described them. The Crouans, however, seem to have
failed to recognize the plants from Agardh's descriptions, and much
confusion has arisen owing to their having applied the Agardhian
names to species which Agardh did not intend to indicate by them.
That I might not add to the confusion, I sent specimens and micro-
scopic preparations to Prof. Agardh, and requested him to compare
them with his type specimens ; this he has most kindly done. Dr.
Bornet has also been good enough to compare British specimens of
HcBinatophlcea Crouani Crn. (non J. Ag.) with authentic specimens.
I am therefore in a position to clear away some of the doubts sur-
rounding this species. Hildenhrandtia (HcematoplUcea) Crouani J. Ag.
is identical with //. rosea Crn. Fl. Finist. p. 148, tab. 19, gen. 126,
while llcematophlcea Crouani Crn. Ann. Sc. Nat. 4 ser. Bot. vol. ix. pi. 3,
fig. Q, a b c, is Hcematocelis rubens J. Ag. Spec. Alg. vol. ii. p. 497,
which is thus recorded under two different names in the Fiorule du
Finistere. It may be useful to point out that Hauck's description
{Meeresalg. p. 38) of the tetraspores of H. j)rototypus Nardo was
most probably drawn up from a specimen of H. Crouani, Hauck
having mistaken the true (irregularly divided) tetraspores of H.
prototypus for carpospores. The late Dr. F. Schmitz informed me,
in conversation, that Dr. Hauck had no authority for saying that
he (Dr. S.) had seen the cystocarps of any species of Hildenbrandtia,
which so far as he knew were quite unknown.

Porphyrodiscus, nov. gen. Fronds crustaceous, forming
smooth, firm, cartilaginous, roundish expansions, closely adhering
to the substratum by the entire under surface. Cells small, of
nearly the same size in all parts of the frond, firmly united into a
pseudo-parenchymatous layer. Tetraspores regularly zonate, formed
in external, hemispherical or flat wart-like protuberances (nema-
thecia). Paraphyses wanting or not observed. Cystocarps unknown.

19. P. simulans, nov. spec. Fronds dark shining purplish-
red, roundish, about 1 inch in diameter, and from 150-300 p. thick.
Cells small, about as long as broad, 4-6 p wide. Nemathecia
hemispherical or flat, from 150-300 p. in breadth. Tetraspores
slender, spindle-shaped, regularly zonate, 20-25 p, long by 5-8 p.
wide. Hab. : On rocks near low-water mark, Berwick, February,
1889, E. A. B.

To the naked eye this species resembles dark-coloured specimens
of HUdenbraiidtia prototypus ; but the tetraspores, instead of being
contained in cavities sunk beneath the surface of the frond and
entirely enclosed, with the exception of a minute pore communi-
cating with the surface, as in the genus Hildenhrandtia, are formed
in external hemispherical or flat nemathecia, surrounded by a more

440 NEW OR CRITICAL BRITISH MARINE AZ,GrM.

or less evident, clear, hyaline, gelatinous substance. These nema-
thecia, which are sometimes of considerable size, seem to contain
only tetraspores, which are formed from the apical cells of the
thallus-filaments. It is possible that after the discharge of the
spores, a fresh sporangium is formed within the old empty one.
Sporangia of all ages occur in the same nemathecium ; the young
undivided, and the empty sporangia somewhat resembling unicellular
paraphyses. The genus Porphyrodiscns forms a link between the
genera Hildenbrandtia and Hamatocelis ; from the former it is dis-
tinguished by the external nemathecia, and from the latter by the
absence of paraphyses, and the much more prominent nemathecia.
In Ha.matoceJis, indeed, the tetraspores may be said to be imbedded
in the superficial layer of the frond rather than in external nema-
thecia. They are, moreover, always accompanied by multicellular
filaments (paraphyses or unaltered thallus-filaments).

I cannot close this note without referring to the lamented
death of my friend Mr. George William Traill, of Edinburgh, which
took place at his residence in Joppa, Midlothian, on Wednesday, the
7th of April of the present year. By his death a blank is left in
the ranks of British algologists which it will be hard to fill. Really
good collectors are now so scarce that we can ill afford to lose such
an accurate and painstaking observer as Mr. Traill. For more
than twenty years much of his spare time was devoted to collecting
and classifying the British marine algfe, more especially those of
Orkney, his native place, and of the Firth of Forth, on the shores
of which he had so long resided. Always ready to assist other
workers in the same field, much of Mr. Traill's collecting was
undertaken to supply the wants of algologists living at a distance
from the sea, and but a small proportion of the specimens he
gathered are now contained in his herbarium. Never strong for
years before his death, he had to contend with chronic ill-health,
and it is marvellous how he managed to do so much and such
useful work. The following is a list of the published papers on
algological subjects written by Mr. Traill : —

1. An Alphabetical List of the Parasitic Algfe of the Firth of
Forth {Froc. Royal Dublin Soc. 1882).

2. The Marine Algae of Joppa {Trans. Bot. Soc. Ed. 1886).

3. A Monograph of the Algfe of the Firth of Forth. 1885.

4. The Marine Algae of Elie {Trans. Bot. Soc. Ed. 1888).

5. The Marine Algte of the Orkney Islands {I.e. 1890).

6. Notes on New and Eare Algae {l. c. 1888).

7. The Marine Algte of the Dunbar Coast {l. c. 1890).

8. On the Fructification of Sphacelaria radicans {I. c. 1888).

9. Supplementary Notes on the Marine Algae of the Orkney
Islands {I. c. 1892).

10. Supplementary Notes on the Marine Algae of the Orkney
Islands : (2) Island of N. Eonaldsay (L c. 1896).

Most of these papers were illustrated with herbarium specimens
of the rarer species.

441

SYMBIOSIS BETWEEN AN ASCLEPIAS and a BUTTERFLY.*

By E. Ule.

In whatever fields and pastures in Brazil Asclepias curassavica L.
is found, there is to be seen either a large red-brown spotted butterfly
flying about near it or at least some of the caterpillars on the plant.
Inversely, to find the butterfly argues the proximity of the plant.
This butterfly is Danais Euripus, a large species (surpassing in
width from wing to wing the German species of Vanessa), which
is developed almost the whole year round and flies away with
difficulty.

It is well known that many butterflies are confined to special
plants for their food, and are always to be fovmd at certain times in
their neighbourhood; but such a marked and constant connection
as this is not known to me at all in the case of any other large
butterfly. Feeling sure that this occurrence must have a special
cause, I made observations, and remarked that Danais Euripus is
the principal fertilizing agent of Asclepias curassavica L.f Some
other butterfly may now and again fly to the blossoms of this
Asclepiad, or wasps may settle upon it, but none of these insects
are such constant and specialized visitors as D. Euripus. When it
settles on an umbel to sip the nectar, it generally runs its legs into
the flower by its somewhat clumsy movements, and drags out the
pollinia. All the specimens which I caught had their legs more or
less covered with sticky attachments and lumps of pollen. Some-
times I recognized pollinia which had been pushed in, and in one
flower there were as many as three pollinia with their attachments
pressed into the slit, while above, in the anther-pocket, there still
remained the original polliuium.

The butterfly very seldom pays even a single visit to the flowers
of another plant ; as a rule, it is only to be seen on Asclepias
curassavica L., scorning all other nectariferous flowers in the
neighbourhood. In one field where this Asclepiad was plentiful
there were other butterflies, but these visited more the flowers of a
ilijptis and Crotalaria. Whenever they did go to the Asclepias
flowers, they became covered with pollinia, as did also a large wasp
(Polistes canadensis L.) which was common there. More delicate
and less clumsy insects did not become thus covered.

* [Translated from Berichte der Deutschen Bot. Gesellschaft xv. 385-7
(7 Sept. 1897). Dr. Buchanan White's paper, referred to in the first footnote,
was pubhshed in this Journal for 1873, pp. 11-13. — Ed. Journ. Bot.]

t According to communications of B. White (Bot. Jahresb. 1873, p. 378),
species of the genus Dianf/w'c/rt of Noctuidffi fertilize those species of Lychnis
and Silenc in whose capsules live the caterpillars of the said butterflies. The
same investigator takes for granted a mutual dependence in the geographical
distribution of Sphinx ConvolvuU and CunvolcnUis scpiuin. In the latter case,
however, it is to be noticed that the caterpillar of Sphinx ConvolvuU occurs
principally on Convolvulus arvensia. On the other hand, the case of the so-called
Yucca moth {Pronuha Yuccasclla) and the smaller Lepidoptera shows a mutual
dependence not less genuine than in our Asclepias butterfly.

442 SYMBIOSIS BETWEEN AN ASCLEPIAS AND A BUTTERFLY.

It is also remarkable that Danais Eiuipus has followed the
wanderings of the Asclepias, which has spread from America over
the warmer parts of the globe. Whether this following is complete,
or whether the butterfly has not yet penetrated to some places, and
other insects suffice for fertilization, I am unable to determine from
the literature at my disposal. As shown above, fertilization by
means of other insects is not an impossibility, but it is not so
constant ; therefore Danais Euripus plays at any rate the most
important part in the proceeding, and certainly is always to be
found wherever Asclepias carassavica grows in America. In most
flowers which are specialized for certain visitors, viz. humming-
birds, Sphingidae, and humble-bees, chance fertilization occurs
through quite different agents. In South Brazil this same butterfly
lives also on Asclepias campestris Decne. (regarded by Grisebach
as A. curassavica L.), and another variety is also said to be found
there.

The Asclepiad gives therefore board and lodging to the butterfly
in its caterpillar state, and when the insect is developed, the plant,
while refreshing it with sweet nectar, protects it also from enemies ;
for the wings of the butterfly, when spread out, resemble in colour-'-
the umbel in bloom, and when folded those in bud.

In return for this service Danais fertilizes the Asclepias, and in
this way multiplies and supports it. It may be mentioned that the
caterpillars are much scattered, and seldom do much damage to the
plants, which are avoided as poisonous by grazing animals. Such
a mutual and constant association of insect and plant is certainly
worthy of notice, and may be best compared with that of ants and
Cecropia. I will add an observation which may throw light on this
latter connection.

In the swamp near Moua, especially at the edge of the Eestinga,
where Sphagnum is often found, there grows plentifully a dwarf
Cecropia rough with hairs, which often attains a height of one or
two metres ; on this I have always found a great number of ants.
To my surprise I found one day in the cold season all the Cecropics
free from ants, a circumstance which I examined into more closely,
and to this end cut open the stem. There I found in each of the
upper chambers (internodes) a large wingless female. From this
it would appear that all the working ants die off at certain times
(whether the species be peculiar to the swamp species of Cecropia, or
not, remains an open question), and the females then found new
colonies, resembling in this way the wasps in Germany.

In connection with this may be mentioned the case brought
forward by Alfred Moller (Bot. Mitth. a. d. Tropen, Heft 6, s. 82)

* I am inclined to think that the gay colour of the butterfly has arisen
partly from imitation of the flowers which it visits, in order to escape thereby
from its pursuers. The likeness between night-moths and rocks, bark and
lichen, as well as the resemblance of stationary day-moths and caterpillars to
leaves (so-called mimicry) is well known. In the same way the bright colour of
many butterflies has arisen in imitation of flowers, although, on the other hand,
much fine colouration cannot be explained that way, but must be regarded as a
kind of luxury.

SOME SCOTCH WILLOW HYBRIDS. 443

that ants do visit Cecropia. It is a fact, then, that young Cecropim
(I ouce found a single female at the internode), and sometimes the
older ones, at least for several weeks at a time, are free from auts.
It appears that here also it is only a case of living together for
mutual benefit, interesting enough in itself, but not an absolute
dependence on both sides. In this latter wide sense I accept the
meaning of the word symbiosis. More detailed information can
only be obtained by a close study of ant life, which would enter too
much into the region of zoology to be introduced here.

SOME SCOTCH WILLOW HYBRIDS.

By W. R. Linton, M.A.

S. PHYLiciFOLiA X REPENS. By the sidc of the Corriemulzie
Stream, Braemar, S. Aberdeen, July 31, 1897. A low creeping
bush spreading over about a square yard or so in the turf, and
sending up branches about six inches high, which are much hidden
in the herbage ; leaves small, glaucous underneath, and with more
or less revolute margins. One withered catkin was noticed, showing
the plant to be female. This is, as far as I can find, the first
discovery of the hybrid for Britain ; and neither Andersson nor
Wimmer appears to know of a native station for it. It is familiar
as a cultivated plant under the name of S. hicolor.

S. Lapponum X PHYLICIFOLIA. Gathered in 1890 at the head of
Glen Doll, Forfarshire, and commented on in the B. E. C. Report
for that year by Dr. F. B. White. After being cultivated at Shirley
for some years, the shape, reticulation and entire margin of the
leaves, and the character of the catkins suggested the idea of
S. Lapponum as the element which had combined in it with S. phy-
licifolia. This is corroborated by the fact that Rev. E. F. Linton
has produced at Bournemouth an exactly similar plant by crossing
the above two species.

S. Arbuscula X HERBACEA. In addition to the localities men-
tioned in Dr. White's Revision, I have this hybrid from Corrie
Ardran, Mid Perth, whence I brought a seedling plant of it in
1891. The catkins are very close to those of S. Jrbuscula, the
leaves as definitely favour S. herbacea.

S. HERBACEA X NIGRICANS. GlcH Fiagh, Clova, Forfarshire,
July, 1891. The tendency of the leaves to blacken in drying, the
strong pubescence of the under side of the young leaves, and 'the
glaucous green of the mature leaves, the broad brown catkin-scales,
dilated nectary, long pedicel and style, point to S. nigricans as the
element which has been combined with S. herbacea.

444

ALIENS FEOM TURKISH BARLEY.
By S. T. Dunn, B.A., F.L.S.

For some years past I have been puzzled to account for the
frequent occurrence of certain alien plants, such as Medicngo
sGUtellata and Melilotas parviftora, in the neighbourhood of Bath,
but recently the problem has been, at any rate partially, solved
by the discovery of these and many other introductions associated
together under circumstances that left no doubt about their origin.
The colony was growing in an old quarry at Twerton, a mile or two
from Bath, to which my attention had been drawn earlier in the
year by a quantity of Lepidinm Draba. On returning there iu
September I found about a hundred species evidently introduced
and extending in patches over about two acres of the flat grassy
floor of the disused part of the quarry. Some of the patches ap-
peared to be quite new, others must have lasted two or three years,
while one, consisting almost wholly of leguminous plants growing
freely in the native turf, must have been older still. Out of all the
species seen, most were fruiting well, and only a few in the newest
patches were evidently unable to ripen seed. Some of those first
determined pointed to an eastern origin, and I was not surprised
to find, after considerable enquiry, that a certain maltster was
in the habit of carting his barley-siftings out to Twerton Quarry,
and also that he had since 1890 been using barley from Asiatic
Turkey.

Several facts point to our Turkish barley trade as likely to be
responsible for a large number of alien plants in Britain. In the
first place, an immense quantity of this cereal is shipped to England
and Scotland from ports of Asia Minor and the Levant: the average
for the last five years has been over 3,000,000 cwt. annually. Owing,
moreover, to the careless growing and thrashing of the crops, there
is an unusual amount of seeds of cornfield weeds with the grain ;
in two handfuls from Ouchak I have seen as many as twenty or
thirty. All these have to be sifted out before malting, and they are
subsequently thrown away upon waste ground or sold for feeding
chickens, &c. The first way of disposing of them would account
for such colonies as those at Wandsworth (see Brewer's Flora of
Surrey, pp. 313-318 (1863) ) and at Twerton, while from the latter
would result the records of single aliens scattered on commons and
by roadsides.

Below is appended a list of all such of the Twerton aliens as
could be identified from material collected in September, including
also native species where these have undoubtedly come with the
sittings . Most have been compared with authentic specimens in
the British Museum Herbarium. The list will be found to correspond
to some extent with Wandsworth aliens, which indeed probably came
from the same quarter, for they were mostly Mediterranean species,
and Asiatic Turkey was, of all Mediterranean countries, the largest
exporter of Barley to England at the time the list was compiled.

ALIENS FEOBI TURKISH BARLEY.

445

Eanunculus muricatns L.

Alyssum hirsutum Bieb.

Thlaspi arvense L.

Malcolmia africana R. Br.

Sisymbrium Columnse Jacq.

S. Sophia L.

Cameliua sativa Crantz.
f Lepidium Draba L.

Brassica Rapa L.
*Erucastrum incanum Koch.

Diplotaxis tenuifolia DC.
'''Eruca sativa L.

Eapistrum perenne All.
*E. rugosum All.

R. Liiineanum Boiss.

Saponaria Vaccaria L.

Silene inflata L.

S. quinquevulnera L.
*Malva parviilora L.

M. verticillata L.

Lupinus angustifolius Des.

Medicago sativa L.
fM. scutellata All.
f M. tribuloides Lain,
fM. maculata Willd.
t*M. denticulata Willd.
f M. laciniata All.
|M. pentacycla DC.
fM. apiculata Willd.
f *Trigonella csrulea Ser.

T. Noeana Boiss.
f *Melilotus parviflora Desf.

M. arveusis Wallr.
fTrifolium ochroleucum L.
IT. Armenia m Willd.
IT. Cherleri L.
IT. Alexandrinum L.
*tT. resupinatum L.
f T. spumosum L.

T. elegans Sav.
iVicia narbonensis L.
fV. angustifolia liuth.
f V. lutea L.
^fV. varia Host.
tV. bithynica L.

tLatbyrus Apliaca L.
tL. sativus L.

Ornitbopus compressus L.

Herniaria hirsuta L.
*Caucalis daucoides L.

Scandix Pecten L.

Asperula arvensis L.

Galium tricorne ]Vith.

G. Vaillantii DC.

Cepbalaria syriaca L.

Asteriscus aquaticus L.

Anthemis tiuctoria L.

Chrysantbemum segetum L.
*C. corouarium L.

Centaurea solstitialis L.

Cnicus setosus L.

C. benedictus L.

Eodigia commutata Spr.

Picris pilosa Del.

Crepis foetida L.

Anchusa strigosa Lab.

Lithospermum arvense L.
Ecbinospermum Lappula Lehm.
*Asperugo procumbeus L.

Scrophularia Ehrharti Stev.

Salvia verticillata L.

S. Horminum L.

Sideritis montana L.
*fPlantago Lagopus L.

Chenopodium Vulvaria L.
*Pbalaris minor Pietz.
*P. paradoxa L.

Alopecurus agrestis L.

Panicum Crus-galli L.

Polypogon monspelieuse Desf.

Poa compressa L.
*Cynosurus echinatus L.

Bromus arvensis L.

B. bracbystachys Horn.

B. patulus Purl.

B. squarrosus L.

B. unioloides

Lolium temulentum L. •

Hordeum muriuum L.

Plentiful.

t Apparently established for several years.

446

POTAMOGETON TRICHOIDES Cham, in CAMBBIDGE SHIRE.
By Alfred Fryer.

This species grows in the parish of Mepal, District 7 of Babing-
ton's Flora of Cambridgeshire ; it occurs iu one of the old natural
effluents of the now dried-up "West-Water," a former branch of
the River Ouse. With the exception of a single plant, the species
seems confined to a space of about a hundred yards on each side of
the bridge which carries "Ireton's Way" across that part of the
Sutton and Mepal Drain called "The Old Eau." I am thus exact
in giving the precise locality of the plant because I think this
peculiar distribution indicates that it is an old inhabitant of our
district, and not recently brought to us by water let in from the
rivers which run to Lynn, its West Norfolk station.

When there is a deficiency of water in the summer, a small
sluice by the side of the old Bedford River near Welches Dam lets
in a sufficient supply, and as occasionally the old Bedford itself is
nearly dry, the tidal water from the New Bedford River is let into
it, in turn, and so we get the products of the lower waters brought
up to the fens thirty miles inland.

I have long expected for this reason to find P. trichoides in the
ditches by the rivers or drains at Welches Dam, and have repeatedly
looked for it as far in that direction as Welney, in West Norfolk,
but hitherto without success.

To return to the Old Eau : — Although I plumed myself not a
little on having found a rare species in a district where I had
predicted its occurrence as theoretically probable, I thought it
necessary to test the theory by carefully searching the drain from
Ireton's Way to the Sutton and Mepal Engine, where the water
when let in from the Old Bedford River first joins the main drain,
and thence runs up to the Old Eau. To my surprise, no trace of
the species occurred for half a mile, or more, and then a single
plant only was found ; beyond this plant I could not find a trace of
the species ; so it seemed as if this single plant had been brought
down from the Old Eau, rather than had ascended the drain to its
present station in that water.

It is not improbable that when the tidal waters flowed up these
old natural streams, such as the old crooked Eau was at one time,
P. trichoides was more abundantly and widely distributed in the
fens. Evidently it now lacks some favourable condition necessary
to its growth, for its innumerable winter-buds are so freely produced
that a single plant might stock miles of river or drain in a single
season. It seems quite able to contend successfully with its fellow-
denizens of the drains ; as it grows freely amongst the densest
masses of Potamogeton, it evidently is not crowded out, as it prefers
to grow where vegetation is thickest. Unsuitable soil, moreover,
can hardly be the reason for its restriction, because the greater part
of the fens between Mepal and its West Norfolk station are on the
"silt," an ancient estuary deposit on which it grows near Lynn.
Possibly there is something in the nature of the water which does

MYCOLOGIC FLORA OF KEW GARDENS. 447

not suit the species, and so limits its distribution in much of the
intervening space. Practically I find it impossible to grow certain
species of pond-weeds — F. 'poUjfjonifolms, for example ; they linger
for a time and then die away, and these are just the species which
we ought to find in our fenland, but do not!

Cambridgeshire now possesses twenty-two of the twenty-eight
species of Potamoyeton listed in the last edition of the London
Catalogue, but one of them, P. alpinus, needs confirmation by actual
specimens. Prof. Babington had none in his herbarium, nor could
he find any among the older collections in the University Herbarium.
Burwell Fen has been repeatedly searched for alpinus without success :
was a rufous form of P. colomtus, which grows there, mistaken for it ?

The discovery of P. trichoides in a drain which I had repeatedly
searched for years, and where I must have repeatedly seen the
species, is another proof of the difficulty of making a complete
list of the plants of even a small district. No doubt I had passed
it over as a Zannichellia , which genus it much resembles in appear-
ance when growing amongst other plants. At the first glance I
thought that it was Z. imlustris, which swarms in the fen ditches
and drains, but thought it just worth a closer examination ; fol-
lowing up the clue thus obtained, I found every plant of the kind
I had passed by for about a hundred yards was P. trichoides ! I
mention this because it may assist botanists to find the species in
other localities in the fens.

As far as I have been able to observe, the plant is not strictly
monogynous (see Crepin, La Flore Beige Etudiee jmr Fragments,
fasc. 4, pp. 47-8), but only a single fruit seems to be perfected.
Although the stem and foliage are slender and delicate, the plant
in deep water attains a length of 6-8 ft. The lower part of the
stem is certainly compressed, the upper part almost terete, two
branches are frequently produced in the axils of the leaves, and late
in the autumn very numerous axillary winter buds are formed, by
which the plant is more frequently propagated than by seeds.
Owing to the "roading" of the drain, I have not been able to
obtain perfect fruit, but the immature examples are sharply keeled
with the keel regularly tubercled, so as to appear crenulate in the
more immature examples. Mr. Bennett, to whom I sent the first-
formed fruit, concurs with me in the identification of the species.

MYCOLOGIC FLORA OF KEW GARDENS.* .

The area of the Royal Gardens is a little more than 250 acres.
If some adjacent pieces of Royal property are thrown in, the total is
some 300 acres, or nearly half a square mile. Taken with the Old
Deer Park to the south, the whole space is singularly isolated,
bounded as it is on three sides by the bend of the river sweeping

• From the Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information for April [August], 1897,
where a full list of the species is given by Mr. George Massee.

448 MYOOLOGIO FLORA OF KEW GARDENS.

round from Kew to Eicbmoncl, and on the other by the high road
between these two places.

Of the Koyal Gardens themselves some hundred acres is little
disturbed by any kind of cultivation, and it has certainly remained
so for at least a century and a half. Some portions may never
possibly have been subjected to cultivation at all. It is not surprising
therefore that in the background of horticultural treatment there
still subsists a wild fauna and flora of no inconsiderable dimensions.
This, as opportunity offers, it is proposed to work out and catalogue
from time to time. Mr. G. Nicholson, A.L.S., the present Curator,
enumerated the flowering plants occurring spontaneously in the
Journal of Botany for 1875. A striking peculiarity of this list " is
the very small number of naturalized exotics." In the case of
Fungi the case is very different.

The enumeration of 337 genera and 1340 species illustrates the
richness of the Mycologic Flora of the Royal Gardens, which far
surpasses in point of numbers, as also in the variety of rare and
interesting species, any other record for an equal area. This is only
perhaps what would be expected, when the large annual influx of
plants to Kew from all quarters of the globe is taken into consider-
ation. By this means microscopic fungi, parasitic or saprophytic
on plants, are introduced in a living condition on the various hosts,
whereas the higher forms belonging to the AgaricinecB and the
Gastromycetes are usually introduced along with soil, or frequently
on the trunks of tree-ferns, either in the form of spores, or in an
undeveloped condition. It is worthy of note that the Polyporea
and Thelephorece, so abundant in tropical regions, are absent from
the list as introduced species.

As illustrative of the exotic element may be mentioned Hiatula
Wynni(B Berk. & Broome, first described {Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
1879, 206) from specimens found in a stove in the Gardens ; this
species has recently been received from the neighbourhood of Bris-
bane, where it is not uncommon, and said to be luminous, emitting
a pale green light. It is figured by Cooke {lUustr. Brit. Fung.
pi. 688). Flaminula purpurata Cke. & Mass., a very beautiful
fungus, was established (Grevillea, xviii. 73) from specimens growing
on the trunk of a tree-fern in one of the fern-houses, and has since
been received from New Zealand, its undoubted home. Aserde
rubra Labill., the most beautiful of the many quaint forms belonging
to the Gasteromycetes, a native of Queensland, also occurred in a
stove some time previous to the year 1867 ; the specimens are at
present in the Herbarium. The genus Chitonia, including only four
known species, is represented by G. rubrieeps Cke. & Mass. {Grevillea,
XV. 57 [65]), found on soil in the Aroid House, but although a
typical member of an exotic genus, no clue as to its native habitat
has yet been obtained.

Coming to microscopic forms, we find that the list contains a
still greater percentage of introduced species, i. e. species new to
the British list, and growing on exotic plants. The genus Phoma
heads the list with 107 species, of which above three-fourths have
been met with only at Kew, so far as the British Isles are concerned,

SHORT NOTES. 449

and of these above thirty were first established from Kew material
by Dr. Cooke, who paid special attention to this genus. Not a
siugle example, however, of a parasitic fungus, that has proved
to be destructive to plants, has been introduced to Europe through
Kew.

The indigenous species of fungi belonging to the AijaricinecR —
probably due to a great extent to the absence of cattle in the
grouuds — are fewer than would be expected, with the following
notable exceptions. In the genus Russula fifty-two species have
been observed during the last ten years, out of a total of sixty-one
British species. The large size and brilliant colouring of most
species belonging to this genus render them very conspicuous objects
in the Arboretum during late summer and early autumn. Another
genus containing species of sufficient size and brilliancy of colour to
attract popular attention is Boletus, which numbers twenty-six
species. A fairly good collection of specimens of fungi, along with
models and drawings, are exhibited in No. 2 Museum.

SHORT ^OTES.

Rosa sepium Thuill. (R. agrestis Savi) in Oxfordshire. — In my
Flora of the county I recorded this plant on the authority of the
late Mr. W. Baxter, who found it on the Leys about a mile E. by N.
from Upper Hey ford (see Walker's Flora, 1834). The locality was
examined by me on two occasions, but I was unable to find the
rose, as the Leys was then under cultivation ; the ground has,
however, now regained something of its original character, and in
1894 Mr. Bertram Savile Ogle discovered several bushes of R. sepium
agreeing with Baxter's specimen, which we have still growing in
the Oxford Botanical Garden. Subsequently the Rev. W. Moyle
Rogers found two bushes near Beckley, and Sister Jane Frances
found the same rose in the hedge between Islip and Oddington.
This August I found a fine bush on the chalk escarpment near
Pyrton, which considerably extends the southern range of the
species in the county. — G. Claridge Druce.

Plants of Bedfordshire. — In Aspley Woods I have noticed
Riibus p\jia)nidalis and R. pulcherrinuis, and by the stream forming
the county boundary which issues at the base of the chalk escarp-
ment between Eddlesborough and Dunstable true Carex flara occurs
in fine condition. By a mill near Leighton Buzzard some specimens'of
Brassica ehmcfata were seen. Near Leighton I liave also found Hiera-
ciunt sciophiluni and Spanfaniiim nei/lectiim. — G. Claridge Druce.

Coronilla varia L. in Kent. — Mr. H. F. Plumptre has recently
sent me a specimen of this plant from near Goodneston Park, Dover,
where he has noticed it for the last three or four years at least,
growing in a rough wood on the chalk. He can assign no reason
for its introduction, unless it came with some young larch trees. —
G. Claridge Druce.

Journal of Botany. — Vol. 35. [Nov. 1897.] 2 a

450 BULLETIN OF MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION.

Leersia oryzoides Sw. IN Dorset. — Another rare plant has been
added to the flora of Dorset by Mr. William Mitten, who a few
years ago discovered Empetram nigrum. L. on the heathland near
Littlesea, and now has detected Leersia oryzoides Sw. in a marsh
ditch at Wareham. This species, though found in all the
neighbouring continental countries (Denmark, Germany, Holland,
Belgium, France), is singularly limited in Britain, and has hitherto
been believed to occur only in Hants South, Sussex West, and
Surrey. It may, however, have escaped notice elsewhere than in
Dorset ; for, though it can be distinguished at sight by its yellowish
green hue and the cylindric, inflated upper part of the stem,
A. Braun's epithet [Oryza clandestina) was well justified by the
habit of a plant whose flowers are usually included in the upper-
most sheath, and only come when most grasses are over for the
season. — Edward F. Linton.

Carex chordorrhiza Ehrhart in Britain. — On August 4th we
were examining some low-lying ground near the head of Loch
Naver, at Altnaharra, W. Sutherland, when we came upon a
spongy, sphagnous bog, producing C. limosa L. plentifully. With
it was a sedge which we had not met with before ; on comparison
with book-descriptions, it seemed to agree well with C'. chordorrhiza,
and Mr. Arthur Bennett has kindly sent us specimens from Lyngby
Mose, near Copenhagen, which are evidently the same thing. This
is new to the national flora. — Edward S. Marshall & W. A.
Shoolbred.

Berwickshire Rubi and Ros^. — On Aug. 28th I collected the
following within half a mile of the bridge over the Tweed at Berwick,
in Dist. 81 of Topographical Botany: — Rubus dumetorum Wh. & N.,
var. a. ferox* Weihe. — R. corylifolius''' Sm. — Rosa mollis* Sm.
(type), and var. b. canilea^' Woods. — Fi. tomentosa Sm. (type), and
vars. b. suhglobosa (Sm.) and d. scabriuscula (Sm.). — R. involata Sm.
— R. rubiginosa L. — R. canina L., var. e. duuialis (Bechst.). —
R. glauca Vill. (type), and var. g. Watsoni Baker. For the naming
my father is responsible. — F. A. Rogers.

NOTICES OE BOOKS.

" Miscellaneous Information."

Royal Gardens, Keiv. Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information. Nos.
122-123, "February and March " [issued in August] ; No. 124,
"April" [August]; Nos. 125-126, "MayandJune" [August];
No. 127, "July" [August]; Nos. 128-129, "August and Sep-
tember" [September]. "October" [September]. London:
Eyre and Spottiswoode.

The inquiry in the House of Commons on June 28 seems to
have given a fillip to the flagging energy which directs the Kew
Bulletin, and the last two months have seen the issue of the above
numbers, all of which, according to custom, bear a false date both

BULLETIN OF MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION. 451

on cover and title. The number for December, 1896, also appeared
in August, and contains the statement that "an absolutely regular
monthly issue . . . has been approached as nearly as circum-
stances would allow" — which shows how great is the force of
"circumstances," seeing that even Kew is unable to cope with it.
Tliis number is mainly occupied with a general index to the first ten
volumes (1887-96), which, by an extraordinary blunder, is stated on
the cover to be for " 1897-98" ! The index would have been more
useful if it had contained some reference to the numerous corrections
of names which have appeared in these pages and elsewhere.

The issue of this December number enables us to give a list of
the actual dates* at which the numbers for 1896 were published, as
noted in the Stationery Office imprint on each ; by this means the
mischief caused by the erroneous dating may to some extent be
neutralized : —

Date on wrapper and front page. Date of issue.

January, 1896. January, 1896.

February. March.

March
April.
May. )
June. I

July.
August

August.
October.
October.

November. October.

December. August, 1897.

The contents of this year's numbers amply justify the title of
the Bulletin to be a purveyor of "miscellaneous information."
There are many reprints from various sources, and of all degrees
of value — or of none, for it is impossible to regard a "popular" and
inaccurate account of the spindle-tree, reprinted from the St. James's
Gazette, as worthy of preservation in the pages of a Government publi-
cation. Prefaces to various Kew works are also included, with ex-
tracts from official reports aud correspondence, the latter in the most
unabbreviated form. Occasionally quotations are given from back
numbers of the Bulletin itself! and from this and other indications
we are inclined to think that the irregularity of publication is due
as much to deficiency of matter as to want of method.

Conspicuous amid the uinmuin (latlierum are two papers of some
botanical importance. One, Mr. Massee's " Mycologic Flora of the
Royal Gardens," will be e-ipecially interesting to British botanists,
who may be inclined to regret that it appears in so out-of-the-way

* We hope that Dr. Britten will not, as on a former occasion (see p. 64),
mistake the above list of dates for those of the Bulletin of the Torrey Club. We
have not observed that Dr. Britton has published any correction of his error, on
the strength of which he rebuked us somewhat severely. It appears to us
that when a man has made a mistake, the right course is to own up, and, if
necessary, to apologise — but this is probably an old-fashioned view.

2 G 2

452 BULLETIN OF MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION.

a medium of communication. Still, they can get it for 4d. — it is
in the "April" number — and we reprint elsewhere the introductory
summary, the literary style of which leaves much to be desired : it
is accompanied by two roughly drawn plates. In some cases —
e.g. under Chitonia (pp. 116-128) — the same error of quotation occurs
that appears in Cooke's British Fungi. Mr. Massee, we observe,
retains the name Myxogastres, and makes no reference to Mr.
Lister's revision of the group.

The other paper will interest those who pay special attention
to African botany; it is another instalment of the "Diagnoses
Africanae," and contains nearly two hundred descriptions of new
or newly-named species ; it occupies the double number for
August-September, which dates from the latter month. A large
proportion of the novelties are from the collections made by Mr.
Alexander Whyte in North Nyasaland. Mr. Whyte's previous
collections were sent to the British Museum, where they were
worked out, the novelties having been published in Trans. Linn.
Soc. 2nd S. iv. 1-68 : we presume there was some reason, not
apparent on the face of it, why these later gatherings found another
destination. Others are from Central Madagascar, collected by Dr.
Forsyth Major; from Angola (Welwitsch) ; East Africa (Elliot
and Volkens — misspelt "Volckens") ; Cameroons (Bates) ; Central
Africa (Kirk) : among the grasses several plants from the older
collectors are taken up by Dr. Stapf, who is responsible for this
part of the work.

Many of the species belong to large genera, and it is to be hoped
that due care has been taken in establishing them. Some fear,
however, may be expressed on this head, and is justified by the
treatment which has been meted out to the Welwitsch plants, not
only on this but on former occasions.* Whyte's plants have not,
so far as we know, been distributed, and it is not possible to express
any opinion as to the value of the species based upon them ; but
Welwitsch's are widely spread, and it is to be regretted that Mr.
Baker has not noticed that some of his novelties have already been
published by other botanists. Hermstaedtia [Hermbstaedtia] Wel-
witschii Baker, for example, based on Welwitsch 6502, has been
anticipated by H. argenteiformis Schinz in Verhandl. Bot. Ver. Prov.
Brandenburg, xxxi. 209 (1890) ; Psilotrichum rubellum Baker (Welw.
6509) = Centema biflora Schinz in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxi. 183 (1895) ;
the name Sericoma Welwitschii applied by Mr. Baker to Welw. 6501
was employed by Sir Joseph Hooker in Gen. Plant, iii. 30 (1880),
for Welw. 6508. Taken in connection with previous slips of the
same kind, this seems to show that the excellent practice of writing
up species as soon as they are published, which ni Prof. Oliver's
time used to prevail at Kew, has been abandoned. The matter
becomes more serious when we remember that Kew is responsible
for the Flora of Tropical Africa, which should presuppose an
intimate acquaintance with the literature of the subject. It is,
indeed, almost impossible to understand how such recent and

* See Journ. Bot. 1894, 85 ; 1895, 77, 225.

OPEN-AIR STUDIES IN BOTANY. 453

easily accessible papers as those we have cited can have been
overlooked, for it can hardly be attributed to any undue haste in
the preparation of the Flora of Tropical Africa; and it suggests
grave possibilities of similar carelessness with regard to other
species, the records of which cannot be so easily checked."^'

It would seem that the invaluable aid offered by the Index Kew-
ensis in matters of synonymy is insufficiently recognized at Kew, for
Mr. Baker calls a new species of Inditfofera, I. macra — a name which
was published by E. Meyer in 1835 for a South African species.
For Mr. Baker's plant, should it prove to be new, we would propose
the name /. Di/eri, in commemoration of Dr. Dyer's twenty-five
years' connection with the African flora, and of the issue this year
of the first volume which has appeared since the editorship was
intrusted to him. We notice that a variation in price has been
added to the other eccentricities of the Bulletin ; the number for
" December, 1896," containing seventy-six pages, costs 4d. ; that
for "February and March," with twenty-eight pages, costs 8d. I

Open- Air Studies in Botany: Sketches of British Wild Flowers in their
Homes. By E. Lloyd Pkaeger, B.A., &c. Illustrated by
Drawings from Nature by S. Rosamond Pkaeger, and Photo-
graphs from Nature by R. Welch. London : C. Griffin & Co.
1897. 8vo, pp. xiii, 266 ; 7 plates, 70 figures in text. Price
7s. 6d.

It is not an easy task to write an original book on British wild
flowers, but Mr. Lloyd Praeger has succeeded in doing so. In eleven
chapters, or "scenes," he takes us through meadow and pasture,
by the river and by the sea, over mountain and bog, and even on to
a rubbisli-heap ! This division of localities, each one serving as a
frame in which to place the flowers which form its characteristics,
is of course familiar enough — it is the treatment that is new and
unconventional. To begin with, the " scenes" are not imaginary,
but actual places — most of them in Ireland — which are named,
even the date of the visit being added ; and the plants described
are those belonging to the locality. In a perfectly simple and
natural way we are introduced to problems connected with the
movements and fertilization of plants, the forms and colours of their
blossoms (about which it seems to us too much reliance is placed
on Mr. Grant Allen's inferences) ; the distribution of seeds and of
species ; and tbe thousand-and-one points of interest known to the
experienced tield-botanist. From this it will be seen that Mr.
Praeger's book is not of the style so painfully familiar, in which
quotations at third or fourth hand from "dear old Gerarde" jostle
hackneyed scraps of verse, and what is intended to be fine writing

• Another instance may be noted in the publication of Crassula aloides
N. E. Brown (Kew Bull. 1896, 161), based on Rehmann, no. 6375. Not only is
there a much earlier C. alooides (in .^(7. Ilort. Kew. i. ii'Jl), which is duly
included in tiie Index Kewensis, but I'rof. Schinz published the same Rehmann
number as new in Bull. Herb. Boiss. ii. 204 (1894), under the name C. acinaci-
formis.

454 VIOLA-STUDIER.

is put forward to cover want of knowledge — works wliicli miglit be
(and probably often are) written at as great a distance from their
subjects as the "foreign correspondence" of newspapers is some-
times said to be.

In matters of detail the book is singularly good. It shows wide
reading and an intelligent i)ower of selection, and is written in
excellent English ; the references in footnotes are sufficiently
numerous to be useful, without being obtrusive; and there is an
excellent index. As to the nomenclature employed, there will be a
diflfereuce of opinion ; those who share our friend Mr. W. A. Clarke's
affection for the old names will gasp when they find Boretta aaitabriai
substituted for Dnlxecia polifuUa and Mariana in place of Sili/biim ;
while others, who have reconciled themselves to these changes as
necessary, will be glad that some one has had the courage to bring
them forward in a popular book. There is a glossary, as well as
instructions for drying plants, and suggestions of suitable books —
in a word, 0/>en-Air Studies is the very thing to put into the hands
of those who want in small compass an intelhgible and accurate
introduction to field botany.

A word must be said in praise of the illustrations, which are as
fresh and excellent as the rest of the book. It is a new idea in
works of this kind to reproduce from photographs groups of plants
m situ ; and in so doing Mr. Praeger has set an example which
we trust will be widely followed. The "flowery meadow" is as
charming as the music in Parsifal which bears the same name ;
and the two photographs from Howth of Crithmum and Inula
critlimoides on their native rocks, as well as the study from the
Murrough of Wicklow, showing Eryugium, Convolvulus — we beg
pardon. Volvulus — Soldanella, and Glaucinm Jiavuw, are equally
successful.

We congratulate Mr. Praeger on the excellence of his book, for
which we anticipate a wide circulation. It is very well printed, but
we would suggest to the publishers that they should not disfigure
"review" copies by putting a red ink stamp on the title-page.

Viola- Studier : Morfologisk-biolof/iska och systematiska studier qfver
Viola tricolor (L.) och Jiennes niirnmre anforvandter. Med 14
delvis farglagda taflor samt 17 textbilder. Veit Brecher
WiTTRocK. Acta Horti Bergiani, band II., pp. 3-142, 1897.

The forms and varieties of Viola tricolor L. have hardly received
adequate attention at the hands of British botanists. If we consult
the last edition of the London Catahxjue, we shall find that V. tricolor
and r. aroensis are retained as separate species, but to neither plant
are any forms or varieties assigned. This is rather to be deplored,
as from time to time certain plants coming under this head have
been identified and recorded for these islands, and it seems a pity
they should be lost sight of. Moreover, surely in the London Cata-
logue more consistency of treatment ought to be adopted, and we
ought not to run through, or nearly run through, the letters of the
alphabet with the forms and varieties of certain plants and entirely

VIOLA-STUDIER. 455

ignore those of almost equally variable species such as the plants in
question.

Here are two or three instances of what is meant. An interesting
little plant was recorded by Dr. Trimen {Joum. Bot. 1871, 199) from
St. Aubyu's Bay, Jersey. He states it agrees well with the descrip-
tion of V. nemaicsensis Jord. in Boreau's Fl. dii Centre, 83, and with
Billot's specimens so named, and it is certainly the var. 0. nana of
Lloyd's FL de V Quest, 70. " The petals are pale bluish white, a little
shorter than the sepals, and the spur blue." One of the first papers
in this Journal was by Mr. J. Gr. Baker, " On some of the British
Pausies, agrestal and montane" {Joum. Bot. 1863, 11-16), where
several British plants are more or less doubtfully identified with
Jordanian species. Then there is the Viola Rothomageusis of T. F.
Forster non Desf. in Flora Tonbridyensis, a plant which must not
be confused with the true Rouen plant ; specimens of both can be
seen in the National Herbarium. In Pryor's Flora of Hertfordshire
we have the following forms of V. arvensis distinguished by the
author: — V. segetal is 3 ovd., V. Deseglisei Jord., V. PaiUouxii Jord.,
and doubtfully V. nemausensis Jord. and V. ruralis Jord.

Anyone taking up this subject would be greatly helped by two
recent publications : the one is the elaboration of the subspecies,
forms, and varieties of Viola tricolor for Rouy & Foucaud's Flore de
France, and the other the subject of the present notice, a careful and
well-illustrated paper by Dr. Wittrock. In the former we have keys
to the subspecies, and then again keys to the forms, the authors
naming very few novelties ; whereas Dr. Wittrock, in nearly every case
with the subspecies, varieties, and forms, adopts names of his own.

Dr. Wittrock's paper is divided into four portions, the first two
treating of the morphology and biology, the third is a systematic
treatment of eleven species of the Melanium section, and the fourth
is on certain hybrids of the same section.

Four subspecies of V. tricolor L. are described — genuina, ammo-
tropha, coniophila, and stenochila — and under each, forms and subforms
are given; five subspecies of V. arvensis Murr. — communis, sublilacina,
patens, curtisepala, and striolata — and three subspecies of V. alpestris
DC. — zermattensis, vallombrosana, and siibarvensis. The other plants
treated of are V. lutea Huds. var. grandifiora (L. Vill.), V. hispida
Lam., V. declinata Waldst. & Kit., F. latisepala Wettst., V. Munby-
ana Boiss. & Rent., V. calcarata L., V. cornuta L., and T'. altaica Ker.

The descriptions are careful, and the work, as has been said, is
most admirably illustrated with fourteen coloured plates ; and a
word of praise is certainly here well merited, as the coloured figures
contribute considerably to the utility of the paper ; but a doubt
may be expressed whether the author has suflficiently well compared
the plants he has in hand with those already bearing names, specially
with species of M. Jordan's creation. Tliis distinguished botanist,
as is well kuown, has described a number of plants allied to V. tri-
color and V. arvensis.^' The most important feature is possibly the

* Confer Jordan, Pugillus Planta Novcb — Observationes PI. Criticce ; and
in Boreau's Fl. du Centre, ed. 3.

456 VIOLA- STUDIEK.

size and colouring of the petals, but the other organs all yield
characters more or less valuable for systematic purposes. Next in
importance to the petals are the stipules, the middle lobe of which
especially undergoes a considerable amount of variation.

Dr. Wittrock separates V. tricolor from V. arvensis by the fol-
lowing characters : —

V. tricolor L. ex parte. V. arvensis Murr.

V. annua biennis vel peren- V. annua raro biennis ; flori-

nis ; floribus submagnis varie bus parvis, plerumque albidis ;

coloratis i-aro (adultis) albidis ; sepalis longioribus quam petalis

sepalis brevioribus quam petalis; vel iis fere sequilongis ; horreolo

horreolo poUinis clauso; granu- poUinis aperto ; granulis pollinis

iis pollinis plerisque tetragonis, plerisque pentagonis, ceteris te-

paucioribus trigonis nonnullis in- tragonis (nuUis trigonis) ; labello

terdum etiam pentagonis ; labello stigmatis parvo ; orificio stigmatis

stigmatis magno ; orificio stig- deorsum-subretrorsum vergente.
matis prorsum deorsum vergente.

The characters, in some cases abridged, given for the subspecies
of F. tricolor are as follows : —

genuina Wittr., nov. subspec. V. annua vel rarius biennis ;
caule suberecto vel adscendente, non subterraneo ; calcare appen-
dicibus sepalorum aequilongo-dimidio longiore ; horreolo pollinis
semper clauso.

ammotropha Wittr., nov. subspec. V. perennans ; caulibus sub-
erectis vel adscendentibus, subtiliter hirtis; foliis ovatis (iufimis)-
lanceolatis (supremis); lacinia terminali stipulorum ovato-lanceolata
crenis paucissimis — lauceolata integra ; sepalis dimidio fere breviori-
bus quam petalis ; petalis supremis (adultis) roseis vel roseolis,
pauUum divergentibus ; pet. infimo roseolo vel albido; calcare appen-
dicibus sepalorum duplo fere longiore ; granulis pollinis plurimis
tetragonis, ceteris pentagonis ; collo pistilli macula obscura praedito.

coniophila Wittr., nov. subspec. V. perennans; caulibus ad-
scendentibus, subtilissime hirtis vel subglabris ; foliis ovatis (infimis)-
lanceolatis (summis); lacinia terminali stipulorum lineari-lanceolata
integra; petalis supremis plerumque purpureo-violaceis, divergenti-
bus; petalo infimo (adulto) dilutius purpureo violaceo ; granulis
pollinis plurimis tetragonis, paucis trigonis, paucissimis pentagonis ;
collo pistilli macula obscura destituto.

stenochila Wittr., nov. subspec. V. perennans ; caulibus ad-
scendentibus subtiliter hirtis ; foliis ovatis (infimis)-lanceolatis
(summis); lacinia terminali stipularum lineari-lanceolata; petalis
supremis (adultis) plerumque atro-violaceis paullum divergentibus;
petalo infimo dilutius violaceo angusto ; granulis polhnis plurimis
tetragonis, paucis trigonis, paucissimis pentagonis ; collo pistilli
macula obscura destituto.

Viola tricolor L. genuina Wittr., forma typica, must be closely
related to V. Llogdii Jordan (a description of which will be found
in Lloyd's Fl. ile I'Ouest, ed. 4, 1886, 48) ; this plant, or a very
close ally, appears to grow in this country, M. Lloyd having kindly

VIOLA-STUDIER. 457

furuished specimens, when applied to a few years ago, to enable a
comparison to be made. We should think the forma lutescens will
be found to be synonymous with one or other of the large yellow-
flowered species which M. Jordan has described, but we have not
seen a named plant at all approaching f. roseola Wittr. or subforma
eriibescens Wittr.

The characters, also somewhat abridged, for the subspecies of
V. arvensis are as follows: —

communis Wittr., nov. subspec. V. annua vel rarius biennis;
caulibus suberectis parcius ramosis ; lacinia terminali stipularum
lanceolato-ovata — lanceolata, parce creuata vel Integra ; pedunculis
(adultis) longioribus quam foliis, suberectis ; flore mediocri ; sepalis
plerumque paullo brevioribus quam petalis ; petalis supremis albidis
(raro in apice violaceo-maculatis) suberectis ; petalis mediis albidis,
striis nectareis stepe destitutis ; calcare appendicibus sepalorum
paullo longiore.

sublilacimi Wittr., nov. subspec. V. annua (vel biennis?);
caulibus suberectis ; lacinia terminali stipularum lanceolata, Integra
vel parcissime crenata ; flore mediocri ; sepalis eadem longitudine
ac petalis vel his paullo longioribus ; petalis supremis lilacinis vel
violaceo-lilacinis, suberectis, obovatis ; striis nectarhs valde distinctis ;
collo pistilli subnutante, macula obscura ornato.

patens Wittr., nov. subspec. V. annua vel rarius biennis;
ramis inferioribus non paucis, patentibus, subprocambentibus ;
lacinia terminali stipularum lanceolato-ovata — lanceolata; pedun-
culis eadem fere longitudine ac foliis, patentibus ; flore mediocri
vel majore ; sepalis magnis, longioribus quam petalis ; petalis omnibus
prorsus vergentibus, albidis ; striis nectareis ut in subspec. communi
Wittr. ; calcare appendicibus sepalorum paullo breviore.

curtisepiila Wittr., nov. subspec. V. annua vel biennis ; cauli-
bus subprocumbentibus ; lacinia terminali stipularum foliorum
infimorum foliacea, ovata, crenata, superiorum ovato-Ianceolata vel
lanceolata ; flore majore ; sepalis tertia fere parte brevioribus quam
petalis; petalis supremis suberectis, latis, lamina obovata, totis stra-
mineis vel rarius ex parte superiore purpureo-violaceis ; petalo
infimo ochroleuco, striis nectariis 5-7, distinctis ; capite pistilli
magno.

siriolata Wittr., nov. subspec. V. annua ; caulibus suberectis ;
lacinia terminali stipularum magna, foliacea, crenata, foliorum infi-
morum ovata, superiorum lanceolata ; flore minimo ; sepalis quarta
fere parte longioribus quam petalis ; petalis omnibus prorsus
vergentibus — corolla itaque semper fere semiclausa — adultis lila-
cinis longitudinaliter striolatis, quattuor supeiioribus striolis tertiis,
inferiore striolis quinque ; calcare appendicibus sepalorum paullulo
longiore ; capite pistilli a latere viso angasto ; orificio stigmatis
magno.

The subspecies coinnnmis Wittr. bears considerable resemblance
to r. serjetalis .Jordan ; the latter has, however, the two upper petals
marked with violet blotches towards the summit, which is said to
be rarely the case in subspecies commiuiis, and there may be other
minor diflferences.

458 GRUNDRISS DER ENTWICKELUNGSMECHANIK.

It may be noted by British botanists that the variety atro-
purpurascens of subsp. sublilacina was received from the Cambridge
Botanic Garden. Subsp. patens Wittr. has much the same habit as
V. aijrestis Jordan; tlie peduncles, however, are generally longer
than the leaves. Subsp. curtisepala Wittr. connects V. tricolor and
V. arvensis : it is related in certainly some of its characters to
V. (jracilescens Jord. ; and the last subspecies, striolata Wittr., has a
flower of about the same size as V. pallescens Jord., but the petals
are longitudinally striated.

Viola olpestris (DC.) Wittr. occupies an intermediate position
between V. tricolor and V. arvensis. It is generally perennial, and
the flowers yellow or sulphur-coloured. It inhabits alpine or sub-
alpine situations ; and here are probably to be referred several of the
species described by M. Jordan from the Pyrenean region. Sub-
species suharvensis of this species was grown from seed received from
the Botanic Garden at Cambridge.

Supplementary descriptions of the other species of the Melanium
section, previously mentioned, are also given, and there are many
other points of interest which cannot be dealt with in a brief notice.
No student of these plants can afford to ignore Dr. Wittrock's paper.

E. G. B.

Grundriss der Entwickelungsmechanik. By Wilhelm Haacke. 8vo,
pp. xii, 398, with 143 figures in the text. Leipzig: Georgi.
1897. Price 12s.

This book, " the first work of its kind," is, the author explains, a
"Lehrbuch" in the original sense of the word, and does not aspire
to the rank of a "Handbuch." It is written with the object of
arousing to an interest in the science of "Entwickelungsmechanik"
all students of the physical and natural sciences and of their appli-
cations, and to acquaint them with its present position. Also the
full-fledged "Entwickelungsmechaniker" will find something new,
or at least suggestive, for the book partakes of the nature of an
investigation.

He who has time and opportunity for reading the six chapters
into which the subject-matter is divided will find much that is
suggestive from the points of view of general biology and of botany
in particular, and will, if possible, be more fully convinced than
before that of making of books there is no end. In the first chapter,
"Voni Gebiete der EntwickelungsmechaniU," the author discusses
the possibility and defines the object of his science. Its task is to
investigate the part played by mechanical principles in the origin
and change of organisms. Assuming its existence, the writer deals
successively with its relation to Teleology, Vitalism, and Biology.
Early in the second chapter, " Vom Organismeusystem," under the
heading Rationelle Systematik we encounter the equation ax'^-\-bxy
-\-cy^-\-dx-\-ey-\-f=0. We do not wish to dispute the accuracy
of this statement, but, as it seems to have little or no bearing on
botany, we will pass on. Leaving behind pictures of crystals, a
diagrammatic transverse section of a fish, and the like, we come to

GLIMPSES INTO PLANT-LIFE. ARTICLES IN JOURNALS. 459

a number of floral diagrams which illustrate " Grundformenver-
haltnisse." In the primrose with its regular pentamerous whorls
we have for a grundform a regular five-sided pyramid. In Parnnssia
the regularity is spoiled by the introduction of a four-sided pistil,
while in Cainpanula a x'egular three-sided pyramid (represented by
the pistil) is combmed with a regular five-sided one in the outer
whorls. In the disc-florets of the ComposiUt. a regular five-sided
pyramid is combined with a subi'egular one whose base is a rhombus.
And so on. The next chapter, " Voui Mechanismus der Keimes-
geschichte," deals with the structure and properties of protoplasm,
nuclei, and other cell-contents. Movements, spontaneous and in-
duced, are treated in Chapter IV. (Vom Forinbildungsgrund).
Chapter v., is on '• Form changes," and Chapter VI. and last on
the Mechanism of Phylogeny. The book concludes with a copious
bibliography, arranged in chronological order, followed by an index.

A. B. E.

Glvnpses into Plant Life : an Easy Guide to the Study of Botany.
By Mrs. Brightwen. With illustrations by the Author and
Theo Caureras. 8vo, pp. 851. London: Fisher Unwin.
Price 3s. 6d.

This is an excellent specimen of the best kind of "popular"
book, and contrasts very favourably with many which are issued —
e.(j. with Mr. E. A. Martin's Nature Chat, which we noticed on
p. 365. It is unpretentious and simply written, and is free from
the speculations dear to the Grant Allen school of scientists ; and
the youthful reader, for whom it is primarily intended, will at any
rate have nothing to unlearn, which is more than could be said for
many more pretentious volumes. Like Mrs. Brightwen's other
books, it shows much quiet observation and considerable acquaint-
ance with the literature of the subject ; the illustrations are new
and are, with hardly an exception, good. The book is in fact what
it claims to be, " an easy guide to the study of botany," and it may
be safely recommended to those who have the charge of young folic.

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.-

Bot. Centralblatt (Nos. 39-41). — B. Schubert, ' Ueber die
Parenchymscheiden in den Blattern der Dicotylen.' — (No. 40).
T. Kiinkele, ' Ueber Strangbildungen im Marke von Alnus ylutinosa.'
— M. Dalmer, ' Zur Morphologic und Biologic von Ilex A<]uifoliuin
und Cakile marithna auf der lusel lUigeu.' — (Nos. 41, 42). Z. Iva-
merling, ' Zur Biologic und Physiologic der Zellmembran.' — (Nos.
41-43). A. Kattein, 'Der morphologische Weith des Central-
cylinders der Wurzel.' — (No. 42). P. Knuth, * Blutenbiulogische
Beitrage.'

Bot. Gazette (26 Sept.). — C. E. Bessey, 'Phylogeny and Taxo-

* The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers
or title-pap;es, but it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date of
publication.

460 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC.

nomy of the Augiosperms.' — J. E. Tildeu, 'Algal Stalactites of
Yellowstone Park' (1 pi.). — A. F. Woods, ' Bacteriosis of Car-
nations.'— Id., 'Preserving green colour of plants for exhibition
purposes.' — B. L. Eobinson, * Ecblastesis and Axial Prolification
in Lepidium apetalum.'

Bot. Notiser (haft 4). — A. Torssander, ' Anmarkningsvardare
Fanerogamer och Karlkryptogame i Wardinge socken.' — J. Hagen,
' Webera hitescens i Sverige ? '

Bot. Zeitung (16 Oct.). — Graf zu Solms-Laubach, ' Ueber
MeduUosa Leuckarti' (2 tab.).

Bull. Soc. Bot. France (xliv, 6 : Sept.). — A. Franchet, ' Les
Parnassia de I'Asie Orientale.' — L. Lutz, ' L'acide cyanhydrique
dans les graines de VEiiobotrya.' — E. A. Fiuet, ' Bolbophi/Uum
pectinatuin, Cirropetaliim enuiryinatuin,' spp. nn. (tt. 2).

Bull. Toneij Bot. Club (30 Sept.). — G. N. Best, ' Vision
[Revision] of the Claopodiums.' — M. E. Gloss, ' Mesophyl of
Ferns.' — K. M. Wiegand, Bidens coiiwsa, sp. n. — J. K. Small,
♦Shrubs and Trees of Southern States.' — H. E. Hasse, 'New
Lichens from S. California.'

Eiythea (19 Sept.). — F. S. Collins, ' Perforating and other
Algae on freshwater Shells ' (t. 1).

Gardeners' Chronicle (25 Sept.). — G. S. Jenman, Sehujinella
humile, S. mazaruniense, spp. uu. — (16 Oct.). Primula Trailli
(fig. 80). — F. Kranzlin, Euluphia Wendlandiana, sp. n. — (25 Oct.).
G. S. Jenman, Aspidium Purdiai, sp. n.

Journal de Botanique (1 Sept.). — C. Sauvageau, ' Algues marines
du Golfe de Gascogne.' — J. Nadlaud, ' Le genre Hemandia aux
lies de la Societe.'

Nuovo Giornale Bot. Ital. (Oct.). — M. Mazzari, ' Coutribuzione
alia Briologia pugliese e sadha ' (1 pi.). — A. Baldacci, ' Rivistadella
coUezione botanica fatta nel 1895 in Albania.' — L. Pampaloni,
' Fenomeni di geocarpismo nella Morisia hypogaa.' — E. Baroni,
Giraldia, gen. nov. {Coinpositte Muti>iiaceiB : 1 pL).

Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschri/t (Oct.). — J. Hoffmann, ' Zur Kenntniss
der Gattuug Odontites.' — R. v. Wettstein, Alectrolop/ms .Sterneckii,
sp. n. — R. Heller, 'Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wirkuug elektrischer
Strome auf Mikroorganismen ' (cont.).

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dc.

Mr. Druce has published through the Clarendon Press An
Account of the Herbarium of the University of O.rfird (6d.), which
contains much interesting information about the older collections
therein contained. We may return to this later. Mr. Druce's
Flo7-a of Berkshire, which will form a volume of 800 pages, may be
expected during this month.

Mr. John Wishart sends some Schedules for Plant Description.
There are thirty bound together in exercise-book form, and sold by
Messrs. Livingstone, of Edinburgh, for 6d. (net.). Teachers of

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 461

botany, who know the difficulty of getting students to write a
decently systematic account of the external features of a flowering
plant, would find a use for the schedule, which, except lor the
introduction of "root-stock" under root, is well arranged. Mr.
Wishart seems, however, to have forgotten that writing occupies
more room than printing, and we fear that a student will find it
impossible to describe his plant in the space at his disposal any-
thing like so fully as in the example (the wallflowers) given at the
beginning of the book.

" Some New Orchids from Sikkim " is the title of two reprints
from the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, in which Dr. King,
Mr. K. Pantling, and Dr. Prain have added more than sixty species
and two new genera to the Indian flora. Many of these were collected
by Mr. Pantling at elevations ranging between 7000 and 10,000
feet. Among these alpine furms are three new species of Listera,
a genus of which only four species were previously known from
British India ; one, L. altemifulia, is of special interest in having
the leaves usually alternate. A new species of Corysanthes extends
the genus considerably northwards. The genus is mainly Austra-
lian, but runs up into Malaya, the most northern point from which
it has hitherto been known being the mountains of Perak. The
Indian species finds its nearest ally on the high mountains of Java.
pidiciea is a new genus of EpidendrecB. The name is manufactured
by distributing vowels among the initials of Dr. D. D. Cunningham,
who was the first to find it. It grows at an elevation probably of
about 12,000 feet. Mr. Pantling's work on the Sikkim orchid-flora
is commemorated by Dr. Prain in the new genus Pantlinyia, of the
tribe Neottiece, and near Limodunini.

A Lint of Ferns and Fern Aliies cultivated in the University
Botanic Gardens, Cambridge, has been issued by the Cambridge
University Press. It consists of eiglit pages, and costs fourpence,
which seems dear.

Sir C. Purcell Taylor writes to the Pdchmond and 'Vwickenham
Times of Sept. 25th, in which he combats the conclusions published
by Dr. Dyer in Nature for March 5th, 1896, concerning the " Sacred
Tree of Kum-Bum." It is hardly fair to make Dr. Dyer responsible
for the statements in the article, which consists entirely of extracts
firom various works, with a letter from Mr. W. W. Kockhill, the
Doctor's share in it being confined to an expression of his con-
currence in the opinion of M. Edouard Blanc, which he cites, and
in a qualified approval of Mr. Hemsley's determination of the tree
as correct. Sir C. Purcell Taylor's contradiction, apparently based
on personal knowledge, was so emphatic, that, in the interests of
science, we wrote to him for further information, having previously
ascertained his address, which is absent from the works devoted to
such matters, from the editor of the Richmond paper. In reply,
Sir Charles, who appends to his name the distinctions "Bart."
and "D.Sc," writes, on a postcard : " If you like to send me £1,
I will write you an account of the tree of Kuom Boom ; but, as I
said in my letter to the paper, I don't know anythiug about botany."
This being the case, it seemed hardly worth while to invest the

462 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC.

sum mentioued ; and the rehabilitatiou of the Sacred Tree has yet
to be established.

The Plant World, "a monthly Journal of popular Botany," has
just made its appearance at Binghamton, N.Y., under the editor-
ship of Dr. F. H, Knowlton, of the National Museum, Washington.
The Fern BttlUtin, "an illustrated 16-page quarterly," "the only
Journal in the world devoted entirely to Ferns," edited by Mr.
Willard N. Clute, is issued from the same place ; this is in its
fifth year.

The fungus causing the sooty mould of orange and other trees
in America has beeu determined by Mr. H. J. Webber, in a paper
issued by the U. S. Department of Agriculture, June ITth, 1897, to
be a species of Meliola. Mr. D. McAlpiue (Pruc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales, 1896, part 4) traces the Australian pest to a hitherto uu-
described species, (jajmodium citricolum. The two genera are closely
allied in habit ; they differ somewhat in the form of the fruit and
spores. The leaves of the plant affected are covered by a thick
layer of felted mycelium, which effectively excludes the sunlight
from the chlorophyll cells, and checks the development of the
plant, and the formation of flower and fruit. The fungus does not
penetrate the tissue ; it lives saprophytically on the honey-dew
extruded by scale insects, and it has been found that it always
follows a visitation of these creatures. Mr. McAlpiue calls attention
to the undue destruction of " sugar-loving, brush-tongued parakeets
and other birds which formerly abounded so greatly," and which
held the insects in check. Similar methods of spraying and
fumigating the plants in order to kill insects and mould are re-
commended by both gentlemen, and have proved more or less
efficacious ; but on the old principle of " like cures like," a fungus,
Aschersonia, which preys on the larvae of scale insects, has been
utilized in America, and bids fair to reduce their number and the
subsequent growth of the mould. Mr. Webber describes some
interesting and successful experiments with the scale-fungus, and
an allied form is recorded by Mr. McAlpine as having attacked
some species of scale insects in Australia. — A. L. S.

We have received the following from Dr. Wilms, which (we
hope) explains itself : —

" Frederic Wilms, phil. Dr. and Botanist after taking his
residence in South- Africa for about 14 years has returned to his
home-country with a rich profit of natural-historic Collections.
Especially he took care to the floristical exploration of the Transvaal-
Republic, and has just given over his first number of collection of
the well prepared and richely spend Transvaal-Plants to the Koyal-
Botanical Museum of Berlm. The officials of this well known
Institut will kindly undertake the determination, and the description
of the new specimen will be published by the above Gentlemen in
the possibly shortest time in ,,Engler's Botanische Jahrbiicher".
The manuscript-names are authentic until to the publication. The
Collection Wilms will be edited by the undersigned to all Museum
of Botany and also to privates as far as possible. The first centuries
shall be delivered to the subscribers already in January 1898. The

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 463

price is fixed for the first six collections to £ 2 pro centnrie, and
for the following numbers to Shillings 30. The collection contains
in his first number over 1500, and goes down in the last collections
to 300 — 400 specimen."

Five years having elapsed since the publication of the Biblio-
graphiml Index of British and Irish Botanists, we propose to issue a
supplement. This will in the first instance appear in the pages of
the Journal, and will probably be reprinted in pamphlet form,
although the considerable loss incurred upon the original work is
somewhat discouraging to the compilers. The supplement will
include, in addition to those who have died during the past five
years, certain names which, from one cause or another, were
omitted from the Index. The Editor of this Journal will be glad
to receive a note of any such omissions, in order that the supple-
ment may be made as complete as possible.

Mr. John Weathers has resigned the post of Assistant Secretary
to the Royal Horticultural Society.

The Standard of October 26 waxes eloquent over " the con-
clusion of the Flora Capensis," apparently in ignorance of the fact
that this "conclusion" has only just begun. "For the last twenty
years," says the Standard, " the determination of South African
plants alone has occupied almost the whole time of one member of
the Kew Staff. As the number of these is said to have exceeded
ten thousand, we are only surprised to find the word ' almost '
inserted. The book, of course, occupied several years in preparation
and publication, and so fast, indeed, has material been found, that
it became necessary to issue an appendix with the last volume.
Travellers and residents in South Africa have co-operated in sending
materials to Kew ; and although, no doubt, more appendices will
have to be issued, or perhaps another edition of the work under-
taken, before the next quarter of a century is ended, yet even now
botanists can obtain a good and trustworthy notion of the flora of
the southern part of the Dark Continent." The suggestion that
a new edition may be undertaken before twenty-five years have
elapsed will amuse those who know that exactly that period has
been necessary to produce a single volume of the work.

The Botanical Department of the British Museum has lately
acquired about seventy drawings by the late Dr. Lindley, among
which are the greater number of the originals of the plates of his
Collectanea Botanica. The drawings, which are beautifully executed,
are many of them in the style and manifestly were drawn under
the influence of Ferdinand Bauer, who was at that time associated
with Lindley in the Ditfitalinin Mono;/ra])hia.

The Editor of The Naturalist is anxious that we should point
out that " there is not, and never has been, to [Ijis] knowledge, a
journal called the 'Yorkshire Naturalist,'" as might be supposed
from a foot-note to p. 250 of our June number. The slip is not a
very serious one, for no one could doubt what journal was intended,
and it is correctly cited on p. 259 ; but as Mr. Roebuck seems to
think the matter important, we gladly publish this correction.

464 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC.

The death of Dr. William Walshaivi How, Bishop of Wakefield,
deserves a word of notice, as, without being technically a botanical
worker, he had an excellent knowledge of the British flora. In
1857, being then vicar of Whittington, in Shropshire, he was one
of the founders, and elected vice-president, of the Oswestry and
Welshpool Naturahsts' Field Club and Archaeological Society, and
he afterwards became its president. A paper on " The Botany of
the Great Orme's Head " was one of his contributions to the
Proceedings of the Society; it appeared in the Report for 1857-1864,
published in 1865. He also contributed the botanical information
to the Gossiping Guide for Wales. In 1879 Dr. How was appointed
Suffragan Bishop of Bedford ; in 1888 the new See of Wakefield
was formed, and he became its first occupant. The presidency of the
Yorkshire Naturalists' Union for 1890 was offered to and accepted by
him. His death occurred somewhat unexpectedly on the 10th of
August last, at Leenane, Connemara. A fuller notice by Mr. William
Whitwell, with portrait, is published in the Nuturalisi for October.

Edmund John Baillie, who died at his residence at Upton Park,
Chester, on October 18th, in his forty-seventh year, had been for
many years a member of the horticultural firm of Dickson & Sons.
Although not a critical botanist, he had considerable knowledge of
British plants, and in 1878 contributed to the Proceedings of the
Chester Society of Natural Science a paper on " The City Flora."
Mr. Baillie will be greatly missed in Chester, where he was a
prominent figure in every movement connected with social or intel-
lectual advancement, in which his natural kindness of heart found
an outlet. He took great interest in the Chester Museum, and
frequently lectured on subjects connected with natural history and
horticulture. He became a Fellow of the Linnean Society in 1883.
Mr. Bailey was born at Hawarden, Cheshire, on May 4th, 1851.

The Rev. Charles Samuel Pollock Parish died on Oct. 18 at
his residence, Eoughmoor, Somerset, at the age of seventy-five.
Mr. Parish took his B.A. degree at St. Edmund's Hall, Oxford, in
1841. After holding a curacy in Somersetshire for some years, he
became in 1852 English chaplain at Moulmein, Birma, and at once
took up the study of botany, devoting himself especially to Orchids,
many of which — e. g. Vanda Parishii, Dendrubium Parishii — bear
his name. Dendrobium Parishii was described in 1865 by Mr.
James Bateman {Hot. Mag. 5488), who says: — "A glance at the
recent volumes of the Botanical Magazine will show the large
number of new and beautiful Orchids that have been secured to the
collections of this country through the zeal and enterprise of Mr.
Parish, whose eye seems to be ever ready to detect any new forms
amid the striking vegetation of the rich country that is now the
scene of his missionary labours." Many of his novelties were
described by Reichenbach in the Gardeners' Chronicle and elsewhere.
In 1878 Mr. Parish returned to England, and took no further per-
manent duty, though he continued to interest himself in botany
and in the Somerset Archaeological Society. He published several
botanical papers in the Juuriud of the Asiatic Society of Bengal and
elsewhere.

Tab. 377.

Photo. E. H. Boddington.

Monograph of Euphrasia.

Hibberd sc.

Ta"b 378.

no ni nz

RMorgaXL kth .

West JJewinan imp .

Deta-ilsof Euplirasia..

€

202 h

\ I

1 2

217 218 218 220 221

^^!

4- 5

302 303

w *#^ # # #

304- 30 5 306 307 308 309

B.Morgan litK.

West, Newman imp.

Details of Eiaplira^ia.

Ta^380.

I--I

¥

--I-4 =

11 12

13

^

14-

(/'^-■-i'

Al

^

15 16

11

19 20 21

22

^,

23 24- 25

B..Morgai.n litVi.

West,Ne-wma.ii im'p.

Details of E"apTara,sia.

465

MONOGRAPH of the BRITISH SPECIES of EUPHRASIA

PREFACED BY AN EPITOJIE OF PrOF. WeTTSTEIN's ViEWS ON THE DEVELOPMENT

AND Distribution of the European Species.

By Frederick Townsend, M.A., F.L.S.

(Plates 374-80.)

(Concluded from p. 426.)

§ 2. Grandiflok^ Wettst.
Foliorum longitudo latitudinem iu maximo cTuplo superans.
CapsulsB margine semper erecto ciliatre. Corollfe tubus line anthesis
elongatus, itaque corollfe initio anthesis breviores quam fine anthesis.

11. Euphrasia Rostkoviana

Hayne, Arzneikunde Gewachse, ix. 7 (1825). "Wettst. Mon.
p. 183.

Caulis erectus vel aseendens, rarissime simplex, plerumque in
parte inferiore ramosus 40 cm. altus, viridis vel rubescens vel
fuscescens pilis crispulis reversis albidis et ad nodos, hinc inde
etiam in internodiis pilu longis glandnliferis piibescens, ramis sub-
oppositis ascendentibus hinc inde iterum ramosis. Folia caulina
infima cuueata obtusa dentibus utrinque paucis obtusis, media et
superiora ovata, breviter acuminata, dentibus utrinque 3-6 acutis sed
non aristatis. BractefB suboppositfe, foliis caulinis similes sed latiores
et breviores sensim diminutse et ad apicem inflorescentije Sc-epe basi
cuneattc, dentibus acutioribus sed non aristatis. Folia omnia viridia
rarius rubescentia, in regione alpina hinc inde nigro-marginata,
subtus plicato-striata setulis albidis eglandulosis et (saltern bracteffi ad
basin) pilis lon^/is f/landuliferis plus minus dense obsita. Spica initio
condensata, mox elongata. Flores subsessiles. Calyx indumento ei
foliorum conformi obtectus, semper (jlandulosus, fructifer non accretus.
Corolla magna, initio in dorso circa 9-11, fine anthesis 11-14 mm.
longa, tubo fine anthesis elongato calycem conspicue superante,
labio superiore bilobo, lobis emarginatis vel bilobis reflexis, labio
inferiore trilobo lobis profunde emarginatis. Corolla plerumque
alba labio superiore violaceo, labio inferiore macula lutea et striis
violaceis picto, fauce luteo ; hinc inde tota plus minus violascens ;
rarius etiam superiore albo. Capsula elliptica emarginata, calycis
denies nou vel parum superans, margine longe erecto-ciliata,caeterum
breviter pilosa.

-Syn. E. officinalis Gremli, Excurs. Fl. d. Schw. 5, Aufl. S. 329
(1885), 7 Aufl. S. 318 (1893).— Boreau, Fl. d. centr. d. 1. Fr. ed. 3,
p. 492 (1857).— Grenier, Flor. Jurass. p. 5G3 (1865).— A', officinalis
ot. resp. a. pratensis Koch, Synop. Fl. Germ. ed. 2, p. 628 (1844). —
E. officinalis A. Plati/phijlla; a. pratensis Reich. Ic. Germ, et Helv.
p. 58 (1862). — ii'. officinalis A. grandijlora Soyer-Willemet, h'Eu-

* For fuller synonymy see Wettst. Mon. pp. 183-184.
JouuNAL OF Botany.— Vol. 35. [Dec. 1897.] 2 h

466 MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA.

phrasia officinalis et les especes voisines, p. 25. — E. officinalis A.
/^rafensis' Fries, Novit. Fl. Suec. p. 198 (1828). — E. officinalis y.
vulgaris Bentli. in DC. Prod. x. p. 552 (1846).

Exsicc. There are three specimens named Euphrasia officinalis
on one sheet in the Herb. Linn. (Linn. Soc). The two outer
specimens are E. Rostkuviana Hayne. The central sp. is E. nemo-
rasa H. Mart. The name officinalis is written under the specimens
in Linnffius's own handwriting. Schultz, Herb. norm. nov. Ser.
Cent. 9, No. 1839.

Fig. Tab. 377. Tab. 379, fig. 301-313. Hayne, Arzneigew.
ix. t. 7 (1823).— Sturm, Deutschl. Fl. 14, Kl. 2, Ord.— Sowerby, Eng.
Bot. ed. 3, tab. dccccxci.— Wettst. Mon. taf. v. fig. 301-313,
taf. ix. fig. 1.

Fl. July-Sept.

DisTRiB. Throughout Mid Europe ; it is the most frequent
species in the centre of an area comprising France, Belgium, Great
Britain, Russia, South Sweden and Norway, Upper Italy, North
Balkan Peninsula, South Germany, Austria, and Switzerland.

DisTRiB. IN England and Wales : Cornwall, Cuna Parell (1883) ;
A. Ley (J. Britten comm.). Lizard (1852) ; J. Woods Herb. Cum-
berland, "Rosthwaite" [1884] (Townsend; H. Fr.) ; Wettst. Moti.
"Cumberland" (Woods Herb.); " Borrer.'" Derby, "Buxton
(Townsend; H. Fr.)" 1884; Wettst. Mon. Devon, Marsh Mills
(1879) ; R. I. Lynch. Hants, Kingsclere (1853) ; W. Matthews.
Hereford, Ewias Harold Common (1854); Croft (1852); W. H.
Purchas. Kent, Cobham (1879) ; R. A. Rolfe. Leicester, Twy-
cross (1843). Surrey, Milford (1896) ; E. 8. Marshall. Mill-pond,
Hedge Court (1883) ; W. H. Beeby. Earlswood Common (1880) ;
G. Nicholson. Warlingham (1880) ; J. Groves. Croydon (1880) ;
W. F. Marshall. Sussex, Storrington (1853) ; J. Woods Herb.
Westmoreland, Rydal ; W. W. W. (Herb. F. Townsend).

DiSTRiB. IN Scotland: Argyll, "Oban (Townsend; H. T. Z.)."
1881 ; Wettst. Mon. Caithness, " (Linton ; H. Murb. ; H. Richt.) " ;
Wettst. Mon. Reay ; W. F. Marshall. ROSS, Howie Hill, Walford
(1891); A. Ley (Herb. W. H. Purchas).

Distrib. in Ireland : Kerry, Dingle (1853); D. Oliver. Meath,
Oldcastle (1896); R. Lloyd Praeger. Queen's, Emo (1890); R.
Lloyd Praeger. Tyrone, Baron's Court (1896); R. Lloyd Praeger.

E. Rostkoviana occurs in the British Isles mostly at low altitudes
and in dampish ground. The species was named by Hayne after
Dr. Rostkovius who found it in the neighbourhood of Stettin and
sent it to Dr. Hayne as a distinct species. Dr. Hayne says, in
ArzneiLunde, that " E^iphrasia Rostkoviana is really very similar
to E. officinalis (Arzn. ix. t. 8) for which reason it has hitherto been
unnoticed, but it may with certainty be distinguished from it by the
following characters. The leaves are serrate, furnished on both
sides with soft glandular hairs, the upper ones mostly opposite, the
teeth not acute or aristate, glabrous on both sides, without glands,
the upper ones mostly alternate, the calyx furnished with glandular
and eglandular hairs . . . the capsule rotund-linear, not obovate-
linear . . . the seeds 16-ribbed, not 12-ribbed." I have specimens

MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA. 467

from "loco classico," and the typical English plant well represents
these, specimens from Borrowdale especially so. The southern
continental form is usually more branched and of humbler growth;
the whole plant is of a lighter green colour, the teeth of the leaves
and bracts are narrower, and more acute and cuspidate.

The English plant is variable, the variations being produced
probably by environment. The height is variable, also the amount
of branching, the length of the spike, the length of the internodes
of the spike, the size of the flowers, the size of the leaves and bracts,
the amount of pubescence, glandular and eglandular. I have a
specimen from the south of England which measures 40 cm. A
remarkable form from the sea-shore at Reay, Caithness, gathered
by Rev. E. F. Marshall, is about 6 cm in height, with stout stem
and branches, short dense spikes, broad leaves and bracts, and the
whole plant is rendered grey in appearance from the profuseness of
glandular and eglandular pubescence. Mr. Marshall says the form
is very plentiful.

Several varieties have been named by continental botanists,
among which Prof. Wettstein gives — var. iditjinosaDncomm. growing
in boggy ground and attaining a height of as much as 50 cm when
surrounded by tall herbage; var. hixinscida Lasch., only slightly
glandular ; var. minuta Beck, a dwarf form with few leaves and fls.,
occurring in alpine regions; var. ^jmr/uisLjungstrom (Herb.), leaves
large and broad, sparsely hairy, flowers few, occurring in damp and
shady places in rank herbage ; var. minoriflora Borbas (Geogr.
atque enum. pi. com. Castriff. 1887-8), corolla relatively small;
f. rubra Baum. (pro spec), corolla reddish violet ; var. affinis Freyn,
very hairy, capsule somewhat prolonged. Prof. Wettstein has
experimented upon vars. nlir/inosa, miniitd and minorijlora and
finds that they are induced by environment. The var. affinis may
be a hybrid with E. hirtella. On the borders of the area occupied
by E. PiOHtkoviana forms occur which are less hirsute and with
shorter glandular hairs, instances occur in the Balkan Peninsula, in
Poland, and on the S.W. border ; the form occurring in the latter or
S.W. border is constant, and is the E. campcstris of -Jordan, which
may also be a native of England (see species No. 12). E. liostkoviana is
easily distinguisbed from all other British species, with the exception
of three which I am about to name, by the presence of glandular
hairs; from £". campestris by the presence of much longer jointed
glandular hairs and by its larger leaves and bracts ; from E. brevipila
by its larger flowers with exsertcd corolla-tube, and by the long
jointed glandular hairs on stem, leaves, bracts andcalyx ; from E. ocei-
deniaUs by its larger flowers and exserted corolla-tube, usually much
taller growth, and also by its long and jointed glandular hairs, the
glandular hairs of 7'.\ occidcntalis being much fewer and very shortly
stalked.

In this species, just before the expansion of the flower the style
is curved over the anthers, but as the flower opens the upper portion
of the style straightens and becomes porrect, projecting beyond the
upper lip. The tube of the corolla lengthens by growth during
flowering, carrying the stamens up along with it; the style, which

2 n 2

468 MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA.

does not lengthen, but straiglitens, is then drawn into the tube
and disappears behind the anthers which ultimately exceed the style
and stigma. The stigma is, as already stated, ripe for fecundation
some time before the bursting of the anthers. In Oesterr. Bot.
Zeit. June, 1882, Kerner makes some interesting and valuable
remarks on this position of the stigma in this and other species of
the genus.

12. Euphrasia campestris

Jordan, Pugillus plant, nov. p. 131 (1852).— Wettst. Mon. p. 193.

"E. racemis terminalibus modice elongatis foliosis, calycis
pedunculati ad nervos pilis glanduliferis brevibus obsiti semiquadri-
tidi lobis lineari-lanceolatis breviter acuminatis erectis, corollas (baud
parvas) tubo calycem fere superante, labio superiore lilacino fasciolis
violaceis insignito extus inferne punctulis nigris notato bifido, lobis
emarginatis reflexis, labio inferiore albido in medio flavo-maculato
trifido, lobis porrectis profunde emarginatis, capsula calyce paulo
breviore folium fulcrantum supercmte oblonga inferne leviter an-
gustata apice sulxEquali hispida subtruncato-emargiyiata mucrone
brevi subexserto apiculata, foliis parvis ssepe obscure virentibus
patulis pube minuta sape (jlanduUfera adspersis oblongo-ovatis basi
in petiolulum angustatis profunde dentatis, dentibus utrinque
sagpius 4 lanceolatis, foliorum superiorum breviter acuminatis,
caule erecto flexuoso ramosissimo, ramis tenuibus subarcuato-jnduUs
pube reversa brevi superne pilis (/Zrt«^u^i/emintermixta obductis." —
Jordan {I. c).

Syn. E. officinalis f. campestris Grisebach et Schenk in Linnsea,
XXV. p. 603 (1853). — E. officinalis b. campestris Gremli, Excurs.
Flora f. d. Schw. 7th ed. p."318 {lQm).—E. campestris Boreau, FI.
d. cent. d. 1. Fr. ed. 3, ii. p. 492 (1857). Grenier, Flor. Jurass.
p. 563 (1865).

Fig. Tab. 377. Tab. 380, fig. C 1-8. Wettst. Mon. taf. xii.
fig. 1.

Exsicc. Gandoger, Flor. Gall. exs. No. 404 (as E. Tholeyriana) ;
— Schultz, Herb. norm. No. 930 & 930 bis.

Fl. Middle Sept. to middle of Oct. (Jord.).

I have not seen fresh specimens of this plant and have therefore
followed Prof. Wettsteiu in giving Jordan's description in Pug.
where M. Jordan remarks " C'est I'espece le plus tardive, il est en
bon etat du 15 Sept. au 15 Oct. dans nos environs" {i.e. Lyons).
There are specimens of E. uliginosa Ducommun in Herb. Eeuter,
from Marais du Coin, which appear to me to be quite those of
E. campestris Jord. ; the style is nearly straight, the cor. tube fairly
long though the fls. are small. On the ticket accompanying these
specimens Ducommun writes ''differt ab. E. officinalis floribus
minoribus, labio superiore extus albido, pilis brevioribus, et cap-
sula tubum calycis parum excedente." " 30 Aout, -55."

DisTRiB. " South-east France and in the neighbouring part of
Switzerland." ? England.

I have given the description of this species because I collected a
plant on the limestone hills about three miles south of Buxton, on

MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA. -469

July 30, 1884, which resembles it. It is the E. officinalis, a. Piost-
koviana, f. tenuia mihi of the London Catalogue, ed. 9. It is 7-10 cm
high. The flowers are moderately large, the calyx and bracts with
very short glandular and eglandular hairs, the style as in E. Rost-
koviana, the leaves and bracts have a cuneate base. Prof. Wettstein
having only seen specimens in an early stage entered this plant in
his Monograph as E. brevipila (p. 12, Wettst. Mon.), but having
sent him more advanced specimens he now sees they cannot be
referred to that species. He writes " Eine Pflanze, die mir nicht
klar ist," but says that if it is within the area of E. campestris it
would in fact be E. campestris Jord. A hybrid between E. Rost-
koviana and E. nemorosa which I found in the same neighbourhood
in company with its parents, bearing the characters of them both,
is a very different plant.

E. campestris differs from E. Rostkoviana by its humbler growth,
its branches usually springing higher on the main stem, by its
narrower leaves and bracts furnished with much more shortly-
stalked glands. Prof. Wettstein hesitates to give a definite opinion
about it, but remarks that it comes very near E. Rostkoviana.
Taking into consideration its wide distribution throughout a con-
siderable portion of the Rhoue watershed, the constancy of its
characters, and its acceptance as distinct from E. Rostkoviana by
those botanists who have seen the living plant (Jordan, Muret,
Renter), Prof. Wettstein also accepts the distinction, looking upon
it as a species derived from E. Rostkoviana at a comparatively
recent date, and leaving it to further observation to determine
whether the separation is warrantable.

13. E. Kerneri

Wettstein in Engler and Prantl Natiiii. Pflanzenfam. iv. 3 b,
S. 101 (1893).— Wettst. Mon. p. 201.

Caulis erectus vel ascendens, in parte inferiore ramosus, non
raro hi vel ter ramosus, 10-40 cm altus, rubescens vel fuscescens pilis
albidis crispulis reversis etiam in nodis cglandulosis pubescens, ramis
suboppositis erecto-patentibus. Folia caulina inferiora (florendi
tempore plerumquc jam emarcida) cuncato-obtusiuscula, utrinque
dentibus paucis ; media et superiora ovata ellijitica acuta dentibus
utrinqxie 4-7 acutis trianyularibus ; bractea; basi cuneatm utrinque
dentibus 3-G antrorsum verr/entibus lomje acuminatis et in mucronem
produrtis; folia omnia eglandulosa setis minimis imprimis in margine
et in nervis scabrida, siccata sa^pe fuscescentia. Spica initio densa,
mox valde elongata. Flores subsessiles. Calyx eglandulosus, denti-
bus clongato-lanceolatis acuminatis mucronatis scabris. Corolla
magna initio dorso cca 10, tine anthosis 11-13 mm longa et tunc
calycis dentcs tubo superans, labio superiore bilobo lobis bilobis
reflexis, labio inferiore trilobo lobis prol'unde emargiuatis. Corolla
plerumque albida in fauce et in basi labii inferioris macula lutea,
ca)terum striis violaceis picta ; labium superius Sfepe totum viola-
scens. Capsula oblongo-obovata cmarginata, margine erecto-ciliata,
cseterum breviter pilosa, dentibus calycinis superata.

470 MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA.

Syn. E. speciosa A. Kern, in Oesterr, bot. Zeitsclir. xxiv. p. 115
(1871) ; non R. Br. — E. arguta A. Kern, in Schedae ad Flor. exs.
Aust.-Hung. i. p. 40, no. 146, non E. Br. — E. KerneriJiQck, Flora
von Nied.-Oesterr. ii. S. lOGO (1893).— Wettst. in Oesterr. bot.
Zeitscbr. xliv. p. 379 (1894). — E. Rosthwiana v. macilenta Towns.
Lond. Cat. of Brit. Plants, ed. 9.— Wettst. Mon. p. 208.

Exsicc. A. Kern. I. c. No. 146 (as E. arguta). — Scbultz, Herb,
norm. nov. ser. Cent. 21, No. 2053 (as E. arguta).

Fig. Tab. 375. Tab. 380, fig. 326-366. Wettst. Mon. taf. v.
fig. 326-336, taf. ix. fig. 10.

Fl. August ? to Sept.

DisTRiB. Eastern Austria east of tbe Danube, also in two
extended areas, nortb and soutb of tbe Alps, viz. from Lower
Austria to tbe Canton of Tburgau, and from Krain to Upper Italy,
also in Silesia and doubtfully in one spot in Pomerania.

DisTRiB. in England: Derby, near Matlock (1881); H.dJ. Groves.
Surrey, Epsom Downs (1880) ; H. d J. Groves. Wbitebill, near
Caterbam (1882) ; Moulsey Hurst (1882) ; E. F. Marshall. Cbel-
sbam, near Croydon (1880) ; A. Be7inett "{Bennett; H.Towns.)"
(Wettst. Mon.). Reigate Hill (Sept. 1896) ; Betcbwortb Hill (Sept.
1896) ; E. S. Salmon. Kent, Upper Halting (on cbalk) (Sept.
1894) ; A. H. Wolley Dod. Somerset, Cbeddar (Sept. 1853); W. H.
Purchas. Lewis (1853, as E. officinalis) ; Jos. Woods Herb.

In England tbis species seems to be found only on a limestone
soil. Mr. Bennett informs me it is fairly abundant in tbe station
near Croydon. Tbe Pomeranian and Englisb stations are remark-
ably isolated and distant from tbe large and extended area of tbe
plant in West Europe, but Prof. Wettstein tbinks tbe plant may
bave been introduced in tbe Pomeranian station ; tbere is no doubt
about its being native in England.

Kerner's names "sjui'cjwsrt" and "arguta'' were preoccupied by
Robt. Brown, wbo gave tbem to two Australian species. Prof. Dr.
Beck named tbe plant in bonour of Prof. Dr. Kerner, tbe dis-
tinguisbed Austrian botanist, autbor of Pjianzenleben, of wbicb an
Englisb translation bas been publisbed.

E. Keriieri resembles E. Rostkovia^ia in several respects, but it is
entirely witbout glands. Tbe flowers are similar botb in size and
iu tbe lengtb of tbe corolla-tube ; tbe braucbing is also similar, but
tbe leaves and bracts in tbe English plant are smaller and tbe teeth
narrower and more acuminate tban tbose of E. Rostkoviana. Tbese
cbaracters of tbe leaves and bracts also distiuguisb tbe plant from
E. versicolor Kern., to wbicb E. Kerner i appears to be closely allied,
but tbe former bas not been found in England. Tbe only var. of
E. Kerneri wbicb bas been noticed is one wbicb Prof. Wettstein bas
named v. maritima and was found on tbe sea-coast near Venice.
It has narrower and smaller leaves, shorter tban the calyx, which
is fleshy, and bas from 1-2 teeth on either side.

§ 3. Angustifolije.
Foliorum longitudo latitudinem 2-30-plo superans, folia itaque
non ut in § 1 et 2 ovata, vel ovato-elongata sed linearia vel lanceo-

MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA. 471

lata. Corollge tubus in speciebus nonnullis fine anthesis nou
elongatus, in aliis elongatus.

14. Euphrasia Salisburgensis

H. Christ]; Funck, "Nacbrichtvoneinigenseltenen gesammeltea
Pflanzen," in Hoppe, Taschenbiich (1794), pp. 184 and 190. Wettst.
Men. p. 218.

Caulis erectus, simplex vel in j^cit-te inferiore ramosus, 1-30 cm.
altus, rubescens, pilis crispulis reversis eglandulosis pubescens,
ramis erectis, inferioribus oppositis, superioribus alternantibus.
Folia caulina inferiora opposita, cuneiformia, obtusa utrinque
dentibus-2 obtusis ; folia caulina superiora alternantia, lanceo-
lata, in parte media latitudine maxima, lonrjitudine latitudinem
2-5-plo superante, plerumque acutissima, utrinque dentibus oristatis
patentibus 2-3. Bracteae alternantes latitudine folia caulina super-
antes, sed eis similes, in triente inferiore latissimje, utrinque dentibus
2-5 [plerumque 3) elongatis. Folia omnia viridia vel prsesertim in
parte inferiore plantse rubescentia, f/laberrima vel in pagina inferiore
glandulis sessilibus vel in margine et nervis prominentibus setulis
minimis sparsis. Spica initio condensata, fructifera valde elongata.
Flores subsessiles. Calyx glaber vel setulis mimitis obsitus, fructifer
modice accretus ; denies lanceolato-triangulares. Corolla parva fine
anthesis 6-8 mm Ig., labio superiore bilobo, lobis reflexis emargi-
natis vel denticulatis, labio inferiore 3-lobo, lobis emarginatis,
subtus solum ad basin 2}iiosis. Corolla plerumque albida labio
superiore caeruleo, sed etiam tota csrulea, purpurea vel violacea.
Capsula cuneato-elongata, truucato-emarginata, calycis dentes sub-
aiquans vel superans, ylaberrima vel solum in parte superiore
marginis pilis sparsis brevibus inflexis ciliata.

Syn. E. officinalis s. Salisburrjensis Benth. in DC. Prod. x. p. 553
(1846).— 77. Soyeri Timbal-Lagr. Diag. 1856, sec. Grenier, Flor.
Jurass. p. 569 (1865).— Townsend in Journ. Bot. 1884, 166 ; 1896,
441. — E. Salisburgensis Koch, Syn. Flor. Germ, et Helv. ed. 1, p. 545
(1838).— Reich. Flor. Germ, excurs. p. 359 (1830-32).

Exsicc. Schultz, Herb. Norm. No. 932. — Fries, Exs. Fasc. xiv.
No. 20. — Reich, exsicc. No. 48.

Fig. Tab. 376. Tab. 380, fig. 1-29. Braune, Salzb. Flor. ii.
tab. i. fig. 1 (1797).— Reich. Deuts. Fl. mdccxxxii. 3-5.— Wettst.
Mon. taf. iii. fig. 1-29, taf. x. fig. 6-10. — Journ. Bot. 1896,
tab. 363.

Fl. July-Aug.

DiSTRiB. Scandinavia (Arctic Norway) ; Cbristiania ; Gothland
and Jutland ; Ireland ; mountains of Mid and South Europe (Py-
renees, Sierra Nevada, Alps, Jura, Carpathians, Balkans, near
Kronstadt, Austrian Hungary, Apennines, Corsica) ; not uufrequently
descending into the plains.

DisTRiB. IN Ireland : Clare, Ballyvaughan (1895) ; N. Colqan.
Galway, Menlough (1892) ; IL d- J. Groves. Arran Isles (1852) ;
D. Oliver (Phyt. 1852, p. 679, vol. iv.). Castle Taylor and Garry-
land (1856) \ A. G. More (as E. gracilis Fr. in Scottish Gardener).

472 MONOGKAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA.

Mayo, Lougb Mask (1895); E. S. Marshall. (? Ulster, Lough
Neagh ; TF. W. Neu-bould in litt. Ap. 9, 1860).

The Castle Taylor and Garryland locality was given by A. G.
More in the Scottish Gardener as for E. [/racilis Fr., but in 1860 he
suggested the name E. Salisbun/ensis in Nat. Hist. Eeview, vii.
p. 434, and in 1866 he records it in Cyhele Hihernica as E. cuprca
Jord.

This species occurs on rocky limestone ground, and apparently
not ascending 100 ft. above sea-level on the east coast of Ireland.

Mr. N. Colgan, in the Irish Naturalist (vi. p. 105, 1897), has
shown that I was incorrect in stating in Journ. Bot. 1896, p. 441,
that no representative of the group Anrjustifulia had hitherto been
recorded as a native of the British Isles. It will be seen by the
above records that in Cyhele Hihernica this species was recorded
under Jordan's name E. cuprca, but as a form of the aggregate
E. officinalis L. Specimens were sent to Mons. Boreau, who named
them E. cuprea Jord. I think there can be no doubt that all the
Irish specimens must be referred to E. Salisburgensis, as small
forms of that species. E. cuprea Jord. is also a small form, but
has " ramis patulis " and flowers " roseo-lilacinfe " ; the leaves and
bracts are thicker than in more normal forms, and are also patent
or subarcuate. The Irish plant cannot be thus characterized ; it
has suberect branches leaves and bracts, and the flowers are white.
I have compared it with specimens named by Jordan and cannot see
that it approaches them except in size.

E. Salisburyensis has a remarkably wide north and south distri-
bution and occurs in remarkably isolated areas ; particularly in its
extreme north and extreme south limits. The nearest localities to
Ireland in which it has been observed, and these are only three
very isolated ones, are in Norway and Sweden. It does not occur
again in Europe in a nearer latitude than that of the Swiss moun-
tains. It is eminently an alpine species, and I have traced it as
high as 7800 ft. above sea-level. As might be expected from its
wide geographical range and its extensive range in altitude, several
varieties have been noted. In damp and moist situations the leaves
and bracts are usually broader, while in drier ones they are narrower.
The leaves of some of the more marked varieties are figured in
Tab. 303 of Journ. Bot. for 1896. The Irish plant is from 3-4 in.
in height, and is branched. The leaves of the specimens I have
seen from Lough Mask, Co. Mayo, are all obtuse and with obtuse
teeth, and even the teeth of the lower bracts are obtuse ; the leaves
and bracts have only two teeth on either side, these being very
short. The leaves and bracts of specimens from Menlough, Co. Gal-
way, and from near Ballyvaughan, Co. Clare, are more normal,
having from 2-3 teeth on either side, these being subpatent and
even aristate.

From all species indigenous to the British Isles this may be
known by its leaves and bracts having only 1-3 teeth on either
side, and these being distant and patent. The only species for
which it might be mistaken is E. gracilis, but from this it may be
distinguished by its branches springing from below the middle, as

MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA. 473

well as by the character of the teeth of the leaves and bracts, and
also by its bald capsule.

Hybrids.

E. EosTKoviANA X NEMOROSA TowHS. E. glanduUgeva Wettst. in
Mon. p. 290.

Differt ab E. Rostkoviana jBoribus minoribus, tubo coroUae calycem
vix excedente, corollis circa 8 mm longis, foliis glabrescentibus ob-
scuris ut calyces glaudulis breviter stipitatis sparse obsitis ; ab E.
nemorosa capsula latiora et imprimis foliis et calycibus glanduliferis.

I found this plant in tolerable quantity on the limestone hills
near Buxton, Derbyshire, in company with both parents, not far
from the spot where I found the plant I have noticed as closely
resembling E. campcstris Jord. The plant has more the general
appearance of E. nemorosa than of E. Rostkoviana.

As noticed by Prof. Wettstein E. glandulif/era, in foliage and
habit, has an intermediate resemblance to both E. Rostkoviana and
E. nemorosa, and the Prof, accepts my determination of its being
a hybrid between these two species.

E. Rostkoviana x brevipila. E. notata Towns.

Diflfert ab E. Rostkoviana caulibus et foliis omnibus calycibusque
pilis longis glanduliferis et pilis brevibus rectis glanduliferis inter-
mixtis obsitis, bracteis aristatis, fioribus minoribus, tubo coroUje
breviore &c. Ab E. brevipila caulibus et foliis omnibus calycibus-
que pilis longis glanduliferis plus minusve obsitis &c.

This plant seems to be not unfrequeut in Scotland in localities
in which both the supposed parents occur. I found it at Foyers,
Inverness-shire, and at Oban, Argyllshire, both in 1881, and near
Corran, Argyllshire, in 1896. The foliage varies, sometimes in-
clining in character to the one, sometimes to the other parent.
Prof. Wettstein who has seen specimens agreed with my determi-
nation of this plant as being a hybrid, provided the suggested parents
occurred in the neighbourhood, otherwise he would refer it to a var.
of E. Rostkoviana.

E. gracilis X BREVIPILA. E. diff'ormis Towns.

Differt ab E. gracilis caule infra media ramoso, foliis patentibus
et opacis &c., ab /'>". brevipila caule breviore, foliis eglandulosis et
setis fere nonnullis, fioribus minoribus &c.

I only found this hybrid in one spot, covering about twenty
square yards of moorish and rocky ground, by the River Shiel at
Shiel Bridge, Argyllshire, on July 19th, 1896. The flowers were
quite those of E. gracilis, the foliage more that of E. brevipila.
Both these species occurred on the same ground and were abundant
in the neighbourhood.

E. ocoiDENTALis X BREVjpiLA. E. pvotiuscola Towns.

Differt ab E. borealis foliis calycibusque pilis glanduliferis plus
minus copiosis obsitis, ab E. brevipila caule humiliore, spica non
valde elongata, foliis colore fusco-viridia non colore graminis,
corollibus plerumque minoribus.

This hybrid seems to occur frequently where the two parents

474 MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA.

are found in the same neighbourhood. It decidedly approaches
E. occidentalis in size and in general character, but the presence of
shortly stalked glands, in more or less abundance, shows its relation
to E. brevipiia. It is not unfrequent on the low pastures near to the
sea in Morar Bay south of Beoraidbeg, in Scotland.

E. BREViPiLA X ScoTicA. E. venusta Towns.

Differt ab E. brevipiia coroUis minoribus, foliis bracteisque
minoribus, et angustioribus, iis deutibus paucioribus, capsulis
longioribus ; ab E. Scotica caulibus crassis, ramis uumerosis et
longis, planta tota glandulosa, pilis glanduliferis brevissimis.

I found this hybrid in localities where both the parents occurred,
in the neighbourhood of Poolewe in Ross-shire, where E. Scotica
descends to within a few feet of sea-level.

E. Scotica x gracilis. E. electa Towns.

Differt ab E. Scotica iloribus purpureis, labio infero labium
superum excedente, ab E. gracilis bracteis viridisceutibus majoribus
et latioribus.

I found this evident hybrid on wet slopes on the moors near and
above Loch Maree Hotel, on Loch Maree (Ross-shire), where both
the parent species grow together. The plant has the flowers of
E. fjracilis, but the foliage and habit of E. Scotica.

It will be observed that I have ventured to differ but little from
Prof. Wettstein's views in the determination of species, particularly
as for the most part my own observation confirms them. His
opinion and demonstration that the forms which he describes as
species have definite areas of distribution and that the areas of the
more nearly allied species do not intercross, necessarily lead to the
assumption that these forms, though nearly allied, must be looked
upon as more or less established, but with less specific rank,
whether species or subspecies ; E. latifolia, E. Euulaends, E. nemo-
rosa, E. curta and E. occidentalis are instances. On the other hand
the Professor demonstrates that forms whose areas do intercross
are evidently more distantly allied and must consequently be con-
ceded greater specific rank ; E. Eostkoviana, E. brevipiia, E. gracilis,
E. Scotica, E. Salisburgoisis are instances. I conceive he does not
consider the time has yet come to group the species or subspecies
of the genus satisfactorily, as we have yet much to learn respecting
the distribution and the constancy of the characters of several of
them. I perhaps somewhat prematurely attempted such grouping
in my paper already alluded to in the footnote on page 322, but I
do not regret having made the attempt, as the conclusions I arrived
at from morphological study alone are in the main borne out or
supported by those which have been so ably arrived at by Prof.
Wettstein's study of areas of distribution.

monograph of the british species of euphrasia. 475

Addenda kt Corrigenda.

Page 395. The brackets may be removed from 1. E. stricta
Host, and from 7. E. lati/olia Pursh, as it has now been ascertained
that both are native. The stations for E. stricta Host are, — Surrey :
Ockley (D 1883)det. Wettstein; near Ewhurst (1884) det. Wettsteiu;
south-west side of Hindhead, a weak form (1884) det. Townsend ;
W. H. Beebij. Norfolk : Fladen Feu (K. 1886) comm. Arthur Bennett,
det. Townsend. York: Micklefield (No. 921, 1877) det. Townsend:
the collector's name is not given, but I think the hand is that of
Kev. H. Bromwich.

Mr. Marshall finds a very interesting plant on shell sand at Tain,
Ross, which Prof, Wettstein names E. curta v. glabrescens. The
stem is more or less decumbent, 4-7 cmm long, with spreading
branches, 5-toothed bracts, the teeth acuminate and shortly aris-
tate, &c.

Page 396, line 2 from top, after 12. E. cnmpestris Jord., add
18. E. Kerneri Wettst. and for 13, in line 4 from top read 14.

Page 402, line 18 from top, for mucula read macula, and in
same page, line 7 from bottom, for the last semicolon substitute a
full stop.

Page 404, line 7 from bottom, for 1846 read 1896, and line 5
from bottom, note that Ashridge Wood is in Berks.

Page 405, line 1, omit ?.

Pages 398, 404, 405, for W. S. Millar read W. F. Miller.

EXPLANATIONS OF PLATES.
N.D. — The figures of the plants are from photographs of dried specimens, nat. size.

Tab. 374.
Euphrasia stricta Host. Lausanne, solo molassico, Sept. 9, 1869, comm. Favrat.
E. borealis Towns. Braemar, August, 1890.

E. brevipiln Burnac et Gremli. Inverailort, Inverness-shire, June 15, 1896.
E. occidentalis Wettst. Morar Bay, June 28, 1897.

Tab. 375.
E. nemorosa Pers. Ashridge Wood, Berks, 1896, A. B. Jackson.
E. curta Fries. Roshven, Moidart, S. M. Macvicar, August, 1894.
E. occidentalis Wettst. Heath near Hayle, Cornwall, J. Groves, 1880 (det.

Wettstein).
E. latifolia Pursh. Labrador, Thieneman, July, 1847.
E. Kerneri Wettst. Betchworth, Surrey, E. S. Salmon, Sept. 1896.

Tab, 376.
E. Foulaensis Towns. Foula, Shetland, August, 1887, W. H. Beeby.
E. gracilis Fries. Braeinar, Sept. 1890.
E. 'Scotica Wettst. Braemar, Aug. 30, 1890.
E. Salisburgensis Funk. Near Ballyvaughan, Co. Clare, Aug. 1895. N. Colgan.

Tab, 377.
E. Rostkoviana Hayne. Eosthwaite, Cumberland, July, 1884.
E. campestris ? Jord. Near Matlock, Derbyshire, Aug. 1881, J. Groves,
E. campestris Jord. Pr^s de Chambdry, Savoie, 1861, Schultz, Herb. Norm,
Cent. 10, 930.

476 MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA.

The drawings of the leaves, bracts, and capsules are mostly copies of those in
Prof. Wettstein's Monograph.

Tab. 378.

Fig. 135-146. .E. stricta Host.— Fig. 135-142 and 146, Tirol ; Trius, collect. A.
Kerner. Fig. 143-145, Klagenfurt; collect. Jabornegg. Fig. 136-137,
Leaves without buds ; 138 and 139, Leaves with branches in their axils.
Fig. 140-145, Bracts. (From Wettst. Mon.)

Fig. 147-153. E. borealis (Towns.). — Braemar, Scotland; collect. Townsend.
Fig. 147 and 118, Lower stem-leaves. Fig. 149, Uppermost stem-leaf.
Fig. 150-152, Bracts. (From Wettst. Mon.)

Fig. 154-161. E. brevipila Burn. & Grem. — Carinthia, WoUiggen ; collect.
Packer. Fig. 154, Lowest ; fig. 155, middle ; fig. 156, uppermost stem-
leaf. Fig. 157-160, Bracts. (From Wettst. Mon.) Fig. 162, One of the
lowermost pair of leaves. Fig. 163, One of the lowermost but one pair.
Fig. 163, Uppermost leaf. Fig. 164, Lowest bract. (From Loch Morar,
Inverness, June, 1897.)

Fig. 169-177. E. nemorosa Pers. —Weimar ; collect. Haussknecht. Fig. 170-
172, Leaves with branches in their axils. Fig 173-176, Bracts. (From
Wettst. Mon.)

Fig. 185-193. E. curia Fries. — Skane Bingsjon; collect. Murbeck. Fig. 186,
Primordial leaf. Fig. 187 and 188, Leaves without branches in their
axils. Fig. 189, Leaf with a branch in its axil. Fig. 190-192, Bracts.
(From Wettst. Mon.)

Fig. a. 1-8. E. occidentalis Wettst. — Fig. 1, Primordial leaf ; 2-3, lower leaves ;
4-7, bracts ; 8, capsule.

Tab. 379.

Fig. 194-199. E. latifolia Pursh.— Greenland, Godthaabsf jord ; collect. G.
Hausen. Fig. 194, Lowest ; 195, middle stem-leaf. Fig. 190-198, Bracts.
(From Wettst. Mon.)

Fig. 200-204. E. Foulaensis Towns.— Shetland, Foula ; collect. Beeby. Fig. 200,
Primordial leaf. Fig. 201, Middle stem-leaf. Fig. 202 and 203, Bracts.
(From Wettst. Mon.)

Fig. 216-222. E. gracilis Fr. — Smiiland. Barkeryd ; collect. Moutelin. Fig.
217, Primordial leaf. Fig. 218, Leaves without branches in their axils.
Fig. 219, Leaf with a branch in the axil.

Fig. B. 1-7. E. Scotica Wettst.— 1, Primordial leaf. 2, Next leaf above. 3, Up-
permost leaf. 4, Lowest bract. 5-6, Bracts. 7, Capsule. (From Wettst.
Mon.)

Fig. 301-313. E. Rostkoviana Hayne.— Fig. 301-308 and 313, Skania, Kjeflinge ;
collect. Murbeck. Fig. 302 and 203, Lower branchless leaves. Fig. 304-306,
Middle and upper stem-leaves with branches in their axils. Fig. 307 and
308, Bracts. Fig. 309-312, Laus bei Innsbruck ; collect. A. Kerner.
Fig. 309, Upper stem-leaf. Fig. 310-312, Bracts. (From Wettst. Mon.)

Tab. 380.

Fig. C. 1-8. E. campestris Jord. — 1, Primordial leaf. 2, Leaf next above.
3, Lowest leaf. 4-7, Bracts. 8, Capsule.

Fig. 326-336. E. Kerneri Wettst.— Fig. 326-331 and 336, Budapest ; collect.
Borbas. Fig. 327, Lowest stem-leaf without branch. Fig. 328, Upper
stem-leaf with branch. Fig. 329-331, Bracts. Fig. 332-3:i5, Soos, Nieder-
Oesterr. ; collect. H. Braun. Fig. 3:i2, Upper stem-leaf. Fig. 333-335,
Bracts. (From Wettst. Mon.)

Fig. 1-29. E. Salisburgensis (Funck). — Fig. 1-9 and 29, From a specimen from
the original station (Salzburg). Fig. 2, Primordial leaf. Fig. 8 and 4,
Leaves with branches in their axils. Fig. 5, Branchless stem-leaves.
Fig. 6-9, Bracts. Fig. 10-1 •), Bi-acts of a specimen from a very warm,

NOTES ON CRASSULA. 477

dry and relatively low station (Vuslau in Nieder-Oesterr.). Fig. 14-17,
Bracts from a specimen from the northern part of the area of distribution
(Gotland). Fig. 18-21, Bracts of a specimen from the subalpine region
(Baumgartner Haus am Schneeberg in Nieder-Oesterr.), passing into
V. nivalis. Fig. 22-25, Bracts of v. nivalis, from an original specimen.
Fig. 26-28, Bracts of an abnormal specimen (Rauriserthal). (From Wettst.
Mon.)

NOTES ON CRASSULA.
By James Britten, F.L.S., and Edmund G. Baker, F.L.S.

I. — Species described by Thunberg in Nova Acta, 1778.

The revision of the older specimens of the Crassulacea in the
National Herbarium has brought to light certain details concerning
them which may as well be put upon record. Many of these speci-
mens bear an intimate relation to the species described by Thunberg
in an important paper publisbed in 1778 in the Nova Acta Acad.
Cas. Leopuldijio-CarolincE, vi. 328-341, entitled "Crassulae Generis
xxviii. Novas Species in Capite bonse spei detectas et descriptas."
This paper seems to have been overlooked by almost all recent
writers, who have cited most of the species contained in it as from
the Supplementwn Plantarum of the younger Linnaeus. This is not
to be wondered at, for Thunberg's name in the Supplementum is
placed at the end of the much-abridged description of each species,
and is thus not recognized as being also the authority of the specific
names. Much of the obscurity that attaches to many of the species
is due to the brevity of Linnseus's diagnoses, and disappears when
Thunberg's fuller descriptions are consulted.

Mr. Jackson, in the Index Kewensis, follows the ordinary course
of attributing these species of Thunberg to later works of the same
author, or, in most cases, to Linn. fil. This it is difficult to under-
stand, because in two instances the paper in the Nova Acta is cited,
showing that Mr. Jackson was aware of its existence. Harvey
quotes the species from various places — the Supplementum, Thun-
berg's Flora Capensis, or Alton's Hortus Kewensis; many he fails to
identify. Yet as Thunberg's paper was printed in (if not before)
1778, and the Supplementum dates from 1781, it is manifest that the
names stand on the authority of the former.

The importance of the Museum specimens is twofold. In the
first place, many of the Herbarium sheets are written up by Dry-
ander with Thunberg's names, and references to his descriptions
in the Nova Acta ; and Dryander had a share in working out the
Crassulacea for the Hortus Kewensis. But, in addition to the dried
plants, we have an excellent series in spirits from Kew Gardens,
and these are labelled by Dryander with a reference to the
number of each in the Hortus Kewensis, for which they are abso-
lutely typical ; the novelties published in that work will be dealt
with later. Secondly, the dried specimens were sent to Banks and
the living ones to Kew in 1771 by Francis Masson, who in that

478

NOTES OX CRASSULA.

year was travelling with Thunberg,* so that his gatherings were
doubtless to a considerable extent identical with Thunberg's.

A considerable number both of Thunberg's and of Alton's
Crassulas are relegated by Harvey to an appendix of " species
unknown to us." Why the British Museum Herbarium was not
consulted by Harvey it is not easy to explain ; the neglect is
rendered more serious by the recent action of Dr. Schonland, who,
in his paper on " Some new species of Crassiila from South Africa,"!
justifies Harvey's action in the ignoring of "incompletely charac-
terized species of older authors." "I regret," says Harvey (Fl. Cap.
ii. 332) "being obliged to leave so many species of older authors
undetermined ; but as most of them have been named in gardens,
have never been figured, are not contained in any Herbarium, and
have been scarcely more than indicated by the curt descriptive
phrases of Haworth, it is quite impossible to make them out
satisfactorily." We have already noted that Harvey overlooked
the full descriptions of Thunberg in the Nova Acta ; it is to be
hoped that Dr. Schonland will consult these and the plants in the
National Herbarium before he publishes further papers on Orassuta.

It may be well in the first instance to give a list of the twenty-
'eight species, with references to the original description and to
their position in the Index Kewensis. We have arranged the names
alphabetically for convenience of reference.

Thunberg in Nova Acta, vi.

(1778).

Indt

X Kewensis.

adscendens

. Lc.

p. 341

Same reference

,

alpestris . .

>f

336,

tab.Vb,

Linn. f.

fig. 4

Suppl.

p. 189

argentea . .

• >)

337

>>

188

barbata . .

• >>

332

))

188

capitella .

>>

339

>>

190

cephalophora

)>

333

)f

190

columnaris

• »>

335

>)

191

corallina .

>»

334

»)

188

cordata .

>)

330

= neglecta

Cotyledonis

>>

332

Linn, f .

Suppl.

190

crenulata .

>>

339

j»

>>

189

deltoidea .

>»

334

M

»)

189

hemisphgerica

1. . ,,

331

Thunb.

Prodr.

67

mollis . .

• »>

340

Linu. f

Suppl.

189

montana .

• • >)

332

>>

j>

189

perforata .

)>

338

>>

»>

190

pubescens

>»

340

jj

>>

190

pyramidalis

>>

335,

>>

>>

189

tab.Vb.t. 3.

ramosa .

>>

841

Ait. Hort. Kew. I. i. 390

retroflexa

>)

338

Linn, f

Suppl

188

rupestris .

>»

337

>>

!)

189

spatulata .

»»

330

Thunb.

Prodr.

57

See Joum. Bot. 1884, 115.

t Journ, Linn. Soc. (Bot.), xxxi. 546.

NOTES ON CRASSULA. 479

Thunberg in Nova Acta, vi. (1778).

Lidex Kewensis.

spicata . . . I.e. t^. 333

Linu. f. Suppl. 189

tecta .... ,,331

„ 190

thyrsiflora . . ,,339

„ 190

tomentosa . . ,, 333

„ 190

Turrita ... ,,336

Thunb. Prodr. 55

vestita ... ,, 335 Linn. f. Suppl. 188

The following notes and descriptions of some of the species
which have been regarded as obscure are drawn up from the
material in the British Museum, which has been collated with
Thunberg's descriptions in the ^uva Acta and with Solander's and
Dryander's MSS. Where no notes are given, the plant must, so
far as we are concerned, remain obscure ; but Thunberg's full
descriptions should not be overlooked by future workers at the
genus : —

Cbassula adscendens. DeCandolle (Prodr. iii. 390) notes that
this name is not taken up by Thunberg either in his Prodromus or
in his Flora Ccipensis, and must therefore remain doubtful.

C. ALPESTRis. Specimen from Masson in herbarium. Stem
stout, erect, branched above, 3-4 in. high. Leaves connate, broad
at the base and clasping the stem, ovate, acuminate, concave,
entire, closely imbricating. Flowers terminal, capitate. Capitula
several, peduncled, and, as Thunberg states, "piso majora." Petals
terminating in long channelled points.

Bockefeld, Boeckland, and Roggefeld (Thunberg).

Massou's specimen agrees well with Thunberg's figure and
description, both of which are cited by Dryander in his determi-
nation of Masson's plants in Herb. Banks. C. alpestris Harv. (Fl.
Cap. ii. 311), founded on a specimen from Drege labelled ''Crassula
alpestris Th. ? a," is an entirely different plant, belonging to the
Eu-Crassula section ; if it be not identical with any subsequently
desci'ibed species, it may be called C. Harveyi ; it is, as may be
inferred from its position in the sequence of species in the Flora,
closely allied to C. sarcocaulls E. & Z.

C. BARBATA. We havc specimens from Masson, identified by
Dryander with Thunberg's plant. Harvey cites it from Thunberg's
Fl. Gap. 292.

C. cAPiTELLA. This is placed by Harvey among the species
unknown to him ; he misprints the name " capitellata," We have
specimens in the herbarium and in spirit, raised in Kew Gardens
(1774-75) from seeds from the Cape, and typical for Solander, in
Ait. Hort. Kew. i. 394, who cites Thunberg's description. Stem
erect, glabrous, terete, about 8-10 in. high, about the thickness of
a pen, and above sometimes branched. Leaves connate, lorate-
lanceolate, acute, ciliate, longer than the internodes, basal leaves
3|— 4 in. long. Flowers verticillate, white, verticels sessile or
subscssile, many-flowered, crowded close together above, rather
laxer below. Sepals lanceolate, acute, shorter than the petals.

Seems to be closely allied to C. Turrita Thunberg.

480 NOTES ON CRASSULA.

C. CEPHALOPHORA. Specimen in herbarium from Masson, written
up by Dryander with reference to Thunberg's paper. Flowering
stem terete, erect, thinly grey, subtomentose, 12-18 in. high.
Leaves in a basal rosette, lanceolate-oblong, acute or subobtuse,
erect or erecto-patent, tomentose, ^-J in. long, entire ; this slightly
differs from Thunberg's description, which calls the leaves linear
or linear-oblong and obtuse : Harvey has a var. latifolia, to which
Masson's specimen should probably be referred. Flowers in lateral,
globose, pedunculate heads, peduncles often about | in.|long; at the
base of the 2-3 peduncles, springing from the same point on the
stem, are 2-3 triangular or oblong tomentose bracts. Diameter
of heads of flowers ^-^ in.

Agrees in every respect with Glohnlea canescens Haworth (Syn.
PI. Succ. 65 (1819) ) = Crassula canescens Roem. & Schultes,
Systema, vi. 734 (1820) — the name retained by Harvey, which
must be replaced by cephalophorn — and with a specimen named by
Harvey from Uitenhage, No. 993.

C. coLUMNARis. Specimens in the herbarium from the Cape
(Masson), and in spirit, identified by Dryander with Thunberg's
plant.

C. coRALLiNA. Specimen in herbarium from Masson, named by
Solander, and referred by Dryander to Thunberg's description.
A dwarf dichotomously branching plant with opposite, sessile,
distinct, carnose, entire, punctate leaves, which are 1-2 lines long ;
the white pulverulent character of the extremities of the leaves
noticed by Thunberg is very apparent. It is not in flower, but is
certainly identical with C. dasyphylla Harvey, based upon Drege
No. 6885, with which we have compared it. Thunberg's plant
was from "campis siccis Hantum inter Daunis et Roggefeldsberg " ;
C. dasyphylla Harv. was gathered by Drege "at Wiuterveld between
New Year's Fountain and Ezelsfont."

C. coRDATA. Roemer & Schultes (Syst. Veg. vi. 722) point out
quite correctly that Thunberg's plant (which we know only from
description) differs from that described in Ait. Hort. Kew. i. 396.
They proceed, however, to give Thunberg's species a new name —
neglecta, retaining cordata for Alton's plant. This is of course
contrary to the law of priority, in accordance with which Thunberg's
plant must retain the name cordata, and a new name must be found
for the cordata of Alton : this we propose to call Aitoni. The
synonymy will be —

C. CORDATA Thunb. in Nov. Act. vi. 330 (1778) ; Linn. f. Suppl.
189 (1781).
C. neglecta Roem. & Schultes, I. c.
C. Aitoni.

C. cordata [Dryand. in] Ait. Hort. Kew. i. 396 (1789); Harv.
Fl. Cap. ii. 347, et auct. plur., non Thunb.

C. MOLLIS. There is a specimen in the herbarium from Masson,
unfortunately without leaves, and there are also rather fragmentary
spirit specimens. The inflorescence is paniculate, and at the base

NOTES ON CRASSULA. 481

of the pedicels are two opposite bracts. The sepals are blunt and
shorter than the sepals.

"Cannaland, ad Lange Kloof" (Thunberg).

It is the Gluhulea mollis of Haworth, and is taken up under that
name by DeCaudolle (Prodr. iii. 392), whose diagnosis is cited by
Harvey among his " species unknown," with no reference to Thun-
berg's original description. Dryauder (in Solander MSS.) says: —
" Planta nostra ex horto Kewensi in omnibus cum descriptione
Thunbergii convenit, prater caulem vix angulatum, ut Thunb.
suam describit."

C. MONTANA. In herbarium from Masson, written up as Thun-
berg's plant by Dryauder. Unknown to Harvey. Caspitose. Leaves
radical, ovate, acute, thin, concave, ciliate on the edge, glabrous.
Flowering stem erect, slender, about f in. high, bearing about
\ in. from the head of flowers two connate, ciliate bracts. Flowers
capitately congested.

" In summo monte Bockland" (Thunberg).

Closely allied to C. Cuuperi Kegel, Gartenjiora (1874), 36, t. 786,
and C. ciitta N. E. Brown in Kew Bulletin, 1895, 145.

C. PYRAMiDALis. A Specimen from Masson of this plant is re-
ferred by Dryander to Thunberg's description and figure, with which
it exactly corresponds.

C. KAMosA. We have in the Herbarium the type of C. ramosa
Hort. Kew., which does not appear to be Thunberg's plant. We
shall deal with this later when considering Alton's plants.

C. TOMENTOSA. Wc havc three specimens from Masson named
by Dryander, and referred by him to Thunberg's description, from
which they do not materially differ. Thunberg collected it at
Hantum — a locality not cited by Harvey. The specimens from
Namaqualand (Whitehead) representing this species in Harvey's
lierbarium differ widely from Masson's plant, being taller and
of stouter habit, with a branched inflorescence (branches ^-i in.
long) and markedly striate stem. On the t^ame sheet with this is
a plant from Wallich, possessing all these characteristics in more
extreme forms ; tliis, however, is not cited in the Flora. We are
of opinion that Masson's plant accords better with Thunberg's
description than either of the foregoing, and that the plant de-
scribed by Harvey is different ; but the final settlement of this
question may be left to a future monographer.

II. — Species described in Aiton's ' Hortus Kewensis,' 1789.

The plants described in Aiton's Hortus Kewensis are, we think,
lightly cited as of " Ait.," except in the cases where Robert Brown
is distinctly mentioned as the authority, e.r/. in Crucifera. It is of
course well known that Solander and Dryander were largely re-
sponsible for the botany of the work, but their names do not appear
on the title-page or in connection with any definite species, and it
is impossible to tell in every case which of the two is responsible.
It has been supposed that Solander collaborated in the first edition.

Journal of Botany. — Vol. 35. [Dec, 1897. > 2 i

482 NOTES ON CRASSULA.

and Dryander in the second, and this is true ; but it is also clear
that Dryander helped in the former, and Mr. Jackson — see under
Comjza (B/ji/pti'ica in the Index Keivensis — recognizes this fact. The
relative portions attributable to each may be ascertained by referring
to the Solander MSS., and to the plants in the British Museum
Herbarium, where, as is known, the types of the llortus Keivensis
are preserved. Dryander made numerous additions to Solander's
notes, and the plants in the herbarium are often written up by
him. Mr. J. J. Bennett's statement in the preface to vol. ii. of
Brown's Collected Works seems to give colour to the supposition
that Solander was responsible for the first edition * ; but the
younger Alton, in the often overlooked postscript at the end of
vol. V. of ed. 2 (pp. 531-2), says expressly that Dryander "con-
tinued to the son the assistance given to his father during the
publication of the former edition of this work." Solander died in
1782, and the first edition did not appear until 1789. Mr. Boulger,
ia the dictionary of National BiograpJiy, refers to Dryander as the
" main author " of this edition.

The following notes and descriptions are based upon the types
preserved in tlie herbarium and in spirit at the British Museum.
The names of the species, as well as the numbers which they bear
in Alton, are written on the labels of the spirit specimens by
Dryander. We have been guided by the Solander MSS. and the
labels of the specimens in assigning the species to Solander and
Dryander respectively.

C. ALOoiDEs [Solander in] Alton, Hort. Kew. i. p. 394, No. 17 !
Specimens from Masson in herbarium and from Hort. Kew.,
where it flowered in 1778, in spirit. The herbarium specimens,
named by Solander alooides, were subsequently doubtfully referred
by him to orbicularis — a doubt also expressed in his MS. description.
Leaves in the herbarium specimen all basal, rosulate, distinct, im-
bricating, broadly ovate, fleshy, glabrous, according to Solander
covered with minute impressed red dots, about 1-1^ in. long, rather
more broad. Peduncle scape-like, leafless (the cultivated specimen
has three pairs of ovate stem-leaves), about 4-6 in. ; cymes densely
fascicled, as in C. orbicularis, in an interrupted thyrsus ; fascicles
7-9 opposite, shortly peduncled. Sepals glabrous, about 1 line
long. Petals about tlu'ee times longer than the calyx, "white,
virescent below." Filaments white. Anthers subrotund, small.

Closely allied to C. orbicularis L., but the leaves are broader,
and there are more opposite fascicles in the inflorescence. This is
placed by Harvey among the species unknown to him.

Mr. N. E. Brown, in the Kew Bulletin for 1896, p. 161, de-
scribed a different species under the name aloides, founded on
Eehinann, No. 6375, which, however, had previously been described
by Dr. Schinz in Bull. Herb. Boissier, ii. 204, as C. acinaciformis.

C. ciLiATA L. Sp. PI. 283 ; Ait. /. c 394, No. 19 I We have

* " On the portion of the second edition printed after the death of Dryander
in 1810, he [Brown] bestowed the same attention which had been devoted by
Dryander to the earUer portion, and by Solander to the first edition," I. c. vi.

NOTES ON CRASSULA. 483

specimens in spirit from Horfc. Kew., and others in the herbarium
collected at the Cape in 1771 by Banks and Solander.

C. EXPANSA [Dryander in] Alton, I. c. i. 390, No. 4! Specimens
in spirit. Stem herbaceous, angled, interuodes about i-f in. long,
much branched, diffuse, glabrous. Leaves subconnate, spreading
or recurved, narrow-oblong or oblong-lanceolate, subterete, fleshy,
convex below, slightly channelled above, i-| in. long. Flowers
axillary, solitary or in twos or threes, terminal subcymose; pedicels
occasionally reaching 1 in. long, but mostly much shorter. Sepals
nearly as long as the spreading corolla, linear, blunt, with obtuse
interspaces. Petals elliptic-oblong, subacute. Styles shortly
subulate,

C. iMBRicATA [Solander in] Aiton, I.e. 393! (1789). The type
specimens in the herbarium (from Masson) and in spirit leave no
doubt as to the identity of this plant with 0. lycopodioides Lam.
Diet. ii. 173 (178G), to which Harvey and others refer it.

C. LiNEOLATA [Dryaudcr in] Aiton, I. c. 391, No. 8 ! DC. Prod,
iii. 390, who omits, apparently by accident, to refer to Hort. Kew.,
from which his description is taken. Specimens in the herbarium
(Thunberg) and in spirit (Hort. Kew., from Masson). Stem her-
baceous. Leaves ovate-cordate, apex apiculate, sessile, shorter
than the internodes when dry ; lamina is pellucid, and has linear
purple lines ; bases of opposite leaves sometimes overlapping, but
not joined, as in C. inanjinaUs Aiton. Peduncles subterminal,
slender. Sepals lanceolate. Petals pointed, longer than the sepals.

Comes between C. centnuroides Linn. PL Afr. Ear. p. 9 (1760)
and C. brachi/petala E. Meyer. Judging from his specimens, this
seems to be the plant Harvey had in view when he described his
(J. centanroides L. f3 vianjinalh. It differs from C. mar<jin(dis Aiton
in several important particulars, as will be seen from the following
description. C. lineolata differs from C. bracJujpctala in tbe broader
and sessile leaves, and in the sepals, which are shorter than the
petals. This species is entirely omitted by Harvey.

C. MARGiNALis [Dryander in] Aiton, I. c. 396, No. 25 ! Spirit
specimens from Hort. Kew. Stem copiously branching, terete,
glabrous, thickening at the nodes ; internodes generally about
|-f in. long. Leaves sessile, connate, patent, orbicular-cordate,
acute or cuspidate, thick and fleshy, very slightly convex above,
more so below, with a narrow chestnut-coloured border on the
upper surface, within which is a series of dark-coloured points,
lamina often about -|in. long; leaves near the inflorescence smallei*.
Flowers in capitate peduncled cymes, which are subtended by two
small fleshy connate bracts ; pedicels ^-^ in. long. Sepals linear
acute, half as long as the petals. Petals ovate, subacuminate,
nearly | in. long. Stamens hardly exceeding the styles. Carpels
5, ovoid; styles subulate, diverging.

This plant is well figured by Jacquin (Hort. Schoenbr. t. 471);
it has been considered by Harvey as a variety (/3 manjiiKilis) of C.
centanroides, but it seems to us distinct. Harvey under his var.
(i marginalis quotes Herb. Drege G889, but in this plant the leaves

2 I 2

484 NOTES ON CRASSULA.

ave louger and narrower than in the type. C. prostrata E, Meyer,
quoted under this variety by Harvey, is also cited by him as Bnl-
liarda Dregei. Thunberg's plant of the same name is no doubt
different, as stated by Harvey, but we can throw no light upon it.

0. profiisa Hook. fil. (Bot. Mag. t. 6044) seems to be a form of
C. iiiargindUs, having the leaves less connate than in the type.

C. OBLiQUA [Solander in] Aiton, I. c. 393 ! non Andr. Bot. Eep.
t. 414. Specimen in herbarium named by Solander, in whose
MSS. is a description by Masson, who found it in gardens at
Eonde Bosch. Stem shrubby, angled when dried, according to
Solander 4 ft. high, divaricate, geniculate. Leaves opposite, dis-
tinct at base, patent or subpatent, ovate, sessile, flat on both sides,
1-11 in. long, subacute, fleshy, glabrous, margins cartilaginous,
punctate. Cyme corymbose paniculate, trichotomous, shortly
pedunculate (according to Solander white) flowers. Involucre 2-
leaved; leaves connate. Calyx cup-like. Sepals broadly deltoid.
Petals oblong-lanceolate, mucronate, concave. Styles subulate.

The above agrees fairly well with the description of the earlier
C. jwrtulacea Lam., to which Harvey refers it in the Flora Capensis.
The flowers in the plant from Hort. Kew. are said to have been
white, not rosy, as stated by Harvey, and the spaces between the
calyx teeth are not so wide.

C. RAMOSA [Dryand. in] Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 1, i. 390! Judging
from Masson's specimen — the type of Dryander's description — this
is not C. ramosa of Thunberg, nor does it seem to be the " C raniosa
Ait.? fide E. & Z." of Harvey — a plant which unfortunately is not
in Harvey's herbarium. It agrees in the main with C. densi/olia
Harvey, but has somewhat louger leaves and larger bracts : the
type specimen of C. densifulia hardly affords sufficient material to
justify us in uniting the two, though the point must be considered
by future monographers of the genus. Plants collected by Banks
and Solander at the Cape seem identical with C. densifolia. The
following description of C. ramosa is drawn up from the type of
Dryander's description : — Stem erect, shrubby, terete, branched.
Leaves coimato-perfoliate, subulate, trigonous, much louger than
the internodes, but under 1 in. long, fleshy, tapering to a sharpish
point, slightly channelled above, glabrous. Cymes terminal, pe-
dunculate, corymbose, many-flowered, peduncle 4-5 in. long.
Bracts opposite, connate, subacuminate, lower bracts 2 lines long.
Sepals ovate, glabrous, acute or subacute, about one-third as long as
the petals. Petals about 1 line long, obovate or obovate-oblong.
Styles subulate.

C. SPARSA [Dryander in] Aiton, I. c. 395 ! Not referred to by
Harvey. Specimens in spirit from Hort. Kew. (Masson), 1774.
Leaves alternate, thick, oblong-lauceolate or broadly strap-shaped ;
apex acute, glabrous, upper surface flat, rounded below, often about
IJ-l-l in. long. Panicle about 6 in. long, subsecund, branches
terete, glabrous, erecto-patent, simple or forked. Flowers pedi-
cellate ; pedicels shorter than the flower or very rarely equalling
length of flower. Bract at ba«e of pedicels lanceolate, acute, concave.

NOTES ON CKASSULA. 485

Sepals broadly lanceolate, acute, glabrous, about half the length of
the petals. Petals apiculateat the apex. Stamens 10, subincluded.
Carpels longer than the sepals, points subulate.

This appears to be a Cotyledon of the Paniculate section with
alternate leaves. We are unable to match this with any of the
species enumerated by Harvey ; should it not have been described
under Cotyledon it will retain the name sparsa.

III. — Miscellaneous Notes.

Two or three small points have occurred incidentally during our
work, which may as well be recorded here.

The following is a description of a species which we do not find
in the British Museum, Kew, or Dublin herbaria, and which we
believe to be new : —

Crassula Massoni, sp. n. Caulis erectus, simplex, herbaceus,
giaber, 8-10 poll, alt., inferne foliis tectus; foliis triangularibus
sessilibus connato-vagiuautibus, apice acuminatis crassis imbricatis,
internodiis longioribus margine ad apicem integris basin versus
ciliatis vel subciliatis, circiter ^ poll, longis; cymulis in axillis
foliorum superiorum breviter pedunculatis vel subsessilibus, spicam
interruptam quasi formantibus; sepalis lauceolatis subobtusis
ciliatis, 1-1^ lin. longis, petalis multo brevioribus; petalis inferne
coalitis, superne in apicem longam et canaliculatam attenuatis;
stigmate subsessile.

Hab. Africa australis, Massuii !

Root branching. Stem erect, unbranched, 8-10 in. high, about
the thickness of a pen, glabrous, ridged for a sliort distance below
middle of each leaf. Leaves closely imbricating below, becoming
sparser above when subtending the flowers, sessile, connate, tri-
angular, from a broad clasping base tapering to an acuminate
point, in four rows, rather thick, concave, longer than the inter-
nodes. Cymules sessile or shortly peduncled in the axils of leafy
bracts, somewhat in the same manner as in C. Turrita. Sepals
lanceolate, subobtuse, much shorter than the petals, rather thick,
1-1^ lines long, ciliate. Petals much longer than the calyx,
tapering above into long narrow subulate channelled points.

In the character of the petals this plant agrees with the section
Sphccritis, but the leaves are imbricated loosely, and apparently in
four rows, thus approaching the section Pyranndilla.

Allied to 0. alpestris Thunb. (non Harv.), differing in the cha-
racter of the inflorescence. ,

C. PELLUciDA L. Sp. PI. 283 (1753). This plant was founded
by Linnaeus on a figure and description in Dill. Hort. FAtham.
(t. 100, p. 119), which Harvey cites under C. centauroides. C. pel-
liicida is quoted by Harvey (under his C. Saixolipes) as of Thun-
berg, but the name is said by him to be generally given to a state
of C centauroides. The two species are retained as distinct in Sp. PI.
ed. 2, 404, 406 ; if they are identical, C. pcllucida must take pre-
cedence, as C. centauroides was not published until later [PI. Uariores
Jfricance, p. 9 (17G0)).

486 NOTES ON CRASSULA.

C. cAPiTATA Lara. Encyc. ii. 171 (1786). This plant is omitted
iiltogether by Harvey. It is referred by Mr. Jackson in the Index
Kewensis to C. ci/mosa Berg. Judging from the description, it must
be very nearly allied to, if not identical with, C. Spharitis Harvey,
which has much the habit and foliage of ctjmosa, but differs in
inflorescence and petals. In the section SplKBrhis the petals are
"panduriform, tapering above into long narrow channelled points,"
while in ci/mona they are " oblong-spathulate subobtuse." Lamarck
in his description says, " Je ne sais si cette plante differe beaucoup
du Crassula cijmosa," but describes the petals of his C. capitata as
"un peu etroits et presque lineaires dans leur partie superieure."

In the collection of very beautiful drawings with which Jacquin
used to adorn his correspondence with Dryander is one of his
C. Umbella, subsequently published in his Icones, t. 352 {Collectanea,
iv. 171). We have also a type specimen of his C. Coti/ledon from
the Vienna Garden, described and figured in his MisceUanea. ii.
295, t. 19 (1781).

A number of the names quoted by Walpers (Repert. ii. 252-4
(1843) ) are retained in the Index Kewendx, although a reference to
Ilarvey's Flora Capensis shows that they are synonymous with
other species. Harvey, who does not seem to have referred to
Walpers, attributes some of these to "E. & Z.," although it is clear
that Endlicher was the first to place them under Crassula. It may
be well to give a list of these species, showing how they stand in
the Flora Capensh, in which Endlicher's names are not quoted, and
also how they should be cited. We have followed Harvey in the
limits assigned to the various species : —

Names in Walp. Repert.

ii. 252-4, published Names in Harvey's ' Flora Names to be retained.

as of Endlicher's MSS. Capensis.'

C. alpina .... Bullardia alpina Harv. . . BuUiarda alpina Harv.

C. campestris . . Crassula campestris iS.cC-i?. Crassula campestris jBndL

C. furcata . . . . C. ericoides Harv. . . . C. ericoides Harv.

C. lanceolata . . . C. campestris E. £• Z. . . C. campestris Endl.

C. littoralis . . . C. lycopodioides Lam. y ob- C. lycopodioides Lam. y ob-

tusifolia Harv. tusifolia Harv.

G. nemorosa . . . C. nemorosa E. <£• Z. . . C. uemorosa Endl.

C. nivalis . . . . C. nivalis E. (& Z. ... C. nivalis Endl.

C. parvula . . . . C. parvula E. <£■ Z. . . . C. parvula Endl.

C. patens . . . . C. patens E. <& Z. ... C. patens Endl.

C. Petrogeton Walp. C. dentata Thunb. . . . C. dentata Tlntnh.
C. polpodacea . . C. lycopodioides /3polpodacea C. lycopodioides /3 polpoda-

Harv. cea Harv.

C. propinqua . . . C. lycopodioides 7 obtusifolia C. lycopodioides 7 obtusifo-

Harv. lia Harv.

C. quadrangula . . C. pyramidalis Thunb. . . C. pyramidalis Thunb.

C. sediilora . . . C. sediflora E. (& Z. . . . C. sediflora Endl.

We have to thank Prof. Perceval Wright for his kindness in
sending us the Crassulas from Harvey's herbarium, which have
materially assisted us in our determinations.

487

NEW NATAL PLANTS.

DECADE II.

By J. Medley Wood, A.L.S., and Maurice S. Evans.
(Continued from p. 353.)

11. Hypericum natalensis, sp. n. Caules multi ex radice
lignosa, 6-15 poll, alti, erecti, teretes, glabri ; folia ovata, obovata
vel oblonga, obtnsa apice, basi rotundata, subsessilia, glabra, plana,
pellucidopuuctata, venosa, 3-8 lin. longa, 1^—1 lin. lata; cymfe
dichotomai ; sepala oblonga, Integra, pellucido-punctata, sub-
mucronata, 3 lin. longa ; petala ovato-oblonga, non nigro-punc-
tata, sepalis longiora ; styli 5, liberi usque ad basin ; flores lutei.

Habitat. Natal. Near bank of Mooi River, 4-5000 ped. alt.,
October ; J. Medley Wood, No. 4034.

A much-branched undershrub, usually growing in dense clumps
from a perennial root (?). Only known to us from the upper
districts of the colony, and having much the appearance of H. crthi-
opiciiiii Thunb., for which species it has doubtless been mistaken;
but it differs in having more numerous stems from the root, thus
forming larger clumps ; leaves which are subsessile and not amplexi-
caul, flat not re volute edges, sepals which are not lanceolate nor
acute ; in the absence of black dots from sepals, petals, and anthers,
and by its live styles and 5-celled capsule.

12. BuchenrcEdera sparsifiora, sp. n. Suffruticosa, infra
6 poll, alta, multo ramosa ; rami divaricati, juvenes sericei ; folia
conferta in parte superiore ramorum, 1^ lin. longa, petiolo foliolis
subffiquaute ; foliola cuneata, mucronulata, confertim denseque
sericea ; stipula) lineari-oblonga?, acutae, petiolo subsequantes; flores
solitaiii, axillares terminalesque ; pedunculi 1-1^ lin. longi ; calyx
3 lin. longus, sericeus foliis similis, lobis deltoideis tubo brevioribus ;
bracteaB lineares, calyce breviores ; vexillum sericeum externe, alls
carinaque longius ; legumen pilosum, bis vel ter lougius calyce ;
flores atro-purpurei.

Habitat. Natal. Summit of Bushmans Eiver Pass, 8-9000
ped. alt., April; M. S. Evans, No. 716.

Differs from B. temtifolia E. & Z. in inflorescence, and probably
in relative length of vexillum, also in indument ; from B. tricltodes
Presl in indument, shape of leaflets, length of bracts and vexillum,
and also in inflorescence.

13. Crotalaria dura, sp. n. Herbacea, erecta, parce ramosa,
pubesceus ; folia trifoliolata, petiolata, foliolis variantibus ex ob-
lanceolatis ad lineari-oblonga, mucronulatis, minute spisseqne
pnnctatis superne, subtus pubescentibus, terminalibus 7-9 lin.
longis, lateralibus 6-7 lin. longis ; petioli 3-6 lin. longi, petioluli
^-^ lin. lougi ; stipuhc 0 ; inflorcscentia termiualis in caulibus
ramisque ; racemi laxe pauciflori ; tubus calycis turbinatus, 1-1^
lin. longis, lobis subulatis, tubo longioribus ; bracteae lineares tarn
longae quam pedicelli ; vexillum suborbiculatum, alaj angusto-

488 NEW NATAL PLANTS.

oblongfe, carina late falcata ; stylus falcatus, pubescens in dimidio
saperiove ; legumen obliquo-oblongnm, vel elliptico-oblougum,
cum reliquis styli persistentis, villobum, valvis duris cornieisque ;
semina 4 ? ; flores lutei.

Habitat. Natal. Amongst grass on bill-side, Noodsberg,
2-3000 ped. alt., Nov.; J. M. Wood, No. 385. Same locality,
J. M. Wood, No. 4134; 5278, April; without locality, W. T. Gcr-
rard, No. 172 ?

Amongst South African species this appears to be nearest to
C. glohifera, but differs from it in indument, shape and size of
leaves, number of flowers, shape, texture and indument of legume,
which is much more oblique than that of C. (ilohiferd.

14. Printzia densifolia, sp. n. Caulis ?, rami teretes, fur-
furosi ; folia alterna, uumerosissima versus superiorem partem
caulis, ovata, acuminata, rotandata basi, acriter profunde et dis-
tanter serrata, breviter petiolata, auriculata, glabra supra, minute
pubescentia in venis infra, 1-3 poll, longa, f-2 poll, lata, auriculo
folioso, subrotundo ex basi lata, serrato folio simili, 4-5 lin. diam. ;
infloresceutia axillaris terminalisque in brevibus racemis pauci-
floris ; capitula 6 lin. longa; squamae iuvolucrales imbricatse in
4-5 seriebus, exteriores breviores, omnes lanceolatfe, longis pilis
lanatis fimbriate praesertim apice, radii 4-5 lin. longi ; pappus
albus ; fl. albi.

Habitat. Natal. Blinkwater, near York, 3-4000 ped. alt.,
April, 1890; J. M. Wood, No. 4331.

This is a species quite distinct in general appearance from any
other known to us. As in P. auriculata, the leaves are amply
auricled, but in shape and indument they are quite different.
From P. f>!/rifolia it differs in shape and size of leaves, conspicuous
auricles, and total absence of tomentum on under side of the leaves.

15. Heteromma simplicifolia, sp. n. Caulis herbaceus,
striatus, pilosus, 2-2|- ped. altus, 1-2 lin. diam., ramis diffusis ;
folia pauca alterna, inferiora decurrentia, angusto-oblongo, mucro-
nata, gradatim coarctantia petiolo alato, margine acriter dentato,
dentibus paucis, 1-2 poll, iutervallis, 2-4 poll, longa, petiolum
includentia, |-J poll, lata, superiora lineari-oblonga, sessilia et
subamplexicaulia, omnia pilosa, subscabra, tenuiter ciliata, et di-
minuentia versus apicem caulis ramorumque ; corymbus laxe
paniculatus ; capitula 20-30-flora ; squanife involucrales pilosae ;
achenia juvenia minute pubescentia; flores lutei.

Habitat. Natal. Drakensberg Mts. near Polela river, 6-7000
ped. alt., February, 189G ; J\[. S. Evajis, No. (348.

This genus, as far as known to us, consists of two species only ;
H. decurreus, which inhabits the mountainous parts of Cape Colony,
and the present species, which differs in shape and cutting of leaves,
looseness of corymb, and number of florets in the head.

10. Eumorphia sericea, sp. u. Suffrntex erectus, ramosus,
18 poll. -2 ped. altus ; rami lignosi, teretes, arachnoidei, veteriores
subglabri ; folia fasciculata, fasciculis oppositis, utroque fasciculo
5-10 folia linearia, Integra, sericea coiitinente, 2-6 lin. longa;

NEW NATAL PLANTS. 489

capitula solitaria apice ramulornm, 3 liii. loiiga, 4-5 lin. lata;
squamae involacrales in pluribus seriebus, imbricate, erectae,
sericeffi, cum latis marginibus membianaceis ; receptaculiim con-
vexum, paleis onustum ; paleffi membranacefe, achenia juvenia
amplectentes ; radii ligulati, 3-dentati, 5-7 liu. longi, roseo-albi ;
disci tubulosi, 5-dentati, tubo dilatato in parte superiore, lutei ;
autherfe non caudatfe ; styli rami divergentes, truucati, minute
papillosi apice ; achenia glabra, striata ; pappus 0.

Habitat. Natal. Summit of Drakeusberg, near Bushman's
Eiver Pass, 8-10,000 ped. alt., April; M. S. Evans, No. 715.

A much-branched undershrub, assuming a rounded compact
form. Differs from E. Dregeana DC, the only other species of
the genus, in size, shape, and indument of leaves, which in this
species are not nearly so closely imbricated nor decussate, and in
its much larger flower-heads, which are always solitary.

17. Selago monticola, sp. n. Caulis 2-3 ped. altus, lignosus,
erectus, ramosus, in parte superiore, teres, tenuiter pilosus ; folia
sessilia, variantia ex. linearibus ad lineari-oblonga, obtusa, papillosa,
margine tenuiter acriterque dentato, solitaria in parte inferiore
caulis, fasciculata in parte superiore, utroque fasciculo 4-8-foliato,
2-6 lin. longa, 1-2 lin. lata; iuflorescentia laxe corymbosus, cum
divisionibus breviter et dense floris apice ; bracteae non attingentes
apicem loborum calycis; flores minuti, cum bracteis ovato-oblongis,
obtusis, concavis, apice basique tautum ciliatis ; calyx 5-lidus, lobis
subaequahbus, tubo brevioribus, ciliatis ; corolla 5-fida, tubo calyci
subaequante, lobis subaequalibus, obtusis tam longis quam tubus ;
capsula ovata, paullo longiore calyce.

Habitat. Natal. Sources of Inyasuti river, Drakensberg Mts.,
6-7000 ped. alt., June, 1896; M. >S. Ecans, No. 655.

Quite unlike any species represented in the Natal Government
Herbarium.

18. Wahlenbergia depressa, sp. n. Planta parva in caespiti-
bus densis confertis in saxis hiimidis jacens ; caules tenuissimi,
ramosi, caespitosi, subrigidi, glabri, 2-8 poll, longi ; folia alterna,
ex.stipulata, sessilia, linearia, ciliata, glabra supra, 2-4 lin. longa,
■| lin. lata ; intlorescentia axillaris et terminalis, solitaria, peduiiculi
■|-1 lin. longi ; calyx 5-lobatns, tnbo obconico, 1 lin. h)ngo, lobis
subulatis, cihatis, bis vel ter longioribus tubo ; corolla 5-lobata,
lobis ovatis, acutis, tubo ad faucem patente, lobis calycis subaequante
vel paullo longiore ; stamina 5, hlameuta subulata, antherje ob-
longje, stylus 3-lobatus, minute pubescens, in parte superiore ;
ovarium semi-inferum, 3-loculare, multis ovulis ; capsulis vcrtice
loculicide 3-valvis ; semina multa, longitudinale costata, fusca.

Habitat. Natal. Near Van Reenen's Pass, Drakensberg Mts.,
5-6000 ped. alt., March ; J. M. Wood, No. 5977.

A small plant growing in dense tufts, and unlike any other
species of the geuus known to us. The small flowers are pale blue.

19. Stachys rivularis, sp. n. Caulis erectus, ramosus ex basi,
piloso-hispidus, 1 vel piures ped. altus ; folia oblongo-deltoidea,
cordata basi, obtusa apice, inferiora breviter petiolata, superiora

490 SHORT NOTES.

sessilia efc minora, margine crenato, tenuiter ciliata, pilosa infra in
venis, scabra supra, 5-10 lin. longa, 2-4 lin. lata ; verticillastri
2-6-flori; calyx S-dentatas, dentibus acuminatis, cum paucis pilis
dispersis in costis ; corolla bis lougior calyce ; flores albi cum
maculis roseis in segmeuto inferiore.

Habitat. Natal. Sandy soil on banks of Mooi Eiver, 4550 ped.
alt., Dec. 1896; J. 21. Wood, No. 6252.

This species seems to be near to S. nigrirans Bth., but differs in
size and shape of leaves, cutting and indument of calyx, and relative
size of corolla. It also, Mr. Schlechter informs us, approaches near
to his S. simple.)-, a species we have not seen.

20. Ornithogalum capillaris, sp. n. Bulbus ovoideus, 3-5 lin.
diam., plerumque cum 2 vel pluribus scapis, tunicfe chartaceae, ex-
teriores productae, f-lf poll, ultra bulbum ; folia 3-6, partem
inferiorem caulis amplectentia, erecta, capillaria, glabra, ad 3 poll,
longa extendentia ; pedunculi graciles, 2-2|^ poll, longi ad pedi-
cellem infimum ; racemi 2-3 poll, longi, laxe 8-12-flori, pedicellis
adscendentibus, intimis f-1 poll, longis ; bractere lanceolatiB, subu-
lat^e ex basi lata, inferiores 2 lin. longfe ; perianthium album,
1|— 2 lin. longum, segmentis oblongis, ^ lin. latis pluribus nervis,
non carinatum ; stamina paullo breviora perianthio, filamenta
linearia ; stylus gracilis, ovario non longior.

Habitat. Natal. Near Newcastle; 3900 ped. alt., Jan. ; J. M.
Wood, No. 6511.

Differs from 0. pilosiis by size of bulb, colour of tunics, and
number of leaves, which are not ciliated ; and from 0. inandense by
indument of leaves, length of peduncle, pedicels, and bracts, and
colour of flowers.

SHORT NOTES.

Cheviotland Eubi and Ros.e. — Last August I collected the
following brambles and roses in Dist. 68 of Topographical Botany: —
Rnbas rhamnifolius^' Wh. & N. (one of the smaller forms). By
Eglingham Burn. — R. pulcheninms'^' Neum. Alnmouth and neigh-
bourhood.— R. Sebiievv'' Lindeb. Eglingham. — R. riisticaniis'-^' Merc.
Common. — R. da^iicus-'- Focke. Woods above Alnwick. — R. mucro-
natiis* Blox. Eglingham ; Dunstauburgh Head. — R. infeHtm'^'
Weihe. Alnmouth. — it. Drejeri'-^'- G. Jensen. North of Alnwick. —
R. radnla* Weihe (the type). Common from the R. Coquet to
Berwick, and from Morpeth to Newcastle (South Northumberland,
67, Top. Bot.). — Var. c. echinatoides'- Rogers. Dunstanburgh Head.
— R. Bellardi'^ Wh. & N. Hill above Eglingham. — H. diunetorum'^
Wh. & N. Common. — Vars. b,. ferox''' Weihe; and b. diver si fuliu^'^
Lindl. Alnmouth. — R. corylifulius" Sm. Common. — Var. b. ci/do-
phyllus'^' Lindeb. Alnmouth. — R. ccesius''- L. Howick and Embletou.
Rosa piinpinellifolia L. Alnwick. — R. mollis Sm. Common. — Var.
b. ccendea Woods. Common. — R. tomentosa Sm. Very common. —
Var. g. sylvestris Woods. Between Belford and Berwick. — R. rabi-

SHORT NOTES. 491

f/inosa L. Between Belford and Berwick. — E. (jlnuca Vill. (type),
and var. i. Bakeri (Desegl.). Alnmouth. In this note I have put
an asterisk where the plant does not appear to have been previously
recorded for the vice-county. My father is responsible for the names.

— F. A. KOGERS.

Extinction of Deyeuxia stricta Kunth, var. boreaxis (Laestad.).
— The severe gale of a few years ago, which caused such extensive
and deplorable damage to the pine and larch forests of Scotland, is
indirectly the cause to which may be attributed the disappearance
of the above grass. It was first discovered by me in the August of
1888 in a small swamp immediately to the north-east of the laudiug-
stage at Killin Pier, in Perthshire, as I was rushing through the
rain to catch the train which was waiting at Killin Pier Station.
Mr. F. T. Eichards, my companion, kindly delayed the train for a
few moments till I collected about a score of specimens of this rare
northern grass. I at once sent a specimen to Mr. Arthur Bennett,
enquiring if it was Deyexixia stricta. He replied, " Yes, or horecdu."'
Subsequently Prof. Hackel referred it to borealis, and under the
name which heads this notice I distributed it through the Exchauge
Club in 1888. In 1891 I again visited the locality (which, on
account of its proximity to such a public way, I had refrained from
publishing), but found a saw-mill had been established in the im-
mediate vicinity. This year, to my dismay, I found the swamp
completely filled up with sawdust, and not a vestige of this alpine
grass to be seen. Nor was a protracted search along the southern
end of Loch Tay successful. I may add that the grass when
growing bears a somewhat close resemblance to Rolens lanatus, and
this resemblance was probably the cause of the grass escaping the
attention of the numerous botanists who must have passed the
swamp where both grasses grew together. A closer observation
will, however, show that the growth of the Beyeiixia is more rigid
and the panicle narrower, and of a darker tint. It will be remem-
bered tliat the dredging of the Forfarshire locality for marl is said
to have caused the extinction of Deyeuxia stricta and Eriophorum
alpinum. — G. Claridge Druce.

A NEW British hybrid Sedge from Surrey. — Pfarrer G. Kiikeii-
thal, of Grub a/F, near Coburg, has written to say that he recently
saw a " Carex vnlpina" collected by me at Witley (May 6th, 1889)
in Prof. Hausskuecht's herbarium, which he pronounces to be
C. vulpina x panicubtta. I have kept a specimen, and see good
reasons for accepting this determination. The plant grew among a
great quantity of C panicnlata, together with a root or two of
C. vuljdna, which is quite rare in this part of the county, accordhig
to my experience. When mounting it, I actually began to write
^' Ctirex ixiniciihita" on the sheet, though (believing at that time
that hybrid sedges were very uncommon, with two or three notable
exceptions, such as ('. oxillaris Good., C. Boominyhausiana Weihe,
and C'. xanthocarpa Dcgl.) I thought it to be only a remarkably
strong form of C. vulpina. I believe that I have also gathered
C. paniculatu x vulpina near the river Eden, below Chiddington,
W. Kent, where both parents were plentiful (May 2nd, 1894). It

492 SHORT NOTES.

was a strong, liassocky plant, with the gUimes of a much darker
brown than I have ever seen in C. imlpina, but resembling it in
general appaarance. Owing to the early time of year at which
both gatherings were made, no fruit was present ; they were, in
fact, hardly in full flower. — Edward S. Marshall.

PoTENTiLLA NORVEGicA L. — In two or three localities near to, and
on the Middlesex side of, the Thames, between Staines and Lale-
ham, I have observed this plant for some years past; but at the end
of August, in the present year, I have found it also on the Surrey
side of the river, growing sparingly on fallow laud near Tliorpe Lee,
Egham. Mr. G. Claridge Druce, to whom I sent specimens, states
that he has collected this species in Berks and in Bucks. — E.
Ferguson Shepherd.

Euphrasia gracilis Fries. — On Sept. 13th, during the present
autumn, whilst looking over the vegetation covering a portion of
the northern limits of Chobham Common, N.W. Surrey, my atten-
tion was attracted by the appearance of a Euphrasia, characterized
by its minutely delicate details of inflorescence and bracts, which
was quite new to me. My forwarding freshly-gathered specimens
of this to Messrs. F. Townsend and G. C. Druce resulted in both
these gentlemen readily concurring as to identity with the above-
named species. — E. Ferguson Shepherd.

NiTELLA opaca IN WORCESTERSHIRE. — Mr. James Groves has
kindly looked at and determined as above a plant I gathered at
Newland, near Malvern, on July 20th. It was growing in con-
siderable quantity in a small meadow pond. It is, I believe, new
to the county. — Kichard F. Towndrow.

The Mosses of the Upper Dovey. — The following mosses, col-
lected in the watershed of the Upper Dovey durnig the twelve
months ending last Whitsuntide, form a supplement to the list of
Merionethshire mosses published in this Journal for 1896, p. 330.
The nomenclature followed is that of The Student's Handbook af
British Mosses, by H. N. Dixon and the Rev. H. G. Jameson. My
thanks are due to Mr. Dixon for his kind help in determining several
species : — Sphagnum subsecundwn Nees, var. tiur/idiun CM. — S. teres
Angstr. var. subteres Dixon. — S. cuspidatnin Ehrh. var. phimosum
N. & H. — Catharinea crispa James. This rare British moss is locally
abundant on the banks of the Dovey, near its source, — Polijtriclium
(jracile Dicks. — Archidiiim alteniifulium Schp. — Sivartzia montana
Ldb. — Seliyeria pusilla B. & S. — Qrimmia pulvinata Sm. — Barbula
spadicea Mitt. — 13. rubella Mitt. var. dentata Braithw. — Trichustomum
crispulum Bruch. — T. mutahile Bruch. and var. littorale Dixon. —
T. nitidum Schp. — Encalypta ciliata Hoffm. — Anactaiigium coni-
]>actum Schwg. — Zygodon lapponicus B. & S. — Orthotricliumanomalum
Hedw. vviV. saxatlle Milde. — 0. cupulatum Hofi'ra. — Bartramia Oederi
Sw. — Philonotis fontana Brid. var. conijxicta Schp. — P. calcarea
Schp. — F. capillaris Ldb. — Mniuni cuspidatum Hedw. — -M. serratum
Schrad. — Xeckera pumila Hedw. var. Philippiana Milde. — Ptero-
gonium gracile Sw. — Thuidium delicatulum Mitt. Fairly abundant in
two localities : on the banks of the Dovey at an elevation of 1500 ft..

ORCHIDACEARUJI GENERA AND gPECIES. 493

aucl in a little dingle much lower down the valley. 1 also gathered
it ni June, 1897, on rocks at the waterfall at Rhiwargor, near Lake
Vyrnwy, Montgomeryshire. This very rare species was first found
in this country hy Mr. Holt in 1885 at Tyn-y-groes, in Merioneth-
shire, and it has also heeu found in the Lake District. — Ortliothcciuin
intricatnm B. & S. — Eiirhijnchium Swartzii Hobk. — Hi/pniim unci-
natiun Hedw. — H. cnpressifoniie L. var. cricetonun B. & S., and var.
elatum B. & S. (cfr,). — H, eugynum Schp. — May Egberts.

NOTICES OF BOOKS.

Orchidaceanim Genera and Species. Exposuit Fritz Kraenzlin.
8vo. Vol. i. Fase. 1-3, pp. 1-192. Berlin : Mayer and
Miiller. 1897. Price 60 pf. per sheet of 16 pages to sub-
scribers to the whole work ; 70 pf. per sheet to subscribers to
single volumes.

The number of species included in Lindley's Genera and Species
of Orchidaceous Plants is estimated by the author at 1980, and the
work was ten years in execution, it having proved " a most
laborious task to examine with the necessary care so large a
number of plants of a very intricate structure in a dried state."
Botanists have a better opportunity now than had Lindley of ex-
amining live orchids. Many species, in fact, owe their introduction
to science to the horticulturist, who, to his credit, is generally
liberal in supplying workers with fresh flowers, though not always
so willing to divulge the exact native locality of a new species. But
there are still m.my which are known only from dried specimens,
and the quantity of material has increased enormously since
Lindley's time. Add to this the increase in the literature of the
subject, and it becomes evident that a task which sixty years ago was
difficult and laborious is by no means less so now. It was on this
account that the greatest exponent of the order since Lindley, the
younger Reichenbach, shrank from, or at any rate made no attempt
at, a revision of the group as a whole —unless such revision exists in
MS. with his ill-fated collection at Vienna. One might have looked
to Kcw or the British Museum for the much-desired continuation
of the Orchidaceons Plants and the Folia Oichidacea, and many
valuable contributions have emanated from both these institutions,
associated with the names of Robert Brown, Sir Joseph Hooker,
and Messrs. Ridley and Rolfe. But it has been left to Berlin to
produce, in the fascicles now before us, the beginning of a modern
account of the genera and species of orchids. We say " tlie
beginning " advisedly. The 192 pages contain about 170 species.
Bentham, in the Genera Plantanun, fourteen years ago, gave
betw^ean 4500 and 5000 as the number then known, and his
estimate would fall considerably below the mark at the present day.
Observing the same proportion, therefore. Prof. Kraenzlin may look
forward to a work of nearly 6000 pages ! Six volumes are contem-
plated, and the distiibutiou of ihe tribes is partly announced in

494 ORCHIDACEARUM GENERA AND SPECIES.

the very few words of introduction to be found on the inside of the
cjver of the first fascicle. Vol. i. contains " Cypripediece and
OphnjclecB" ; vol. ii. '^ DendrobiecB and the Bulbophyllmea" ; vol. iii.
"the Monopodials " ; while "the distribution of the remaining
groups among the vols. iv. to vi. cannot be fixed with absolute
certainty."

The book begins very abruptly. Presumably an introduction
will be at some time forthcoming, and will perhaps include an
ordinal diagnosis. But the bare expression " Diandr^ " needs
elaboration or explanation, especially as the other sub-order " Mo-
nandfjB Orchidaceae " is characterized by nearly a page of debcrip-
tion. The omission was probably an oversight, and is, we regret
to find, only one of numerous instances, which are evidences of in-
sufficient care, due perhaps to a too hasty publication. Thus, in
the clavis to the first section of Cypripediwn, [Calceolaria), the third
species is C. Henryi Francliet ; this turns out to be an error for
C. IJeiinji Eolfe, which is quoted on p. 17 from the Kew Bulletin
of 1592! The references as a whole are very bad: it is hardly
possible to look at any one page without finding something wrong,
inappropriate, or inconsistent. Cijpripedmm in the list of syno-
nyms which follows the account of a species is written in full, or
variously contracted to Cypriped., Cyprip., Cypr., Cyp., or C. We
thiuk tlie reference to the accepted specific name should imme-
diately follow the author's name before the diagnosis. If, how-
ever, it is placed after the latter, it should be typographically
distinguished from the synonyms ; by putting everything in italics,
as Dr. Kraenzlin does, nothing is distinct. The arrangement and
punctuation of the synonymy, as well as the actual citations, leave
much to be desired. The most lately published pages afford
similar instances. Thus, on p. 185, in the clavis of the Macro-
ceratitcB section of Habenaria, species 10 is " H. Melvillei Rchb.
f." ; on the next page it reads, " H. Melvillei Ridley." The correct
citation is H. Melvillii Eidley, while the collector was H. C. Dent,
not " Deus," and the specimen was from herb. Cosmo Melvill, not
" Correo Melville." In the diagnosis the plant is described as
" foliis paucis (?) " " spica ? — " ; but Mr. Eidley's original descrip-
tion in this Journal is not doubtful on these points : he says " folia
duo," " flores duo magni," and Dr. Kraenzlin might have seen the
type at the British Museum, where he is always a welcome visitor.
On p. 188 H. Priniilei B. L. Eobinson is kept up as a distinct
species, but, singularly enough, appears again with the same
reference as a synonym of H. macrocenititis on p. 192. As the
species was described from a single number of Pringle's Mexican
plants, and the number is cited under the species with no sugges-
tion that it is only " in part," it is difficult to see that this can be
anything but a blunder.

We fear these symptoms of hasty production are not confined
to the literary side of the work. Eeviewers in the Gardeners'
Chronicle and the Orchid Review have shown, and with good reason,
that the views taken of the species of Cypriprdium and their
affinities are open to criticism. As regards geneiic distinctions.

SYNOPTICAL FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA, ETC. 495

which, after all, must, within limits, be largely matter of personal
opinion until we get some more concrete notion of what is a genus,
Dr, Kraeiizlin follows Beutham in his delineation of Diandrae ;
except that he mol\ide>i Sdeiiipediuinv^nth Cijpiiiiediion. A serious
omission is that of any reference to a paper by Mr. Eolfe in the
Orchid Beview for 1896, where an arrangement of that suborder is
sketched out, and three new genera are proposed.

Finally, we must take exception to the publication of MS.
names in a list of synonyms ; it serves no useful purpose, and
there are enough synonyms already. The citation of " Orchis
longicornu Pavon MSS. in herb. Boissier-Barbey," adds nothing to
our knowledge of Hahcnaria macroceratitis ; and " Orchis tragodes
Steven MSS.," " Serap. neglecta de Forest MSS.," are other
examples of this pernicious habit.

Besides the Diandrae, the three fascicles already issued include
part of the tribe OphnjdecB, viz. the whole of the section OphrydincB,
with five genera : Ophrys, Orchis, Scrapias, Aceras, &nd. Anacawjjtis,
and the beginning of section HahenariecB, including Xeotinea and
twenty species of Hahenaria.

Dr. Kraenzlin's diagnoses, which are, of course, in Latin, are
sufficiently full, and we are glad to note that he gives measure-
ments. They are followed by critical and other remarks in German,
and, with the exception of the synonymy, the text on the whole is
clear and well arranged. It is with some regret that we are unable
to review the parts more favourably ; but a work of such im-
portance demands the very utmost care in production as well as in
elaboration. We would suggest that a careful monograph of one
of the tribes would be a more useful and more permanent contribu-
tion to orchiJology than a hasty, and therefore necessarily incom-
plete and inaccurate, revision of the whole order. APR

Synoptical Flora of North America. Vol. i., part i., fascicle ii.

Polypetalse from the Caryophyllaceai to the Polygalacese.

By Asa Gray, LL.D., continued and edited by Benjamin

Lincoln Robinson, Ph.D., with the collaboration of William

Trelease, John Merle Coulter, and Liberty Hyde Bailey.

Issued Juue 10, 1897. New York, Cincinnati and Chicago :

American Book Compauy. London : W. Wesley. 8vo, pp.

ix-xvi, 207-506.
An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and the

British Possessions. By Nathaniel Lord Britton and Hou.

Addison Brown. Vol. ii. Portulacacese to Meuyanthaceffi.

New York : Scribner. 8vo, pp. 1-613. 1897.

We regret that, by an oversight, the first part of the Synoptical
Flora, which was published Oct. 10, 1895, received no notice in
these pages. As a continuation of Dr. Gray's work, mainly in
accordance with his traditions — vol. ii., it will be remembered,
appeared in two parts during Gray's life- time in 1878 and 1884 —
it cannot fail to be of interest and importance, apart from its local

496 SYNOPTICAL FLORA. OF NORTH AMERICA, ETC.

value, to those who regard Gray as the greatest American syste-
matist ; and the more recent and in some respects more useful
Illustrated Flora does not render the Synoptical Flora unnecessary.
The fact that Dr. Robinson has been fortunate enough to secure
the co-operation of such men as Dr. Trelease, Dr. Coulter, and
Prof. L. H. Bailey — whose masterly monograph of Vitacea is a
model of what such things should be — gives a special value to his
undertaking, and shows that, while following on the lines of earlier
worliers, the most competent authorities on certain groups have
thrown in their lot with him.

If one had to sum up the relative merits of the two Floras in a
single sentence, it would probably be said that Dr. Britton's was
the more useful for the fieM, and Dr. Eobinson's for the herbarium
and library. Dr. Britton's has the great advantage of having an
illustration of every species, and this, in spite of the weight of the
paper on which the volumes are printed, renders the book an in-
valuable travelling companion. Dr. Kobinson and his colleagues
give a much more extended bibliography of their plants, both under
genera and species, although they do not give dates as Dr. Britton
does — an omission which deteriorates from the usefulness of their
citations. A combination of the two works, were such a thing
possible, would result in a practically perfect Flora ; as it is we may
be thankful for the many excellences manifested by each.

The want of agreement which, in spite of all that they have
written on the subject, still exists among American botanists with
regard to nomenclature is emphasized by the appearance of these
books. We cited Dr. Britton's present views when noticing the
first part of his Flora.''' Dr. Eobinson treats the matter more
briefly ; he contents himself by saying that " well-known generic
names have in some cases been conserved on the ground of usage,
notwithstanding lack of priority " : and "in the matter of specific
names, the aim has been to follow the so-called Kew Rule, except
when it leads to indefiniteness." We confess that we have never
been able to understand " the so-called Kew Rule," nor do we know
that it has been officially formulated. Our own sympathies, with
certain exceptions taken in the notice already cited, are with Dr.
Britton ; but Dr. Robinson is fully justified in his criticism of the
result of the precipitous and ill-considered action of the American
reformers, which, as he truly says, "has led to the hasty restoration
of a considerable number of names which have been again as quickly
abandoned." Even names published in the List of Pteridophyta,
&c. (1893-4) are set aside by Dr. Britton in his Flora in favour of
yet more recent combinations, and it is evident from certain contri-
butions to American periodicals that the game is still being carried
on with spirit.

We are especially pleased to notice that Dr. Robinson's book
does not countenance the introduction of trinominals for varieties
in the manner which has become fashionable in American books.
The omission of the abbreviation "var." between the specific and

* Journ. Bot. 1897, 202.

TRAITi; DE BOTANIQUE. 497

varietal appellation saves but little space, aud to print, as Dr.
Britton does, "Dodecatheon Meadia Frenchii," is calculated to
mislead. Innovations like these afford striking testimony to the
ingenuity of the American mind, but they do not add materially to the
progress of science. Another point in Dr. Eobinson's favour is that
he does not encumber his pages with bogus "English" names,
which serve no useful purpose : any one who is sufficiently advanced
to talk of the "Wing-stemmed Ludwigia," to cite one of Dr. Brit-
ton's names, is not likely to be deterred from speaking of Ludwigia
alata.

We are surprised to see that no more exact date of publication
than the year is given by Dr. Britton for his Flora ; we would sug-
gest that a definite statement as to this for each part should appear
with the concluding volume, which, we are glad to hear, may be
expected almost immediately.

Traite de Botaniquc comprenant V anatomie et la pIiysioJo(/ie vegetales et
les families naturelles. Par L. Courchet. 2 vols. 8vo, pp. viii,
1320, figs. 514. Paris : BailUere et Fils. 1897. Price 18 fr.

M. CouECHET is Natural History Professor at the Ecole Supe-
rieure de Pharmacie, Montpellier, and the treatise on botany now
under review is a rknme of the course of lessons which for the last
seven years he has provided for the students at that institution.
The method adopted in teaching, having been attended with excel-
lent results, has been followed in the book. The latter, like many
modern text-books, is divided into two parts — General and Special;
and the first is by far the more satisfactory, a remark which also
applies to similar works. Botanique Generale occupies pages 1-17G,
and supplies a fair introduction to the science, comprising an ac-
couut of the general morphology of seed-plants, including internal
structure and function (/. e. anatomy and physiology). The various
members of the plant form the subjects of successive chapters iu
the usual sequence, and the author makes a point of including a
brief account of the physiology of each organ ; but physiology as a
whole is most inadequately treated, and the student will get but
a poor idea of the plant as a living thing, adapting itself in an
infinite variety of ways to innumerable sets of conditions. The
rest of the work is devoted to Botanique Speciale, and is thus
distributed among the great divisions: — Thallophytes, pp. 177-307;
Bryophytes, 308-319 ; Vascular Cryptogams, 320-3G2 ; Phanero-
gams, 3G3-1295. A little sum iu subtraction shows that near'ly
three parts of the work is given to a consideration of the families
and orders of seed-plants. We are much impressed with the value
of systematic botany, i. e. morphology iu detail and the comparative
value of the various organs in the study of affinity, with the geo-
graphical distribution of the groups thus determined. But, however
successful M. Courchet may have found his method of treating the
subject, it does not in our opinion justify the distribution we have
indicated, and the great preponderance given to one group, even

Journal of Botany. — Vol. 35. [Dec. 1807.] 2 k

498 ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.

though that be generally conceded to represent the most advanced
types.

Some omissions are quite surprising. Thus, while Enrothun is
described as a typical ascomycetous fungus, there is no suggestion
of a possibility of the existence of sexual organs or a sexual process ;
and the only mention of Collema is as an instance of a gelatinous
lichen. Hepatics are dismissed in four pages, and the account con-
sists mainly of a description of a by no means typical example, viz.
Marchantia. Mosses are as badly treated. Phanerogams are intro-
duced as " plants in which the organs of sexual reproduction, always
highly differentiated, alone or accompanied by accessory organs,
constitute a flower." The all-important idea of the seed does not
enter into the definition.

We wonder how M. Courchet and his pupils got through the
exhaustive list of natural orders which make up the bulk of the
book. It is stated in the preface that the students took a real
pleasure in the natural sciences, and we hope the remai'k applies
also to this branch. But we are of the opinion that more pleasure,
and profit too, would have been derived from a careful comparative
study of one-fifth of the number of orders, and those by preference
native. The best feature of the book is the illustrations, which are
abundant and on the whole good ; many are old friends, used with-
out any acknowledgment of their source. A "R "R

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.''

Bot. CentiaJblatt (No. 43). — A. Kattein, ' Der morphologische
Worth des Centralcylinders der Wurzel.' — (No. 44). E. H. L.
Krause, ' Floristische Notizen.' — (No. 45). L. J. Erikson, ' Zur
Biologic und Morphologic von Ranunadus illijricits.' — (No. 46).
J. Bornmiiller, ' Rhamnus orbiculata Bornm.'

Bot. Gazette (30 Oct.). — H. J. Webber, ' Fecundation of Zamia
and pollen-tube apparatus of Gink(jo' (1 pi.). — L.S.Cheney,
'North American Species of Amhhjsteijinm' (3 pi.). — W. W. Bailey,
' Vernation of Careija.' — T. D. A. Cockerell, 'Abnormal leaves and
flowers.' — A. P. Anderson, ' Stomata on bud-scales of Abies pecti-
nata.'

Bot. Zeitung (16 Nov.). — E. Meissner, ' tJber das raehrjahrige
Wachsen der Kiefernadeln.'

Bull. Sac. R. Bot. Behj. (11 Nov.).— T. Durand & E. Wildeman,
' Materiaux pour la Flore du Congo ' (4 pi.).

Bull. Torreij Club (30 Oct.).— J. B. Elhs & M. Everhardt, 'New
Fungi ' {Agi/rieila, gen. nov.). — A. A. Heller, 'Plants of New Mexico.'
— S. E. Jelliffe, ' Cryptogams found in the air.'

* The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers
or title-pages, but it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date of
publication.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETO. 499

Erijthea (29 Oct.). — C. A. Piper, Huhus Hesperius, sp.ii. — C.
Piirdy, * New W. American Lilies.'

Gardeners' CJironicle (20 Nov.). — Ceropegia Woodi (fig. 104).

Journal de Botaniqne (16 Sept.). — J. Rechin & R. Sebillo,
'Excursion bryologique dans la Haute Tarentaise.' — P. Genty,
Cardans Gentianus. — C. Sauvageau, 'Aigues du Golfe de Gascogne '
(cout.).

Juurn. Linn. Soc. (1 Nov.). — W. & G. S. West, ' Desmids from
Singapore' (2 pi.). — E. Horrell, 'Number of sterigmata and spores
in Agaricas campestris ' (1 pi.). — Miller Christy, 'Primula elatior in
Britain ' (map).

Malpighia (fasc. vi.-viii.). — C. Avetta & V. Casoni, ' Aggiunto
alia Flora Parmense.' — 0. Saccardo, 'Sulla Volatella ciliata' (1 pi.).
— C. Poma, ' Le Orchidee del Messico.' — C. Avetta, Puccinia
Lojicajana. — G. Bresadola & P. A. Saccardo, ' Euumerazione dei
Fungbi della Valesia.' — L. Nicotra, ' Sul Calendario di Flora dell'
Altipiano Sassarese.' — K. Dinter, ' Noterelle botanicbe dall' Africa
meridionale.'

Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschrift (Nov.). — R. v. Wettstein, 'Die Noraen-
claturregeln der Beamten des Koniglicli bot. Gartens zu Berlin.' —
C. Miiller, ' Synopsis generis Harrisonia.' — J. Palacky, ' Zur Flora
von Centralasien ' (concl.). — V. Schifiner, ' Bryologiscbe Mittbeil-
iingen aus Mittelbobmen.' — A. v. Degen, Fursythia europcea, Wulfenia
Baldaccii, spp. nn.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dc.

The Annuaire du Conservatoire el du Jardin hotani(]aes de Geneve,
of wbicb the first volume has just made its appearance, is the
official organ of the institutions referred to. This first instalment
contains papers by M. C. Arvet-Touvet on Hieracia and on a new
genus (Crepidopsis) of Cichoriacece ; Prof. Crepin revises the roses
of some old Swiss herbaria ; Dr. Kranzlin describes two new
Habenarias ; and M. Briquet gives the Report of the Garden and
of the Delessert Herbarium for 1890.

In the last part (Nov. 11) of the Bulletin de la Societe Funjale de
Botanique de Behjijue Messrs. Durand & De Wildeman begin what
is likely to be an important contribution to our knowledge of African
plants, under the title " Materiaux pour la Flore du Congo." The
help of numerous specialists has been obtained — among these we
note Dr. Stapf, who will undertake the Apocijnea;, except the genus
Laudolphia, which will be contributed by " M. le directeur Thyselton
Dyer." Dr. Dyer has been working at Tjandolpliia since 1882, and
was engaged in monographing it in 1893, so it may be hoped that
before long the elaboration of the genus (which is not a large one)
may be completed. Three excellent plates accompany the paper in
the Bulletin.

2 K 2

500 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC.

One of the boldest statements we have seen for some time is
that at the foot of a picture of a group of Pyrethnim uluiinosum in
the Sketch for Nov. 10 — "Old-fashioned Michaelmas Daisies, from
which many of our Chrysanthemums have been derived " !

Mr. James Goldie, of Guelph, Ontario, has just published
privately the diary of the expedition on foot through Upper
Canada, undertaken by his father, John Goldie, in 1819. We
gave some account of Goldie's life in this Journal for 1886,
pp. 272-4 ; the present elegant little brochure is of interest, not
so much from a botanical standpoint — Goldie's botanical journal
was destroyed by fire — as for the information it contains as to the
features of the country visited. An excellent portrait forms a
frontispiece to the little volume.

At the opening meeting of the Linnean Society on Nov. 4, Sir
John Lubbock read a paper "On the Attraction of Flowers for
Insects," which dealt chiefly with the points raised in three recently
published memoirs by Prof. Plateau, who had attempted to show
that the scents and not the colours of flowers serve to attract
insects. Sir John Lubbock explained that his view, like that of
Sprengel and Darwin, was that to insects flowers were indebted for
both their scent and colour. Not only had the present shapes and
outlines, colours, the scent, and the honey of flowers been gradually
developed through the unconscious selection exercised by insects ;
but this applied even to minor points, such as the arrangement of
lines, and the different shades of colour. Prof. Plateau had recorded
a series of experiments on the dahlia, in which he showed that bees
come to these flowers even when the ray-florets have been removed.
Discussing this point, Sir J. Lubbock said it was somewhat singular
that he should have selected as proving that insects are entirely
attracted by scent a flower which had, so far as he knew, no scent
at all. He gave several reasons for disputing the conclusions drawn
by Prof. Plateau from his experiments, and recorded others made
by himself which refuted them. He had sele?ted species of flowers
in which ihe scent is in one part and the coloured leaves in another,
as, for instance, the Eri/m/ium amethystimim. This flower is sur-
rounded by brilliant blue bracts ; and he found that if the two
parts were separated, the bees came more often to the bracts than
they did to the flowers themselves. He maintained, therefore, that
the observations of Prof. Plateau did not in any way weaken the
conclusions which had been drawn by Sprengel, Darwin, and others,
and that it was still clear that the colours of flowers serve to guide
insects to the honey, and in this way secure cross-fertilization.

The third fascicle of the Messrs. Linton's " Set of British
Hieracia," which has just been distributed, contains, as its pre-
decessors, a majority of endemic forms. Fourteen numbers, com-
prising eight species and six varieties, are found only in the British
Isles. Of the rest, five occur in Scandinavia and six in other parts
of Europe. The following note accompanies the fascicle: — " i?.
jjetiolatiun, referred to in Mr. Hanbury's ^lonograph, p. 28, is fairly
abundant in Glen Derry, at between 2000 and 3000 ft. alt., where

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 501

alone it has been so far observed. H. cnUistophijllnin occurs in
Argyll, W. Inverness, Forfarshire, and perhaps in Dumfriesshire.
H . aii//IieHi)i var. acutifoliwii, mostly found in Aberdeenshire, occurs
at high altitudes as Cairntoul, and also frequently as a woodland
and riverside plant. H. Lcnu/welUnse, since its first discovery in
Caithness, has been found typical in the Moffat Hills, Dumfries.
H. lasiophi/llinn differs from most of our list in being a Central
European rather than a Scandinavian species. It is fairly frequent
in the Grampians and in parts of Wales and two or three adjoining
English counties. H. murorum var. sarcoplnjUum. : this plant has
been twice submitted to Herr Dahlstedt, who regards it as best
placed under sarcophi/llion, though not exactly the type. It occurs
here and there in the Moffat Hills. II. euprepes is rare, though
widely distributed in [Scotland, being found in Perthshire and
Dumfriesshire (Moffat); lately it has been discovered in N.E. Ire-
land. H. vnl//atitm var. vuiculatum, treated by Fries (Epicr.) as
synonymous with //. vulgatum, is, in England and generally over
Europe, a plant of botanical gardens or an escape. We issue
No. 69 as H. (jothicnm Backh., because we know the British plant
to which Backhouse applied Fries's name ; whilst it is now un-
certain what plant Fries exactly meant, and Scandinavian students
of the genus have in consequence given up his name, a course in
which we readily concur. Backhouse's variety Jatijoliiun is perhaps
no more than a broad-leaved form, connected with the type by
intermediates ; its distinctness is, however, satisfactorily evidenced
under the test of cultivation. H. (h/weni is described in the Journal
of Botcoi I/, 1897,1^. 4:07."

The Irish Naturalist for October contains a biography and
portrait of the late William Archer, F.R.S., who died in Dublin
on August 14. Mr. Archer was born 6 May, 1830, and was one
of the founders (in 1819) of the Dublin Microscopical Club, and
later took an important part in the meetings of the Dublin Natural
History Society, in whose Proceeilings many of his papers were pub-
lished. His work was mainly devoted to the Dcsmidiaace ; Mr.
William Frazer, in the biography already referred to, says : —
" When following out his favourite investigations, which related
in greater part to the Desniidiao'CE. and allied groups, he made long
journeys to distant parts of Ireland, wherever he considered there
was promising ground for theii- discovery. He also obtained ex-
ceptional acquaintance with German, as well as with Danish and
other Scandinavian languages, and developed decided artistic talent
far making accurate drawings of these minute and interesting forms,
the life-history of which he devoted himself to work out and plaoe
on record. The writer is aware that many sleepless nights were
spent in ceaseless observations of the conjugation and development
of these objects ; he thought himself well repaid if he could add
something new to science, or contribute to clear up a dubious point
respecting their growth." Mr. Archer also published papers in the
Quartcrhj Journal of Microscopical Science, and elsewliere ; three
contributions from his pen appear in this Journal for 1871. lu
187] Mr. Archer was elected F.R.S., and in 1876 he was appointed

502 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC.

Librarian to the Eoyal Dublin Society, from which post he retired
in 1895.

We regret that space will not allow us this month to notice the
Memorials, Journal and Botanical Correspondence of Charles Cardale
Babington. (Cambridge: Macmillan & Bowes), which Mrs. Babington
has brought together in a handsome volume. To her kindness we
are indebted for the excellent portrait of the late Professor which
will form the frontispiece to the Journal for this year, and which
is reprinted from the Memorials.

Dr. Friedrich August Fliickiger, the distinguished pharmacolo-
gist, died at Berne on December 11, 1894, and a Fliickiger Memorial
Fund was started early in the following year. After much delibe-
ration, the Committee responsible for the application of the Fund
decided to perpetuate the memory of the deceased professor in two
ways — first, by awarding a gold medal for distinguished services in
the promotion of pharmaceutical research ; and second, by making
grants in aid of research or for kindred purposes, or by giving
prizes. The present year was fixed by the Committee as the date
of the first award of the medal. The German and Swiss Pharma-
ceutical Associations (Apotheker-Verein) are alternately to serve as
the means of communication between the trustees of the Fund and
the recipients of the medal, and at the recent meeting of the German
Apotheker-Verein at Strasburg, the President — Herr Frolich —
announced that it had been decided to award the first medal to
Mr. E. M. Holmes.

From an article on the award in the Pharmaceutical Journal
we learn that Mr. Holmes was born at Wendover, in Bucking-
hamshire, a little village at the foot of the Chiltern Hills,
on January 29, 1843. He received his scholastic education at
Boston and Wimborne, and even during his early years manifested
a great fondness for flowers; at the age of fourteen he was ap-
prenticed to a pharmacist in Cheyne Walk, Chelsea. In 1863 he
obtained thePharmaceutical Society's bronze medal for an herbarium
collected during the preeeiling twelve months. He had previously
(1860) been awarded certificates in chemistry and pharmacy, botany
and materia medica, at the Society's School of Pharmacy, and in
due course he passed both the Minor and Major examinations and
became registered as a pharmaceutical chemist. He began business
in Plymouth, but commerce had no charms for him, and much of
his time was devoted to the study of the flora of the district. In
1872 Mr. Holmes was appointed Curator of the Pharmaceutical
Society's Museum in Bloomsbury, a position which he still holds,
and in which he has rendered great services to economic botany.

Mr. J. B. Carruthers has just started for Ceylon, where he
has been commissioned by the Planters' Association to undertake
investigations into plant diseases.

INDEX.

For Classified Articles, see — Articles in Journals; County Records; Obituary;
Reviews. New genera, species, and varieties published in this volume are
distinguished by an asterisk.

Acauthaceae, African, 375

Acrospermum, 287

Aecidiella, 255

Agrostis scabra, 70

Agyriella, 498

Alton's plants, 481

Aizoon asbestinum,'" 280

AlgiE, British, 416, 433 ; Welwitseh's

African Freshwater, 1, 33, 77, 113,

172, 235, 264, 297 (tt. 365-70);

Welwitsch's Marine, 369 (t. 373)
Aliens from Turkish barley, 444
Aloe Marshalli,-" 353
Alopecurus utriculatus, 311
Amylotrogus, 62
Anthericopsis, 313
Antlierozoids of Dictyota, &c., 361
Anthospermum Galpinii,'" 342
Archer, W., 501
Arcyria, notes on, 217
Arethusantha, 414
Articles in Journals: —

Annals of Botany, 29, 31, 156,

316, 413

Ann, Scottish Nat. Hist., 61
Bot. Centralblatt, 29, 61, 156, 254,

287, 317, 366, 414, 459, 498
Bot. Gazette, 29, 62, 110. 156, 254,

287, 317, 366, 414, 459, 498
Bot. Notiser, 29, 111, 254, 460
Bot. Zeitung, 30, 62, 111, 157, 254,

287, 317, 366, 460, 498
Bull, de I'Herb. Boissier, 30, 62,

157, 254, 287, 317, 366, 414
Bull. Soc. R. Bot. Be g., 498, 499
Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 111, 287,

317, 414, 460

Bull. Torrey Club, 62, 64, 111. 157,

254, 287, 366, 414, 460, 498
Erythea, 62, 111, 157, 255, 317,

367, 414, 460, 498
Gardeners' Chronicle, 30, 62, 111,

157, 255, 287, 317, 367, 414,

460, 498

Journal de Botanique, 30, 62, 157,

255, 287, 317, 367, 460, 499
Jourii. Linn. Soc, 18, 126, 287,

317, 336, 499
Malpighia, 255, 318, 499
Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital., Ill, 255,

318, 460

Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschrift, 30, 62,
111, 157, 255, 288, 318, 367,
414, 460, 499

Pharmaceutical Journal, 414

Trans. Linn. Soc, 30
Ascherson's ' Mitteleuropiiischen

Flora' (rev.), 411
Asclepiadaceae, Pievision of S. Afri-
can, 290
Asclepias and butterfly, symbiosis

betweeu, 441
Aspala'hus Leipoldtii,''- 341
Athrixia asteroides,-'= 430
Atlu'oocystis,''^ 238 ; ellipsoidea,''^

238
Azores, Mosses of, 415

Babington, C. C, Memorials of, 502 ;

portrait (frontispiece)
Badhamia f'oliacea,^'' 209 ; notes on,

210 ; ovispora, 354
Bailey's (L. H.) 'Nursery Book'

(rev.), 106 ; ' Sin-vival of Unlike '

(rev.), 107
Baillie, Edmund John, 464
Baker, E.G., Thespesia, 50; 'Flora

de Chile' (rev.), 206; Houstoun's

LeguminosiE, 235 ; I'lantago Co-

ronopus var. ceratophyllon, (t.

371), 257; Wittrock's 'Viola-Stu-

dier' (rev.), 454; Notes on Cras-

sula, 477
Barbarea intermedia, 308
Barleria Phillipseai,''' 377 ; rotundi-

sepala,-'' 370 ; Waggana,='= 377
Barnes's (C. R.) 'Analytical Keys

to Mosses' (rev.), 155

504

Barton, E. S., Welwitscli's Marine
Algae, o1j9 (t. 373)

Batrachosperinum angolense,''' 2 ;
gracilliiauji, 2; huillense,- 3;
nigrescens,='= 2

Batters, E. A. L., British Algfe, 433

Bau'iioia emarginata, 232; rotun-
data, 232; toiuentosa, 232; ungu-
lata, 232; iiailaterale,''^ 232

Beeby, W. H., Bot. Exchange Club
Eeport, 307

Bellis pereunis, 184

Bennett, A., Isle of Man Plants, 75 ;
Notes on Carex, 244, 259

Barkheya hypoleuca,"- 343 ; lati-
folia,* 351 ; luontana.* 351

Berlin Rules for Nomenclature, 305

Biblio ,'raphical Notes, 20

Biographical Index, supplement to,
463

Blaekman, V. H., Zimmermaun's
'Microtechnique' (rev.), 110; 'Cy-
tologischrt Studien' (rev.), 284

Blepharis Hildebrandtii, 376 ; Phil-
lipseae,-'' 375

Bonnemaisonia hamifera, 31, 403

Boswell, Henry (portr.), 137

Botanical Exchange Club Eeport,
307

Botryococcus Mieromorus,-= 238

Braithwaite's 'British Moss Flora,'
63

Brightwen's 'Glimpses into Plant
Life' (rev.), 459

Bristol Plants, 123

British Fungi, nfw, 7, 100, 447;
Moss, new, 16; Alga;, 416, 433;
Moss Exchange Club, 30; Moss-
flora (rev.), 63 ; Carex, 244, 259 ;
Euphrasias, 321

British Museum (Bot. Dept.) Re-
ports, 35G, 359 ; accessions, 463

Britten, J., Post's 'Flora of Syria'
(rev.), 59; John Whitehead, 39;
Kew Publications (rev.), 100,450;
Notes on Pentas, 126 ; Carex di-
sticha var. longibracteata, 145 ;
Clarke's ' First Records ' (rev.),
147; Myrmecodia, 190 ; 'Flora of
N. United States' (rev.), 200;
Corrections, 199 ; Houstoun's Le-
guminostTj, 235 ; Mecouopsis cam-
brica, 284; Nomenclature, 30G ;
'Flora Capensis ' (rev.), 314;
Notes on Naucleeae, 336; Rol-
land's ' Flore Populaire ' (rev.),
363; 'Nature-Chat' (rev.), 365;
Primula sinensis, 423 ; Praeger's

' Open- Air Studies' (rev.), 453;
Brightwen's 'Plant Life' (rev.),
459 ; Notes on Crassula, 477 ;
Robinson's ' Synoptical Flora '
(rev.), 495

Britton's ' Illustrated Flora ' (rev.),
200, 495 ; Tor.-ey Bulletin, 64

Bromus iuterruptus, 18

Bruce, G. L., Polygala austriaca, 313

Brauia Marlothii,- 280

Buchenroedera sparsiflora,''' 487

Bucknall, C, Stachys alpina in Bri-
tain, 380

Burkill, H. J., Narthecium Ossi-
fragum, 147

Bu'kill, I. H., appointed to Kew
Herbarium, 31 ; Fertilization of
Spring Flowers, 92, 138, 184

Callitriche truncata, 147

Calothrix breviarticulata,-'^ 240 ; epi-

phytica, '240
Caltha palustris, 307
Camel-fodder plants, 161, 284
Campanula rotundifolia, 310
Camptothrix'-'- repens,''' 269
Capnodium c.tricolum, 462
Capsella Bursa-pastoris, 144
Cardot's ' Mosses of Azores,' 415
Carex, notes on British species of,
244, 259 ; aquatilis, 248 ; ctespi-
tosa, 259; chordorrhiza, 450; di-
sticha var. longibracteata, 145 ;
elongata, 313 ; x Grantii,='' 250 ;
X hiberuica,''- 250 ; rigida, 246 ;
salina, 251 ; spiculosa, 252 ; hy-
brid, 491 [58
Carr, J. W., Hypericum linarifolium,
Cassia Chamsecrista, 232 ; uuiflora,

231
Caucalis nodosa, 562
Chaenostoma neglectum,* 352
Chandler, Alfred, 32
Charas, East Suffolk, 21
Cheirostrobus, 156
Chondrioderma roanense, 212
Christy's ' Commercial Plants,' 62
Ohrysosplenium alternifolium, 145 ;

oppositifolium, 184
Chdophora amplectens,''' 36
Clarke, C. B., Three Sedges, 71
Clarke's (W. A.) ' First Records '

(rev.), 147
Coccospheres, 255 [309

Cochlearia officinalis, 143 ; danica,
Coelidium humile,''- 218
Colgan on Shamrock, 159; Euphra-
sia S ilisburgensis, 19J

605

Cohitea americana, 228
Comatricha, notes on, 214
Coronilla scandens, 229 ; varia, 449
Cosuiarium sequinoctiale,''- 1 ; letlii-

opicum,"' 117 ; africauum,'" 115 ;

angolense,"'' 174 ; bilunatum/'' 173 ;

callistum,'>= 172 ; centrotaphridi-

um,* 113; colonophorum,-' 172;

galeatum,* 120; huillense/'' 174;

libongense,''- 120 ; ligoniforme,'''

115; mediogemmatum/'-llS ; nie-

teoronotum, •' 117; mucronatum,*

173 : uiultiordiuatuin,''' 121 ; Oo-

cystidium,* 175 ; subtriordina-

tum,''- 122 ; tetrasticlium,-- 174 ;

trifossum," 116 ; Welwitschii," 175
County Eecords: —

Bedford, 99, 213, 210, 217, 354, 449

Berks, 132, 14G, 309

Brecon, 99, 289

Buckingham, 20, 313, 362

Cambridge, 8, 18, 44tj

Carnarvon, 58, 361, 407, 464

Chester, 404

Cornwall, 409

Cumberland, 8, 30, 310

Derbjs 308, 3 17

Devon, 31, 146, 211, 258, 2S4, 310,
408

Dorset, 22, 211, 216, 257, 309, 450

Essex, 209-212, 214-216

Flint, 411

Gloucester, 31, 123, 147, 380, 40 1

Hants, 32, 213, 218, 310, 313

Hereford, 409

Hertford, 18

Huntingdon, 355

Isle of Man, 11, 75, 146, 199, 367

Isle of Wight, 31

Kent, 258, 313, 449

Lincoln, 20

Lancaster, 309

Merioneth, 492

Middlesex, 492

Monmouth, 7

Northumberland, 490

Oxford, 132-5, 284, 311, 449

Pembroke, 258

Somerset, 64, 123, 146, 150, 252,
444

Suffolk, 20, 21

Surrey, 211, 213-215, 217, 308,362,
410, 447, 491, 492

Sussex, 31

Worcester, 284, 318, 492

York, 22, 92, 138, 184

See also ' Notes on Carex,' pp.
244-252, 259-263 ; ' Monograph

of Euphrasia,' pp. 395-406, 417
-42i5, 4';5-476 ; and ' British
Marine Algae,' pp. 433-440

Crassiila, notes on, 477 ; Aitoni,
480; alooides,482; alpesti'is, 479;
capit ita, 486 ; capitella, 479 ; ce-
phalophora, 480; corallina, 480;
cordata, 480; expansa, 483; liueo-
lata, 483 ; marginalis, 483 ; Mas-
soui,"'' 48 >; mollis, 480; montana,
481 ; obliqua, 484 ; pellucida, 485 ;
ramosa, 484; sparsa, 484; tomen-
tosa, 481

Crocus vernus, 146

Crotalaria angulata, 228 ; dura,'''
487 ; fruticosa, 228 ; pilosa, 227 ;
sagittalis, 227

Crj'ptophalhis, 254

Cycas, spermatozoids in, 319

Cyclamen latifolinm, 208

Cyperus vegetus, 71

' Cytologische Studien' (rev.), 284

Davies, J. H., I. of Man Plants, 199

Dermocarpa depressa,'' 301

Deyeuxia stricta vai*. borealis, 491

Dianema Harveyi, 217

Diascia Pentlieri,''^ 431

Dichaea subsessilis, 213

Dictyota, antherozoids of, 361

Diderma coucinnum, 212

Didiclea, 461

Didyraium, notes on, 213

Dimorphotheca spectabilis,"'' 220

Dixon, H. N., Thuidium Philiberti,
16 ; his List of Mosses, 320

Docidium trigeminiferum,='- 79

Dolichos reticulata,''' 219

Druce, G. C, Bromus interruptus,
13 ; Henry Boswell (portrait), 132 ;
Tolypella intricata, 284; Nitella
translucens, 313; Carex elongata,
313; Vicia villosa var., 362 ; I'o-
tcnlilla norvegica, 362 ; Caucalis
nodosa, 362 ; Hosa sepium, 449 ;
Bedford Plants, 449 ; Coronilla
varia, 449 ; account of Oxford
Herbarium, 460; Deyeuxia stricta
var. borealis, 491

Dryander's MSS., 481

Dunn, S. T., Aliens from Turkish
Barley, 444 ; Hypochoeris glabra,
22 ; Murray's 'Flora of Somerset '
(rev.), 150"

Dyer's Kew Publications, 100, 450;
on Kum-bum Troo, 461

Ebudes, Mid, plants of, 54

506

INDEX.

Ecboliuia parvibracteatum,''' 379
Ectocavpus Microspongium,* 436
Elliot on Pentas (reviewed), 126
Epicladia Flustrae var. Phillipsii,=>=

435
Erica ciliaris, 22

Eriospermum opliioglossoides,^'- 283
Errera's Planches de Physiologie,112
Erythrina americana, 231
Euastrum acnion,''' 81 ; bimorsuni,'''
85; holoscherum,^'' 82; huilleuse,'>=
82 ; subdivaricatum,"-''- 85 ; subin-
erme,"' 84 ; subpersonatum,* 83 ;
tetragonum,''' 85
Eumorphia sericea,"^ 488
Euphrasia, Monograph of British,
321, 395, 417, 465 (tt. 374-380) ;
borealis, 400 ; brevipila, 401 ; cani-
pestris, 468 ; curta, 417 ; dif-
formis x , 473 ; electa x , 474 ;
Foulaensis, 422 ; glandulifera x ,
473 ; graciUs, 423, 492 ; Kerneri,
469 ; latifolia, 420 ; nemorosa,
404 ; notata x , 473 ; occidentalis,
419 ; pratiuscula x , 473 ; Eost-
koviana, 465 ; salisburgeasis, 58,
196, 471 ; scotica, 425 ; striata,
398 ; veuusta x , 474
Evans, M. S., Natal Plants, 487

Felicia bellidioides,'" 219

Fertilization of Spring Flowers, 92,
138, 184

Flahaultia palmata,- 372 (t. 373)

' Flora Capensis,' 314, 463

Flowers and Insects, 500

Fodder-plants of W. Australia, 161

Fossombronia cristata, 409

Fritsch, K., Lathyrus Boissieri, 22

Fry, D., Bristol Plants, 123

Fryer, A., Potamogeton fluitans,
355 ; trichoides, 446 ; his mono-
graph of Potamogeton, 416

Fimgi new to Britain, 7, 100 ; of
Kew Gardens, 447

Gentiana germanica, 310

Gepp, A., 'Analytic Keys to N.
American Mosses' (rev.), 155;
' Aide-Memoire Cryptogamique '
(rev.), 253; ' Neue Kalk-Algen '
Moss Exchange Club Catalogue
(rev.), 413

Gerard, J., Bailey's ' Survival of
Unlike ' (rev.), 107

Gillettia, 314

Ginkgo, spermatozoids in, 319

Giraldia, 460

Giraud's ' Aide-memoire ' (rev.), 253

Gloeotricha sethiopica,''' 240

G oldie's Diary, 500

Gomoutia mauxiana, 435

Gonatouema tropicum,''' 38

Goodenia mimuloides''^ 167

Gooriugia, 287

Groves, H. & J., Euphrasia Salis-
burgensis, 58; Callitriche verna,
147 ; Names in Exsiccata, 410

Gyrothja'a, 254

Haack's ' Grundriss der Entwickel-

ungsmechanik ' (rev.), 458
Hackel's 'True Grasses' (rev.), 61
Hapalosiphon aureus,* 241 ; luteo-

lus,- 241 ; Welwitschii,- 242
Hart, H. C, Co. Dubhn Plants, 346
Harveya laxiflora,''^ 344 ; pumila,*-

344
Harveyella pachyderma, 438
Heald's ' Analytic Keys of Mosses '

(rev.), 155
Hedysarum glabrum, 230 ; procum-
beus, 230; purpureum, 229; re-
pens, 230 ; scandens, 231 ; seri-
ceum, 230 ; villosum, 230
Helichrysum infaustum,* 351
Heliophila sisymbrioides,''' 340
Helipterum Marlothii,"'' 430 ; oppo-
sitifolium,''- 165 ; Zacchseus,* 176
Heteromma sinaplicifolia,* 488
Heydrick's' Neue Kalk-Algen '(rev.),

365
Hibiscus saxatilis,''= 350
Hick, Thomas (portr.), 193
Hieracia, Sets of British, 31, 500;

Highland, 67
Hieracium rigidum, 313; Ogweni,''=

407
Hiern, W. P., Isle of Man Plants,
11 ; his Catalogue of Welwitsch's
Plants' (rev.), 23; Harveya laxi-
flora,'" 344 ; Welwitsch's Marine
Algae, 369
Highland Plants, 65
Hildenbraudtia angolensis,* 3 ;

Crouani, 438
Holmes, E. M., 502 ; Bonnemaisonia
hamifera, 408 ; Sciophularia Sco-
rodonia, 409 ; his ' Algse Britannicse
exsiccatae,' 416
Holtzbecker's Drawings, 111
Houstoun's Central American Legu-

minosie, 225
How, W. Walsham, 464
Humble-bees, intoxication of, 8
Hunter, Robert, 158

507

Hyella voluticola, 434
Hymenophj'llum tunbridgense, 21
Hypericum linarifolium, 58 ; natal-

ense,"'= 427
Hypoclioeris glabra, 22

Iclithyocercus,'" 80 ; angolensis/" 80
ladigofera Dyeri, 453 ; Evausii,'-''

429
Intoxication of Humble-bees, 8
Irish Plants, 30, 57, 58, 147, 158,

196, 288, 310, 311, 346, 409
Isle of Man Plants, 11, 75, 146, 199,

367

Jackson, A. B., Hypochoeris glabra,

23 ; Crocus vernus, 146
Johnston's ' British Central Africa,'

320
Justicia Lorteae,''^ 379 ; Phillipsese,*

378

Kalanchoe Pentheri,* 341

Kew Pubhcations, 100, 159, 256,314,

316, 450; Gardens, 416; Fungi,

447
Kirk, T., Paratrophis heterophylla,

223
Kniphofia multiflora,'" 353
Kranzlin's ' Orchidacearum Genera

et Species' (rev.), 493
Kum-bum Tree, 461

Lamont's Planches de Physiologic,
112

Lapeyrousia serrulata,* 432

Lathyrus americamis, 231 ; Bois-
sieri, 22

Leersia oryzoides, 450

Lees, F. A., Thomas Hick, 193

Leitch, John, 112

Lett, H. W., Fossombronia cristata,
409

Ley, A., Pyrus minima (t. 372), 289

Liebmanuia major, 31

LiliEopsis, 366

Lindley's di'awings, 463

Linnajus, Portraits of, 159

Linnean Society, 255, 500

Linton, E. F., Erica ciliaris, 22; set
of Hieracia, 31, 500; Scirpus Cari-
cis, 146,253; Salix cernua, 362;
Hieracium Og^veni,* 407 ; Leersia
oryzoides, 450

Linton, "W. R., Scotch Willow hy-
brids, 443

Lister, A., Notes on Mycetozoa, 209,
354

Loew's 'Protoplasm' (rev.), 103
Loranthus miniatus,* 170 ; Nestor,'''

170
Lotononis buchenroederoides,* 279
Lotus arenarius, 385 ; argyrodes,

386 ; campylocladus, 385 ; dume-

torum,'''- 384 ; emeroides,''- 384 ;

glaucus, 882 ; liolosericeus, 386 ;

lanzerottensis, 383 ; salvagensis,'''

382; sessilifolius, 383 ; spartioides,

386
Lychnis Flos-cuculi, 284
Lycogala tlavo-fuscum, 217
Lyngbya aureo-fulva,* 298

Macvicar, S. M., Plants of Tiree and

Coll, 54
Malva moschata var., 309
Mariscus congestus, 72
Marshall, E. S., Highland Plants,
65 ; Carex chordorrhiza, 451 ; Hj^-
brid Carex, 491
Martin's ' Nature-Chat' (rev.), 365
Meconopsis cambrica, 284
Menkia coolgardiensis,''' 163
Microasterias arcuata var. subpinna-
tifida,* 86 ; robusta,'-' 87 ; tropica
var. elegans,"' 86
Microcolseus sociatus,* 272
Mikrosyphar Porphyrse, 436
Miller's (Philip) plants, 225
Mimosa ciuerea, 232
Mirbelia microphylloides,* 164
Moore, Spencer le M., Camel fodder-
plants of W. Australia, 161, 284
Moraea glauca,-- 352
Mosses of Upper Dovey, 492
Mougeotia angolensis,='= 38 ; irregu-
laris,-'- 38 ; uberosperma,='= 37
Mueller, Ferdinand von (portr.), 272
Muraltia exilis,- 218
Murray, G . R. M., Scott's ' Flowerless
Plants ' (rev.), 26 ; Tubeuf's ' Dis-
eases of Plants ' (rev.), 154 ; ex-
hibition of coccospheres, 255 ;
elected F.R.S., 256 ; on Plant
Plankton, 387
Murrav, R. P., Populus canescens,
146 ; Isle of Man Plants, 146 ; 'his
'Flora of Somerset' (rev.), 150;
Rubus Drejeri, 252 ; Lotus § Po-
drosia, 381
Mycetozoa, Notes on, 209, 364
Myrmecodia, 190; Beccarii, 191; sa-
lomoneusis, 193

Names in exsiccata, 410
Narcissus Pseudo-narcissus, 187

508

INDEX.

Narthecium Ossifraguiu, 147
Natal Plants, 350
Naucleeae, notes on, 336
Neurocarpaea, 12G; occidentalis, 127
Nitella, opaca,492; translucens, 313
Nivenia laxa,='' 282
Nomenclature, Uerlin Rules for, 305
Nordsteclt's ' Index Desmidiaceai'-

um' (rev.), 105
Nostoc paradoxum,''' 268 ; repan-

dum,- 267

Obituary : —

William Arclier, 501

Edmund John Baillie, 464

Henry Boswell, 132

Alfred Chandler, 32

William Walsham How, 464

Eobc-rt Hunter, 158

John Leitch, 112

Ferdinand von Mueller, 272

Charles Packe, 415

C. S. P. Parish, 464

David Robertson, 32

S. J. A. Salter, 256

George William Traill, 440

Frederic Isaac Warner, 32

John Whitehead, 89
QSdogonium angustis^imum,''^ 6 ; ho-

mosporum,''' 5 ; huillense,"' 5 ; Wel-

witschii,-'= 5
Ononis decumbent, 228
Oranqe-mould, 462
Orchids from Sikkim, 461
Ornithogalum capillaris,''^ 490
Orobus argeuteus, 228 ; coccineus,

228
Orthosiphon 6erratum,"=431 ; Trans-

vaalense,* 281
Oscillatoria angustissima,''^ 300

Packe, Charles, 415

Pantlin^ia, 461

Paratrophis heter-.phj'lla, 223

Parish, C. S. P., 464

Paris's ' Index Bryologicus,' 63

PeJrosia. See Lotus.

Penium variolatum,* 77

Pentas, notes on, 126

Phaeostroma tequale, 435 ; prostra-

tum, 436
Philibertella, 317
Phormidium angustissimum,* 298 ;

subsolitariu'X),-'' 298
Phy'ica chionophila,''' 428
Phyllopodium glutiuosum, =''220
Physarum, notes on, 211
Pim, G., Ramulaiia Rapae,* 57

Pithophora radians,"'' 36
Pittosporum phillyraeoides var. mi-

ciocarpa,''^ 163
Plankton, G. Murray oo, 387
Piantago Corouopus \ar. cerato-

phyllon (t. 371), 257
Pltctocomia Griilithii, 73
Ploui otienium sparsipunctatum,* 79
Po I Balfouri, 71
Pod Kordaria, 366
Polyehlamydum,='= 271 ; insignCj^i'

271
Polj'gala austriaca, 313
Populus canescens, 146
Porpliyrodibcus,''^ 439 ; simiilans,*

439
Porphyrosiphon Notarisii, 271
Post's ' Flora of Sj'ria ' (rev.), 59
Potentilla uorvegica, 362, 492
Potamogeton fluitans, 355 ; mono-
graph of, 416 ; sparganiifolius,

311 ; trichoides, 446 ; undulatus,

311
Praeger's ' Opeu-air Studies ' (rev.),

453
Primula vulgaris, 186 ; elatior, 319;

sinensis, 426
Printzia densifulia,='= 488
Proterendothrix,-''299 ; scolecoidea,'-'

299
Psephotaxus,"-- 33 ; lamellosus,'-' 33
Publication of names in exsiccata,

410
Pulicaria dysenterica var. longira-

diata, 145
P^'creus tiemulus, 72
Pyrola r .tundifolia, 411
Pyrus, hybrid f jrms of, 99; minima

(t. 372), 289
Pyxispora,* 39 ; mirabi is,"- 39

Ramularia rap^e,"'- 58

Ranunculus auricomus, 406 ; Fi-
caria, 143

Rape, fungal disease of, 57

Reiche, C, ' Flora de Chile ' (rev.),
206

Rendle, A. B., on Swartz's ' Prodro-
mus,' 20; Warming's ' Pflanzen-
geographie ' (rev.), 28; Hackel's
' True Grasses' (rev.), 61 ; Plecto-
comia Grifiithii, 73 ; Loew's ' Pro-
toplasm ' (rev.), 103 ; Haberlandt's
' Pllanzenanatomie ' (rev.), 104;
Willis's ' Manual ' (rev.), 109 ;
Scribner's Grasses (rev.), 204; An-
thericopsis, 313 ; New Acantha-
cese, 375 ; Haacke's ' Grundrissder

509

Entwickeluugsniechauik ' (rev.),
458 ; Kriinzlin's ' Orchideavum
Genera et Species ' (rev.), 492
Keviews : —

Catalogue of Welwitsch's Plants.

W. P. Hiern, 23
Floweiiess Plants. D. H. Scott,

26
Pflauzengeograpliie. E. Warm-
ing, 28
Flora of Syria. G. E. Post, 59
True Grasses. E. Hackel, 60
Kevv Publications, 100
Energy of Protoplasm. 0. Loew,

108
Pfianzenanatomie. G. Haber-

landt, 104
Index Desmidiacearum. O. Nord-

stedt, 105
The Nursery Book. L. H. Bailej',

106
Survival of the Unlike. L. H.

Bailey, 107
Manual of Flowering Plants. J.

C. Willis, 109
Microtechnique. A. Zimmermann,

110
First Eecords of British Plants.

W. A. Clarke, 147
Flora of Somerset. R. P. Murraj',

150
Investigations. W.Wilson, 153
Diseases of Plants. K. F. von

Tubeuf, 154
Analytical Keys to N. American

Mosses. C. il. Barnes and F. D.

Heald, 155
Illustrated Flora of N. United

States. N. L. Britton, 200
Bulletin U. S. Dept. of Agricul-
ture, 204
Flora de Chile. C. Reiche and F.

Johow, 206
Aide-memoire Cryptogamique.

H. Girard, 253
Cytologische Studien. E. Strass-

burger, 284
Flora Capensis, vol. vi. J. G.

Baker, 314
Flore Populaire. E.Rolland, 363
Neue Kalk-Algen. F. Heydrich,

365
Nature-Chat. E. A. Martin, 365
Mitteleuropiiischen Flora. P.

Ascherson and P. Graebuer,

411
Kew Bulletin, 450

Open-Air Studies. R. LI. Praeger

453
Moss Exchange Club Catalogue,

413
Viola-Studier. V. B. Wittrock,

454
Gruudriss der Entwickeluugsme-

chanik. W. Haack, 458
Glimpses into Plant-life. E.

Briglitvvtu, 459
Orclrdearum Geuera et Species.

F. Kriinzlin, 493
Synoptical Flora of N. America.
B. L. Robinson, &c., 495

Rhabdospheres, 255

Rhagodia coralhocarpa,''' 168

Rhizoclonium crassipellitum,''- 35

Rhodochorton Brebneri,"' 437

Rhus rupicola,''- 350

Rhynchosia monophylla,'^' 279 ;
ovata,''' 350

Roberts, M., Mosses of Upper Do-
vey, 492

Robertson, David, 32

Robinia rosea, 231

Robinson's Synoptical Flora, 495

Rogers, F. A., Berwick Rubi and
RossB, 450 ; Cheviotland Rubi and
Rosse, 490

Rogers, W. M., Scottish Rubi, 42;
Rubi of Streatham, 410

RoUand's ' Flore Populaire ' (rev.),
365

Rosapseudo-rusticana, 309 ; sepium,
449

Roses of Benviek, 450; of Cheviot-
land, 490

Rubi, Scottish, 42,66,450; of Streat-
ham, 410 ; of Berwick, 450 ; Che-
viotland, 490; fissus, 123

Rubus Drejeri, 48, 252; var. hiber-
nica,-'' 48 ; liirtifolius var. dani-
cus,-'' 40 ; melanoxylon, 47 ;
Scheutzii, 44; villicaulis, 45 ; set
of British, 160

Sagina Reuteri, 409

Salix hybrids, 313 ; cernua, 362 t

Salmon, E. S. & C. E., East'Suffolk

Charas, 21 ; West Ross Plants,

347
Salter, S. J. A., 256
Sarcoccphalus csculentup, 338
Saunders, J., Bedfordshire Plants,

99
Schizothrix dclicatissima,* 269 ;

elongata," 269; natans,''= 270

510

Sclilechter, E., travels, 160; De-
cades Plant. Nov. Austro-African-
arum, 218, 279, 340, 428; Kevi-
sion of S. African Asclepiadacese,
290

Scirpns Caricis, 146, 253

Scottish Plants, 7, 8, 16, 21, 31, 42,
54, 61, 65-71, 99, 216, 259, 289,
307, 311, 413, 347, 362, 450, 490,
491

Scribuer on N. American Grasses
(rev.), 204

Scroj)hularia Scorodonia, 409

Scytonema insigae,* 266

Selago capitellata,"'- 345 ; Galpinii,='=
281 ; monticola,- 489

Setaria, 204

Senecio cruentus, 208

Shamrock, 159

Shepherd, E. F., Euphrasia gracilis,
492 ; Potentilla norvegica, 492

Shoolbred,W.A.,HighlandPlants,65

Smith, A. L., British Microscopic
Fungi, 7, 100

Solander's MSS., 481

Somerville, A., Hymenophyllum
tunbridgense, 21

Sparganium afBne ? 70

Spermatozoidsin Ginkgo andCycas,
319

Sphacella subtilissima, 437

Sphaerocystis, 254

Spirogyra angolensis,=- 41 ; cylin-
drospora,-'- 42 ; Welwitschii,"" 41

Stachys alpina in Britain, 380; sim-
plex,- 221 ; rivularis," 489

Stapf, 0., Ascherson's ' Mitteleuro-
piiischen Flora ' (rev.), 411

Staurastrum actinotum,* 180 ; an-
golense, 183 ; areolatum,* 180 ;
cassidum,='- 180 ; cerastoides,* 182 ;
Corbula," 179 ; crux-alternans,*
176 ; egregium," 177 ; heteroplo-
phorum,='- 178 ; huillense,* 177 ;
pentateuchophoruni,* 178 ; Pseu-
dohystrix,* 178 ; quadridenta-
tum,='' 183 ; scrobiculatum,'- 181 ;
tridens-Neptuni,"'- 177 ; tripodum,"
176 ; "Welwitschii,- 179

Stichoglceoa, 254

Stigonema flexuosa,''^ 243

Strassburger's ' Cytologische Stu-
dien' (rev.), 284"

Swartz's ' Prodromus,' 29

Symbiosis between Asclepias and
butterfly, 441

Syria, Post's Flora of (rev.), 59

Syriuga vulgaris, •■• 310

Taonia, antherozoids of, 361
Tatum. E. J., "Wiltshne Uredinese,

295
Temnogametum,* 37 ; heterospo-

rum,'- 37
Teramnus uncinatus, 234
Tetmemorus fissus,''' 81
Tetraedron tropicum,''' 237
Tetrapedia aver.-a,-'= 301
Thesium abietinum,"' 282 ; Gal-

pinii,-'- 222 ; longirostre,''' 345 ;

transvaalense,* 432
Thespesia, Revision of, 50 ; trilo-

bata,- 52
Thuidium Philiberti, 16]
Thunberg's species of Crassula, 477
Tiree and Coll, Plants of, 54
Tolypella intricata, 284
Tolypothrix arenophila,- 207 ; cras-

sa,- 267 ; phyllophila,- 267
Towndrow, R. F., Hieracium rigid-

um, 313 ; Sagina Reuteri, 409 ;

Nitella opaca, 492
Townsend, F., Monograph of British

Euphrasia, 321, 395, 417, 465
Traill, G. W., 440
Trentepohlia phyllophila,''- 35
Trevoria, 287
Trichia, notes on, 215
Tubeuf's ' Diseases of Plants ' (rev.),

154
Tulbaghia Galpinii, 282
Tussilago Farlara, 185

Ule, E., Symbiosis between Ascle-
pias and Butterfly, 441
Ulvella fucicola var. globosa,* 434
Urginea virens,='= 433

Vangueria pygmsea,''' 342

Vicia villosa var. glabrescens, 362

Waddell's Moss Exchange Club Ca-
talogue (rev.), 413
Wahlenbergia brachycarpa,'-'= 429 ;

depressa,'- 489 ; Galpiniae,=" 343
Warming's ' Pflanzengeographie '

(rev.), 28
Warner, F. I., 32
Watsonia gladioloides,''' 222
Weathers, J., Bailey's 'Nursery

Book' (rev.), 106
Weingaertneria canescens, 312
Welwitsch's Freshwater Algie, 33,

77, 113, 172, 235, 264, 297 (tt.

365-70) ; Marine Algae, 369, 373 ;

Catalogue of his plants (rev.),

23

511

West, G. S., Nordstedt's ' Index Des-
inidiacearam ' (rev.) 105

West, G. S. & W., Welwitscb's Afri-
can Freshwater Algae, 1, 33. 77,
113, 172, 285, 264 (tt. 365-70),
297

White, J. W., Bristol Plants, 123

Whitehead, John (portr.), 89

Whitwell, W., Pyrola rotundifolia,
411

Williams, J. LI., Intoxication of
Humble-bees, 8 ; motility of an-
therozoids, 361

Willis's 'Manual ' (rev.), 109

Wilms's CollectioEs, 462

Winter, W. P., Eanuuculus aurico-

mus, 406
Wishart's Plaut-Schedulep, 460
Wittx'ock's ' Viola-Studier ' (rev.),

454
Wood, J. M., New Natal Plants, 350,

487

Xanthidium cristatum var. tropi-
cum,'''-88; subtrilobum,* 88

Zaluzianskya crocea,-'= 221
Zimmermann's ' Microtechnique '

(rev.), 110
Zygnema spontaueum, 40

EEEATA.
P. 129, footnote. Mr. Jackson's citation is correct. See p. 199.
P. 149, footnote, for " 1895 " read 1896.
P. 24.3, line 18 from top, for " flexuosa " read flesuosum.
P. 25G, last line but one, for " D, H. Scott" read G. B. Howes.
P. 361, line 14 from top, for " mobility" read motility.
P. 481, line 2 from top, for " sepals " read petals.
See also note on p. 475.

WEST, XEWjrAX AND CO., PRIXTERS, HATTON G.\RDEX, LONDON, E. C.

New York Botanical Garden Librai

3 5185 00265 0396